UNIVERSirv OF TORONIO
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2017 with funding from
University of Toronto
https://archive.org/details/generainsectorum1931wyts
1
Genera Insectorum
FASC. CXCIII-CXCV
Genera
Insectorum
DE
P. WYTSMAN
FASCICULES CXCIII-CXCV
I
193. Macrolepidoptera
Rhopalocera.
194. Diptera.
195. Coleoptera.
E^am. Danaididae, Subfam. Danaidinas et Tellervinae,
par G. Hulstaert.
Fam. Culicidae (Revision), par F. W. Edwards.
Fam. Scarabaeidae, Subfam. Euchirinae et Phasnomerinae,
par F. Ohaus.
BKUXELLES
LOUIS DESMET-VERTENEUIL
IMFRIMEUR-EDITEUR
CLL
UJ?7
fa&C, ICJ3' /I?»'
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
FAM, DANAIDID/E
SuBFAM, DANAIDIN.E A TELLER\'INyE
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
FAM. DANAIDID^
SuBFAM. DANAIDIN/E & TELLERVIN^
Par le R. P. G. HULSTAERT, M. S. C.
AVEC CINQ PI.ANCHES COLORIEES ET UNE PLANCHE NOIRE
INTRODUCTION
ES formes connues de la famille des DanaididcB se sont fort multiplices durant les dernieres
decades; comme c’est, d’ailleurs. le cas pour toutes les familles de Lepidopteres.
Seitz a reuni dans son vaste ouvrage les formes anterieurement connues; mais,
aujourd'hui, le temps a cree des lacunes importantes. II en est ainsi, notamment, dans
les parties redigees par Fruhstorfer et se rapportant specialement au groupe envisage par nous.
Les descriptions sont souvent des plus sommaires, et plusieurs formes sont omises.
II etait devenu utile de reunir les references originales des formes i nsufflsa minent decrites ou qui
le sont incorrectement; de faire connaitre les plus interessantes citations d’autres auteurs ; enfin, il etait
capital de mentionner plusieurs formes nouvelles meritant Tattention.
Nous n’avons pas eu en vue de reunir la totalite des citations concernant telle ou telle forme,
eparses dans les divers ouvrages ou periodiques, mais celles qui permettent d’augmenter le nombre des
auteurs cites dans le cas ou le nom de Tespece a ete sujet a litige au cours des temps : par exemple le nom
generique Danaidida, les noms specifiques Danaida plexippns L., D. archippns F., Eiiploea inidaimis L., etc.,
recueillant seules les citations qui figurent dans les ouvrages systematiques generaux, ainsi que celles
accompagnees de quelque bonne figure.
Bien que nous presentions quelques considerations generales preliminaires sur la famille des
Danaides, nous ne traitons dans le present travail que des sous-familles : Danatdina et Tellerviiia;. Nous
avons cru devoir laisser a quelque auteur specialise dans Tetude des IthoiniiiicB le soin de presenter cette
sous-famille americaine.
Nous avons suivi dans les grandes lignes Toidre etabli par Seitz, tant pour le groupement des
genres que pour le classement des especes et celui des formes. II n’est fait exception a cette regie que
poui' quelques cas : lorsque des especes reellement apparentees ont ete trop eloignees les unes des
2
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
autres, ou lorsque des formes presentees comme especes distinctes se sont revelees, au contraire, selon
nous, conspecifiques.
Nous croyons avantageux pour Tavancement des etudes ulterieures de ne pas multiplier
inutilement les divergences de points de vue.
Quant a l’arrangement des races d’une meme espece, nous avons suivi Tordre geographique
(autant que possible) comme le plus a la portee de tout entomologiste.
Qu’il reste encore enormement a faire pour la connaissance de la famille des Danaididce, c’est la
conclusion qui se degage nettement de nos etudes. 11 est bien connu, notamment, que parmi les
Rhopaloceres le genre Euploea compte parmi les plus difficiles. Je regrette beaucoup de n’avoir pu
resoudre plusieurs problemes systematiques interessants, dont la solution aurait exige des collections
tres riches en materiaux de diverses regions, ainsi que la visite de tous les musees, des grandes collec-
tions privees, etc. J’espere, cependant, que mon travail stimulera d’autres chercheurs se trouvant dans
de meilleures conditions et que leuis etudes apporteront des notions nouvelles, completant et, au besoin,
corrigeant les miennes.
En consequence, je crois utile de formuler les plus interessantes de ces questions. II faut
reconnaitre d’abord, d’une maniere generale, qu’il nous manque encore le materiei necessaire pour
pouvoir bien delimiter les races et les formes des diverses especes. La premiere condition serait de
disposer de grandes collections, accompagnees d’une documentation ecologique et biologique abon-
dante. C’est le cas, notamment, pour le sous-genre Anosia de Danaida, dont il me semble admissible que
quelques especes pourraient etre detachees et reportees comme races d’autres especes; pour le
genre ChUtira, pour Danaida affinis, en rapport avec D. plexippiis et D. philene ; pour les genres Ideopsis,
Lycorea et Ituna; pour les groupes Euploea ss., et Sticioploea qui, peut-etre, ne sont constitues chacun
que d’une seule espece; pour les relations d’affinite entre Euploea midamus, dameli, simillima, atossa,
ochsenheimeri ; entre E. usipetes, nemertes, assimilata et imitata ; entre certaines Crastia de la region papoue,
illudens, decipiens, subnobilis, hemera, irene, megaera, laperousii ; entre baudiniana et eleutho, etc., etc.
J’attire Tattention sur ces cas et aussi sur d’autres, particulierement dans la determination des
genres et la liste des especes. Cette documentation, biologique et ecologique, devra etre faite par des
naturalistes travaillant dans les regions habitees par les especes designees ci-dessus. L’etude approfondie
des organes genitaux de toutes les formes d’une serie d’especes nous semble appelee a devoir faire
beaucoup avancer nos connaissances systematiques.
Ensuite, nous pensons qu’une etude de certains types devrait etre entreprise par des specialistes
attaches aux musees, ou par des lepidopteristes possedant des collections personnelles. Ainsi nos
connaissances de cette famille seraient aisement completees par cette methode qui shmpose pour Tetude
des types de certaines formes ou moins connues, ou plus rares, ou jusquhci decrites d’une fa9on insuffr-
sante. Ainsi Euploea cliildreni, parvior, Amaiiris semivitrea, etc. On a pu juger tout recemment de la valeur
de la methode par Texamen de certains types de Godart par AlM. Talbot et Le Cerf. Pareil examen
des t3^pes devrait etre repete surtout pour la collection Fruhstorfer, et les formes decrites par cet
auteur devraient etre mises en presence de materiaux tres nombreux. Certains noms seront, alors,
relegues sans hesitation dans la sjmonymie, tandis que d’autres, appliques actuellement a de soi-disant
races geographiques, ne representeront plus que de simples formes aberrantes. Pareils resultats ont deja
ete obtenus pour quelques formes par Joicey et Talbot (Hainan), Rothschild (Ceram), Martin
(Celebes).
Bien que notre nomenclature des especes mentionne les grands travaux systematiques sur certains
groupes de Danaides, ou sur celles d’une region determinee, nous avons cru utile d’ajouter une liste de
ces ouvrages. Ainsi des recherches fastidieuses seront evitees et Ton trouvera de suite la mention des
traites generaux sur les Danaides de telle ou telle region. J’ai ajoute, en outre. des listes annotees traitant
FAM. DANAlDlDyE
3
de toutes les especes; mais j’ai du negliger les simples etudes faites sur des collections locales, bien que
tres interessantes souvent.
La mention des collections contenant les types des formes est une innovation dans le Genera
Insectorum. Nous Ty avons introduite en consideration des avantages et surtout grace a 1’insistance de
M. Talbot.
\’oici la liste des abreviations employees :
Adel. = South Australian Museum, Adelaide.
Auct. = dans la collection de 1’auteur.
Arnh. = dans la collection des Missionnaires du Sacre-Coeur a Arnhem (Flollande).
B INI. = British Museum, Londres.
Berl. = Zoologisches Museum, Berlin.
Brisb. = Queensland IMuseum, Brisbane.
Bruss. = Musee Royal d’Histoire Naturelle, Bruxelles.
Cale. = Coli. Zoological Survey of India, Indian Museum, Calcutta.
Carn. = Coli. Holland, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh.
Dresd. = Zoolog. Museum, Dresden.
Gen. = Museo civico di Storia Natural. Genes.
Hamb. = Zoologisches Museum, Hambourg.
Hev. = Coli. Missionnaires du Sacre-Coeur, Heverle (Louvain).
Hili = Coli. J. J. Joicey, Hili Museum, Witley.
Kjob. = Universite de Copenhague.
Leid. = Rijksmuseum voor Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden.
Ob. = Coli. Oberthiir, Rennes.
Oxf. = Zoological Museum of the University, Oxford.
Par. = Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.
Sar = Museum. Sarawak (Borneo).
Senck. = Senckenberg’sche Naturhistorisches Museum, Franckfurt a/M .
Stockh. = Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm.
Terv. = Musee du Congo Belge, Tervueren.
Triirg. = Zoological Museum, Tring.
Upps. = Coli. Akademien, Uppsala.
Wien. = Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienne.
Wiesb. = Naturhistorisches Museum der Stadt Wiesbaden.
Les types du B. M. m’ont ete fournis par Tinteressant et tres utile catalogue publie recemment
par MM. Riley et Gabriel; de Berlin par M. Hering; de Dresdepar le Dr K. Heller; de Franckfurt
par le D‘' A. Seitz; de Calcutta par M. B. N. Chopra; du Hili Museum par M. G. Talbot; de
Stockholm par le Prof. Chr. Aurivillius; de Leiden par le catalogue de M. van Eecke; de Tring
par le Dr K. Jordan; de Uppsala par le catalogue de Thunberg dans la Recensio critica de
Aurivillius (1882); de Vienne par le H. Rebel; de Wiesbaden parM. VV. Roth.
En outre, le Prof. E. Strand a eu ramabilite de m’envoyer la liste des especes decrites par lui.
Je tiens a remercier cordialement ces collaborateirrs pour leur empressement a me procurer ces
documents si utiles pour les etudes ulterieures.
Durant le cours de ce travail j’ai fait appel a la competence et a la bienveillance de specialistes
et amis. II serait impardonnable d’oublier, ici, ceux sans l’aide desquels je n’aurais pu mener certe etude
4
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
a bonne fin. Tout d’abord je dois beaucoup a M. G. Talbot, du Hili Museum. Pendant le temps qu’a
dure Texecution de ce travail, il n’a cesse de me donner des renseignements utiles sur certaines formes,
appartenant aux riches collections qui lui sont confiees. Je lui ai soumis la plupart des nouveautes
introduites ici. Durant un voyage en Belgique il a bien voulu examiner mon manuscrit et suggerer
certains changements a 3^ faire, Je lui dois beaucoup de renseignements bibliographiques que je ne
pouvais obtenir sur place, specialement sur les publications de Moore, Ormiston, Distant, que j’ai
du citer d’apres d’autres auteurs ; il m’a fait parvenir les citations de Leech, Kheil, Waterhouse et
Lyell, et des notes sur le groupe Ravadeba de Danaida et Tellervo pour ne citer que les plus importants.
Avec le Dr J ordan, a qui je dois certaines publications introuvables en Belgique, il a examine le type de
E. pierretii Felder et quelques types de Grose-Smith dans le Tring Museum. Une autre personnalite
bien connue, a qui je dois enormement pour la partie bibliographique de cette etude, est M. 1’abbe
J. de Joannis, dont Tinlassable amabilite et la bienveillance genereuse sont appreciees de tous ceux
qui ont ete en relations avec lui. Il m’a fait parvenir de longs extraits, surtout d’anciens auteurs fran9ais ;
je lui dois entre autres Latreille en bonne partie. Illiger, Mabille dans Grandidier (Hist. Madag.),
etc. M. Le Cerf m’a fait transmettre, par son intermediaire, ses etudes sur les Danaidid® africaines.
M. F. Ball, lepidopteriste du Musee de Bruxelles, m’a fourni les renseignements du Musee, surtout pour
la choix des specimens des planches. M. L. Candeze, de Liege, m’a envoye les citations des Etud. Ent.
Comp. de Oberthiir. M. le Prof. Poulton m’a envoye son etude sur les Danaididce de Fidji, ainsi que
quelques notes sur certaines formes oceaniennes. A M. Rosenberg je dois quelques details sur des
especes appartenant a la Collection Swinhoe. Des renseignements sur certaines formes, dont les t3^pes
se trouvent a Berlin, m’ont ete procures par le D’’ M. Hering. A AI. N. D. Riley je suis redevable,
outre le catalogue des specimens typiques du B. M., des references de Kershaw (Butt. Hongk.) et de
remarques sur certaines formes. En dehors de Tenvoi de ses publications personnelles, M. le Prof.
Aurivillius m’a communique son opinion sur certaines questions, ainsi que les citations de
Wallen gren (Rhop. Caffr.). Lors de ma visite au Musee de Leiden, j’ai pu apprecier Taide bienveillante
de M. R. V. Eecke, ce qui m’a permis de decrire la forme de Euploea deione de Bangka. Last not least,
je dois beaucoup a M. J.-H. Jurriaanse. Ayant ete invite a venir consulter sa collection et sa
bibliotheque, j’ai profite des dernieres semaines qui me restaient avant mon depart pour le Congo.
Dans sa collection si riche et surtout sa bibliotheque admirablement fournie, j’ai trouve un grand tresor
de documents que j’avais en vain cherches en Belgique.
En un mot, que tous ceux qui ont collabore a cette etude trouvent, ici, Texpression de ma
reconnaissance. Je m’acquitte d’autant plus facilement de ce juste devoir que tous m’ont aide avec
la plus grande amabilite.
Ce travail a ete acheve le 6 janvier 1926; mais j’avais a attendre 1’impression de travaux
anterieurs aux miens et j’en ai profite pour intercaler certaines citations, posterieures a cette date, qui
m’ont paru d’un grand interet, notamment Tarticle de MM. Rogers et van Someren; le travail
de MAI. Talbot et Le Cerf; kindication des Alusees possedant les exemplaires types, et plusieurs
rectifications et ameliorations dues aux derniers travaux.
Je ne considere pas ce travail comme le couronnement de mes etudes sur les Danaididce. Tout le
premier je reconnaitrai les erreurs et les imperfections que la critique autorisee signalera dans kinteret
des recherches a poursuivre pour la connaissance de cette famille, ou dhmmenses progres restent
encore a realiser.
Vu les difficultes de la matiere, je reclame la bienveillance du lecteur, tant pour les erreurs
scientifiques possibles que pour le st3de, m’exprimant, par utilite pour la Science, dans une langue plus
repandue que la mienne.
FAM. DANAI DI D,-E
5
DANAIDID/E
La taille des Dauaididce, Tapparition en niasse ddndividus de beaucoup de ces especes, ainsi
qu'iine capture relativement facile, expliquent comment bon nombre d’especes de cette famille furent
connues, decrites et denommees des les origines de la S3'Stematique, par les premiers naturalistes qui
voulurent mettre de 1’ordre dans le classement des formes et creerent les noms portes encore aujourd’hui.
Linne et ses premiers disciples et imitateurs : Cramer, Esper, Fabricius, e. a., rangeaient
ces especes dans leur grand genre Papilio, forme pour les Rhopaloceres actuels et quelques autres
especes qui, par leur aspect, ressemblent a ceux-ci. Mais en i8o5, Latreille, dans son Histoire
Naturelle, Generale et Particuliere des Crustaces et des Insectes, Vol. 14, p. 108, separa du genre
Papilio le groupe des Danai festivi pour creer son genre Danaida, en lui donnant comme type le Papilio
phxippus de Linne et de Fabricius. Le nom de ce genre, tel que Latreille Ta fixe, a cree beaucoup
de confusion dans la nomenclature, comme le montre le tableau figurant plus loin. Le fait est du aux
circonstances suivantes.
Dans son Magasin fiir Insektenkunde, Vol. 6 (1807), Karl Illiger (Tauteur du travail n’est pas
indique, il est vrai, mais il semble juste et logique de battribuer a 1’editeur ou tout au moins de lui en
laisser la responsabilite) donne un apergu de la classification la plus recente des genres linneens :
Papilio et Sphinx, d’apres Fabricius et Latreille. Il ne fait que resumer les travaux des deux auteurs.
De Latreille. dont il parle a la fin, il suit THistoire Natur. Crust. Ins. Vol. 14. Le nom du genre qui
nous occupe et qui est fixe par Latreille comme Danaida est ecrit dans le travail de Tauteur anonyme :
Danais. D’apres ce qui precede il semble donc que Illiger est Tauteur de ce nom, et non pas Latreille .
Plus tard encore dans son Gen. Crust. Ins. Vol. 4, p. 201 (i8og), Latreille nous donne le nom
que nous retrouvons deja chez les anciens auteurs (Linne , Fabricius, Esper, Panzer, etc.)
pour les Picrides et les Danaidides ensemble.
De la provient la diversite dans Temploi du nom generique du groupe Danaida. Mais en raison de
ces faits il est clair que seul Danaida doit etre retenu, puisqufil a la priorite, et que, actuellement,
presque tous les auteurs Tadmettent et Temiploient.
Dans ce meme volume du Mag. Insektenk., on trouve resume le travail de Fabricius dans son
Systema Glossatorum, travail qui n’ajamais ete publie, mais dont, d’apres Hagen, Bibi. Ent. Vol. i,
p. 222 (1862), il existe pourtant un exemplaire imprime contenant les pp. 1-112. Heureusement, le fond
nous a ete conserve par Illiger dans sa publication precitee (i). Puisqudl ne fait que citer la classifi-
cation de Fabricius, nous devons Tattribuer a cet auteur pour autant qu’elle cadre avec les principes
de celui-ci, et la supposer telle que Illiger nous la fait connaitre, a moins ddndications contraires
(comme pour Danais). Or a la page 280 de la revue susdite nous trouvons le genre 8“« de Fabricius :
Eupolea (sic) avec Tindication des trois types : Papilio plexippus, similis, Corus. Ce nom Eiipolea devrait etre
admis comme etant celui voulu par Fabricius. Mais Zinken-Sommer nous avertit, Nov. \’et.-.\cad.
Leop. Carol. Vol. i5, p. 172 (i83i), que la veritable intention de cet auteur etait d’ecrire Eiiploea.
Zinken a vu lui-meme un exemplaire — le seul qui existe, d’apres ce qu’on peut presumer — du texte
(i) Cfr. aussi Encycl. Meth. Entomol. Vol. 9, p. 8 (iSigl.
6
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
imprime de Fabricius. II corrige Illiger. On doit donc s’en tenir a son autorite de temoin oculaire
et ecrire Euploea (i).
Ce geme de Fabricius inclut. d’apres les types cites, le genre Danaida de Latreille. Ce n’est
qu’un synonyme. II est vrai que Latreille ne donne que plexippus comme type dans la description de
son genre; mais si Ton consulte les autres ouvrages de Tauteur on se rend compte qu’il voulait designer
le meme groupe que Fabricius. Qu’on regarde p. ex, FEncyclopedie methodique, Histoire Naturelle,
etc., tome g, p. lo, ou, apres le nom Danais^ il met entre parentheses Etiploea, indiquant la synonymie.
Puis, dans la description des especes, 1. c. p. 177 ss., Godart, qui suit la classification generique de
Latreille, — on s’en rend aisement compte par 1’ensemble du travail autant que par le fait de leur
collaboration mutuelle, — range dans le genre Danaida les Euploea, Amauris et Ideopsis, aussi bien que
les Danaida s. s.
Dans le Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum, Vol. 4, p. 201 (1809), Latreille nous parle encore
de son genre, le nominant Danaus cette fois-ci, et lui assimilant Euploea et Idea de Fabricius.
Dans ses Considerations generales sur Fordre naturel des Crustaces, des Arachnides et des
Insectes, p. 352 (iSio), il deerit encore Danaide, Danaus, sans indiquer toutefois d’especes, mais il ne
parle plus d'Euploea. Il agit de meme pour les Familles Naturelles du Regne Animal, p. 468 (iSsS), ou
il cite pourtant Idea apres Danaide.
Cette conception a ete aussi celle d’un bon nombre d^auteurs qui ont ecrit dans les decades
posterieures.
Dans son Verzeichniss bekannter Schmetterlinge, p. 14-17 (1816), Hiibner forme plusieurs
nouveaux genres, dont Amauris, Hestia et Euploea ont generalement ete retenus jusqu’a nos jours.
Comme pour tous les groupes de Rhopaloceres, les anciens auteurs ne parient pas encore de
familles: c’est le genre qui est pour eux la grande unite dans les ordres ou sous-ordres. Toutefois, iis
entrevoient deja une classification qui se rapproche de nos familles actuelles quoiquhls n’emploient pas
le nom. Ainsi Linne lui-meme divisait ses Papiliones en plusieurs groupes. Pour la famille qui nous
occLipe, il groupait les especes en partie dans ses Danai festivi opposes au Danai candidi ou Pieridee et en
partie dans ses Heliconii. Il ne voyait pas Faffinite entre nos Danaidince et nos Uhomiina:, pas plus que ne
l’ont fait les auteurs subsequents. Ce qui est tres comprehensible, puisquhls donnaient peu dMmportance
a la structure et se basaient avant tout sur Taspect qui, certes, fouinit de bonnes preuves sur Faffinite
des etres, mais qui, par suite du mimetisme surtout, peut aisement preter a confusion. C’est seulement
avec Bates et Felder que nous arrivons a la classification actuelle.
Ainsi que Linne, Fabricius nomine notre famille Festivi et (en partie), Ent. Syst.
Vol. 3, p. 3g (1793). En 1816, Plubner ayant forme le genre Limnas groupe les Danaides dans ses
Limniades ei N ereides, Verz. bek. Schmett., p. 14.
Trois ans plus tard, Latreille et Godart dans FEncyclopedie Methodique, Histoire Naturelle,
Insectes, tome 9, ne parient plus de ces groupements et rangent toutes les especes dans les genres
Idea, Danais et Heliconia-, tandis que Boisduval, dans son Species general des Lepidopteres (i836),
admet les tribus Danaides et Heliconides, cette derniere comprenant, outre les Heliconiidw et les Ithotniina;,
aussi les Acraeida;.
C’est seulement en 1847 que nous trouvons les noms de Danaida et de Heliconida employes par
Doubleday dans le Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, la premiere famille comprenant nos Danaidince,
tandis que dans la seconde sont ranges les Heliconidee s. s., les Ithomiince, Lycorea, Ituna et Hamadryas.
Comme on voit par ce qui precede, c’est toujours la meme faute qui est commise : « ressemblance,
donc affinite ».
(I) Il est interessant de lire toute Fintroduction de Farticle de Zinken-Soinmer sur les lepidopteres de Java, 1. c, p. 129.
FAM. danaidiiff:
7
L’etude de Bales sur des Heliconides de la vallee de TAmazone, publiee dans les Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, Vol. 23, p. 495 (1862) est interessante, non seulement au point de vue du mimetisme,
mais aussi de la S3'stematique. L’aateur reinarqua, en effet, la grande difference entre les deux groupes
dTdeliconiides tels qu’on les comprenait alors. Aussi, divisa-t-il cette famille en deux groupes bien
distincts, les Danaoid Helicouida;, se rattachant plus aux Danaidida, et les Acrceoid Heliconide, se rappro-
chant des Acreida. Toutefois, dans la partie generale de Tetude, il n’ose pas detacher les preiniers des
Heliconide, mais a Texemple de Felder, il le fait dans la partie systeinatique, citant les Heliconiide
dans les genres Heliconia et Eiieides.
Dans la meme annee 1862, C. et R. Felder publiaient leur etude dans la Wiener Entomologische
Monatschift, Vol. 6, p. 65 ss., et bintitulaient : « Specimen fauna; lepidopterologicm riparum Negro
superioris in Brasilia septentrionali ». Iis y introduisent une nouvelle classification. Se basant sur
Texistence a la base de Taile anterieure d'une nervule qui se reunit a la nervure ib encore pres de la
base, ou en d'autres mots, sur la presence de la nervure la a la base de Taile, iis groupent tous les
genres d’ Heliconiide qui possedent ce caractere dans la famille des Danaidide. Ce sont precisement les
memes que ceux qui composent les Danaoid Heliconide de Bates. C’est la classification que nous
adoptons dans cet ouvrage.
Quant au systeme de Bates, il est suivi par quelques auteurs, bien que lui-meme le delaisse deja
dans Tarticle meme ou il Ta elabore, pour adopter celui de Felder.
Parmi les imitateurs de Bates nous remarquons e. a. Burmeister dans ses Lepid. Republ.
Argent. Vol. i (1878)
Mais la plupart des auteurs suivent Felder, du moins en separant nettement les Ithomiine des
Heliconiide, cependant leurs avis sont tres divises quant a la position respective des sous-familles.
Ainsi font, entre autres, Kirby, Synon. Catal. Diurn. Lep. (1871); Godman et Salvin, Biolog.
Centrali Amer. Lepid. Rhopal. Vol. i (1879); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. London i883, part. 2;
Haensch, Seitz, Die Grossschmetterlinge der Erde, Vol. 5, p. ii3 (igog).
En i865, nous rencontrons une exception etrange. H errich- Schaffer, dans son Prodromus
Substernatis Lepidopterorum, Vol. i, range de nouveau parmi ses Helicouina non seulement les Danaoid
Heliconide de Bates, mais encore les genres Euploea, Hestia et Hamadryas, restreignant ainsi ses Danaina
au seul genre Danais (incl. Amauris et Ideopsis part.).
Dans son etude sur la classification des Rhopaloceres, parue dans la D. E. Z., Iris, Vol. 4,
p. I ss. (i8gi), E. Haase suit le systeme de Felder pour la systematique des Danaidide , par rapport
aux familles alliees. Mais il emploie une terminologie toute nouvelle. Voulant delimiter plus clairement
les affinites des divers groupes de Rhopaloceres, il groupe les formes « Nymphaloides » en trois
familles, qu’il marque par la terminaison morpha : I les Acreomorpha, comprenant les Nyniphaline, les
Heliconine et les Acreine', II les Danaomorpha comprenant les N eotropine de Schatz, les Paleotropine
(= Tellervine) et les Danaine-, III les Satyromoipha avec les MorpJiine, les Brassoliiie et les Satyrine.
Il admet donc pour les Danaides la meme classification que celle qui est suivie ici, separant cette
famille nettement des groupes allies et y distinguant trois sous-familles.
Un dernier S3'steme met les Ithomiine et les Danaidine sur pied d’egalite, de sorte quhls forment
deux groupes entierement independants, bien que tres apparentes. Les uns en font des familles
distinctes et separees des Heliconiide, Acraeide, etc.. (Schatz, Exot. Schmett. \ml. 2): d'autres. plus
nombreux, surtout en Angleterre, en font de simples sous-familles de la grande famille des Nymphalide.
comme Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, p. iqS (igi6); Hampson, Nov. Zool. ^M1. 25. p. 385
(1918); Jordan, Gener. Ins. fasc. i6g, Acraeine, elc.
Ceci nous amene a examiner la question de savoir si les Danaidide, comme nous les concevons,
doivent etrc traites comme famille distincte, ou s’il faut en faire une sous-famille des Nymphalide
a cote des Heliconiine, Acraeine, Brassoliiie, etc.
8
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Les raisons en faveur de la distinctioii en famille sont les caracteres memes du groupe : la
fermeture complete de la cellule aux quatre ailes, la presence de la nervure \a aux anterieures, la
conformation des palpes, des antennes et des tarses anterieurs, la nervulation en general, la chenille,
les habitudes et la protection due a leur odeur speciale, etc. Tous traits qui leur sont bien propres
et les font trancher sur Tensemble des groupes allies.
Cette esquisse rendra plus de Services que de longues dissertations scientifiques dont la valeur ne
serait que restreinte et relative. 11 est aequis, en effet, que ces groupes se ressemblent plus entre eux
qu’ils ne font a d’autres groupes, comme les Papilionidii ou les Hesperidi. Je renvoie a ce sujet au
Dr Jordan, Genera Ins. fasc. 169. Acraeum (bien que cet auteur soit partisan de Tunite de la famille
des Nymphalida), ainsi qu’a Texpose de mes propres raisons : Genera Ins. fasc. 191, AnthelidcB. Elles ont
surtout un intei et pratique.
Les relations entre les divers groupes d’especes a Nymphaloides » sont, certes, bien indiquees en
nommant ces groupes sous-familles d''une meme famille Nymphalidce. Mais, alors, ou faut-il s’arreter ?
Si pour cette raison il faut considerer les Danaida, SatyridcB, etc., comme sous-familles, pourquoi
ne pas faire de meme pour les Heteroceres ? II faudrait grouper certaines familles, etablies selon
1'ordre actuel, sous une division superieure et en faire des sous-familles! Les caracteres communs ne
manquent jamais pour unir, ni les caracteres distinctifs pour separer. C’est precisement la un des
effets de Tordre dans Techelle des etres. De meme pour differents groupes d’especes dans un genre un
peu nombreux : Papilio, Pieris, Parnassius, etc., il faudrait creer bien des genres ou chercher de
nouveaux termes pour exprimer les relations. Autant d’impossibilites 1 On ne con9oit pas de systeme
clairement ordonne sans denomination des principaux groupes; mais cette denomination ne peut
pecher ni par exces ni par defaut : in medio virtus, ici comme partout ailleurs. Ce juste equilibre etant
difficile a realiser, car les raisons des adversaires ont leur poids, j’entends laisser toute latitude aux
auteurs qui preferent traiter les Danaidides et autres comme simples sous-familles. Mais puisqu’il faut
choisir l’un ou Tautre systeme, j’ai voulu montrer la legitimite de celui qui est adopte ici et qui est
base sur les caracteristiques bien tranchees des Danaides, tant au point de vue morphologie qu’au
point de vue ethologie.
La liste suivante donne les diverses denominations employees dans les principaux ouvrages
systematiques, mais ne vise pourtant pas a etre complete :
Danai festivi et Heliconii (part.) Linne, Syst. Nat. p. 480 ss. (1758).
Festivi et Heliconii (part.) Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 39 (1793).
Linnades et Nereides (part.) Hiibner, Verz. Bek. Schmett. p. 14 (i8i6).
Danais et Idea et Heliconia (part.) Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 177, 194, 2o3 (1819).
Danaides et Heliconides (part.) Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. p. 164 (i836).
Danaites Blanchard, Casteln. Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Vol. 3, p. 434(1841).
Danaidae et Heliconidae (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 84, 96 (1847).
Danaitae Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool. Vol. 4, p. 385 (i853).
Danaidae et Heliconiadae (part.) Menetries, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Vol. i, p. 17 (i855).
Danaidae Lucas in R. de la Sagra, Hist. Cub. II, Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, p. 222 (iSSy).
Danaidae Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 74 (1862).
Danaidae et Danaoid Heliconidae Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 496 (1862).
Danainae Bates, ibidem, p. 5i6 (1862).
Danaidae Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 82 (1862).
FAM. DANAIDIDi^;
9
Danaina et Heliconina (part.) Flerrich-Schaffer, Prodr. Syst. Lep. Vol. i,p. 6 (i865).
Danaidae Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 472 (1867).
Danaidae Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 314 (1867).
Danainae Kirby, Syn. Catal. Diurn. Lep. p. i (1871).
Danaidae et Heliconiadae (part.) Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. 106 (1878).
Danainae Godman & Salvin, Biol. Centr. .■\mer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. i (.1879).
Euploeinae Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. i (1880).
Danaina Distant, Rhop. Alal. p. 3 (1882).
Danainae Alarschall & de Niceville. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 21 (1882).
Heliconina (part.) et Danaina Snellen, Veth ’s Alidden-Suinatra, Vol. 4 (2), p. 12, i3 (1882).
Euploeinae Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 201, 2x3 (i883).
Danainae Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. i5 (1884).
Danaidae Saalmliller, Lep. Madag. Vol. i, p. 73 (18S4).
Euploeinae Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), \M1. i3, p. 343 (1884).
Euploeinae Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 337 (i885).
Danaiden Staudinger, Exot. Schinett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Danaiden et Neotropiden Schatz, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 75, 85 (1886).
Danainae Semper, Reise Philipp. Vol. 5 (i), p. 5 (1886).
Danaines Mabille in Grandidier, Flist. Madagasc. Vol. 18; Lepid. Vol. i, p. i (1886).
Danaina Trimen, S. Afr. Butt. Vol. i, p. 47(1887).
Danainae Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 37 (1887).
Danaidae Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. Vol. 3, p. 29 (1889).
Euploeinae Scudder, Butt. U. S. Can. Vol. i, p. 708 (1889).
Euploeinae Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 8 (1890).
Danaomorpha Haase, Iris, Vol. 4, p. 29, 33 (1891).
Danainae Miskin, Ann. Oueensl. Mus. Vol. i, p. 22 (1891).
Danainae Leech, Butt. Chin Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. i (1894).
Danainae de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 864 (1895).
Danaididae Reuter, Act Soc. Sc. Fenn. Vol. 22 (i), p. 3oi, 552 (1896).
Danaididae Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 3o (1898).
Danainae Spuler, Schmett. Europ. p. 3i (1901).
Danainae Staudinger & Rebel, Catal. Lep. Pal. p. 40 (1901).
Danainae Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 2 (1905).
Danainae Kershaw, Butt. Flongkong, p. 7 (1907).
Danaidae Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. jS (1907).
Danaidae Ilaensch, ibidem, Vol. 5, p. ii3 (1909).
Danaidae Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 191 (1910).
Danaididae Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 71 (1910).
Danaidae Piepers & Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p. i (1913).
Danainae Waterhouse & Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. i5 (1914).
IO
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danainae Moulton, Saraw. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, n. 6, p. 200 (igi5).
Euploeinae et Ithomlinae Hampson, Novit. Zool. Vol. 25, p. 383 (1918).
Danainae Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii (40), p. 4 (igi8).
Danainae Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p, iSg (1921).
Danainae Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. i (1924).
Canacteres generaux. — Taille moyenne ou grande. Antennes assez fortes, regulierement
epaissies vers Tapex. Yeux grands. Abdomen a extremite globuleuse. Quatre paires de pattes
completement developpees. Les pattes anterieures plus ou moins avortees dans les deux sexes. Chez
le cf le tarse est reuni au tibia en une massue (ou minee et depourvu d’ongles). Chez la 9 '1 ®st
filiforme et a 5 articles — ou a 4 articles et deforme en une massue epineuse. (Cfr. Distant, Rhop. Mal.
p, 2, fig. I [18S2]). — Les palpes sont minces, couverts de poils, etroits.
Ailes aux bords reguliers, sans prolongements caudaux. Les nervures des anterieures toutes
presentes, la nervure ii parfois anastomosee avec 12; r bifurquee a la base, c’est-a-dire lapresente.
Aucune nervure enflee a la base. Les cellules completement fermees aux quatre ailes et generalement
pourvues de nervules recurrentes. Pour les details cfr. les divers genres et les figures.
Tete et thorax, et abdomen souvent, ainsi que parfois la base de Taile posterieure, pourvus de
points blancs. I.e avec des caracteres sexuels secondaires sur les ailes, excepte chez quelques
especes. Iis consistent en pinceaux de poils ou en amas d’ecailles. Leur role est de repandre des
substances odoriferantes, apparemment pour se reconnaitre et s’attirer. Ces organes fournissent des
caracteres precieux pour la distinction des especes et permettent meme de defini r plus facilement des
genres et des sous-familles. Iis servent surtout a classifier les especes des genres plus riches : Danaida et
Eiiploea. Les differentes formes que peuvent prendre ces appareils sont decrites pour chaque genre ou
chaque groupe d’especes arrangees d’apres cette diversite. Ces appareils ont deja ete utilises pour la
systematique par Moore, Fruhstorfer et autres; par le premier pour la formation des genres, le second
les reservant pour grouper les especes des genres riches, comme nous le faisons ici.
Un interessant travail d’ensemble a ete publie par E. Haase, dans Iris, Vol. i, p. 99 (1886),
pour les especes indo-australiennes. La classification du genre Danaida, d’apres ces caracteres, est tres
bonne et nous bavons adoptee dans le present travail. Elie best aussi par Fruhstorfer dans Seitz, Vol. 9.
Celle des Euploea est moins heureuse et meme inacceptable. H. Eltringham, d’autre part, a donne une
etude detaillee et profonde de ces organes chez plusieurs especes pouvant servir d’exemples : Amanris
niavius, psyttalea, egialta, ochUa, hecate, whytei, Danaida chrysippiis, lotis, eryx, petiverana, limniace, Hestia
lynceus, Euploea midcibey (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 899, pl. 20 [1913] ; p. 182 ss., pl. 11-20 [igio]).
Les Danaides se reconnaissent assez facilement au premier aspect. Dans les cas difficiles (divers
Ithomiince), les caracteres structurels mentionnes aideront toujours a donner la position exacte. Outre
ceux-ci les Danaides ont encore de commun une odeur penetrante qui les fait, en general, dedaigner
des insectivores. Leur peau est coriace et resistante et elles ont la vie dure. Leurs habitudes sont assez
particulieres comme leur vol; de ces particularites plusieurs auteurs ont deduit qu’elles ont un role
special dans beconomie de la nature, role qu’elles possedent evidemment comme tout etre, mais il
reste a le determiner.
On les distingue aisement des familles alliees par la bifurcation basale de la nervure i de
banterieure, et par la formation des pattes. Des Satyrides, N3?mphalides, ete., elles sont distinctes
par la fermeture complete de la cellule discoidale aux quatre ailes, ete.
CEuf. — Plus haut que large, grand, assez mou, jaunatre ou nacre, avec de nombreuses cotes
ou rainures longitudinales et de fines lignes ou stries transversales. Le nombre de ces lignes est variable,
meme dans bespece.
FAM. DANAI DID.E
1 1
Chenille. — II est bien plus difficile d’en donner une description generale que de Toeuf, de la
chrj^salide et de Timago. Elie est assez variee selon les groupes, mais, toutefois, la chenille des Danaididcs
ne peut pas se confondre avec celle des familles alliees {Satyridw, Acraeidce, Heliconiidce). Ehe est C3din-
drique ou subcylindrique, glabre, aux couleurs diverses et vives. Celles des Danaidina et T elhrvino'
portent de longs filaments charnus (« tentacules ») sur un ou plusieurs segments abdominaux. On en
trouve une paire sur le segment 2 chez Lycorea et Tellervo; deux sur les segments 2 et 1 1 chez Idcopsis et
Daiiaida, a 1’exception de certaines Aaosia et des groupes Limiias et Danaida ss.; trois (sur 2, 5, ii) chez
certaines Anosia, Limnas et Danaida ss.. chez certaines Eupioea (groupes de Sfictoploea et Eiiploea ss.)-,
quatre (sur les segments 2, 3, 5, 1 1) chez Hestia, Amanris et le reste des Eupioea. D’apres certains auteurs,
certaines Amanris auraient une cinquieme paire sur le segment 12 (?). Ces filaments sont places
dorsalement. Chez les Ithomiinm les chenilles ne portent pas ces filaments charnus dorsaux. Pour autant
qu’elles sont connues, elles sont ridees transversalement, surtout sur les segments du milieu. Certaines
especes portent des verrues tandis que chez les Mechanitis on trouve des filaments charnus places
lateralement (sur un grand nombre de segments); On en peut deduire une plus grande diversite
chez les Ithomiince que chez les Danaidince et il faudra attendre d’auties donnees avant de pouvoir
tirer une conclusion et assigner une caracteristique generale; tandis que pour les Danaidina, a part
le nombre de tentacules (qui est assez fixe dans un meme groupe d’especes), on peut citer comme
caracteristique les filaments dorsaux.
Chrysalide. — Suspendue, courte et grosse, glabre, oblongue, aux couleurs souvent brillantes,
dorees ou argentees, maintes fois ornee de dessins varies de teintes plus ou moins foncees.
Distributiori geographique. — - La famille est repandue dans toutes les regions intertropicales
du globe, de rares especes penetrent dans les regions plus chaudes de la zone temperee [Danaida et une
Eupioea, la premiere allant jusqu’au L. N. en Amerique). Certaines d’entre elles sont tres migia-
trices, comme Danaida archippus F. et tendent a devenir cosmopolites. Les Danaidines sont repandues
dans toutes les parties du monde, tandis que les Ithomiince sont exclusivement americaines et Ics
Tellervince molucco-papoues.
Xravaux anterieurs. — Je fais suivre ici la Uste des principales etudes s^^stematiques de la
famille, dans son entier ou en partie, soit d’une coupe systematique speciale, soit d une region determinee.
L — Ouvrages generaux :
D'' A. Seitz, Ent. Rundschau, Vol. 44, p- 32, Die Gross-Schmetterhnge des Erde, Vol. i, Faune
palearctique par Seitz, p. 70 (1907); Vol. 5, Faune Americaine par Haensch, p. ii3 (1909);
Vol. 9, Faune Indo-australienne par Fruhstorfer, p. 191 (1910); Vol. i3, Faune Africaine
par Aurivillius, p. 71 (1910).
Godart, Encycl. Meth. Hist. Natur. Insectes, Vol. 9, p. I77' ^94' 2o3 (i8ig).
Doubleday, Genera of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 84, 96 (1847).
Kirby, Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. i (1871).
Staudinger, Exotische Schmetterlinge, Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Schatz, Exotische Schmetterlinge, Vol. 2 (Genera), p. 70 (18S6).
IL — Ouvrages traitant cl'une coupe systematique :
Danaidince (exci. Lycorea, Ituna \ incl. Tellervo) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 201 (iS83).
Danaida (incl. Amanris, Ideopsis) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 43 (1866).
12
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Euploea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268.
Hestia Butler, ibidem, p. 467 (1867).
Euploea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Danaida Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 71-83, ii3-i2i (1899).
Ideopsis Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 287.
Tronga Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 48, p. 188 (1898).
Tronga de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 12 (1901).
Pademma de Niceville, ibidem, Vol. 61 (2), p. 12 (1892).
Radena Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. i85 (1904) = liste des formes.
III. — Ouvrages pour* une region determinee :
A. — Region palearctique.
Staudinger et Rebel, Catal. Lep. Pal. p. 40 (1901).
Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 75 (1907).
B. — Afrique.
Aurivillius, Rhopal. ^Ethiop. p. 3o (1898).
Aurivillius, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 71 (1910).
Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1923) = liste system., armure genit.
1. Afrique meridionale.
Trimen, Rhopalocera Africae Australis, p. 82 (1862),
Trimen, South-African Butterflies, Vol. i, p. 47 (1887).
2. Uganda et Kenya.
Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 7 (ipzS).
3. M a dagascar .
Saalmiiller, Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Gesellschaft (Lepidopteren v. Madagaskar), Vol. i
p. 73 (1884).
Mabille hz Grandidier, Hist. Pol. Nat. Madagascar, Vol. 18; Lepidopteres, Vol. i , p. i (1886)
4 . M a u r i t i u s .
Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1907), p. 488 (1908).
C. — Asie.
Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 76 (1907).
Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 191 (1910).
1. Ceylon.
Moore, Lepidoptera Ceylon. p. i (1880).
Ormiston, Notes on Ceylon Butterflies (Spolia Zeylan. Vol. ii, 40), p. 4 (1918).
Ormiston, Butt. Ceyl. p. i (1924).
2. Indes anglaises.
Marshall et de Niceville, Butterflies of India, Vol. I, p. 21 (1882).
Moore, Lepid. Ind. Vol. i, p. 8 (1890).
Bingham, Butt. India, Vol. i, p. 2 (ipoS).
Evans. Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 29, p. 5ig (1928).
a. Stictoploea.
de Niceville, Stictoploea of India, Proceed. As. Soc. Beng. p. i58 (1892).
FAM. DANAIDIDyE
i3
3 . S i a m .
Godfrey, Butterfl. Siam, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, Vol. 2, p. 106 (1916).
4 . M a 1 a y a .
Distant, Rhopalocera Malay. Vol. i, p. 3 (1882).
Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10, part. 3, p. iSy (1921),
5. Indochine.
Dubois et \utalis de Salvaza, Contrib. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921) = liste.
Moulton. Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. Siam, Vol. 6, n. i, p. 127 (1923).
6. H ai n a n .
Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili. Mus. Vol. i, p. 534 (1924) = liste.
7. Hongkong.
Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 7 (1907).
8. Chi ne et Coree.
Leech, Butt. China, Japan, Corea, Vol. i, p. 1 (1894).
9. Japon.
Pr3’er, Rhopal. Nikon, Vol. 3, p. 29 (1889).
Leech, Butt. China, Japan, Corea, Vol. i, p. i (1894).
T o . Formose.
Matsumura, Cat. Insect. Jap. Vol. i, Danaida, p. 12 (rgoS).
Wil eman, Annot. Zool. Japon. Vol. 6 (5), p. 3 1 2-3 1 3 (1908).
11. Philippines (incl. Palawan).
Semper, Reis. Archip. Philipp. Vol. 5 ; Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5 (1S86), p. 820 (1892).
12. Palawan.
Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2 (Lepidopt. Palawan), p. 26 (1889).
1 3 . S u m a t r a .
Hagen, Iris. Vol. 7, p. 38 (1S94).
de Niceville et Martin, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 864 (1896).
14. Nias.
Kheil. Rhopal. Nias, p. 15(1884).
15. Engano.
Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 17 (1891).
16. Java.
Zinken-Sommer, Nov. i^ct. Ac. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5 (i), p. 172 (i83i).
Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p. i (1913).
17. Borneo.
Shelford, Journ. Str. Br. Roy. As. Soc.
Moulton, Saraw. Mus. Journ. n. 41, part. i, p. 8t (1904), Vol. 2 (6), p. 197 (1915).
18. Bali, Lombok, Sumbawa, Sumba.
Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. i5g (1891).
de Niceville et Elwes, ibidem, Vol. 66, p. 670(1898).
19. K ei .
de Niceville et Kiihn, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 67 (2), p. 284 (1898) = liste.
20. Ceram.
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 218 (18S9) = liste.
21. B u r u .
de Niceville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 67 (2). p. 3o8 (1898).
'4
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
22. Celebes.
Fruhstorfer, (Euploea), Stettin. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 6o, p. 145 (1899).
Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 72 (1914); Vol. 29, p. 4 (ipiS).
D. OCEANIE.
Boisduval, Eaiin. Ent. Oceanie, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 91 (i832).
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 191 (1910).
1 . A r u .
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. i, p. 81 (18S6) = liste.
2. Australie.
Mac Leay, King’s Survey of Australia, Appendix, p. 25 (i83i).
Miskin, (Euploea), Austral. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 2 (4), p. io38 (1890).
Miskin, Syn. Catal. Rhop. Austr. in Ann. Queensl. Mus. Vol. i, p. 22 (1891).
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butterfl. Austral. p. i5 (1914).
3 . A r c h i p e 1 B i s m a r c k .
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 92 (1898).
Pagenstecher, Lepidopt. Bismarck- Archipels, Vol. i (Zoologica, Vol. 27), p. 45 (1899).
4 . .Salomon.
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 92 (1898).
5. Fidji.
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1928, p. 580(1924).
6. Samao et Tonga.
Hopkins, Lepidoptera of Samao (1927).
E. — Amerique.
Haensch : Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3 (1909).
1. Etats-Unis d’Amerique.
Holland, Butterfl. Book, Vol. 7, p. 82 (1904).
2. Amerique Centrale.
Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. i (1879).
3 . Cuba.
Lucas in R. de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba, Vol. 2; Hist. Natur. Vol. 7, p. 5i8 (1857).
4. Argentine.
Burmeister, Lep. Republ. Argentine, Vol. i, p. 106 (1878).
TABLEAU DES SOUS-FAMILLES
La famille comme nous la concevons peut se diviser en trois sous-familles, caracterisees comme
suit :
I. Article basilaire des palpes comt ; tarse anterienr du allonge, filiforme, couvert de longs
poils ; celiii de la 5, gros et en for me de massiie; caracteres sexuels secondaires des
ailes dn (fi consistant en taches, stries, poches 011 rangees de poils andt oconiaiix 2.
— Article basal des palpes d peine plus coiirt que V article median ; pattes anterienr es du
(fi avoriees, le tibia et le tarse souvent deformes en nue simple massue ; la 9 tarse
anterieur filiforme et long. Caracteres sexuels secondaires des ailes du (fi consistant
en pinceaux suhcostaux d Vaile inferieure. Abdomen du (fi sans pinceaux anaux. Ailes
etroites, allongees
Ithomiin^..
FAM. danaidid.f:
2. Abdomen dn avec des pinceatix anatix. Tarse antevieur de la $ « 4 articles,
fortement sondes et deformes en massue epineuse d sommet echancve. Ailes generalement
larges Danaidin^.
— Abdomen du (f sans pinceaux anaiix. Tarse anferieur de la ^ d 5 articles, tibias non
sondes en massue unie, les epines moins fortes. Ailes etroites TellerviN/E.
Sous-Famille DANAIDIN/E
Cette sous-famille est tellement caracteristique que son seul aspect suffit dans la grande majorite
des cas pour la distinguer des autres Rhopaloceres. II est si different de celui des Ithomiiim et des
Tellervo que ceux-ci ont ete longtemps places panni les Heliconiides ou meme consideres comme une
famille a part, et qu’on faisait des Danaidina seules de veritables Danaides, comme nous Tavons expose
plus haut. Ainsi la presente sous-famille correspond a la famille Danaidee des anciens auteurs. Mais des
qu’on eut conqu la famille comme nous Texposons ici, la creation de sous-familles devenait necessaire
au S3'steme. Aussi les frffies Felder ayant les premiers defini la famille, furent-ils suivis de Bates qui
etablit la sous-famille des Danaince, dans Trans. Linn. Soc. Londres, Vol. 23, p. 5 16 (1862), composee
des genres Danais, Ideopsis, Hestia, Enploea, liuna, Lycorea. La plupart des auteurs qui suivirent firent
de' meme, comme le montre le tableau donne plus loin. Cependant il y a des exceptions dans divers
sens. De meme que les auteurs anciens, Burmeister, par exemple, dans ses Lepid. Kepubl. Argentine,
Vol. I, p. iio ss., range Ituna panni ses Heliconiades-, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (i883), exclut
aussi Lycorea et Ituna de ses Euploeina et Limnaina dans lesquelles il accepte pourtant Hamadryas-,
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i (i885), ne semble pas faire grande distinction entre les Danaidines
et les Ithomiines puisqudl place Lycorea entre Hamadryas et Athesis, et Ituna entre Athesis et Thyridia-,
Schatz, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2 (1886) place ces deux genres dans ses Danaiden, mais, comme nous
Tavons vu, il fait des Ithomiines une famille separee.
D’autre part, certains auteurs restreignent la sous-famille soit en la divisant en deux ou plusieurs
sous-familles, soit en excluant certains genres que nous y plaqons et qui y appartiennent sans Tombre
d’un doute. Dans la derniere categorie nous avons deja trouve Moore (1. c.) pour les genres Ituna et
Lycorea. Herrich-Schaffer, Prod. Syst. Lep. (1864-1865) en exclut meme Euploea et Hestia pour les
placer dans les Heliconina de meme que Ituna et Lycorea. Quant a ceux qui divisent les Danaidines en
plusieurs sous-familles nous avons a citer Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond p. 162 (1904) et Flaensch,
Grossschmetterlinge des Erde du Prof. Seitz, Vol. 5, p. ii5, qui etablissent la sous-famille des
Lycoreanes ou Lycoreines pour les genres Lycorea et Ituna, qu’ils caracterisent par Tabsence de caractere
sexuel sur les ailes du ef , par la forme des ailes et de la cellule des posterieures et par la longueur
relative de Tabdomen. Rothschild, dans les Novit. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 116 ss. (i9i5) et dans son ouvrage
sur les lepidopteres recoltes par les expeditions de la British Ornithologists’ Union et de Wollaston,
p. II ss. (igi5), la restreint au genre Danaida, etablissant les Hestiines et les Euploeina a cote des
Palesotr opines [Tellerviiies). De meme fait van Eecke, Nov. Guin. Vol. i3, p. 60 ss. (igi5); \'ol. i5,
p. 35, 36 (1924).
Ou peut, certes, distinguer entre les divers genres des Danaidines, mais de la a faire des sous-
familles de chaque genre il y a loin. Dans ce sens Reuter a etabli des groupes, dans Act. Soc. Sc. Fenn.
Vol. 22 (i), p. 3oi ss. (1896). Apres avoir divise les Danaidides en 4 sous-familles : Danaidines.
Clothildinee, Haniadryadines et Ithomiines, il subdi vise la premiere et la derniere en deux ou trois tiibus.
Pour la premiere, qui nous occu4)e ici, il donne : 1. Danaididi , comprenant : Danaida, Ideopsis, Hestia et
Amauris -, II . Euploeidi pour le genre Euploea-, III . Itunidi pour Ituna et Lycorea.
i6
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Caracteres generaux (i). — Tete normale. Palpes courts, le premier article toujours plus
court que le second. Abdomen en general ne depassant pas Pangle anal des ailes posterieures, parfois
muni, comme le thorax et la tete, de points blancs. Tarses anterieurs avortes dans les deux sexes.
Chez le iis sont minces. Le tibia est aussi long que le femur, les ongles tarsiens absents. Chez
la 9 'Is sont courts, en forme de massue epineuse, a 4 articles peu distincts. (Cfr. Distant, Rhop.
Mal. p. 2, hg. I [1882].)
Abdomen du avec des pinceaux anaux exsertibles,
Ailes larges, rareinent un peu etroites, aux bords reguliers (chez certaines especes faiblement
creneles), le bord interne de Taile anterieure fortement arrondi ou meme lobe chez les de plusieurs
especes d’Eiiploea. La nervulation, a de certaines petites differences pres chez quelques rares especes,
identique dans les deux sexes. Les cellules discoidales larges, souvent a une ou deux nervules recur-
rentes. La nervure 10 rareinent avant Pangle cellulaire et jamais a une distance tres grande (2). L’aile
posterieure avec une toute petite cellule precostale ; la nervure 8 courant a une bonne distance de la
cellule. Le (j^ pourvu, sur les ailes (a quelques exceptions pres), de caracteres sexuels secondaires bien
visibles, consistant en poches. taches, stries, mais jamais en pinceaux de poils.
Pour les details de la nervulation cfr. les figures, Pl. 6.
Chenille pourvue de filaments charnus, le nombre variant suivant les groupes. (Pour les meta-
morphoses, cfr. e. a. Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. H. Soc. p. 7 ss. [igzS].)
Distribution geographique. — Est la meme que pour toute la famille. Les Danaidiiics se
rencontrent partout ou la famille est representee. De la sorte elle est la sous-famille qui a Taire de
distribution la plus etendue. Elle trouve, pourtant, son developpement le plus considerable dans la
region indo-australienne avec ses nombreuses especes, tout en possedant en Afrique un genre special ;
Ainauris, et en Amerique deux ; Lycorea, et Itiina, tandis que Hestia et Ideopsis sont propres aux Indes.
De meme que les autres sous-familles, les especes de celle-ci servent de modeles a nombre
d’especes mimetisantes et se miment meme entre elles (3).
Danai festivi et Heliconii (part.) Linne, Syst. Nat. p. 480 (1758).
Festivi et Heliconii (part.) Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 39 (1793).
Danaidcc et Heliconida (part ) Doubledarq Gen. D. Lep. p. 84, 96 (1847).
DanaincB Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i6 (1862).
Danaina et Heliconina (part.) Herrich-Schaffer, Prodr. S3?st. Lep. Vol. i, p. 6 (i865).
Danaina Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Ainer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. i (1879).
Limnaina et Enploeina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2i3 ss. (i883).
Danaiden Schatz, Staudinger’s Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 76 (1886).
Danaidinw Reuter, Act. Soc. Sc. Fenn. Vol. 22 (i), p. 552 (1896).
Danaidince Aurivillius, Rhop. Alth. p. 3o (1898).
DanaineB ei LycoreincB Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3, ii5 (1907).
Danaina Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 272 (1910).
Danaidinen Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 71 (1910).
Danaina et Hestiina et Enploeina Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 116 ss. (1915).
Enploeina Hampson, ibidem, V^ol. 25, p. 383 (1918).
(1) Distant, Rhop, Mal. (1882) donne des figures de details structuels ; p. 2, fig. i, 2 ; p. 3, fig. 3, 4, 5; p. 4, fig. 6, 7.
(2) Chez le genre Lycorea la nervure 10 se separe assez bien avant Tangle cellulaire.
(3) Par ces termes « mimetiser », etc., j’entends seulement exprimer qu’il y a des ressemblances frappantes entre ces
diverses especes. Je ne pretends pas que ces especes aient conscience de cette propriete, ni surtout qu’elles se la soient
procuree elles-memes, ni que partout cette ressemblance soit une protection infaillible. Mais constatant ces ressemblances
il est naturel d'en conclure qu’une protection plus ou moins grande leur est acquise de la sorte, non pas absolue, les excep-
tions ne manquent pas, mais elles ninfirment pas la regie generale, comme des faits Tont demontre. Par « modele » je
designe Tespece qui est le mieux protegee ou dont Taspect exterieur permet cette denomination, sans vouloir dire par la que
Tespece mimetisante copie le modele.
l'AM. DANA1DID.'E
17
TABLEAU DES GENRES
1. Ueperon precostal de Vaile posterieiire d’au-dessus du point de bifurcation de la nevvme 8
et de la cellnle
— Ueperon precostal de V aile posierienre du point de bifurcation meme 3.
2. La nervure ii de 1’aile anterieure anastomosee aveo la nervure J2 antennes lonsues,
filiformes, la massiie peu distincte. Taille grande. Conleiir blanche d dessins noirs . . 3. Hestia Hb.
— La nervure ii de Vaile anterieure libre {excepte soiivent ches les Calliploea, qui sont de
petite taille). Antennes plus courtes, fortes, d massue bien distincte . Taille generalement
moyenne. Couleur foncee, noire ou brune, souvent a reflet bleu ou violet, et d, taches ou
bandes blanches 5. Euploea F.
3. Ongles tarsiens sans appendices. Ailes larges 4.
— Ongles tarsiens pourvus d' appendices. Ailes itroites 6.
4. Antennes d massue bien distincte. Especes claires d dessin fonce. La discocellulaire ante-
rieure des ailes posterieures plus longues que les suivantes et les nervttres ii ei 12 des
anterieiires anastomosees 2. Ideopsis, Mre.
— Antennes regulierement epaisses vers le somniet. Discocellulaire anterieure de Vaile posterieure
pas plus longue que les aiitres, generalement plus courte, sinon les nervures ii et 12 de
V anterieure bien separees et libres 5.
5. Les discocellulaires de Vaile anterieure faiblement courbees en dedans, la nervure 5 se
trouvant en plus iin peu plus rapprochee de la base de Vaile que 10 ; celle-ci ayant son
origine bien avant Vapex cellulaire 4. Amauris Hb.
— Discocellulaires de V anterieure fortement courbees en dedans, la nervure 5 beaucoup plus
rapprochee de la base de Vaile que 10; celle-ci de Vapex ou d’ au deld, rar ement d’un
peu avant i. Danaida Latr.
6. La cellule discoidale de Vaile posterieure, courte, les nervures discocellulaires verticales . . 7. Ituna Dbl.
— Cellule de la posterieure tres longue, se terminant en triangle 6. Lycorea Dbl.
I. Genre danaida Latreille
Danaida (part.) Latreille, Hist. Nat, Crust. Ins. Vol. 14, p. 108 (i8o5).
Eupolea (part.), recte Euploea Fabricius, Syst. Gloss. in Illiger, Magaz. Insektenk. Vol. 6, p. 280
[1807] (i).
Danais (part.) Illiger, ibidem, p. 291 (1807).
Danaus (part.) Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins. Vol. 4, p. 201 (1809).
EupI oea Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Eur. Vol. 4, p. 16 (1816).
Danais (part.) Godart, Encycl. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 177 (1819).
Euploea Mac Leay, King’s Suivey Austr. Vol. 2, App. p. 46(1827); (part.) Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus.
East Ind. Comp. p.6i (1828); (part.) Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Acad. Natur. Curios. V’'ol. i5 (i),
p. 172 (i83i ).
(1 ) Cfr, p. 5.
i8
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danais Duponchel, Lep. France, Suppi. Vol. i, p. 104 (i832); Boisduval & Leconte, Lep. Amer. Sept.
p. 134 (i833); Blanchard, Casteln. Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Vol. 3, p. 435 (1841); Kollar, Hiigers
Kaschmir, Vol. 4, p. 424 (1844); Cray, Lep. Ins. Nepal. p. 10 (1846); Doubleday, Gen Diurn.
Lep. p. 89 (1847); Menetries, Enum. Corp. Anim. Mus. Petr. Vol. i, p. I7(i855); Moore,
Cat. Lep. Mus. East-Ind. Comp. p. 124 (1857); Lucas, in R. de la Sagra, Hist. Cuba. Vol. 2,
Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, p. 222 (iSSy) ; Wallengren. Rhop. Caffr. (Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. B. 2, N04),
p. 20(1857); Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i6 (1862); Hopffer, Peters. Reis.
Mossamb. Zool. p. 871 (1862); Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 84 (1862-66); Bates, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 243 (i863); Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep;»Faun. p. 107(1865); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 43 (1866); Felder, Reise Novar. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 847 (1867); Herrich-Schaffer, Stett.
Ent. Ztg. Vol. 3o. p. 70 (i86g); Kirby, Syn. Catal. Diurn. Lep. p. 3 (1871).
Danaus Kirby, Syn. Catal. Diurn. Lep. p. 689 (1871); Scudder, Syst. Revis. Amer. Butt. p. 7 (1871).
Danais Gerstacker, Decken’s Reis. Ost.-Afr. Insect. p. 867 (1878); Saunders, Canad. Entom. Vol. 5.
p. 4 (1873).
Danaida Scudder. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 248 (1878).
Danaus Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. 108 (1878).
Danais Strecker, Butt. & Moths. N. Amer. p. io5 (1878); Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14, p. 140 (1879);
Godman & Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. i (1879); Plbtz, Stett. Ent. Zeitg.
Vol. 41, p. 189 (1880); Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. Vol. i5, p. i53 (1880); Wood-Mason,
Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 80(2), p. 224 (1881); Gooch, Entomol. Vol. i3, p. 204 (1881);
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p, ti (1882); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3i (1882);
Snellen, Veth’s Midden Suinatra, Vol. 4 (2), Lep. p. i3 (1882-84) ; Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. i5 (1884).
Danaus Saalmuller, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17, Lep. Madag. Vol. i, p. 73 (1884).
Danais Weymer, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 10, p. 287 (1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48(1888);
Schatz, Staudinger’s Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 78 (1886) ; Hulst, Ent. Amer. Vol. 2, p. 182 ( 1886) ;
Mabille in Grandidier, Hist. Phys. Nat. Pol. Madag. Vol. 18, Lepid. Vol. i, p. i (1886); Trimen,
South-Afric. Butt. Vol. i, p. 5o (1887); Moschler, Abh. Senckenb. Naturf. Ges. Vol. i5 (1), p. 55
(1888) ; Capronnier, Bullet. (C. R.) Soc. Ent. Belg. p. XLHI (1889); Pryer, Rhop. Nihon. Vol. 3,
p. 29 (1889); Rogenhofer, Ann. Naturk. Hofm. Wien, Vol. 6, p. 487 (i8gi); Doherty, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 23 (1891); Rober, Tijdschr. v. Entom. Vol. 84, p. 289 (1891).
Danaida Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 14(1893); p. 288, 289 (1894).
Danais Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 4 (1894); Lanz, Iris, Vol. 9, p. i3o (1896).
Danaida Reuter, Act. Soc. Sc. Fenn. Vol. 22 (i), p. 29, 3oi (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 3o
(1898).
Danais Hagen, Entom. Nachr. Vol. 24, p. 194(1898); Pagenstecher, Zoolog.Vol. 27, Lep. Bism.Arch.
Vol. I, p. 48 (1899); Staudinger & Rebel, Catal. Lep. Pal. Faunengeb. p. 40 (1901); Spuler,
Schmett. Europ. p. 3i (1901); Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 55, p. 129 (1902);
Voeltzkow, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges. Vol. 26, p. 860(1902); ter Haar, Onze Vlind. p. 3i (1904);
Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 7 (1908); J. Martin, Lepid. Europ. p. 84 (1908); Miyake, Tokyo
Zool. Magaz. Vol. 18, p. 82 (1906); Seitz, Grossschmett. Vol. i, p. 78 (1907); Kershaw, Butt.
Hongkong, p. 7 (1907).
Danaida Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 433 (1908).
FAM. D AN AID ID/E
^9
Danais \\ ileman, Annot. Zool. Japon. Vol. 6 (5), p. 3i2 (1908); Haensch, Seitz’ Grosschm. Vol. 5,
p. 1 13 (1909).
Danaida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 192 (1910); Aunvillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 71
(igio); Strand, Arch. Naturg. 77, A, i, p. 190 (1911); Grunberg, Deutsch. Zentr.-Afr. Exped.
\^ol. 3, p. 5o6 (ipr i).
Danais de Joannis et Verity, Bollett. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 44, p. ii5 (1912); Piepers et Snellen, Ehop.
Java, p. 23 (1913); Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 80 (1914); Rebel, Ann. K. K Flofm. Wien,
Vol. 28 (3-4), p. 23o (1914).
Danaida Waterhouse et Butt. Austr. p. 16 (1914); Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 196
(igiS); Moulton, Entomol. Vol. 48, p. 97 (igiS).
Danais van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Eeiden, Vol. 2, p. 186 (1916).
Danaida Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (1916); Eltringham, ibidem, p. 828 (1917).
Euploea Hampson, Novit. Zool. Vol. 28, p. 383 (igi8).
Danais Holland, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Vol. 48, p. 118(1920).
Danaida Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. i63 (1921).
Danaida Joicey et Talbot, Bidl. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 35o (1922); Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl p. i (1924).
Danaida Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. FI. Soc. p. 7 (igaS).
Caracteres generaux. — Antennes plus courtes que la moitie des ailes anterieures, graduel-
lement epaissies, la massue assez distincte. Palpes ascendants, courts. Ongles des tarses medians et
posterieurs longs, simples, sans paronychia ni pulvilli. Aile anterieure triangulaire ; le bord costal
fortement arque, Fapex largement arrondi, le bord terminal sous Fapex droit ou concave, 1’excavation
parfois assez profonde (D. formosa Goden., morgeni Henr., mercedoiiia Karsch) faisant paraitre Fapex
fortement etire; le bord interne droit ou legerement concave; la cellule discoidale longue, les discocel-
lulaires fortement concaves, la premiere absente ou extremement reduite, la mediane longue, tres
oblique vers le dedans, Finferieure oblique en dehors; la nervure 10 partant de Fapex de la cellule,
ou pedonculee avec 7, 8, g, rarement de juste avant Fangle ; 1 1 libre ou anastomosee avec 12 (sous-genre
Radena). Aile posterieure generalement piriforme, parfois un peu triangulaire (dans le sous-genre
Ravadeba) •, cellule longue; discocellulaires de forme variable, toutes plus ou moins dans la continuation
Fune de Fautre, ou se rencontrant a angles plus ou moins accentues ; la premiere courte ou aussi longue
que la seconde (^Radena), la seconde droite, ou concave, ou meme brisee a angle droit [Limnas (f), la
troisieme loirgue et oblique en dehors, ou courte et verticale [Ravadeba, Parantica, Chittira) \ eperon
precostal partant du point de separation de la nervure 8 formant une petite cellule precostale. Caracteres
sexuels secondaires du situes sur les posterieures, consistant en poches pres de la nervure 2 ou en
taches androconiales sur 2, ib, la. Uncus faible, rudimentaire, rappelant souvent la forme de palpes;
tegumen pourvu d’appendices vermiculaires ; valve tres large, rarement epineuse, de forme variable
selon les group.es.
M etamorphoses. — QEuf grand, les extremites obtuses, pourvu de beaucoup de reticulations.
Chenille glabre. a taches ou stries de diverses couleurs et pourvue de filaments charnus
plus ou moins mobiles, le nombre variant d’apres les groupes.
Chrysalide assez large, en forme de tonneau, comprimee au milieu, de couleur verte, jaune ou
blanche a dessins noirs, jaunes et metalliques ; partie anale souvent formee comme un guepier.
20
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Distributiori geographique. — Le genre est represente partout dans les zones tropicales et
subtropicales, quelques especes penetrant ineme dans les parties chaudes des zones temperees [archippiis,
Chrysippus). II est pourtant specialement developpe dans la region indo-australienne tant pour le nombre
des especes que pour la diversite des formes : les 4/5 de la totalite des especes lui appartiennent
et tous les groupes y sont representes, mgine le groupe Anosia, proprement americain autrefois,
mais devenu a peu pres cosinopolite dans le courant du dernier siecle. Si nous incluons ce dernier
groupe, tous les sous-genres sont representes.
Toutes les especes americaines sont plus apparentees entre elles qu’avec les autres et forment
ainsi un sous-genre special {Anosia). L’Afrique possede, outre deux especes indo-australiennes
{chrysippus L. et limniace Cr.), trois (deux?) especes endemiques, mais proches de limniace et ayant
tous les caracteres structurels du groupe indo-australien Tirumala.
Systematique. — La nervulation, les caracteres sexuels secondaires du (^ , les organes geni-
taux, le dessin, la coloration, Taspect general des ailes, ainsi que le nombre de filaments des larves
permettent de diviser le genre en plusieurs sections tres naturelles qui ont ete considerees, autrefois,
comme genres, et dont certaines ont vraiment des caracteres tres tranches. Aussi n’hesiterais-je pas a
les traiter separement, si 1’aspect general et certains motifs ne demontraient leur affinite et ne
rendaient bunion preferable a la separation. Je cite donc ces groupes comme sous-genres. On pourrait
tout aussi bien les nommer sections ou groupes, ces termes importent peu ; ce qu’ils veulent exprimer
avant tout, c’est que certaines especes forment entre elles un groupe a part, se rapprochant davantage
l’une de Tautre par leur structure, etc.
Type du genre. — Papilio plexippus Lin. {= genulia Cram.) et non plexippus Cr. = archippus
Fabr. Latreille dit : « Papilio plexippus Lin., Fab. Ailes tres entieres, fauves, avec de larges veines
noires; ... une bande hlanche sur les superieures », mais il donne une localite fausse : « Amerique «.
Synonymie. — Outre les divers synonymes qui proviennent d’une division excessive en
genres distincts, faite surtout par Moore, et qui sont indiques pour chaque sous-genre auquel les
especes en question appartiennent, les divers auteurs ont applique a ce genre diverses denominations,
diversite qui est due au fait que Latreille a change lui-meme deux fois le nom primitif donne par lui a
ce genre et qu’en outre, Fabricius a applique a toutes les Danaidinm le nom Euploea. On trouve le
temoignage de cette diversite dans la liste qui precede, et qui contient les noms appliques par la plupart
des auteurs.
I. Sous-Genre anosia Hubner
Anosia Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883). —
Type D. archippus F.
Tasitia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (i883). — T}^pe D. gilippus Cr.
Anosia Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grosschm. Vol. 9, p. ig3 (1910).
Danaomorpha Kremky, Ann. Zool. Mus. Pol. H . N. Vol. 4, p. 167, fig. 5 (igzS). — T3"pe D. gilippus Cr.
II est tres possible que la classification que nous avons adoptee pour les Anosia ne soit que
provisoire ; et que, par consequent, elle doive etre modifiee plus tard, a la suite d’etudes nouvelles
morphologiques, biologiques et ecologiques de ces formes.
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure ; deuxieme nervure sous-costale partant de Tangle de la cellule.
Aile posterieure : la poche androconiale inseree dans la membrane de 1’aile, sous la nervure 2.
Chenille. A filaments charnus (tentacules) : deux sur les segments 2 et ii dans le groupe
archippus (cfr. Holland Butt. Book, f. 78 (1904); trois sur les segments 2, 5, ii dans le groupe gilippus.
FAM. DANAI DI DvE
21
Distribution geognaphique. — Especes americaines, dont une a envahi la plus grande partie
des pays tropicaux et montre une grande tendance a devenir cosmopolite.
I. D. aychip[>us [i). Amerique, Europe atl.,
Asie orient., Oceanie.
a. D. a. archippiis. Amer, sept., Europe atl..
Papilio plexippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. (2) Vol. 3, p. 24, pl. 206, fig. E, F Q (1779), Asie, Oceanie.
nec Linne.
Papilio archipptis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), p. 49 (1793).
Papilio plexippus Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 19, pl. i56, fig. 1,20* (1794).
Papilio aychtppus Smith et Abbott, Ins. Georg. Vol. i, p ii, pl. 6 o* {1797).
Papilio plexippus Turton, S5'st. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 5g (1806).
Danais archippe Godart, Enc^^c. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol 9, p. 184(1819).
Anosia megalippe Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, pl. 220 (7), fig. i, 2
(1S20-26).
Idea plexippus Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis. Vol. 3, p. 209, pl, 7, fig. 14(1, 146 Q
(1821).
Papilio plexippus Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. Amer. p. 172, pl. 4, fig. la, ib
(1821).
Danais plexippus Say, Amer. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 54 (1828).
Papilio archippus Brown, Const. Miscell. Butt. Vol. i, p. i56, pl. 23 (i832).
Danais plexippus Peale, Lep. Amer. Vol. i, pl. 7 (i833).
Danais archippus Boisduval et Leconte, Lep. Amer. Sept. p. 137, pl. 40, fig. i, 2 ;
met. 3, 4 (iS33).
Danais erippus (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 10 (1847); (p. p.)
Lucas, Hist. Cuba (R. de la Sagra), Vol. 2, 7, p. Szo (1857) ; (p. p.) Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 48 (1866).
Danais archippus Butler. Cat. Fabr. Lep. Brit. Mus. p. 5 (1869).
Danais plexippus Scudder, Syst. Rev. Am. Butt. (Peab. Acad. Sc.) p. 7 (1871).
Danais erippus (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Danais archippus Saunders, Canad. Ent. Vol. 5, p. 4-8, f. i-5 (i8y3).
Danaida plexippus Scudder, Bull. Buff, Soc. Nat. Sc. p. 245 (1875).
Danais archippus Distant, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond p. 93 (1877).
Danais plexippus Strecker, Lep. North Amer. p. io5 (1878); (p. p.) Godman et
Salvin, Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. i (1879).
Anosia plexippus (p. p.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 284 (i883); Scudder,
Butt. U. S. Can. Vol. i, p. 720, pl. i, fig. 7 o*, pl. 16, fig. 10 cf ; pl. 33,
fig. 23, 24 ; pl. 38, fig. 2 ; pl. 44, fig. 2, 3 ; pl. 46, fig. 5-io ; pl. 52, fig. 2 ;
pl. 61, fig. 38, 45, 49, 58, 59; pl. 62, fig. 1-4; pl. 87, fig 3, 5, 9, 23, 25.
Metam. : pl. 62, fig. 6; pl. 64, fig. i ; pl. 67, fig. 4; pl. 70, fig. 3; pl. 74,
fig. 5 ; pl. 78, fig. 1-5 ; pl. 86, fig. i, 37 ; pl. 78, fig. 10, 16 ; pl. 62, fig. 5 ;
pl. 83, fig. 1-3 ; pl. 86, fig. 17 ; pl. 87, fig. 20 (1889).
Danais erippus Alpheraky, Mem. Lep. Roman. Vol. 5, p. 221 (1889).
Danais erippus Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. Vol. i, p. 4 fiSgi).
Danais (Anosia) menippe Kirby, Allen’s Natur. Libr. Lep. Vol. i, p. 12, 19 (1894).
Danais [A7iosia) erippus menippe de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 366 (1895).
Danais plexippus Snellen, Tijdschr., Ent. Vol. 89, p. 46 (1896); Ribbe, Iris,
Vol. II. p. 94 (1898).
Danais (Anosia) plexippus Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 17; Lep. Bism. Arch.
Vol. I, p. 48 (1899).
Anosia plexippus Holland, Butt. Book, p. 82, pl. 7, fig. i cf (1904).
Danais erippus Martin, Lep. Europ. p. 85 (igoS),
Anosia (Danais) plexippus Matsumura, Cat. Lep. Jap. Vol. i, p. 12, n. 95 (igoS).
(i) Haensch, dans Seitz, Vol. 5, p. ii3, ayant separe la forme sud-americaine de la forme typique, a cause de
certaines differences petites, mais appreciables, j’arrange ici les citations suivant qu’elles se rapportent a Tune ou a Tautre
forme. La ou la certitude ne peut s’obtenir (presque tous les anciens auteurs ne donnent pas de figure) j'ai laisse la refe-
rence sous la forme typique.
(z) L’ouvrage de P. Cramer est cite par presque tous les auteurs sous le nom de Papillons exotiques. II me semble
preferable de citer le texte original. II est clairque la traduction fran^aise n'a ete ajoutee que pour la facilite des auteurs de
langue etrangere.
22
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danais erippns Semper, Iris, Vol. i8, p. 247 (igoS).-
Danais plexippus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 76, pl. 28^, 2 cf, 3 Q (1907).
Danais [Anosia) archippns Kershaw, Butt, Hongkong, p. 9, pl. i, fig. 7 (1907).
Anosia plexippus Allen, Ent. News Philad. Vol. 20, p. 401, pl. 20-22 (1909).
Danais archippns Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3 (1909); Rebel,
Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Vol. 85, p. 416 (1910).
Danaida archippus Fruhstorfer, loc. cit. Vol. 9, p. igS (1910).
Anosia plexippus Frohawk, Ent. Vol. 44, p. 877, Metam. (1911).
Danais archippus Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 80 {1914).
Danaida archippus Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 16, fig. i (1914).
Danaida plexippus Walker, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. 25, p. 181 (1914).
Danais erippus van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 2, p 186 (1916).
Danaida archippus Moulton, Journ F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3J, p. iji (1921).
Anosia menippe Stephensen, Ent. Meddel. Vol. 14, p. 458, met. (1925).
Danaida plexipp2is Collenette, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. 61, p, 198 (1925).
Danaida archippus Hopkins, Lepid. Samoa, p. 7 (1927).
a' D. a. archippus ab. fumosus. Etats-Unis.
Danais archippus var. fumosus Hulst, Ent. Amer. Vol. 2, p. 182 (1886).
Anosia plexippus fumosus Scudder, Butt, U. S. Can. Vol. i, p. 728 (1889).
Danais archippus archippus f. fumosus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3
(1909).
a" D. a. archippus ab. menippe. Etats-Unis.
Anosia menippe Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais plexippus var . pulchra Strecker, Lep. Rhop. Het. Suppi. Vol. 3, p. 21
(1900).
Danaida menippe Gunder, Ent. News, Vol. 39, p. 202, fig. (1928).
a'" D. a. archippus f. americanus .
Danaus menippe americanus Q Gunder, Ent. News, Vol. 38, p. 187, pl. ii, fig. 10
(1927).
a"" D, p. archippus f. nivosus.
Danaus menippe f. nivosus Gunder, Ent. News, Vol. 38, p. i38 (1927).
b. D. a. leucogyne. Antilles,
Anosia leucogyne Butler, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. (5) Vol. i3, p. i83 (1884) [B. M.].
Danaida plexippus letuogyne Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
c. D. a. nigrippus. Amerique centr. et nier.
Danais archippus Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 74, n. 49 (1862).
Danais plexippus (p. p.) Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. Rhop.
Vol. I, p. I (1867).
■ Anosia plexippus (p. p.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 284 (i883).
Danais archippus 7iigrippus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3 (1909)
[Berl.].
Anosia plexippus Aiken, Ent. Vol. 48, p. 146, Metam. (1912).
2. D. erippus. Amerique centr. et mer. ,
Papilio erippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. 4, pl. 3, fig. A, 3(1775); Herbst, Antilles.
Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 21, pl. i56, fig. 3, 4 cf (1794).
Lhnnas plexippe Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 20, fig. i, 2 cf (1806).
Danais archippe (p. p.) Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 184
{1819)
Danais erippus (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 10 (1847); (p. p.)
Lucas, Hist. Cuba (R. de la Sagra) Vol. 2; Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, p. 520 (1857) ;
(p. p ) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 45 (1866); (p. p.) Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Danaus archippus Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. 108, n. i (1878).
Danais erippus Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr. -Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. 2
(1879); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o, pl. 25 f (i885); Schatz,
ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 80, pl. 9 (1886).
Anosia plexippus (p. p.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 284 (i883).
Danais erippus Mulier, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Vol. i, p.659, larva (1886) ; Haensch,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3, pl. 3i fl i cf (1909); Ferreira d’Almeida,
Mei. Lep. Vol. i, p. 59, Metam. (1922).
FAM. DANATDID^
23
3. D. cleophile.
Danais cleophile Goda.rX, Encyc. l\Ieth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. i85 (1819);
Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lej). p. 91, n. 7, pl. 12, fig. 3 cf (1847);
Lucas, Hist, Cuba (R. de la Sagra) Vol. 2 ; Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, p. 52i (1857) ;
Butler. Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 46 (1866).
Danais gilippus var./. cleophile Kirb}\ Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n 27 (1871).
Danais erippns var. b. Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. log (1878).
Anosia cleophile Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (i883).
Danais cleophile Haensch, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3 (1909).
4. D. gilippus.
Papilio gilippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol i, p. 41, pl. 26, fig. C, D (1775);
Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 56 (1781); Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. 2,
p. 27 (1787) ; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, t. i , p. 53 (1793) ; Herbst, Naturs.
Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 28, pl. i58. fig. i, 2 Q (1794).
Liinnas vincetoxuilAuhner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol i, pl. 23 (1806).
Anosia vincetoxici Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (i8i6).
Danais gilippe Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 186 (1819).
Idea manuja Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis, Vol. 3, p. 209, pl. 7, fig. i3 a et b Q
(1821).
Danais gilippus Doxthleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n 5 (1847); Boisduval,
Spec. gen. Lep. Vol. i, pl. 24, fig. 2 cf (i858); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 45 (1866).
Danais manuja Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 454 (1866).
Danais gilippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Danaus erippus Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. 109 (1878).
Tasitia gilippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (i883).
Danais gilippus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o (i885); Haensch, Seilz'
Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii3, pl. 3iu, fig. 2 Q (1909) ; Ferreira d’Almeida,
Mei. Lep. Vol. i, p. 61, Metam (1922).
4' D. gilippus f, nivosus.
Danais hermippus Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 206 (1876) nec Feld.
Danais nivosus Godman et Salvin, ibidem, p. 24 (1897) [B. M.].
Danais gilippus nivosus Haensch, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol 5, p. 114 (1909).
5. D. plexauve.
Danais plexaure Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 184 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 12 {1847); Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 47 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 24 (1871).
? Danais archippus var. brasiliensis Capronnier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. 22 (1874).
Anosia plexaure Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (i883).
Danais plexaure Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p, 5o, pl. 25 (j’ (i885);
Mulier, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Vol. i, p. 661 larva (1886); Haensch, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909).
6. D. berenice. — Pl. I , Fig, I •
a. D. b. berenice.
Papilio berenice Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. 22. pl. 2o5, fig. E, F (1779).
Papilio erippus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, T. i, p. 49 (1793).
Papilio berenice Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 22, pl. i57, fig. i, 2 cf (1794).
Papilio gilippus Smith- Abbott, Lep. Ins. Georg. Vol. i, p. i3, pl. 7 C? Q (i797)-
Anosia erippe Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1S16).
Danais erippe Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 186 (1819).
Danais berenice Boisduval et Leconte, Lep. Amer. Sept. p. 134, pl 39 (l833);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 6 (1847) ; Lucas, Hist Cuba(R. de
la Sagra), Vol. 2, Hist. Nat Vol. 7, p. 5i9 (1857) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 44 (1866); Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. Brit. Mus. p. 4 (1869).
Danais gilippus var. a. berenice Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27(1871).
Danais cleothera Butler et Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 33o (1874).
Anosia berenice Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 246 (1875).
Danaus erippus var. c. Burmeister, Lep. Kep. Argent. Vol. i, p. log (1S7S).
Danais erippus Strecker, Butt. North Amer. p. 106 (1878).
Antilles.
Amerique du Sud.
Perou .
Bresil, Argentine.
Etats-Unis merid. -Bresil.
Amer, centr. et Sud-Est.
24
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danais berenice Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i,
p. 3 (1879).
Tasitia berenice Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 235 (i883).
Anosia berenice Holland Butt. Book, p. 84, pl. 7, fig. 2 cf (1904)-
Danais berenice Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114, pl. 3i fig. 4 q* (1909).
a' D. b. berenice ab. strigosa.
Danais strigosa Bates, Eiit. Monthl. Mag. Vol. i, p. 32 (1864) [B. M.].
Danais gilippus ySlX. d. strigosa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Scudder, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 246 (1875).
Tasitia strigosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (i883).
Anosia berenice var. strigosa Holland, Butt. Book, p. 84, pl. 7, fig. 3 cf (1904).
Danais berenice f. strigosa Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909).
Danaida berenice var. strigosa Coolidge, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 5i, p. 27,
met. (1925).
a" D. b. berenice ab. tliersippiis.
Danais thersippus Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 243 (i863) [B. M.].
Danais gilippus var. c. thersippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Tasitia thersippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (i883).
Danais berenice ab. thersippus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909)
a"' D. b. berenice ab. kerri.
Danaida berenice ah. kerri Comstock, Bull. S. Cal. Ac. Sc. Vol. 24, p. 3 fig. (1925).
b. D. b. jamaicensis.
Danais jamaicensis Bates, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. i, p. 33 (1864) [B. M.];
Butier, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 48 ii866).
Danais berenice var. c. jamaicensis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 27 (1871).
Tasitia jamaicensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (i883).
Danaus gilippus var. jamaicensis Swimson, Journ. New-York Ent. Soc. Vol. 9,
p. 80, Metam, (igoij.
Tasitia jamaicensis Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 41 (1908).
Danais jamaicensis Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909).
7. D. hermippiis.
a. D. h. hermippus.
Danais hermippus Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 848 (1867) [Tring].
Danais gilippus var. i. herrnipptis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 27 (1871).
Danaus erippns var. b. (part.) Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent.Vol. i, p. 109(1878).
Tasitia hermippus, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 337 (i883).
Danais berenice hermippus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, ]). 114, pl. 3i n,
fig- 3 cf (1909).
b. D. h. centralis.
Danaida hermippus centralis Joicey et Talbot, Ann. IMag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 641 (1925).
8. D. er es imus.
a. D. e. er esi mus.
Papilio eresimus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 121, pl. 173, fig. G, H (1777) ;
Stoll, ibidem. Suppi., p, 29, pl. 6, fig. 4, larva (1787); Herbst, Naturs.
Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 26, pl. i57, fig. 3, 4 o* (1794).
Anosia eresima Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais eresime Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. i85 (1819).
Danais eresimus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 8 (1847); Butier, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 46 {1866).
Danais gilippus var. f. eresimus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p 7, n. 27 (1871).
Tasitia eresimus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236(i8831.
Danais eresimus iAaewscih, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114, pl. 3i6, fig. i o*
(1909).
b. D. e. ergiiius.
Danais erginus Godman et Salvin, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 241 ('1897) [B. M.].
Danais eresinms o ginus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909).
Guatemala, Texas.
Panama.
Jamaica.
Colombie.
Colombie.
Venezuela, Trinidad.
Amerique merid,
Perou, Guyane.
Perou septentrional.
FAU. DANAIDID^
25
c. D. e. xaulhippits. Bresil.
Danais xanthippus Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 100 (1S60) [Trin^];
Rutier, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5i (1866).
Danais gilippiis var. g. xanthippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. S, n. 27 (1871).
Tasitia xanthippus ^Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 (i883).
Danais eresimus xanthippus Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114 (1909).
9. D. cleothera. Amer, centr., Antilles.
Danais cleothera Godart, Encyc. l\Ieth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. i85 (1819);
Boisduval. Voy. de r.\strol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 102 (i832); Doubleday et
Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 7, pl. 12, fig;. 2 Q (1847); Lucas,
Hist. Cuba (R. de la Sagra), Vol. 2; Hist. Nat. Vol. 7, p. 519 (1857);
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 45 (1866).
Danais gilippus var. h. cleothera Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, f. 27 (1871).
Danais cleothera Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr. -Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i,
p. 3 {1879).
Tasitia cleothera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 236 (i883).
Danais cleothera Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 114, pl. 3ii, fig. 2 cf
(1909).
9' D. kaempjferi. Cuba.
Danaida Itaempfferi Hali, Ent. Vol. 58, p. i65 (1925).
2. Sous-Genre LIMNAS Hubner
Limnas, H iibner, Tentamen, Vol. i, p. i (1806); Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 22 (1806). —
T3''pe D. Chrysippus L.
Salatura (part.), Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 48 (1882).
Limnas, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 237 (i883).
Anosia (part.) Semper, Reis Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett, Vol i, p. 16 (1886).
Limnas, Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure : la deuxieme nervure cous-costale pariant de Tapex cellulaire.
Aile posterieure : la discocellulaire mediane fortement coudee a angle droit chez le cf ; concavement
courbee chez la 9 • Poche androconiale assez eloignee de la nervure 2.
Valve quadrangulaire, avec Tapex a peine developpe, mais pourvue d’une longue epine qui est
dirigee ventralement vers le dernier segment abdominal. Uncus avorte. Penis avec plaques chiti-
nisees dentees, au sommet.
Chenille. A trois paires de filaments charnus (sur les segments 2, 5 et ii).
Distribution geographique. — Une seule espece, dont Thabitat s’etend de TEurope meridio-
nale et de l’Afrique jusqu’en Asie et en Oceanie, et qui est constituee par un grand nombre de races et
de formes differentes.
10. D. Chrysippus {i). Europe S. E., Afriq., Asie
mer. et or., Oceanie.
a. D. ch. hanariensis. Canaries.
Danais Chrysippus Alpheraky, Mem. Lep. Roman. Vol. 5, p. 220 (1889).
(i) A Texemple d’Aurivillius (cfr. sous la letfre d) je separe la race africaine de la race orientale Les differences ne
sont pas enormes mais suffisantes, et la sejiaration etant faite il semble valoir la peine de Ia conserver pour indiquer les deux
formes. Ceci n’empeche pas que de rares e.xemplaires se rapprochant de la race asiatique pour le dessin (surtout la bande
subapicale de l’aile anterieure) se trouvent dans la region habitee par chrysippus typique (le Musee dc Tervueren cn possede
p. ex. d'Eala [Equateur], Leopoldville, Kindu [Maniema], du Kamerun, du Kasai, du Kwango, du Katanga). .La ou il est
iinpossible de decider a quelle forme les citations font allusion, comme c’cst le cas pour la jiUipart dos anciens auteurs, je
retiens la reference pour la forme typique, comme il est fail aussi pour D. archippus. Mcnic la. oii il est cortain que Tauteur
parle des deux formes en meme temps, je ne le cite que sous la forme t3'piqiie
26
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Snlahira chrysippus kanariensis Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 5g, p. 412
{1898) [Auct.J.
Daniiida chrysippus kanariensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194
(1910).
Danaida chrysippus Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 2, p. 5g (1928).
a! D. ch. kanariensis f. alcippus (cfr. infra b^.)
Danais chrysippus ab. alcippus Alpheraky, Roman. Mem. Lep, Vol. 5, p. 220,
pl. II, fig. 3 Q (1889).
b. D. ch. chrysippus. Grece insulaire, Asie Min.
Papilio chrysippus Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 471 (i758) [Upps.]. Afiique.
Papilio cegyptius (i) Schreber, Nova Spec. Ins. p. 12, f. ii, 12 (1759).
Papilio chrysippus Pinne, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764); Fabricius, Syst. Ent.
p. 482 (1773); (p. p.) Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 56(1781); Fabricius,
Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 27 (1787) ; Fabricius, Iiit. Syst. Vol 3 (i I, p. 5o (1793);
Thunberg, Mus. Nat. Acad. Ups. Vol. 23, p. 8 (1804).
Papilio asclepiadis Gagliardi, Atti dei R. Inst. d’Jncorr. Napol. Vol. i, p. i55,
pl. I (1811).
Ochsenheimer, Schmett. Eur. Vol, 4. p. 17 (1816); Ochsen-
heimer, ibidem, p. 120.
Euploea Chrysippe Htibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816).
Danais chrysippus Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol 9, p. 187 (1819);
Esper, Ausi. Schm. Suppi. Vol. 2, p. 44, pl. 126 (i83o) ; Doubleday, Gen.
Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 14 (1847); Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. (Kongl. Sv.
Vet. Ak. Handl. Vol. 2, 4), p. 20 (1857) ; Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. pl. 4,
fig. II, Metam. (i858); Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 88 {1862); Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 46 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 6, n. 26 (1871).
Danaida chrysippus Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Ak. Handl. Vol. 19 (5), p. 70, 71
{1882).
Lininas chrysippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 {i883).
Danais chrysippus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 48 (i885); Trimen, South. Afr.
Butt. Vol. I, p. 5i (1887).
Danaida chrysippus Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 32 (1898).
Danais chrysippus Berge, Schmett. ed. 8, p. 3i, pl. 8, hg. 7 cf (1899); Stau-
dinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal. p. 40 (1901); Spuler. Schmett. Eur. p. 3i,
pl. 8, fig. 12 (1901) ; ter Haar, Onze Vlind. f). 3i, pl. 8, fig. 7 (J (1904);
Martin, Lep. Eur. p. 84, pl. 12, fig. 2 (igoS); (p.p.) Seitz, Grossschm.
Vol. I, p. 75 (1907).
Danaida chrysippus (p. p.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. igi (1910);
Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 71 (1910) ; Eltringham, Trans. Ent Soc.
Lond. p. 167. pl. 16, fig. I ; pl. 19, fig. 24-27 ; pl. 20, fig. 28 (191 5) ; Le Cerf,
C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 99, f. III, i (1922); Le Cerf, ibidem,
1922, p. 44 (1923) ; Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. H. Soc.
p. 7. pl. I, fig. I ; pl. 3, fig. I (1925) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1924,
p. 119 (1925); Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 2, p. 44 (1927);
Poulton, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 5g (1928).
b* D. ch. chrysippus ab. chrysipelliis . . Kamerun.
Danaida chrysippus ab. chrysipelliis Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. ySa, p. SyS {1910)
[Berl.].
Danaida chrysippus ab. chrysipellus Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72
(1910).
Danaida chrysippus f. ind. chrysipelliis Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 47(1923).
b’’ D. ch. chrysippus f. alcippus. Afrique, Asie Mineure.
Papilio alcippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 48, pl. 127, fig. E, F (1777);
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3(i), p. 5o (1793); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett.
Vol. 7, p. 16, pl. i55, fig 5, 6 (1794).'
(i) II est possible qu’on puisse maintenir ce nom a la maniere de Fruhstorfer, mais il me semble preferable de
considerer le nom de Schreber comme synonyme.
FAM DANAIDID^
27
Danais alcippe Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 188 (1819);
Duponchel, Lep. Fr. Suppi. Vol. i, p. iio, pl. 17, fig. 3 (i832).
Boisduval, Icon. Lep. pl. 18, fig. 4 (i883); Doubleday, Gen.
Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. i5 (1847).
Danais arcitippns (sic!) Chenu et Lucas(i), Encyc. Hist. Nat. Pap. Vol. i. p. 05,
f. i55 (i853).
Danais alcippus Butler, Proc Zool. Soc.Lond. p. 46 (1866).
Danais Chrysippus var. b. alcippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 26 (1871).
Limnas alcippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (i883).
Danais Chrysippus var. alcippus Trimen, South Afr. Butt. Vol. i, p. 53 (1887).
Danaida chrysippus var. alcippus Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol, 14 (1893), p. 2S8
(1S94) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 32 (1898).
Danais Chrysippus var. et ab. Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal. p. 40
(1901).
Danais Chrysippus ah. alcippus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 76, pl. 28 n, fig. 3 cf
(1907).
Danaida chrysippus alcippus A.urivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910)
Danaida chrysippus f. alcippus Le Cerf, C. K. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 47
(i923j; Rogers et Van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. H. Soc. p. 7, pl i,
fig. 3. pl. 3, fig. 3 (1925).
D. ch. chrysippus ab. candidata. Egypte.
Dan.iis chrysippus ab. candidata Hayward, Entom. Vol. 55, p. 179 (1922) [Auct.].
b-* D. ch. chrysippus ab. axantha. Egypte.
Danais chrysippus ab. axantha Hayward, Entom. Vol. 55, p. 178, fig. (1922) [Auct.].
b® D. ch. chrysippus ab. prccalhaia. ■
Danaida chrysippus ab. prcealbata Froreich, Soc. Ent. Vol. 43, p. 39, fig. (1928).
C. D. chrysippus f. dorippiis (2). — Pl. I , Fig. 2. Afriq., Syrie, Indes angi.
Euploea doriypus Klug, Symb. Phys. Vol. 5, pl. 48, texte (3) (1845) [Berl.].
Danais chrysippus var. c. dorippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 7, n. 26 (1871).
Danais dorippiis OherthuT, Et. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 24, pl. i, fig. 5 (1878); Marshall
et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 52 (1882).
Limnas dorippus IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (i883).
Danais dorippus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885).
Danais chrysippus var. dorippus Trimen, South Afr. Butt. Vol. i, p. 53 (1887).
Limnas klugii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42 jd. 9, fig. 1 (J , 1 a Q {1890) nec
Butler.
Danaida dorippus Auiivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 32 (1898).
Danais dorippus Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal. p. 40 (1901).
Danais chrysippus dimorph. dorippus Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 12 (i9o5).
Danais chrysippus f. dorippus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 7O, pl. 28 b,
fi«'- I cf (1907)-
Danaida chrysippus f. dorippus Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 194 (1910).
Danaida dorippus Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Salatura chrysippus var. dorippus Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 5 (1918).
Danaida chrysippus mut. dorippus Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. (1922), Sci.
p. 47 (1923).
Danaida [Salatura) chrysippus var. dorippus Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 3 (1924).
Danaida Chrysippus f. dorippus Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. H.
Soc. p. 7, pl. I, fig. 2, pl. 3, fig. 2 {1925).
(1) Les auteurs citent generalement cette publication comme ; Lucas in Chenu, etc., mais le titre porte ; Encyc.
Hist. Nat. par le D'' Chenu. — Papillons, avec la collaboration de M. H. Lucas. — Et dans un avant-propos il est dit :
« M, H. Lucas a bien voulu nous aider de sa collaboration ». A mon avis il faudrait citer Chenu et Lucas. C’etait deja
Topinion de Hagen (Bibi, entom Vol. i, p i25).
(2) Cette forme se rencontrant aussi dans la race orientale, comme les localites citees Tindiquent. je prefere la traiter
SOLIS une lettre speciale et non comme une simple forme quelconque de la race typique. La nature tout a fait particuliere de
dorippus justifie certainement cette faqon speciale de faire.
(3) Les exemplaires typiques correspondent, d’apr6s Information bienveillante du D>' 1\L Hering, a la description,
mais non aux figures qui, a Texception de lafig. 5, representent la forme albinus Lanz.
28
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
c' D. Chrysippus f. dorippus ab. hlugii.
Euploea dorippus Klug, Symb. Phys. Vol. 5, pl. 48, fig. 5 o* (1845) [Berl.]
Limiias Mugii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (i885), p. ySS (1886) [B M.].
Banaida dorippus ab. infumata Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 33 (1898).
Danais Chrysippus f. dorippus f. Mtigii Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 76. pl. 28&,
fig. 2 cf (1907)-
Danaida dorippus ab. infumata Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Banaida Chrysippus f. iiid. infirmata Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 47 (1923).
c" D. Chrysippus f. dorippus ab. albinus.
Euploea dorippus Klug, Symb. Phys. Vol. 5, pl. 48, fig. 1-4 cf Q (1845).
Danais dorippus ab. albinus Lanz, Iris, Vol. g, p. i3o (i8g6).
Danaida dorippus var et ab. albinus Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 33 (1898).
Danais dorippus var. et ab. albinus Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal.
p. 40(1901).
Danais Chrysippus dorippus ab. albinus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol i. j). 76, pl. 286,
fig. 3 Q (1907).
Danais chrysippus dorippus ab. albinus Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Danaida chrysippus f. albinus Le Cerf, C. R. Coiigr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 47
(1923) ; Rogers et Van Someren, Journ. E. A. Ug. N. H. Soc. p. 7, pl. i,
fig. 4, pl. 3, fig. 4 (1925).
c'" D. chrysippus f. dorippus ab. semialbiniis.
Danaida dorippus ab. semialbinus Strand, Soc. Ent. Vol. 25, p. 5 {1910) [Berl.].
Afriq. merid. et orient.
Afrique orient et merid.
Arabie.
Afrique orient.
c"" D. chrysippus f. dorippus ab. transiens. Afrique merid. et orient.
Danaus dorippus 3h Suffert. Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 45, p. 1 16 ( 1900) [Hili].
Danaida dorippus var. Aurivillius, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910)
Danais chrysippus Q interm. Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. pl. 41, fig. 5 (1912).
Danaida chrysippus f. ind. transiens Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
P 47 (1923).
d. D. ch. liboria n. n. Inde continent., Afrique
Limnas chrissippus (sic!) Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 22, orientale,
fig I, 2 cf, 3, 4 Q (1806).
Danais chrysippus Boisduval, Faun. Ent. Madag. p. 35 (i833) ; Boisduval, Icon.
Lep. p. 86, pl. 18, fig. 3 (i833); Chenu et Lucas, Hist. Nat. Pap. p. 64,
fig. i54 (1878).
Salatura chrysippus Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 7, pl. 3, fig. i (1880).
Danais chrysippus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 2, 3, f. 2, 3, Metam., p. 20, 408, pl. i,
fig. IO Q, pl. 40, fig. i3 (1882) ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i,
p. 5o, pl. 6, fig. IO cfQ (1882); Snellen, Veth’s Midd.-Sum. Expi. Faun.
Vol. 4 (2), p. i3 (1882).
Danaus chrysippus SaalmxiUer, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17; Lep. Madag.
p. 73 (1884).
Anosia chrysippus Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 16, pl. A, fig. 2, Metam.
(1886).
Danais chrysippus Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n. 6 (1888).
Limnas chrysippus Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 36, pl. 8, fig. i, i i 5, ic (f, id,
1 e Q (1890).
Danais chrysippus Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 5 (1894).
Danais [Limnas) chrysippus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64, p. 367
(1896).
Danais chrysippus Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 7, fig. i C', p. ii, pl. i, fig. 2 cf
(iqo5) ; Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 75, pl. 28a, fig. i q* (1907).
Danaida chrysippus Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 433 (igo8).
Danais chrysippus Bell, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 5o, pl. i, fig. 3, 4 cf,
texte f. 4 (1909).
Danaida chrysippus var. orientis Aurivillius, Voeltzk. Reis. Ostafr. Vol. 2, p 3io
(1909) [Stockh.] nec Doherty (1).
(i) II est regrettable qu’un nom si bien applique doive etre elimine devant celui de Doherty, mais la loi de priorite
nous y force.
FAM. DANAIDID.fl
29
Danaida Chrysippus orientis Awrivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Limnas (DiUuiis) chrysippus Matsumura, Cat. Ins. Jap. Vol. i, p. 12, n, 94 (1911).
Salatura chrysippus Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. 11, 40, p. 5 (1918).
Limnas chrysippus Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 534 (1924).
Danaida (Salatura) chrysippus Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 3 (1924).
d' D. ch. libofia f. alcippoidcs (i). Afr. or., Indes, Sumatra.
Danais alcippus Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 5i (1882).
Limnas alcippoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 238, pl. 3i, fig. i q' (i883)
[B. M.] ; Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 41, pl. 9, fig. 2. za, 2b, 2r cf Q (1890).
Danais (Limnas) chrysippus ab. alcippus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 64, p. 367 (iSg5).
Danaida chrysippus ab. alcippoides Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 32 (1898).
Danais chrysippus var. et ab. alcippoides Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal.
p. 40 (1900).
Danais chrysippus var. alcippus Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 12 (igo5).
Danais chrysippus ab. alcippoides Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i. p. 76 (1907).
Danaida chrysippus f. alcippoides Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 194 (1910).
Danaida chrysippus ab. alcippoides Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Danais chrysippus chrysippus f. alcippoides van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid Vol. 2,
p. 187 (1916).
Salatura chrysippus var. alcippus Ormiston, Spol. Ceyl. Vol. ii, 40, p 56 (1918).
Danaida chrysippus f. alcippoides Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922 Sci p. 47
(1923).
Danaida (Salatura) chrysippus var. alcippus Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 3 (1924).
d" D. ch. liboria f. limbata. Formosa.
Danaida chrysippus f. limbata Matsumura, Ins. Matsum. Vol. 3, p. 91 (1929).
d'" D. ch. liboria f. subpiirpiirea. Formosa.
Danaida chrysippus f. subpurpurea Matsumura, Ins. Matsum. Vol. 3, p. 91 {1929).
e. D. ch. bowringi. Hongkong.
Limnas bowringi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 239 (i883) [B. M.].
Danais (Limnas) chrysippus Kershaw, But. Hongkong, p. 10, pl. i,fig. 6 11907).
Danaida chrysippus f. bowringi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194 ( 1910).
f. D. ch. clarippiis.
Danais clarippiis Weymer, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 10, p. 257 (1884) [Berl.]; Weymer,
Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol 46, p. 258, pl. 2, fig. i (i885p
Danaida chrysippus ah. clarippiis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194,
(1910).
g. D. ch. auriflava.
Danais chrysippus auriflava van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 2o5
(i9i5) [Leid.].
h. D. ch. vigelii.
Danais chrysippus var. Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 27, p. 210, pl. ii, fig. 2
(i883).
Danais chrysippus var. vigelii Heylaerts C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. CIC (1884) [Leid.].
Danaida chrysippus vigeli F'ruhstorfer, Seitz'Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194 (1910).
Danais chrysippus rubra f. vigelii van Eecke, Zool. IMeded. Leid. Vol. 2,
p 187 (1916).
h' D. ch. vigelii f. rubra.
Danais chrysippus rubra van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid.Vol.i, p. 2o5 (i 91 5) [Leid.].
i. D. ch. margarita.
Danaida chrysippus margarita Rober, Ent. Mitt. Vol. i5, p. 226 (1926).
Nias.
Simalur.
Pulu-Weh, Pulu-Bras.
Bintaiig.
(i) D'apres les strictes regles de la priorite ce nom devrait etre applique a la race orientale, c’est-a-dire que la
forme a ailes posterieures plus ou moins blanches devrait etre consideree comme forme principale ct la forme brune comme
aberration. Comme ce serait par trop etrange, je conserve ici la classiftcation plus naturelle, bien que controuvee.
3o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
j. D. ch. petilia. Sumatra - Java- I.ombok,
Piipilio petilia Stoll, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Suppi, p. iSz, pl. 28, fig. 3 (1790). Celebes - Australie - Nou-
D inais petilia Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 189 (1819). velle Guinee - Fidji.
Euploea Chrysippus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. pl. 3, fig. 9, g a,
Metam. (1828).
Danais petilia Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. i3 {1847); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 25 (1871); Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14,
p. 141 (1879).
Limitas petilia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883).
Danais petilia Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. Vol. i, p. 23 (1891).
Danaida Chrysippus f, petilia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194 (1910).
Danais Chrysippus f. petilia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop Jav. Vol. 3, p. 36, pl. 14,
fig. 29 6 cf (1913).
Danaida Chrysippus Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 17, fig. 2 (1914).
j' D. ch. petilia f. bataviana. Java-Celebes.
Papilio Chrysippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap Vol. 2, p. 32, pl. 118, fig. B. C. cf (1777);
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. i3, pl. i55, fig. i, 2 cf (1794).
Euploea Chrysippus Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Acad. Natur. Curios. Vol. i5,
p. 173, n. 2 {i83i).
Danais Chrysippe Duponchel, Hist. Nat. Lep. Suppi. Vol. i, p. 106, pl. 17,
fig. I, 2 cf (i832).
Danais Chrysippus Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. L C. Vol. 2, pl 4, fig. 7, 7
larv. (1857).
Lininas bataviana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 238 (i883) [B. M.].
Danais [Limnas) Chrysippus Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60, 2, p. i63
(1891).
Salatura chrysippus bataviana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42,
p. 119 (1897).
Danaida chrysippus bataviana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194 (1910).
Danais chrysippus Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 36, pl. 14,
fig. 2ga (p e,f. Metam. (1913).
Danais (Limnas) chrysippus bataviana Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 81 (1914).
Danaida chrysippus bataviana Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 173
(1921).
k. D. ch. gelderi. Celebes occid.-centr.
Danais chrysippus var. gelderi Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 87, pl. i Q
(1891) [Leid.].
Danaida chrysippus gelderi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194,
pl. 77 fig. 5 o' (1910)-
Danais (Limnas) chrysippus gelderi Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 81 (1914).
l. D. ch. Cratippus. Celebes merid.-lMolucq.
Danais Cratippus Felder, Sitzungsber. Wien. Acad. Wissensch. Math. Nat. Cl.
Vol. 40, p. 449 (1860) [Tring].
Danais cralippus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 464 (1866).
Danais chrysippus var. a. Cratippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 26 (1871).
Limnas cratippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883).
Danaus cratippus Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 20 (1889).
Danais chrysippus v. cratippus Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. pal. p. 40 (1901).
Danais chrysippus ab. cratippus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 76, pl. 28« 2(1907).
Danaida chrysippus f. cratippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194
(1910).
Danais chrysippus fuscippus van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 208 (1915).
3. Sous-Genre danaida Latreille ss.
Danaida, Latreille, Plist. Nat. Crust. Ins. Vol. 14, p. 108 (i8o5). — Type : D. plexippns L.
Salatura, Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i. p. 5 (2880). — Type : D. plexippns L. ; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’
Crossschm. Vol. 9, p. ig6 (igro).
FAM. DANAIDID^
3 1
Caracteres. — Ailes : comme chez Limnas; la discocellulaire mediane des posterieures non
angulee, meme chez le (j* , La tache androconiale libre.
Valve sans epine ventrale dirigee vers les derniers tergites, avec la partie distale plus ou moins
prolongee en forme de bec.
Chenille. A trois paires de filaments, plus courts que chez les Limnas, sur les segments 2,5, 1 1 .
Distributiori geographique. — Repandu par toute la region indo-australienne, mais ne
depassant pas les iles Salomon, a TEst.
II. D. melanippus. Inde-Java-Celebes.
a. D. m. indiciis. Bengale-Tndo-Chine.
Danais melanippus Gray, Lep. Ins. Nep. p. lo, pl. 9. fig. i (1846).
Danais ple.xippus vzx.j . melanippus Kirhy , Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23(1871).
Danais melanipptis'^ls.rsh.al\ et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 56 (1882).
Salaiuya liegesippus {-p. p.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (i883).
Danais hegesippus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49, pl. 25 cf (i885).
Sal.ituya hegesippus Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 49, pl. ii, fig. i. i b (p ,
I a Q (1890).
Salaiuya melanippus indicus Fruhstorfer, Butt. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 75
(1899) [Auct.].
Danais hegesippus Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p n, pl. i, fig. i cf (i9o5).
Danaida melanippus indicus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. ig6.
pl. 77 r. fig. 4 Q (1910).
Danaida melanippus f indicus Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Centr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921).
b. D. m. hegesippus.
Papilio hegesippus Q Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 128, pl. 180, fig. A (1877);
Fabricius. Ent. Syst. Vol. 3(ij, p. 52, n. 160 (1793); Herbst, Naturs.
Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 17, pl. i55, fig. 7, 8 cf (1794).
Danais hegesippe Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. i8g (1819 :Lucas,
Lep. Exot, p. 90, pl. 47, fig. I (1845).
Danais hegesippus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. ig (1847).
Danais melanippus var. hegesippus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 49 (1866).
Danais plexippus var. k. hegesippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep, p. 6. n 23 (1871).
Danais melanippus var. hegesippus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 19, pl. 2, fig, i cf {1882).
Danais hegesippus Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 55 (1882).
Danais melanippus vax. hegesippus Srie\\en,VeX]i's Midd. Sum. Vol. 4 (2), Lep.
p. i3 (1882).
Salaiuya hegesippus (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (i883).
Danais {Salaiuya) hegesippus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64, p. 869
(1896).
Danaida melanippus hegesippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vof. 9, p. 196
(1910); Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, n. 6, p. 202 (i9i5) ; Moulton,
Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 176 (1921).
c. D. m. nesippus.
Danais nesippus Felder,Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges.tVien, Vol. 12, p. 486, n. 123(1862)
[Tring]; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 455 (1866); Felder, Reise Nov.
Lep. Vol. 2, p. 347 (1867).
Danais plexippus var. /;. nesippus Kirby, Syn, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23 (1871).
Danais nesippus Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 55 (1882).
Salaiuya nesippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 5o, pl. II, fig. 2, zb o’, 2(i Q (1S90).
Danais hegesippus var. nesippus Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. ii (igoS).
Danaida melanippus nesippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196 (1910).
d. D. m. edwardi. Simalur.
Danais melanippus edwaydi van Eecke, Not. Leyd. Mus. Vol. 36, p. 5i; p. 222,
pl. 4, fig. 2 (1914I [Leid-] ; van Eecke, Zool. IMeded. Leid. Vol. 4, p. 77,
pl. 7, fig. 6 Q (1918) [Leid.].
Malaya,Sumatra,Borneo.
Nicobars.
32
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
e. D. m. umbrosus.
Danais plexipptis umbrosus Fruhstorfer, Int. Ent. Z. Guben, Vol. 20, p. 145,
{1906) [Auct.].
Danaida melanipptis umbrosus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196
pl. 77<f, fig. I Q (1910)-
f. D. m. einydice.
Salatura eurydice Butler, Ann. Mag-. Nat. Hist. (5) Vol. i3, p. 58 (1884) [B. M.].
Danaus eurydice KheW , Rhop. Nias, p. 16 (1884).
Danaida melanippiis eurydice Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196 (1910).
g. O. m. keteiis.
Danais (Salatura) keteus Hagen, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 24, p. 194 (1898).
Salatura Tieteus Hagen, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges. Vol. 20, p. 323, pl. i, fig. 3
(1902).
Danaida melanippus keteus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196 (r9io).
h. D. m. pieiersii.
Danais pietersii Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 23, pl. i, fig. i
Q (1891) [Tring].
Salatura melanippus pietersi Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol, 49, p. 181
(1904)-
Danaida melanippus pietersi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196, pl. yyr,
fig- 3 cf (1910).
i. D. m. melanippus.
Papilio melanippus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 44, pl. 127, fig. A. B. (1777).
Danais melanippe Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 189 (1819).
Danais hegesippus var. melanipptis Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. ig
(iS47)-
Danais melanippus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 49(1866)
Danais plexipptis var. 7. melanippus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura melanippus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (i883).
Danaida melanippus melanippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196
(1910).
Danais melanippus Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 32, pl. 14, fig. 27«
O*, b. larva (1913).
j. D. m. insularis.
Danaida melanippus insularis Moulton, Journ. F M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 176
(1921).
k. D. m. malossona.
Salatura melanippus malossona Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 68,
pl. 2, fig. i5 Q (1899) [Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 (1899).
Danaida melanippus malossona Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 196
(1910).
Danais (Salatura) malossona yiaxiin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 87 (1914).
l. D. m. albescens.
Danaida melanippus albescens Rober, Int. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 21, p. 98 (1927).
12. D. haruhasa (i).
a. D. h. haruhasa.
Danais (Nasuma) haruhasa Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. i65
(1891).
Danaus ismare v. erebus Rober, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 290 (1891).
Danaida haruhasa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 169 (1910).
b. D. h. taimanu.
Danais (Nasuma) taimanu Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. i65
(1891).
/njrzi/wsit Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. ig6 (1910).
Pulo-Tello.
Nias.
Mentawei.
Engano.
Java.
Krakatau.
Celebes sept., Tontoli.
Palawan.
Lombok-Sumba .
Lombok, Flores.
Sumba,
(i) Peut-etre specifiquement identique avec melanippus.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
33
13. D. loiis {i).
a. D. l. lotis.
Papilio lotis Cramei', Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. 65, pl. 23o, fig. D, E (1779);
Herbst, Naturs, Schmelt. ^"ol. 6, p. 36, pl. i25, fig. 1,20* (1793).
Hestia Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816).
Danais lotis Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 189 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 21 (1S47); Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 49 (1866).
Danais plexippus var. d. lotis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura lotis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883).
Danais lotis Stauding'er, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i8S5).
Anosia lotis Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 4 cf (r886).
Danaida lotis lotis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 197 {1910).
Danaida lotis Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 168, pl. 16, fig. 2, 3, pl. 20,
fig. 29 (igiS).
b. D. l. mezentius.
Danaida lotis mezentius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 179 (1910)
[Auct.].
c. D. l. edmoiidii.
Danais edmondti .Bougainville, Voy. Thetis, Vol. 2, p. 344, pl. 44, fig. 3 (1837).
Danais lotis (part ) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 21 {1847).
Danais plexippus var. l. lotis (p. p.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23
(1871).
Salatura edmondi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883),
Anosia lotis Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 ; Schmett. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 3 cf ;
p. 9, f. 5 ( 1886).
d. D. l. philozigetes.
Anosia lotis Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 ; Schmett. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 5 o*
(1886).
Danais {Anosia) lotis var. edmondii Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 28 (1889).
Danaida lotis form. philozigetes Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. ig, p. 187 (1907) [Auct.].
Danaida lotis philozigetes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197 (igio).
e. D. l. lotina.
Salatura melanippus celebensis ab. lotina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49,
p. 186 (1904) [Auct.].
Danaida lotis lotina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197 (1910).
f. D. l. celebensis. '
Danais (Anosia) lotis var. celebensis Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 28 (18S9) [Berl.].
Danais fruhstorferi Rbber, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 23, p. 100 (1897).
Danaida lotis celebensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197, pl. ']6c,
fig. 3 9 (1910).
Danais (Salatura) lotis celebensis Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 87 (1914).
g. D. l. meridionigra.
Danais (Salatura) lotis meridionigra Martin, Iris, Vol. 27, p. i54 (igiS).
Danais (Salatura) lotis meridionigra Martin, ibidem, Vol. 28, p. 88 (1914).
14. D. plexipptis.
a. D. p. plexippus.
Papilio plexippus Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 471 (175S) [Upps.] ; Linne,
Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 262 (1765); Flouttuyn, Natuurl. Hist. Vol. i, ii,
p. 268, pl. 88, fig. 7 (1767); Mulier, Naturs. Vol. 5, i, p. 597, pl. 18,
fig- 7 (1774).
Papilio genutia Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. 23, pl. 206, fig. C, D (,i779)-
Borneo - Philippines - Ce-
lebes.
Borneo.
Borneo sept. (Sandakan),
Balabak.
Philippines sept.
Mindanao, Basilan, Pa-
lawan.
Natuna.
Celebes septent.
Celebes centr.
Inde - Chine -Philippines,
Key - Australie - Nouv.
Guinee-Salomon.
Haman - Indo-Chine- In-
de-Chine-Siam.
(i) Peut-etre specifiquement identique avec melanippus.
34
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Papilio plexippus Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. 2. p. 55 (1781).
Papilio misippijormis Meuschen, in Gronovius Zoophyl. Index (1781).
Papilio plexippus y genutia Gmelin, Syst, Natur. Vol. i, 5, p. 2278 (1790).
Papilio plexippus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 49 (1793).
Papilio genutius Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 7, pl. 154, fig. i, 2 cf (t794)-
Papilio plexippus Thunberg', Mus. Nat. Ups. Vol. 23, p. 9 (1804).
Danaida plexippus Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. Vol. 14, p. 108 (i8o5).
Limnas genutia Hlibner, Samml.-Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 217, fig. 112(1806).
Euploea plexippe Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5, n. 78 (i8i5).
Danais plexippe Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 186 (1819).
Euploea plexippus (i) Zinken-Sommer; Nov. Act. Ac. Natur. Cur. Vol. i5,
p. 172 (i83i) ; Duncan, For. Butt. p. 128, pl. 97, fig. 2 (1837).
Danais plexippe Lucas, Lep. Exot. p. gi, pl. 46, fig. 2 (1845).
Danais plexippus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, 11. 17 (1847); Boisduva!,
Cuvier Regn. Anim. Ins. Vol. 2, p. i32, fig. 4 Q (1849) ; Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 47 (1866); Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura genutia Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 6, pl. 4, fig. 2 (1880).
Danais genutia Distant. Rhop. Mal. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. 2, fig. 2 cf (1882).
Danaida plexippus Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vetens. Akad. Handl. Vol. 19, 5,
pp. 69, 70 (1882).
Danais genutia Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 52 (1882).
Salatura genutia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (i883).
Danais plexippus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 1, p. 49(1885).
Anosia plexippus Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 17 (1886).
Danais genutia Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14 p. iii (1887).
Salatura genutia Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 46, pl. 10, fig. i, la-ic q* Q,
Metam. (1890).
Danais genutia Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 6 (1894).
Danaus plexippus Kirby, Handb. Lep. Vol. i, p. ig, pl. 5, fig. i (1894).
Danais plexippus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64, p. 368 (1895);
Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. pal. p. 41 (1901); Bingham, Butt. Ind.
Vol. I, p. IO (igoS).
Danais genutia Seitz. Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 66, pl. 28C, fig. i (1907).
Danais (Salutaro.) plexippus Kershaw, Butt. Honkong, p. 9, pl. i, fig. 8 (1907).
Danais plexippus Maxwell et Lefroy, Ind. Ins. Life, p. 406, f. 277 Met. [1909].
Danaida plexippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 194 (1910).
Salatura plexippus Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 6 (1918).
Danaida plexippus i. plexippus Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921).
Danaida plexippus plexippus Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 174
(1921).
Danaida (Salatura) plexippus Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 4 (1924).
Danaida plexippus Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. SSy {1924).
a' D. p. plexippus f. nipalensis. Nepal.
Danais nipalensis Moore, An. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 43 (1877) [B. M.];
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 64 (1882).
Salatura nipalensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240, pl. 3i, fig. 2 (p (i883);
Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 48, pl. 10, fig. 2, 2a gp (1890).
Danais plexippus vax. nipalensis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. ii (1905).
Danaida plexippus plexippus f. nipalensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 195 (1910).
a" D. p. plexippus f. gvynion. Sikkim, Annam.
Danaida plexippus plexippus ioxm.. X&xay, grynionlirvPasXQri&x^ Iris, Vol. 19,
p. 173 {1906) [Auct.].
Danaida plexippus plexippus f. grynion Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 195 (1910).
Danaida plexippus i. grynion Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921).
(i) Zinken-Sommer traite ici d’exemplaires javanais, mais le nom est cite a cet endroit pour ne pas interrompre la
liste des temoignages en faveur de Tun ou de Tautre nom.
FAM. DANAIDID.E
35
a"D. p. plexippns f. connectens.
Danaidii phxippus plexippns f. connectens Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus.
Vol. IO (3), p. 175 (1921).
b. D. p. intermedia (i).
Danais genutia var. Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 18, pl. 2, fig. 3 cf (1882).
Salatura intermedia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 241 (i883) [B. M.].
Danaida plexippns intermedia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 195 ( 1910) ;
Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23
(1921).
c. D. p. siiniatrana.
Salatura snmatrana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 342 (i883) [B. M.].
Danais (Salatura) intermedia (p. p.) de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64,
p. 368 (1S96).
Danaida plexippns snmatrana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. ig5,
pi. 77C, fig. I cf {1910).
d. D. p. niasicus.
Satahira plexippns niasicus 'FruhstorleT:, S\.ei\..'E.TaX. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 848 {1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p 36 (1899).
Danaida plexippns niasicus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. igS (1910).
e. D. p. uniens.
Danais (Salatura) plexippns uniens Martin, Mitt. Miinch. Ent. Ges. p. 6 (1911).
f. D. p. intensa.
Euploea plexippns Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. East Ind. Comp. pl. 3, fig. 8, 8a,
Metam. (1828).
Danais philene Moore, ibidem, Vol. i, p. 134, pl,,4, fig. S, 5a (1857).
Salatura intensa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 240 (i883) [B. M.].
Danaida plexippns intensa Yrutisiorier , Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. igS {1910).
Danais genutia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 84, pl. 14, fig. 28(1 cf,
h-d. Metam. (igi3).
Danaida plexippns intensa Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 178 (1921).
g. D. p. partita.
Danais (Salatura) ge?iutia partita Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 119
{1897) [Auct.].
Danaida plexippns partita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198, pl. 77 c,
fig 2 Q (1910).
Danais plexippns partite Jurriaanse et Lindemans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62, Suppi,
p. 12 (1920).
h. D. p. bimana.
Danais (Salatura) genutia Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 164
(1891).
Danais (Salatura) plexippns bimana Martin, Mitt. Miinch. Ent. Ges. p. 77 (1911).
i. D. p. wetter ensis.
Salatura plexippns wetterensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 68
(1899) [Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 (1899).
Danaida plexippns wetterensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
j. D. p. alexis.
Danaida plexippns alexis Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 17, f. 3 D9I4)
[Auct ].
k. D. p. lar at ensis.
Salatura laratensis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 867, pl. 38, fig. 5 (i883)
[B. M.].
Danaida plexippus laratensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. igS (1910).
(i) Se trouve comme aberration en Cochinchine, au Tonkin, au Siam. Pourtant,
Vol. 10 (3), p. 178 (1921), ne reconnait intermedia que comme simple forme.
Alalaya.
Sumatra.
Nias.
Sumatra mer., Lam-
pongs.
Java, Bali, Bawean,
Borneo.
Lombok, Toekangbesi.
Sumbawa.
Wetter.
Australie N.-O.
Ten imber.
Aloulton (Journ. F. At. S. Alus.
36
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
l. D. p. kyllene. — Pl. I, Fig. 3. Dammer, Kisser, Kei.
Danais (Salatura) laratensis de Niceville et Kuhn, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 67 (2), p. 255 (1898).
Danaida plexippus kyllene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 195 {1910)
[Auct.].
Danais plexippus kyllene Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 17. pl. 4A, fig. 2 cf
(1921).
m. D. p. teUnissus. Boeton.
Danaida plexippus telmissus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 195 (1910)
[Auct ].
Danais (Salatura) plexippus telmissus Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 86 (1914).
n. D.p. tychius. Saleyer.
Danaida plexippus tychius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 795 (iqio)
[Auct.].
Danais (Salatura) plexippus tychius Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 86 {1914).
o. D. p. conspicua (i). Celebes merid.
Danais conspicua Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 49, pl. 4, fig. 2 (1866) [B. M.].
Danais plexippus var. i. conspicua Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n 23 (1871J.
Salatura conspicua Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danaida plexippus conspicua Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. igS, pl. 77«,
fig. 3 Q (1910).
Danais (Salatura) leucoglene (p. p.) Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 85 (1914)'.
p. D. p. leucoglene (2). Celebes sept.
Danais leucoglene Felder, Reis. Nov, Lep. Vol. 2, p. 847, pl. 48, fig. 2 cf (1867)
[Tring].
Danais plexippus var. i. conspicua Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23(1871).
Salatura conspicua (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danaida plexippus leucoglene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 195 (1910).
Danais (Salatura) leucoglene (p. p.) Martin Iris, Vol. 28, p. 85 (1914).
q. D. p. bandjira Borneo occid.
Danais (Salatura) plexippus bandjira Martin, Mitt. Miinch. Ent. Ges. p. 7,8 (1911).
r. D. p. aduana. Philippines.
? Anosia plexippus Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 17 (1886).
Salatura plexippus aduana Swinhoe, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 19, p. 33i
(1917) [Hili].
s. D. p. philene (3). Molucques merid.
Papilio philene Stoll, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 168, pl. 375, fig. A, B
(1782); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. 184, fig. 3, 4 (1794).
Danais philene Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 187 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 17 (1847) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 47 (1866).
Danais plexippus x&r. a. philene Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 23 (1871).
Danais philene 'Ma.rsYiall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 84 (1882).
Salatura philene Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883).
Danaus plexippus (part.) Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 87. p. 171
(1884).
Danaus philene Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 21 (1889).
Danaida philene philene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197 (1910).
(1) Les deux formes s’entremelent dans la partie centrale de Pile et dans le nord se rencontrent quelqiies exem-
plaires de conspicua^ tandis que dans le midi, on trouve aussi leucoglene comme aberration (Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 85, 86).
(2) Les deux formes s’entremelent dans la partie centrale de Pile et dans le nord se rencontrent quelques exem-
plaires de conspicua, tandis que dans le midi, on trouve aussi leucoglene comme aberration (Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 85, 86).
Dans Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16, p. 638 (i9i5), MM. Joicey et Talbot, rangent toutes les formes suivantes
Ae plexippus dans Pespece affinis (n. i5).
(3) Si cette espece est demontree inseparable de la s>iivante (affinis), c’est ce dernier nom qui a la priorite et qui
devra prevaloir comme nom specifique. Cfr. plus loin sous le n. i5.
FAM. DANAI DID^
37
s' D. p. philene f. luxurians.
Salatura philene obscura f. luxurians Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 167 (1906) [Auct.].
Danaida philene philene f. luxurians Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197,
pl. 7S(f, fig. 5 Q (1910).
t. D. p. oros.
Danaida philene oros Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 194 (1906) [Auct.]; Fruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197, pl. 'jid, fig. 4 Q (1910).
u. D. p. nubila.
Danais philene var. Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 47 {1866).
Danais nubila Butler, ibidem, p. 171 (1866) [B. M.].
Danais plexippus var. b nubila Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura nubila Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883).
Danaida philene nubila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 197 (1910).
V. D. p. subnubila.
Danaida philene subnubila Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. igS (1906) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 197 (igio).
w. D. p. batjana.
Salatura plexippus batjana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 69, 73
(1899) [Auct.] ; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 34 (1899).
Danaida philene transfuga Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 193 (1916) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 198 (1910).
X. D. p. obscura.
Danais philene var. obscura Capronnier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3o, p. 4 (1886).
Danaida philene obscura Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
X D. p. obscura f. luxurians (cfr. supra s').
y. D. p. mysolica,
Salatura mysolica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883).
Danaida philene mysolica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 198 (1910).
z. D. p. pseudophilene.
Salahira philene pseudophilene Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 164 (1906).
Danaida philene pseudophilene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 108 (1910).
a' D. p. gelanor.
Danaida ferruginea gelanor Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 17, fig. 7 (1914).
b' D. p. ferruginea
Danais ferruginea Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 18, p. 240 (1876).
Danaus ferruginea Kirby, Syn. Cat Diurn. Lep. p. SSg, n. 38 (1877).
Salatura ferruginea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danaida ferruginea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 199 (1910).
c' D. p. pergussonia.
Salatura mytilene fergussonia Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. ig, p. 166 (1906).
Danaida ferruginea fergussonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (igio).
d' D. p. ivoodlarkiana.
Salatura philene woodlarkiana Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 164 (1906).
Danaida philene woodlarkiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
f D. p. molyssa.
Salatura philene molyssa Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. ig, p. i65 (igo6).
Danaida philene molyssa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198, pl. 77 r,
fig- 3 cf (1910).
f D. p. kiriwina.
Salatura mvtilene kiriwina Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. ig, p. i65 (1906).
Danaida ferruginea kiriwina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199,
pl. 77«, f. 2 c? (1910).
Obi.
Batjan, Plalmaheira.
?
? Sula ? Morotai.
Waigeu.
Misol.
N. Guinee holi, occid.
(Soiong).
Australie sept.
Papua (B. Milne).
Fergusson.
Woodlark.
Papua (B. Colingwood).
Kiriwina.
38
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
g' D. p. decipiens. Salomon.
Solatura decipiens Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. lo, p. 37 (1882);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danaida mytilene decipiens Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. igg (1910).
h' D. p. insolata. Salomon.
Danais insolata Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, (4). Vol. 5, p. 36o (1870) ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 689, n. zhbis (1871); Butler, Brenchley’s Voy.
Cura9ao, p. 468, pl. 48, fig. i, 2 (1873).
Solatura insolata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danaida ferruginea insolata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosssch. Vol. g, p. igg (1910).
i' D. p. hiseriata.
Solatura hiseriata Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist (5). Vol. 10, p. 37 (1882);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danais hiseriata Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 94 (1898).
Danais (Salatura) hiseriata Pagenstecher, Zool. 27 : Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i,
p. 49 (1899).
Danaida ferruginea hiseriata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (igio).
j' D. p. adustus.
Danais adustus Godman et Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 755 (1882).
Salatura adustus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danais [Salatura) mytilene Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 49 (1899).
Danaida ferruginea adustus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199(1910).
k' D. p. decipientis.
Danaida mytilene decipientis Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 25, pl. 8,
fig- 12 d' (1914)-
1' D. p. pleistarchus.
Danaida philene pleistarchus Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rundschau, Vol. 29, p. 84 (1912).
m^ D. p. bonguensis.
Salatura mytilene hongue7isis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 68
(1899) ; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 (1899).
Danaida philene honguensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 198,
pl. 77 e, fig. 4 Q (1910).
n' D. p. subnigra. Biak.
Danaida mytilene suhnigra Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 35o (1922).
o' D. p. jobiensis. Jobi, Roon.
Salatura mytilene subsp. /oJzVwiL Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 339 (1894).
Danaida ferruginea jobiensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (1910).
p' D. p. piiiahus. ? B. Geelvink.
Danaida ynytilene pittahus Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 196 (1906).
Da^taida ferrxiginea pittahus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (1910).
q' D. p. mytilene. N. Guinee holi. sept.
Danais mytilene Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 282 (1860). (Dorei).
Danais pullata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 47, f. i (1866).
Danais mitylene (sic) Butler, ibidem, p. 484.
Danais plexippus var. d. mytilene Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura mytilene Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danais genutia var. mytilene Snellen, Tijdschr, Ent. Vol. 82, p. 387, pl. 9,
fig. I cf (1889).
Danaida mytilene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 198, pl. 77 fig, i Q
(1910).
r' D. p. rubrica. Palau.
Salatura philene rubrica Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 167 (1906).
Danaida philene rubrica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 198 (1910).
Duke of York.
Arch, Bismarck.
Manus.
Matty.
N. Guinee N.-E.
FAM. DANAI DI DrE
39
i5. D. affinis (i). ' Salomon - Australie - Ma-
laya - Philippines.
a. D. a. coinetho. Salomon.
Danais cometho Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 90 (1888).
Danaida affinis cometto Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (1910).
b. D. a. galacterion. Fergusson.
Salatura affinis galacterion Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 167 (1906).
Danaida affinis galacterion Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (1910).
c. D. a. nora. Kiriwina.
Salatura affinis nora Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 20, p, iSy (1917).
d. D. a. olga. N. Bietagne.
Salatura affinis olga Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 20, p. iSy (1917).
e. D. a. strephon. N. Guinee.
Salatura affinis strephon Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 168 (1906).
Danaida affinis strephon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
e' D. a. strephon ab. ariiana (cfr. infra F).
f. D. a. affinis. — Pl. I , Fig. 4. Aru, Kei, Australie.
Papilio affinis Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 5ii (lyyS) [B. M.] ; Herbst, Naturs.
Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 45 (lygS); Donovan, Ep. Ins. Ind. pl. 25, fig. 2 (1800).
Danais affinis Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins, Vol. 9, p. 182 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 20 (1847); Blanchard, Voy. Pole
Sud, Zool. Vol. 4, p. 389, pl. 2, fig. 7 (i853); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 48 (1866).
Danais plexippus var. e. affinis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura affinis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danais affinis Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i885).
Danaida affinis affinis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 199 (1910);
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 17, f. 8 (1914).
f' D a. affinis ab. ariiana. Aru.
Salatura aruana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883) [B. M.].
Dajiaus vorkeiniis Rober, Iris, Vol. i, p. 46, pl. 2, fig. i cf (1886) [Berl.].
Danaida affinis affinis f. vorkeinus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 199
(1910).
f" D. a. affinis ab. nigrita. Australie.
Salatura nigrita M.oote^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 248 (i883) [B. M.].
g. D. a. leucippus. Kisser, Wetter.
Danaus affinis var. leucippus Rober, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol, 84, p. 298 (i8gi).
Danaida affinis leucippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
h. D. a. chionippe. Timor.
Euploca chionippe Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, pl. 6, fig. i, 2 o*, 3,
4 Q (1806).
Danais affinis(^2jct.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 20 (1847).
Danais plexippus var. c. affinis (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 28
(1871).
Danaida affinis chionippe Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (igio).
i. D. a. coriacea. Alor.
Salatura affinis coriacea Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 168 (1906) [Auct.].
Danaida affinis coriacea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
(i) II se peut tres bien que cette espece soit inseparable de la precedente philcne, nous gardons pourtant la
classification presente jusqu’a preuve de Tidentite specifique de philene et d’affinis. Cfr. Joicej' et Talbot, dans .\nn. Mag.
Nat. Hist. (g), Vol. 16, p. 638 (1925).
40
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
j. D. a. litoralis.
Danais (Salatura) litoralis Ddherij, Journ. As. Soc. Beiig. Vol. 6o (2), p. 164,
pl. 2, fig. 4 cf (1891) [Ob.].
Danaida affinis litoralis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, 9, p. 200(1910).
k. D. a. tanibora.
Salatura hegesippinus Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 120 {1897).
Salatura affinis tamhora Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 44, p. 70 (1899) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 (1899).
Danaida affinis tanibora Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200, pl. 77 d,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
l. D. a. hawien.sis.
Salatura affinis kawiensislervLhsioxier, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 70 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 35 (1899).
Danaida affinis kawiensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
m. JD. a. artenice.
Papilio artenice Stoll, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 168, pl. 875, fig. C, D
(1781) ; Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 7, p. ii, pl. 164, fig. 5, 6 cf (1794).
Danais artenice Go&axi, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 187 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 18 (1847); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. 1866, p. 47.
Danais plexippiis var. c. artenice Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 23 (1871).
Salatura artenice Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 242 (i883).
Danaida affinis artenice Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
Danais artenice Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 33, pl. 14, fig. 26 cf
(1913).
n. D. a. f uliginosa.
Danais fuliginosa Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 40 (1894) [Tring].
Danais abigar . fuliginosa Flagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 49, p. i83
(1896).
Danaida affinis fuliginosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
n' D. a. fuliginosa f. astakos.
Salatura affinis fuliginosa f. astakos Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. 169 (1906) [Auct.].
Danaida affinis fidiginosa f. astakos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200
(1910).
o. D. a. hegesippinus.
Danais affinis var. hegesippinus Rober, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 292 (1891).
Danaida affinis hegesippus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
p. D. a. djampeana.
Danais affinis djampeana van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 208 {i9i5)
[Leid.].
q. D. a. wentholii.
Danais (Salatura) affinis wentholti Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 90 (1914).
r. D. a. fulgurata.
Danais fulgurata Butler, Proc. Soc. Lond. p. 48, pl. 4, fig. i cf (1866) [B. M.].
Danais plexippus var. f. fulgurata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 23 (1871).
Salatxir a fulgurata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 ^883).
Danaida affinis fulgurata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
Dajiais (Salatura) affinis fulgurata Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 89 (1914).
Danaida affinis fidgurata Jurriaanse et Lindemans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62, 1919,
Suppi, p. i3 (1920).
s. D. a, decentralis.
Salatura affinis decentralis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 69(1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 34 (1899).
t. D. a. iaruna.
Salatura affinis taruna PiVih.sioxier, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 69 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 (1899).
Danaida affinis taruna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200 (1910).
Sumba.
Sumbawa, Lonibok.
Java orient,
Java occident.
Bawean.
Bonerate.
Tanah-Djampea.
Saleyer.
Celebes merid. et orient.
Bangkai, Peling, Sula.
Sangir.
FAM. danaidid.f:
41
t' D. a. tariina f. sangira.
Salatura affinis sangira Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 69 (1899)
[Auct.]: Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 84 {1899).
Danatda affinis taruna f sangira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 200
(1910).
u. D. a. affinoides. Talaut.
Danais abigar Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. p. 44 (1896).
Salatura affinis affinoides Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 70 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer. Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 35 (1899).
Danaida affinis affinoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. p. 200, pl. yyd, fig. 5 cf
(1910).
V. D. a. abigar. Luzon.
Idea abigar Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis. Vol. 3, p. 209, pl. 7, fig. i2(!, b (1821).
Danais cecilia Bougainville, Voy. Thetis, Vol. 2, p. 842, pl. 44, fig. i, ihis (1887).
Danais affinis (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92. n. 20 (iSSyj.
Danais abigar Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 455 (1866).
Danais plexipfus vRT. e. affinis (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 6, n. 33
11871).
Danais plexipptis var.g. abigar., Kirby, ibidem.
Salatura chionippe Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. I.ond, p. 248 (i883).
Anosia abigar Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 17 {1886).
Danaida affinis abigar Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, f. 201 (1910).
w. D. a. nialayaiia. Siam, Adalaya, Cochin-
Danais abigar Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 409, pl. 52, fig. ii (1886). chine, Ptilli-Bras.
Salatura affinis malayana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 70 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 35 (1899).
Danaida affinis malayana Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 201, pl. 77 (f,
fig. 3 cf (1910).
Danaida affinis f. malayana Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921).
Danaida affinis malayana Moulton. Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 177 (1921).
4. Sous-Genre NASUMA Moore
Nasuma Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883). — Type D. isniare Stoll.
Nasuma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 201 (1890).
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure : nervure 10 beaucoup au-dela de la cellule. Aile posterieure :
discocellulaire mediane faiblement concave; cf poche androconiale proche de la nervure 2; scaphiums
courts, assez larges; valve a angle dorsal faiblement saillant, profondement echancree sur la face
ventrale et montrant un prolongement en forme de pouce.
Distributiori geographique. — Une seule espece propre aux Molucques et a Celebes.
16. D. ismare.
a. D. i. gor amica.
Danaida ismare goramica Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. i85 (1906) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210 (1910).
Molucques, Celebes.
Gora m.
b. D. i. ismare. — Pl. I, Fig. 5. Uliasser, Amboina
Papilio ismare Stoll, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. i56, pl. 279, fig. E, F Ceram.
(1780); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 84, pl. 124, fig. 4, 5 o* (i793).
Danais ismare Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 190 (1S19);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. j). 98, n. 32 (1847); Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 172, f. r (i73) [1866]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5,
n. 22 (1871).
42
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Nasiima ismare Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danaus ismare Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 37, p. 170 (1884);
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 219 (1889).
Danaida ismare ismare Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 201 (1910).
c. D. i. felicia.
Danaida ismare felicia Fruhstorfer, Iris,_Vol. 19, p. i83 (1906) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 201, pl. 76«, fig. iQ (1910).
d. D. i. ismareola.
Danais ismareola Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5o (1866) [B. M.].
Danais ismare (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 22 (1871).
Nasuma ismare (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danaida ismare ismareola Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 201 (1910).
e. D. i. fulvus.
Danaus ismare var. fulvus Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 220 (1890).
Nasuma celebensis Rothschild, ibidem, Vol. 5, p. 481, pl. 4, fig. 4 Q (1892)
[Tring].
Danaida ismare fulvus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 201, pl, 76 c, fig. 4 (f
(1910).
Danais {N asuma) fulvus Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 83 (1914).
/. D. i. hotoshonis. Formosa.
Danaida ismare hotoshonis Matsumura, Ins. Matsum. Vol. 3, p. 91 (1929).
Buru, Obi.
Ternate, Halmaheira.
Celebes.
5. Sous-Genre TIRUMALA Moore
Tirumala Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. 1, p. 4 (1880). — Type : D. lininiace Cr. ; Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. p. 45 (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23o (i883).
Melinda M oore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 229 (i883). — Type : D. formosa Godm.
Tirumala Semper, Reis. Philip. Vol. 5, p. i3 (1886).
Eisa Honrath, Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 87, p. 486 (1892). — Type : D. niorgeni Honr.
Tirumala Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 3 (1894); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g,
p. 201 (igio); Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 72 (igio).
Melinda Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72 (1910).
Tirumala Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 47 (1928).
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure : seconde sous-costale de Tangle de la cellule ou d’un peu au
del^. Aile posterieure : discocellulaire plus longue que la mediane, of poche androconiale etiree en
dessous en forme de plaquette.
Valve sans prolongement horizontal, mais munie d’une pointe ventrale verticale en forme
d’epine. Penis arme d’epines et de dents.
Chenille. A deuxpaires de filaments sur les segments 2 et ii, comme chezD. archippus Fabr. (i).
Distribution geographique. — Habite l’Afrique et la region australienne jusqu’aux Samoa et
Tonga, h TEst.
17. D. formosa. Afrique orientale.
a. D. f. formosa — Pl. I , Fig. 6. Afrique equat. orient.
Danais formosa Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. i83, pl. 19, fig. i f (1880)
[B M.].
(i) Figuree par E. Haase dans Iris, Vol. i, pl. 3, fig. 8 (1886).
FAM. DANAIDID7E
4
Melinda formosa Rloore, ibidem, p. 229 (i883).
Danaida formosa Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 33 (1898).
Meh/ida formosa Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 224, pl. ii, fig. iQ*, i (t Q
(1906).
Danaida formosa Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 73, pl. 23b, fig. 2 (f
(1911).
Tirtmala formosa Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 47 (1923).
Danaida formosa Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. Nat. H. Soc.
p. IO, pl. I , fig 7 ; pl. 3, fig. 5 ; pl. 8, fig. 5 et 6 ; pl. 96, Metam. ( 1925).
Danaida formosa van Someren, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 3, p. 3i (1928).
b D. f. nenmanni,
Danaus formosa Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 9, p. 596 (1902) [Tring].
Danaida formosa neumanni Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 73 (1911).
Tirumala formosa nettmanni Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 47 (1923).
18. D morgeni.
Elsa morgeni Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 37, p. 486, pl. i5, fig. 5 cf
(1897) [B. M.].
Danaida morgeni Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 33 (1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grosssch. Vol. i3, p. 72, pl. 23(i, fig. 2 o* (1910).
Tirumala morgeni Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p.99, fig. III, 2
(1922) ; Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 42 (1923).
19. D. mercedonia (forma formosae ?) (i).
Melinda mercedonia Karsch, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 20, p. 225 (1894).
Danaida mercedonia Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 33, fig. 3 (ff (189S).
Melinda mercedonia Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 224, pl. 12, fig. 4 Q* (1906) ;
Griinberg. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. p. 642, pl. 8, fig. i o* (1909).
Danaida mercedonia Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72, pl, 23 6,
%• I (f (1910).
Tirumala formosa mut. mercedonia Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 48 (1923).
Danaida mercedonia Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H. Soc.
p. II, pl. I, fig. 8, pl. 3, fig. 6 (1925).
Danaida mercedonia van Someren, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 3, p. 3i (1928).
20. D. limniace.
a. D. l. petiverana.
Danais limniace var. petiverana Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.
Vol. I, p. 93, n. 3i, pl. 12, fig. I cf (1847) [B. M.].
Danais honora Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5i {1866) [B. M.]; Butler,
Lep. Exot. p. 52, pl. 20, fig. 2 cf (1870).
Danais limniace var. a petiverana Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. i5 (1871).
Tirumala petiverana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23o (i883).
Danaida limniace var. petiverana Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 33 (1898).
Danaida petiverana Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 72, pl. 23 ^r,
fig. I Q (1910).
T irumala petiverana Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162, pl. i5, fig. 4-6,
pl. 19, fig. 19, 21, 23 (1915).
Danaida petiverana Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 44, 47 (1923).
Danaida limniace petiverana Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H.
Soc. p. 3, pl. I, fig. 5, 6, pl. 8, fig. 8, 9, 10, Metam. (1925).
b. D. l. limniace.
Papilio limniace Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. 92, pl. 5g, fig. D, E Q {i775).
Papilio similis (part.) Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 5ii (1775).
Papilio exoticus Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Vol. i s., 5, p. 2289 (1788-1793).
Papilio limniace Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 29, pl. 123, fig. 3, 4 o’ (i793).
Papilio similis (part.) Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, i, p. 58 (1793).
Limnas limniace Hiibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 19, fig. i, 2 (1806).
(i) Pour Texamen de Tunite ou difference specifique de formosa et mercedonia, cfr.
Soc. Lond. Vol. 3, p. 3i (1928).
Abj^ssinie.
Kamerun.
Afrique equat. orient.
Afrique - Inde - Philipp.,
Afrique tropicale.
Inde-Chine-Hainan.
Formosa.
e. a. van Someren, Proc. Ent
44
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danais limniace God2iii,'Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 191 (1819);
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. gS, n. 3i (1847) ; Biitler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 5i (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. i5 (1871);
Semper, Mus. God. Vol, 14, pl. 8, fig. 6 cf (1879).
Tirmnala limniace Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 4, pl. i, fig. 3 (1S80),
Danais limniace Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 47 (1882).
Tirnmala limniace Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (i883).
Danais limniace Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49. pl. 24 cf (i885);
Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n. 4 (1888).
Tirnmala limniace Mooie, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o, pl. 6, fig. 1, la, T.b Q,
Metam. (1890) ; Kirby, Handb. Lep. Vol. i, p. 20, pl. 5, fig. 2 (1894).
Danais limniace Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 16, f. 5 Q (igoSj; Seitz,
Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 77, pl. 28e, fig. 3 Q (1907).
Danais [Tirumala] limniacce Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 8, pl. i, fig. 3 (1907).
Danais limniace Bell, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 52, pl. E, fig. 33 cj
(1909); Maxwell et Lefroy, Ind. Ins. Life, p. 407, f. 278, 276, 278, Met.
(1909).
Danaida limniace limniace Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 204 (1910).
Danaida limniace norinia Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 274 (1911) [Auct.].
T inimala limniace TL\ix\ng\ia.rci, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. i63, pl. 19, fig. 20, 22
(igiS).
Danaida limniace limniace Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. io(3), p, 172 (1921).
Danaida limniace f. limniace Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1921).
Danaida {tirumala)limHiace Joicey etTalbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,p. 535(1924).
Danaida limniace Bose, Rep. Proc. 5 Ent. Meet. 1928, p. 280, fig. Met. (1924).
Danaida limniace Punnett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 2, p. 44 (1927).
b' D. l. limniace ab. leopardus.
Danais leopardus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 52 (1866) [B. M.].
Danais limniace var. c. leopardus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. i5 (1871).
Danais limniace (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23o (i8831.
Danaida limniace linmiace ab. leopardus Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. ii,
p. 204 (1910).
C. D. l. mulina.
Danaida limniace mulina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. ii, p. 204, pl. 78«,
fig. I o* (1910) [Auct.].
Tirumala limniace Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 4 (1918).
Danaida (Tirumala) limniace mulina Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 2 (1924).
d. D. l. conjuncta.
Euploea limniace Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. Ind. Comp. Vol. i, pl. 3, fig. 6, 6(i,
Metam. (1828).
Danais limniacece yioore, Cat. Lep. E. Ind. Comp. Vol. i, p. 121, pl. 4, fig. 3,
ia (1857).
Danais limniace (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. i5 (1871).
T inimala conjuncta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 281, pl. 29, fig. 2 cf (1883)
[B. M.].
Tirumala limniace conjuncta Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 120
(1897).
Danaida limniace conjuncta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 204 (1910).
Danais limniace f. septentrionis Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 3o,
pl. 14, fig. 256 (1918).
d' D, l. conjuncta f. donia.
Tirumala limniace doniaTxnhstorler , Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 120 (1897)
[Auct.].
Danaida limniace conjuncta f. donia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 204
(1910).
e. D. l. fruhstorfer i.
Danais limniace jruhstorf eri van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 209 (igi5)
[Leid.].
Inde merid., Ceylon.
Java-Lombok-Sumbawa.
Timor.
FAAI. DANAIDID.E
f. D. l. bentenga.
Danais (Tirumala) limniace bentenga Martin, Iris, Vol. 24, p. 22 (1910).
Danaida limniace bentenga Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 204, pl. 78
fiff. 2 cf (1910).
Danais [Tirumala) limniace bentenga Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p 92 (1914).
g. D. l. makassara.
Danais (Tirumala) limniace makassara Martin, Iris, Vol. 24, p. 2i (1910).
Danaida limniace makassara Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 204 (1910).
Danais [Tirumala) limniace makassara Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 92 (1914).
h. D. l. ino.
Danais ino q* Biitler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 79 (1871) [Hili].
Danatis ino Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 32 (1871).
Tirumala ino Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23i (i883).
Danaida limniace ino Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (igio).
i. D. l. or est illa.
Danaida limniace orestilla Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (1910)
[Auct.].
j. D. l. moaria.
Danaida limniace moaria Trvihstoxier, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (ign)
[Auct.].
k. D. l. kuchingana.
Danaida limniace kuchingana Moulton, Ent. Vol. 48, p. 97 (igiS) [Sar.].
21. D. melissa.
a. D. m. musikanos (diff. a seq.).
Tirumala septentrionis (part.) Moore, Lep. Ceylon, Vol, i, p. 5, pl. i, fig. 2(1881).
Danais septentrionis (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 17(1905).
Danaida melissa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 202, pl. 78 rt, fig. 3 (J
(1910) [Auct.]
Tirumala septentrionis Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 5 (igi8).
Danaida [Tirumala) septentrionis Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 2 (1924).
b. D. m. dyavidarum.
Danais melissa Marshall et deNiceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 46 (1882).
Tirumala melissa dravidarum Txuhstorier, Derl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. ii3
(1899) [Auct.].
Danaida melissa dravidarum Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 202(1910).
c. D. m. septentrionis. — Pl. 2, Fig. I .
Danais septentrionis Dniler, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. ii, p. i63 {1874) [B. M.].
Danaus septentrionis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692, n. 86 (1877).
Danais septentrionis Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14, Lep. pl. 8, fig. 7 0* (1879);
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 16, pl. i,fig. 9 cf (1882) ; Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 48, pl. 6, fig. 8 o* Q (1882).
Tirumala septentrionis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23o, pl. 29, fig. 3 (iS83).
Danais septentrionis Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n. 5 (1888).
Tirtimala septentrionis Moore, Lep Ind. Vol. i, p. 34, pl. 7, fig. 2<^,2a Q (1890) ;
Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 3 (1894).
Danais septentrionis Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 3g (1894).
Danais (Tirumala) septentrionis de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 366 (1895).
Danais septentrionis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 17, f. 6 cf (1906).
Danais [Tirumala) septentrionis Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 8, pl. i. fig. 4
(1907).
Danais septentrionis Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 77, pl. 2Sd, fig. i o*> 3 Q (1907);
Freiling. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. Vol. 92, p. 283, pl. 17, fig. 42-49 (1909).
Danaida melissa septentrionis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 202 (1910).
Danaida melissa f. septentrionis Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3. p. 23 (1921).
Danaida (Tirumida) melissa septentrionis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus.
Vol. I , p 534 (1924).
45
Tanah-Dampea, Saleyer.
Celebes merid.
Sula.
Luzon .
Formosa.
Borneo.
Indo-Chine-Oceanie.
Ceylon.
Inde meridion.
Inde sept., Chine, Indo-
Chine, Hainan, Ma-
laya, Sumatra.
46
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
d. D. m. riifiventris .
Danaus microsticta Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. i6 (1884).
Tinimala septentrionis rufiventris Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44,
p. 114 (1899) [Auct.].
Danaida melissa rufiventris Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 202 (1910).
e. D. m. microsticta.
Danais limniaca var. Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5i (1866).
Danais microsticta Butler, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. ii, p. i63 (1874) [B. M.].
Danaus microsticta Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 84 (1877).
Tinimala microsticta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883).
Danaida melissa microsticta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 202 (1910).
f. D. m. snanetes.
Danaida melissa suanetes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Berl.].
g. D. m. julia n. n.
Danais tinimala septentrionis var. Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 27 (1889).
Tinimala septentrionis palawana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44,
p. 114 (1899) nec Staudinger [Auct.].
Danaida melissa palawana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 202 (1910).
h. D. m. emona.
Danaida melissa emona Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Senck.].
i. D. m. orientalis.
Danais orientalis Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14, p. 189, pl. 8, fig. 5 cf (1879).
Tinimala orientalis Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (i883); Semper, Reis.
Phil. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 9, f. 4 ; p. i5, pl. 2, fig. 10 cf, ii Q {1886).
Danaida melissa orientalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 202 (1910).
j. D. m. sassina.
Danaida melissa sassina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Senck.].
k. D. in. pelagia.
Danaida melissa pelagia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Senck.],
l. D. m. tihiila.
Danaida melissa tihiila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Senck.].
m. D. m. valentia.
Danaida melissa valentia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Senck.].
n. D. m. nephthys.
Danaida melissa nephthys Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Auct.].
o. D. m. goana.
Danais [Tinimala) melissa goanaJAz.xtin, Iris, Vol. 24, p. 28 (1910).
Danaida melissa goanaTrvihstorier, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 208 (1910).
Danais [Tinimala) melissa goana Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 92 (1914).
p. D. m. melissa.
Papilio melissa Stoll, CrameFs Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 172, pl. 877, fig. C, D o*
(1781); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 38, pl. i25, fig. 3, 4 cf (1798).
Danais melissa Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 192 (1819).
? Danais melissa Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 28 (1847).
Nias.
Borneo.
Balabak.
Palawan.
Paragua (i).
Luzon.
Mindoro, Cebu
Cuyos.
Camdtes.
Mindanao.
Sulu.
Celebes, Talaut
Java-Wetter.
(i) Cfr. la note.
FAM. DANAIDID.F:
47
Ditnais meUssaKhby, Syn Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 16(1871).
Tinimala 7nelissa Mooxe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23i (i8S3).
Danais (Tirmnala) melissa Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng-. Vol. 60 (2), p. i65
(1S92).
Tirumala melissa hamata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol . 42, p. 120(1897^
Danaida 7iielissa melissa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 202 (1910).
f. Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 3o, pl. 14,
fig. 25rt (i9i3).
p' D. m. melissa f. myrsilos.
Danaida melissa myrsilos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 202 (1910) [Auct.].
Danais limniace i. obscurata Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 3o, pl. 14,
fig. 25r (1913).
p" D. m. melissa f. mistella (i).
Tirumala mistella Swinhoe, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 16, p. 177 (igiS).
p"' D. m. melissa f. melissina. Bali.
Danaida melissa 7nelissa i. loc. melissina'Roih.sch\\d^'Tiov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 117
(1915) [Tring],
q. D. m. hamata.
Euploea hamata Mac Leay, King’s Surv. Austr. Vol. 2, App. p. 25, n. 147 (1827).
Danais limniace (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 93, n. 3i (1847).
Danais australis Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. Vol. 4, p. 388, pl. 2, fig. S, 60*
(i853); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 52 (1866).
Danaislimniacev&r. h. hamat a Isaxby , Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. i5 (1871).
Danais hamata Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14, Lep. p. i3g, pl. 8, fig. i, 2 o*
(1879).
Tirumala hamata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 232 (i883).
Danais hamata Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (1886).
Danaida melissa hamata ¥r\Tastoriex, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (igio);
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 118, f. 4 (1914).
r. D. m. paryadrcs.
Danaida melissa paryadres Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910)
[Auct.].
s. D. m. singaria.
Danaida melissa singaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910)
[Auct.].
t. D. m. arikata.
Danaida melissa arikata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910I
[Auct.].
u. D. m. nigra.
Danais leucoptera Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 219 (1889).
Danais (Tirumala) melissa nigra Martin, D. E. Z. Iris, Vol. 24, p. 24 (1910).
Danaida melissa nigraTxxxhstoxiex, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910).
V. D. m. leucoptera.
Danais leucoptera Butler, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. ii, p. i63 (1874) [B. M.].
Danaus leucoptera Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 33 (1877).
Tirumala leucoptera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883).
Danaida melissa leucoptera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 203(1910).
w. D. m. coarctata.
Danaida (Tirumala) melissa coarctata Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 35o (1921) [Hili].
Australie orient., Nouv.
Guinee merid.
Aru, Tenimber, Kei.
Dammer.
Sula.
Ceram.
Nouv. Guinee occid. et
sept.
Biak.
(i) 11 n’est pas certainque cette forme soit bien placee ici. Comme on sait, les localites donnees par Swinhoe sont
souvent fausses. C’est une forme qui, pour le dessin, doit se trouver entre rufiventris et microsticta. II n'est donc pas exclu
que ce soit une lace distincte ou peut-etre un synonymo. Mais jusqu’a ce que cela soit prouve. il est preferable de la laisser
a cet endroit.
48
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
X. D. m. phrynichiis. Papua.
Divtaidii melissa plirynichus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3
(1910) [Auct.].
y. D. m. obscurata. Salomon.
Euploea hamata Montrouzier, Ann. Phys. Lyon, p. 404 (i856).
Danais melissa Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 5, p. 36o (1870).
Danais obscurata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 275 (1874) [B. M].
Danaus obscurata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 35 (1877).
Tirtimala obscurata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danaida melissa obscurata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910);
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 6o5 (1924).
z. D. m. gariaia. Arch. Bismarck.
Danais australis Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. gS (1898).
Danais (Tirtimala) australis Pagenstecher, Zool. 27. Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i,
P 47 (1899).
Danaida melissa gariata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm.Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (i9io)[Auct.]
aa. D. m. moderata. Nouv. Plebrides.
Danais moderata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1875, p. 61 1 (1876) [B. M.].
Danaus moderata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p, 889, n. 40 (1877).
Tirtimala moderata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danaida melissa moderata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. VoL 9, p. 2o3 (1910).
bb. D. m. neptunia. Fidji.
Danais neptunia Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 849, pl. 48, fig. icf
(1867) [Tring].
Danais hamata (p.p.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. i5 (1871'.
Danais neptunia Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Vol. 14, Lep. pl. 8, fig. 4 (1879).
Tirtimala neptunia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danais neptunia Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i883).
Danaida melissa neptunia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 {1910).
Danais (Tirtimala) neptunia Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 24, pl. IV A,
fig. 3 cf (1921).
Danaida ynelissa neptunia Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 6o5 s. s., pl. 32,
fig. IO cf; pl. 33, fig. i5, 18 cf (1928); pl. 48, fig. 4, 8 cf , 9 Ql ph 44<
fig- 6, 7 G* {1924).
bb' D. m. neptunia f. proto neptunia.
Danaida melissa neptunia f. protoneptunia Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923,
p. 608, pl. 43, fig. 1-3 (1924) [cf Oxf., Q Tring].
bb" D. m. neptunia ab. clarihella.
Danais claribella 'Bnilex . Axm. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 36 (1882) [B. M ].
Tirtimala clarihella M.oore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 233 (i883).
Danaida melissa clarihella Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910).
cc. D. ni. angustata. Tonga,
Tirtimala angustata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883) [B. M.].
Danaida melissa angustata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910);
Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, p. 10 (1927).
dd. D. m. melittula, Samoa.
Danais melittula Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 70 (1869) [Berl.].
Danais militulla (sic!) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 17 (1871).
Danais melittula Semper, Mus. Godeffr. Lep. Vol. 14, pl. 8, fig. 3 (1879).
Tirtimala melittula Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 233 (i883).
Danais (Tirtimala) melittula Rebel, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Vol. 85,
p. 415, pl. 18, fig. 4cf (1910).
Danaida melissa melittula Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910);
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1928, p. 604, 6o5 (1924) ; Hopkins, Lep. Samoa.
p. 8 (1927)
ee. D. m. tutuilae. Tutuila.
Danaida melissa tutuilae Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, p. 9 (1927).
FAM. DANAIDIDi^:
49
22. D. gaufama.
a. D. g. gauiama.
Danais gaxitania Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 43 (1877) [B. M.] ;
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol i, p. 45 (1882).
Tirumala gau/ama Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23i, pl. 3i, fig. 3 Q (i883) ;
Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 33, pl. 7, fig. i (f, la Q (1890).
Danais gaiitama Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 17 (igoS).
Danaida gattiania Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910).
Danaida {Tirumala) gaufama Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 534
(1924).
b. D. g. gauiamoides.
Danais (Tirumala) gautamoides Doherty, Joiirn. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 55 (2),
p. 257 (1S86) [B. M ].
Tirumala gautamoides Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 33, pl. 6, fig. 2 cf, 2a Q (1890).
race §'i7;(fi7)»onLi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 17, 18 (1905).
Danaida gautama gautamoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o3 (1910).
23. D. ishmoides.
a. D. i. ishmoides.
Tirumala ishmoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 232 (i8S3) [PSenck.].
Danais (Tirumala) ishmoides 'islaxtiri. Iris, Vol. 24, p. 20(1910).
Danaida ishmoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 204, pl. 78 J,
fig- 4 Cf (1910).
Danais (Tirumala) ishmoides Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. gi (1914).
b. D. i, Strymon.
Danaida ishmoides strymon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Senck.].
c. D. i. trasinanus.
Danaida ishmoides trasinanus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Berl ].
d. D. i. sontiniis.
Danaida ishmoides sontiniis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Berl ].
24. D. choaspes.
a. D. ch. kroeseni.
Danais choaspes kroeseni Martin, Iris, Vol. 24, p. 20 (1910).
Danaida choaspes kroeseni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, g, p. 2o5 (1910).
Danais (Tirumala) choaspes kroeseni M.a.xtin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 91 (1914).
b. D. ch. kalawara.
Danais (Tirumala) choaspes kalawara Martin, D.E.Z., Iris, Vol. 27, p. 109(1913);
Martin, ibidem, Vol. 28, p. 91 (1914).
C. D. ch. choaspes.
Danais choaspes Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 52 (i866)[B. M.]; Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 14 (1871).
Tirumala choaspes Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23i (i883).
Danais (Tirumala) choaspes Iris, Vol. 24, p. 19 (1910).
Danaida choaspes choaspes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5, pl. 786,
fig. 3 Q (1910).
Danais (Tirumala) choaspes Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. go (1914).
d. D. ch. tnmanana.
Tirumala tnmanana Semper, Reise Phil. Schmett. Vol. i, p. i5, pl. 3, fig. i,
2 cf (i886) [Senck.].
Danaida choaspes tnmanana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (igio).
e. D. ch. oxyiithas.
Danaida choaspes oxynthas Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Berl.].
e'. D. ch. oxynthas f. choaspina.
Danaida choaspina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911) [Berl.].
Birma-Nicobar.
Tenasserim, Birma, Mer-
gui, Hainan.
Nicobar.
Philippines-Celebes.
Celebes.
Mindanao.
Cebu.
Mindoro.
Philippines-Celebes.
Buton.
Celebes centr. (baie de
Palu).
Celebes meiid.
Mindanao.
Sula.
5o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
6. Sous-Genre RAVADEBA Moore
Pa rantica (part.) Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 35 (1882).
Ravadeba Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883). — Type : D. cleona Stoll.
Bahora Moore, ibidem, p. 245. — Type : D. philomela Zink.-Somm.
Phirdana Moore, ibidem, p. 245. — Type : D. pumila Boisd.
Asthipa Moore, ibidem, p. 246. — Type : D. vitrina Feld.
Pa rantica (part.) Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. ii (1886).
Revadebra Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. 2, p. 77 (1895). — Type : D. cleona Stoll.
Ravadeba Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol, g, p. 2o5 (igio).
Remarque. — Les formes de ce groiipe ne constituent que trois ou quatre especes tandis que
Fruhstorfer, dans Seitz, Vol. 9, en cite 14 (i).
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure : nervure 10 d’avant Tangle de la cellule; aiie posterieure :
cellule longue, la discocellulaire inferieure verticale, courte. cf nervure 2 avec une tache androconicale
(pas de poche). Armure genitale (conf. van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 21 1, f. i (igiS), uncus
petit, etroit, palpiforme ; valve tres variable, distalement avec un prolongement emousse, ressemblant a
une tete de renard.
Chenille. A deux paires de tentacules, sur les segments 2 et 1 1 .
Distributiori geog raphique. — ■ Le sous-genre s’etend de l’lnde jusqu’aux Nouv. Hebrides,
et des Philippines a Timor et Kei. II n’a ete decouvert ni a Tenimber ni en Australie.
25. D. cleona. Tenasserim-Pa]av'an-
Java.
a. D. c. aspasia. Arrakan, Tenass., Siam,
Papilio aspasia Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. i5 (1787) [Kjob.]. Malakka, Indo-Chine.
Danais crocea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.07, pl. 4. fis'. 5 o' (1866) [B. M.].
Danais cleona ? Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 4 (1871).
Danais aspasia Kirby, ibidem, p. 639, ''>■ 6(1877).
Danais aspasia var. crocea Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. i3, pl. i, fig. 7 cp (1882).
Danais crocea Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 37, pl. 5, fig. 6
(1882).
Danais aspasia Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 87.
Bahora aspasia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Bahora crocea Moore, ibidem; Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p, 52, pl. 12, fig. i (p ,
la Q (1890).
Danaida {Bahora) aspasia Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 18 (3-4) 1897, p. 144 (1898).
Danais aspasia Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i,p. 20, pl. i,fig. 3 p CigoS).
Danaida aspasia aspasia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5, pl. 76rf,
% 5 cf (1910).
Danaida aspasia f. aspasia Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921).
Danaida aspasia aspasia Moulton, F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 171 (1921).
b. D. C. thargalia (2). Sumatra.
Danais crocea Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 39(1894).
(1) La probabilite tres grande qui se degageait de la consideration des descriptions et figures, ainsi que de la dis-
tribution geographique des especes decrites par Grose-Smith, Godman et Salvin, Joicey et Talbot, Swinhoe, a ete changee
en certitude par les informations bienveillantes de M. G. Talbot.
(2) Rothschild, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 8 (3), p. J47 (1920) n’accepte pas cette race.
FAM. DANAIDID^
5 1
Danais (Bahora) aspasia de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 869
(iSgS).
Danaida aspasia thaygalia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (1910).
Danais aspasia tiiargalia van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 210, 211,
i. 1 a, b ( I9i5).
c D. c. kheili. Nias.
Danaus philomela Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 15(1884).
Danais kheili Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885) [Berl.].
Danaila [Bahora) kheiU de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. Soc. N. H. Vol. 10, p. i3,
pl. R, fig. I o'. 2 Q (1896).
Danaida aspasia kheili Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
d. D. C. Caulonia. Pulo-Tello.
Danaida aspasia Caulonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (ign).
e. D. c. chrysea. Fngano.
Danais [Bahora) chrysea Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60(2), p. 23, pl. i,
fig. 3 cf (1891) [Tring].
Parantica cleona chrysea Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 1S2 (1904).
Danaida aspasia chrysea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (1910).
f. D. C. philomela.
Euploea philomela Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Ac. Nat. Eur. Vol. i5, p. 184,
pl. 16, fig. 17 Q (i83i).
Danais cleona var. philotnela Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 27 (1847).
Danais philomela Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 456 (1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 5 (1871) ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i,
p 36 (1882).
Bahora philomela Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246 (i883).
Danais philomela Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 {i885).
Danaida aspasia philomela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5, pl. 76«,
fig- 4 d' (1910).
Danais aspasia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 26, pl. i3, fig. 2ia (f,
b, c, Metam. ( igiS).
g. D. c. vita. Bawean.
Parantica clconarita Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 19, p. 46 {igo5).
Danaida aspasia rita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2o5 (1910).
h D C. shelfordi. Borneo.
Parantica cleo7ia shelfordi Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 19, p. 46
(1905).
Danaida aspasia shelfordi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
i. D. c. annetta (i). Borneo.
Bahora annetta Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. i5, p. 170(1915) [Auct.].
]. D C. cerilla. Palawan.
Danais [Parantica) aspasia Staudinger, Iris, p. 27 (1889).
Parantica aspasia Semper, Reis. Phil. (5), Lep. Vol. i, p. 321 (1892).
Danaida aspasia cerilla Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 ( 1911) [Auct.J.
k. D. L.flymbra. Domoran.
Danaida aspasia flymbra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Senck ].
I D C. vitrina. Luzon.
Danais vitrina Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 5, p. 3oo (1861) [Tring].
Danais cenone Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 433, pl. 25, fig". 6 ( i865) [B. M.] ;
Butler, ibidem, p, 5o (1866).
(I) D'apres une communication bienveillante de M. W. J. H. Rosenberg. cette forme est })roche de shelfordi,
dont elle se distingue par une plus grande extension et une coloration plus intense du jaune, tout en gardant Taspect
fonce de la race de Borneo. II ressort de ceci, que la localite citee par Tauteur est fausse et que cette forme doit se
trouver a Tile de Borneo ou dans les environs.
52
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Danais vitrina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 56 (1866); Felder, Reis. Nov.
Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35o, pl. 48, fig. 3 cf 4 Q (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 3, n. 8 (1871).
Danais vitrina var. a. cenone Kirby, Syn Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 8 (1871).
Asthipa vitrina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246 (i883).
Parantica vitrina Semper, Reis. Phil. (5) Schmett. Vol. i, p. 12 (1886).
DanaicLa vitrina vitrina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
Danais vitrina van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. I, p. 210, 2ii,fig. 1/^(1915).
m. D. c. odrysia.
Danaida vitrina odrysia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 206 (1910)
[Senck.].
n. D. c. talautica.
Danais cleona var. (ab.?) talautica Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. Sg, p. 43,
pl. I, fig. 2 (1896) [Leid.].
o. D. c. liiciplena.
Ravadebra luciplena Rothschild, Iris, Vol. 5, p. 431 (1892), non descripta.
Danaida cleona luciplena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (i9io)[Auct.].
Danais (Ravadeba) cleona luciplena Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 92 (1914).
p. D. C. htcida.
Parantica cleona lucida Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 65 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 17 (1899).
Danaida cleona lucida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206, pl. 76«,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
q. D. c. tigvana.
Danaida cleona tigrana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 206 (1910) [Auct.].
r. D. c. eiicleona.
Danaida cleona eucleona Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206, pl. 76 d,
fig. 3 cf, 4 S (1910).
s. D. c. lutescens.
Danais lutescens cf Q Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 172, fig. 3 Q (1866)
[B.M.]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 3 (1871).
Danaus cleona Q Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691 {1877).
Ravadeba lutescens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danaida cleona lutescens Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
t. D. c. cleona.
Papilio cleona Stoll, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 178, pl. 877, fig. F (1781):
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 40, pl. 126, fig. i cf (i793).
Danais cleona Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 190 (i8ig) ; Lucas,
Lep. exot. p. 90, pl. 47 (1845); Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92,
n. 27 (1847); Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud. Zool. Vol. 4, p. 386, pl. 2,
fig. 3 (i853); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 4 (1871); IMarshall
et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 36 (1882).
Ravadeba cleona Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 244 (i883).
Danais cleona Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48, pl. 248 (i885).
Danatis lutescens Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 221 (1S89).
Danaida cleona cleona Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
Danais cleona van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. 2, p. 211, fig. ic d (1916).
u. D. C. heiensis.
Danais cleona form. Q van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden. Vol. i, p. 21 1, 212.
( 191 5) [Leid.].
Danais cleona f. heiensis van Eecke, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 202 (igi6).
26. D. scJienkii (i).
a D. s. timor ic a.
Mangalisa timorica cf Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 19, p. 869
(1887) [Hill].
Samar.
Talaut.
Celebes.
Sula.
Batjan, Halmaheira.
Obi.
Buru.
Ceram, Amboina, Ulias-
ser.
Kei.
Timor- Salomon.
Timor.
(i) La specificite distincte deschenhii me semble peu probable, mais je la traite a part, ici, a cause de Texistence de
deux formes aux iles Kei : heiensis v. E et talboti n. n. (citrina auct.).
FAM. DANAIDID.F:
53
Asthipa timorica Grose-Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Dan. Vol. i, p. i, pl. 28,
fig. 4 (1890).
Danaida timorica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
b. D. s. distrata. Wetter-Kisser.
Danaida scheuki distrata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 206. pl. 76^,
fig. I Q (igio).
c. D. s. talboti, n. n. (i). — Pl, I, Fig. 7. Kei.
Danais gloriola Q var. Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loiid. p. 57 (1866).
Danaida schenki citrina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910)
\_neo Feld].
d. D. S. gloriola. Aru.
Du/mfig-lor/cih; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 56, pl. 4, fig. 3,4 (1866) [B. M.].
Danais citrina Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35o, pl 42, fig. 5, 6 , 7 Q
(1867) [1 ring]
Danais gloriola Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 7 (1871).
Danais citrina Kirby, ibidem, p. 689, n. 7 (1871).
Asthipa gloriola Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 247 (i883).
Danaida schenki gloriola Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
e. D. 5. periphas. Nouv. Guinee, Louisia-
Danaida schenki periphas Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910) des.
[Auct.]; van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 210, 211 f. \h, i (1915).
f. D. S. kirbyi. Nouv. Guinee orient.
Asthipa kirbyi Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 889 (i894)[Tring] ; Grose-Smith
et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. 2 (Nymph.), p. 5, pl. fig. 4. 5, 6(1896).
Danaida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
i' D. s. kirbyi f. decolorata.
Danaida kirbyi i decolorata Fruhstorfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol . 9, p. 207, pl. 761^,
fig. zo’ (1910) [Auct.].
g. D. S. cliuias. Nouvelle Irlande.
Asthipa clinias Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 5, p. 170 (1890)
[Hili]; Grose Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. i {Dan.), p. i, pl. 28, f. 3
(1890).
Danais (Asthipa) clinias Pagenstecher, Zool 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 47
(1899).
Danaida clinias Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
h. D. S. scheiikii, Salomon
Danais schenkii Koch, Indo-Austr. Lep. Fauna, p. 107 (i865); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n i (1871).
Asthipa schenkii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 247 {i883).
Du/iuA Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i885); Ribbe, Iris,
Vol 1 1 . p. 92 (1898).
Danaida schenki schenki Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
26'. D. apatela (2). Nouv. Guinee.
Danaida apatela Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (g), Vol. 6, p. 689 (igzS).
27. D. meliisine. Salomon-Nouv. Guinee.
a D. m. gar amantis (3). Guadalcanar.
Danais garamanlis Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 210
(1888) [B. M.].
(1) Nommee par reconnaissance envers M. Talbot pour les grands Services qu’il m’a rendus dans la compositiori de
ce travail.
(2) Cette espece n’est connue que par la Q. Les auteurs ne se decident pas encore quant a sa place sj^stematique
exacte. IMalgre les ressemblances avec le sous-genre Ravadeba et egalemeut avec Radena, iis inclinent a la ranger plutot pies
de D affinis (sous-genre Danaida).
(3) 11 est probable (jue garamantis doive etre consideree comme espcce distincte, d’apres les etudes faites par
M. G. Talbot. Toutefols le dessin permet fort bien de la considerer comme race de mclusine.
54
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Asthipa garamantis Grose-Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. i (Dan.), p. 3, pl. 28
fig, 5, 6 (1890).
Danaida garamantis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
b. D. m. dilataia.
Danaida garamantis dilatata Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 638 (1925).
c. D. in. rotundata.
Asthipa rotundata Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 5, p. 171 (1890)
[Hili] : Grose-Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. i (Dan.), p. i, pl. 28, fig. 1 , 2
(i8go)
Danais rotundata Ribbe, Iris. Vol. ii, p. 93 (1S98).
Danais [Asthipa] rotundataDa.genst&cYLer, Zool. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 47
(1899).
Danaida rotundata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
d. D. m. roohensis.
Danaida rotundata roohensis Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 639 (1925).
e. D. m. siris.
Danaida melusine siris Fruhstorfer, Zeitschr. Wiss. Insektenbiol. Vol. ii, p. 222
(igiS) [Auct.].
f. D. m. melusine.
Asthipa melusine Q Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 586 (1894) [Hili];
Grose-Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. 2 (idymph.), p. 5, f. i, 2, 3 (1896).
Danaida melusine Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
g- D. in. inarcia.
Joicey et Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 68, pl. 3, fig. i
(1916) [Hili].
h. D. m. grosesmitiii.
Danaida melusine grosesmithi ]o\cey ei 'iAo3.'kes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p, 365
(1915) [Hili].
i. D. m. commixta.
Danaida melusine commixta Q* Joicey et Noakes. Ann. IMag Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 17,
p. 72 (1916) [Hili].
j. D. m. oetaktvensis .
Danaida melusine oetakwensis Joicey et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 365,
pl. 53. fig. 3 (igi5) [Hili].
k. D. m. cytJiioii.
Danaida melusine cythion Fruhstorfer, Zeitschr. Wiss. Insektenbiol. Vol. 11,
p. 223 (i9i5) [Auct.].
l. Z). m. mceki.
Asthipa meekiof Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 19. p. 173 (i897)[Hill].
Danaida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274(1911).
28. D. pumila.
a. D. p. pumila.
Danais pumila Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. i56 (i85g).
Danais mariana Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), Vol. 16, p. 397(i865)[B. M.];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58, pl. 4, fig. 6 (1866).
Danais pumila Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 456 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. i (1871).
Phirdana pumila Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246 (i883).
Danais pumila Staudinger. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885).
Danaida pumila ptimila Yruhsiorier: ,Se\iz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206, pl. 76«,
%• 4 (1910).
Bougainville.
Nouv. Bretagne, Nouv.
Irlande.
I. Rooke.
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(Monts Finistere).
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
Biak.
Monts Arfak.
Monts Wandammen.
Sneeuwbergen.
Yule.
Fergusson.
Oceanie.
Nouvelle-Caledonie.
FAM. DANAIDID^
55
b. D. p. hebridesta. Nouvelles Mebrides.
Danais hehridesia Q Butier, Proc. Zoo\. Soc. Lond. iSyS, p. 6io, pl. 67, fig. 6
(1S76) [B. M.].
Danaus hehridesia Kirby, Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. SSg, n. 39 (1877).
Phirdana hehridesia INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246(1883).
Danaida pumila hehridesia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
7. Sous-Genre PARANTICA Moore
Parantica iMoore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 7 (1880). — T3^pe D. eryx F.
Parantica (part.) IMaishall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. 1, p. 35 (1882).
Pa rantica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 207 (igio).
Caracteres. — Structure variable. Aile anterieure : nervure ii, generalement libre, parfois
anastomosee avec 12 [aglea)-, nervure 10 de Tapex de la cellule. Aile posterieure : discocellulaire infe-
rieure verticale; chez le la nervure 2 avec une large tache androconiale.
Valve large a la base, puls plus etroite, avec Tapex tres long et pointu.
Chenille ; a deux paires de tentacules.
Distributiori geographique. — Deux especes habitent les Indes et la Macromalaya.
29. D. eryx. Birma-Java
a. D. e. eryx. — Pl. 2, Fig. 2. Birma,Siam,Indo-Chine,
Papilio eryx Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppi, p. 423 (1798). Malaya.
Danais erix Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. 'Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 192 (1819).
Danais grammica Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 25 (1847).
Papilio erix Doubleday, ibidem, p 93.
Danais agleoides Felder. Wien. Ent. IMonatschr. Vol. 4, p. 398 {1860); Butier,
Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 55 (1866).
Danais grammica Butier, ibidem.
Danais ervx Butier, Cat. Lep. Fabr. B. I\I. p 7, pl. i, fig. 3 (1870).
Danais aglea var. e. agleoides Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. I2 (1871).
Danais limniace ? Kirby, p. 4, n. i5.
? Danais aglea var. g. eryx, Kirby, p. 689, n. 12.
Danais agleoides Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 41 (1882) ;
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. i5, pl. i, f 5 Q (18821.
Parantica agleoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danais agleoides .Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i885).
Parantica agleoides Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 58, pl. 14, fig. i, la, i i Q* Q
(1890).
Danais agleoides Bingham. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 20 (igoS).
Danaida eryx eryx Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207, pl. yyi, fig. 3 cf
(1910).
Parantica ervx Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 169, pl. i5, fig. i-3,
pl. 19, fig. 17, 18 (i9i5).
Danaida eryx f. eryx Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Centr. Farm. Ent. Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921),
Danaida eryx eryx Moulton. Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 169 (1921).
b. D. e. maenius. Sumatra.
Danais (Parantica) aglaioides (sic) de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.Vol. 64 (2),
p. 36g (1896).
Danais cryv manius Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 117 (1909)-
Danaida eryx manius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1919)
c. D. e. furitis.
Danais eryx furitis Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 117 (1909).
Danaida eryx purius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 207 (1910).
Danais agleoides Piepers et Snellen, Khop. jav. Vol. 3, p. 27, pl. i3, fig. 22i; o*
l c. Metam. (i9i3).
56
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
d. D. eiycina.
Parantica eryx erycina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 78 (1899).
Danaida eryx erycina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208, pl. 77 i,
fiff- 4 Cf (1910).
e. D. e. boriieensis.
Parantica eryx Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883).
Danais bonieensis Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49, pl. 24 cf (i885)
[Berl.].
Danaida eryx horneensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207 (1910).
f. D. e,, (bona subsp. ?)
Danaida eryx terilus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol. g, p. 208 (1910).
Parantica terilus Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 16, p 171 (igi5).
3o. D. aglea (i).
a. D. a. aglea.
Papilio aglea Stoll, Cramer's Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 173, pl. 377, fig. E (1781);
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 3g, pl. i25, fig. 5 cf (i793).
Danais similis Q Godart, Encyc. Meth. Flist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 790 (1819).
Danais aglea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 22 (1847).
Danais cevlanica Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 12, p. 479, n. 90
(1862) [Wien].
Danais aglea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 54 (1866).
Danais cevlonica Butler, ibidem, p. 455.
Danais aglea Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4. n. 12 (1871).
Parantica ceylonica Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 8, pl. 2, fig. 2, aa fi88o).
Danais ceylanica Marshall et de Niceville. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. Sg (1882).
Parantica aglea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (i883); Moore, Lep Ind,
Vol I, p. 55, pl. i3, fig. I, ib, I d ef Q , Metam. (1890).
Danais aglea Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 18 (igoS); Bell, Journ. Bomb.
N. II. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 53, pl. E, fig. 32 cf (1909); Maxwell et Lefroy. Ind
Ins. Life, p. 5o3, fig. 337 (1909)-
Danaida aglea aglea Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208 (1910).
Parantica aglea Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii (40), p. 6 (1918).
Danaida [Parantica) aglea Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 4 (1924).
b. D. a. grani mica.
Danais grammica Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. Vol. i, pl. ii, fig. 10 cf (i858) ;
Butler. Proc Zool Soc. Lond. p. 55 (1866).
Danais aglea var. g. grammica Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 12 (1871).
? Danais aglea var. g. eryx Kirby, ibidem, p. 689, n. 12 (1871).
Danais aglea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. hgS (1878); Marshall et
de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 38, pl. 6, fig. 7 cf Q (1882): Distant,
Rhop. iMal. Vol. i, p. i3 (1882)
Danais grammica Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 40 (1882).
Parantica grammica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 248 (iS83).
Parantica melanoides , Moore, ibidem, p 247 [B. M.].
Danais melanoides Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 299. n. i (1888).
Parantica melanoides Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol i, p. 84 pl. 12, fig 3, 3<r cf Q (rSgo).
Danais (Parantica) grammica de Niceville, Journ As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (12),
p. 369 ( iSgS).
Danais aglea race melanoides Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 18, 19 (igoS).
Danais (Parantica) melanoides Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 8, pl. 8, fig. 2 (1807),
Danaida aglea grammica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 208 (1910).
Danaida aglea f. aglea Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent, Indoch,
fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921 ).
Danaida aglea melanoides Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 170
(1921).
Danaida (Parantica) aglea grammica Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 535 (1924).
Nias.
Borneo meiid.
Borneo septentr.
Inde-Indo-Chine-For-
mose.
Cejdon, Inde merid.
Inde sept. Siam, Indo
Chine, Hainan, Hong
kong.
(i) Cfr. la note 3, p. 60.
FAM. DANAIDID^
57
b' D a. grammica ab. phormis.
Danais agiea phormis Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 117 (1909)
[Auct ],
Danaida aglea phormion Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208 (1910).
Danaida aglea phormis Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 274 (1911).
Danaida [Parantica) aglea grammica (p, p.) Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus.
Vol. I. p. 535 (1924).
Danaida aglea f. phormion Dubois et \'italis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921I.
c D. a. melanoleuca. .A.ndainan.
Danais melanoleuca Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58i, pl. 58, fig. 3cf(i877)
[B. M.].
Danais {Parantica) melanoleuca Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 38
(1882).
Asthipa melanoleuca Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 246 (1882).
Parantica melanoleuca Moore, De-p. Ind. Vol. i, p. 58, pl. 12, fig. 2 cf , 2(! Q (1890).
Danais melanoleuca Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 19 (1903).
Danaida melanoleuca F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208 (1910).
d. D. a. maghaba. Formosa.
Danais aglea maghaba F'ruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 116 (1909)
[Auct.].
Danaida aglea maghaba Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208, pl. 77!),
fig. 5 cf H910).
8. Sous-Genre CHITTIRA Moore
Chittira Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 8 (1880). — Type ; D. fumata Butler; Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 41 (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. aSi (i883).
Caduga Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249 (i883). — Type : D. tytia Gray.
Mangalisa M oore, ibidem, p. 248. — Tt^pe : D. albata Zink.-Soinm.
Lintorata Moore, ibidem, p. 229. — Type : D. menadensis Moore.
Parantica (p. p.) Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. ii (1886).
Chittira Semper, ibidem, p. i3.
Badacara Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 63 (1890). — Type ; D. nilgiriensis Moore.
Chlorochropsis Rothschild, Iris, Vol. 5, p. 430 (1892). — Type : D. doliertyi Rothschild = D. mena-
densis Moore.
Caduga Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. i (1894).
Chittira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208 (1910).
Caracteres. ~ Nervulation comme chez Ravadeba Moore. Aile posterieure : les nervures \b
et 2 renflees et deprimees avant leur extremite, accompagnees d’une tache androconiale plus ou moins
etendue ; une tache aussi sur la nervure 2 chez presque toutes les especes. Uncus basalement gros. la
pointe fine et poilue.
Valve large, plus ou moins triangulaire, a apex legerement apiati (cfr. van Eecke, Zool. Meded.
Leiden, Vol. i. p. 2i3, f. 2 [igiS]).
Chenille. A deux paires de tentacules, plus courts et plus minces que chez Ravadeba.
Remarque. — Les formes de ce sous-genre semblent indiquer qu'il faudrait restreindre le
nombre des especes et les recherches ulterieures montreront, probablement, que nous n'avons affaire
qu’a quatre especes au plus : metaneus, tytia, weiskei, menadensis.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Distributiori geographique. — Ce sous-genre occupe une aire allant du Japon, de la Chine
et de rinde jusqu’en Nouvelle-Guinee, mais n’atteignant pas TAustralie. II fait defaut aux Molucques et
aux iles du Sud-Est et du Sud-Ouest (Timor-Kei). En outie, on remarque plusieurs especes, nettement
localisees, dans un territoire tres peu etendu, particulierement sur certaines montagnes.
31. D, fumata. — Pl. 2, Fig. 4. Ceylon.
Danais fumata o’ Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 53 (i866)[B. M ].
Danais taprobana Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 849, pl. 42. fig. 4 (f (1867)
[Tringl
Danais agica var. h. fumata Kirby, Syn. Cat Diurn. Lep. p 4, n. 12 (1871).
Danais aglea var. taprobana Kirby, ibidem, p. 639, n. 12.
Chittira fumata Moore. Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 9, pl. 4, fig. i, la {1880).
Danais taprobana Mai shall et de Niceville. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 44 (1882).
Chittira fumata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 252 (i883); Moore, Lep, Ind.
Vol, I, p. 67, pl 16, fig. 2, za cf, 2b Q (1890),
Danais fumata Bingham. Butt, Ind. Vol. i, p. 21, f, 8 (^f (igo5y.
Danaida fumata Fnihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208, pl. T]a, fig. 5 cf
(1910)
Chittira fumata Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 6 (1918).
Danaida (Chittira) fumata Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 4 (1924).
32. D. pJtyle. Luzon.
Danais phyle Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol, 7, p. io5 (i863) [Senck.];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 55 (1866); Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep.
Vol. 2, p 348. pl. 42, fig. 8 (1867).
Danais aglea var. a. phyle Kirby, S5'n. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 12 (1871).
Ravadeba phyle Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 245 (i883).
Parantica phyle Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (r), p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 6, 7 (1886).
Danaida phyle Fnihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 208 (1910).
33. D. melaneus. Inde-Chine-Java-Celeb.
a. D. iti. swiniioei. Formosa.
Caduga swinhoei Moore, Proc Zool. Soc Lond. p. 25o (i883) [B. M.]
Danais melaneus pacatus Fnihstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Siuttg. Vol. 22, p. 102 (1908)
[Auct.]
Danaida melaneus swinhoei Fnihstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210 (1910).
b. D. m. melaueiis. Chine merid.
Papilio melaneus Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol, i, p. 48, pl. 3o, fig. D {1775) ; Herbst,
Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 3o, pl. i23, fig. 5 o* (1793).
PIcstia ephyre Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmett p. i5 (1816).
Danais melane Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 192 (iSig).
Danais melaneus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 93, n. 36 (1847); Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 55 (1866).
Danais menelaus (sic) Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 11 (1871).
Danais melaneus Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i. p. 49 (i885).
Caduga melaneus Leech, Butt. Chin. Ja]>. Cor. Vol. i, p. 3 (1894).
Danais (Caduga) melaneus Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 8, pl. i, fig 2 (1907).
Danais melaneus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i. p. 48, pl. 28i, fig. 2 (1907).
Danaida melaneus melaneus Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 210 (1910).
c. D. m. szechuatia. Szetchuan, Indo -Chine
Chittira melaneus szechuana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 65 sept.
(1899) [Auct.].
Danaida melaneus szetchuanus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210,
pl. 78r, fig. 4 Q {1910)
Danaida melaneus f. szetchuanus Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921).
d. D. m. platanision. Inde sept. Birinan, Hai-
Danais melaneus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 14 (1882); Marshall et de Niceville, nan.
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 43, pl. 5, fig. 5 cf Q (18S2).
Caduga melaneus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25o (i883).
FAM. DANAIDID^
59
Danais melaitais Khves, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n, 3 (1888).
Cadnga melaneus INIoore, Lep, Ind. Vol. i, p. 60, pl. 2, 2(7, 260* 2 (1890).
Caduga stvinhoei Crowley, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 5o5 (1900).
Danais mdanea Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 14, f. 2, 3 cf (iqoSj.
Danaida melaneus platanisiou Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 210(1910)
[Auct.]; IMoulton, Journ. F. INI. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 166 (1921).
Danaida (Chittira) melaneus plataniston Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 535 (1924)
d' D. m. plataniston f. neopatra.
Danaida melaneus plataniston f. neopatra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 210
(1910) [Auct.].
e. D. m. sinopion (subsp. retinenda?). Malaya.
Danais melaneus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 14, pl. i, fig. 6 (1S82).
Danaida melaneus sinopion Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 210 (1910) [Auct.].
f. D. m. banhsii. Sumatra.
Caduga banhsii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soci. Lond. p. 25i (i883) [B. M.].
Danais Caduga) banksii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 370
(1896).
Danaida banksi banksi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 210 (1910);
Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 167 (1921).
g. D. m. adustata.
Danais albata adustata Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 22, p. io5 (1907) [Auct.].
Danaida albata adustata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 20Q (1910).
h. D. ni. funeralis.
Caduga funeralis Butier, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. i3, p 58 (1884) [B. M.].
Danatis funeralis Rhop. Nias, p. 16(1884).
Danaida banksi funeralis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210 (1910).
i. D. in. mnasippus.
Danaida banksi mnasippus Frnhstorter, Seiiz’ Grossschm.. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911)
[Auct.].
j. D. m. albata.
Euploea albata Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5, p. i8i,pl. 16,
hg. 16 o’ (i83i).
Danais albata Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. gS, n. 87 (1847); Butier, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 55 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 9
(1871).
Mangalisa albata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249 {i883)
Danais albata Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49 (i885).
Danaida albata albata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209 (1910).
Danais albata Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 24, pl. i3, fig. 18 Q* (igi3).
Danaida albata albata Moulton, Journ F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p 168 (1921).
k. D. m. pseudomelaneus.
Euploea melanea Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5,p. 179(1831).
Caduga pseudomelaneus Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25o (i8S3) [Hili].
H(7«(77'rfi7 ;;;f/(7;7(>7i5 Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210
(1910).
Danais melaneus f. p.) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1913).
l. D. m. gilva (subsp. retinenda?).
Danaida albata gilva Fruhstorfer, Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2og (igio) [.Auct.].
Danais albata (p. p. ) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 24 (I9i3).
Danaida albata albata Moulton, Journ. F. IM. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 168 (1921).
m. D. m. pliilo.
Revadehra pJiilo Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. 2, p. 77 (i895) [Tring].
Ravadcba philo Grose-Smith et Kirby, Exot. Butt. Vol. 2 [Dan.]. p. 5, pl. fig. 7, S.
Danaida philo Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 206 (1910).
Sumatra occid. (Mont.)
Nias.
Batu.
Java occid.
Gedek (Java).
Java orient.
Sumbawa .
6o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
n. D. m. suhwattan.
Danais albata snlewattan Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. ii, p. 20 (1896) [Auct.].
Danaida albata suhwattan Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p 209, pl. 78^, fig. 2 Q
(1910).
Danais [Chitiira) albata suhwattan Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 94 (1914).
o. D m. liiiketiihali.
Danais kiibenthali Pagenstecher, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 25, p, 49 (1896).
Danais kuekenthali 'Pa.gevLSieQh.er, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Vol. 23, p. 284, pl. 20,
fig. 5 (1897).
Danais (Lintorata) huekenthali de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. i3,
p. 159, pl. CC, fig. 2 cf (1900).
Danaida albata kiikenthali Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 209 (1910).
Danais [Chitiira) albata kiikenthali Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 94 (1914).
34. D. nilgiriensis.
Danais nilgiriensis Q Butler, .-^nn. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) Vol. 20, p 44 ( 1877) [B. M.];
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 43. pl. 6, fig. 9 o* (1882).
Caduga nilgiriensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25i (i883).
Badacara nilgiriensis Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 65, pl. 16, fig. i, i (i O*, 16 Q
(1890).
Danais nilgiriensis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 20, f. 7 cf {i9o5j.
Danaida nilgiriensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209, pl. 77 h, fig. i cf
(1910).
35. D. iveiskei
a. D. w. iveiskei.
Rothschild, Novit. Zool. Vol. 8, p. 218, pl. 10, fig. i (i90i)[Tring].
Danaida iveiskei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209 (1910).
b. D. IV. thalassina.
Danaida iveiskei thalassina Joicey et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 864,
pl. 52, fig. 3, 4 (1915) [Hili].
36. D. luzoiiensis.
a. D. l. formosana.
Danaida luzonensis formosana Matsumura, Ins. Matsiim. Vol. 3, p. 91 (1929).
b. D. l. luzonensis.
Danais luzonensis Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 7, p. 106 (i863) [Tring].
Danais ercbus Butler, Proc. Zool. Scc. Lond. p. 54, f. 3 {1866) [B. M.].
Danats luzonensis Butler, ibidem p. 55.
Danais aglea var. a. phyle (p. p.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 12 (1871).
Danais aglea var. c. luzonensis, Kirby, ibidem,
Caduga luzonensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25i (i883).
Chitiira luzonensis Seinper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i. p. i3, pl. 2, fig. 8 cf , 9 Q
(1886).
Danaida luzonensis luzonensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209 (igio).
C. D. l. simonides.
Danais [Chitiira] luzonensis Staudinger, Iris. Vol. 2, p. 27 (1889).
Danaida luzonensis simonides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 274 (1911)
[Auct.].
d. D. l. p! aemacaristiis.
Chittira luzonensis preemacaristus Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44,
p. 65 (1899) ; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 17 (1899) [Auct.].
Danaida luzonensis preemacaristus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209,
pl. 78r, fig. 3 o* (1910).
e. D. I. larissa.
Danais larissa Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 349 (1867) [Tring].
Danais aglea var. d. larissa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 12 {1871).
Caduga larissa Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25i (i883).
Danaida luzonensis larissa Fruhstorfer, Seilz’Grossschm Vol. 9, p. 209 (1910)
Celebes merid. et centr.
Celebes sept.
Inde (Nilgiris).
Nouvelle-Guinee.
Papua.
Arfak.
Philippines-Sumba.
^'ormosa.
Philippines.
Palawan.
Borneo.
Java.
FAM. DANAIDID.E
Daruiis melaneus form. larisca (sic !) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol, 3, p. 24,
pl i3, fio-. 19 o’ (i9i3).
Danaida Inzouensis pramiicnristus Moulton, Journ. F. INI. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3),
p. 169 (19211.
f. D. l. panaitius.
Caduga orientis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 121 (1897).
Danaida luzonensis panaitius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209
(igio) [Auct.].
g. D. 1. orientis.
Danais {Chittira) orientis Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 166,
pl. 2, fig. 5 <2 (1891).
Danaida luzonensis orientis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Gi'Ossschm. Vol. 9, p. 209 (1910).
37. D. crowleyi (t).
Caduga crowlexi q’ Jenner-\\'eir, Entomol. Vol. 27, p. 109, fig. p. iio (1894)
[B. M.].'
Danaida croivleyi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 210 (1910).
38. D. menadensis.
Lintorata menadensis q' Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 229 (iS83) [O.xf.].
Chlorochropsis dohei tyi 'Roi.h.schilA, Iris, Vol 5,p.43o, pl. 4, fig. 3 o* (1S92) [Tring].
Danaida menadensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 210, pl.78if,
fig'- 3 o* (1910).
Danais (Chittira) menadensis Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 94 (1914).
3g. D. tyiia.
a. D. t. sita.
Danais sita Kollar, Htigers Kaschmir, Vol. 4, jn 424, pl. 6 o* (1844) [VVien].
Danais tyiia (p p ) Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 53i (i852) ; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 55 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 4, n. 10 (1S71); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind Vol. i, p. 42 (1882).
Caduga tytia (part) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 61 (1890).
Caduga sita Mackinnon et de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. ii.
p. 21 3, pl. U f. IU. 1 b, ic, i d, Metam. (1897).
Danais tytia (part) Staudinger et Rebel, Cat. Lep. Pal. p. 41 (1901); Bingham,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. i3 (igoS) ; Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 77, pl, zSc, i
(1907).
Danaida sita sita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211 {1910).
b. D. t. tytia. — Pl. I , Fig. 8.
Emploea tytia Gray. Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. g, pl. 9, fig. 2 o’ {i833) [B. 31.].
Danais tytia Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 98, n. 35. pl. 12,
fig. 4 Q (1847); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc Loiid. p. 55 (1866); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. 10 (1871); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 42 (1882).
Caduga tytia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 249 (i883).
Danais tytia Staudinger. E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 49, pl. 25 q* (i885); Elwes,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 299, n. 2 (1888).
Caduga tvtia INIoore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 61, pl. i5, fig. i , i u, i 5 q’, i r Q (1890).
Danais tvtia Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. i3 (igoS).
Danais (Caduga) sita Kershaw, Butt. Ilongkong, p. 7, pl. i, fig. i (1907).
Danais tvtia (part) Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 77 (1907).
Danaida sita tytia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]). 210 (1910).
Danaida sita f. tvtia Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. .Faun. Ent Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921).
Danaida {chittira) sita tytia Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili IMus. Vol. i, p. 535 (1924).
b' D. t. tytia f. tira.
Danais tytia var. Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 40S, jd. 16, fig. i5 (1SS2I.
Lombok.
Sumbawa, Sumba.
Kinabalti (Borneo).
Celebes.
Inde-Japon.
Jxashmir, Himalaya occ.
Nepal, Butan, Sikkim,
Assam, Tenasseiim,
Laos, Tonkin, Hainan.
.Assam, Tenasser.. Laos.
(I) Est peut-etre une race de melaneus.
62
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Chittini iytia tira Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 67 (1899) [Auct.]
Danaida sita tytia f tira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1 (igio).
Danaida sita i tira Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr.
Vol 3. p 24 (1921).
c. D. t ethologa. Malaya.
Danais tytia var. Distant, Rhop. Mal. pl. 41, fig. i5 o* (1882).
Caduga ethologa Q* Svvinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Ilist. (7), Vol. 3, p. 102 (1899)
[B. M.]
Danaida sita ethologa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211 (1910);
Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 168 (1921).
d. D. /. tityoides. Sumatra.
Danais melaiieus var. tityoides Hagen, Tijdschr. Kon. Aardr. Gen, (2), Vol. 7,
p. 193 (1890) [Tring].
Danais (Caduga) tytioides de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol 7, p. 555
(1893).
Danais (Caduga) tytioides de Niceville, ibi dem, Vol. 8, p. i . pl. K, fig. i cf 2 Q (1893).
Danais tityoides Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p 39 (1894).
Danais (Caduga) tytioides de Niceville, Jour. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2). p. 369 (1896).
Danais tvtia var. tytioides Hagen, Iris, Vol. 9. p. i58 (1896).
Danaida sita tityoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1, pl. 78^ i Q
( iQio).
Danaida tityoides Moulton, Journ. F. IM. S. Mus Vol. 10 (3), p. 168 (1921).
e. D. t. loochooana. Formosa, Liukiu.
Caduga loochooana IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25o Q (i883) [B. M.]
Caduga (Danais) loochooana 'l^ldls\\Tn\\x&,C2,i. Butt. Jap. Vol. i, p. 1 2, n. 93 f i9o5).
Danaida sita loochooana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2u (1910).
f. D. t. niplionica. Jspon mer.
Caduga niphonica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. p. 249 Q (i883) [B. M.].
Danais tytia Pryer, Rhop. Nihon, Vol. 3, p. 29, pl. 8, fig. 9 (1889).
Caduga tytia Leech. Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. i, 643 (1894I.
Caduga (Danais tytia Matsumura, Cat. Butt. Jap. Vol. i, p. 12, n. 92 (1905).
Danais tytia (part) Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 77. pl 28«, fig. i (1907).
Danaida sita niphonica Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 21 1 (1910).
9. Sous-Genre RADENA Moore
Hestia (part.) Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. t5 (1816).
Radena Aloore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 3 (1880). — Vype : D. similis L.; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 9
(1882): Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind, Vol. r, p. 32 (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 223 (i883); Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. 8 (1886); Moore, Lep. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 27 (1890); Fruhstorfer, Seitz" Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211 (igio).
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure : la nervure ii anastomosee avec 12. .\ile posterieure : discocel-
lulaire inferieure oblique comme chez Anosia. Liinnas, Danaida s. s., Tiriimala^ Nasiima; tache
androconiale de la nervure 2 au bord anal. Antennes plus longues que chez les autres sous-genres.
Armure genitale. Uncus court, arrondi distalement ; valve tres large, a apex en forme de bec
d’oiseau; saccus plus plein que chez les Danaida et Enploea-, pinceau anal plus court que generalement
dans la famille, poils blanchatres a la base, gris vers Textremite.
Chenille. A deux paires de filaments, comme chez Tirumala et Paraniica.
Chrysalide. Verte a points noirs.
Systematique. — Dans Seitz, Vol. 9, Fruhstorfer traite des formes de ce sous-genre (qui est
bien le plus specialise de tous les Danaida, et represente la transition vers Ideopsis), sous trois « especes » :
FAM. DANAIDID^
63
similis I.eech, oberihiiyi Doherty et juventa Cramer. J’adopte cette classification, mais provisoirement, car
j’ai la conviction qidelle sera modifiee profondement par des etudes ulterieures. Je me base sur des faits.
Nous connaissons, entre autres, une « espece » toute speciale a Sumba, oberthiiri Dohert}’, vivant a cote
de kambera Doherty, cette derniere consideree par Tauteur comme etant une forme de juventa et, proba-
blement, une race de similis, comme 1’admet Fruhstorfer. Meme partageant 1’opinion de Doherty nous
nous apercevons, grace a nos connaissances actuelles, qu’une lacune existe a bile de Floies, celle-ci ne
possedant qu’une seule forme de Radena : lesora Fruhstorfer, tres apparentee a 'kambera. Puis a la cote
occidentale de Sumatra trois formes habitent a peu pres les memes localites, et en meme temps : similis
vulgaris Rintlev, juventa robinsoni Rothschild et juventa pseudosimilis van Eecke. Ensuite, d’apres ce que m’a
communique I\I. G. Talbot, le Hili Museum de Witley possede des exemplaires de deux formes
capturees simultanement aux memes endroits (baie Geelvink, Doreh.) : bune se rapprochant plus
de sobrina Blanchard, bautre de purpurata Butler. La meme constatation peut se faire au Musee de
Berlin (cfr. Zeitschr. Wiss. Ind. Biol, Vol. ii, p. 223, igi5). En consequence, il parait possible de
creer une espece a cote de juvenia et similis. Pseudosimilis, bien que place par bauteur dans juventa,
ressemble fort. d’apres ce qu’il dit lui-meme, a similis (dont pourtant il existe a Sumatra une race caracte-
ristique). Il en est de meme de tawaya Fruhstorfer (Celebes centrale), de purpurata Butler (Waigeu), tanais
Fruhstorfer (Mefoor), piada Fruhstorfer (Eilandenrivier), chevalieri Hulstaert (Digoelriv.), oberihiirii
Doherty (Sumba). Sont-ce, peut-etre, la autant de races d’une troisieme espece, a nommer purpurata
Butler ?
On pourrait objecter que plusieurs de ces formes se trouvent seules dans leur aire de distribution
et que, entre elles, il y a d’enormes lacunes gecjgraphiques. C’est tres vrai. Mais combien de formes
nous reste-t-il a decouvrir dans cet immense archipel indien (i). Et deux formes differentes provenant
d’uhe meme localite n’ont-elles pas ete rangees parfois dans les collections comme individus d'une
meme race un peu variable (2) ?
Cette supposition de bexistence d’une troisieme espece n’est pas nouvelle. Dans la description
de piada, Fruhstorfer (Zeitschr. Wiss. Ins, Biol. Vol. ii, p. 223, igi5) n’ose pas attribuer cette forme a
juventa et se contente de la nommer Radena piada subsp. n. ! Mais il ajoute que purpurata, piada et tanais
devraient etre considerees plutot comme representantes d’une autre espece que comme races de juventa.
C’est aussi bopinion de M. Talbot.
Dans Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16, p. 639 (1926), MM. Joicey et Talbot ajoutent une
nouvelle race doreyana, et considerent egalement sobrina Bsd. comme appartenant ici. Dans cette
supposition bespece devrait se nommer sobrina Bsd. au lieu de purpurata Butl.
Evidemment, nous ne pouvons songer, des maintenant, a modifrer la classification de Radena.
Il y a trop de points obscnrs, et plus encore de formes inconnues, tres probablement. Et si ces formes
n’existent pas, nous nous trouvons devant un des problemes les plus interessants, mais aussi des plus
embarrassants de la lepidopterologie.
Distribution geographique. — Radena occupe toute la region indo-australienne a bexception
de bAustralie, et des iles du Pacifique, sa limite orientale etant les iles Salomon. En outre, il est sans
representants dans les iles du Sud-Ouest et du Sud-Est de barchipel indien.
(1) D’ailleurs, il reste toujours la possibilite du dimorpliisme dans une meme espece, mais il faudra en demontrer
les applications avant d'admettre les cas.
(2) Ainsi, par exemple, on Iit dans Pagenstecher, Lepid. Bism. .Arch. \'ol. i. p. ^6. « C. Ribbe iing auf Xeu-
Pommern einige Stiicke die ihm zu purpurata zu gehdren scheinen ». Ceci fait allusion au travaii de Ribbe dans Iris.
Vol. 9 (1898). De meme Hagen en parle (Jalirb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 5o, p. 620 [1897]!. Iis pouvaient avoir vu des
exemplaires ressemblant a purpurata.
64
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
40. D. similis.
a. D. s. similis (i).
Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 479 (lySS); Clerck, Icon. Ins. rar.
Vol. I, pl. 16, fig. 3 (1759); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 3i,
pl, 124, fig. I, 2 (1793).
Diinais similis Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 3o (1847).
Danais similis var. chinensis Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 12, p. 488,
n. 148 (1862).
Danais similis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 20 (1871)
Radena similis IMoore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 4 (1880).
Danais (Radena) vulgaris Marshall et deNiceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 32 (1882).
Radena similis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. p. 223 (i8S3).
Radena vulgaris (p. p.) Moore, ibidem.
Danais similis Schatz, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, pl. 9 (1886).
Radena vulgaris (p. p.) Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 5, fig. i, la (1890).
Danais vulgaris (p. p.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 14 (igoS).
Danais (Radena) similis Kershaw. Butt. Hongkong, p. 9, pl. i, fig. 5 (1907).
Danaida similis similis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 211 (igio).
Danaida (Radena) similis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. 4, p. 536 (1924).
a' D. S. similis f. persimilis.
Danais persimilis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. i36 Q (1879) [B. hl.] ;
Mirshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 84 (1882).
Radena persimilis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 228, pl. 3i, fig. 4 Q (i883).
Danaida similis similis f. persimilis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 21 1
(1910).
Inde, Chine, Palatvan,
Sumba.
Inde, Chine, Indo-Chine,
Hainan.
Siam.
a" D. s. similis f. aveniina.
Papilio aveniina Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. 92, pl. Sg, fig. F (lyjS) ; Herbst,
Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 27, pl. i23, fig. 2 (1798).
Danais aveniina Godart, Encyc. Meth. Flist. Nat. Ins. Vol 9, p. 191 (1819).
Danais similis (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 3o (1847); Kirby,
Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 20 (1871).
Radena similis (p. p.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 228 (i883).
Danaida similis similis f. aveniina Fruhstorftr, -Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211,
pl. 78C, fig. I cf (1910).
Danaida similis f. aveniina Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p 24 (1924).
a'" D, S. similis ab. liyria. Annam, Tonkin.
Danaida similis similis f. hyria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1,
( 1910) [Auct.].
b. D. s. exprompta. Ceylon.
Danais exprompta Biitler, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. ii, p. 164 (1874) [B. M.].
Danaus exprompta Kirby, Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 3i (1877).
Radena exprompia Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 4, pl. 2, fig. i (1880).
Danais exprompta Marshall et deNiceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 33 (1882).
Radena exprompta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 224 (i883) ; Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 28, f)l. 5, fig. 3, 3a cf Q (1890!. ,
Danais vulgaris ra.ce exprompta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 14, i5, fig. 4 (1905).
Danaida similis exprompta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211, pl. 78^,
fig. S cf (1910).
Radena e.vprompta Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii (40), p, 4 (1918).
Danaida (Radena) exprompta Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. i (1924).
(i) D’apres une communication de M. Aurivillius (18-9-1925) le Papilio similis de Linne (Syst. Nat.) serait un
melange de aveniina Cramer (Uitl. Kap. Vol. i) et de aglea Stoll (Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4), tandis que sa description de similis dans
Mus. Lud. Ulr. serait certainement = aglea Stoll. Le Papilio similis de Clerck (Icon. Ins. rar.) = aventina Cramer.
A mon avis, il faudrait appliquer le nom similis L. a aglea Stoll, tandis que similis auct. devrait recevoir un
autre nom. Mais apres un usage si ancien et si universel je prefere laisser les noms tels quels, comme je fais egalement pour
le genre Euploea.
FAM. DANAIDID^
65
c. D. s. tragasa Liukiu.
Danaida similis tragasa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1 (1910) [Auct.].
d. D. s. pahiiiHjtia. Palawan.
Danais {Radena) vulgaris var. palaivana Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 27 (1889)
[Berl.].
Radena palaivana Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Lep. Vol. i, p. 32i (1892).
Danaida similis palaivana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211, pl. 78C,
fig. 2 S (1910).
e. D. s. majasa. Borneo.
Danaida similis interposita (p. p.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211
(1910) (nom. nud.).
Danais similis majasa van Eecke, Zool. INIeded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 214
(1915) [Leid.].
Danaida similis vulgaris Moulton, Sar. Mas. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 201 (1915).
1. D. S. vanhasselti . Natuna.
Danaida similis interposita (part.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1
(1910).
Danais similis vanhasselti van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Vol. i, p. 214 (i9i5) [Leid.].
g. D. S. vulgaris. Indo-Chine, Malaya, Su-
l Danais melissa Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 28 {1847). matra.
Danais similis Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C. Vol. i, p. 122 (1857;.
Danais vulgaris cf Butler, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. ii, p. 164 (1874) [B. M.].
Danaus vulgaris Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 691, n. 37 (1877).
Radena vulgaris Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 10, pl. i, fig. 8 (jj (1882).
Danais vulgaris (part.) Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p 32,
fig- d* (1882).
Radena vulgaris Rloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 223 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 27, pl. 5, fig. i cf, i a Q (1890).
Danais (Radena) similis de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
1). 365 (1896).
Radena similis macrina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. i83
(1904) [Auct.].
Radena vulgaris Matsumura, Cat. Ins. Jap. Vol. i, p. 12, n. 98 (igoS).
Danaida similis vulgaris Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211 (1910).
Danaida similis macrina Fruhstorfer, ibidem, pl. 78 Z), fig. 2 cf (1910).
Danaida similis vulgaris Rothschild, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 8,
p. 148 (1920).
Danaida similis f. vulgaris Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1921).
Danaida similis vulgans Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 164 (1921). '
h. D. S. nicobarica. Nicobars.
Danais similis var. nicobarica Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc.
Beng. Vol. 5o (2), p. 225, fig. (1881) [Cale.].
Radena similis var. nicobarica Wood-Mason et de Niceville, ibidem, Vol. 5i (2),
p. 14, fig. cf Q (1882) [Cale.].
Danais nicobarica Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 84, fig. Q (1882).
Radena nicobarica Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 224 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 28, pl. 5, fig. 2 o'. 2 fl Q {1890).
Danais vulgaris race nicobarica Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 14, i5 (1905).
Danaida similis nicobarica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 21 1 (1910).
i. D. S, mecrimaga. Simalur.
Danais similis mecrimaga van Eecke, Not. Leyd. Mus. Vol. 36, p. 220 (1814)
[Leid.].
j. D. s. megaroides. Nias,
Danaus similis Kheil, Rhop. Nias, ]'. 16 (1884).
Radena similis megaroides Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 182 (1904).
Danaida similis megaroides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1 (1910).
66
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
k. D. s. dUiones.
Danaida similis ditiones Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 275 (1911).
l. D. S. macra.
Radena macra Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 24, pl. i, fig. 4 cf
(1891) [Tring].
Radena similis macra Fruhstorfer, Berl, Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. i83 {1904).
Danaida similis macra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 21 1 (1910).
m. D. s. vulgaroides.
Euploea similis Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5 (i), p, 179
(i83i).
Radena similis vulgaroides Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. i83 (1904)
[Auct.].
Danaida similis vtdgaroides Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 211 (1910).
Danais similis Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 28, pl. 14, fig. 2'ia (g ,
b. c. Metam. (i9i3).
n. D. s. sumhawana.
Radena similis sumbawana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 67 (1899)
[Auct J; Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 33 (1899).
Danaida similis sumbawana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212, pl. 77 i,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
o. D. S. lesora.
Danaida similis lesora Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910) [Auct.].
p. D. s. hambera.
Dadena kambera Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 167, pl. 2, fig. 7
Cf (1891) [Ob.].
Danaida similis kambera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910).
41. D. oherthurii.
Radena oberthurii Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 167, pl. 2, fig. 6
cf (1891) [Ob.].
Danaida oherlhiiri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910).
42. D. juventa.
a. D. j. luzonica.
Radena luzonica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 224 {i883} [B. M.]; Semper,
Reis. Philipp. Vol. 5 (i), p. ii, pl. 2, fig. 4, 5 (1886).
Danaida juventa luzonica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
b. D. j . manillana.
Radena manillana cf Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 224 (i883) [B. M.].
Radena juventa Semper, Reis. Philipp. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 8 (1886).
Daniada juventa manillana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
C. D. j. galaecia.
Danaida juventa galaecia Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910)
[Auct.].
d. D. j. inessana.
Radena juventa messana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rundsch. Vol. 3o, p. gi (i9i3) [Auct.].
e. D. j. tipasa,
Danaida jxiventa tipasa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Senck.].
f. D. j. hadrumeta.
Danaida juventa hadrumeta ¥r\xh.storiex, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 275(1911)
[Senck.].
g. D. j. goria.
Radena juventa goria Fruhstorfer, Entom. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 292 (1904)
[Auct.].
Danaida juventa goria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
Batu.
Engano.
Java.
Sumbawa.
Flores.
Sumba.
Sumba.
Malaya-Philippines-
Salomon.
Babuyanes.
Luzon.
? Mindoro.
Mindanao.
Polillo, Leyte.
Bohol, Negros.
Basilan.
FAM. DANAIDID^
67
h. D. j. kiiiitis.
Radena jxiventa kinitis Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2}, Vol. 2, p. 292 (1904).
Danaida juventa kinitis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
Danaida similis vulgaris Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 201 (i9i5).
i. D. j. sitah.
Radena juventa Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 407, pl. 39, fig. 4 (18S6).
Radena juventa sitah Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 291 (1904).
Danaida juventa sitah Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
Danaida juventa sitah Moulton, Journ, F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 165(1921).
j. D. j. scrobia.
Danais juventa scrobia van Eecke, Zool. jMeded. Leid.Vol. i, p. 214 (igi5) [Leid.].
k. D. j. robinsoni.
Danaida jnventa robinsoni Rothschild, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 8, p. 118
(1920) [Tring].
Borneo.
Natuna, Riouw, Malaj^a.
Billiton.
Sumatra. occ.
1. D. j. pseudosimilis.
Danais juventa f. pseudosimilis van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 2i5 (igiS)
[Leid.].
Sumatra occ.
m. D.j. krakataiiae. Krakatau.
Danaida juventa krakatauae Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 166
(1921).
n. D. j. longa. Engano.
Radena longa Doherly, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 24, pl. i, fig. 2 cf
(1891) [Tring].
Radena juventa longa Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p 182 (1904).
Danaida juventa longa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 212 (1910).
o. D. j. jnventa. Java, Bali.
Papilio juventa Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 189, pl. 188, fig. B (1777); Herbst,
Naturs. Schrnett. Vol. 6, p. 35, pl. 174, fig. 3 o* (1793).
Danais juventa Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 193(1819).
Euploea juventa Horsfield, Cat. Lep. East Ind. Comp. Vol. i, pl. 3, fig. 7, ja,
Metam. ( 1828).
Danais juventa Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. io5 (i832): Doubleday,
Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 98, n. 84 (1847) 1 Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C. Vol. i,
p. 122, pl. 4, fig. 4, 4« (1857) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 455 (1866) ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 18 (1871).
Radena jnventa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 224, pl. 29, fig. i (i883).
Danaida juventa juventa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910).
Danais juventa Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 29, pl. 14, fig. 24« cf,
b, c, Metam. (igiS).
p. D. j. mincia. Bawean.
Danaida juventa mincia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212, pl. 78 6,
fig. I Cf (1910).
q. D. j. phana.
Radena juventa phana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 291 (1904).
Danaida juventa phana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910).
r. D. j. stictica.
Radena juventa stictica Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 66 (1899);
Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 28 (1899).
Danaida juventa stictica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 212 (1910).
S. D. j . kallatia.
Radena juventa kallatia Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 298 (1904).
Danaida juventa kallatia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 212 (1910).
t. D. i . ly contra.
Danaida juventa Dcosur a Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
Lombok.
Sumbawa.
Kalao.
B onerate.
68
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
u. D. j. satellitica. Saleyer.
Radena juventa satellitica Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 67 (1899) ;
Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 28 (1899).
Danaida ju.venta satellitica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i3 (1910).
V. D. j. seqtiana. Binongka.
Danaida juventa seqtiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 (1910).
w. D. j. ishnia. Celebes merid.
Danais ishna Butler, Cist. Ent, Vol. i, p. 2 (1869) [B. M.]; Butler, Lep.
Exot. Vol. I, p. 53, pl. 20, fig. 3 (1870); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 639, a. zihis (1871).
Radena ishma Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 225 (i883).
Danaida juventa ishma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 (xgxo).
Danais (Radena) ishnia Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 96 (19x4).
X. D. j. tontolimsis. Celebes N.-O. (Tontoli.)
Danais (Radena) ishma tontoliensis Fruhstorfer, Miscell. Ent. Vol. 5, p. io5
(X897).
Danaida juventa tontoliensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3, pl. 77«,
fig. 3 cf 4 Q (1910).
Danais (Radena) ishma tontoliensis Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 97 (1914).
y. D. j. tawaya. Celebes centr. (Palu).
Radena juventa tawaya Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 297 (1904)
[Auct.].
Danaida juventa tawaya Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 {X910).
Danais (Radena) ishma tawaya Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 97, Metam. (1914).
z. D. j. iiltramontana.
Danais (Radena) ishma ultramontana Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 99 {19x4).
aa. D. j . libiissa.
Radena juventa libussa Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 296 (1904).
Danaida juventa libussa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 (X9X0).
Danais (Radena) ishma libussa Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 97 (19x4).
bb. D. j. lirungeiisis .
Danais juventa var. ishma Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 44 11899).
Radena juventa lirungensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 66 (1899) ;
Fruhstorfer. Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 17 {1899).
Danaida juventa lirungensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 (1910).
cc. D. /. sobrina.
Danais sobrina Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lep. p. io3, pl. 4, fig. 3 (x832) [Ob.];
Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 24 (1847); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 5o (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. 21 (X871).
Radena sobrina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 225 (i883).
Radena curtisi Moore, ibidem [B. M.].
Danaida juventa sobrina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214 (X910).
dd D. j . ellida.
Danaida juventa ellida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x4 (1910).
ee. D. j. sophonisbe.
Radena juventa sophonisbe 'Fruhsioxler, Ent, Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 296 (1904).
Danaida juventa sophonisbe Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2x3 (X910).
ff. D. j . hitruensis.
Radena buruensis Holland, Nov. Zool. Vol. 7, p. 56 (1900).
Danaida juvenia buruensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, 9, p. 2x4 (X9X0).
gg. D. j. meganire.
Danais meganire Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. X92 (X819).
Danais meganira Blanchard, Voy. P61eSud,pl. 2, fig. 4 Q (X837-1840); Double-
day, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 92, n. 29 {1847): Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 5i (1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 5, n. X9 (X87X).
Pasangkayu (Celebes
centr.)
Minahasa, Celeb. orient.,
Peling, Banggai.
Talaut.
Halmaheira, Ternate,
Batjan.
Obi.
Stila.
Buru.
Ceram, Amboina,
Uliasser.
FAAI. danaidid.-f:
69
Riidena mcganira ■Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 225 (i883).
Danais meganira Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 37, p. 170 (1S84).
Danais claviger Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 218 (1889).
Danaida juventa meganira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214 (1910).
hh. D. j. remola.
Danais juventa remota van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Vol. i, p. 2t5(i9i5) [Leid.].
ii. D. j. purpurata.
Danais meganira Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Lep. p. 104 (i832).
Danais purpurata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 52, fig. 2 cf (1866) [B. M.];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 4, n. i3 (1871).
Danais ishma Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, p. 478 (1880) [Gen.].
Radena purpurata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 225 (i883).
Danaida inventa purpurata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910).
jj. D. j. doreyana.
Danaida juventa tumeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214 (1910).
Danaida sobrina doreyana Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 639 (1925).
kk. D. j . t an ais.
Radena juventa tanais Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 294 (1904).
Danaida juventa tanais Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910).
11. D. j. ogylla.
Danaida juventa ogylla Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 214 (1910).
mm.D. j. piada.
Radena piada Subsp. n. (sic!) Fruhstorfer, Zeitschr. Wiss. Ins. Biol. Vol. ii,
p. 223 (igiS).
nn. D. j. cJievalieri.
Danaida juventa chevalieri Hulstaert, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 64, p. 77
(1914) [Hev.].
00. D. j. kolleri. — Pl. 2, Fig. 3.
Danaida juventa kolleri Hulstaert, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (g), Vol. ii, p. 181
(1923) [Hev.].
pp. D. j. tumeri.
Danais tumeri Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. i, p. 480 (1878).
Radena tumeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 225 (i883).
Radena juventa georgina Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 294 (1904).
Danaida juventa georgina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214 (1910).
qq. D. j. eugenia.
Radena juventa eugenia Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. i63 (igo6).
Danaida juventa eugenia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214, pl. 77«,
fig. 2 cf (1910)-
rr. D. j. metaxa.
Danaida juventa metaxa Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 214, pl. 77«,
fig- I cf (1910).
Danais juventa metaxa van Eecke, Nouv. Guin. Vol. i3, p. 60 (igiS).
ss. D. j. catella.
Radena juventa catella Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rundsch. Vol. 29, p. 33 (1912).
tt. D. j. suhrinoides.
Danais sobrinoides Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 37 (1882) [B.M.].
Radena sobrinoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 225 (i883).
Danais sobrinoides Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 93 (1898).
Danais sobrina var. sobrinoides Pagenstecher, Zool. 27 ; Lep. Bism. Arch.
Vol. I, p. 46 (1899).
Danaida juventa sobriaioides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosssch. Vol. 9, p. 2i5 {1910).
Manawoko.
Waigeu.
Nouv.-Guinee N.-O.
Mefoor.
Aru.
Nouv.-Guinee holland.
(Eilanden Rivier).
R. Digoel (Nouv.-Guinee
holi.)
Nouv.-Guinee holi. mer.
Papua.
Nouv.-Guinee N.-E.
(baie de TAstrolabe).
Nouv.-Guinee centr. et
orient.
Matt}’.
Nouv.-Bretagne. Duke of
York.
70
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
uu. D. j. ribhei. Nouv.-Irlande, iles de
Radena juventa ribbei Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 19, p. i63 (1906). 1 Amiraute.
Danaida juvejita ribbei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910).
vv. D. j . zanira. Bougainvide.
Radena juventa zanira Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 295 (1904)
[Auct.].
Danaida juventa zanira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910).
ww.D. j. mangalia. Shortland.
Radena juventa mangalia Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 295 (1904)
[Auct.].
Danaida juventa mangalia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910).
FORME DOUTEUSE :
XX. D. claviger (i)
Papilio claviger Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Vol. i (5), p. 2289, n. 887 (1788-91).
Danais claviger (?) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 29 (1871).
2. Genre IDEOPSIS Moore
Danais, sect. 4, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 90 (1847).
Ideopsis Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. East Ind. Comp. Vol. i, p. i33 (1857). — Type : /. gaitra Horsf.;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2 (1871); Distant, Rhop. Mal. Vol. i, p. 8 (1882); Marshall et
de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 3o (1882); Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. i5 (1884).
Hestia (part.) Snellen, Veth’s Midd. Sum. Lep. Vol. i, p. i3 (1884).
Ideopsis Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885); Schatz, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 80(1886);
Semper, Reis. Philip. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. 7 (1886); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 2i5 (1910); Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p. 22 (1913).
Caracteres generaux, — Antennes longues, massue developpee, commengant plus abruptement
chez le que chez la constituee de 8-9 segments chez le cf, de lo-ii chez la 9- Ongles des
pattes simples, sans «paronychia» ni «pulvilli».
Ailes : dessin et coloration ressemblant a ceux de Hestia-, taille plus petite, se rapprochant de
Danaida. Aile anterieure : nervure ii anastomosee avec 12; 10 de Tapex cellulaire ou d’avant. Aile
posterieure : eperon precostal partant du point d’origine de la sous- costale; discocellulaire anterieure
plus longue que les autres.
Le cf presente un amas d’ecailles androconiales le long de la nervure 2 des ailes posterieures, .
souvent arrangees en ligne ondulee (costalis).
Organes genitaux males du groupe : valve non dentelee, offrant seulement une pointe ventrale;
uncus plus bref que chez Radena pourvu de deux appendices courts, poilus, en forme de verrues ou de
chatons de saule. — Dimorphisme sexuel fortement developpe chez la plupart des especes.
Chenille. De I. gaura gaura Horsf. : a deux paires de tentacules comme celles des Danaida du
groupe des archippus. F. rouge brun fonce avec un anneau blanc sur chaque segment (cf. Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 275).
Type : Idea gaura Horsf.
□ istribution geographique. — • Exclusivement malayo-papoue comprenant toute la « Macro-
malaya », la region des Philippines-Celebes, les Molucques et la Nouvelle-Guinee. Le genre fait
(i) Est bien une forme A& juventa et probablement identique a meganire Godart.
FAM. DANAIDID^
71
entierement defaut en « Micromalaya », en Australie, aux iles du S.-O. et du S.-E. et Aru et ne depasse
point la Nouvelle-Guinee occidentale.
Systematique. — Fruhstorfer a divise le genre en deux sous-genres : Ideopsis s. s. et Aianthis
Fruhstorfer. Mais si les formes du sous-genre Aianthis ne constituaient, en realite, qu’une seule espece,
comme il est probable par Tanalogie du dessin et surtout de la distribution geographique, la division en
sous-genres serait injustifiee et deviendrait superflue.
I. Sous-Genre aianthis Fruhstorfer
Ideopsis IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (pars) [i883].
Aianthis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 216 (1910).
Caracteres. — Massue des antennes ovoide, comprimee. Aile anterieure ; la deuxieme nervure
sous-costale (nerv. 10) sortant de la cellule avant Tapex.
Distribution geographique. — Partie orientale de Taire indiquee au genre Ideopsis.
Especes a dessin jaunatre ou verdatre et noir; dimorphisme sexuel bien developpe.
I. I. anapis.
Philippines.
a. I. a. anapis.
Datiais anapis 'Wi&a. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 5, p. 3oo (1861) [Tring];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (1866).
Ideopsis anapis Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35i, pl. 43, fig. 6 (p (1867) ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 3 (1871) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 222 {i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885);
Semper, Reise Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. 7 (1886).
Ideopsis anapis anapis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 217 (igio).
b. I. a. bracara.
Ideopsis anapis Semper, Reis. Phil. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. i cf (1886).
Ideopsis anapis bracara Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910)
[Senck.].
c. /. a. anapina.
Ideopsis anapina Semper. Reis. Phil. Lep. Vol. i, p. 320 (1892) [Senck.].
Ideopsis anapis anapina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
d. I. a. glaphyra.
Ideopsis glaphyra Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 222 (i883) [Senck.]; Stau-
dinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885) ; Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5. Lep.
Vol. I, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. 3 9 (1886).
Ideopsis anapis glaphyra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
e. /. a. messala.
Ideopsis glaphyra Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Lep. Vol. i, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. 2 cf
(1886) [Senck.].
Ideopsis anapis messala Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
2. I. vitrea.
a. /. V. oenopia.
Danais cenopia Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 3, p. 182, pl. 4, fig. 2 o’ (iSSg)
[Tring].
Danais vitrea (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (1S66).
Ideopsis vitrea Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 4 (1871) ; Moore, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 222 (i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i8S5).
Ideopsis vitrea vitrea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
Ideopsis cenopia Martin, Iris, Vol, 28, p. 77 (1914); Jurriaanse et Lindemans,
Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 63 (1919), Suppi, p. i5 (1920).
Luzon occid. (Manila).
Luzon N.-E.-
Mindoro.
Mindanao.
Mindanao orient.
Celebes-Nouv.-Guinee.
Celebes sept.
72
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
b. I. V. arachosia.
Ideopsis vitrea arachosia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910) [Auct.].
c. /. V. neleus.
Ideopsis vitrea neleus Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 3oo (1904) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
d. I. V. hlassiha.
Ideopsis klassika Martin, Iris, Vol. 23, p.i56 (1909); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Gross-
schm. Vol. 9, p. 218 (1910).
Ideopsis stresemanni Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 20, p. 118 (igiS).
e. I. V. ohiana.
Ideopsis vitrea ohiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217, pl. 76^.
f.g. I Q (1910) [Auct.].
f. /. V. chloris. — Pl. 2, Fig. 5 et 6.
Danais chloris Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 23i (1860 [Tring]; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (1866).
Danais salvini Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 172, 178, f. 2 cf (1866) [B. M.].
Ideopsis chloris Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35i, pl. 42, fig. 3 (1867);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 222 11883); Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett.
Vol. I, p. 48, pl. 24 (i885).
Ideopsis vitrea chloris Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217, pl. 76/),
fig. 3 cf (1910).
g. I. V. morotaica.
Ideopsis vitrea morotaica Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rumdsch. Vol. 3o, p. 91 (igiS [Auct.].
h. I. V. vitrea.
Danais vitrea Blanchard, Voy. Pole Sud Zool. Vol. 4, p. 385, pl. 2, fig. 2 Q
(i853) ; (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 58 (1866).
Ideopsis vitrea arfahensis Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 59, p. 257 (1898) ;
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
Ideopsis vitrea Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 77 (1914); Jurriaanse et Lindemans,
Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62 (1919), Suppi, p. i5, n. i (1920).
i. I. V. serena.
Ideopsis vitrea serena Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 17, p. 73
( 1916) [Hili].
3 . l. ribhei.
a. I. y. ribbei.
Ideopsis ribhei Rober, Iris, Vol. i, p. 186, pl. 8, fig. 4 cf (1887) [Berl.].
Ideopsis ribhei ribhei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 218 (1910).
b. /. r. iza.
Ideopsis inuncta iza Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 59, p. 258 (1898) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 286, pl. 2, fig. i3 liSgg).
Ideopsis iza de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. i3, p. i58, pl. CC,
fig. I cf Q (1900).
Ideopsis rihbei iza Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 218, pl. 76^, fig. 2 Q
(1910).
4. /. inuncta.
a. /. i. inuncta.
Danais inuncta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 481 (i865) [B. M.]; Butler,
ibidem, pl. 4, fig. 7 (1866).
Ideopsis phcestis Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35t, pl. 48, fig. 5 Q (1867)
[Tring].
Ideopsis inuncta Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 3, n. 6 (1871); Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 222 (i8i3); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48
(i885) ; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 218, pl. 766, fig. i Q (1910).
Celebes merid.
Buru.
Ceram.
Obi.
Batjan, Halmaheira.
Morotai,
Arfak (Nouv.-Guinee
N.-O.)
Wandammen (Nouv.-
Guinee sept.)
Bangkai, Sula.
Bangkai,
Sula.
Waigeu, Mysore.
Waigeu.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
73
b. I. i. heiviisonii. Mysoie.
Ideopsts hewitsonii Kirsch, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, Vol. i, p. 114, pl. 6,
fig. I (1877) [Dresd.] ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 83g (1877).
Idtopsis hewitsoni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 222 (i883).
Ideopsis inuncta hewitsoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 218 (igio).
2. Sous-Genre ideopsis ss.
Ideopsis Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. Vol. i, p. i33 (iSSy). — Type ; /. gaiira Horsf.
Gamana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. I..ond. p. 220 (i883). — Type ; I. daos Boisd.
Ideopsis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 216 (1910).
Caracteres. — Antennes a massue allongee, vue de profil completement ronde. Aile anterieure:
nervLire 10 s'’ecartant de Tapex de la cellule.
Distributiori geographique. — Une espece, a distribution occidentale, ressemblant a une
petite Hestia. Coloration des sexes peu differente.
5. I gaiira.
Macro-Malaya.
a. I. g. gaitra. — Pl. 2, Fig. 7 et 8.
Idea? gaura q* Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. pl. 6, fig. i cf < 1829) [B. M.].
Idea gaura Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. Vol. i, pl. ii, fig. ii cf (i836).
Danais gaura Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. g3, n. 38 (1847).
Idea gaura Boisduval, Cuvier : Regn. An. Art. Ins. Vol. 2, pl. i33,
fig. 2 0* (1849).
Danais gara Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 5 (i866j.
Ideopsis gaura Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. i (1871) ; Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i,
p. 48 (i885); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910) ; Piepers
et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 22, pl. i3, fig. 17 n cf > ^ 2 > Metam. ( igi3).
b. I. g. endora.
Hestia endora Gray, Lep. Ins. Nepal, p. 10, pl. 9, fig. 3 cf (i833).
Ideopsis daos (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 2 (1871).
Gamana daos (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (i883).
Hestia daos Snellen, Veth’s Midden-Sumatra Fauna, Vol. 2, p. i3, n. 2 (1892).
Ideopsis {Gamana) daos (p. p.) de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 365 (1896).
Ideopsis daos eudora Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
C. I. g. nigrocostalis.
Gamana daos v. nigrocostalis Q Hagen, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 20,
p. 322 (1902).
Ideopsis daos nigrocostalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 217 (1910).
d. I. g. baliina.
Ideopsis costalis batuna Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben. Vol. 20, p. 146 (1906).
Ideopsis daos batuna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 217 (1910).
e. I. g. costalis.
Gamana costalis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (i883).
Ideopsis costalis Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. i5 (1884).
Ideopsis daos costalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 217, pl. 7611,
fig. 3 o<, 2Q (1910).
f I. g. pseudocostalis.
Ideopsis gaura pseudocostalis van Eecke, Not. Leyd. Mus. Vol. 36, ]). 5o (1914);
van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. 4, p. 78, pl. 7, fig. 7 d'- S Q (191S).
Java.
Sumatra occid.
Mentawei .
Batu.
Nias.
Simalu r.
74
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
g. I. g. sonia. Sumatra sept.
Gamana daos sonia Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 149 {1898).
Ideopsis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
h. l. g. perahaiia. Malaya.
Danais daos Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lr>nd, p. 58 (1866).
Ideopsis daos Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 4, f. 66, p. 8, pl. i, fig. 3 (^, 4 Q (1882).
Ideopsis daos perakana Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol, Sg, p aSg (1898).
Ideopsis daos parakana Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
Ideopsis daos peraMna Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2), p. 164 (1921).
Ideopsis daos Brooks, Journ. Mal. Br. R. As. Soc. Vol. i, p. 260, Metam. (1923).
i I. g. lingana. Lingga.
Ideopsis daos lingana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
j. I. g. natiuiensis. Natuna.
Ideopsis daos natnnensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
k. I . g. daos. Borneo merid.
Idea daos Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. Vol. i, pl. 24, fig. 3 (J (i836).
Danais daos Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. g3, n. 39 (1847).
Idea diardi Snellen van Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 4, p. 44, pl. 2,
fig- 4 0* (1860).
Ideopsis daos Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 2 (1871).
Gamana daos Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 221 (i883).
Ideopsis daos Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48, pl. 24 (j' (i885) ; Schatz,
ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 80, pl. 9 (1886).
Ideopsis daos daos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
Ideopsis daos daos Moulton, Sar. Miis. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 201 (igiS).
k' I. g. daos ab. infumata.
Ideopsis daos var. infumata 'Niaxi\n, Iris, Vol. 22, p. 161 (igog).
Ideopsis daos daos ab. infumata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910).
l. I- g. ardana. Borneo sept.
Ideopsis daos ardana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 216 (1910) [Auct.].
Ideopsis daos daos Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 201 (iQiS).
m I. g. palawana. Palawan.
Ideopsis daos Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 26 (1889); Semper, Reis. Phil.
Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. 32i (1892).
Ideopsis daos palawana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2i6(i9io)[Auct.].
3. Genre HESTIA Hubner
Id ea Fabricius, Syst. Gloss. in Illiger’s Mag. Naturk. Vol. 6, p. 283 (1807).
Hestia Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816).
Idea Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 194 (1819).
Hestia Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 94 (1847); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (1867); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i (1871); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 5 (1882); Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. Vol. r, p. 23 (1882); (part.) Snellen, Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Vol. 4, p. 2, Lep. p. i3
(1882); Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. i5 (1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885);
lv5ber, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 80 (1886); Semper, Schmett. Philipp. Vol. i, p. 5 (1886); Bingham,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 3 (1905); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 218 (1910); Piepers et
Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p. 19 (1913); Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2), p. iSp (1921);
Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 16 (1924).
Type du genre. — Papilio lynceus Drury.
FAM. DANAIDIDzE
75
Caracteres generaux. — Antennes longues, filiformes, a massue peu distincte. Palpes apiatis
lateralement. Ongles des tarses courbes, pourvus de « paron3'’chia » et de « pulvilli ». Corps long et faible.
Ailes grandes, semi-transparentes. Anterieures allongees chez le cf , larges et arrondies chez la 9 ; bord
costal arque ; la nervure 12 anastomosee avec ii; la discocellulaire superieure courte, la mediane
oblique vers la base, concave, Tinferieure convexe. Posterieures : eperon precostal bifurque, place apres
Torigine de la sous-costale, les discocellulaires se touchant a angle obtus; sans tacbes androconiales.
Abdomen du a quatre pinceaux anaux (dont deux parfois tres courts : Nectaria). Valve tres differente
de celle des autres gemes : grossierement dentelee ou pourvue de deux pointes separees; uncus avorte.
Metamorphoses. — Chenille, pour autant qu’elle nous est connue, ressemblant a celle
de Enplcea du sous-genre Trepsichrois, a dessin vif de couleurs alternantes, et pourvue de quatre paires
de filaments charnus noirs sur les segments 2. 3, 5 et ii.
Chrysa lide plus elegante que chez Danais, pourvue de pointes cephaliques, pointee de noir.
Historique. — Ce genre a ete erige par Fabricius dans son Systema Glossatorum (resume
dans le Magazin fur Naturkunde, Vol. 6, p. 283 (1807), pour le Papilio idea de Linne, Cent. Ins. p. 22,
n. 63 (1763). II le nomma Idea. Mais en 1816 Plubner, dans son Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5, cree son
genre Hestia pour le Papilio lynceus Drury, et Papilio idea Linne. Ces deux noms : Idea et Hestia sont
donc S3’non3unes.
La plupart des auteurs de la premiere moitie du XIX^ siecle observent les regles de la priorite en
adoptant le nom donne par Fabricius. Godart, Enc3'cl. Method. Ins. Vol. i, p. igS (i8ig);
Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 106, 107 (i832); Faune, Madag. Lep. p. 38 (i833);
Erichson, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. 16, Suppi, p. 283 (1834); Duncan, For. Butt. p. 121
(1837); Blanchard, Castelnau’s Hist. Natur. A.nim. Art. Vol. 3, p. 435 (1841); Marchal, Rev. Zool.
p. 168 (1845); Lucas, Lep. Exot. p. 92 (1845); et en collaboration avec Chenu, Enc. Hist. Nat. Pap.
Vol. I , p. 66 (1878).
Ce n’est qu’en 1847 que Vetude rare de Fabricius tombant en oubli, le nom Idea est delaisse
pour le nom posterieur de Hiibner.
En effet, par leur Gener. Diurn. Lep. p. gS (1847), Doubleday et Hewdtson mirent en vogue
le nom Hestia et iis sont suivis d’abord par les maitres anglais Butler, Kirb3^ et Moore, et ensuite
par les autres auteurs. Depuis cette date nous ne trouvons que Snellen van Vollenhoven (Tijdschr.
Ent. Vol. 4, p. 41, 43 (1860); Chenu et Lucas (Enc3ml. Hist. Nat. Pap. Vol. i, p. 66 (1878); et
Oberthtlr, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 23o (1879) qui retiennent le nom pnmitif de Fabricius.
Logiquement nous devrions donc nommer le genre Idea et conserver Hestia comme s3mon3mre.
Je ne veux pourtant pas innover dans une matiere de si grande importance et laisse a la discretion
des auteurs subsequents d’examiner le cas et de le trancher, comme je fais egalement pour le nom
Enploea.
Distributiori geog raphique. — De ITnde jusqu’en Nouvelle-Guinee a Test et jusqu’au Japon
meridional au nord.
I. Sous-Genre hestia ss.
Hestia Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816). — Type : H. lynceus Drury; Scudder, Proc. Am.
Ac. Arts Sc. p. 189(1875); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217(1883); Fruhstorfer, Seitz'
Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 218 (igto).
76
LEPIDOPTERA "RHOPALOCERA
Caracteres. — Aile anterieure allongee etroite : la nervure lo excessivement rapprochee de
Tapex de la cellule. Aile posterieure : discocellulaire inferieure tres courte. Abdomen du (f : quatre
pinceaux anaux de meme longueur.
Distributiori geographique. — Especes plutot occidentales (Indes, Macroma]a57a).
I. H.jasoiiia. Inde anglaise.
a. H. j. jasonia. — Pl. 4-, Fig. I. Ceylon.
Hestia jasonia Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 87, pl. 42, fig. 1 cf (1848) [Oxf.] ;
Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 53i (i852); Butler, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5 (1867) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 9 (1871).
Nectaria jasonia Moore, Lep. Ceyl. p. 3, pl. i.fig. i (1880).
Hestia jasonia Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 3, fig. i
(18S2); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 219 (i883) ; Staudinger, E.xot.
Schmett. Vol. i, p. 48 (i885); Moore. Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 22, pl. 3, fig. i,
incf, i & Q (1890); Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 5 (i9o5).
Hestia jasonia ]aso7iia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 218 (1910).
Hestia jasonia Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 4 (1918J; Ormiston, Lep.
Ceyl. p. I (1924).
a' H. j. jasonia f. diabolica.
Hestia jasonia jasonia i. diabolica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219
(1910) [Auct.].
b. H . j. malabarica. Inde S.-O.
Ideopsis daos metam. Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. 1. C. Vol. I, P- i34, pl. 4, fig. ii,
II a (1857).
Hestia malabarica Q Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 46 (1877)
[B. M.]; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 26 (1882).
Hestia lynceiis (part.) Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 25 (1882).
Hestia malabarica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. i,p. 18, pl. I, fig. 1, la, i &, i c o* Q, Metam. (1890); Bingham,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 4 (1905).
Hestia jasonia malabarica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (1910).
C. H. j. hanarensis. Kanara.
Hestia hanarensis Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 21, pl. 2, fig. 2 cf, 2 a Q
(1890) [B. M.].
Hestia malabarica (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 4 (i9o5).
Hestia jasonia hanarensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 218 (1910).
d. H. j. margherita. Assam sept.
Hestia jasonia margherita Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 56 (i9o3) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (1910).
e. H. j. hadeni. Birma merid.
Hestia hadeni Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 49 (2),
p. 242, pl. i3. fig. 2 5 (1880) [Cale.]; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 39, pl. 4, fig. 3 Q (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 219
(i883); Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 25, pl. 4, fig. 3 Q (1890); Bingham,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 6 cf Q (1905).
Hestia jasonia hadeni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219, pl. 76 i,
fig. 3 0* (1910).
f. H. j. agamarschana. Tenasserim.
Hestia agamarschana Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 35i, pl. 48, fig. 7 cf
(1867) [Tring]; Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 470 (1867).
Hestia jasonia var. a. aga^narschana Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 2
(1871).
Hestia agamarschana Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. 1, p. 27 (1882);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 219 (i883j; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
Vol. I, p. 47 (i885) ; Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 23, pl. 4, fig. i cf (i8go) ;
Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 5 (1905).
Hestia jasonia agamarschana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (1910).
FAM. DANAIDID^:
77
g. H. j. arrakana.
Hestia jasonia arrakana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (1910)
[Auct.].
h. H. j. cadelli.
Hestia cadelli Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 49,
p. 242, pl. i3, fig. I (;f (1880) [Cale.]; Wood-Mason et de Niceville,
ibidem, Vol. 5o (2), p. 244 Q (1881) [Cale.]; Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 28, pl. 4, fig. 2 (J (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 219 (i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47, pl. 24
(i885); Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 24, pl. 4, fig. 2 cf (1890).
Hestia agamarsenana race cadelli Binghain, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 5, 6 (igoS).
Hestia jasoHta cadelli Fnibstorler, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (1910).
2. H. lynceus (i).
a H. l. st olli.
Papilio ideavdir. stoll Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Suppi, p. 180, pl. 42, fig. i (1790).
Idea lyiicea (part.) Godart, Encyc. Meth. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 195 (1819).
Hestia lynceus \a.r. Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. I.ond. (3), Vol. 10, p. 471 (1867).
Hestia lynceus var. a. Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 10 (1871).
Hestia stolli Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p.218 (i883)[B. M.].
Hestia lynceus vaT.jdea (sic) Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Hestia lynceus stolli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 220 (1910).
Hestia lynceus Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol, 3, p. 19, pl. i3, fig. 16, Metam.
(1913).
Ak3’ab. Arrakan.
Andaman .
Macromalaya.
Java.
b. H. l. niasica. Nias.
Hestia reinwaidii Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. i5 (1884).
Hestia -lynceus niasica Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 54 (igoS) [Auct.] ; Fruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (1910).
c. H. l. lynceus. — Pl. 3, Fig. 2. Sumatra.
Papilio lynceus Pneuxy , 111. Exot. Ent. Vol. 2, pl. 7, fig. i {1773).
Hestia Ivnctus Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816).
Idea lyncea Godart, Encyc. Melh. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 195 (1819) ; Boisduval,
Faim. Madag. Lep. p. 38 (i833).
Hestia lynceus tsi{.oox&,Q,a\.. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. Vol. i, p. 184 (iSSg); Butler,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) Vol. 5, p. 471 (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 2, n. IO (1871) ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. A'ol. i. p. 25
(1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217 (i883); Staudinger, Exot.
Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Hestia linceus (sic) Snellen, Veth’s Midd.-Sumatr. Faun. Vol. 2, p. i3, n. i (1884).
Hestia lynceus Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 38 (1894); de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc.
Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 894 (1896).
Hestia lynceus lynceus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 219 (igio).
Hestia lynceus Eltringham. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 173, pl. 17, fig. 2-5, pl. 20,
fig. 36-39 (1915).
d. H. l. reinwardti. Malaya.
Hestia lynceus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 6, pl. i, fig. 2 cS (1882).
Hestia reinwardti Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 218 (i883) [B. M.].
Hestia lynceus reinwardti PinYistorier, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 219 (1910).
Hestia lynceus reinwardti Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2), p. 160 (1921).
e. H. l. thalassica. Natuna.
Hestia lynceus thalassica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (igio)
[Auct.].
(i) II n’est pas impossible que cette espece n‘en forme qu’une seulc avec la suivante, comme Padmettent Piepers et
Snellen loc. cit., en raison des dispositions de rarmure genitale cf ■ Mais comme Tunite n’esl pas demontree et qu'il existe deux
series de formes voisines cote a cote, je garde la division de Fruhstorfer. Des recherches ulterieures devront montrer si notis
avons affaire a une espece a formes saisonnieres ou simplement dimorphe, ou bien a deux especes distinctes. D'ailleurs. il
est bien etonnant que Fruhstorfer se base surtout sur rarmure genitale o* pour separer sjiecifiquement logani ct lynceus.
tandis que Piepers et Snellen invoquent les caracteres tires de ces memes organes pour unir les deux espdces.
78
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
f. H. l. (subsp. retinenda ?). Borneo occid. et sept.
Hestia lynceus javormus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220, pl. 74J,
fig. 2 o' (1910) [Auct.].
g. H . l. fumata. Borneo S.-E.
Hestia logan i fumata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 814 (1897)
[Auct ].
Hestia lynceus fumata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (1910).
Hestia lynceus fumata Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, 6, p. 200 (i9l5).
3. H. logani.
a. H. /. logani.
Hestia lynceus (part.) Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 6 (1882I.
Hestia logani Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 218 {i883) [B. M.].
Hestia logani logani Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (1910I.
Hestia logani logani Moulton. Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2), p. 160 (1921).
b. H. l. donovani.
Hestia donovani Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 218 (i883) [Hili].
Hestia logani donovani Yx-adsiocier , Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220(1910).
c. H. I. hintanga.
Hestia logani bintanga 'Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 216 (igiS)
[Leid.].
d. H. l. druryi. humatra.
HestialynceusvAr. Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 95,n. i, pl. i3,
fig. I cf (1847).
H est ia lynceus var. b. Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 10 1871).
Hestia druryi Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 219 (i883) [B. M.].
Hestia lynceus (part.) de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 864 (1896).
Hcstialogani druryi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 220(1910).
e. H. /. diaiia. Batu.
Hestia lynceus dianaYrnhsiorler, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 20, p. 146 (1906)
[Auct.].
Hestialogani diana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (1910).
f. H. l. mevaria. Java.
Hestialogani mevaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol . 9, p. 220 (1910) [Auct.].
Hestia lynceus (part.) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 19 (1913).
g. H . l. alcine. Borneo merid.
Hestia logani alcine Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220, pl. 74?), fig. i f
( 1910) [Auct.].
Hestia logani virgo Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 200 (igi5).
g' H. l. alcine f. virgo.
Hestialynceus fumata i temp. virgo Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 84 (igiS) [Auct.].
h. H. l. alceste. Natuna.
Hestia logani alceste Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220 (1910) [Auct.].
i. H. l. hypata. Sulu.
Hestia logani hypata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 221 figio) [Auct.].
Macromalaya.
Malaya.
Singapore.
Riouw, Lingga.
2. Sous-Genre NECTARIA Scudder
Nectaria Scudder, Proc. Am. Ac. Arts Sc. Vol. 10, p. 274 (iSyS). — Tj^pe; H. idea L.; Moore, Lep.
Ceylan, Vol. i, p. 2 (1880). — Type : H. idea I^.; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2i5 (i883).
Sabalassa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883). — Type : H. electra Semp.
Hestia (part.) Moore, ibidem, p. 220.
Nectaria Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 221 (1910).
FAM. DANAIDIDiE
79
Canacteres. — Aile anterieure : seconde sous-costale (nervure lo) s’ecartant bien avant Tangle
de la cellule. Aile posterieure : discocellulaire inferieure longue. Les ailes plus larges que chez Hestia ss.
Abdomen du cf a quatre pinceaux anaux d'egale longueur.
Distributiori geographique. — Ces especes se repandent plus vers le nord et Test que celles
du groupe precedent, du Japon meridional aux iles Kei et de Malaya jusqu’en Nouvelle-Guinee
occidentale.
4. H . hyperninestra. Macromalaya.
a. H. h. linteata. Malaya.
Hestia linteata Q Butler, Trans. Lin. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2), Vol. i, p 536, pl. 69,
fig. 6 Q (1S79) [B. M.]; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 7, pl. i, tig. i o* (1882)
Hestia lynceus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 6, pl. i, fig. 2 (1882'.
Hestia linteata hlarshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 26 (1882);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 {i883); Bingham, Butt. Ind. p. 4
(1905).
Hestia hyperm?iestralinteataVr\x\\st.oiier., Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 221 (1910).
Hestia Jiypermnestra linteata Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2), p. 161
(1921).
b. H . h. hera. Sumatra.
Hestia linteata Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 38 (1894).
Hestia helia de Niceville. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 364 {1896).
Hestia hyperninestra hera Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 67 (i9o3) [Auct.]; Fruh-
storfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 220, pl. 74C, fig. 3 Q (1910).
c. H. h. belia. occid.
Hestia belia (p Westwood, Ca.hin. Orient. Ent. p. jS, pl. 3j, fig. 2 cf (1848)
[B. M.]; Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 53i {i852); Moore, Cat.
Lep. Mus. E. I. C. Vol, i, p. i35, pl. 4, fig. 12, Metam. (1857); Butler,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 470 {1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 2, n. 7 (1871); Quaedvlieg, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 14, p. 72,
pl. 2 (1871) ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 26 (1882) ; Moore,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 (i883).
Hestia hyperninestra belia Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 221 (1910).
Hestia helia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 19 (i9i3).
d. H. h. vollenhoveni . ?Java.
Idea hyperninestra Y3.r . [jasonia var.) Snellen van Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Ent.
Vol. 4, p. 43, pl. 3 rf (1860).
Hestia hyperninestra (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 8 (1871).
Hestia belia vollenhoveni Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 3i3 (1898)
[Leid.].
Hestia hyperninestra vollenhoveni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 22i
(1910).
e. H. h. hyperninestra. Borneo.
Hestia hyperninestra Westwood, Cabin. Orient. Ent. p. 76, pl. 87, fig. i Q (1848)
[B. M.]; Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. Vol. i, p. 53i (i852) ; Butler, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 470 (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 2, n. 8 (1871) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 220 (i883).
Hestia hyperninestra hyperninestra 'Fvwiisiovier , Se\\.z' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 22i
(1910).
e' H. h. hyperninestra f. beliua.
Hestia belia helina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 3i2 (iSgSl [Auct.].
Hestia hyperninestra hyperninestra f. belina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 221 (igio).
f. H. h. arbela,
Hestia hyperninestra arbela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 221 (1910)
[Auct.].
Kinabalu (Borneo. sept.).
8o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
5. H. leuconoe.
a. H. l. clara.
Hestui clara Butier, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 460 (1867) [B. M.] ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p^ 2, n. 6 (1871).
Nectacia clara Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217 (i883).
Nectaria (Hestia) Matsumura, Cat. Biitt. Jap. Vol. i, p. 12, n 99 (igoS).
Hestia leuconoe clara Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910).
a' H. l. clara f. rinkiuensis.
Hestia riukiuensis Plolland, Entom. News, Vol. 4, p. 337, pl- i5, fig. i o* (iSgS)
[Carn.].
Nectaria leuconoe nipponica Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 3i6
(18981 [Auct.].
Hestia leuconoe nipponica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 221, pl. 74(7,
fig. 3 cf (igio).
Hestia leuconoe riukiuensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 221 (1910).
Hestia leuconoe missilia Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 222 (1910) [Auct.].
Nectaria leuconoe clara Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 641 (1925).
a" H. l. clara f. kwashotoensis .
Hestia leuconoe clara f. kwashotoensis Sonan, Dobuts. Zasshi, Vol. 40, p. 461
(1928).
b. H . l. solyma.
Hestia leuconoe var. clara Semper, Reis. Philipp. Vol. 5 (i), p. 6, pl. i, fig. 3 (j*
(i885).
Hestia leuconoe solyma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 222 (1910)
[Senck.].
c. H. l. leuconoe.
IdealeuconoeNErichson. Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. 16, Suppi, p. 283 (1834'.
Hestia leuconoe Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. g5, n. 4, pl. 14,
fig. 2 (1847).
Hestia leticonoe B\it\er, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3), Vol. 5, p. 469 (1867); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. S (1871).
Nectaria leuconoe Moore.^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
H estialeuconoe Staudmger ^ Exot. Schmett. Vol. i,p. 47 (i885).
Hestia leuconoe leticonoe Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910).
d. H. l. athesis.
Hestia leuconoe athesis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosschm. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911)
[Senck.].
e. H. l. gordita.
Hestia leuconoi gordita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 275 (1911)
[Senck.].
f. rd . l. princesa.
Hestia leuconoe princesa Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 26 (1889) [Berl.].
Hestia leuconoe var . princesa Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 320 (1892).
Hestia leuconoe princesa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 222 (1910).
g. H. l. vicetia.
Hestia leuconoe vicetia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 275 (1911)
[Senck.].
h. H. l. Caesena.
Hestia leuconoe ah. Semper, Reis. Philipp. Vol. 5 (i), p. 6, pl. i, fig. 5 Q (1886).
Hestia leuconoe caesena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. zjS (1911)
[Senck.].
i. H. l. samara.
Hestia leuconoe samara Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910) [Auct.].
Siam-Liukiu-Java.
Liukiu, Formosa.
Japon.
Babuyan.
Luzon.
Polillo.
M in doro.
Palawan.
Domoran.
Bohol.
Samar.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
j. H. l. /regela.
Heslia Uuconoe fregela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 275 (1911)
[Senck.].
k. H. l. obscura.
Hestia Uuconoe , Reis. Philipp. Vol. 5 (1), p. 6, pl. i, fig'. 4 o* (1886).
Hestia leuconoe var. obscura Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 26 (1889) [Berl.].
Hestia leuconoe obscura Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910).
l. H. I. moira.
Hestia leuconoe moira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 {1910) [Auct.].
m. H. l. esa liga.
Hectaria leuconoe esauga Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 3i6
(1897) [Auct.].
Hestia leuconoe esanga Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 222, pl. 74 u,
fig. 2 O (1910)
n. H. l, godmani.
Idea godmani Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 23o (1879) [Ob.].
Nectaria godmani Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217 (i883).
Hestia leuconoe godmani Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910).
Siargao.
Mindanao or.
Basilan.
Talaut.
Sangir.
o. H. l. nigriana. Sulu, Borneo sept.
Nectaria nigriana Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i5, p. 466
(1895) Q o* [Hili].
Hestia leuconoe nigriana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910J.
Hestia leuconoe chersonesia (p. p.) Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 201
(igiS).
p. H. l. natuuensis. Natuna.
Hestia Uuconoe natuuensis Snellen, Not. Leyd. Mus. Vol. 17, p. 119 (iSgS)
[Leid.]; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1910).
Hestia Uuconoe chersonesia (p. p.) Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2),
p. 161 (1921).
q. H. l. javana. J^va occid.
Hestia javana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 22, p. 65 (1896) [Auct.].
Nectaria Uuconoe javana Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 60, fig. (iqoS).
Hestia Uuconoe javana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 222 (igio).
Hestia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 20 (igiS).
Hestia Uuconoe chersonesia (p. p.) Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (2),
p. 161 (1921).
r. H. l. engania. Engano.
Nectaria Uuconoe var. engania Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. 19 (1891) [Tring].
Nectaria leuconoe engania Fruhstorfer, Berl. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 174 (1904}.
Hestia leuconoe enganoensis lexvihstorier , Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 223 (1910).
S. H. /. vedana. •
Nectaria leuconoe vedana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 20, p. 146 (1906)
[Auct.].
Hestia leuconoe vedana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223, pl. 74<?,
fig. I Q (1910).
t. H. l. lasiaka.
Hestia leuconoe lasiaka van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leid. Vol 4, p 79, fig. 3 Q (191S)
[Leid.].
u. H. l. chersonesia.
Hestia leiion/oe Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 406, pl. Sg, fig. 3 (18S6).
Nectaria leuconoe chersonesia Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 32o
(1898) [Auct.].
Hestia Uuconoe chersonesia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 222 (igiol;
Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. \'ol. 10(2), p. 161 (1921).
Batu.
Simalur.
Alalaj^a, Sumatra,Riouw,
Lingga.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
V. H. 1. siamensis, Siam.
Hestialeuconoe siamejisis Godfrey, Journ. N. H. Soc. Siam, Vol. 2, p. 117 (1916)
[B. M.].
6. H. electra. Mindanao.
a. H. e. electra. Mindanao N.-E.
Hestia electra Semper, Verh Ver. Nat. Unt. Hamburg, Vol. 3, p. 106 (1878)
[Senck.].
Sabahiisa electraMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 217 (i883).
Hestia electra Semper, Reise Philipp. Vol. 5, Lep. Vol. i, p. 5, pl. i, fig. i (f,
2 Q {1886).
Hestia electra electra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223 (1910).
b. H. e. harmonia. Mindanao S.-E.
Hestia electra harmonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223 (1910) [Auct.].
idea (i). Celebes-Nouv.-Guinee.
H. i. sangira. Sangir.
Hestia diurvillei i. sangira van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Vol. i. p. 217, f. 4 (i9i5)
[Leid.].
b. H. i. blanchardii. Celebes sept.
Idea hlanchardiildl3.rcha\, Rev. Zool. p. 168 (1845) [Par.].
Hestia blanchardii Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 95, n. 8 (1847).
Idea tondana Snellen van Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 4, p. 41, pl. 4
(1860) [Leid ].
Hestia blanchardii Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 468 (1867); Kirby. Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 3 (1871).
N cetaria blanchardii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
Hestia blanchardii Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Hestia blanchardi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223 (1910).
Hestia blanchardii Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 72 (1914).
c. H. i. paliiana. Palu (Celebes centr.)
Hestia blanchardii paluana Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 76 (1914).
d. H. i. marosiana. — Pl. 4, Fig. 2, Celebes merid.
Hestia idea marosiana Fruhstorfer, Iris. Vol. 16, p. 56 (i9o3) [Auct.].
Hestia blanchardi marosiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g,p. 223, pl. 75c,
fig. 3i7f (igio); Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 75 (1914).
e. H . i. silayara. Saleyer.
Hestia blanchardii silayara Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 77 (1914).
7. H.
a.
(i) Dans son etude sur les Danaididae de Celebes (Iris, Vol. 28, p. 72), le Dr Martin traite H. blanchardii comme
espece separee. Ainsi lefait aussi Fruhstorfer dans Seitz, Vol. 9, p. 223. II est, certes, bien vrai que les races habitant bile
de Celebes et des iles satellites sont nettement apparentees entre elles et ont des caracteres communs qui les separent des
formes des Molueques et de Nouvelle-Guinee. II n’est pas etonnant, d’ailleurs, que des formes habitant une meme grande
region geographique, non separee par de grandes niers, soumise a des conditions orographiques et climateriques peu
differentes, se resseml.)lent davantage, se rapprochant plus entre elles que des formes des archipels plus eloignes ou regnent
des conditions biologiques plus differentes. Mais de la a separer les formes specifiquement il y a un grand pas, qui doit etre
justifie par d’autres raisons. Ensuite, il existe dans Tarchipel de Talaut une forme nettement apparentee a d'urvillei et qui,
geographiquement, en serait fort distante.
Fruhstorfer, dans Seitz, Vol. 9, traite comme especes blanchardi, idea, aza et diurvillei. Au contraire, nous unissons
ces quatre especes, pour n'en faire qu’une seule. Certes, il y a des differences entre blanchardi de Celebes, idea, aza des
Moluques et dlirvillei dela region papoue. Mais elles se muent si regulierement les unes en les autres, dans toutes les formes
persistent le meme fond du dessin, la distribution geographique est si reguliere, aucune region n’a deux formes differentes,
une race appartenant (selon le systeme de Fruhstorfer) a d’tirvillei habite la region de blanchardii, une autre du groupe
Addea se rencontre dans la region de d’urvillei, tandis que blanchardii phlegeton ressemble fort a d’urvillei metris et meme
a jasonia hadeni de Pegu et environs : Il n’y a donc la aucun obstacle a Tunite specifique et bien des raisons militent en
safaveur.
FAM. DANAIDID^.
83
f. H. i djampeana.
Hestia idea djampeana Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 6o. p. 160 (1899) [Auct.]
Hestia blanchaydi djampeana Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 223,pl.75t,
fiif. 2 o* (1910); iMartin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 77 (1914).
g. H. i. phlegeion.
Hestia idea plilegetou Fruhstorfer. Iris, Vol. 17, p. 134, f. p. i35 (1904I [Auct.].
Hestia blanchardi phlegeton Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223, pl. 75 c,
fig. I o* (iqio).
Hestia blanchai dii phlegeton Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 77 (1914).
Hestia blanchardi phlegeton Lindemans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62 (1919),
Suppi, p. i5 (1920).
h. H. i. tniinaetisis.
Hestia idea munaensis Fruhstorfer. Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. i59 11899) [Basel].
Hestiablanchai di munaensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223(1910).
Hestia blanchardii munaensis Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 77 (1914).
Hestia Jurriaanse et Lindemans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62
(1919), Suppi, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 5i4-5i6 (1920).
i. H. i. kiihiii.
Hestia hiUnii Kxdrm, Iris, Vol. i, p. 181, pl. 6, fig. 4, 5. Metam. (1887); Rdber,
ibidem. Vol. 1, p. i85 (1887) [Berl.].
Hestia blanchardi kulini Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 223 (igio).
Hestia blanchardi garunda Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 223 (1910) [Auct.].
Hestia blanchardii hiihni Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 76 (1914).
j. H. i. Silia.
Hestia [Nectaria) snla Q de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. II. Soc. Vol. i3, p. i5
(1900) [Cale.].
Hestia aza stila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224 (1910).
k. H. i. herilia.
Hestia idea hertha Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p 52 (rgoS) [Auct.].
Hestia aza hertha Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 224, pl. 74,
fig. 3 o* (1910).
l. H. i. aza.
Papilio idea Stoll. Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. Vol 4, p. 141, pl. 362, fig. D (1782);
(p. p ) Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), p. i85. n. 573 (1793).
Idea agelia var. Godart. Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 19S (1819).
Idea aza Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i. p. 106 (i832).
Hest ia aza Dmibleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. qS, n. 6(1847); Butler. Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. p. 468 (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i,n. 2 (1871).
Nectaria aza Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
Hestia aza F’ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224 (1910).
m. H. i. idea.
Papilio idea Linne, Cent. Ins. p 22, n. 63 (1763) [Upps.]; Linne, Amoen.
Acad. Vol, 6, p. 405, n 63 (1763); Linne, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 238 (1764);
Clerck. Icon. Ins. rar. Vol. 2, pl. 38, fig. i cf (1764); Linne, Syst. Nat.
ed. 22, Vol. I (2), p. 758 (1767); (p. p ) Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 468,
n. 109(1775); Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. i, pl. ig3, fig. A B Q (1779);
(p. p.) Fabricius, Spec, Ins. Vol. 2, p. 38, n. 160(1781); (p. p.) Fabricius,
Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 18, n. 182 (1787); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 5,
p. 54, pl. 86, fig. I, 2cf (1792); (p. p.) Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i),
p. i85, n. 73 (1793); Esper, Ausi. Schmett. p. zSi, pl. 40 D, fig. i (179S);
Donovan, Ep. Ins. Ind. pl. 24(1800); Thunberg, Mus. Nat. Ups. Vol. 23,
p. 8 (1804I.
Idea idea Fabricius, Syst. Glossat. in Illiger’s INIag. Naturk. Vol. 6, p. 283 (1S07).
Limnas idea Hilbner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i. pl. iS (1806-1816)
Danaus idea Latreille, Gen. Crust. Ins. \M1. 4, p. 201 (1809).
Hestia idea llfibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. i5 (1816).
Idea agelia Godart, Enc. Meth. Ilist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 195 (iSig); Duncan,
For. Butt. p. 121, pl. 10, fig 1 (1837); Blanchard, Casteln. Hist. Nat.
Anim. Ari. Vol. 3, p. 435 (1841).
Tanah-Djampea.
Tukang-Besi.
Muna, Buton.
Celebes centr., Peling,
Bangkai .
Sula Mangoli.
Sula Besi.
Buru.
Amboina, Ceram, Uliass.
84
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Hestia ideaDouhleAAy, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. gS, n. 7 (1847); Butler, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond, p. 467 (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i, n. i
(1871' : Aurivillius, Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Vol. 19 (5), p. 52 (1882).
Nectaria idea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
Hestia idea Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47, pl- 24 (i885); Schatz,
ibidem, Vol. 2, pl. 9 (1886) ; Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 218 (1889).
Hestia idea idea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224 (1910).
Hestia idea tiovella Eruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 224, pl. 75 fig. i Q (1919) [Auct.].
Hestia idea Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 119 (igiS).
n. H. i. obiana.
Hestia «.sra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 224, pl. 74^, fig. i Q
(igio) [Auct.].
o. H. i. theia.
Idea agelia Lucas, Lep. Exot. p. 92, pl. 48 Q (1845) ; Chenu et Lucas, Enc. H.
■ N. Pap. Vol. I, p. 66, fig. i56 (1878).
Nectaria agelia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883), nec Godart.
Hestia idea theia Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 62 f 1903) [Auct.].
Hestia aza theia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224, pl. 74 r, fig. 2 Q
(1910).
p. H. i. (subsp. vel praecedentis aberr. ?).
Nectaria idea vosseleri Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 18, p. 73 (1903) [Auct.].
Hestia idea vosseleri Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 82 (igoS).
Hestia aza vosseleri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 224 (1910).
q. H. i. d’urvillei.
Idea d’urvillei Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 107, pl. 3, fig. 4 (i832).
Hestia d’urvillei Doublebay et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. g5, n. g, pl. i3,
fig. 3 (1847); Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 469(1867); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 2, n. 4 (1871).
Idea urvillaei Chenu et Lucas, Enc. Hist. Nat. Pap. Vol. i, p. 66, pl. 22, fig. 2
(1878).
Nectaria d'urvillei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
Hestia d’urvillei Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 47 (i885).
Hestia dhirvilUi d'urviUei Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224, pl. 75(!,
fig. 2 cf (igio).
r. H. i. metris.
Hestia idea metris Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 65 (igoS) [Auct.].
Hestia d’iirvillei metris 'Frvdn.sioxiex , Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224, pl. 75&,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
s. H. i. nike.
Hestia idea nihe Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 65 (igo3) [Auct.].
Hestia d'urvillei nihe Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224, pl. iSa,
fig. I cf (1910).
t. H. i. hem er a.
Hestia idea hemera Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 65 {i9o3) [Auct.].
Hestia d' iirvillei hemera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 224 (1910).
Nectaria diurvillei hemera Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16,
p. 642, Met. (1925).
u. H. i. strigata. '
Hestia idea f. strigata van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, p. 217, fig. 3 (igio)
[Leid.].
V. H. i. ariina.
Nectaria d’urviUei (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 216 (i883).
Hestia idea ariina Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 17, p. i33 (1904) [Auct,].
Hestia d’urvillei arnna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 225, pl. 75«,
fig. 3 cf (1910).
w. H. i. key ensis.
Hestia ideaheyensis Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 161 (1899) [Auct.].
Hestia d’urvillei heyensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 225 (1910).
Obi.
Halmaheira, Batjan.
?
Waigeu.
Salawati.
Nouv.-Guinee occid;
Biak.
Soek.
Aru.
Gr. Kei.
FAM. DANAIDIDiE
85
4. Genre AMAURIS Hubner
Amauris Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816),
Danais (part.) Godart, Enc, Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. V^ol. g, p. 174 (1819).
Amaura Geyer, Zutr. Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. p. 3g (iSSz).
Danais (Sect. I), Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91 (1847).
Amauris Kirb}’, S}'!!. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8 (1871); Saalinuller, Abh. Senck, Nat. Ges. Vol. 17, Lep.
Madag. p. 78 (1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o (i885); Schatz, ibidem, Vol. 2,
p. 83 (1886); Mabille, Grandidier’s Hist. Plws. Nat. Pol. Madag. Vol. 18 (i), p. 6 (1886);
Trimen, South Afr. Butt. p. 56 (1887); Aurivillius, Rhcp. Aethiop. p. 36 (1898); Aurivillius,
Seitz’ GiOssschm. Vol. 18, p. 78 (1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sc. p. 48 (1922).
Caracteres generaux. — Antennes a peu pres comme chez Danaida, la massue forte, tres
distincte, longue, comprimee lateralement. Palpes ascendants, recouverts de poils fins et courts, le
dernier article un peu porrige. Ailes anterieures de forme variable, chez le generalement elanc6es,
a hapex plus ou moins etire et au bord terminal concave en dessous, comme chez Danaida formosa,
Godman et allies; chez dGutres especes, Tapex est entierement arrondi et le bord terminal convexe;
chez la ailes anterieures plus rondes et larges; nervure ii libre, parfois faiblement anastomosee
avec 12, shnserant bien avant Tapex de la cellule ; 10 placee un peu avant Tapex; la discocellulaire
superieure absente ou extremement reduite ; la mediane faiblement oblique, Tensemble des
discocellulaires par consequent beaucoup moins concave que dans le genre Danaida, plutot comme chez
Euploea. Aile posterieure possedant souvent un bord anal relativement long chez certaines especes et
generalement chez les 9 forme plus ronde; l’eperon precostal du point de bifurcation de la nervure 8
et de la cellule; cellule longue, discocellulaire superieure comme chez Danaida mais beaucoup plus
longue chez Amaiirina \ la mediane est droite ou plus generalement un peu concave, hinferieure assez
longue oblique. Ongles tarsiens simples. Valve conchiforme, la partie visible plus ou moins triangulaire,
a apex ventral plus ou moins pointu, ses bords concaves, convexes ou droits; dorsalement les valves
presentent deux pinceaux exsertibles. Dorsum long, chitinise. Uncus court en forme de lame.
Scaphiums chitinises emettant un lobe distinet. Penis avec talon en forme de gouttiere (cfr. C. R.
Congr Soc. Sav. 1921, p. g6, suiv. 1922 par M. i.e Cerf).
Metamorphoses. — Chenille : cylindrique, pubescente, a quatre ou cinqpaires de tentacules
sur les segments 2, 3, 5, ii, 12.
Chrysalide : courte et grosse, partie proximale obtusement arrondie, cremaster long en forme
de pedoncule ; surface luisante (cfr. Aurivillius in Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 78).
Distributiori geographique. — Toute TAfrique tropicale et subtropicale, y inclus les
Mascareignes et Mauritius.
Type du ger.re. — Papilio niavius Linne.
Systematique. — Le genre Amauris est bien caracterise tant par sa forme et sa coloration que
par sa structure. Dans sa monographie des Limnaina (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. i883, p. 226 suiv.) Moore
Ta divise en quatre genres differents qui, plus tard, n’ont ete conserves que comme groupes ou
sous-genres. En eftet, les caracteres sexuels secondaires du cf, le dessin et la forme, meme la
nervulation indiquent cette division. Mais il parait excessif de vouloir faire un genre de chaque ensemble
d’especes qui se ressemblent plus entre elles qu’a certaines autres. Dans son bel ouvrage « Rhopalocera
86
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
yRthiopica )) 1898, p. 64, le Prof. Aurivillius reunit toutes les especes dans le seul genre Amauris
Hiibner. Mais dans « Sjostedts Kiliinandjaro-Meru Expedition », Vol. g, p. 2 (1910) il cree un genre
nouveau : Amaurina pour A. ansorgei Sharpe (le genotype) et A. ellioti Butler, genre qu’il conserve dans
Seitz’ Grossschmetterl. der Erde, Vol. i3, p. 77 (1910), y ajoutant, bien qu’avec un doute, A. grogani
Sharpe. Pour creer son genre Tauteur prend pour base la position de la nervure 7 des ailes posterieures
(tres eloignee de 6, vers le milieu, entre celle-ci et 8). Les autres caracteres de nervulation, etc., Taspect
general de forme, dessin et coloration sont comme chez Ainanris s. s. II parait donc preferable et
plus naturel de traiter Amaurina comme sous-genre. Sans doute, il reste a apprecier des differences de
barmure genitale qui a ete si bien etudiee p>ar M. Le Cerf dans les « Comptes rendus du Congres des
Societes Savantes, Sciences », 1921, p. 91 et 1922, p. 43. Mais si on examine soigneusement le tableau
de cet auteur (ibidem, 1922, p. 46) on ne voit pas de differences si absolues et si tranchees qu’elles
nous forcent a admettre le genre Amaurina. Si reelles qibelles soient entre Amaurina et Amauris,
sufhsent-elles a la creation d’un genre ? Dans raffrrmative il faudrait, alors, d’autres genres dans les
Amauris. Somme toute, il nous semble que A. ansorgei et constituent un groupe tres differencie
en plusienrs points des autres especes, mais devant se rattacher generiquement a Tancien genre
Amauris, ce qui n’empeche pourtant pas de considerer Amaurina comme le groupe le mieux
differencie. Le fait qu’on ne separe pas generiquement des individus ne signifie pas qu’on les mette sur
pied d’egalite. On admet des degres d’affinite, on differencie plus ou moins, on classe a proximite ou a
distance, mais on ne separe pas ce qui dans Tordre de la creation semble uni.
Vient ensuite la question de la classification des especes entre elles. Dans la generalite, nous
suivons, ici, celle adoptee par le Prof. Aurivillius dans Seitz’ Vol. i3. A la suite de son etude de Tarmure
genitale, M. Le Cerf modifie notablement le systeme du maitre suedois, unissant plusienrs «especes»
en une seule, erigeant des varietes en especes, et rangeant des formes, considerees jusque la comme
appartenant a telle espece, sous telle autre espece. Ces travaux (C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav., Scienc. 1921,
p. 91 et 1922, p. 43 [1922 et 1923]) n’etant, d’apres 1’auteur lui-meme, que le resume dhine revision a
paraitre ulterieurement, les raisons determinantes de ce nouveau S5'steme n’ont pu etre exposees aussi
longuement qu’il le faudrait pour se prononcer en connaissance de cause; surtout quand il s’agit d’un
changement assez considerable dans la classification generalement admise. D’autre part, quoiqu’on ait
ecrit beaucoup, principalement en ces dernieres annees, sur 1’armure genitale — etudes des plus
necessaires puisque la systematique doit se baser sur tous les caracteres — il n’a pas encore ete
suffisamment demontre quelle est la valeur exacte des donnees fournies par ces etudes. Les auteurs
ne sont pas nettement d’accord. Sans nier la grande importance de cette partie de la inorphologie et
de ranatomie, on reconnaitra que lorsque les etudes conduisent a des conclusions differentes — comme
c’est le cas pour les Amauris — la preuve n’est pas faite de la hierarchie des caracteres. D’autre
part, la ressemblance minime dans 1’armure genitale ne signifie pas necessairement affinite et unite
specifiques ; et d’autre part la differenciation plus grande que d’ordinaire dans une meme espece ne dit
pas forcement difference specifique (i).
I. Sous-Genre CADYTIS Moore
Cadytis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 226 (i883). — Type : A. vashti Butler; Aurivillius, Rhop.
Aethiop. p. 34 (1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 73 (1911).
(i) Il menerait trop loin de prouver cette these. Mais il me semble qu'on Toublie frequemment dans les ouvrages
systematiques, en confondant ressemblance morphologique et affinite specifique.
FAM. DANAIDID^
87
Caracteres. — Le sans tache androconiale aux posterieures, mais celles-ci pouivues de
longs et fins poils des deux cotes de la nervure ib. Ailes anterieures plus elancees que dans le groupe
suivaiit; la cellule plus etioite. Une seule espece, relativement grande.
I. A. vashii, Pl. 3, Fig. 6. Afrique occid. (Nigeria-
Danais vashti ^ Butler, Cist. Ent. Vol. i, p. i (1869) [B. M.]. Kongo.)
Amauris vashti Butler. Lep. Exot Vol. i, p. 54. pl. 21, fig. i (1870); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 639, n. ibis (1871).
Cadytis vashti INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 226 (i883).
Amatiris vashti Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o (i885); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth. p. 37(1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 73,
pl. 23rf, fig. I rf (191 1 ) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 97,
f. 2 (2), p. 99, f. 3 (8), 1922 ; Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922 (1923).
2. Sous-Genre amauris Hubner
Amauris Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816) — Type : A niavius L.; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond. p. 226 (i883). • — Type : Papilio niavius L.
Nebroda Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 228 (i883). — Type : A. echeria Stoll.
Berethis Moore, ibidem, p. 229. — Type : A. pJiaedon F.
Amauris Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 36 (i8gS).
Nebroda Aurivillius, ibidem, p. 36.
Berethis Aurivillius, ibidem, p. 37.
Amauris Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 73 (1911).
Berethis Aurivillius, ibidem, p. 77.
Caracteres. — Ailes : anterieures plus larges ; posterieures du a tache androconiale brune
ou noiratre sur la partie distale de la nervure i divisee par celle-ci.
2. A. niavius.
a. A. n. niavius. Afrique trop. et subtrop.
Papilio niavius Linne, Syst. Nat, ed. 10, p. 470 (1758); Clerck, Icon. Ins. rar. Sierra - Leone - Angola-
Vol. 2, pl. 32, fig. 2 (1764): Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. 4, pl. 2, fig. F G Konc^o
(1775)-
Papilio niavius (sic) Fabricius, Spec Ins. Vol. 2, p. 52 (1781).
Papilio niavices (sic) Fabricius. Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 25 (1787).
Papilio niavius Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 24, pl. 122, fig. 4, 5 (p (1793) ;
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i). p. 40 (1793).
Amauris niavia Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816).
Danais niavia Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 182 (1919) ; Lucas.
Lep. Exot. p. 89, pl. 46. fig I (1845).
Danais niavius Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 4 (1847) ; Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 44 (1866).
Amaris niavius Kirby, Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 6 (1871); Aurivillius, '
Kongl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Vol. ig (5), p. 63 (1S82); Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 226 (i883); Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o
(i885); Schatz, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 83. 84, pl. 9 (1S86); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aethiop. p. 87 (1898).
Amauris niavius niavius Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74, pl. 23rf.
fig. 3 o' (iQii).
Amauris niavius Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 399, pl. 20 (igiS);
Le Cerf, C. R. Cong. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 97, fig. II, 3 (1922) ; Le Cerf,
l. c. 1922, p. 5o (1923).
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
b A. n. dominicanus.
Danais niaviusvAx. Trimen, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 26, p. 5ii, Sai, pl. 41,
fig- 6 cf (1869).
Amauris dominicanus Trimen. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 323 Q (1879) [Hili].
Aniauris dominicana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (i883).
Amauris niavius Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o. pl. aS q* (i885).
Amauris dominicanus Trimen, South Afr. Butt. Vol. i, p. 61 (1887).
Amauris niavius var. dominicanus Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 37 (1898).
Amauris niavius dominicanus Q Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, pl. 23,
fig. 2 (1909) ; cf Rogers, ibidem, p. 499, pl. 26, fig. i (1909); Aurivillius,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74, pl. 23r, fig. 2, 3 (1910).
Amauris niavius var. dominicanus Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o
(1923).
Amauris niavius dominicanus Rogers et van Someren. Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H.
Soc. p. i3, pl. 2, fig. I, 2, pl. 3, fig. 8, 9 (1925).
C. A. 11. athiofs.
Amauris niavius athiops Rothschild et Jordan, Nov. Zool. Vol. 9, p. 5o3 (1903)
[Tring]; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74 (1911) ; Le Cerf, C.
R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o (1923).
3. A. damocles.
a. A. d. damocles.
Papilio enceladus Brown, 111. Zool. p. iS, pl. g (1776).
Papilio damocles Palisot de Beauvois, Ins. Afr. Lep. p. 239, pl. 6, fig. 3(1, 36
(i8o5).
Amauris damocles Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 3(i (1871); Moore. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (i883) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o
(i885).
Amauris egialea Haase, Bib. Zool. Vol. 8, p. 2, pl. 4, fig. 25 (1891).
Amauris psyttalea K&xsch., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 201 (1893); (part.)
Aurivillius, Rhop. .-Aethiop. p. 37-38 (1898).
A waifrA Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74 (1911).
Amauris damocles Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o (1923).
Amauris damocles damocles Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. H. et Ug. N. H.
Soc p. i5, pl. 2, fig. 3, pl 3, fig. 10, pl. 7 ov. (igaS).
Amauris damocles Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 16, p. 642
(1925).
a' A. d. damocles ab. albidior.
Amauris damocles var. albidior Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8. p. 368 {1896) [Berl.].
A. d. damocles f. psyllalea.
Amauris psyitalea Pldtz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 41, p. 189 (1880); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aeth p. 87 (1898).
Amauris psyitalea psyitalea Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 223, pl. g, fig. i a (f
(1906).
Amauris damocles damocles ab. Neave. Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 74, pl. aSd,
fig. 3 cf (igii)-
Amauris psyitalea Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. i53, pl. ii (igiS);
Holland, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. Vol. 48, p. 119 (1920).
Amauris damocles i. psyitalea De Cexi, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o
(1923).
.Amauris damocles damocles i. psyitalea Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug.
N. H. Soc. p. 14, pl. 2, fig. 5, pl. 3, fig. ii (igzS).
afi A. d. damocles ab. intermedia.
Amauris psyitalea dib. intermedia Griinberg, Wiss. Ergebn. D. Zentr. Afr. Exped.
Vol. 3, p. 5o6 (1911).
a"* A. d. damocles ab. psyttaloides.
Amauris damocles psyitalea s.h. psyttaloides Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. 79 A (7),
p. 139-140 (1918) [Berl.].
Natal, Afrique orient.
Abyssinie.
Afrique tropicale,
Afrique occid. (Sierra-
Leone, Ang., Uganda).
Uganda.
Kamerun.
FAM. DANAIDID^
d. damochs ab, bidundana. Kameiun.
A»hiun'sditmocles ah. bibundiiita Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. 'jgA('j), p. 140(1913)
[Berl.].
a® A . d. damochs ab. tartaroides. Kamerun.
Amauris damochs ab. tartaroides Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. 79 A (7), p. 140 (igiS)
[Berl,].
a'^ A. d. damochs ab. bassana. Kamerun.
Amauris damochs ab. bassana Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. 79A (7), p. 140 (igiS)
[Berl.].
a® A. d. damochs ab. mosarti (i). Kamerun.
Amauris mozarti Suffert, Iris, Vol. 17, p. 12 (1904).
Amauris mozarti Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 14, p. 74 (1911).
Amauris hecatoides mozarti Le Cerf, C. R- Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. gS, 97,
f. I, 3; II. 4 (1922).
Amauris inferna f.-ind. mozarti Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 49 (1923).
A. d. damochs f. bulbifeva. Afrique occ.
Amauris bulbifera Q Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. ig, p. 369
(1887) [Hili]; Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 14, p. 260, fig. i o* ; pl. 3,
fig. I, 1 u, ib. Metam. (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38 {1898) ;
Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74, pl. 25a, fig. 2 (f (1911).
Amauris damochs f. ind. bulbifera Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 5o (1923).
a*® A. d. damochs f. tavtarea. Afrique trop. occ., Ka-
Amauris t art are a ^lahWXe, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. i, p. 199 (1876). merun, CongO.
Amauris damochs var. gahunica Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol 2, p. 39 (1881)
[Stockh.].
Amauris tartarea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (i883); Aurivillius,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74, pl. 25 a. fig. i o* (1911).
Amauris damochs tartarea Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. gS, 99,
fig. I, 4, III, II (1922).
a^i A. d. damochs ab. reata.
Amauris tartarea reata Q Suffert, Iris, Vol. 17, p. i3 {19041 [Hili].
Amauris tartarea ab. reata Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74 (1911).
Amauris damochs f. ind. reata Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 5o (1923).
b. A. d. damoclides. Afrique orient.
Amauris damochs var. damoclides Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, 1895, p. 367, pl. 7,
fig. 3 (1S96) [Berl.].
Amauris psyttaha var. «lux/arLdw Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38 (1898).
Amauris psyttaha f. damoclides Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 223, pl. 9,
fig. 2 cf 3 O (1906).
Amauris damochs damoclides Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 74,
pl. 25 b, fig. 3 cf (igii)-
Amauris damochs var. damoclides Boullet, Bull. Nat. Mus. Paris, pl. hbis,
fig. I (i9i3).
Amauris damochs damoclides Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o
(1923).
Amauris damochs damochs f. damoclides Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et
Ug. N . H. Soc. p. 14, pl. 2, fig. 6, pl. 3, fig, 12 (1925).
(i) A . est placee provisoirement dans le groupe de niavius et damochs par IM. Aurivillius (Seitz, Vol. i3,
p. 74). Dans son travail sur les Danaididae africaines, cite plus haut, M. Le Cerf la considere comme une forme individuelle
de Btl. Ne serait-ce pas une erreur de deterinination? Le professeur Strand dans Arch. Naturg. Vol. 'jga (7), p. 140
(1913) admet la possibilite de Tunite specifique de damochs, tartarea et mozarti. a cause de re.\istence d’une sorte d’interme-
diaire. Or, il avait sous les yeu.v le type de mozarti, comme il le dit, d’ailleurs, a la page suivante ; il pouvait donc juger
mieux que n’importe qui de Tidentite de celte forme. Il n’aurait certaincment pas emis Thypothese de Tunite specifique de
ces formes, si mozarti n'eiix\t pas tres voisine des deux autres especes et surtout si elle n’etait qu’une forme de inferna.
90
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
b' A. d. damoclides ab. lecerfi.
Amauris damocles lecerfi Boullet, Bull. Nat. Mus. Paris, p. 842, pl. 6 his, fig. 2,
(1913) [Par.].
Amauris damocles f. ind. le cerfi Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 5o,
(1923).
b" A. d. damoclides ab. amplificata.
Amauris damocles damoclides ab. amplificata Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. (9), Vol. 16, p. 643 (1925).
4. A. fenestrata.
Amauris fenestrata Auri villius, Ark. Zool. Vol. 3 (19), p. i, fig. 36 ( 1906) [Par.] ;
Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76, pl. 25 fig. i cf (igii).
Amauris egialea f. ind. fenestrata Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49
(1923).
5. A. nossima.
Danais nossima Ward, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. 2, p. 225 (1870) [Par.].
Amauris nossima Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 689. n. 5his (1871).
Danais nossima Ward, Afr. Lep. Vol. 5, pl. 5, fig. i (1878).
Amauris nossima Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 228 (i883) : Saalmuller, Abh.
Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17. Lep. Madag. p 78 (1884) ; Mabille, Hist. Madag.
Lep. Vol. I, p. 8, pl. I, fig 3 (1886); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38
(1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 75, pl. ■zid. fig. 2 cf
(igii) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1928)
■S' A. nossima ab. interrupta.
Amauris nossima var. interrupta Boullet, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 38i (1912) [Par ].
Amauris nossima var. conjuncta Boullet, Bull. Nat. Mus. Paris, p. 348, pl. 6bis,
fig. 4 (1913) [Par.].
Amauris nossima f. conjuncta Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49
(1928).
6. A. ochlea.
Danais ochlea Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. Vol. 2, p. 589 (1847).
Euploea ochlea Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. (Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Vol. 2 (4),
p 20 (1857).
Danais ochlea Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p, 85, pl 2, fig 6 (1862); Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 44 (1866).
Amauris ochlea Rezkari. Proc Ac. N. Sc. Phil. p. 241 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 5 (1871) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 228 (i883) ;
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i , p. 5o (i885) ; Trimen, South. Afr. Butt.
Vol. I , p. 60 (1887) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38 (1898) ; Rogers, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908. p. 499, pl. 27, fig. i (fi (1909); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. i3, p 75, pl. 24U, fig. i Q (1911); Eltringham, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. iSg, pl. 18, fig. 8, 9 (igiS) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc.
Sav. 1922. Sci. p. 49 (1923) ; Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug.
N. H. Soc. p. 14, pl. 5, fig. I, pl. 3, fig. 7 (1925).
7. A. ochleides.
a. A. 0. ochleides.
Amauris ochleides Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8 (1895), p. 366, pl. 8, fig. 2 (1896)
[Berl.]; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38 (1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 75 {1911).
Amauris ochlea ochleides Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci p. 49 (1923).
b. A. 0. darius.
Amauris ochleides darius Rothschild et Jordan, Nov. Zool. Vol. 10, p. 5o3 (igod)
[Tring]; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 75 (1911); Le Cerf, C.
R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923)
C. A. 0. bumilleri.
Amauris bumilleri Lanz, Iris, Vol. 8, 1895, p. 38o, pl. 7, fig. i (1896).
Amauris ochleides bumilleri Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3. p. 75, pl. 246,
fiR- I C (1911) : Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923).
Tanganyika.
Congo fran5ais.
Madagascar, Mayotte.
Afrique orient.
Afrique orient.
Abyssinie.
Abyssinie merid.
Tanganyika, Nyassa.
FAM. DANAIDiD^
91
d. A. 0. affinis.
Amauris ochleides var. Aurivillius, Voeltzk. Reis. Ostafr. Vol. 2, p. 3i2,
pl. 19. fig. I cf (1909) [Stockh.].
Amauris ochleides affinis Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 75, pl. 7.5 c,
fig'. 3 Q (1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p 49 (1923).
8. A. lygia. — Pl. 3, Fig. 5 (i).
Amauris lygia Hulstaert, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 12, p. 476 (1924) [Terv.].
9. A. hecate.
a. A. h. hecate.
Danais egialea (2) Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 3, pl. ii,
fig. 3 (1S47).
Danais hecate Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 44 (1866) [B. M.].
Amauris hecate Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 4 (1871); Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o
(iSSS); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 89 (1898) ; Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. p. 223, pl. 9, fig. i (1906); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3,
p. 75, pl. 24 i, fig. 2 cf (igii); Eltringham. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 160, pl. i3, 18, fig. io-i3 (1915); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav.
1931, Sci. p. 95, 97, 99, fig. I, 5, II, 5, III, 12 (1922); Le Cerf, ibidem,
1922, Sci. p. 49(1923); Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H.
Soc. p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 8 ; pl. 4, fig. I (1925).
a' A. h. hecate ab. reducta.
Amauris hecate Q f. reducta Bartel, Nov. Zool. Vol. 12, p. 129 (igoo) [Berl.].
Amauris hecate f. reducta Aurivillius, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 75 (1911).
Amauris hecate f. ind. reducta Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 49 (1923).
b. A. h. stidica.
Amauris hecate stictica Rotschild et Jordan, Nov. Zool. Vol. 9, p. 504 (1903)
[Tring], Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. yS (1911); Le Cerf,
C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923).
10. A. dira (3).
Neave, Nov. Zool. Vol. 1 1, p. 324, pl. i, fig". i cf (1904) [Oxf.];
Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76 (1911) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr.
Soc Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923); Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et
Ug. N. H. Soc. p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 7 (1925).
11. A. hecatoides.
Amauris hecatoides Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 22, p. ii3, fig. 19 (1901)
[Stockh.]; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. yS, pl. 25 c, fig. i q*
(1911).
Amauris inferna hecatoides Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (ig23).
a. A hecatoides ab. reuteri.
Amauris hecate ab. reuteriSi.r3.n1l. Wien. Ent, Zeitschr.Vol. 29, p. 3i (1910) [Berl.].
Amauris hecatoides reuteri Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76 (1911).
Amauris inferna f. ind. reuteri Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49
(1923).
12. A. inferna.
a. A. i. inferna.
Amauris inferna Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 79 (1871) [Hili]; Butler,
Lep. Exot. p. 86, pl. 33, fig. 2 (1872); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. ju 692,
n. 8 ( 1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 227 (i883) ; Aurivillius, Rhop.
Aethiop. p. 39 (189S); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76, pl. 246,
fig. 3 cf (1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc, Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1923).
Comores.
Congo sept.
Afrique N.-E. et occid.
Afr. occ. (Sierra-Leone-
Congo-Uganda.)
Kamerun.
Abyssinie.
Uganda.
Afrique tropicale occid.
Ashanti -Gabun-Uganda.
Afrique tropic. et occ.
(i) Est peut-etre une forme de hyalites Butler.
(2,) Sur la planche, la fig. 3 porte le nom Euploea niavius. mais dans une note a la page 90 les auteurs expliquent
qu’il faut lire Danais egialea.
(3) Semble etre une forme de hecate Butler.
92
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
a' A. i. inferna ab. infernalis.
Amauris inferna a.\>. infernalis Strand, Arch. Natiirg. Vol. 77A, Suppi. Vol. 4,
p. 108 (lyi i) [Berl ].
b. A. i. imfar.
Amauris.^ egi alea var. Aurivillius, Voy. Bar. Rothsch. Rhop. p. 335, pl. 49I,
fig-. I (1922) [Stockh.].
Amauris inferna impar Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1924).
i3. A. egialea.
a. A. e. grogani.
Amauris grogani cf Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. 8, p. 278 (1901 1 [B. M.].
Amaurina {l) grogani Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol. i3, p.77 (1911) ; Le Cerf,
C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (i923).
Amauris egialea similis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i (i), p. 46, pl. 9,
fig. 5 U921) [Hili.].
Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. Nat. Hist. Soc.
Vol. I, p. 17, pl. 4, fig. 7, pl. 5, fig. 2 (1925).
b. A. e. egialea.
Papilio egialea Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 2, p. 146, pl. 192, fig. D (1779); Fabri-
cius, Spec. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 102 (1781).
Papilio damocles Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), p. 41, n. 121 (lygS).
Papilio egialea Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 23, pl 122, fig. 3 Q (i793j,
Amauris egialea Htibner, Verz. Bek. Schmett. p. 14 (1816).
Danais damocles Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 182 (1819).
Danais egialea (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 3 (1847).
Danais egialea Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 43 (1866); Butler, Cat. Fabr.
Lep. B. M. p. 4 (1869).
Amauris egialea Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. 3 (1871); Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227 (i883): Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i,
p. 5o (i885); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 39 (1S98) ; Aurivillius, Seitz'
Grossschm. Vol i3. p. 76, pl. zSr, fig. 2 cf ab. (1911) ; Eltringham, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. i55, pl. 12, 18, fig. 1-7 (igiSi; Le Cerf, C R. Congr.
Soc. Sav. 1922. Sci. p. 49 (1923).
Uganda.
Sierra-Leone-Angola,
Uganda.
Uganda, Ruanda.
Afrique occid.
14. A. torleyi sp. n. (i).
Amauris torleyi Hulstaert, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 14, p. 61 (1926).
Kivu.
15. A. dannfelti, — Pl. 3, Fig. 4 (2). Kongo.
Amauris dannfelti Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 12, p. 196 (1891) [Stockh.];
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethtop. p. 39, f. 5 cf (1898): Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol 1 3, p. 76 {191 1).
Amauris egialea dannfelti Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923).
16. A. hyalites. Kamerun-Angola.
Amauris hyalites cf Butler, Cist. Ent. Vol. i, p. 209 (1874) [B- IM.] ; Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692, n. 7 (1877) ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 227
(i883).
Amauris difficilis Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 12, p. 194, 196 (1891) [Stockh.].
(1) Dessus : Aile anterieure avec des taches dans la cellule et sous la nervure 2 comme chez grogani Sharpe ; taches
postcellulaires bien separees, petites, et situees en ligne droite avec la tache submarginale sous la nervure 4; taches sous-
costales et subapicales comme chez grogani ; taches submarginales sous 3 et 2 nettement plus petites que celle sous 4.
Posterieure avec deux points subapicaux, la base comme chez grogani, mais la bande d’un brun jaunatre sale,
indistinctement limitee en dehors et ne depassant pas les nervures 2 et 6; la tache androconiale atteignant la nervure 8 a la
cote, brun fonce, a peu pres comme la couleur du fond ; celle-ci brune aux posterieures, noire aux anterieures.
Dessous : Comme dessus, mais avec les differences usuelles de la couleur et les taches submarginales plus nombreuses
aux anterieures, et quelques points antemarginaux aux deux ailes.
I cf Lulenga (Kivu) 1923 (P. v. d. Houd).
Peut etre une race de egialea.
(2) Semble etre une forme de inferna Butler ou, peut-etre, de egialea Cramer. G
FAM.. DANAIDIDiE
93
Anumris egialea Swinhoe, Journ Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 25, p. 343, pl. 17,
fig'. 6 (1896).
Anuxuris hyalites Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 38 (1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76, pl. 24(1, fig. 2 Q , 3 o* (igii); Holland, Bull.
Amer. Mus. N. H. Vol. 43, p, 120 (1920).
Amauris egiaUxx hyalites Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1923).
17. A. scliuhotsi (i).
Amauris schubotzi Schultze. Ent. Rundschau, Vol. 3i, p. 47 (1914) [Hamb.] ;
Schultze, Erg. 2« D. Z. Afr. Exp. Vol. i, 12, Lep. p. 558, pl. 25, fig. 6 cf
(1917)-
rS. A. echeria.
a. A. e. occidentalis.
Amauris echeria occidentalis Schmidt, Iris, Vol. 35, p. 33 (1921).
b. A. e. fernandina.
Amauris fernandina Schultze, Ent. Rundschau, Vol 3i, p. 47 (1914) [Hamb.];
Schultze, Erg. 2^ D. Z. Afr. Exp. Vol. i, 12, Lep. p. 558, pl. 25, fig. 7 cf
;i9i7).
C. A. e. echeria.
Papilio echeria Stoll, Cramer : Uitl. Kap. Suppi, p. i35, pl. 29. fig. 2,26 (1790).
Amauris echeria Hiibner, Verz. beh. Schmett. p. 14 (1816).
Danais vaillantiana Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, ii. i83 (1819).
Danais echeria Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 91, n. 2 (1847); Trimen.Rhop.
Afr. Austr. p. 86 (1862); Butler, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 43 (1866); Tri-
men. Trans. Linn Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 26, p. 52i, pl. 42, fig. 3 (1869).
Amauris echeria Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn Lep. p. 8, n. 2 (1871).
Nebroda echeria tslooxe, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 228 (i883).
Amauris echeria Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p.5o(i885); Trimen, South.
Afr. Butt. Vol. I, p. 57 (1887); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 3g {1898).
Amauris echeria echeria Neave. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 223, pl. 9, fig'. 6 cf.
7 O (igo6).
Amauris echeria Poulton, ibidem, 1908, pl. 23, fig. 5 cf (1909); Aurivillius,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76. pl. 24 c, fig. i cf (1911).
Amauris echeria echeria Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, ,Sci. p. 48 (1923).
di. A. e stcckeri.
Amauris steckeri l\hA\. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 33, p. 393, fig. liSSg).
Amauris echeria var. Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 89 (1898).
Amauris echeria steckeri Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76 (1911).
Amauris echeria streckeri Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 98, f. I, 2,
p. 99, f. III, 4 (1922); Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 48 (ig23).
e. A, e. jacksoni. — Pl, 3, Fig. 1.
Amauris jacksoni Sh&r-pe.. Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 663, pl.48,fig. 2 (iSgzl.
Amauris echeria v&r . jacksoni AmivWVwxs, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 89 (1898).
Amauris echeria jacksoni Neave, Trans Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 228, pl. 9, fig. ib (f
3b Q (1906I ; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3. p. 76, pl. 24C, fig. 2,
3 (f (igi i) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 95, f. II 1. 7 (1922) ;
Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922. p. 48 (1923); Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A.
et Ug. N. H. Soc. p. 18. pl. 4, fig. 3, 4,’^!. 5, fig. 5, pl. 8, fig. ii, 12, i3,
Metam. (1925).
e' A. e. jacksoni f. alba.
Amauris echeria var. alba Neustetter, Iris, Vol. 3o, p. 96 (1917) [Auct.].
f. A. e. simulator.
Amauris echeria j/widitfwr Schoutedcn, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 14, p. 226 (1926L
Kongo.
Kamerun-Afrique merid.
et orient.-Ab}’ssinie.
Kamerun.
Fernando-Po.
Angola-Cap-Natal.
Abyssinie.
Afriqueorient.-Abj^ssinie.
Afrique orient.
Katanga.
(i) Est probablement une formc de hyalites Butler.
94
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
19. A. oscayus (i).
Amaufis echeria var. oscayus Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p. 3oi
( i9o3) [Berl.].
Amauris echeria mx . prominens Griinberg, Sitzungsb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin,
p. 5o, pl. 2, fig. I (1908) [Berl.]
Amauris echeria oscarus Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 76, pl 24^,
fig- I (1911)-
Amauris oscarus Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1923);
Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 18, pl. 4,
fig. 2, pl. 5, fig. 3, 4. pl. 6 ov. (1925).
20. A. albimac-ulata .
Danais echeria var. Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. Vol. 2, p. 58g (1847).
Euploea echeria var. Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr. (Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Vol. 2, 4),
p. 20 (1857).
Danais echeria var. Trimen. Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 87 (1862); Trimen, Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 26, p. 507, pl. 42, fig. 7 (1869).
Amauris echeria var. albimaculaia Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4). Vol. 16,
p. 394 (1875) [B. M ].
Amauris echeria var. a. albimaculaia Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692,
n. 2 {1877)
Nebroda albimaculaia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. p. 228 (i883).
Amauris echeria var. albimaculaia Aurivillius, Rhoj). Aethiop. p. 40 (189S;.
Amauris albimaculaia albimaculaia Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 223, pl, 9,
fig- 4 Cf- 5 Q (1906)
Amauris albimaculaia 'PoxAto-n., ibidem. 1908, pl. 23, fig. 4 Q (1909); Rogers.
ibidem, pl. 28, fig. 1 Q (1909); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3,
p. 76, pl . 25 d, fig 2 0*(i9ii).
Amauris echeria var. albimaculaia Griinberg, D. Zentr Afr. Exp. p. Soj
(1911).
Amauris albimaculaia Le Cerf, C. R. CongT. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 99, fig. III, 5
(1922) ; Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 49 (1923).
Amauris albimaculaia albimaculaia Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug.
N. H. Soc. p. 19, pl. 4, fig. 5. pl. 5, fig. 6, 7 (igzS)
20' A. a. albimaculata ab. magnimaciila
Amatiris albimaculaia form. magnimacula Rebel, Ann. K. K. Naturh. Hofm.
Wien, Vol. 28 (3, 4), p. 23i (1914) [Wien.].
20" A. albimaculaia ab. hanuingtoni.
Amauris hanuingtoni (g Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. gr (1888) [B. M.];
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 39 (1898).
Amauris albimaculata hanuingtoni Neave, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 223, pl 9,
fig. 2rt cf, Za Q (1906); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77,
pl. 24 J, fig. 4 Q (1911).
Amauris hanuingtoni Griinberg, D. Zentr. Afr. Exp. Vol. 3, p. 5o6 (1911).
Amauris albimaculata hanuingtoni Le Cerf, C. R Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 49 (1923); Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H, Soc.
p. 20, pl. 4, fig. 6, II, pl. 5, fig. 8, pl. 7, fig. 2, Metam. (igzS).
21. A. lobengiila.
a. A. l. lobengiila. — Pl. 3, Fig. 3.
Nebroda lobengula (f Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. '6), Vol. 6, p. 846 (1890) [Hili].
Amauris lobengula Kirby, Handb. Lep. Vol. i, p. 22, pl. 6. fig. i {1894);
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 40 (1898). ^
Amauris lobengula lobengula Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, pl. 25d,
fig. I cf (igii)-
Amauris lobengula Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1928).
b. A. l. whytei.
Amauris ivhytei Butler, Proc. Zool; Soc. Lond. 1898, p. 644 (1894) [B. M.];
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 40 (1898).
Uganda .
Afrique merid. et orient.
Kivu.
Afrique orient.
Afrique centr.
Matabeleland, Nyassa.
bJyassa.
(i) Cette espece est tres proche de lobengula Sharpe (n. 21) et n'en est, peut-etre, qu’une race.
FAM. DANAIDlDyE
95
Amauris lobengtda whytei Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p, 77 (1911).
Amauris whytei Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 161, pl. 14, 19, fig. 14-16
(x9i5).
Amauris crawshayi f. ind. whytei Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48
(1923).
b' A. l. ivhyiei ab. crawshayi.
Amauris crawshayi q* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1896, p. 821, pl. 41. fig. i
(1897) [B. INI.]; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 40 (1893).
Amauris lobengula crawshayi Aurivillius. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77, pl. 24 rf,
fig. 2 cf (1911).
Amauris crawshayi Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1928).
C. A. l. hatavgae. Rhodesia, Katanga.
Amauris lohe?igu!a katangae Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 8, pl. i, fig. i cf
{1910) [B. IM.]; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77 (1911) ; Le Cerf,
C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1923).
d. A. l. sepietiirioiiis. . Kenya.
Amauris lobengula septentrionis PoViMon, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. XXVI (1924);
Rogers et van Somereu, Journ. E. A. et Ug. Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 21, pl. 4,
fig. 9, pl. IO, fig. 1, 2 (1925).
e. A. l. nwngallensis. Soudan.
Amauris lobengula mongallensis Carpenter, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 76, p. 35,
fig. (1928).
f. A. l. abessiiiica. Abyssinie.
Amauris lobengula ahessinica Schmidt, Iris, Vol. 35, p. 32 (1921).
g. A.l. cameruuica. Kamerun.
Amauris lobengula cameruuica Joicey et Talbot, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (g), Vol. 16,
p. 643 (1925).
22. A. reducta. Uganda.
Amauris crawshayi .reducta Aurivillius, Voy. Bar. Maur. Rothsch. Lep. Rhop.
p. 336, pl. 49b fig. 2 o* (1922) [Stochh.].
Amauris reducta Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 49 (1928).
23. A. intermedians sp. n. (i). Kamerun.
Amauris i7itermedians Hulstaert, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 14, p. 60 (1926).
24. A. comor ana. Comores.
Amauris comorana Oberthiir, Biill. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 191, f. 10 (1897) [Ob.] ;
Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 40(1898^; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. i5, p. 77(1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 99,
fig. III, 3 (1922); Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 48 (1923).
25. A. phaedon. Madagascar, Mauritius.
Papilio phaedon Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppi, p. 428 (1798) [Kjbb.).
Danais phaedone Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ius. Vol. 9, p. i83 (1819).
Amauraphaedone Geyer, Zutr. Hiibn. Exot. Schmett. p. 89, fig. 987, 988 Q (i832).
Euploea phaedone Boisduval, Faun. Ent. Madagasc., etc. p. 87, pl. 3, fig. 3 (i833).
(i) Forme des anterieures comme chez echeria Stoll ; le deuxieme article des palpes avec une strie comme chez albi-
inaculata Butler, maisblanche; la couleur des taches comme chez hanningtoni Butler.
Anterieures ; taches.discales et submarginales blanches, de la meme extension que chez lobengula Sharpe. — Poste-
rieures ; bande transversale un peu moins rapprochee du bord terminal que chez lobengula. donc les taches circumcellulaires
plus petites dans les deux sexes, surtout celle sous la nervure 5 qui est a peu pres ponctiforme sur presque tous les exemplaires.
Abdomen blanc en dessous comme la bande de Taile posterieure, rappelant albimaculata. Tache sexuelle du o* comme
chez cette espece.
I C? 4 Q sans localite, 3 cf avec la localite Kamerun (coli. Lamarche) au musee de Bruxelles.
Differe de echeria par la couleur de rabdomen et la strie des palpes ; de albimaculata par la forme des ailes anterieures
et le dessin ; de lobengula ])ar la taille, la bande des posterieures, la strie des pali)cs, la couleur de rabdomen.
96
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
D.inais phnedon Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. gi, n. i (1847) ; Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 48 (1866) ; Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr. B. M. p. 4 (1869).
Amaiiris phaedon Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 8, n. i (1871).
Bereihis phaedon Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 229 (i883).
Amanris phaedon Saalmuller, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17, Lep. Madag.
p. 73 (1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o (i885j; Mabille, in
Grandidier, Hist. Madag- Lep. Vol. i, p. 7, pl. i, fig. i, 2 (1886); Auri-
villius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 18, 1897, p. 142 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop.
Aethiop. p. 40 (i8g8); Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 488
(1908); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77, pl. 24^, fig. 4 cf
(1911) ; Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48 (1928).
3. Sous-Genre AMAURINA Aurivillius
Amaurina Aurivillius, iii .Sj5stedt Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp. Vol. g, p. 2 (1910). — Type : A. ansorgei
Sharpe; Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77 (1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav.
1922, Sc. p. .pS (ig23).
Caractenes. — Ailes anterieures : plus courtes; apex plus etire que chez les autres groupes.
Ailes posterieures : nervure 7 naissant presque au milieu entre 6 et 8, un peu plus rapprochee de
celle-ci.
Scaphiums incompletement soudes, membraneux sur la moitie environ de leur surface. Vesica
granuleuse, sans dents, ni epines; valve en carre arrondi. 9 Derniers tergite et sternite coinpletement
soudes; plaques chitineuses de Torifice genital tres asymetriques ; ovipositor fortement chitinise, a bord
libre denticule. (Cf. Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sc. p. 46.)
26. A. ellioii (sequentis subspecies ?). Ruwenzori.
Amanris eUiol4 cf Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat Ilist (6), Vol. 18, p, i58 (iSgS)
[B. M.] ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. iSgo, p. 828, pl. 42, fig. i cf
(1896): Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 40 (1898).
Amaurina ellioti Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77. pl. 25 fig. 2 cf
(i9ii);Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p. 48(1928).
zlanu/rA Rogers et van Someren, Journ. E. A. et Ug. N. H.
Soc. p. 22, pl. 4, fig. 8, pl. IO, fig. 4 (1925).
26' A. ellioti ab. styx.
Amaurina ellioti sh . styx B&he\, Ann. K. K. Natur. Hofm. Wien, Vol. 28 (8-4),
p. 281, pl. 18, fig. 3 {1914) [Wien.]
27. A. ansorgei.
a. A. a. ansorgei. — Pl. 4, Fig. 3.
Amattris ansorgei Sharpe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 6, p. 846 (1890); Auri-
villius, Rhop. Aeth. pi. 40 (1898).
Amaurina ansorgei Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 77, pl. 24 d. fig. 3 Q
(1911); Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1921, Sci. p. 95, f. I, i, p. gg,
fig. III, 6 (1922) ; Le Cerf, ibidem, 1922, p. 48 (1928).
Amattris (Amaurina) ansorgei Rogers et van Someren, E. A. et Ug. N. H. Soc.
p). 21, pl. 4, fig. IO, pl. IO, fig. 3 (1925)
a' A. a. ansorgei ab. torrefacta.
Amaurina ansorgei B.h. torrefacta Ceri, Bull. Nat. Mus. Paris, p. 89 (1920]
[Par.].
Amaurina ansorgei f. ind. torrefacta Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci.
p. 48 (1928).
b. A. a. junia.
Amaurina ansorgei var. junia Le Cerf, Bull. Nat. Mus. Paris, p. 40 (1920)
[Par.].
Amaurina ansorgei junia Le Cerf, C. R. Congr. Soc. Sav. 1922, Sci. p, 48 (1928).
Tanganyika N.-O.
Afrique orientale, centr.
Uganda?, Nyassa?
Tanganyika.
FAM. DANAIDID^
97
c. A. a. neavei , Afrique mer.
Amaurina ansorgei neavei Poiilton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 77, p. 473 (1929).
28. A. semivitrea.
FORME DOUTEUSE
A mauris semivitrea Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. Vol. i, p. 198 (1876); Aurivil-
lius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 40 (1898).
5. Genre EUPLOEA Fabricius
Danaida (part.) Latreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins. Vol. 14, p. 108 (i8o5).
Eupolea (recte : Euploea) (i) (part.) Fabricius, Syst. Gloss. tu Illiger’s Mag. Insekt. Vol. 6,
p. 280 (1807).
Danais (part.) Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 174 (1819)
Euplaea (sic) Boisduval, Voy. Astr. Ent. Vol. i, p. g3 (1882); Blanchard, Casteln. Hist. Nat. An.
Art. Vol. 3, p. 484 (1841).
Euploea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Eep. p. 86 (1847); Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 83 (1862); Kirby,
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. g (1871); Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 21 (1882); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 5y (1882); Saalmuller, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17, Lep. Madag. p. 78 (1884);
Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. 16(1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o(i885); Schatz, ibidem,
Vol. 2, p. 80 (1886); Mabille, Grandidier’s Hist. Madag. Lep. Vol. i, p. 3 (1886).
Euploeina Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 68 (i8go).
Euploea Reuter, Act. Soc. Sc. Eenn. Vol. 22 (i), p. 82 (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 41 (1898) ;
Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 5o (i8gg); Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i,
p. 22 (1907); Kershaw, Butt. Hongk. p. ii (1907); Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. r, p. 77 (1907);
Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. g, p. 228 (1910); Aurivillius, ibidem, Vol. i3, p. 77 (1911); Piepers
et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p. i (1918); Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 19 (1914); Ormiston,
Lep. Ceyl. p. 5 (1924).
Type du genre. — Papilio conis Fabricius (2).
Caracteres generaux. — Antennes depassant en longueur la moitie du bord costal de Taile
anterieure; massue epaissie tres graduellement. Palpes courts, assez gros, dernier article conique. Tarses
anterieurs du a deux articles, de la 9 ^ quatre articles; ongles des tarses medians et posterieurs
pourvus de « paronychia» et d’un h pulvillus ». Aile anterieure de forme tres variable, chez le cf, le
bord terminal plus ou moins fortement arrondi ou droit, le bord anal plus ou moins arrondi ou meme
fortement lobe; chez la 9 pFis stable, bord interne droit ou meme un peu concave. Posterieure plus
reguliere, large, ovale, plus ou moins subtriangulaire ou carree.
Nervulation tres constante : 1 1 et 12 des anterieures libres rarement anastomosees (chez certaines
Calliploea), discocellulaires concaves, la courbure ronde ou angulee, souvent avec fine petite nervule
recurrente; la discocellulaire superieure courte, souvent tres reduite, la mediane longue. interieurement
oblique et courbee, 1’inferieure encore plus longue, droite, oblique vers ledehors; la nervure 10 de
(1) Cfr. p. 5.
(2) Papilio corus est le type du genre tel que nous Tadmettons actuellement. Dans Tidee de Fabricius le type etait
le Papilio plexippus, conjointement avec Papilio similis et corus.
98
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Tangle de la cellule large et longue. Posterieuies : cellule discoidale large, longue, depassant la
moitie de la longueur de Taile ; les discocellulaires sensiblement d’egale longueui , la premiere un peu
plus courte; eperon precostal apres Torigine de la nervure 8. Bord interne des anterieures en dessous
et bord costal des posterieures au-dessus plus ou moins nacres, surtout chez le .
Caracteres sexuels secondaires des sur les ailes, parfois absents, generalement presents et
affectant des formes tres diverses, ce qui permet de sous-diviser le genre en plusieurs groupes
(j’emploie plus loin le mot « sous-genre » sans vouloir faire la distinction entre les termes : c’est
surtout question de facilite dans la pratique). Le diinorphisme sexuel est tres developpe chez beaucoup
d’especes.
Ecailles androconiales du generalement allongees ou epaissies; filiformes chez Trepsichrois.
Organes genitaux tres uniformes; valve large, la partie distale plus ou moins en forme de tete d’oiseau,
son extremite converte de longs poils, parfois pourvue de dents. Uncus absent. Penis tres long, non
chitinise. Par leurs pinceaux anaux (et probablement aussi par les caracteres sexuels secondaires des ailes)
les emettent une odeur generalement tres penetrante et desagreable, qui vane en nature et en
intensite selon les especes; certaines especes (par exemple camaraheman) ont, toutefois, une odeur
agreable, doucement aromatique.
Metamorphoses. — La chenille se nourrit de Ficus, d’ Apocyiiacea et d’autres plantes a seve
lactee, elle est pourvue de trois ou quatre tentacules charnus et a des couleurs belles et variees.
Chrjmalide grosse, plus ou moins en forme de cloche, a couleurs vives, souvent doree ou
argentee.
Distribution geographique. — Ce genre est exclusivement tropical et, a Tencontre de
beaucoup de genres tropicaux, ne penetre pas dans la zone palearctique (i). II est caracteristique
de la faune indo-australienne, ou il est represente par un grand nombre d’especes, repandues depuis
rinde anglaise jusqifiaux iles du Pacifique (Fidji, Samoa, Cook, Tahiti) et depuis TAustralie jusqu’en
Chine meridionale et au Riu-Kiu. Vers 1’occident le genre s^etend dans la faune ethiopienne, mais
seulement sur les iles de l’ocean Indien (Seychelles et Mascareignes) sans atteindre Madagascar ni
l’Afrique continentale.
Systematique. — Le genre Etiploea (2) a ete erige par Fabricius (Illiger’s Magaz. Insekt.
Vol. 6, 1807, p. 280) en lui domiant comme types ; Papilio plexippiis Linne, Papilio similis Linne et
Papilio concs Fabricius. Mais la premiere de ces especes ayant ete choisie deja par Latreille comme
type de son genre Danaida (et Euploea etant donc sjmonyme de Danaida, comme il a ete dit dans
rintroduction generale), le lioni s’est peu a peu limite aux Eitploea sous-genre tels que nous les
definissons actuellement, bien que nombre d’auteurs Taient applique aux Danaida et Euploea, pendant
les premieres decades du siecle passe, Femployant ainsi dans le sens de Fabricius, c’est-a-dire comme
synonyme de Danaida de Latreille (cfr. Introduction, p. 5).
Deja en 1816 Hiibner (Verz. bek. Schmett.) en forme trois genres : Crastia (type : Papilio core
Cramer), Trepsichrois (type ; Papilio hasilissa Cramer), Salpinx (type : Eimnas nemerles Hiibner). G. Butler en
1875 et 1878 cree trois autres genres ; Stictoploea (1878, type : Euploea gloriosa Butler), Calliplwa (1875,
type ; Danais darchia M. I..) et Macroploea (1878, type : Papilio phaenareta Sch^.\\)•, mais comme la
structure de cette derniere espece est absolument identique a celle du Papilio conis de Fabricius, ce
(1) Euploea corinna M. L, toutefois, descend en Australie orientale jusqu’aiix environs de Sydney et depasse ainsi la
zone tropicale.
(2) Pour ce nom, cfr. ce qui a ete dit plus haut, p. 5.
FAM. DANAI DID.E
99
derniev genre ne peut etre retenu. En 1880, Fr. Moore (Lep. Ce}’!. Vol. i) en ajoute deux : Isamia et
Nay)nada, bientot suivis, en i883 (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.) d’nne quantite d’autres, l^ases sur les
caracteres sexuels du , mais plns souvent sur de simples petites differences dans la forme des ailes et
le port general. De ce fait, ce genre si naturel est devenu un \'eritable ((groiipe» de «genres», denomme
par Moore Euploeiua et dans leqiiel il range toutes les Euploea, y ajoutant encore Hainadiyas Boisduval
= Tellervo Kirby. Mais comme Faspect general, ainsi que la structure constante des ailes, de la
nervation, des organes genitaux, des antennes, etc. en font un genre si homogene et partant si naturel,
on est peu a peu revenu de cette ultradivision. On ne peut cependant nier que les caracteres sexuels
secondaires du permettent une certaine division dans le genre; et un groupement naturel en
sous-genres ou groupes oir sections (les termes importent peu) parait bien justifiable pour la facilite.
Mais de la a separer en genres bien distincts des especes par ailleurs tres rapprochees les unes des
autres, il v a loin; et il ne reste, pour expliquer tant de genres, qu’un recours exagere a la theorie du
mimetisme.
I. Sous-Genre VONONA Moore
= Crastia Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 76 (1882).
Vonona Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25j (i883). — Type : E. goiidotii Boisduval.
Nipara Moore, ibidem, p. 257. — Type ; E. helcita Boisduval.
Onanasma Moore, ibidem, p. 258. — Type : E. lugens Boisduval.
Patosa Moore, ibidem, p. 269. — Type : E. funerea Boisduval.
Sarobia iMoore, ibidem, p. 260. — T3qie ; E. grayi Felder.
Vadebra Moore, ibidem, p. 260. — ■ Type : E. climena Stoll.
Lontara Moore, ibidem, p 261. — Type : E. jmallacei Felder.
Gamatoba Moore, ibidem, p. 262. — Type : E. aethiops Butler.
M enama Moore, ibidem, p. 264. — T5'pe : E. caramalzeman Butler.
Tronga Moore, ibidem, p. 266. — Type : E. crameri Lucas.
Sabanosa Moore, ibidem, p. 269. — Type : E. craiis Butler.
Adigama Moore, ibidem, p. 269. — Type ; E. oclisenheinieri Moore.
= Tronga Semper, Reis. Philip. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 19 (1886).
= Menama Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 23, 24 (igo5).
= Crastia {Unfergruppe a) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 226 (1910).
= Menama Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. (3), Vol. 10, p. 179 (1921).
Caracteres. — (f Aile posterieure sans tache androconiale. Aile anterieure sans strie sexuelle.
Cellule discoidale a veine recurrente. Pinceau anal court, sans double couronne de poils.
Chenille a quatre appendices charnus.
Distributiori geographique. — Occupe une aire tres etendue comprenant tonte la region
indo-anstralienne tropicale, excepte les petits Archipels du Pacifique au Nord de TEquateur.
Quelqnes especes se trouvent meme dans les iles a TEst de FAfric^ue.
I. E. goudoHi. Bourbon.
Euploea goudotii Boisduval, Faun. Ent. IMada»’. Bourb. Maur. p. 36, pl. 3, fig. 2
(i833) ; Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. S8, n. 3o (1S47) ; Rhop. Afr. Austr.
p. 83 (1862) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (1866); Guenee, Leju
Maillard’s Reunion, p. 8 (1867).
lOO
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Crastia goudotii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Euploea goudotii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17 (1879); Moore, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 257 (i883); Saalmliller, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges.
Vol. 17, Lep. Madag. p. 74 {1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i,
p. 5o (i885) ; Mabille, in Grandidier, Hist. pol. nat. phys. Madag. Vol. 18,
Lep. Vol. I, p. 3, pl. I, fig. 6, 7 (1886) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 42
(1898).
Euploea goiidoti Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 484, pl. 29, fig. i
(1908).
Euploea goudotii Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vo\. i3, p. 78, pl. 23 6,
fig'- 3 cf (1911)-
2. E. eiiplion.
Papilio euphon Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Suppi, p. 423 (1798) [Copenh.].
Danais euphone Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 181 (1819).
Euploea euphone Boisduval, Faun. Ent. Madag. p. 36, pl. 3, fig. i (i833).
Euplaea (sic) euphone Blanchard, Casteln. Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Vol. 3, p. 434,
pl. 9, fig- I (1841).
Euploea euphone Doubleday, Geu. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 37 (1847); Lucas, Hist.
Nat. Anim. Art Vol. 3, p. 434, pl. 9, fig. i (1849); Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (1866).
Euploea euphon Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. 121 (1871).
Stictoploea euphon Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o3 (1878).
V onona euphon Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 267 ^I883).
Euploea euphon Saalmiiller, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 17, Lep. Madag. p. 73
(1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5o (i885); Mabille Gran-
didier. Hist. Mad. Lep. Vol. i, p. 3, pl. i, fig. 4, 5 (1886); Aurivillius,
Rhop. Aethiop. p. 42 (1898) ; Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 484,
Metam. (1908); Aurivillius, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 78, pl. 23 r,
fig. I cf (1911)-
3. E. desjardinsii.
Danaida (Euploea) desjardinsii Guerin, Icon. Regn. Anim Ins. p. 474
(1844) [B. M ].
Euploea desjardinsii Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 38 (1847); Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (1866).
Euploea euphon var. a. desjardinsii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17 (1871).
Vonona desjardinsi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 (i883).
Euploea euphon var. desjardinsii Saalmiiller, Lep. Madag. p. 74 (1884).
Euploea desjardinsii Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 42(1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 78, pl. 25 d, fig. 4 o' (1911).
4. E. climena.
a. E. c. sinnilairix.
Euploea camorta Q ab. Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 5o (i), p. 228 (1881) Q [Cale.].
Euploea (Craslia) simulatrix Wood-Mason et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 229 (1881)
cf [Cale ].
Euploea simidatrix 'Wood-TAa.son et de Niceville, ibidem, Vol. 5i (2), p l5, pl. 3,
fig. I 0*1 2 Q (1882) [Calc.J ; Marshallet de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 76 (1882).
Vadebra simulatrix hloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (i883).
Menama simulatrix Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 74, pl. 18, fig'. l, la, ib (^ , ic Q
(1890).
Euploea simulatrix 'Bmgh.dim., Butt. Ind. Vol. l, p. 25 (ipoS).
Euploea climena simulatrix Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 226 (1910).
b. E. C. engauensis.
Euploea (Crastia) enganensis Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 20
(i89i)[Tring].
Euploea climena enganensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 177 (1904);
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 226, pl. 86«, fig. 3 (1910).
C. E. C. sepiilchralis.
Euploea sepulchralis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282, f. 2 cf (1866) [B. M.];
Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 61 (1871).
Mauritius.
Rodriguez.
Nicobars, Micronesie.
Nicobars.
Engano.
Bawean, Java occid.
Natuna.
FAM. DANAI DI
lOI
Crastia septdchralis Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Vadebra sepulchralis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260 (i883).
Euploeii sepulchralis Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Natur. Vol. 37, p. 173 (1884);
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 223 (1889).
Euploea climeua septilchralis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 226 (1910).
Euploea climeua f. sepulchralis Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 4, pl. ii,
fig. la Q (I9i3).
Euploea climeua septdchralis Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 181
(1921).
d. E. c. ierissa.
Euploea climeua ierissa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 226 (1910) [Auct.].
Euploea climeua f. sepulchralis ab. ferissa (sic !) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav.
Vol. 3, p. 4, pl. n, fig. 1 h (J (1013).
e. E. c. ehi’esiana.
Vadebra sepulchralis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. i25 (1897).
Euploea (Vadebra) elwesiana de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 66 (2),
p. 54.3. pl. I, fig. 4 o< (1897).
Euploea climeua elvoesiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 226 (igio).
f. E. C. neptis.
Euploea neptis Rober, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 297 (1891).
Euploea climeua neptis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, 9, p. 227 (1910).
g. E. C. climena.
Papilio climena Stoll, Cramer's Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 207, pl. CCCLXXXIX,
fig. E, F (1782); Herbst, Xaturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 19, pl. 121, fig. 2, 3 cf
(1793).
Crastia limnoria Hiibner, Verz. Bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Euploea climena Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 18 (1847);
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 12, n. 48 (1871).
Crastia climena Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, ]). 298 (1878).
Euploea climeua Semper, Mus. God. Vol. 14, Lep. p. 142 (1879).
Vadebra climena Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 260 (i883}.
Vadebra murrayi Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 17, p. 191 (1884) [B. M.].
Euploea climena Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 37, p. 173 (1884) ;
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 32 (i885) ; Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 222 (1889).
Euploea climeua climeua Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 227 (1910).
Euploea climena Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 4, pl. ii, fig. ic (f
(1913).
g' E. C. climena f. zinchenii.
Etploea zinchenii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 335 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n 49 (1871).
Crastia zinkenii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Vadebra zinhenii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. p. 261 {i883).
Euploea sepulchralis (part.) Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 223 (1889).
Euploea climena climena f. zinkeui Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 227
(1910).
g' E. C. climena f. albitincta.
Euploea climeua f. albitincta Talbut et Le Cerf, Enc. Ent. Serie B. 3, Lep.
Vol. I (i), p. 38 (1925)
h. E. C. doherlyi.
Vadebra doherlyi Holland, Nov. Zool. Vol. 7, p. 57 (1900).
Euploea climena doherlyi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosssch. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
i. E. C. bandaiia.
Euploea climena bandana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 17S (1904)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. iz-j, pl. 82 rf, fig. 4 o* (1910).
j. E, C. sobrina.
Euploea sobrina Ifober, Tijdschr. Enl. Vol. 84, p. 297 (iSgil.
Euploea climena sobrina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
Java centr, et orient.,
Kangean.
Bali, Lombok, Sumba-
wa.
Flores.
Amboina, Ceram, Sapa-
rua.
Amboina.
Ceram. Gisser.
Buru .
Banda.
Goram.
102
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
k. E c. valeriaua.
Euploea (Vitdchi-a) climena valeriana Fruhstorfer, Ins. Borse, Vol. 2i, p. iSy
• (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea climena valeriana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. 2eitschr. Vol. 49, p. 178,
pl 2, fig. 4 (1904); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
l. E. C. moasana.
Euploea climena moasana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 275 (1911) [Berl.],
m. E. C. eurypon.
Euploea eurypon Flewitson, E.xot. Butt. Vol. 2, Euploea, pl. 12, fig. 3 (i858);
[B. M ]; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond p. 286 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn Lep. p. 12, n. 68 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool.
Vol. 14, p. 3oi {1878).
Chirosa eurypon Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 284 (i883).
Euploea climena Staudinger, Exot. Schinett. Vol. i, p. i5i (i885).
Euploea climena etirypon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol. 9, p. 227, pl. 86 e,
fig- 4 Q (1910).
Euploea climena f. etirypon Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. p 4, pl. ii, fig id
(1913).
Euploea climena eurypon Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. i A,
fig. I cf, 2 Q (1921).
n. E. c. vicina.
Euploea vicina Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 337 (1867) [Tring] ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n 69 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Chirosa vicina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 284 (i883).
Euploea climena vicina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 227 ^1910);
Talbot, Bull. Flill Mus. Vol. i, p. 20, pl. i B, fig. i o', 2 Q (1921).
o. E. C. malindeva (i).
Euploea climena malindeva Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 21, fig. G
(1914) [Auct.].
p. E. C. doretta.
Euploea (Lontara) doretta Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 47,
p 72 (1894).
Euploea doretat Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 96 (i8g8).
Euploea {Lontara) doretta Pagenstecher, Zoolog. Vol. 27. Lep. Bism. Arch.
Vol I, p. 5i, pl. I, fig. I o* (1899).
Euploea climena doretta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
Vadebra hala Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (8), Vol. iS, p. 480 (1916) [Hili].
q. E. c. macie ari.
Euploea macleari Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1887, p. 522, f. 4 (1888) [B. M.].
Euploea climena macleari Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
5. E. palme do (2).
a. E. p. palmedo.
Euploea [Crastia? Vadebra?) palmedo Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60(2),
p. 162, pl. 2, fig. 3 cf {1891).
Euploea palmedo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
b. E. p. adorabilis.
Euploea compta adorabilis Fruhstorfer, Ins. Borse, Vol. 21, p. 809 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea palmedo adorabilis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227, pl. 86
fig. I Q (1910).
6. E. compta (2).
a. E c. compta.
Euploea compta Eoher, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 3oo (1891); Rober, ibidem,
Vol. 35, p. 85, pl. 5, fig. 2 cf (1892).
Roma.
Moa.
Kei.
Aru.
Australie N. E.
Nouv. Bretagne, Miok
Christmas.
Sumba, VVetter.
Suinba.
Wetter.
Dammer, Tenimber.
Tenimber.
(i) Semble peu ou pas differente de E. c. macleari Butler.
(2j Probablement pas differente specifiquement de climena Stoll.
FAM. danaidid.f:
io3
Oranasma compta Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 840 (1894).
Euploea compta compta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. i, p. 228 (1910)
Etiploea compta Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 22, pl. 2 B, fi". 3 o*, 4 Q (1921).
b. E. c. viviidha. Dammer.
Euploea (Vadebra) compta virudha Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent.Vol. 19, p. 74 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea compta vinidha FruhstoiieT, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227, pl. 8od,
fig. 4 Q (1910).
C. E. C. eucompta. Babber.
Euploea compta eucompta Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 179, pl. 2,
fig. 5 (1904) [Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 228 (1910).
7. E. oceanis. Engano.
Euploea (Crastia ?) oceanis Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), }>. 21
(1891) [Tring.].
Euploea (Trouga) oceanis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 179 (1904).
Euploea oceanis Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228, pl 81 c, fig. 2 cf
(1910).
Euploea oceanis Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. i8r (i92r).
8. E. iriputictacia. Biak.
Euploea tripunctata Joicey et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 187, pl. 26,
fig. I cf . pl. 25, fig. 3 9 (1915) [Hili]
9. E. inceria. Biak.
Euploea incerta Joicey et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 187, pl. 25, fig. 4 cf
(i9i5) [Hili].
10. E. albicosta. Biak.
Euploea albicosta Joicey et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 188, pl. 26, fig. 2 cf
(i9i5) [Hili].
11. E. eboraci. Noiiv. Bretagne.
Vadebra eboraci Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i3, p. 498 (1894)
[Hill].
Euploea eboraci Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 52
(1899) ; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
12. E. lacon. Nouv. Bretagne.
Vadebra lacon Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i3, p. 499 (1894) [Hili].
Euploea (Vadebra) lacon Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i,
p. 52 (1899).
Euploea lacon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
13. E. malagtina (i). Nouv. Bietagne.
Euploea malagiina 'Rihhe, Soc. Ent. Vol. 12, p. 177 (1898); Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii,
p. 96 (1898); Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 17, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 5i,
pl I, fig. 2 cf (1899); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
14. E. nobilis. lies de rAmiraute.
Euploea nobilis Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 8, fig. 6 cf, 7 Q (1914)
IHill].
14* E. nobilis ab. simplicior.
Euploea nobilis ab. simplicior Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 8, fig. 10 cf
(1914) [Hili].
i5. E, bigamica.
Euploea bigamica Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 26, pl. 8, fig. 2 o^, 3 Q (1914)
[Hili].
Bougainville.
(i) II me semblc fort probable que cette es})6cc n’est pas separable specifiquement de E. climena doretia Pagen-
stecher.
104
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
i6. E. insnlicola.
Euploea insxilicola Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 28, pl. 8, fig. 4 ij, 5 Q (1914)
[Hili].
17 E. honesta.
a. E. h. honesta.
Crastia honesta Q Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 89 (1882) [B. M.],
V adehra honesta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (i883).
Euploea honesta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
b. E. h. faisina.
Euploea faisina Ribbe, Iris, Vol. li, p. 96 (1898).
Euploea honesta faisina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
c E. h. priisias.
Euploea prusias q' Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 92
(1888) [B. M.].
d. E. h. pronax.
Euploea pronax Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 91 (1888)
[B. M ].
18. E. spiculifera.
a. E. s spiculifera.
Gamatoba spiailifera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 263 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea spiculifera spiculifera Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228, pl.
80 c, fig. 3 cf (1910).
b. E. s. praxithea.
Euploea [Gamatoba) spiculifera praxithea Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 73
(1904) [Auct.].
Euploea spiculifera praxithea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
C. E. s. Pydna.
Euploea spiculifera pydna Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 3o2 (1904 [.4uct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
d. E. S. dromins.
Gamatoba dromius Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. 2, p. 78 (iSgS) [Tring].
Euploea spiculifera dromius Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
19. E. radica.
Euploea radica Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2). Vol. 2, p. 3oi (1904) [Auct.]; Fruh-
storfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 228 (1910).
20. E. leachii.
a. E. l. leachii.
Euploea leachii cf Felder, Reis, Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 334 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. iiofl (1871) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Bibisana leachi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (i883).
Sarobia leachi Ernhstorier , Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 147 (1899).
Euploea leachi leachi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229, pl. 86c,
fig. 4 cf {1910).
Euploea leachii Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. loi (1914).
b. E. l. coracina (i).
Euploea coracina Hopffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 35, p. 3o (1874) [Berl.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692, n. i36 (1877).
Euploea redtenbacheri SneWen, Tijdschr. Ent Vol. 21, p. 4 (1878) [Leid.].
Vadebra coracina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 261 (i883).
Amiraute.
Salomon.
Bougainville.
Ulaua, S. Anna.
Maleita.
A-Iolucques.
Buru.
Amboina.
Obi.
Halmaheira,
Obi.
Celebes.
Celebes merid.
Celebes sept.
( i) Cette forme se trouve aussi, comme aberration, au Sud de bile dans les environs de Makassar.
FAM. DANAIDID^
IO
Euploea coracina IRober, Iris, Vol. i, p. 189, pl. 8, fig. i Q (1887).
Euploea leachi coracina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
Euploea leachii (■pa.xi..) Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. loi, io3 (1914).
c. E. l. albiplaga.
Euploea coracina (part.) Rober, Iris, Vol. i, p. 89, pl. 7, fig. 2 cf , 3 Q (1887).
Sarobia albiplaga Friibstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 148 (1899) [Auct.].
Euploea leachi albiplagiata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
Euploea leachii albiplaga Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. 102 (1914).
2 1. E. dtniiplaga.
Euploea dentiplaga Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. I2i (I9i5) [Tring].
22. E. laiifasciata.
Euploea eupator Q Hewitson, Exot. Butt. Vol. 3, Euploea, pl. 6, fig. l (1866)
[B. M.] ; Q (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 108 {1871)
Euploea latifasciafa Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 283, 284 (i885) [B.M.].
Euploea rihbei Rober, Iris, Vol. l, p. 186, pl. 7, fig. i (1887) [Berl.].
Sarobia laiifasciata Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p, 148 {1899).
Euploea laiifasciata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
Euploea laiifasciata Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. io3 (1914).
23. E. moorei.
a. E. m. moorei.
Euploea moorei O Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1866, p. 277, Q nec Felder
(1867) [B. M ]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 35 (1871); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Tronga moorei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 267 (i883).
Euploea {Tronga) moorei de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p.' 371
(1896).
Euploea moorei moorei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
Euploea moorei moorei Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 181 (1921).
b. E. m. morrisi.
Euploea (Tronga) morrisi Hagen, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 24, p 199 (1898).
Tronga morrisi de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 38 (1901);
Hagen, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 20, p 328, pl. 2, fig. 6 q*, 7 Q (1902).
Euploea moorei morrisi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosssch. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
C, E. m. tinemei.
Euploea (Menama) moorei thiemei Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 49, p. 166,
pl. 2, fig. 6 cf (1904).
Euploea moorei thiemei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
d. E. ni. brookei.
Tronga brookei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268 (i883) [B. M.];
de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 36 (1901).
Euploea moorei brookei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229, pl. 86 d,
fig. 2 cf (1910)-
Euploea moorei brookei Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3, n. 20 (1915).
e. E. m. anambalis.
Euploea moorei anambalis van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 219 (igiS)
[Leid.].
24. E. albomaculata praecedentis subspecies?
Euploea albomaculata van Eecke, Not. Lcyd. Mus. Vol. 36, p. 52, fig. (1914)
[Leid.] ; van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. 4, p. 79, pl. 7, fig. g o’ (1918).
25. E. crameri.
a. E. c. nicevillei.
Tronga nicevillei Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 77, pl. 20, fig. i, lu o*. tb,\c Q
(1890) [B. M.]; de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p 38(1901).
Euploea nicevilli BingLam, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 26 (igoS).
Euploea crameri nicevillei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (1910).
Celebes centr., Bangkai
Ceram.
Celebes.
Sumatra-Borneo.
Sumatra.
Mentawei.
Nias.
Borneo.
Natuna, rlnambas.
Simalur.
Inde-Bali.
Sundarbiins (Bengale).
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
1 o6
b. E. c . fraiienfeldii [i). Ceylan.
Euploea fraitenfeldii q* Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. Vol. 12, p. 479,
n, 87 (1862) [Tring]; Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 842, pl. 41, fig. 4 o*
(1867).
Euploea fvauenfeldi Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 453 (1866).
Euploea fraucnfeldii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 25 (1871); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878) ; Marshall et
de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 83 (1882).
Crastia frauenfeldii Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 279 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 78, pl. 27. fig. I cf (1890).
Tronga ffauenfeldii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 32 (1901).
Euploea bremeri biseriata (p. p.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 26 (igoS).
Euploea craineri franenfeldi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 229 (igio).
c. E. c. espeyi {\). Nicobars.
Euploea esperi Q F'elder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 12, p. 482, n. 109
(1862) [Wien.] ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 453 (1866).
Euploea frauenfeldii (p. p.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 25 (1871).
Euploea esperi Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 5o (2),
p. 227 {1881) ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 83 (1882).
Tronga biseriata (i) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 266 cf (i883) [B. M.].
Crastia esperi Moore, ibidem, p. 278.
Tronga biseriata Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. I, p. 78, pl. 21, fig. i, ifl, \ b (^f, ir,
Ili Q (1890).
Crastia esperi Moore, ibidem, p. 78, pl. 27, fig. 2, 2ir, 2i cf, Q (1890).
Tronga biseriata de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 32 (1901).
Tronga esperi de Niceville, ibidem.
Euploea bremeri frauenfeldi (p. p.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 26 (1905).
Euploea crauieri frauenfeldi (p. p.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 229 (1910).
d. E. C. bremeri. Tenasserim, Mergui.
Euploea bremeri Ee\iler, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol 4, p. 398 (1860) [Tring];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. II, n. 34 (1871).
Crastia bremeri Butler, Journ Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Euploea bremeri Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 78 (1882).
Tronga bremeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 267, pl. 29, fig. 5 <pf (l883).
Tronga olivacea Q INIoore, ibidem, p. 267 (B. M.).
Tronga bremeri Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. l, p. 86, pl. ig, fig. i, ia,xb pf , ic, id Q
(1890); de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 {2), p. 3i (igoi).
Tronga olivacea de Niceville, ibidem, p. 35.
Euploea bremeri Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. l, p. 26 (1905).
Euploea craineri bremeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
e. E. c. praedicabilis. Cochinchine.
Euploea craineri praedicabilis Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rundsch. Vol. 21, p. 2 (1914) [Auct.].
f. E. C. marsdeni. Malaya.
Euploea bremeri Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 23, pl. 2, f. 4 cf (1882).
Tronga marsdeni (f Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 266 (i883) [B. M.J.
Euploea marsdeni Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 411, pl. 39, fig. i cf (1886).
Tronga marsdeni Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 79 (1890).
Euploea craineri marsdeni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
Euploea craineri marsdeni Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 179 (1921).
g. E. C heylaertsii. Sumatra.
Tronga heylaertsii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 79 (1890) [Berl.].
Euploea bremerii Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 41 (1894).
(i) La position exacte de ces formes est douteuse. II n’est point improbable que frauenfeldii et esperi appartiennent
au sous-genre Crastia (comme. d’ailleurs, Moore [Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. i883, et Lep. Ind. 1890] Favait deja indique), et
soient des races d’une autre espece ; biseriata serait alors la race nicobare de craineri.
FAM. DANAIDID^
107
Euploea [Tronga) bremeri de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 370 (1S96).
Euploea (Tro/iga) heylaertsil de Niceville, ibidem, Vol. 70 (2), p 87 (1901)
Euploea crameri heylaertsi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o, pl. %6d,
I O” (1910).
h. E. c. niasica.
Tronga niasica cf Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 267 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea niasica Kheil, Rhop. Nias. p. 17, pl. i, fig. 2 Q (1884).
Tronga niasica Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p 79 (1S90); de Niceville, Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. Vol. 70(2), p. 35 (1901).
Euploea crameri niasica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
i. E. C. nagasena.
Euploea nagasena Fruhstorfer. Ent. Z. Guben, Vol. 20, p. i3i (1906) [Auct.].
Euploea crameri nagasena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol 9, p. 23o,
pl. 82 b, fig i (1910I.
j. E. C. mentawica.
Euploea (Tronga) mentawica Hagen, Ent Nachr. Vol, 24, p. 197 (1898).
Tronga mentawica de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 37 (1901);
Hagen, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges.Vol. 20, p. 326, pl. 2, fig. i (^f , 2 Q (1902).
Euploea crameri mentavica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
k. E. C. javanica.
Euploea crameri Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 7, pl. ii, fig. ia ,
3b g (1913).
Euploea crameri javanica van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 2, p. 224
(1916) [Leid.].
Euploea crameri snelleni Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 180 (1921).
l. E. C. tenggev ensis .
Tronga crameri tenggerensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p. 187
( 1899) [Auct.].
Tronga tenggerensis de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol 70 (2), p 38 (1901).
Euploea crameri tenggerensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (igio);
Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 223, fig 5 (1910).
1 E. C. tenggerensis ab. biseriata.
Tronga crameri sh.' biseriata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p. 187
(1899) [Auct.].
Tronga biseriata de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 38 (1901).
m. E. C. kalocnsis.
Euploea crameri kaloeiisis van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 219 (igiS)
[Leid.].
n. E. c. pagenstecheri.
Euploea pagenstecheri cj Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturh. Vol. 49, p. 182,
pl. 4, fig. 8 (1896) [Tring].
Tronga pagenstecheri de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2), p. 87 (1901).
Euploea crameri pagenstecheri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910)
o. E. C singaradlia.
Euploea cameri singaradlia Fruhstorfer, Int. Ent. Zeitschr. Guben^ Vol. 2, p. 238,
(190S) [Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 280 (1910).
p. E. C. crameri.
Euploea crameri (J Lucas, Rev. Mag.Zool. p.3i8 (i853); Moore, Cat. Lep. IMus.
E. I. C, Vol. I, p. 129 o' (1857); Butier, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277
(1866); Kirby, S}'n. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 32 (1871).
Euploea johanna Kirby, ibidem, p. 17, n. i3i (1871).
Crastia crameri Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 14, p. 297 (1878).
Euploea crameri Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 78, pl. S, fig. i5 o' {1SS2'.
Nias.
Batu.
Mentawei.
Java occ.
Java orient.
Klappereilanden.
Bawean.
Bali.
Borneo.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
I oS
Tronga crameri Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 267 (i883) ; Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 79 (1890); de Niceville, Joiirn. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 79 (2),
p. 3o (1901).
Enploea crameri crameri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
Euploea crameri crameri Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3 11° 21 (igiS).
q. E. c. pryeri (i). Sandakan (Borneo).
Tronga pryeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269 (i883) [B. M.]; Moore,
Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 80 (1890); de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 70 (2), p. 36 (1901).
Euploea crameri pryeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
Euploea crameri crameri (p. p.) Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2(6), p. 2o3,
n» 21 (igiS).
r. E. c. labiiana. Labuan.
Tronga lahnana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268 {i883) [B. M.] ; Moore,
Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 80 (1890) ; de Niceville, Journ, As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70 (2),
p. 36 ( igui).
Euploea crameri labuana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
Euploea crameri crameri (p. p.) Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3, n. 21
(igiS).
s. E. c. daatensis. Daat.
Tronga daatensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268 (1888) [B M.] ; Moore,
Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 80 (1890) ; de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 70(2),
p. 36 ( igoi ).
Euploea crameri daatensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (1910).
Euploea crameri crameri (p.p.) Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3, n. 21
(igiS).
t. E. c. jedja. Banguey.
Euploea crameri jedj a Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.275 (1911) [Berl.].
u. E. C. lanista. Natuna.
Euploea (Tronga) crameri lanista Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49. p. 168
(1904) [Auct ].
Euploea crameri lanista Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23o (igio).
26. E. malayica. Macromalaya.
a. E. m. malayica. Malaya, Sumatra.
Crastia malayica Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 297 (1878)
[B. M.].
Euploea malayica Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 22, pl. 2, fig. 7 (p (1882).
Euploea ochscnheimeri Snellen, Veth's Midd. Sum. Lep. p. 12, pl 2, fig. l, 2 cf
(1882).
Euploea malayica Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 79 {1882).
Adigama malayica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269 (i883).
Euploea (Adigama) malayica de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 371 (1896).
Euploea malayica malayica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 23i, p)l. 806,
fig. 2 Q (1910).
Euploea malayica malayica Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 180
(1921).
b. E. m. harmseni. Simalur.
Euploea malayica harmseni van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 4, p. 79, pl. 7,
fig. IO (p (1918) [Leid.].
(i) II semble (cfr. Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3, igiS^ que cette forme, ainsi que les deux suivantes,
ne soient pas des races, mais de simples formes ou aberrations.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
109
c. E m. nesica n n. (i). Nias.
Euploea stolli {■pa.xi.) Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 258 (i885).
Euploea malayica stoUi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 6, p. 281 (1910).
d. E. m. stolli.
Euploea ochsenheimeri Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. Vol. i, p. 182 (iSSy),
nec Lucas (B. M.); (part.) Kirby, Syn, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 6 (1871).
Crastia ochsenheimeri Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 297 (1878).
Euploea ochsenheimeri IMarshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 79 (1882).
Adigama ochsenheimeri IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (i883).
Euploea stolli Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 258 (i885).
Euploea malayica hypanis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 281 (1910).
Euploea malayica Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 8, p. 5, pl. ii, fig. 2 a (j'
b. larva (1918).
e. E. ni. sctidderii. Borneo.
Crastia sctidderii cf Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14 p. 297
(1S78) [B. M.].
Adigama scudderi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (1888).
Euploea malayica scudderi Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 281 (1910).
Euploea malayica scudderi Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 208, n. 22
(i9i5).
f. E. m. roduna. Sulu.
Euploea malayica Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p 276(1911) [Auct.].
g. E. 711. claudina. Palawan.
Euploea {Adigama) claudina Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 28 (1889).
Tronga claudina Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, p. 822 (1892).
Euploea malayica claudina Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, 9, p. 281 (1910).
27. E. cratis. Babuj^anes, Luzon sept.
a. E. c. cratis.
Euploea cratis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297, fig i cf (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea cratis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. iil (1871).
Crastia cratis Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 297 (1878).
Sabatiosa cratis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269 (j* Q (1888).
Tronga cratis Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 20, pl. 8, fig. 6 C*, 7 Q (1886).
Euploea cratis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 281 (1910).
b. E. C. farmosaiia. Formosa.
Euploea cratis formosana Matsumura, Thous Ins. Jap. Add. Vol. 8, p. 5i9 fig.
(1929).
28. E. modesta.
Tenasserim-Borneo.
a. E. 771. t/iodesta. Tenasserim - Cambodge -
Euploea modesta G* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (1866) [B. M.]; Siani-AIalaj'a.
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 18 (1871).
Crastia modesta Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p 298 (1878).
Crastia cupreipentiis cf Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. 1878, p. 828 (1879) [B.M.].
Euploea tnodesta Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 77 1882).
Euploea cupreipennis Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem.
Metiama cupreipetinis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 264 (i883).
Menama modesta Moore, ibidem, p. 264.
Me7iama tavoyana cf Q Moore, ibidem, p. 265, pl. 3o, fig. 6 cS [B. M ].
(i) Dans Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, Weymer, publiaiit une etude sur des lepidopteres de bile de Nias, profita de
1’occasion pour indiquer la synonymie du nom ochsenheimeri Moore. II lui substitua le nom stolli. De tout le contexte il
apparait clairement que ce nom est voulu comme nomen novum pour la forme a laquelle le nom errone etait attache. Or. cette
forme est la race javanaise de E. malayica. C’est donc a celle-ci que le nom stolli convient et non ala race de Nias, bien que
1’auteur ne separe pas celle-ci de la forme javanaise. Selon les regles de la nomenclature le nom de 'Wej-mer doit etre
conserve a la race javanaise, le nom Fruhstorfer tombe en synonymie et un nouveau nom devient necessaire pour
les exemplaires de Nias.
I IO
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Menama mouhotii cf Moore, ibidem, p. 265, pl 3i, fig. 6 cf [B. M.].
Menama modesta Moore, Lep. Ind, Vol. i, p. yS, pl. 17, fig. 2, 2a, (J zb Q (1890).
Eiiploea modesta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 24 (igoS).
Enploea modesta modesta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i (1910).
Euploea viodesta f. modesta Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr! Vol. 3, p. 24, n. iS (1921).
Euploea modesta modesta Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 181 (1921).
b. E. m. deriopes.
Euploea modesta deriopes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. zjS
(1911) [Auct.].
Euploea (Crastia) deriopes Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 536 (1924).
c. E. m. buxtoni.
Menama buxtoni (p Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 265 {i883) [B. M.].
Euploea {Menama) buxtoni de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 370 {1896).
Euploea (Menama) modesta de Niceville, ibidem.
Euploea modesta buxtoni P^ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i, pl. 81 &,
fig. 3 cf (1910).
d. E. m. lorzae.
Menama lorzae cf Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 265, pl. 3i, fig. 5 fi883)
[B. M.].
Euploea modesta lorzae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23: (1910).
Euploea modesta lorzae Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2 (6), p. 2o3, n. 23 (1915).
29. E. camaralzeman.
a. E. c. calmaralzeman.
Euploea camaralzeman Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271, pl. 29, fig. i
(1866) [B. M ]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 7.
Crastia camaralzeman Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Euploea camaralzeman Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 77 (1882).
Menama camaralzeman Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 264 (i883).
Menama camaralzeman Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 72, pl. 17. fig. i, kz cf (1890).
Euploea camaralzaman Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 25 (igoS) ; Fruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i, pl. 76 r, fig. i (1910).
Euploea camaralzaman f. camaralzaman Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza. Contr. Faun.
Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 24, n. 19 (1921).
b. E. C. carpent et' i.
Isamia carpenteri Q Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. i3i, pl. 5o, fig. 1, i a Q (1891)
[B. M.].
Euploea camaralzaman Q Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 25 (1905).
Euploea camaralzaman Q f. carpenteri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 23i (1910).
30. E. deheerii.
a. E. d. lamos,
Eiiploea (Menama) deheeri lamos Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 36 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea deheeri Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 222, f. 2 (1910).
Euploea deheeri lamos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232 (1910).
Euploea deheeri Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 6 (l9i3).
Euploea deheeri lamos Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 182 (1921).
b. E. d. suavissima.
Euploea (Menama) suavissima Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 122
(1897) [Auct.].
Euploea deheeri suavissima Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i (1910).
C. E. d. deheerii.
Euploea (Crastia.^) deheerii Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. l63 (1891).
Idainan,
Sumatra,
Borneo.
Tenasserim, Annam.
Siain, Cambodge, Annam
mer.
M ergu i .
Java-Wetter.
Java orient.
Lombok.
Sumbawa.
FAM. DANAIDID^
1 1 1
Euploea [Menama) deheerii Q de Niceville et Ehves, ibidem, Vol, 66 (2), p. 674
(1S9S).
Euploea dehteri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i (1910).
d. E. d. kiilini.
Euploea hihni Rdber, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 34, p. 294 (1891) ; Rdber, ibidem,
Vol. 35, p. 85, pl. 4, f. 6 (1892).
Euploea deheeri kiihni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232 (1910) [Auct.].
e. E. d. salinator.
Euploea [Menama) deheeri salinator Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 29 (1904).
Euploea deheeri salinator Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 23i (1910).
f. E. d. crumena.
Euploea deheeri crumena van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 220 (i9i5)
[Leid.].
31. E. obscura (i).
Euploea [Patosa) obscura Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 47, p. 74
(1894) ['vViesb.].
Euploea obscura Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p 95, pl. 4, fig. 2 (1898).
Euploea (Patosa) obscura Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i,
p. 5o (1899).
Euploea obscura Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 284 (1910).
32. E. resarta.
a. E. r. resarta.
Euploea resarta Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) Vol. 18, p. 241 (1876) [B. M.];
Kirb}^ Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep p. 840, n. i53 (1877).
Crastia resarta Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Patosa resarta Moore, Proc. Zool Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883).
Euploea (Patosa) resarta Ftirbringer, Jen. Denkschr. Vol. 8, Semon’s Forschungs-
reis. Vol. 5, p. 23i, pl. i3, fig. 14 Q (1895).
Euploea resarta resarta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910).
b. E. r. turhonia.
Euploea resarta tv,rhonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284, pl. 826,
fig. 2 o* (1910) [Auct.].
c. E. r. hulstaerti.
Euploea resarta Indstaerti.]\\rr'\dida\se, i. 1.
33. E. funerea.
a. E. f. funerea.
Crastia funerea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878)
[B. M.]
Patosa funerea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883).
Euploea funerea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910).
Sl e. f. funerea f. squalida.
Crastia squalida Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 29S 11878)
[B. M.].
Patosa squalida Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883).
Euploea funerea f. squalida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910).
b. E. f. murena.
Euploea funerea murena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911) [Auct.].
34. E. nubaida.
Patosa nubaida Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. 2, p. 77 (iSgS) [Tring].
Euploea nubaida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232 (1910).
Flores.
Alor.
Wetter.
Nouv.-Bretagne, Alioko.
Nouv.-Guinee.
Papua.
Nouv.-Guinee sept.
Yule.
Papua.
Continent.
Yule.
Halmaheira.
(i) II est probable que obscura n’est qu’une race de batesii (n. 87).
I I 2
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
35. E. arcana.
Danais melina Q Godart, Enc, Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 179 (iSigJ,
nec o* [Par.].
Enplaea (sic) melina Boisduval, Voy. Astr. Ent. Vol. i, p. 98 (i83i).
Enploea melina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282, fig. l cf (1866); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 5i (1871).
Crastia melina Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Vadebra melina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (i883).
Enploea melina Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 223, n. 46 (1889).
Enploea climena climena f. melina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227
(1910).
Enploea arcana Talbot et Le Cerf, Enc. Ent. Serie B. 3, Lep. Vol. i (i), p. 38
(1925) [HillJ.
36. E. weruevi.
Enploea werneri Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg.Vol. 23, p. 146 (1909) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 222, fig. i (1910) ; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 232, pl. 86^f, 3 cf (1910).
37. E. batesii.
a. E. h. batesii.
Enploea batesii Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p 33i (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. I2, n. 54 (1871).
Enploea lapeyrousei Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 83g (1877).
Crastia lapeyrousei Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond, Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Patosa batesii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 259 (i883).
Enploea hatesi batesi F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232 (1910).
b. E. b. pinaria.
Enploea batesi pinaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232, fig. 86 r,
fig- 3 cf (1910) [Auct.].
c. E. b. mimica.
Enploea batesi mimica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm Vol. 9, p. 232 {1910) [Auct.].
d. E. b. pnblilia.
Enploea batesi pnblilia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232(1910) [Auct.].
e. E. b. rotunda.
Enploea lapeyrousei Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Flist. Vol. 18 (4), p. 241 (1876),
nec Bsd. [B. M,].
Enploea batesi rotunda van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden. Vol. i, p. 221 (I9i5)
[Leid.].
f. E. b. gor gonia.
Enploea batesi gorgonia Hulstaert, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 64. p. 78 (1924)
[Hev.].
g. E. b. belia.
Enploea hatesi belia Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 22, fig. 10, 12
(1914) [Auct.]
38. E. ^woodfovdi.
Enploea woodfordi Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag .Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 90
(1888) [B. M.].
3g. E. wallacei.
a. E. IV. ares.
Enploea luallacei ares Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 3o3 (1904) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 282 (1910).
b. E. w. gilda.
Enploea wallacei gilda Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2). Vol. 2, p. 3o2 (1904);
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232, pl. ?,2e, 2 c? ; pl. 86c,
2 Q (1910).
I. Vulcan,
llalmah.-Nouv.-Guinee,
Halmaheira.
Waigeu.
Nouv.-Guinee holi. occ.
Baie de TAstrolabe.
Papua.
Nouv.-Guinee mer.
Gap York, iles Darnley,
Murray.
Salomon.
Molucques-Nouv.-Guin.
Buru.
Obi.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
c. E. w. wallacei.
Euploea Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, )). 23i (1860) [Tring];
Rutler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (1866); Felder, Reise Nov. Eep.
Vol. 2, p. 346. ]>1. 39, fig. 5, 6 cf (1867) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. II, n. 44 (1871).
Crastia wallacei Butler, Journ. Einn.Soc. Lond. V^ol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Lontara ivallacei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 262 (i883).
Euploea wallacei liKtllacei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 232 (1910).
d. E. IV. confusa.
Euploea confusa o’ Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285, f. 3 (1866) [B. M.];
(part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 67 (1S71).
Ciastia confusa Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Sarohia confusa IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 260 (i883).
Euploea confusa f. waigetisensis Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 53 (i885)
[Berl.].
Euploea confusa confusa Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2.32 (1910).
e. E. zv. /antlia.
Euploea confusa faunia b'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. 232 (1910) [Auct. |.
f. E. zv. biaka.
Euploea confusa biaka Joicey et Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 69 (1916) [Hili].
g. E. ZV. catana.
Euploea confusa catana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel.(2), Vol. 2, p. 3o3 (1904) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233, pl. 81 u, fig. 3 cf (1910).
h. E. zv. ittelia.
Euploea confisa inelia Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. (2I, Vol. 2, ]>. 3o3 (1904) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910).
i. E. zv. japudia.
Euploea confusa japudia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 {1910) [Auct.];
van Eecke, Nov. Guinea, Vol. i3, p. 61, pl. 2, fig. 6 (igiS).
j. E. w. tnatinda. — Pl. 5, Fig. I .
Euploea confusa uiarinda (f Hulstaert, Ann. IVIag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 9 (il), ]). 624
(1923) [Hev.] ; O Hulstaert, ibidem, Vol. 12, p. 229 (1923) [Arnh.].
Iv. E. ZV. grayi.
Euploea grayi Felder, Reis, Lep. Vol. 2. p. 846 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea confusa (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 67 (1871).
Crastia grayi Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Sarobia grayi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. ]>. 260(1883).
Euploea confusa Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 52 (i885).
Euploea confusa grayi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233, pl. 82 r,
fig. 3 Q (1910).
k' E. zv. grayi Q f. mimetica.
Euploea confusa grayi Q . mimeiica Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 3o, pl. i,
fig. B 3 (1921).
40. E. alecto.
a. E. a. zodica.
Euploea alecto zodica Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. Vol. 2 (2), p. 3oi (1914) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910) ; Q Joicey et Talbot,
Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. I, p. 347 (1922) [Hili].
b. E. a. alecto.
Euploea alecto Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 275 (1S66) [B. M.] ; Kirbt',
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 26 (1871).
Crastia alecto Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Gamatoba alecto Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. ]>. 262 (iS83).
Euploea alecto alecto Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, j). 233 (1910).
I ] 3
Batjan, Halmaheiia,
Alorotai .
Waigeu.
Nouv.-Guinee occid.
Biak.
Nouv.-Guinee sept et
orient.
Fergusson.
Nouv.-Guinee centr.
Nouv.-Guinee merid.
Ani.
Aru.
Molueques, Nouv.-Guin.
Obi.
Ainboina, Ceram,
Uliasser.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCEKA
114
b’ E. a. alecto ab. mtlancholica.
Euploea vielancholica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (1866) [B. M.J. ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. i5 (1871).
Cnistia melancholica Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Gamatoba melancholica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 263 (i883).
Euploea melancholica Pag-enstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 37, p. 173 (1884) ;
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 223 (1889).
Euploea alecto alecto (p. p.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910).
c. E. a. barea.
Euploea alecto harea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911) [Berl.].
d. E. a. fiihna.
Euploea alecto fidena Fruhstorfer, Arch. Natiirg. 81. A. 11, p. 63 (igiS) [Auct.].
e. E. a. nox.
Euploea nox Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (1866) [B. M.]; Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. Sg (1871).
Crastia nox Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Gamatoba nox Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 263 (i883).
Euploea [Gamatoba) nox Fiirbringer, jen. Denkschr. Vol. 8, Semon’s Forschungs-
reis. Vol. 5, pl. i3, fig. i5 Q (iSgS).
Euploea alecto nox Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910).
f. E. a. rothschildiava . — Pl. 5, Fig. 2.
Euploea alecto rothschildiana Hulstaert, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. il, p. 182
(1923) [Hev.].
g. E. a. diadema.
Gamatoba diadema Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 263 (i883) [Hili].
h. E. a. occulta.
Euploea occulta q* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 467 (1877) [B. M.].
Crastia occulta Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14. p. 299 (1878).
Gamatoba occulta Moore, ibidem, p. 262 (i883).
Euploea alecto occulta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910).
i. E. a. monilifeva.
Gamatoba monilifera Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 262 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea misenus Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. loSg
( 1890) [Brisb.].
Euploea monilifera Miskin, ibidem, p. 1048.
Euploea alecto monilifera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910).
Euploea climena misenus Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 227 (1910).
Euploea alecto monilifera Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p, 20, fig. 14, 22 (1914).
j. E. a. maegregori.
Stictoploea maegregori Kirby,* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 4, p. i5g Q
(1889) [B. M.J.
Euploea alecto barsine Fruhstorfer, Eiit. Meddel. (2), Vol. 2, p. 3oi (1904) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233, pl. 82f), 4 cf (1910).
Euploea alecto faesula Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 278 (1911).
k. E. a. misagenes.
Euploea alecto misagenes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.233(i9io) [Auct.].
l. E. a. melinda.
Gamatoba melinda Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 840 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea alecto melinda Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 284 (1910).
m. E. a. cojfea.
Euploea aethiops cojfea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284, pl. 86 2 Q
(1910) [Auct.].
Nouv.-Guinee occid
Nouv.-Guinee S.-O.
Aru.
Nouv.-Guinee merid
Papua.
Papua.
Thursday, Gap York
Fergusson.
Dampier.
Baie Humboldl.
Nouv.-Guinee sept.
FAM. DANAIDID.E
ii5
n. E. a. pheres (r). Jobi.
Etiploea aet/iiops pheixs Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.Vol. g, ]).234 (igio) [Auct.].
o. E. a. lygdaniii. ATefoor.
Euploea aethiops lygdauia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, g, p. 284 (igio)
[Auct.],
p. E. a. pier y et ii. Arfak.
Euploea pkrtetii F'elder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 33i (1867) Q [Trinj^];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 55 (1871).
Euploea latreilUi Kirsch, Mitth. Koii. Zool. Mus. Dresden, p. ii5 (1877).
Euploea reaumui l Oberthiir, Anu. IMus. Civ. Gen. Vol. 12, p. 457 (1878) [Gen.]
Gamatoba latreilUi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 262 (i883).
Gamatoba reaumuri Moore, ibidem, ]>. 262.
Stieioploea acthiopina Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 347 (1894) Q.
Euploea aethiops latreilli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 234(1910).
Euploea doleschalli doleschalU f. acthiopina Fruhstorfer, ibidem, ]>. 348.
q. E. a. aethiops. Waigeu.
Euploea aethiops Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (1866) [B. iM.];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12. n. 65 (1871).
Crastia aethiops Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond, Vol. 14. p. 299 (1878).
Gamatoba aethiops Moore, ibidem, p. 262 (i883).
Euploea aethiops aethiops Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284, pl. 86rf,
4 Cf (1910).
r. E. a, tamis. Nouv.-Guinee occid.
Euploea aethiops stamis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910) [Auct.].
s. E. a. monaeses. Nouv. ■ (juinee centr.
Euploea aethiops monaeses Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910)
[Auct.]; van Eecke, Nov. Guiii. Vol. 12, p. 61, pl. 2, fig. 7(1915).
41. E. eichhoriii (2). Oueensland.
Euploea eichhorni Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 52, pl. 26 q' (i885) [Berl.].
Euploea boreas Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. I2), Vol. 4, p. 1043 (1890)
[Brisb.].
Euploea eichorni Miskin, ibidem, p. 1046.
Euploea boreas Miskin, Ann. Queensl. Mus. \'ol. i, p. 26 (1891).
Euploea eichorni Miskin, il)idem.
Euploea eichhorni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 233, pl. 8ir, fig. i (J
(iqio) ; Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 20. f. 26, 27 (1914).
Euploea {Crastia) eichorni Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. 1, p. 23, pl. 3A, fig*. 6 Q*,
7 2 (1921).
42. E. e. ebenina (2). Aru, Kei.
a. E. e. ebenina. Aru.
Euploea ebenina (J Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (1866) [B. M.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. i23 (1871).
Crastia ebenina Butler, Journ. Linn. .Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. I4, p. 298 (1878).
Gamatoba ebenina Moore, ibidem, p. 264 (i883).
Euploea ebenina ebenina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1910).
b. E. e. nymphas.
Euploea ebenina nymphas Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910)
[Auct.].
43. E. cerbents (3).
a. E. c. Cerberus.
Crastia cerberus Butler, Ann. (Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 40 (1882) [H. i\L].
Kei.
Arch. Bismarck.
Nouv.-Bretagne.
(1) Ne semble pas differente de pierretii.
(2) Doit probablement se raltacher comme race a alecto.
(3) 11 est probablc (jue ebenina et cerberus constituent des races dc alecto.
LEPIDOPTERA KHOPALOCERA
1 16
Gamatoha cerhertts Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 263 (i883).
Euploea Cerberus Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 96 (1898).
Euphea [Gamatoha) cerberns Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27, Lej). Bism. Arch.
Vol. I, p. 52 (1899).
Euploea cerberus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910).
b. E. e. siibputictata. Nouv.-Irlande.
Euploea cerberns subpunctata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910)
[Auct.].
44. E. lugens. Nouv.-Guinee.
a. E. I. lugens. Papiia.
Euploea lugens (f Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 18 (4'), p. 242 (1876) [B. M.].
Euploea Ingens Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 840, n. i5i (1877).
Crastia lugens Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 {1878).
Oranasma lugens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond p. 25g (i883).
Euploea lugens Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
b. E. l. smithii,
Oranasma smithii (5* Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond p. 269 (i883) [Hili].
Euploea lugens smithi Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (1910).
45. E. helcUa {i).
a. E. h. helcii a.
? Papua.
Oceanie.
Nouv.-Caledonie.
Euploea hclcita q* Boisduval, Bull. Soc, Ent. Fr. (31, Vol. 7, p. i56 (1859) [Ob.].
Euploea montrouzieri Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 845 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea eleutho Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 69 (1869).
Euploea eleutho var. b. helcita Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i6, n. ii6 (1871).
Euploea helcita Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Nipara helcita Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 (i883).
Euploea helcita helcita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 {1910) ; Talbot,
Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. I, p. 28, pl. 4 B, fig. 6 cf p92i) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent.
Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 58i (1924).
b. E. h. lilybaea. Nouv. -Hebrides.
Euploea helcita lilybaea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, }). 278 (1910)
[Senck.] ; hTuhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911); Talbot, Bull. Hili
Mus. Vol. I, p. 29, pl. 4B, fig. 5 cf (1921); Bu.xton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.
Vol. I, p. 36(1927); Poulton, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. Vol. i, p. 48, 49(1927).
Euploea helcita lilybara (sic) Poulton. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 58i (1924).
c. E. h. eschscholtzii. Fidji occid.
Euploea eschscholtzii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 346 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea eleutho Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 69, pl. 2, fig. 9 Q
(1869) ; Herrich-Schaffer, E.xot, Schmett. pl. 2, fig. 109 Q (1869).
Euploea eleutho var. c. eschscholtziiliuhy , Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 116 (1871).
Euploea eschscholtzii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Euploea eschscholtzii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 (i883).
Euploea eleutho Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. i3, p. 348 (1884).
(i) Cette espece presente un phenomene interessant au point de vue classification du genre Euploea, la race
bourhei ayant des males sans strie sexuelle apparente, a cote d’autres qui en sont nettement pourvus. II y aurait lieu d’etudier
si les premiers ne possedent point des ecailles sexuelles a Templacement ordinaire de Ia strie. Si ceux-ci sont prouves ne pas
exister, la question de Tunite specifique de E. helcita et eleutho est par le fait meme posee et proche d’etre resolue dans
le sens affirmatif. Une consequence ulterieure sera alors la discussion de la valeur systematique des stries sexuelles dans le
genre Euploea. Toutefois, a mon avis, meme alors celles-ci gardent leur valeur ; mais elle en deviendra plus relative
qu’absolue. Nous ne pouvons pourtant pas perdre de vue que. comme les races et meme les especes systematiques peuvent
evoluer et se differencier dans les dessins et les couleurs, voire dans les formes, rien ne s’oppose a la possibilite des variations
dans des caracteres plus stables, pour certaines influences exterieures, meme si celles-ci nous restent inconnues. Et comme
il existe des especes intermediaires entre deux genres systematiques (bien qu’ alors on les range generalement dans un genre
a eu.x), a fortiori pourrions-nous trouver des especes constituant des intermediaires entre deux sous-genres.
FAM. DANAIDlDyE
117
Eiiploea hdcita eschholtzi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ (irossschm. Vol. g, p. 235 (1910) ;
Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 58i, pl 3o, fig. i, 2 : pl. 32, fig. i ;
pl. 33, fig. 1-4, 10; pl. 34, fig. 1-14; pl. 36, fig. 1, 3, 4; pl. 37, fig. i; pl. 38,
fig. I ; pl. 39, fig. 1-4 (1924).
d. E. h. walkeri.
Euploea eleutho (part.) Boisduval, Voy. Astr. Ent. Vol. i, p. 100 (i832).
Euploea {Xipara) tvalkeri H. H. Druce, Ent. Alonthl. Mag. {2), Vol. i = 26, j). 320
(i8go) [Hili].
Euploea helcita matiUca Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschni. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911)
[Senck.].
Euploea helcita walkeri Talbot, Bull. Flill Alus. Vol. i, p. 29, pl. 4B, fig 2 o*
(1921) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 58i, pl. 3i, fig. i, 2 ; pl. 39,
fig. 10; pl. 40, fig. 9-i3, i5 ; pl. 41, fig. i2-i5 ; pl. 42, fig. i3-i9 ; pl. 44, fig. 4
(1924).
d' E. h. walkeri f. intermedia.
Fidji orient., l'utuna,
Niue, Moorea, Cook,
Tahiti.
Cook.
Nipara intermedia Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea helcita intermedia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschni. Vol. g. p. 235 (I910).
d‘‘ E. h. zvalkeri f. perryi. Niue.
Euploea perryi (p Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278, }.)1. 44, fig. i (1874)
[B. AL]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 689, n. 145 (1877); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Nipara perryi Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 (i883).
Euploea helcita perryi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschni. Vol. 9, p. 235 {1910).
d^ E. h. walkeri f. indistincta. Cook.
Nipara indistincta Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 {i883] [Hili].
Euploea helcita intermedia ab. indistincta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vt)l. 9,
p. 235.
Euploea helcita intermedia f. indistincta Talbot, Bull. Hili Alus. Vol. i, p. 29,
pl. 4B, fig. 3 a' (1921).
d'* E. h. walkeri f. unicolor.
Euploea {Nipara) unicolor H. H. Druce, Ent. Alonthl. Alag. (2), Vol. 1=26,
p. 320 (1890) [Hili].
Euploea helcita intermedia f. unicolor Talbot, Bull. Hili Alus. Vol. i, p. 29,
pl. 4B, fig. 4 cf (1921).
e. E. h. bourkei. Samoa.
Euploea eleutho Schmeltz, Vcrh. Ver. Nat. Unt. Hainb. Vol. 2, p. 180 (1876).
Euploea eleutho escholtzi Swezey, Proc. Harv. Ent. Soc. Vol. 4, p. 602 (1921).
Euploea helcita bourkei Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1928, p. 585 (1924)
[Oxf., Tring].
Euploea eleutho bourkei Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, ji. ii (1927).
f. E. h. mathewi. Tonga.
Euploea helcita loalkeri Talbot, Bull. Hili Alus. Vol. i, p. 29, pl. 4 B, fig. i
pl. 3B, fig. 5 Q (1921) [Tring, 0.xf.].
Euploea helcita mathewi Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 586 (1924).
Euploea eleutho mathewi Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, p. i3 (1927].
g. E. h. distincta. Ellice, Wallis.
Euploea eleutho var. Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 69. pl. 2, fig. 7
(1869); Herrich-Schaffer, Exot. Schmett. pl. 2, fig. 108 (1860).
Euploea eleutho ip. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1874).
Butler, ibidem, p. 278 (1874); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep.
p. 692, n. 137 (1877).
Euploea eleutho (p. p.) Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296
(187S).
Euploea distincta Butler. Journ. Linn. .Soc. Lond. Zool, Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Nipara distincta Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 258 (i8S3).
Euploea eleutho (p. p.) Aloore, ibidem, p. 272.
Euploea helcita distincta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschni. \'ol. 9, p. 2.35 (1910).
ii8
LEPIDOPTERA KHOPALOCERA
Euploea helcita walkeyi f. distincta Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923,
p 582, pl. 42, fig. 8-12 (1924).
Euploea eleuthn distincta Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, p. 14 (1927).
h. E. h. aglaina (i). Samoa?
Euploea helcita aglaina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. VoL 9, p. 235, pl. 86 1!,
fig. 5 Q (1910) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 586 (1924).
Euploea aglaina Hopkins, Lep. Samoa, p. ii (1927).
2. Sous-Genre CRASTIA Hubner
Crastia Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). — bype : E. core Cramer.
Euploea Butler, [ourn. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299(1878); Marshall et de Nicevdle, Butt.
Ind, Vol. I, p. 79 (1882).
Chanapa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (i883). — Type : E. corinua M. L.
Andasena Moore, ibidem, p. 270. — Type : E. sianiiiison Godart.
Deragena Moore, ibidem, p. 272. — d ype : E. proseypina Butler.
Bibisana Moore, ibidem, p. 278. — T_\’pe : E. horsfieldii Felder.
Betanga Moore, ibidem, p. 273. — Type : E. megaera Butler.
Penoa Moore, ibidem, p. 274. — Type : E. alcathoe Godart.
Mahintha Moore, ibidem, p. 280. — Type : E. subdita Moore.
Karadira Moore, ibidem, p. 281. — T3'pe ; E. audamanensis Atkinson.
Pramasa Moore, ibidem, p. 281. — Tt pe : E. mitra Moore.
Tagata Moore, ibidem, p. 281. — Type ; E. abjecta Butler.
Pramesta Moore, ibidem, p. 282. — Type : E. tobleri Sem\')er .
Rasuma Moore, ibidem, p. 282. — Type : E. violetta, Butler.
Chirosa Moore, ibidem, p. 284. — Type : E. brenchleyi Butler.
M estapra Moore, ibidem, p. 285. — Type : E. fraudulenta Butler.
Crastia Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 20 (1886).
= Crastia (Untergruppe B) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910).
Caracteres. — Comme le precedent, mais les anterieures du (f avec une strie sexuelle.
Distributiori geographique. — II occupe a peu pres la meme aire de distribution ; mais au
nord il atteint Palau et les Mariannes, tandis que sa limite orientale se trouve aux Samoa ; a l’ouest on
le rencontre aux Seychelles.
46. E. core. Inde.
a. E. c. core. Indecontin ,Indo-Chine.
Papilio core Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. i33, pl. 267, fig. E, F (1780).
Papilio cora Herbst, Natnrs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. i6. pl. 120, fig. 3, 4 cf (1793).
Crastia core Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Euploea core Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 3r (1847) ; Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (\9,66) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 28
(1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878);
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 80, pl. 9, fig. 16 cf, Q (1882).
(i) Probablement une forme de walkeri ou de hourkei.
FAM. DANAIDIDyE
Cyiislia corc Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277, pl. 29, fig. 8 o* (j883).
Enploea core St.a.\\d.ix\^er, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 53, pl 26 (1885); Ehves,
'Frans Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2, n. i3 (1S88).
Crastia cor/ Moore, l.ep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 81, pl. 23, fig. i, la, \b, ic cf Q (1890).
Enploea (Crastia) core de Niceville, Journ. .As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 372
(18951; de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 12, p. i3i, pl. X,
fig. 1,20’ (1898).
Eiiploea cure Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 32, f. ii cf (igoS) ; Bell, Journ.
Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 56, pl. E, fig. 35 (J* (1909) ; Fruhstorfer, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910).
Eiiploeit core f. core Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr.
Vol. 3, p. 24, n. 20 (1921).
b. E. c. veriniciilata.
Lininas cora Hiibner, Saniml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, pl. 25, fig. i, 2 (1806).
Euploea vermiculata q* Q Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1866) [B. M.];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 29 (1871) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind.
p. 81 (1882).
Crastia vermiculata 'hiloore, Vcoc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277 (i883) ; Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 80, pl. 22, fig. I, I u o*, \ b, ic Q (1890).
Euploea core var. vermiculata Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 32 (1905).
Euploea core vermiculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 235 (1910).
C. E. C. asela.
Euploea asela Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20. p. 45 (1877) [B. M.];
Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 1 1, pl. 6, fig. 2 Q , 2 u. Metam. (1880) ; Marshall
et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol i, p. 81 11882).
Crastia asela Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277 (i883); Moore, Lep. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 84, pl. 24, fig. I, Metam. (1890),
Euploea core race asela Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 32 (1905).
Euploea asela Freiling, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. Vol. 92, p. 279, pl. 16, fig. 37-39;
pl. 17, fig. 40, 41 (1909).
Euploea core asela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 235 (1910)
Euploea asela Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 7 (1918).
Euploea (Crastia) core asela Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 5 (1924).
d. E. C. graminifeya.
Crastia gramiiiifera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277 (i883) [Ob.|.
Euploea core graminifera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 236 (1910).
Euploea core graminifera iMoulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 182 (1921).
47. E. distatilii (i).
a. E. d. circuifa.
Crastia circuita Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. n, p. 499 (1903)
[B. M.].
Euploea distanti circuita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910).
b. E. d. dislantii.
Crastia distautii Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 9, p. 453 (1882) [B. M.].
Euploea distanti Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 32, pl. 5, fig. 9 (1882).
Crastia distanti Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p 278, j)l. 29, fig. 6 o’ (i883).
Euploea distanti Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 12, p. 41 (1894).
Euploea (Crastia) distautii de Niceville, Journ As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 872,
(1896).
Euploea distanti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236, pl. 81 r, fig 5 o*
(1910).
48. E. amymone.
a. E. a. godavtii.
Euploea godartii Lucas, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. dig (i853) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ]). 275 (1866).
Himalaya.
Ceylon.
Malaya.
Macromalaya occ.
Indo-Chine.
Malaya, Sum atra.
Burma-Chine.
(1) Tres probablemcnt identique specifiquement a core.
I 20
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Euploea siamensis Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 341, pl. 41, fig. 6 cf (1867)
[Tring].
Euploea godartii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10. n. 27 (1871).
Euploea godarti Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878);
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 34 {1882).
Euploea godartii Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 84 (1882).
Cvastia godarti Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278, fig. i (i883).
Crastia godartii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 85, pl. 25 (1890).
Euploea godarti Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 33 (i9o5) : Fruhstorfer, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236, pl. 81 d, fig. i (1910).
Euploea godarti f. godarti Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
a* E. a. godarti f. dominans.
Crastia godartii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i. p. 85, pl. 25, fig. ic Q {1890).
Euploea godarti i. dominans Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910)
[Auct.] ; Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3,
p. 25 (1921).
E. a. godartii f. recussa.
Euploea godarti Distant. Rhop. Mal. p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 8 o* (1882).
Euploea godartii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 85, pl. 25, fig. la, ih (1890).
Euploea godartii. Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910) [Auct.].
a^ E. a. godartii f. layardi.
Euploea layardi Q Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. io3, pl. 16, fig. i (1874)
[B. M.] ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692. n. i38 (1877).
Euploea subdita Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823 (1879) [B. M.];
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 82 (1882I.
Ettploea layardi Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 82.
Crastia binghami o* Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (i883) [B. M.].
Crastia layardi Moore, ibidem, p. 279.
Mahintlia subdita Moore, ibidem, p. 281.
Crastia layardi Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 87, pl. 26, fig. i, ia,ib, i c cf Q. (1890).
Maliintha subdita Moore, ibidem, p. 91, pl. 29, fig. i, la, ib, ic Q (1890).
Euploea layardi Bingham. Butt. Ind. Vol. l, p. 34 fi9o5).
Euploea godarti f. layardi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910);
Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3,
p. 25 (1921).
a'* E. a. godartii f. tonkinensis . Tonkin, Siam.
Crastia tonkinensis Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. 11. p. 499
(1903) [B. M.].
Euploea godarti f. tonkinensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910).
Euploea godarti ab. tonkinensis Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun.
Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1821).
^ a^ E. a. godartii f. defignrata. Birma.
Euploea godarti f. defigurata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236
(1910) [Auct.].
b. E. a. amymone. Chine, Hongkong.
Danais amymone Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 179 (1819) [Par.].
Euploea amymone Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 20 (1847).
Euploea kinbergi Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon. Vol. 4, p. 35 {1860) [Stockh.];
Wallengren, Eugen. Rez. Ins. Vol. 4, p. 352 (1861): Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 273 (1866).
Euploea amymone Butler, ibidem, p. 274.
Euploea felderi Butler, ibidem, p. 275 [B. M.].
Euploea lorquinii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 840 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea kinbergi Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 12 (1871).
Euploea amymone Kirby, ibidem, p. 10, n. 18 (1871).
Euploea frauenfeldii (p. p.) Kirby, ibidem, p. 10, n. 25 (1871).
Crastia kinbergi Butler, Journ. Linn Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 297 (1878).
Euploea amymone Butler, ibidem, p. 3oo.
FAM. DANAIDID^
121
Enploft! felderi Butier, Journ. Liiin. Soc. Lcmd. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Tro/iga kitibergi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269 (i883).
Cnistia lorquini j\Ioore, ibidem, p. 279.
Crastia amymone Moore, ibidem, p. 279.
Crastia ftlderi Moore, ibidem, p. 280.
Tronga kinbergi de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Ben^:. Vol. 70 (2I, p. 3o (1901).
Euploea (Crastii}) kinbergi de Niceville, Journ, Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol 14. p. 236,
pl. FF, fig. I O (1002).
Crastia amymone Kershaw, Butt. Hongk. p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 2 g , 3 o* (1907).
Euploea amymome (sic) Fruhstorfer, SeitE’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910).
1)1 E. a. amymone ab. pninosa.
Crastia prunosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883) [Ob.].
Euploea prunosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 276 (igii).
c. E. a. badrumaia. Hainan.
Euploea fclderi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 676 (1879); Holland,
Trans. i\m. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. ii3 (1887).
Euploea amymome badrumaia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 2, p. 276 (1911)
[Auct.].
Euploea (Crastia) amymone badrumaia Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 536 (1924).
49. E. oroniohaies. Siam.
Euploea orontobates Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910) [Auct.].
50. E. scherzeri. Nicobars.
Euploea scherzeri Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 12, p. 479, 11. 88
(1862) [Wien]; Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 335 (1867) ; Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p ii, n. 48 (1871).
Euploea camorta cJ Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 582 (1877) [B. M.].
Euploea scherzeri Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878);
Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 12 (1880).
Euploea camorta Wood-Mason et de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 5o (2),
p. 228 (i88ii.
Euploea scherzeri Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 85 (1882).
Euploea camorta Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 86.
Betanga scherzeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (i883).
Crastia camorta Moore, ibidem, p. 279, pl. 36, fig. 7 g* ; Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I, p. 90, pl. 28, fig. 2, 2 rt, 2 6, 2 r cf g (1890).
Crastia scherzeri Moore, ibidem, pl. 28, fig. la .
Euploea (Betanga) scherzeri de Niceville et Martin, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 64 (2), p. 372 (1895).
Euploea camorta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 84 (igo5).
Euploea scherzeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 236 (1910).
51. E. andamanensis . Andaman.
Euploea andamanensis Atkinson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 786. pl. 63,
fig. 2 cf (1874) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 692, n. i35 (1877) ; Butier,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14. p. 3oo (1878); Marshall et de Nice-
ville, Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 84 (1882).
Karadira andamanensis Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 281 (i883): Moore,
Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 98, pl. 3o, fig. i, ii7, li, ic o* g (1890).
Euploea andamanensis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 35 (i9o5j; I''ruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 286 (1910).
52. E. mazares (i). Sumatra.
a. E. m. mazares. Java.
Salpinx eleusina Iliibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, pl. 9, fig. i, 2 cf (1806),
nec Cramer.
(i) Cette espece est communement designee sons le nom « haworthn » Lucas. Or, Doubleday, en 1847. a donne le
nom mazares a la forme figuree par Hiibner, loc. cit. comme eleusina g . Le vrai mazares n'est donc jias la forme javanaise de
tulliohis, mais la presente esp6ce.
122
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCEKA
Euploea inanires Doubleday, Gen Diurn Lep. p. 87, n. 10 (1847) [B. M.].
Euploea haworthii Encas, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 817 (i853) [Par.].
Euploea hiibneri (j* Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. East. Ind. Comp. Vol. i, p. 128 {1857)
[B. M.].
Euploea huebneri Butler, Pi‘OC. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 (1866).
Euploea janus Butler, ibidem, p. 278 [B. M.].
Euploea haivorthii, Butler, ibidem, p. 274.
Euploea inoorei Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i5 (1867) nec Butler [Tring].
Euploea janus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 14 (1871).
Euploea hiibneri Kirby, ibidem, n. i5.
Euploea haworthi Kirby, ibidem, n. ig.
Euploea haworthi Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Euploea janus Butler', ibidem.
Crastia haworthi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 28o(i883).
Euploea haworthi Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910).
Euploea huebneri Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. i5, pl. 12, fig. ii
(1918).
b. E. ni . inconspicua.
Crastia inconspicua tpp Moore, Proc. Zool. Zoc. Lond. p. 279 (i883) [B. M.J,
Euploea (Crastia) inconspicua de Niceville et Martin, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 64 (2), p. 878 (1895).
Euploea haivorthi inconspicua Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910).
Euploea haworthi janus van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 2, p. 221 (1915).
53. E. hauey manni .
a. E. b. banevnianni.
Euploea bauermanni Rbber, Iris, Vol. i, p. 21, pl. 1, fig. 40’ {t886) [Berl.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 287 (1910).
b. E. b. kalaona.
Euploea (Crastia) bauermanni kalaona Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48,
i8g8, p. 186 (1899) [Auct.].
Euploea bauermanni kalaona Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 287 (1910).
54. E. alcathoe.
a. E. a. donbledayi (i).
Euploea doubledayi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 887 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. 128 (1871).
Euploea alcathoe Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 86, pl. 9,
fig- 17 C? 2 (1882).
P e noa alcathoe (p>axi.) Moore, Proc Zool. Soc. Lond.p. 274(1888); Moore, Lep.
Ind Vol. I, p. 94, pl. 3i, fig. i, lu, 16, ir cf 2 (i8go).
Euploea alcathoe Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 802, n. i5 (1888); Bingham,
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 36 (igoS).
Euploea alcathoe doubledayi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287,
pl. S51k fig. 2 cf (1910).
Euploea alcathoe f. doubledayi Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
b. E. a. aesatia (1).
Euploea alcathoe aesatia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910) [Auct ].
c. E. a. gardineri (i).
Euploea menetriesii Q Felder, 'Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 898 (1860)
[Tring].
Euploea menetriesi Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 84, pl. 3, fig. 4 cf , 5 Q (1882).
Penoa menetriesii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. gS, pl. 82, fig. i, lacf, if*, ic Q
(1890).
Sumatra
Kabia. Kalao.
Kabia.
Kalao.
Inde-Lombok.
Inde, Assam, Burma,
Indochine.
Siam, Birma mer.
Laos, Malaya,
(i) II est fort possible, d’apres ce que me communique M. Dubois, que ces trois formes ne soient pas de veritables
I
FAM. DANAIDID^
123
Pcnoa alcatlioe gardinen Fruhslorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p. i83 (1898)
[Auct.].
Pcnoa evalida q’ 9 Swinhoe, Ann. Mag'. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. 3, p. io3, (1899)
[B. M.].
Eitplaea alcathoe gardineri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 237 (1900).
Euploea alcathoe f. cardineri (sic) Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun.
Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
Euploea alcathoe gardineri Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. i83
(1921).
d. E. a. moitficiila.
Euploea alcathoe inonticula Moulton, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. i83 {1921).
e. E. a. martinus.
Euploea (Penoa) menetriesii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 372 (1896).
Euploea alcathoe martinus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 237 (1910)
[Auct ]; Rothschild, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 8, p. 148 (19201.
e' E. a. martinus f. vanar a.
Euploea alcathoe voiiara Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 ( i9io)[Auct.].
f. E. a. simplex.
Euploea [Crastia) alcathoe simplex Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49.
p. 180 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea alcathoe simplex Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 237 (1910).
f. E. a. lucania.
Euploea alcathoe lucania l'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,p. 276(1910) [Auct.].
g. E, a. arasa.
Euploea alcathoe arasa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 237 (1910) [Auct.].
h. E. a. pahakela.
Euploea pahakela Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 22 (iSgij [TringJ.
Euploea (Crastia) alcathoe pahakela Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49,
p. 180 (1904).
Euploea alcathoe pahakela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910).
i. E. a. alcathoe.
Danais alcathoe Godait. Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 178 (i8ig) [Ob.].
Euploea alcathoe Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 99 (i832J.
Euploea alcathoe Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep p. 87, n. 16 (1847).
Euploea alcathoe Yinil&r, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1866).
Euploea evndhovii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 338 (1867).
Euploea alcathoe Kirby, Syn. Cat Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 22 (1871).
Euploea eyndhovii Kirby, ibidem, p. 17, n. 126 (1871) [Tring] ; Butler, Journ.
Litin. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Euploea alcathoe, Butler, ibidem (1878).
Penoa alcathoe (yiaxi.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 (i883).
Penoa eyndhovii Moore, ibidem, p. 276.
Euploea alcathoe Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 35, pl. i (1892}.
Penoa evndthoveni Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 124 (1897).
Euploea alcathoe alcathoe FTuhstoTfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910).
Euploea eijndhovii Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Java, Vol. 3, p. i5, pl. 12, fig. 10 q*
(i9i3)*
i' E, a. alcathoe f. geyeri.
Euploea geyer i Fe\iler, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 388(1867) [3'i'ing]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. ]>. 17. n. 127 (1871).
Penoa geyeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 275 (iS83).
Euploea alcathoe alcathoe f. geyeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238
{1910).
j. E. a. unifonnis.
Penoa uniformis Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, }>. (>9 (1890) [B. 31.].
Euploea alcathoe uniformis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. o, p. 288 (loioi.
Monts Malaya.
Sumatra.
Nias.
Pulo Tello.
Mentawei.
Engano.
Java, Lombok.
Borneo.
124
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
k. E. a. salisira.
Euploia dlcaihoe salistra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. ,Vol. g, p. 238(1910)
[Auct.].
l. E. a. disiinctissima (i).
Euploea (Penoa) menetriesii vd,r. distincta Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 3o (1889)
[Berl.].
Crastiii distincta Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 322 (1892).
Euploea alcathoe distincta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910).
Euploca alcathoe distinctissima Fruhstorfer, ibidem, p. 278(1911).
55. E. sticlleni.
a. E. s. snelleni.
Crastia snelleni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (i883) [B. M.]; Semper,
Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 22, pl. 3, fig. 10 cf, ii Q (1886).
Euploea snelleni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (igio).
b. E. 5. pcduccea.
Euploea snelleni peducaa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910)
[Auct.].
56. E. t oblevi.
Euploea tobleri Sem\)er, Verh. Nat. Unt. Hamburg, Vol. 3, p. 107 (1878).
Pramesta tobleri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883).
Crastia tobleri Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 22, pl. 3, fig. 8 cf, 9 Q (1886).
Euploea tobleri Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910).
57. E. deione.
a. E. d. deione. — Pl. 5, Fig. 3.
Euploea deione Westwood, Cab. Or. Ent. p. 76, pl. 37, fig. 3 cf (1848) [Oxf.j ;
Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 53i (i852); Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. p. 279 (1866).
Euploea poeyi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 840 Q (1867) [Tring] ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10. n. 24 (1S71).
Euploea deione Kirby, ibidem, p. ii, n. 42 (1871).
Euploea magnifica Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 428 Q (1874) [B. M.] ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 698, n. 140 (1877).
Euploea deione Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878)
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 88 (1882).
Euploea magnifica Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 94.
Penoa deione Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278, pl. 3o, fig. 2 (i883).
Euploea deione Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2, n. 14 (1888).
Penoa deione Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 98, pl. 84, fig. i, la-ic (J Q (1890).
Euploea dione Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 35 (igoo).
Euploea deione deione Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2,38 {1910).
Natuna.
Palawan.
Philippiiies.
Mindanao.
Pazilan.
Luzon.
Indomalaisie.
Sikkim-Birma.
a' E. d. deione f. arida. Birma.
Euploea deione deione forma arida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 288 (1910) [Auct.].
b. E. d. limborgii (2). Tenasserim- Birma mer.
Euploea limborgii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. (1878), p. 828, pl. 5i, fig. 2 Mergui, Indochine.
(1879) [B. M.] ; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 89 (1882).
Penoa limborgii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278, pl. 3o, fig. 7 q’ (i883).
Penoa limborgi Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 97, pl. 33, fig. i, irt-iro’ Q (1890).
Euploea dione limborgi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 35 (1908).
Euploea deione limborgi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (igio).
Euploea deione f. limborgi Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p, 28 (1921).
(1) Le nom de Staudinger pourrait rester si E. helcita distincta Butler n’est qu’une forme de walheri D., ce qui n’est
pas improbable.
(2) Sur les limites de Taire de distribution cette race se rencontre avec des individus des races limitrophes [deione
et menetriesii).
FAM. DANAIDID/E
125
c. E. d. niaielriesii. IMalakka.
Enploen meiielriesii q'' Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 398 (1860)
[Tring].
Enploea menetriesii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1S66).
Ettploea menetrihii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10. n. 21 (1871); ]>utler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Euploea pinwilU Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2), Vol. i, p. 53.S,
pl. 69, fig. 9 (1S79) [B. M.]; Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 35, pl. 3, fig. 9, 10 cf
(1882).
Enploea menetriesii Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind,. Vol. i, p. 87 (1882).
Enploea pimvilli INIarshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 89.
Penoa menetriesii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 275 (i883).
Penoa pinwillii Moore, ibidem.
Enploea dione race menetriesi Bingham, Butt. Ind. \’ol. i, p. 36 (ipoS).
Enploea deione menetriesi Frnhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 238 (igio).
Enploea deione menetriesi IMoulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10 (3),
p. 184 (1921).
d. E. d. epiphaneta. Sumatra.
Enploea (Penoa) pinivillii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 372 (1896).
Ettploea deione epiphancia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910)
[Auct.].
e. E. d. hdrhurgeri. Sumatra N.-O.
Enploea dejone (sic !) hdrhurgeri Rebel, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. Vol. 74-75,
p. 21 (1926).]
f. E. d. bitiiettdijki. Pulu Weh.
Enploea deione hnUcndijhi van Fecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 221, fig. 5
(igiSl [Leiden].
Enploea (Crastia) dejone^ hdrhurgeri (i) Rebel, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien,
Vol. 74, p. 21 (1924) [Wien].
g. E. d. hheiU. Nias.
l Enploea menetriesii Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 17 (1884).
Enploea kheili o* Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 269, pl. i, fig. 4 (i885)
[Berl.].
Penoa kheili Q Thieme, Berl. Ent, Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. i63 (1904).
Enploea deione kheili Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910).
h. E. d. pasina. Palo Tello.
Penoea pasina Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben. Vol. 20, p. i32 (1906) [Auct.].
Enploea deione pasina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910).
i. E. d. stitzi. iMentawei.
Enploea seitzi Ilagen, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 24, p. 195 (1898).
Penoa seitzi Hagen, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 20, p. 324, pl. 2, fig. 4 (1902).
Enploea deione seitzi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 238 (1910).
j. E. d. wallengrenii.
Enploea wallengrenii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 336 (1867) [Tring];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 17 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 300(1878).
Betanga wallengrenii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 (i883).
Enploea alcathoe Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 284 11890).
Enploea deione wallengreni Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 289, pl. 86 1!,
fig. 3 c? (1910).
Enploea menetriesii f. ivallengreni Piei'ers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 16,
pl. 12, fig. 12 o* (i9i3).
(i) La description dc convenant en tout aux c.xemplaires ty['cs du Musee de T.ciden et la localite et.int
identique, il ne peut s’agir que dc la ineme forme.
126
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
j' E. d. lioallengyenii f. demaculata. J^va.
Euploea deione wallengreni f. demaculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 239 (1910) [Auct.].
k. E. d. sapilana. Lombok,
Penoa piniDilU Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 124 (1897).
Penoa menetriesi sapitana Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 43, p. 69(1899) [Auct.].
Euploea deione sapitana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
l. E. d. menodice. Sumbawa.
Euploea deione menodice Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 289 (1910)
[Auct ].
m. E. d. zonata. Borneo.
Euploea zonata Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 338 (f (1873) [B. M.] ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. 147 (1877).
Penoa zonata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (i883).
Euploea Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 53 (i885).
Euploea deione zonata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
Euploea deione zonata Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2. p. 2o3 (igiS).
m' E. d. zonata f. masiita. Borneo S.-E.
Euploea (Penoa) masina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 16 (1897)
[Auct.].
Euploea deione zonata f. (?) masina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 289
(igio).
Euploea deione masina Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 2o3 (igiS).
n. E. d. transpectus. Billiton.
Penoa transpectus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (i883) [B, M.].
Euploea deione transpectus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (igio).
o. E. d. hanghana, subsp. n. (i). Bangka.
Euploea deione pinwilli van Eecke, Zool. Adeded. Leid. Vol. 2, p. 284 (1916)
[Leid.].
p. E. d. Cyllene. Palawan.
Euploea (Penoa) piimillii var. Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 3i (1889) [Berl.].
Crastia Cyllene Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 323 (1892).
Euploea deione cyllenc Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
58. E. swaitison. Riu-Kiu-Celebes.
a. E. s. kuromae. Riu-Kiu.
Euploea (Crastia) A’z<ro/i£)ize Matsumura, Ann. Zool. Jap. Vol, 6, p. 9. pl. i, fig. i
(1906).
Euploea sioainsoni huroiwae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910).
b. E. s. swaiiison. Luzon.
Danais sioainson Godart, Encyc. Aleth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 8i5 (i823).
Euploea swainsoni Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 33 (1847).
Euploea swainsojiii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 {1866).
Euploea sweinsonii Kirby, Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 36 (1871).
Euploea swainsonii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Andasena swainsoniiyiooxe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (i883).
Crastia swainsonii Sem-per , Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, i, p. 20, pl. 4, fig. 7 O*. 8 Q (1886).
Euploea swainsoni sivainsoni J'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
c. E. s. biiira. Palawan.
Euploea (Andasena) hutra Staudinger, Iris, Vol. i, p. 29 (1889) [Berl.].
Crastia hutra Semper, Reis. Phil. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 322 (1892).
Euploea swainsoni hutra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
(i) Euploea deione bangka7ia subsp. n., proche de epiphaneia \ de couleur plus claire ; les taches submarginales des
posterieures indique.s seulement comme de vagues points ; points antemarginaux fortement saupoudres. Ainsi elle ressemble
plus a Cyllene qu’a epiphaneia. 2 cf Bangka (v. d. Bossche) au Alusee de Leiden.
FAM. DANAT DID^.
127
c‘ E. s. biifra f. deaUniia.
Euboea sxvainsoni butra f. dealbata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. VY)1. q, p. 239
(iQio) [Auct.].
d. E. S. jadiva.
Enploea stvainsoni jadiva Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 276 (1911)
[Auct.].
e. E. 5. suluaiia.
Andasena suluana IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (i883) [B. M.].
Enploea swainsoni suluana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \’ol. 9, p. 240,
pl. 841?, hj^. I G* (1910).
f. E. S. duplex nom. nov.
Enploea su>aiiisoni hasilana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol.g, p. 240, pl. 82 i?,
fig. 3 o' (1910) nec E. dufresne [Auct.].
g. E. S. bicasi.
Andasena lucasi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (i8S3) [B. M.].
Crastia lucasi Semper, Reis. Pbil. \’ol. i, p. 21, })1. 4, fig. 9 cf, 10 Q (1886).
Enploea swaiiisoni lucasi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 289 (1910).
h. E. S. falautensis.
Enploea sivainsonii var. talautensis Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 42, pl. i,
fig. I (1896) [Leid.].
i. E. S. bevagna.
Enploea swainsonii bevagna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 276
(1911) [Auct.].
j . E. S. donovani.
Enploea donovani Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 343 (1867) [Tring.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 37 (1871) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Andasena donovani Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (i883).
Enploea swainsoni donovani Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910).
Enploea donovani Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 4 (igiS).
59. E. magou.
Enploea magou Martin. Iris, Vol. 26, p. 197 (1912), Vol. 29, p. 5 (iqiS).
60. E. abjecta.
Enploea abjecta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (1866) [B. M.] ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 112 (1871) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1877).
Tagata abjecta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (i883).
Enploea abjecta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240. pl. 82 r, fig. 5 Q
(1910).
6r. E. diana.
a. E. d. diana.
Enploea diana Butler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297, pl. 29, fig. 6 G* (1866)
[B. M.].
Enploea hirbyi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 334 o* Q (1867) [Tring].
Enploea diana Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. iio (1871) ; Butler, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Bibisana diana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 I i883).
Enploea diana Pagenstecher, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 23, p. 389 11897).
Crastia diana Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 149 (1899).
Enploea diana diana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. 3'ol. 9. p. 240 (iqio).
Enploea diana Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. io5 (1914).
b. E. d. horsfieldii.
Enploea horsfieldii bcldcr, Reis. Nov. Lep. \'ol. 2, 333, pl. 40, fig. 4 (77 (1867)
[Tring].
Balabak.
Sulu.
Bazilan.
Mindanao.
Talaut.
Sangir.
Celebes sept.
Celebes.
Palau.
Celebes.
Celelies septentr.
Celebes merid.
128
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Euploea diana var. a. horsfieldii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i6, n. iio {1871).
Eiiploea horsfieldii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Bilnsana horsfieldii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 (i883).
Euploea diana horsfieldi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910) ;
Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. ii5 (1914).
b' E. d. horsfieldii f. fruhstorfieri (i).
Euploea fruhstorfieri Rdber, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 23, p. 99 (1897).
Euploea diana horsfieldi f. fruhstorfieri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 240 (1910).
c. E. d. tombugeiisis.
Crastia horsfieldi tonibugensis Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. i5o (1899)
[Auct.].
Euploea diana tonibugensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240, pl. 8241,
tig. 4 o* (1910) ; Martin, Iris, Vol. 28, p. io5 (1914) ; Jurriaanse et Linde-
mans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62, Suppi, p. 16 (1920).
d. E. d. nicaias.
Euploea diana nicaias Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 276(1911) [Berl.].
e. E. d. laodikeia.
Euploea diana laodikeia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910)
[Auct.] ; Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 4 (i9i5).
62. E. maiira.
a. E. m. niaiira.
Euploea maura Hopffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 35, p. 32 (1879) [Berl.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. 141 (1877).
Betanga maura INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 (i883).
Crastia maura Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. i52 (1899).
Euploea maura maura Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910).
b. E. m. wiskotii.
Euploea wiskotti Rbber, Iris, Vol. i, p. 186, pl. 8, fig. 3 (fi (1887) [Berl.].
Euploea maura wiskotti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240 (1910).
C. E. 11! . corvina.
Euploea wiskotti corvina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 43, p. 186 (1898)
[Auct.].
Euploea maura corvina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 240, pl. &6a,
fig- I Cf (1910).
63. E. baudiniaiia.
a. E. b. haudiniana.
Danais baudiniana Godart, Encyc. IMeth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 181 (1819).
Euploea orope Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 100 (i832).
Euploea baudiniana Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 24 11847).
Euploea orope Doubleday, ibidem, n. 35 (1847); Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep.
Atlas, pl. II, fig. 9 (fi (i858); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (1S66).
Euploea baudiniana Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 107 (1871).
Euploea orope Kirby, ibidem, p. 16, n. ii5 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Andasena baudiniana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (i883).
Andasena orope INIoore, ibidem.
Euploea [Andasena) orope de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 372
(1895).
Euploea baudiniana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 270 (1910).
b. E. b. lewa.
Euploea (Rastima P) lewa Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 162,
pl. 2, fig. 2 (i8gi).
Euploea baudiniana lewa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 240, pl. 85 li,
fig- 4 Cf (1910).
Celebesorient., Kabaena
Muna, Buton.
Bangkai.
Salej^er.
Iles satellites de Celebes
Tongean.
Bangkai.
Sula.
Stimba-Roma.
Timor.
Sumba.
(i) Cette forme n’est pas propre a la race horsfieldii, elle se retrouve egalement chez les autres races de Tile.
FAM. DAXAIDID^J
1 29
c. E. b. belinda.
Enploea orope var. Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (1866).
Euplotu helinda Q Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878)
[B. M.].
A/idaseua belinda Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (i883).
Euploea {Aitdasena) belinda de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng-. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 371 (iSgS).
Euploea baudiniana belinda Fruhstorfer, Seit/,’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241 (1910).
c' E. b. belinda f. oropina.
Euploea oropina Rdber, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 24, ]>. 296 (1891).
Euploea baudiniana belinda f. oropina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 241 (1910).
c" E. b. belinda f. latisliiga.
Euploea baudiniana belinda f. latisliiga Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
ji. 241 ( 1910) [Auct.J.
tl. E. b. fabricia.
Euploea baudiniana fabricia Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241,
j)!. 86a, fig. 4 (1910) [Auct.].
e. E. b. domitia.
Euploea baudiniana domitia Fruhstorfer, Seitz' (irosschm. Vol. 9, p. 241, pl. 841!,
fig-. 4 o' (1910) [.“^uct.].
6.j.. E. eleidho.
a. E. e. ancile.
Euploea eleutho ancile Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241, pl. 82(f,
lig-. 2 o' (1910) [Auct.].
b. E. e. sacerdos.
Chanapa sacerdos (f Q Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 366, pl. 38, fig. 7
(i883) [B. M.].
Euploea eleutho sacerdos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 241, pl. 84 if,
lig. 2 cf (1910); Talbot, Bull. Hili IMus. Vol. i. p. 21, pl. 2 B, fig. i 0^1
2 Q, pl. 3 B, fig. 4 Q (1921).
C. E. e. eleutheria.
Euploea eleutho eleutheria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241, pl. 84^,
fig. 3 Q (1910) [Auct.].
d. E. e. Corinna.
Danais Corinna Mac Leay, King’s Surv. Austral. Vol. 2, App. p. 26, n. i5o
(1827;.
Euploea Corinna Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 32 (1847).
Euploea angasii Felder, Reis. Novar. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 248 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea lewinii Felder, ibidem, p. 845 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea Corinna Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. ]i. ii, n. 28u (1871).
Euploea angasii Kirby, ibidem, p. 12, n. 5o.
Euploea eleutho var. a. leivinii Kirby, ibidem, p. 16, n. 116.
Euploea eleutho var. angasii Kirby, ibidem, p. 640, n. 116.
Euploea sylvester (peLYt.) Kirby, ibidem, p. 692, n. 80 (1877).
Euploea Corinna Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14. p. 299(1878).
Chanapa Corinna Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (i883).
Chenapa lewini Moore, ifudem.
Chenapa angasi Moore, ibidem.
Euploea corinna Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1044 (1S90).
Euploea eleutho corinna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol, 9, p. 241 (1910).
Euploea corinna corinna VVaterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 24. fig. 19 (1914).
Euploea corinna Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 23, pl. 3 A. fig. i o’ - '■}
(1921).
d' E. e. corinna f. eucliis.
Euploea euchis Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vf)l. 4,p. 1048 (1S90).
Euploea eleutho corinna ab. eiiclns Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 241
(1910).
Wetter.
Kisser, I.etti.
I-ioma.
Guinee - Alarianne.s.
Ijammer- Australi e.
Dammer- Kisser- Babber.
Ten i in be r- K ei - A r Li .
Teun.
Australie orient.
i3o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
e. E. e nienwenhitisi subsp. nov. (i). Nouv. Guinee merid.
f. E. e. eleidho. — Pl. 4, Fig. 4. Mariannes.
Danais eleutho Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Freycin. pl. 83, fig. I2 cf (i8i5i ; p. 554
(1824) [Par.]; Godart, Encyc. Meth Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 8i5 fi823).
Euplaea (sic) eleutho (part.) Boisduval, Voy. Astr. Ent. Vol. i, p. 100 (i832).
Euploea eleutho Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 36 {1847) ; Butler. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (1866); Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16,
n. 116 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Andasena eleutho Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i8S3).
Euploea eleutho eleutho Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. ^■ol. 9, )). 241 (1910).
Euploea eleutho Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 26, pl. 3 B, fig. 6 cf (1921).
65. E. schmeltzi.
Oceanie.
a. E. s. schmeltzi. Samoa.
Euploea schmeltzi Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 70, pl. 2, fig. 8 Q
( 1869) ; Herrich-Schaffer, Aussereur. Schmett. Vol. 2, fig. iio Q (i86g);
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. gS (1871); Butler, Journ. I.inn.
Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Deragena schmeltzii M.ooxe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i883).
Euploea (Derogcna sic!) schmeltzi Rebel, Deutsch. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Vol. 85,
pl. 416, fig. 3i, 32 9 , pl. 18, fig. 2, 3 cf (1910).
Euploea schmeltzi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241 (1910).
Euploea schmcltzii schmcltzii PouUon, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1928, ]). 597
(1924I.
Euploea schmeltzi schmeltzi Hopkins. Ins. Samoa, Vol. 3, p. i5, pl. 4, fig. 3, 4,
metam. (1927).
b. E. s. ivhitmei. EojAlty.
Euploea whitmei Q Butler. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 349 (1877)
[B. M.]; Butler. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 299 (1878).
Deyagena whitmei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i883).
Euploea whitmei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242(1910).
Euploea schmeltzii whitmei Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 597 (1924).
c. E. S. mareensis. Mare.
Euploea schmeltzi mareensis Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. i (3), p. So
(1927).
d. E. S. childreni (2).
Deragena childreni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i883) [Ob.].
Euploea ivhitmei childreni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242 (1910).
(1) E. eleutho nieuwenhuisi subsp. nov.
Cf Dessus : noir plus brun que chez sacerdos Butler, mais meme taille. Bords anal et terminal des posterieures
eclaircis. Les taches reduites aux quatre ailes : aux anterieures une costale au-dessus de Tapex cellulaire; les apicales bien
separees et un peu plus petites que chez sacerdos', la tache sous la nervure 4 tres reduite, a peu pres de la moitie de la
grandeur de celle de sacerdos-, celle sous 3 ponctiforme ; celle sous 2 presque invisible; points antemarginaux absents. Aux
posterieures, les taches submarginales tres reduites, celle entre les nervures la et 4 doubles. longues, non confluentes,
comme chez les formes de baudiniana God. et swainson God., points antemarginaux absents.
Dessous : couleur comme chez sacerdos, les taches comme dessus, mais avec les points cellulaires et circumcellulaires
usuels; quelques points antemarginaux bleuatres aux quatre ailes.
I cf Merauke (Nouv. Guin. holi, merid.), dans la collection des Missionnaires du Sacre-Coeur, a Heverle, recoltee
par le R. P. P. Vertenten.
Denommee d’apres M. E. J. Nieuwenhuis, de Rotterdam, qui m’a donne Texemplaire.
Cette forme se differende nettement de toutes les autres races de eleutho, mais semble se rapprocher beaucoup de la
forme euclus Misk., que je n’ai jamais vue et qui se trouve en Australie septentrionale. C’est bien lapremiere fois que eleutho
est signalee en Nouvelle Guinee et precisement dans la meme contree ou nous connaissons une autre espece nettement
australienne : Delias argenthona F.
(2) Cette forme, decrite de Java, ou certainement elle n’existe pas, est excessivement proche de whitmei, d’apres
la description et il est presque certain qu’elle est identique a cette derniere. Mais, a defaut de certitude, je prefere la laisser
telle quelle.
FAAI. DANAIDID^
66. E gtterini.
a. E. g. amyciis.
Euploea amycus Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (21, Vol. 4, p. 1044 (i8go).
Euploea giurini niiiycus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. y, p. 242 (1910);
Waterhoase et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 24, fig‘. i8-2t) (1914).
b. E. g. guerini.
Euploea guerini Felder, Reis. Nov. Le]). Vol. 2, p. 332 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
S3'n. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 33 (1871).
Euploea guerinii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Rasuma guerini Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 283 (i883).
Euploea guerini guerini P'ruhstoifer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910). '
c. E. g. eiDta
Euploea guerini enna Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (igio) [Auct.].
d. E. g. tenebrosa.
Chirosa tenebrosa Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 341 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea guerini tenebrosa Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242 (1910).
d' E. g. tenebrosa f. bnino.
Chirosa bruno Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 342 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea (Chirosa) bruno Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. A'er. Nat. Vol. 5o, p. 72 (1897).
Euploea guerini punicea f. bruno Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 242
(1910).
E. g. tenebrosa f. palilia.
Euploea guerini punicea f. palilia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242,
pl. 84^, fig. 3 Q (1910) [Auct.].
d® E. g. tenebrosa f. ainelliysta.
Euploea guerini punicea f. amethvsta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242.
pl 82 4'. fig. 5 Q (1910) [Auct.].
d* E. g. tenebrosa f. progressiva.
Euploea guerini punicea f. progressiva Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. y,
p. 242, pl. 84r, fig. 4 o’ (1910) [.Auct.].
d= E. g. tenebrosa f. punicea.
Chirosa punicea Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 842 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea guerini punicea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242, pl. 844',
fig. 2 cf (1910).
e. E. g. violetta.
Calliploea violetta Q Butler, Ann. Alag'. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. i8, p. 242 (1876)
[B. A-I.].
Euploea dolosa o' Q Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 765, pl. 77, fig. i q* (1876)
[B. AI.]; Kirby, Syn Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 83g. n 148 (1877).
Euploea violetta Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. ]). 889, n. 148(1877); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1S78).
Euploea dolosa Butler, ibidem.
RasUma violetta Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond ]i. 282(1883).
Rasuma pleiailis Q* Q Aloore, ibidem, p. 283 (i883) [B. AI.J.
Rasuma dolosa Aloore, ibidem.
Rasuma louisa (p Q Aloore, ibidem [B M.].
Rasuma stella (gf 9 Aloore, ibidem, p. 284 [B. AL].
Euploea guerini violetta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]). 242, pl. Si h,
2 9 (1910).
c' E. g. Violetta f. ordinata.
Rasuma ordinata Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. jn 282 (i883) [B. AL].
Euploea guerini violetta f. ordinata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Gnrssschm. Vol. 9.
p. 242 (igioi.
i3 r
Nouv. Guinee, .Australie.
Cap York.
Aru.
Salawati.
Nouv. Guinee sept.
Nouv. Guinee merid.
i32
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
c" E. g. viohtta f. denticulata.
Rtisuma denticulata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 283 (i883) [B. M.].
Enpioea guerini viohtta f. denticulata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9i
p. 242 (1910).
E. g. violetta f. biptinctata.
Rasunia bipunctata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 283 (i883) [B.M.].
Euploea guerini violetta f. bipunctata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 242 (igio).
E. g. violetta f. siderea.
Rasuma siderea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 283 o* (i883) [B. M.].
Rasunia astraea Moore, ibidem, p 283 o* Q [B. M.].
Euploea guerini violetta i. astraea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242
(1910).
Euploea guerini astraea van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 2, p. 287 (1916).
67. E. illudens.
a. E. i. illudens.
Euploea illudens Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 40 o* Q (1882)
[B.M.].
Crastia illudens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2S0 (i883).
Euploea illudens Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 98 (1898).
Euploea (Crastia) illudens Pagenstecher, Zoolog. Vol. 27, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i,
p. 53 (1899).
Euploea illudens Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910).
Euploea illudens lygdaviis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910)
[Auct ].
6S. E. decipiens.
Euploea decipiens Butler, Ann. Mag'. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 41 cf Q (1882)
[B. M.].
Crastia decipiens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 280 (i883).
Euploea [Crastia) decipiens Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 53 (1S99).
Euploea decipiens Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910).
6y. E. subnobilis.
Euploea subnobilis Strand, Lep. Niepelt. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 8, fig. 9 cp (1914)
[Hill].
70. E. hemera.
a. E. h. hemera.
Euploea hemera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248, pl 86 a, fig. 2 cf
(1910) [Auct.].
b. E. h. iiesis.
Euploea hemera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248, pl. 86(7, fig. 2
(1910) [Auct.].
71. E. i rene.
Euploea irene Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248, pl. 86 c. fig. i G*
(1910) [Auct.].
72. E. vitella (i).
Euploea vitella Montrouzier, Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat. Lyon, p. 403 (i856); Kirby,
Syn.Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. 146 (1877).
Betanga vitella Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 (i883).
Euploea vitella Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910); Rothschild,
I.ep. B. O. U. et Woll. Exp. p. 12 (1915).
73. E. transfixa (i).
Euploea transfixa Montrouzier, Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat. Lyon p. 404 (i856); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. 129(1871); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910).
Arch. Bismarck.
Nouv. Bretagne, Ile Duke
of York.
lies de 1’Amiraute.
Mefor.
Dammer.
Fergusson. Kiriwina.
Woodlark, Nouv. Guin.
Woodlark.
(i) Ces deux formes sont reellement douteuses ; on ne sait pas exactement ce que ces noms representent.
FAM. DANAI DTD.F:
i33
74. E. melanoj^a (1). Nouvelle Guinee.
a. E. m. cissia. Misole.
Eiiploea iitelaiiopa cissia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 248 (1910).
[Aiict.].
b. E. m. potnissa. Salawati.
Eupiofa melanopa potaissa Fruhstorfer, Arch, Nat. 81 A (ii), p. 63 (iQiS) [Auct.].
c. E. in. jiilica. Waigeu.
Euploea melanopa julica F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 243, pl. 86/9
fig. I o' (1910) [.\uct.].
d. E. ni. meldiiopii. Nouv. Guinee occid.
Euploea melanopa Kober, Iris, Vol. i, p. 190, pl. 8, fig. 2 o’ (1S87) [Kerl.J ;
F'nihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 243 (igio).
d‘ E. !». melanopa i. albifroiis (2).
Euploea melanopa melanopa f. albifrons Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 24.3, pl. 86/u fig. 3 o’ (1910) [.Auct.],
d" E. m. melanopa f. delicia.
Euploea melanopa melanopa f. delicia FVuhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 24.3, pl. 86 6, fig. 2 cf (1910) [Auct.].
e. E. m. vertenleni. Nouv. Guinee merid.
Euploea melanopa vertenleni Hulstaert, Ann. Soc. Ent. Kelgc Vol. 64, p. 78 (1924)
[Hev.].
f. E. m. parca. Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
Euploea melanopa parca Fruhstorfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910J
[Auct.].
g. E. m. Iheriodes. Nouv. Guinee centrale.
Euploea melanopa theriodes F'ruhstorfer, Ent. Rundsch. Vol. 3i, p. 33 (1914)
[Auct.]. '
h. E. m. lachrymosa (huius speciei ?) Jobi.
Chirosa lackrvmosa Grose-Smith. Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 341 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea guerini lackrvmosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 242 (1910).
75. E. algea. Molucques.
a. E. a. anthracina. Amboina, Saparua,
Euploea anthracina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 2S0, fig. i (1866) [B. M.] ; Ceram.
Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 47 (1871) ; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Betanga anthracina Moore, ibidem, p. 274 (i883).
Euploea anthracina Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 1, }). 53 (i885); Ribbe.
Iris, Vol. 2, p. 23 (1889).
Euploea duponchcli anthracina F'ruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.244 (1910).
b. E. a. lykoatis. Ceram orient.
Euploea duponcheli lykoalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910)
[Auct ].
C. E. a. algea. Buru.
Danais algea Godart, Encyc. Aleth. Ilist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 178 (1S19) [Par.].
Euplaea (sic) duponchelii Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, }i. 97 (iS32).
Euploea duponchelii. Doubleday. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 7 (1S47).
Euploea climena (part.) Doubleday, ibidem, ]>. 88, n. 18.
(1) Semble appartenir a illudens.
(2) Cette forme se trouve aussi chez la race theriodes b'ruhstorfer. Cfr. van Eecke, Nov. ('tuinea, Vol. i3, p. 61 dOiS)
et Zool. Med. Vol. 2, ]>. 2.37 (1916).
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
1 34
Euploea duponchelii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (1866) ; Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. Sy (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi {1878).
Betanga dupoiichelii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 (i883). .
Euploea duponchelii Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 23 (1889) ; Pagenstecher, Zool. Vol. 27,
Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 5i (1899).
Belatiga duponchelii (?) Holland, Nov. Zool. Vol. 7, p. 58 (1900).
Euploea duponcheli duponcheli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910).
d. E. a. dodingensis. Molucques sept.
Betanga dodingensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (i883) [B. M.|.
Euploea duponcheli dodingensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244
(1910).
E. a. dodingensis ab. varina. Batjan.
Euploea duponcheli dodingensis ab. varina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 244 (1910) [Auct.].
e. E. a. moliiccana. Obi.
Betanga moluccana (g Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), Vol. 14, p. 417 (1904)
[B. M.].
Euploea duponcheli moluccana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910).
76. E. nechos. Treasury, Bougainville.
Euploea nechos (g Mathew, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 37 (1887); Ribbe, Iris,
Vol. II, p. 97 (1898); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910);
Q Strand, Lepid. Niepelt, Vol. i, p. 25 (1914) [HillJ.
77. E. megaera. Aru.
Euploea megaera Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 30(1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool.
Vol. 14. p. 3oo ( 1878).
Betanga megaera Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 {i883).
Euploea magaera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910).
78. E. morosa.
a. E. m. mofosina.
Euploea megaera morosina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244, pl. Sarf,
fig. 3 o* (1910) [Auct.].
Molucques.
Obi.
b. E. m. morosa. Molucques sept.
Euploea morosa Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282, fig. 2 (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea dahnannii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 332 (1867) [Tringj.
Euploea morosa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 56 (1871).
Euploea climena var. a. dahnannii Kirby, ibidem, ]). 12, n. 48 (1871).
Euploea morosa Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Chirosa morosa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (i883).
Euploea morosa morosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910).
c. E. m. gebehensis. Gebeh.
Euploea morosa gebehensis van Eecke, Zool. Med. Leid. V'ol. i, p. 223 (i9i5)
[Leid.].
79. E, netscheri (i).
a. E. n. numantia.
Euploea pierreti numantia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245, pl. 86 6,
fig. 4 cf (1910) [Auct.].
Nouv. Guinee.
Waigeu.
(i) Comme il est indique plus haut (p. ii3), Texemplaire typique de pierretii etant identique klatreillei Q, ce nom
ne peut etre retenu pour Tespece qui le porte communement. Celle-ci doit s’appeler netscheri et la forme de Nouv. Guinee
occidentale et meridionale devrait recevoir un nouveau nom.
II semble que cette espece pourrait etre groupee avec decipietis (n° 68).
FAM. DANAIDID^.
i35
b. E. II. netscheri.
Euploea netschcri SneWew. Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 32, p. 384, pl. 8, fig. 3 o* (iSSg)
[Leid.].
Euploea {Chirosa) netscheri Hagen, Jahrl). Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 5o, p. 71
(1897).
Euploea nielanopa netscheri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschin. Vol. 9, p. 245 (1910).
c. E. n. seposiia nom. nov.
Euploea melina Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. Vol. 12, p. 456 (1878),
God.
Euploea pierretii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878) mc
Feld.
Chirosa pierretii iVIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (i883).
Euploea pierreti pierreti Friihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245 (igio).
d. E. n. er ana.
Euploea pierreti erana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 245 (1910) [Auct.].
80. E. charox.
a. E. ch. charox.
Euploea charox Kirsch, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresd. Vol. i. p. ii5 (1S78) [Dresd.].
Vadebra charox Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 261 (i883).
Chirosa fuscosa Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 343 {1894) [Tring].
Euploea lugubris fuscosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245 (1910).
b. E. ch. lugubris.
Chirosa lugubris Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 842 cf (1894) [Tring].
Euploea lugubris Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ G-rossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910) ; Joicey et
Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 70, pl. 3, fig. 2 cf (1916); Joicey et
Talbot, ibidem, pl. 3, fig. 3 Q (1916) [Hili].
8 r . E. lapeyrousei.
Euplaea (sic !) lapeyrousei Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 97 (i832) [Ob.].
Euploea lapeyrousei Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 27 (1847) ; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 282 (1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12,
n. 60 ( 1S71 ).
Euploea batesii (part.) Kirby, ibidem, p. 889, n. 60 (1877).
Chirosa lapeyrousei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 385 (i883).
Euploea lapeyrousei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol 9, p. 248 (1910).
82. E. boisduvalii.
a. E. b. frautduhnia.
Euploea fraudulenta Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. to, p. 41 (1882)
[B. M.].
Mestapra fraudulenta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (i883).
Euploea fraudulenta Rjbbe, Iris, Vol. 1 1, p. 99 (1898).
Euploea fraudulenta fraudulenta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244
(1910).
b. E. b. rtndovana.
Euploea fraudulenta rendovana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rund. Vol. 3o, p. 124 (i9i3)
[Auct.].
C. E. b. lystra.
Euploea fraudulenta lystra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 244 (1910)
[Auct.].
d. E. b. pyrgion.
Euploea pyrgion Godman et Salvin. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 91
(1888) [B. M.].
e. E. b. era.
Euploea (Chirosa) era de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. M. H. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 287.
pl. F F', fig. 2 o* (1902).
Nouv. Guinee sept.
Nouv. Guinee holland.
Papua inerid.
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
Baie Geelvink.
Misore.
Biak.
Nouv. Guinee.
Salomon-Fidji.
Salomon sept.
Rendova.
Treasuiy.
Alaleita.
Santa Cruz.
i36
LEPIDOPTERA RIIOPALOCEKA
f. E. b. hakeri.
Euploea torvina bakeri Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. i (3), p. 52 (1927).
g. E. b. /oniina.
Euploea torvina q' Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 611 (iSyS) [B. M.].
Euploea paykullei Q Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (4), Vol. 18, p. 241 (1876)
[B. M ]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. SSg, n. i52 (1877).
Euploea torvina Kirby, ibidem, p. S3g. n. i56; Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Zool. Vol. 14. p. 3oi (1878).
Euploea pavliullei Yi\xi\er . ibidem.
Mestapra torvina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (i883).
Mestapra pavkullei Moore. ibidem.
Euploea torvina lAuhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245 {1910).
Euploea pavkullet Fruhstorfer, ibidem.
Euploea torvina Poulton. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 192 (1924).
h. E. b. rileyi.
Euploea torvina rileyi Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 593 (1924) [Oxf.].
1. E. b. boisdiivalii (i).
Euploea boisduvalii Lucas. Kev. Zool. p. 321 cf (i853) [Par.]; Butler, Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond. ]). 202 (1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Clat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 1 17 (1871 ).
Deragena boisduvalii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 {i883).
Euploea boisduvalii Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, VV. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1046 (1890).
Euploea eleuiho corinna (part.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241
(1910).
Euploea boisduvalii Poulton. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1928. p. 589 (1924).
E. b. boisdiivalii f. ptoserpina {i).
Euploea Proserpina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea herrichii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. \’ol. 2, p. 844, pl. 39, fig. 3, 4 (1867J
[Tring].
Euploea proserpina Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 118(1871); Butler,
Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oo (1878).
Deragena pioserpina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i883).
Euploea eleutho proserpina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 241 (1910J.
Euploea proserpina Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. 10, p. 29, 3o, pl. 3 B. fig. i o*
2 Q (1921).
Euploea boisduvalii proserpina Poidton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 590,
pl. 3o, fig. 3. 4; pl. 32, fig. 2, 3, 7. i6-25; pl. 33, fig. 5-9, n; pl. 34, fig.
i5-22; pl. 36, fig. 5-9 ; pl. 37, fig. 2-5 ; pl. 38. fig. 2; pl. 40, fig. 2 ; pl. 44,
fig. 5 (1924).
j. E. b. mangoensis.
Vadebra iiiangoensis Butler, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. i3, p. 344 (1884I
[B. M.].
Euploea climena mangoensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 227 (igiop
Euploea boisduvalii simmondsi Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 591. pl. 3i,
fig. 3, 4; pl. 39, fig. 5 ; pl. 40, fig. i; pl. 41, fig. 1-3; pl. 42, fig. 1-7 (1924)
[Oxf.].
Euploea boisduvalii mangoensis Poidton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. igaS, p. iS
(1925).
83. E. brenchleyi (2).
Euploea brenchleyi Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 5. p 357 (1870) [B. M.] ;
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 640, n. (>ohis (1871); Butler, Brenchley’s
Cruis. Curae, p. 464, pl. 46, fig. 1-4 Q (1873); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Chirosa brenchleyi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (i883).
Euploea bi enchleyi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 245 (igio).
(1) La forme boisduvalii est une aberration fort rare, tandis que \aiiorni& proserpina
pour ainsi dire normale.
(2) Est probablement une forme ou race de boisduvalii, ressemblant a torvina.
I. Banks, N. flebrides
sept.
N. Heb rides merid.
Loyalt}', N. Caledonie.
Fidji occ.
Fidji orient., Wallis.
Salomon.
est beaucoup plus commune et
FAM. DANAIDIDiE
i37
84. E. eiiriaiiassa.
Noiiv. Guinee.
a. E. e. eiin'a)!assa. Papua orient.
Eiiploen euiiiDiiissa q’ 1 lewitsoii , Exot. Butt. V(.'l. 2, Eupl. pl. 12, ftg. 2 (i858)
[H. M.]; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 3oi (i866); KirViy, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. 124 (1871).
Mfslitpra eurianassa Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 28D (i883).
Penoa tliomsoni Kirby, Ann. Mag'. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. 4, }>, iSy cf (1889) [B. M.].
Eiiplofd eurianassa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910).
b. E. e. ciDuaxa. Nolivn Guinee N.-E.
Eitploea eurianassa cuinaxa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245 (1910)
[Auct.J.
c. E. e. terent ilia.
Euploea eurianassa terentilia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 243,
pl. 82 G fig. 3 o’ (1910) [Auct.].
Fergusson.
85. E. mitra. Seychelles.
Euploe a mitra (J Moore. Cat. Lep. Mus. E. Ind. Comp. p. 127 (iSSy) [B M.];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 16, n. ii3 (1871); Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol, 14,
p. 3oo (1878).
Raniasa mitra Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 281, pl. 3i, fig. 8 o* (i883).
Euploea vutra Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 42 (1898); Aurivillius, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. i3, p. 78, pl. 25 rf, fig. 3 cf (1910).
86. E. rogeri (huius sectionis?). Seychelles?
Crastia rogeri Geyer, Zutr. Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 5, p. 36, fig. 947,
948 Q (1837).
Euploea rogeri Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 16, n. 114 (1871).
Doricha (?) rogeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i8 (i883).
Crastia rogeri de Joannis, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 63, p. 426 (1894),
Euploea rogeri Aurivillius, Rhop. Aethiop. p. 42 (1898): Fruhstorfer, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 249 (1910); Aurivillius, ibidem. Vol. i3, p. 78
(1911).
3. Sous-Genre STICTOPLOEA Butler
Stictoploea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878). — Type : E. gloriosa Butler.
Narmada Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. i3 (1880). — Ty^pe : E. coreta Godart.
Stictoploea Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 8g ( 1882).
Doricha Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 317 (i883). — Type : E. sylvester Fabricius.
Stictoploea Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. 5, p. 23“(i886); Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 23, 28 (igoS) ;
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910).
Caracteres. — Ailes ; Anterieures a deux stries sexuelles chez le cf ; posterieures, sans tache
sexuelle. Nervation comme chez Menama et Crastia. V’alve comme chez Salpinx, mais plus courte. a
extremite longuement etiree, mais faiblement courbee en haut.
Chenille comme chez Menaina et Crastia, mais a trois paires de tentacules, ceux des deuxieme
et cintpiieme segments notablement plus longs.
Le sous-genre se trouve dans la plus grande partie de la region indo-australienne. 11 fait detaut
cependant aux iles l\ei ; au N.-E. il n’atteint pas 1’archipel Bismarck, ni les .Falomon, et sa limite
orientale se trouve aux Nouvelles Hebrides.
i38
LEPIDOPTEKA RHOPALOCERA
II me semble que toutes les especes de ce groupe pourraient etre reunies en une seule, malgre
les differences de coloration et de dessin. Dans chaque localite il n’y a qu’une seule forme. II n’y a
d’exception que pour immaculata Butler et dolesclialii Felder en Nouvelle-Guinee et lacordairei Moore et
jacobseni Rober a Wetter. Mais il est possible que ces formes ne soient pas des races differentes d’une
meme espece mais simplement des formes d’une meme race. Pour le moment, il est toutefois
preferable de ne pas simplifier davantage la classification, bien qu’il paraisse tout a fait legitime de
reunir deja liarrisii, lacordairei, dnfresne, praeelymnias et gloriosa, ainsi que melina, doleschalii, palla et
sylvester, jacobseni, peloroides.
87. E. cor et a.
a. E. c. coreta.
Danais coreta Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. VoL 9, p. 178 (1819).
Euploea core (part.) Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 3i
(1847); (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 276 (1866).
Euploea consimilis Felder, Reis. Novar. Lep. Vol. 2, p. Szg (1867) [Tring].
Euploea core va.T. a. cortis (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 28 (1871).
Euploea core var. a. coreta Kirby, ibidem, p. 640, n. 28 {1871).
Euploea consimilis Kirby. ibidem, p. 12, n. 52.
Euploea coreoidesM.oore , Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 44 (1877) [B.M.];
Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3oi (1878).
Stictoploea consimilis Butler, ibidem, p. 3o2.
Narmada coreoides Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. i3 (18S0).
Euploea coreoides Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 90 (1882).
Euploea consimilis Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem, p. 91.
Narmada coreoides Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i8, pl. 29, fig. 10 (77
(i883).
Narmada consimilis Moore, ibidem, p, 319.
Narmada coreoides Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 134, pl. 5i, fig. i cf, i Q
(1891).
Euploea (Narmada) consimilis de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 377 (1895).
Euploea coreta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. l. p. 23(i9o5); Frahstorfer, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 245 (1910).
b. E. c. montana.
Euploea consimilis var. montana Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 33o (1867)
[Tring]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 52 (1871).
Euploea lankana q' Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p. 44 (1877)
[B. M.].
Stictoploea lankana Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2 (1878).
Stictoploea montana Butler, ibidem.
Narmada montana Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i. p. i3, pl. 6, fig. i cf (1880).
Euploea montana Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 90 (1882).
Narmada montana Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i8 (i883) ; Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I. p. i35, pl. 5i, fig. 2 (p , 2 a Q (1891).
Euploea coreta race montana Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 29 (igo5).
Euploea coreta montana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910).
Stictoploea montana Ormiston, SpoL Zeyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 8 (1918).
Euploea [Stictoploea) coreta montana Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. p. 6 (1924).
88. E. dnfresne.
a. E. d. hopei.
Euploea hopei C Felder, Reis. Nov, Lep. Vol. 2, p. 328 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 97 (1871).
Stictoploea hopei Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2 {1878).
Euploea hopei Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 92, pl. 9,
fig. 18 c7 Q (1882).
Stictoploea hopei Moore, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 819 (i883).
Euploea (Stictoploea) hopei Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2, n. 16 (188S).
Stictoploea hopei Moore, Lep. Ind. p. i38, pl. 53, fig. i o*, i « Q (1891).
Euploea harrisi race hopei Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o {1905).
Euploea harrisi hopei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 246 (1910).
Inde.
Inde merid.
Ce3’lon.
[pines-Celebes- Wetter.
Inde- Indochine- Philip-
Sikkim-Tenasserimsept.-
Hainan.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
iSg
a' E. (i. hopei f. biuotata.
Stictoploea hinotata q’ Q Kutler, Joiirn. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2
(1S7S) [B. M.].
Euploea binotata Marshall et de Niceville, Butt, Ind. Vol. i, p. gS (i883).
Stictoploea biuotata IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. dig, pl. 25, tig. 4 cf (i883);
Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. 1, p. i38, pl. 53, fig, 2 o*, 2 « Q (1891),
Euploea harrisi race hopet var. biuotata Bingham, Butt, Ind, Vol. i, p. 3o (1905).
Euploea harrisi hopei f. binotata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246,
pl. 82 a, fig. 2 o* (1910).
Euploea hanisi f. binotata Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
Euploea (^ictoploeai hanisi binotata Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 536 (1924).
a- E. (L hopei f. pygmaea. Cachar.
Stictoploea Pygmaea q* Q Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 320 (i883) [B. M.];
Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 140, pl. 52. lig. 3 cf, 3« Q (1S91).
Euploea harrisi race hopei var. pygmea Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o, 3i
(i9o5).
Euploea harrisi hopei f. pygmaea I'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246
11910).
a^ E. d. hopei f. microstida.
Stictoploea microsticta (p Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2
(1878) [B. M.].
Euploea microsticta, Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 94 (1882).
Stictoploea microsticta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32o (i883).
Euploea harrisi race hopeivax. microsticta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o (igoS).
Euploea harrisi hopei f. microsticta l'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 246 ( 1910).
a’* E. d. hopei f. regina. Cachar.
Stictoploea regina (J Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 819 (i883) [B. M.] ; Moore,
Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 1.40, pl. 53, fig. 3 o* (1891).
Euploea harrisi race hopei var. regina Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o (igoS).
Euploea hai risi hopeiah. regina b'ruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910).
b. E. d. harrisii. — Pl. 5, Fig. 4.
Euploea harrisii Felder. Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 328 cf (1867) [Tring].
Euploea grotei Felder, ibidem, p. 33g, pl. 41, fig. 7 Q (1867) [Tring].
Euploea harrisii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 96 (1871).
Euploea grotei Kirhy, ibidem, p. 10, n. 23.
Stictoploea grotei Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2 (1878).
Stictoploea harrisii Butler, ibidem.
Stictoploea grotei Moore, Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 824 (1878).
Euploea grotei Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 91 (i883) ; Distant,
Rhop. Mal. p. 36, pl. 3, fig. 3 cf (1882).
Stictoploea harrisi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 320, pl. 3o, fig. 8 (f (i883).
Euploea harrisi Moore, ibidem, p. 41 1 (1886).
Stictoploea hanisi Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. i36, pl. 52, fig. 1 (g , la Q (1891).
Euploea [Stictoploea) harrisi de Niceville, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. p. 160 (1892).
Euploea harrisi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o, pl. i, fig. 4 q* (i9o5).
Euploea harrisi harrisi Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246, pl. 84C
fig. 2 cf (1910).
Euploea harrisi f. harrisi Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza. Contr. Faun. Ent. Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
Euploea dufresne harrisi Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. \'ol. 10 (3),
p. i85 (1921).
b‘ E. d. harrisii f. depiinctata.
Euploea harrisi harrisi f. depunctata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 246 (1910) [Auct.].
b^ E. d. harrisii ab. crotvleyi .
Stictoploea croiolcyi (p Moore, Lej). Ind. Vol. i, p. i38, pl. 52, fig. 2 (1891)
[B. M.].
Tenasserim, Indochine,
Siam, Peninsule Ma-
laise.
Siam.
Tenasserim.
140
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Euploea harrisi var. crowleyi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3o (igoS).
Euploea harrisi harrisii ab. crowleyi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 246 (1910).
E. d. harrisii ab. discatis.
Euploea harrisi harrisi ab. discalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246
fi9io){Auct.].
c. E. d. milhrtnes.
Euploea thyriantina Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 40 (r894).
Euploea (Stictoploea) harrisii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 377 (1895).
Euploea lacordairci mithrcnes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910)
[.^uct.].
d. E. d. convallaria.
Stictoploea convallaria Thieme, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. \’ol. 49, p. i63 (1904).
Euploea lacordairci convallaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246
(1910).
e. E. d. nica.
Euploea (Stictoploea) dufresnei nica Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49,
p. 180 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea lacordairci nica Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (1910).
f. E. d. tyrianthina.
Stictoploea tyrianthina (j* Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 320 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea lacordairci tyrianthina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246
(1910).
Euploea dufresne thyrianthina Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 2o3 (1915).
g. E. d. dotata.
Stictoploea tyrianthina Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 34(1889).
Stictoploea dufresnei dotata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 3 (1900)
[Auct.]
Euploea lacordairci dotata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 246 (igio).
h. E. d. lacordairci.
Stictoploea lacordairci cf Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea lacordairci lacordairci Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247
(1910).
Euploea gloriosa form. lacordairci Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Java. Vol. 3, p. 18,
pl. i3, fig. i5 a cf (igi3).
h‘ E. d. lacordairci f. defigurata.
Euploea lacordairci lacordairci f. defigurata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 247 (1910) [.Vuct.].
h'- E. d. lacordairci f. magniflaga.
Euploea lacordairci lacordairci f. magniplaga Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 247 (1910) [.\uct.].
E. d. lacordairci f. decorata.
Euploea lacordairci lacordairci f. decorata Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 247 (1910) [Auct.].
i. E. d. baweanica.
Euploea lacordairci haweanica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247 (1910)
[.Auct.].
i' E. d. baioeanica f. eleusinida.
Euploea lacordairci baweanica f. eleusinida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 247 (1910) [Auct.].
]. E. d. cassia.
Stictoploea Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 124 (1897).
Euploea lacoidairei cassia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 247 (1910)
[Auct.].
Sumatra
Nias.
Engano.
Borneo.
Palawan
Java.
Bawean.
Lombok.
FAM. DAXAIDID/E
k. E. (1. tunibora.
Eiiploea lacordairei tiiinbora Fr\ihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]). 247 (1910)
[Auct.].
l. E. d. iiielolo.
Slicloploeii )iii;loh Doherty, Jourii. As. Soc. Ben;;'. Vol. 20 (2), p. 160 (1891).
Euploea lacordairei vielolo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 247 (1910).
m. E. d. ijivifabilis.
Euploea lacordairei invitabilis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247 (1910)
[Auct.].
n. E. d. sHiita.
Euploea lacordairei siiuia van Eecke. Zool. IMeded. Leiden, Vol. i, p. 224,
fis. 6 o’ (JgiS) [Leid.].
o. E. d. glarang.
Euploea gloriosa glarang Mariin, Iiis, Vol. 27. p. 155(1914) [Auct.].
Euploea [Stictoploea) gloriosa glarang iMartin, ibidem, Vol. 29, p. 7 (igid).
p. E. d. schlegelii.
Euploea schlegelii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, ]). .^27, [>1. 4i,fig'- ^ (1867)
['rring].
Stictoploea gloriosa (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i (i883).
Euploea gloriosa pompilia Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 248,
pl. 84 i), fig. I (J (1910) [Auct.].
Euploea gloriosa form. schlegelii Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 18,
pl. i3. fig. i5b Q (1913).
Euploea (Stictoploea) gloriosa schlegelii Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 7 (1915).
q. E. d. agapa.
Euploea gloriosa agapa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277(1911).
r. E. d. gloriosa.
Euploea gloriosa q* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293, ])1. 29, fig. 4 O (1866)
[B. M.].
Euploea superba Snellen van Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Ent. {2), Vol. i, p. 209,
pl. IO, fig. I Q ( 1866) [Leid ].
Euploea gloriosa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn Lep. p. 14. n. 91 {1871).
Euploea badoura Kirby, ibidem, p. 16, n. log.
Stictoploea gloriosa Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Wil. 14, p. 3oi (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i (i883); Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit.
Vol. 60, p. i52 (1899).
Euploea gloriosa gloriosa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (igio).
Euploea (Stictoploea) gloriosa Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 6 (igifi).
s. E. d. praeelymnias.
Stictoploea tyrianthina Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5, Schmett. Vol. i, ]>. 323 (1892)
[Berl.].
Euploea prceelymnias Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277 (igii).
t. E. d. hazilana.
Stictoploea dufresnei bazilana FVuhstorfcr, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. \'ol. 45, p. 2
(1900) [Auct.].
Euploea dnfresne bazilana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 247 (1910).
u. E. d. azagra.
Euploea dufresne azagra Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247 (1910)
[Auct.].
V. E. d. dnfresne.
Danais dujrcsne Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. \'ol. 9, p. Si5 (i823
[Par.].
Euploea dufresnii Doidfieday, Gen. Diurn. Lej). p. 87. n. 3, p. 88, n. 28 (1847).
Euploea hctifica Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 292, jil. 29, fig. 3 Q (1S66)
[B. M.].
I4I
Sumbawa.
Sumba.
Alor.
Wetter.
Saleyer.
Celebes merid.
Bangkai.
Celebes sept.
Windanao, ? Mindoio.
Bazilan.
? Mindoro.
Lu.zon.
142
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPAEOCERA
Euploea dufyesnii YiiMex , Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294.
Euploea Aiocletia (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 92 (1871).
Enploealatifica Kirby, ibidem, p. i5, n. 94.
w. E. d. szsjinhoei. Formosa.
Euploea swinhoei Q Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 358 (1866) [B. M.];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 90 (1871).
Stictuploea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol . 14, p. 302(1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i (i883).
Euploea siainhoei Matsumura, Cat. Butt. Jap. Vol. l, p. 12, n. 96 (igo5).
Euploea dufyesne swinhoei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247 (1910).
y. E. d. okinawensis. Japon merid.
Euploea dufyesne ohinawensis Matsumura, Ins. Matsum. Vol. 3, p. 92 (1929).
89. E. melina. Molucques,
a. E. in. picina. Batjan, Halmaheira.
Euploea picina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 23o. pl. 3o, fiy. i q* (1866)
[B. M.].
Euploea scheyzeyi {-p. p ) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. I,ep. p. ii, n. 43 (1871).
Stictoploea picina Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 320 (i883).
Euploea (Stictoploea) picina de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 377 (1895).
Euploea picina picina Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910).
b. E. m. W ai soni. Buru.
Stictoploea watsoni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 322 (iS83) [B. M.].
Euploea walsoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 247 (19101.
c. E. m. melina. Alolucques merid.
Danais melina Q* Godart, Enc. Meth. llist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 179 (1819)
[Par.].
Euploea melina Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 17 (1,847).
Stictoploea inaequalis Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2
(1878) [B. M.]; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 322 (i883).
Euploea plateni Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 52, pl. 26 q* ( i885) [Berl.] ;
Ribbe, Iris. Vol. 2, p. 24 (1889).
Euploea picina inaequalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm, Vol. g, p, 24S, pl. Si 5,
fig. I cf (1910).
d. E. m. doleschalii. Nouv. Guinee holi., Pa-
Euploea doleschalii Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 3, p. 267, pl. 5, fig. 2 cf pua.
(1859) [Tring].
Euploea papuana Reakirt, Proc. .■3cad. Nat. Sci. Philad. p. 240 (1866).
Euploea doleschalii Butler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293 (1S66); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 88 (1871).
Euploea papuana Kirby, ibidem, p. 17, n. 128.
Stictoploea doleschalii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2
(1878; ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 322 (i883|.
Stictoploea papuana Moore, ibidem.
Euploea suada Miskin, Blue Book, FI. M. CoL' Possess.n. io3, Br. N. Guin. p. 119
! 1890); Miskin, Ann. Rep. Br. N.Guin. 1888-89, App. Vol. 5, p.63 (1890).
Euploea doleschalii Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248, pl. 81 n,
fig- 4 O’ (1910).
d‘ E. ni. doleschallii f. inconspicua.
Stictoploea inconspicua C Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o2
(1S78) [B. M.]; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i (i883).
Euploea (Stictoploea) inconspicua de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 377 (1895).
Euploea doleschalii doleschalii f. inconspicua Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p 248 ( igio;.
FAM. DANAI 1JID.F:
143
(.1- E. III. doleschalii ab. nioesta.
Eaplonii nioesta Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2S4, pl. 28, fig-. 3(J 1 i866)[B.]\I.];
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12. n. 64 (1871); Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat,
Hist. (4), \’ol. iS, p. 241 (1S76).
S/ictoploea moesta Butler, Ji>urn. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o3 (1878) ;
IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. l.ond. p. 332 (iS83).
Euploea doleschalii doleschalii ah . moesta Pruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm . \'ol. 9,
p. 248 (1910).
e. E. III. agema.
Euploea [Stictoploea) melina Rebel, Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek Vol. 21, p. 398,
n. 8, pl. 16, fig. 2 cf (1898).
Euploea doleschalii agema Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. g, p. 24S, pl. 84 b,
fiff- 4 d’. Pb 84 r, fig. I Q (1910) [Auct.].
e‘ E. m. as>ema f. eoiep-ia.
o 00
Euploea doleschalii agema f. egregia P'ruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248
( igio) [.\uct.].
f. E. m. mei and er.
Stictoploea melauder Q Grose-Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6). Vol. 19, ]>. 173
(1897) [Hili].
Euploea doleschalii melauder Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (igio).
g. E. m. palla.
Euploea palla q* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 284 (i866) [B. M.].
Euploea payeui Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 829 {1867).
Euploea palla Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 62 (1871),
StAio/iiofa />uZii7 Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o3 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 32i {i883).
Euploea palla Fruhstorfer, Seitz'Grossschm.Vol. 9, p. 248, pl. 84 /9 fig. 3 o" (1910).
li. E. m. amarynceus.
Euploea doleschalii amarynceus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910)
[Auct.].
i. E. d. limbata.
Euploea moesta Stauding’er, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. 1, p. 53 (i885).
Euploea doleschalii limbata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910)
[Auct.].
j. E. d. laniis.
Euploea doleschalii tarnis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248 (1910)
[Auct.].
90. E. immaculata (praecedentis speciei forma ?)
Stictoploea immaculata Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 3o3(i878)
[B. M.]; Moore, Proc. Soc. Zool. Lond. p. 322 (i883).
? Euploea [Stictoploea) melina Hagen, Jarhb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 5o, p. 78 (1897).
Euploea doleschalii immaculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 248(1910).
Euploea immaculata Rothschild, Lep. B. O. U. and Woll. E.xped. p. i3 (igiS).
gi. E. tristis.
a. E. t. tristis,
Euploea tristis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 2S4 {1866) [B. M.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 63 ( 1871).
Stictoploea trb/A Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, ]>. 3o3 (187S) ; IMoore,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 322 (i8S3).
Euploea tristis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. 249 (1910).
1). E. t. srylla.
Euploea tristis scylla Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 249 (mio) [.\uct.].
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
Santa-Cruz.
Aru.
Salawati.
Waigeu.
Jobi.
Nouv. Guinee.
Nouv. Hebrides.
144
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
92. E. sylvestey.
a. E. s. jacobseni.
Euploeci jacobseni Rober, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 299 (1891); Rober, ibidem,
Vol. 35, p. 85, pl. 4, fig. 5 cf {1892).
Euploea jacobseni jacobseni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 249, pl. 82
fig- 4 Cf (1910).
a' E. s. jacobseni i. crassiiiiaciilafa.
Euploea jacobseni i. crassi maculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 249
(1910) [Auct.].
b. E. S. timor a.
Stictoploea timora Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p, i85 (1899) [Auct.].
Euploea jacobseni timora Fruhstocier, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 249(1910).
c. E. S. peior oides.
Euploea peior Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.249 (igio) nec Doubl. [Hili].
Euploea (Stictoploea) peloroides Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 3o. jil. 26,
fig. 8 cf, 9 2 (1921).
d. E. S. sylvestey.
Papilio svlvesfer Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), p. 41 (1798'.
Danais sylvestris Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 182 (1819).
Danais sylvester Donovan, Nat. Rep. Vol. 4, jil. 129 (1826).
Euploea sylvester Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 25 (1S47); Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1866).
Euploea melpomene Butler, ibidem, p. 800, fig. 2 cfl P- 298 (1866).
Euploea sylvester Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14. n. 80 (iSyih
Euploea melpomene Kirby, ibidem, p. 17, n. 120 (1871).
Stictoploea sylvester Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, }). 3o3 (1878).
Doricka sylvester Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. j). 818 (1888).
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i. p. 53 (i885); Miskin, Proc.
Lin. Soc. N. S.W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1041 (1890); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 249 (1910).
Euploea sylvester sylvester Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. ]). 25, fig. 28 (1914).
Euploea (Stictoploea) sylvester Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 28, 24, pl. 3 u,
fig. 4 o’, 5 2 (1921).
d' E. S. sylvester f. dardanus.
Euploea dardanus Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1041 (1890).
Euploea sylvester ip. p.), Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 249 (igio).
Euploea sylvester sylvester i. dardanus Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 26,
fig. 3o, 81 (1914).
Euploea sylvester f. dardanus Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 23 (1921).
d2 E. S. sylvester f. crithon.
Euploea crithon Vliskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1042 (1890).
Euploea sylvester f. crithon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 249 (igio).
Euploea sylvester sylvester f. crithon Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 26,
fig. ,82, 33 (1914I.
Euploea sylvester f. crithon Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 28 (1921).
e. E. S. peior.
Euploea peior Doubleday et Hevvitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, pl. ii, fig. i cf
(1847) [B. M.]; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon,i. p. 3oo (1866); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17, n. 119 (1871).
Stictoploea peior Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p 3o8 (1878I.
Euploea peior Chenu et Lucas, Enc. Hist. Nat. Pap. Vol. i, p. 64, fig. i53 (1878).
Doricha peior Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i8 (i883).
Euploea sylvester (p. p.l, Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4. p. 1041
(1890).
Euploea sylvester peior Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 26. fig. 29 (1914),
Euploea (Stictoploea) peior Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i. p. 28, pl. 3 u, fig. 3 q’
(1921).
^Vetter - T i mor-.A.ustral i e.
^V'ettel•.
Timor.
Tenimber.
Australie N.-E.
Cap York, iles Prince de
Galles, Banks, Thursda^^
Cap York, Darnle}’.
Austr. N.-O.
FAI\I. DANAIDlDAi
145
e' E. s. peior i. dardanoides. Danvin.
Enploea sylvester peior f. (i.iyrfj«o/dfj\Vaterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 27(1914).
[Auct.].
Enploea sylvester f. Talbot, Ball. Hili iMus. Vol. i, p. 23 I1921).
4. Sous-Genre TREPSICHROfS HObner
Trepsichrois Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816). — kype : E. basilissa Cramer; Marshall et
de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 74 (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. .Soc. Lond. p. 286 (i883).
Glinama i\Ioore, ibidem, p. 288. — Type : E. eiictemoii Hewitson.
Bibisana (p. p.) Moore, ibidem, p. 273. — Tvpe : E. Iiorsfieldii FeUler.
Trepsichrois Semper, Schmett. Phil. VMl. i, p. 24 (1886); Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. \'ol. i,
p. 6 (1894); Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 24, 20 (igo5); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 249 (1910).
Caracteres. — Ailes aiiterieures sans tache sexuelle chez le (yf , la cellule comme chez Crasiia
Idiibner. Ailes posterieures a grande tache mate et une tres petite marque androconiale jaune, situee
dans la cellule meme, a ecailles modifiees, terminees en massue et courtement ciliees. Pinceau anal du
simple, jaune pale, un peu plus court (jue chez Stictoploea Butler, plus long que chez Crastia. Odeur
tres repugnante.
Chenille : quatre paires de tentacules tres longs sur les segments 2, 3, 5 et ii.
Le sous-genre s’etend de la Chine et Formose au nord, a hile Sumba au sud et de Tlnde
anglaise a Touest, a Mindanao, Celebes et Flores a Test.
93 E. mnlciber.
a. E. m. barsiiie.
Inde, Formosa, Java.
Formosa,
Trepsichrois mnlciber barsiiie Fruhstorfer, Ent. Meddel. Vol. 2, p. 3oi (1904)
[,\uct.]; Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 176 {1904).
Enploea mnlciber barsine Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 25o (1910).
b. E. m. mnlciber. Inde-Malaya-Chine-Hai-
Papilio midamus Linne, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 25i (1764). na 11- Indochine.
Papilio claudius Fabricius, Syst. Ent p. 479 (tjjS) [Copenh.].
Papilio mnlciber Cxa.m.eT. Uitl. Kap. \'ol. 2, p. 45. pl. 127, fig. C, D {1777).
Papilio claudius Vzhxicms, Spec. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 52(1781); Fabricius, )\Iant.
Ins. Vol. 2. p. 25 (1787).
Papilio midamus Fabricius. Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), p. 3g (lygi).
Papilio mnlciber Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6,]). 21, pl. 122, fig. 1,20’ (i7g3).
Trepsichrois mulcibra Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais midama Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 179(1819).
Danais claudia Godart, ibidem, p. 180.
Danais midama Lucas, Lep. Exot ]u Si8, pl. 43. fig'. 2 (1843).
Enploea midamus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn Lep. )i. 87, n. ii (1847); Wood, 111.
Nat. Hist. Vol. 3, p. 5i3. fig. (i863).
Enploea midamus (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (1866).
Euploea midamus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 99 (1871I.
Trepsichrois mnlciber Butler, {ourn. Linn, Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296.
(1878).
Trepsichrois midamus Butler, ibidem, p. 297.
Euploea midamus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 24, pl. 2, fi,g. 8 o*- 9 S (1882);
Aurivillius, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. .\kad. Handl. \M1. 19, 5, p. 01 (1S82);
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 74, pl. 8, fig. i3 (18S2).
Trepsichrois linnaei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 286, pl. 29, fig- 4 D.
])1. 3o, fig, I yf ( i883).
Enploea midamus Staudingcr, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 61, pl. 25 Q (iSS3t.
Euploea {Trepsichrois) midamus Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (iS.sS).
146
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Trepsichroislinnaei Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i,p. 100, pl. 35. fig. i. Metam, i rt Q*
\b Q (1890); Leech, Butt. Ind. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 7 (1894).
Euploea midamus Ilagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 40 (1894).
Euploea claudius Aurivillus. Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 24 (1897), p. 141, 170 (1898).
Euploea (Trepsichrois) linnaei de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. 12,
p. i3i, pl. IO, fig. 3, 4 cf (1898).
Euploea mulciher Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 45, fig. i5 Q, pl. i, fig. 6 cf
(1905).
Euploea [Trepsichrois) mitlciber Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. ii, pl. 2, fig. 4, 5
(1907).
Euploea mulciber nnilciber Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 25o (1910).
Trepsichrois mulciber Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 170, pl. 16,
fig. 4-6, pl. 17, fig". I, pl. 20, fig. 3o-35 (i9i5).
Euploea mulciber f. mulciber Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
Euploea mulciber mulciber Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10 (3).
186 (1921).
Euploea (Trepsichrois) mulciber Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 537
{1924).
E. m. mulciber ab. dnarseri.
Euploea mulciher var. duarseri De Rhe Philipe, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc.
Vol. 20, p. 754 (1910).
c. E. m. kalinga (praecedentis forma?)
Euploea (Trepsichrois) kalinga Q Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng, Vol. 65 (2),
p. 256 (1886) [B. M.].
Trepsichrois kalinga Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 104 (i8go).
Euploea mulciber var. kalinga Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 46 (igoS).
Euploea mulciber kalinga Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
d. E. m. vandeveuteri.
Trepsichrois vandeveuteri Forbes, Natur. Wander. East. Arch. p. 244 (i885j.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) linnaei de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 44 (2),
p. 373 (1896).
Euploea mulciber vandeveuteri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (igio).
e. E. m. hahina.
Euploea mulciber babina van Eecke, Not. Leiden Mus. Vol. 36, p. 53, 226 H9i4)
[Leid.]; van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden, Vol. 4, p. 80, pl. 7, fig. ii cf
(1918).
f. E. m. verhuelli.
Trepsichrois verhuelli Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea verhuelli Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 18, pl. i.fig- 5 (1884); Staudinger,
Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5i (i885).
Euploea mulciber verhuelli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. zSo (1910).
g. E. m. batiinensis.
Trepsichrois mulciber hatnnensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 177
(1904) [Auct.].
Trepsichrois midcibei nidana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 20, p. i3,
{1906) [Auct.].
Euploea mulciher batunensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
h. E. m. maassi.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) maassi Hagen, Ent. Nach. Vol. 24, p. 200(1898).
Trepsichrois maassi Hagen, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. Vol. 20, p. 27, pl. i, fig. 4 o*,
pl. 2, fig. 5 Q (1902).
Euploea mulciber maassi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
i. E. m. malakoni.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) malakoni Doherty, Journ. As, Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. 20 (1891) [Tring].
Trepsichrois mulciber malakoni Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 175
(1904).
Euploea mulciber malakoni EixEastoxier, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
Sikkim.
Ganyam .
Sumatra, Riauvv,Bangka,
Natuna.
Pulo Babi.
Nias.
Batu.
Mentawei.
Engano.
FAM. DANAIDIDAi
147
j. E. III. hasilissa.
Papilio midamus Sulzer, (iesch. Ins. j'. 144, pl. 16, 4 cf, 5 Q (1776).
Papilio hasilissa Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. i32, pl. 266, fig. C (1780).
Papilio claudius Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 6, p. 16. pl. 120, fig. 5 Q (1793:.
Trepsichrois hasilissa Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (1816).
Danais claudia (part.) Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g. p. 180 (1819).
Euploea midamus Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. East Ind. Comp. pl. 3, fig. 10, 10 iz
Metam. 11828).
Euploea mulciher Zinken-Sommer, Nov. Act. Ac. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5 (i), p. 191
(i83i).
Euploea midamus (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Di\irn. Lep. p. 87, n. ii (1S47).
jSzi/i/ocu Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. Comp. p. 83, pl. ii, fig'. 10 (1857).
Euploea midamus (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 {1866).
Euploea midamus var. claudius IMoore, Cat. Fahr. Lep. B. M. p. 2 (1869).
Euploea midamus (p. p.) Kirb}', Syn. Cat. IJiurn. Lep. p. i.3, n. 99 (1871).
Euploea midamus Piepers, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 19. p. 142. 148, Metam. (1876).
Trepsichrois claudia Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296
(1878); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 (i883).
Euploea mulciher hasilissa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 25o, pl. 85 a,
fig. 3 o* (1910).
Euploea midamus Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 7, pl. ii, fig'. 4
b Q, c-e Metam. (igi3).
j‘ E. m. hasilissa <5 f. doitada.
Euploea mulciher hasilissa f. donada Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 25o, pl. 85rt, fig. 2- Q (1910) [Auct.].
k. E. m. porlia.
Euploea mulciher Distant. Rhop. Mal. p. 25, pl. 3, fig. i Q*. 2 Q (1882).
Trepsichrois mulciher IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 (i883); Shelford,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 2, p. 283 (1902), pl. 21, fig. i3 (igoS) [Auct.].
T repsichrois mulciher porlia Fruhstorfer, Berl . Ent. Zeitschr. Vol . 49, p. 177 (1904).
Euploea mulciher porlia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
Euploea mulciher porlia Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (igiS).
l. E. m. paupera.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) midamus var. paupera Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 3i (1S89)
[Berl.]
Trepsichrois paupera Semper. Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 323 (1892).
Euploea mulciher paupera l'T'uhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 25o (1910).
in.F. m, tisiphone.
Euploea tisiphone cf Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 274 (i866) [B. M.].
Euploea semperi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 314 (1867) [Senck.].
Euploea tisiphone Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 20 (1871).
Euploea semperi Kirby, ibidem, p. i5, n. 95.
Trepsichrois tisiphone Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, ]). 297
(1878); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2S8 {i883).
Trepsichrois semperi Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 26, pl. 5, fig. i o' (1886).
Euploea semperi semperi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 25o, pl. 85 e,
fig. 4 cf (1910).
n. E. III. diodetia.
Amaura diodetia Geycr, klubner's Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 3, pl. 440(2),
fig. 3, 4 Q (1826).
Euploea megilla Erichson, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. 16, suppi, p. 282,
pl. 40, fig. 7 Q (1834); Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 22 (1S47).
Euploea diodetia Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294(1866); (}>. p.) Kirb}',
Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 92 (1871).
Crastia diodetia Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 297 (187S).
Trepsichrois diodetia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2S7 (i883).
Trepsichrois megilla Semper, Reis. Phil. Lej). Vol. 5 (i), p. 24, pl. 5, fig. 7 cf,
pl. A, fig. 3 met. (1886).
Trepsichrois duiresnii Kirby, Iltilin, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 3, p. 5 (1904-08).
Euploea mulciher megilla I 'nihstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, }). 25i. [il. 81 d,
lig. 3 o'' pk 85, lig. 5 Q (igio).
I ava .
Borneo, Billiton.
Palawan.
Mindoro.
Liizon.
148
LEPIDOPTERA RIIOPALOCERA
o. E. m. kocJii.
Trepsichmis kochi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 (i883); Semper, Reis.
Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 27, pl. 5, fig. 6 (f (1886).
Euploea mulcibei kochi. Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. aSi (1910).
p. E. m. visaya.
Trepsichrois visaya Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 (i883): Semper, Reis.
Phil. Lep. Vol. i, p. 27, pl. 5, fig. 2 cf, 3 Q (1886) [Senck.].
Euploea mulcibey visaya Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 25i (igio).
tj. E. in. mindanensis .
Trepsichrois mindanaoensis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. p. 288 (i883).
Euploea mindanensis Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5i, Lep. (i885).
Trepsichrois mindanaensis Sem])er, Reis. Phil. Vol. i ji. 9, fig. 2 Q pl. 4 cf, 5 Q
( 1886) [Senck.].
Euploea mulciber mindanaensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. aSi
1 1910).
r. E. m. serapJiita.
Trepsichrois claudius seraphita Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, pl. 2,
fig. I Q (1899) [Auct.].
Trepsichrois claudius seraphita Fruhstorfer, ibidem, \’ol. 45, p. 4 (1900).
Euploea mulciber seraphita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. aSi,
pl. 81 d. fig. 2 Q (1910).
94. E. cofdelia (huius sectionis ?)
Euploea cordelia Martin, Iris, Vol. 26, p. 199 (1912); Martin, ibidem, Vol. 29,
p. 5 (i9i5).
95. E. eiictemon. — Pl. 5, Fig. 5 et 6.
Euploea euctemon Hewitson, Exot. Butt. Vol. 3, Eupl. pl. 2, fig. 2 cf (1866)
[B. M.].
Euploea configurata ¥e\der , Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 326, pl. 42, fig. i, 2 Q
(1867) [TringJ.
Euploea euctemon Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 46 (1871).
Euploea configurata Kirby, ibidem, p. i5, n. io3.
Glinama euctemon Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 cf (i883).
Bibisana configurata Moore, ibidem, p. 278 Q (i883).
Glinama euctemon Rothschild, Iris, Vol. 5, p. 482 (1892).
Trepsichrois euctemon Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. i53 (1899).
Euploea euctemon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. ’V'ol. 9, p. 252, pl. 85(!,
fiff- I cf. pl- 81 d, fig. 4 g (1910).
Euploea (Trepsichrois) euctemon Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 7 (igiS).
gb. E. gelderi (i).
a. E. g. phoebadis.
Trepsichrois gelderi Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 125 (1897).
Euploea gelderi phcebadis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 252, pl. 85
fig. 2 Q (1910) [Auct.].
b. E. g. dongo.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) dongo Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 160
( 1891)
Euploea gelderi dongo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 252 (1910).
c. E. g. gelderi.
Euploea Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 33, p. gS (1910) [Leid.]; Snellen,
ibidem, Vol. 34, p. 282, pl. 14, fig. i (1891).
Euploea gelderi gelderi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 252, pl. 85 f,
fig. I cf {1910').
d. E. g. elwesii.
Euploea (Trepsichrois) elwesii Doherty , ]o\m\. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 161,
pl. 2, fig. I Q (1891).
Euploea gelderi elwesi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 252 (1910).
Negros, Guimaras.
Panay, Cebu, Bohol, Ca-
inotes, Le3Ae, Samar.
Mindanao.
Basilan.
Celebes.
Celebes.
Lombok-Floies.
Lombok.
Sumbawa.
Flores.
Sumba.
(i) Identite specifique probable avec mulciber Cramer.
FAM. DANAIDID^
149
5. Sous-Genre EUPLOEA Fabricius
Calliploea Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. i (1875). — Type : E. darchia M. L.; Alarshall et de
Nice\dlle, Butt. Ind. \dDl. r, p. 78 (1882); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 292 (i883).
Tabada Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (i883). — Type : E. hyacinthus Butler.
Euploea (p. p.) Semper, Reis. Phil. Vol. 5 (i), p. 29 (1886).
Euploea (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 24-27 (ipoS).
Calliploea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grosssclim. Vol. 9, p. 282 (1910).
Caracteres. — - .\iles anterieures du male sans tache sexuelle; cellule a veine recurrente absente
(groupe Calliploea Butler) ou rudimentaire [Euploea)-, la premiere sous-costale souvent anastomosee avec
la costale [Calliploea)-, discocellulaire superieure presente. Ailes posterieures du a tache mate
plus ou moins etendue, avec une grande tache androconiale dans la cellule et sur le bord anterieur
de celle-ci. Pinceaux anaux jaunatres. Valve peu differente de celle de Salpinx, tres etroite.
Chenille. Trois paires de filaments.
A. — Groupe CALLIPLOEA Butler
Especes petites; ailes loiides; cellule des ailes anterieures sans veine recurrente; la premiere
souscostale anastomosee avec la costale; deux paires de ].)inceaux anaux.
Les Calliploea occupent la Ghine centrale et Formrjse, ITnde continentale, toute ITnsulinde, la
Nouvelle Guinee, TAustralie, les Salomon jusqu’aux Fidji, presentant une lacune sur les .Salomon
meridionales. Le sous-genre atteint son developpement maximum dans les iles S.-E. des Indes
holiandaises. La Nouvelle Guinee possede aussi deux especes.
97. E. tulliolus. Indo-Chine- Philippines-
Austr.-Oceanie.
a. E. t. maiiesis. Chine centr.
Calliploea maricsis (f Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea mariesis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 254 (igio).
b. E. t. koxinga. . Formosa.
Euploea (Calliploea) adyte koxinga Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stutt. Vol. 22,
p. 48 (190S) [Auct.].
Euploea koxinga Fruhstorfer. .Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253. pl. 83 r, fig. 5 o’
(1910).
c. E. t. pollita. * Philippines sept.
Euploea pollita Erichson, Nov. Act Acad. Nat. Cur. Vol. 16, Suppi, p. 282,
pl. 40, fig. 6 cf (1834); Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 21 (1847);
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1S66).
Euploea polita (sic) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 77 (1871).
Calliploea pollita Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293 (i883).
Euploea pollita Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 54 (i885); Semper, Reis.
Phil. Vol. 5 (I), p. .3o (1886).
Euploea tulliolus pollita Fruhstorfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, j). 254 (1910).
d. E. t ecbatana. Philippines merid.
Euploea tulliolus echatana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. g, p. 254,
pl. 85 1/, fig. 3 C (1910) [Senck.].
e. E. t. monilis. Mindanao, Negros.
Calliploea luonilis Mooro, Proc. Zool. Soc. l.ond. p. 293 (i883)[B. M.]; Semper,
Reis. Phil. Schmett. Vol 1, j). 29, l'l. 6, fig. 4 0*1 5 Q (18S6).
Euploea iiiaoarcs monilis l'ruhst()rl'or, Seitz’ (irossschm. V'ol. g, ji. 253 (igio).
i5o
LEPIDOPTEKA RHOPALOCERA
f. E. i. monilina.
Eiiploia mazares monilina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ (Trossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910)
[Auct.].
g. E. t. palawana.
Enploea {Calliploea) mazares var. (ab.) aristatelis Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 32
(1889I.
Enploea aristotelis Semper, Schmett. Phil. \'ol. i, p. 324 (1892).
Calliploea adyte palaioana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 6 (1900)
[Auct.].
Enploea mazares palawana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910).
h. E. t. gamala (i).
Enploea mazares gamala Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277 (1911)
[Senck.].
i. E. t. aristotelis.
Calliploea aristotelis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 292 (i883).
Enploea mazares aristotelis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 253 (1910).
Enploea' mazares aristotelis Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (i9i5).
j. E. t. cabe ira.
Enploea mazaies caheira Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277 (1911)
[Berl.].
Enploea mazares caheira Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (1915).
Bazilan.
Palawan.
Paragua,
Borneo septentr.
Borneo S.-E.
k. E. t. natnneiisis.
Calliploea adyte natunensis Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 14, p. 337 (1901) [Auct.].
Enploea mazares natunensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910).
l. E. t. ledereri.
Enploea ledereri Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 4, p. 397(1860) [Tring].
Enploea inquinata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 291, fig. 2 cf, p. 288 (i866)
[B. M.].
Enploea ledereri Butler, ibidem, p. 291: F'elder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i7,
pl. 40, hg. 5, 6 cf (1867); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 83 (1871).
Calliploea ledereri Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 2g5 (1878).
Enploea ledereri Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. p. 73, fig. (1882); Distant,
Rhop. Mal. p. 26, pl. 2, fig. IO cf (1882).
Calliploea ledereri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 292 (i883); Moore, Lep.
Ind. Vol. I , p. io5, pl. 36, fig. i, i a-ic Q (1890).
Enploea ledereri Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 28 (i9o5).
Enploea mazares ledereri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910).
Enploea mazares ledereri Moulton, Journ, Fed, Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10 (3),
p. 187 (1921).
m. E. /. euntis.
Enploea (Calliploea) eunns Q de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 {1895)
(2), p. 374 (1896) [Cale.].
Enploea mazares eunns Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910).
n. E. t. mazarina.
Calliploea mazares ? mazarina Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 28 (1904)
[Auct ].
Enploea mazares mazarina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253, pl. 8orf,
fig. I cf (1910).
o. E. t. usurpata nom. nov. (2).
Danais elensine Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 177 (1819)
[Par.].
Natuna.
Tenasserim, Mergui, Ma-
laya .
Sumatra N.-E.
Sumatra occid.
Java.
(1) Fruhstorfer, loc. cit. donne comme localite Paragua, pres de Palawan. Paragua toutefois n'est qu’un autre nom
de Palawan. S’agirait-il d’une erreur de localite ou gamala serait-elle une forme de palawana ?
(2) Cfr. Ia note p. 121 .
FAM. danaidid.f;
Euploea viazares Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. East Ind. Conip. Vol. i, p. 127
11857), Doubleday [B. M.] ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289
(1866) : Kirby, Syn, Cat. Diuni. Lep. p. i3, n. 75 (1871).
CMiploea mazares Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Loiid. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 (1878) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 292 (i883).
Euploea viazares viazares Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (1910);
Piejiers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. ii, pl. 10, tig*. 5a b larv.
(1913).
p. E. i. haweaiia.
Calliploea viazares haiueana Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 20, p. 3 (igoS) [Auct.].
Euploea viazares baweaiia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253, pl. 83 rf,
fio-. 3 o’ (1910).
q. E. t. maria nom. nov.
Calliploea suvihaivana Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 124 (1897).
Calliploea mazares ? loiiibokiana Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 20, p. 3 (igo5), nec
E. atossa [Auct.].
Euploea viazares loiubokiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, }>. 253 (1910).
r. E. t. sambavana.
Salpina (Calliploea) sambavana Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. 160 (1891).
Euploea viazares sambavana PAuhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253(1910).
s. E. t. siimbana.
Salpina (Calliploea) suvibana Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. 159 (1891).
Euploea mazares sumhana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 253 (1910).
t. E. t. philinna.
Calliploea adyte 1 philinna Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 26 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea mazares philinna Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 253 (igio).
u. E. t. nuda.
Calliploea tulliolus weiterensis (part.) P'ruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 40,
p. 8 ( 1900) [Auct.].
Calliploea tulliolus vieda Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 (1904).
Euploea tulliolus vieda Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 254 (1910).
V. E. t. sicinia.
Calliploea tulliolus sicinia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea tulliolus sicinia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 254 (1910).
w. E. t. darcliia.
Danais darchia Mac Leay, King's Surv. Austral. Vol. 2, App. p. 26, n. 149 (1827).
Euploea darchia Do\\h\ed.3.y , Gen. Diurn. Lep. ]). 87, n. 2 (1847); Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (1S66).
Euploea priapus Butler, ibidem, p. 291, pl. 29, fig. 2 [B. M.].
Euploea eleusina var. a. darchia Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 73 (1871).
Euploea priapus Kirby, ibidem, p. 14, n. 84 (1871).
Calliploea darchia Hutier, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878).
Calliploea priapus Butler, ibidem.
Calliploea darchia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295 (i883).
Calliploea priapus Moore, ibidem.
Euploea darchia Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. loSg (1890).
I''ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256 (1910).
Euploea tulliolus darchia Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 23, fig'. 16 (1914).
X. E. i. tulliolus.
Papilio tulliolus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 41 (1793).
Danais Inlliola Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 181 (1819).
Papilio tulliolus Donovan, Nat. Rc]). Vol. 2, j)I. 55, fig. i (1824).
Danais tulliola Mac Leay, King’s Surv. .■\ustral. \’ol. 2, A]i)). j). 25. n. 148 (1827).
Euploea tulliolus, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lej). ]>. 88, 11.26 (1S47I; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14,
n. 81 (1871).
Bawean.
Lombok.
Sumbawa.
Sumba.
Adonara, ? Pura, Flores.
Pura.
Dammer.
Austr. septent. (Darwin,
Daly R.).
Oueensland.
i52
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Ccilliploea tuUiolus Butler, |ourn. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 269 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295 (i883).
Euploea tulliolns Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 1, p. 54 (i885) ; Miskin, Proc.
Linn, Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1089 (1890).
Euploea tidlioUis tulliolns Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 254 (1910);
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 22, fig. ii, i3. (aberr.) [1914].
X* E. i. tuUiolus ab. tumeri. Darnley.
Calliploea tumeri Q Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878).
[B. M.]; Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 2g5 (i883).
Euploea tuUiolus tumeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 204 (1910).
E. t. saiindersii. Aru.
Euploea tuUiolus var. saundersii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. I.ond. p. 291 (i866).
Euploea saundersii Felder. Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 322 (1867).
Euploea tuUiolus var. a. saundersii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 81 < 1871).
Euploea mazares (part.) Kirby, ibidem, p. 692, n. 76 (1877).
Calliploea saundersii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14. p. 296 (1878).
Calliploea saundersi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294(1883).
Euploea tulliolns saundersi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 254 (1910).
z. E, t. nocturna. Salavvati.
Calliploea tuUiolus nocturna Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 ( 1904) [Auct.].
Euploea tuUiolus nocturna Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 254 (1910).
aa. E. t. offaka. Waigeu.
Calliploea adytel offaka Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea tuUiolus offaka Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 254 (igio).
bb. E. t. doryca. Nouv. Guinee holi.
Calliploea doryca Q Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 (18781
[B. M.] ; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 ( i883).
Euploea tuUiolus doryca Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 264 (1910).
cc. E. t. dudgeonis (praecedentis forma ?) Nouv. Guinee sept.
Calliploea dudgeonis Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 844 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea dudgeoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. Sod, fig. 2 cf
(1910).
dd. E. t. mardonia.
Calliploea adyte? mardonia Fruhstorfer. Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea tuUiolus iiiardonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910).
ee. E. t. adyte.
Euploea iirfy* Boisduval, Bull. Soc. Ent. France (3). Vol. 7. p. i56, n. 8 (1859)
[Ob.] ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn Lep. p. i3, n. 74 (1871).
Calliploea adyte Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295 (i883).
Euploea adyte Fruhstorter. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910),
ff. E. t. seriata.
Euploea seriata Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 69 {i863); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 78 (1871).
Calliploea seriata Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878):
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295 (i883).
Euploea tuUiolus seriata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1910).
gg- E. t. incompta.
Euploea incompta Herrich-Schaffer. Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 69 (1869) ; Moore,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 323 (i883).
hh, E. t. for ster i (i)
Euploea forsteri Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 322 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Durn. Lep. p. 14, n. 81 a (1871).
Nouv. Guinee orient.
Nouv. Caledonie.
Loyalty.
Nouv. Hebrides.
Fidji occ.
(i) Ces deux races s’entremelent un peu dans certaines iles de Tarchipel, se trouve dans les iles orientales
en quelques specimens, et protoforsteri de meme dans le groupe Occidental. Des exemplaires intermediaires sont egalement
connus (Poulton, loc. cit.).
FAM. DANAIDID^
1 53
Ciilliplof,! foisteri Hntler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. .896 (i883).
Euploea tnliolus forsteri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 254 (1910).
Eitploea lulliolus forsteri Poulton. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 597, pl. 3o, fijr. 5, 6;
pl. 32, fi,af. 4, 5. 8, q, 12 ; pl. 33, fig. 12, i3, 14; pl. 35, fig. i-i3, 16-20; pl. 36,
fig. 10-12; pl. 37, fig. 14-17 ; pl. 39, fig. 9; pl. 40, fig. 8 (1923).
ii. E. t. protoforsteri (i). Fidji oiient.
Euploea iulliolus protoforsteri Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. Sgg, pl. 3i,
fig. 5,6; pl. 32, fig. 5, 12: pl. 35, fig. 14-21; pl. 3g, fig. 12-18; pl. 40,
fi,g. 5-7, 14; pl. 41, fig. 4-10 (1924) [0.xf., B. M ].
98. E. nautilus (praecedentis subspecies ?). Celebes merid.
Euploea [CalUploea) nautilus Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. ii (1915).
99. E. hyems. Timor-Babber.
a. E. h. hyems. Timor.
Euploea livems (f Q Butler, Proc. Zool. .Soc. Lond. p. 292, fig. 3 Q, p. 288
(1866) [B. M.]
Euploea arisbe Felder, Reise Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 323 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea hyems Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 85 (1871).
CalUploea hyems Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1S78);
INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (i883).
Euploea hyems hyems Furhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255 {1910).
b. E. h. wettereusis. W etter.
CalUploea tulliolus wettereusis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 7 ( 1900)
[Auct.].
Euploea hyems wettereusis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. 83
fig- 4 Cf (igioi.
b' E. h. w et ter ensis ab. sada.
CalUploea hyems ? sada Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 67 (1904).
c. E. h. leaina. Kisser.
CalUploea hyems leaina Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 73 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea hyems leaina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. 85 rf,
fig- 5 Q (igiol.
d. E. h. aga. Letti.
CalUploea darchia aga Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 8 (1900)
[Auct.].
Euploea hyems aga Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. 83 rf, fig. i Q
(1910).
e. E. h. Catilina. Dammer.
CalUploea hyems ? catiU.ua Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 61,66(1904) [Auct.].
Euploea hyems Catilina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255. pl. 80 rf,
fig- 5 d* (1910).
f. E. h. hiihniaiia. Roma.
CalUploea kuhniana Fruhstorfer, Ins. Borse, Vol. 21. p. i57 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea hyems kuhniana Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. i,Sd,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
,g. E. h. Itza. Babber.
CalUploea liza Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 67 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea hyems liza Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255. pl. S2rf, fig. i d*
(1910).
(i) Ces deu.K races s’entremelent un peu dans certaines iles tle Tarchipel. feri/cr/ se trnuve dans les iles orientales
en quelques spei imens, et protoforsteri de ineme dans le groupe Occidental. Des c.Ketnplaires intermediaires sont egalement
connus (Poulon, loc. cit.).
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
i54
h. E. Ji. niveaia. Queensland.
Calliploea niveata Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 2 {1875) [B. M.].
Euploea niveaia Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. 144(1877).
Calliploea niveata Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc Lond. p. 290 (i883).
Euploea niveata Miskia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 4, p. 1039(1890);
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256 (1910).
Euploea hyems niveata Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 23, fig. 25 (1914).
100. E. visenda. , Babber-Kei.
a. E. V. Ionia. Babber.
Calliploea visenda Ionia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 67 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea visenda Ionia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. 85 rf,
fig. I Q (1910).
b. E. V. visenda. Tenimber,
Calliploea visenda Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. p. 367. pl. 38, fig. i G* (i883)
[H. M.J.
Euploea visenda visenda Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 255 (1910).
Euploea visenda Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 22, 23, pl. 2 A, fig. 5 cf, 6 Q
(19211.
c. E. V. oYuala. Kei.
Calliploea visenda ornata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 8 (1900)
[Auct.].
Euploea visenda ornata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255 (1910).
lot. E. mettamoides (i). Babber.
Calliploea menamoides Fruhstorfer. Soc. Ent. Vol. 14, p. 67 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea menamoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255, pl. 83 d,
hg. 5 o' (1910).
102. E. Iiopffevi. Banda, Kei.
a. E. h. hopjferi. — Pl. 4-, Fig. 5 et 6. Kei.
Euploea hopfferi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 323, pl. 41, fig. i (^(1867)
[Tring] ; Kirby, Syn, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 86 (1871).
Calliploea ho-pfferi Butler, Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1S78) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 295 (i883).
Euploea hopfferi hopfferi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 255 (1910).
Euploea hopfferi Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i , p. 18, pl. i A, fig. 3 (ff . 4 Q (1921 ).
b. E. h. cluilia. Tahjad.
Euploea hopfferi cluilia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277 (1911)
[Auct.].
C. E. h. helia. Banda.
Calliploea hopfferi helia Fruhstorfer. Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 36 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea hopfferi helia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256 (1910).
io3. E. tvimenii (2). Molucques.
a. E. t. tvimenii. Halmaheira, Batjan.
Euploea trimenii Felder. Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 324 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea pumila (part.) Kirby, Syn, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 76 {1871).
Calliploea pumila (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (i883).
Calliploea engramelli Moore, ibidem, p. 293 [Hili].
Euploea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ (frossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256 (1910).
b E. t. duilia. Obi.
Calliploea trimeni? duilia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 68(1904) [Auct.].
Euploea trimeni duilia F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 256 (1910).
(1) N'est peut-etre qu’une forme de visenda Ionia.
(2) N est peut-etre pas differente specifiquement Ae pumila Butler.
FAM. DANAIDID.fv
1 55
104. E. salabanda i^i). Molucques.
a. E. s. salabauda. Halmaheira.
Euploea salabanda Kirsch, Mitth. Zool. Mus. Dresden, \’ol. i, p. 166, pl. 6,
fio'- 9 {1877) [Dresd.] ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Dium. Lep. p. 840, p. 154 (1877).
Calliploea salabanda Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (i883).
Euploea salabanda salabanda Fiuhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 256
(1910).
b. E. s. parallelis. Batjan.
Calliploea adyte ? parallelis Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 68 (1904) [Auct,].
Euploea salabanda parallellis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256
(1910).
c. E. s. obiana. Obi.
Calliploea adyte? obiana cf Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. V^ol. 19, p. 67 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea salabanda obiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256 (1910);
Q Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i. p. 348 (1922) [Hili].
d. E. S. cledoiiia. Ceram.
Calliploea adyte? cledonia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 68 (1904) [Auct ].
Euploea salabanda cledonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256, pl. 83r,
fi*;-. 4 cf '1910).
io5. E. pumila. Nouv. Guinee.
a. E. p. infantilis. Salawati.
Calliploea infantilis Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. Vol. 76, p. 766, pl. 77, fi*^. 3
(1877) [B. M.].
Euploea infantilis Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 839, a. 149 (1887).
Calliploea infantilis Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296
(1S78) ; Moore, ibidem, p. 294 (i883j.
Euploea pumila flaminia t. infantilis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257
(1910).
a' E. p. infantilis f. flaminia.
Calliploea jamesi flaminia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. ig, p. 28 {1904) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila flaminia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267, pl. 83f,
fig-. 3 cf (1910).
b. E. p. stephensii. Misole.
Euploea stephensii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2. p. 320 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea mazares var. a. stephensii Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 75
(1871).
Calliploea stephensi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 293 (i883).
Euploea pumila stephensiErwhsiorieiy Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257(1910).
C. E. p. kirschi. Waigeu.
Calliploea kirschi Q Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883) [Hili].
Euploea pumila kirschi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257 (1910).
c' E. p. hirschi f. amantia.
Euploea pumila kirschi f. amantia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. zS-j
( 1910) [Auct.].
c- E. p. parvi punctata.
Euploea pumila kirschi f. parvipunctata 1 'riihstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. XMl. 9,
]>. 257 (1910) [Auct.].
d. E. p. garcila. Nc^uv. (iuinee.
Euploea pumila garcila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Cirossschin. Vol. g, j). 257 (tgio) [.\uct.].
(i) N’est peut-etre pas differente specificpicmcnt dc pumila Butl.
i56
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
e. E. p. pumila.
Enploea pumila Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 (1866) [B. M.] ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 76 (1871).
Ciilliploea pumila Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 (1877) ;
Moore, ibidem, p. 294 (i883).
Euploea pumila pumila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 256, pl. 85 rf,
fig- 4 Cf (1910).
e' E. p. pumila f. lucinda.
Calliploea lucinda Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 845 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea pumila pumila f. lucinda Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 206,
pl. 82 r, fig. I Q (1910).
E. p. pumila f. ainida.
Euploea ptimila pumila f. amida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287 (1910)
[Auct.].
f. E. p. salpinxoides.
Euploea (Calliploea) lucinda Rebel, Termeszetraj zi Ftizetek, Vol. 21, p. 369, n. 5,
pl. 16, lig. 3 o' (1898).
Calliploea salpinxoides Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeits. Vol. 46, p. 9 (1900) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila salpingoides Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. g, p. 267 (1910).
f* E. p. salpinxoides f. melitta.
Calliploea salpingoides melitta Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 27 (.1904) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila salpingoides f. melitta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287
pl. 82 d, lig. 5 cf ligio).
f" E. p. salpinxoides f. sublucitida.
Calliploea lucinda sublucinda Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. 1899, Vol. g.j,
p. 284 (igoo) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila salpingoides f. sublucinda Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 257 (1910).
E. p. salpinxoides f. anaitis.
Euploea pumila salpingoides f. anaitis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 207
(1910) [Auct.].
E. p. salpinxoides f. amida (cfr. supra e°).
g. E. p. phokion.
Euploea (Calliploea) salabanda var. Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 5o,
p. 67 (1897).
Calliploea phokion Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. Vol. 19, p. 28 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 287, pl. 83d,
fig. 2 o’ tigio)-
h. E. p. jamesi.
Calliploea jamesi Butler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1876, p. 766, pl. 77, fig. 2 (1877)
[B. M.]
Euploea jamesi Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 889, n. 150(1877).
Calliploea jamesii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 296 (1878).
Calliploea jamesi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (i883).
Euploea pumila jamesi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257, pl. 80 d,
fig. 3 cf (1910).
i. E. p. parvior.
Euploea (Calliploea) parvior Tryon, Rep. Brit. N. Guin. 18S9-1890, Apj). V, p. 128
(1S90).
j. E. p. simplificata.
Euploea pumila simplificata Hulstaert, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 64, p. 78 (1924)
[Hev.].
Nouv. Guinee holi. sept.
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(baie de TAstrolabe).
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(golfe Iduon).
Nouv. Guinee merid.
Kivvai (Ely Riv.).
Nouv. Guineecentr.(Riv.
Digoel).
FAM. DANAI DI D^:
i57
k. E. p. sisamis. Jot)i.
Euploea sisamis Kirsch, IMitth. Zool. Miis. Dresd. Nol. i, p. 117, pl. 6, fig. 8
(18771 [Dresd. J; Kirby, Sj-n. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 840, n. i55 (1877).
Calliplota sisamis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 (i883).
Euploea pumila sisamis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 257 (1910).
l. E. p. bismarckiana. Arch. Bismarck.
Euploea pumila Pibbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. io3 (iSg8).
Euploea (CalUploea) /loidVii Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i.Zool. 17,
p. 55 (iSggi.
CalUploea engramelti bismarckiaiia Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 45, p. 7
(1900) [Auct.].
Euploea pumila hismarchiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257 (iQio)-
106. E. pyres. Salomon.
a. E. p. pyres. Guadalcanar.
Euploea pyres Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 94 (1888)
[B. M.]; Ribbe, Iris. Vol. ii, p. io3 (1898); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
A'ol. 9, p. 256 (igto).
b. E. p. niangolinella.
Euploea mangolinella Six&nd., Lepid. Niepelt, Vol. i, p. 26, pl. 8, fig. 8 Q (1914)
[Hillj.
Bougainville.
107. E. vulcanica [E. pumilae subspecies ?)
Euploea vulcanica Rcthschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 198(1915) [Tring].
Vulcan.
loS. E. hyacinthus. Celebes.
a. E. h. hyacinthus. Celebes merid.
Euploea hyacinthus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 296, pl. 29. fig. 5 Q (1866)
[B. M.] ; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. io5 (1871).
Salpinx hyacinthus Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878).
Tabada hyacintha Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (i883).
Salpinx hyacinthus Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 157 (1899).
Euploea hyacinthus hyacinthus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (1910).
Euploea (CalUploea) hyacinthus Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. g(i9i5).
b. E. h. siibcongrua. Celebes centr. et sept.
Euploea heivitsonii ¥e\der , Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 326, pl. 40, fig. 7 cp (1867),
nec Butler (Tring].
Euploea hyacinthus (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5. n. io5 (1871).
Salpinx hyacinthus (part.) Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294
(1878).
Tabada hyacintha (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (i883).
Euploea subcongrua Rdber, Ent. Nachr. Vol. 23, p. 100 (1897).
Salpinx hyacinthus subcongrua Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. iSg (1899).
Euploea hyacmthus subcongrua Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 ( 1910).
Enploea (CalUploea) hyacinthus hewitsoni Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 9 (igiS).
c. E. h. mangolina. Sula Mangoli.
CalUploea hyacinthus mangolina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. i56
(1899) [Auct.].
Euploea hyacinthtis mangolina Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 257,
pl. 82 c, fig. I Q (1910).
d. E. h. besinensis. Sula Besi.
CalUploea besinensis Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. i56 (1899)
[Auct.].
Euploea hyacinthus besinensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. zSy (1910).
e. E. h. reducta. Buton, Kabaena. Muna.
Euploea hyacinthus reducta furriaanse ct Lindeinans, Tijdschr. Ent. \’ol. 62,
Suppi. ]). 16, pl. 3, fig. 520 (1920) [Auct.].
i58
LEPIDOPTERA RIIOPALOCERA
B. — Groupe EUPLOEA
Euploea Fabricius, Illigeris Magaz. Nat. Vol. 6, p. 288 (1807). — Type : E. conts F.
Macroploea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878). — Type : E. phaenareta
Schall.; Voore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 9 (1880); Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 71
(1882).
Euploea IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 (i883); (part.) Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 29
(1886); Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 107 (1890-92); (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. V’ol. i, p. 24, 27
(1905); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (1910).
Especes tres grandes; ailes anterieures plus aigues que chez Calliploea. Malgre les differences de
coloration des six « especes » de ce groupe, il est probable qu’elles ne constituent qu’une seule et
meme espece phaenareta Schall. repandue de ITnde aux .Salomon et de Formose a Sumbawa et
Flores.
109. E. conis.
a. E. c. corus.
Papilio corus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 41 Q (lygS),
Euploea corus Fabricius, in Illio;er’s Mag. Insektenk. Vol. 6, p. 280 (1907).
Danais cora Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 178 (1819).
Euploea core (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 3i (1847).
Euploea elisa Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (1866) [B. M.J.
Euploea core (p. p.) Butler, ibidem, p. 276 (1866).
Eitploe core var. cora Butler, ibidem.
Euploea elisa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 5 {1871).
Euploea core var. a. corus (p. p.) Kirby, ibidem, p. ii, 1. c. n. 28 (1871I.
Euploea phaenareta var. a. corus Kirby, ibidem, p. 640, n. i (1877).
Salpinx elisa Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1S78).
Macroploea elisa Moore, Lep. Ceyl. Vol. i, p. g, pl. 5, fig. 2 o*, 2« Q (1880)
Euploea elisa Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 72, pl. 8, fig. 14 q
(1882).
Euploea corus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (iS83); Moore, Lep. Ind
Vol. I, p. 107, pl. 37, fig. I, met. I n rf , i i Q (1890); Bingham, Butt. Ind
Vol. I, p. 27 (igoS).
Euploea corus corus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (1910).
Euploea corus Ormiston, Spol. Ceyl. Vol. ii, 40, p. 7 (1918); Ormiston, Lep.
Ceyl. p. 5 (1924).
b. E. C. phoebiis.
Euploea phoehus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 270 (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea casfelnaui Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i5 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea phoebus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 4 (1871).
Euploea castelnaui Kirby, ibidem, p. 10, n. 16 (1871).
Salpinx phoebus Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878).
Euploea castelnaui Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 72 (1882);
Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 24. pl. 2, fig. 6 Q (1882).
Euploea phoebus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 289 (i883) ; Moore, Lep. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 109, pl. 38, fig. I cf, I c; Q (1890) ; Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i , p. 27
(i9o5).
Euploea corus phoehus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (1910).
Euploea corus phoebus Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10 (3), p. 187
(1921).
C. E. c. dviicei. Siam.
Euploea drucei Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 fi883) [B. M.].
Euploea corus drucei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (rgio).
Inde-Celebes.
Ceylon.
Tenasserim-Mergui-Ma-
lakka Cochinchine.
FAM. DANAIDID/E
1 59
d. E. c. vitruia (i). Cochinchine, Birma.
Mdcroploea corus vitruia Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 43, 1898, p. 190
(1899) [Auct.].
Euploea corus vitrina Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258, pl. 79 a,
fis- 2 c? (1910).
e. E. c. hesiodns.
Euploea corus hesiodus F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 ( igio) [Auct.].
f. E. C. siatins,
Euploea castelnaui Hag'en, Iris, \'ol. 3, p. 41 (1894); de Niceville, Journ. As.
Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 374 (1896).
Euploea corus statius Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. V'ol. 9, p. 258 (1910) [Auct.J.
g. E. C. phaerelena.
Euploea phaeretcna Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 16, pl. i, tig. i (18841.
Euploea plioebus Kheil, ibidem, p. 17 (1884).
Euploea corus phaerelena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (igio).
h. E. C micrunesia.
Macroploea corus var. micronesia Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2),
p. 19 (1891).
Euploea corus micronesia Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol, 49, p. 174 (1904) ;
Fruchstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 258 (1910) [Tring].
i. E. c. paveitae.
Enpleoa pavettae Zinken-Sommer, Kov. Act. Ac. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5, p. 189 (i83i !.
Etiploea proihoe {-p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 12 (1S47).
Euploea gyllenhalii Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 3i6 (i853).
Euploea prothoe [p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268 (1866).
Euploea gyllenhalii Butler, ibidem, p. 3o2 (1866).
Euploea alea (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. i (1871).
Euploea gyllenhalii Kirby, ibidem, p. i3, n. 72 (1871).
Euploea gyllenhali Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290(1883).
Euploea corus pavettae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
Euploea phcebus Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Java, Vol. 3, p. i3, pl. 12, fig. 8 o*
(i9i3).
j. E. C. defigiiratus.
Macroploea corus defiguratus Fruhstorfer, Int. Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, Vol. 2, p. 238
(1908) [Auct.].
Euploea corus defigiiratus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
k. E. c. nikrioii.
Euploea corus nikrion Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 259, pl- 806,
fig. I Q (1910) [Auct.].
l. E. C. butleri.
Euploea butleri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 290 o* Q (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea godmaui Moore, ibidem, p. 291 Q (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea corus butleri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. zSg (1910).
Euploea corus butleri Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (igiS).
m. E. c. salviiii.
Euploea castelnaui var. Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 32 (1889) [I3erl.].
Euploea salvini Semper, Reis. Phil. (5) Schmett. Vol. i, p. 323 (1892).
Euploea corus salvini Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (iQio)-
n. E. c. grandis .
Euploea grandis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. ]>. 290 (iS83) [Senck.j.
Euploea corus grandis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Wl. 9, p. 259 (1910).
Bangka.
Sumatra.
Nias.
Engano.
Java.
Bali.
Bawean.
Borneo.
Palavvan.
? Sulu.
(i) Tres probablcmcnt vitrina n’est qu'une variete de phocbus. M. Dubois me communique avec bienveillance
(24-10-1925) que sa collection contient plusieurs siiecimens dc phocbus cajitures a Ta3'ninh (Cochinchine). exactement a
la meme epoque et au meme endroit qu’un vitrina et un e.xemplaire de transition cntre les denx formes.
i6o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
o. E. c. celebica.
M acroploea corus celebica Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 6o, p. 104 (1899)
[Auct.]; Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48 (1898), p. 190(1899).
Euploea conis celebica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
Euploea celebica Martin, Iris, Vol. 26, p. 200 (1912).
Euploea {Macroploea) conis celebica Martin, ibidem, Vol. 29, p. ii (1915).
110. E. althaea.
a. E. a. althaea.
Euploea althaea Semper, Verh. Ver. Nat. Unt. Hamburg, Vol. 3, p. 106 (1S78)
[Senck.].
Salpinx althaea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 ii883).
Euploea althaea Semper, Reis. Philipp. (5) Vol. i, pl. 6, fig. i cf, 2 0 , 3 o*
(1886).
Euploea althaea althaea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
b. E. a. jiLvia.
Euploea (Salpinx) jiivia Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 22, p. 127 (1908)
[Auct.].
Euploea althaea juvia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259, pl. 83 u, iq*,
2 Q (1910).
111. E. phaenareta.
a. E. p. phaenareta.
Papilio midamiis Cramer, Uitl. Kap. A’ol. 3, p. i3i, pl. 266, A. B. Q (1782) nec
Linne.
Papilio phaenareta Schaller, Naturf. A'ol. 21, p. 177, pl. 5, fig. i, 2, cf {1785).
Papilio midamus Fabricius, Mant. Insect. Vol. i, p. 25 (1787).
Papilio affinis Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Vol. 4, p. 2289, n. 885 (1788-91).
Papilio midamus Herbst, Vol. 6, p. 12, pl. 119, fig. i, 2 cf (1793).
Trepsichrois alea Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 16 (18:6).
Danais prothoe Godart, Encycl. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 177 {1819).
Eiiplaea (sic) prothoe Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Anim. Art. Vol. 3, p. 434(1841).
Euploea prothoe (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 12 (1847).
Euploea prothoe 'BixtXer ^ Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 268 (1866).
Euploea phaenareta Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 358 (1869).
Euploea alea Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. i (1871).
Euploea affinis Kirby, ibidem, p. 17, n. i33 (1871).
Euploea phaenareta Kirby, l. c. p. 640, n. i.
Salpinx phaenareta Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878).
Euploea phaenareta Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 291 (i883).
Euploea alea Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 37, p. 172 (18S4);
Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5i (i885); Schatz, Exot. Schmett.
Vol. 2, p. 81, pl. 9 (1886).
Euploea phaenareta Ribbe, Iris, \'ol. 2, p. 24 (1889).
Euploea phaenarete Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
a^ E. p. phaenareta f. pauperata.
Euploea phaenarete phaenarete i. pauperata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 259 (1910) [Auct.].
a- E. p. phanaereta f. liixiivianta.
Euploea phaenarete phaenarete f. luxurianta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g,
p. 259 (1910).
b. E. p. hoUandi.
Euploea phaenarete hollandi Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 3o3 (igoS) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 259 (1910).
C. E. p. irma.
Euploea phaenarete irma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260, pl. 79^,
fig. I O* (rgio) [Auct.].
Celebes septentr.
Philippi lies- Formose.
iNIindanao.
Formosa.
Molucques.
Ceram-Amboina-Sapa-
rua.
Buru.
Obi.
FAM. DANAIDIDAi
1 6i
d. E. p. semiciyculns. Ilalinaheira, Batjan.
Euboea seniicirculns Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 269, lig. o* (1S66)
Euploea cuvieri Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i5, pl. 3g, fig. i, 2 o’ (1S67)
[Tring].
Euploea semicirculus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. g, n. 2 (1871).
Salpinx semicirculus Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 2g3 (1878).
Euploea semicirculus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 291 Q (i883).
Euploea pliaenarete semicirculus VTubstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p.259 (1910).
e. E. p. rolanda. Sula.
Euploea phaenarete rolanda Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 16, p. 3o3 (igoS) [Auct.] ;
Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260 (igio).
f. E. p. locupletior. Talaut.
Macroploea cortis locupletior Fruhstorfer, .Stett. Ent. Ztg. Vol. 60, p. 352 (1S99)
[Auct.].
Euploea phaenarete Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260 (1910I ;
Jurriaanse et Lindemans, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62, 1919, Suppi, p. 17, pl. 3,
fig. 523 (1920).
112. E. eucala. Sumbawa-Flores.
Euploea eucala Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, iSgS, p. 373, pl. 7, fig. 4 (1896) [Berl.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261 (1910).
113. E. callithoc. Nouv. Guinee.
a. E. c. euthoe. Aru.
Euploea euthoe Fe\der, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i6 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea callithoe var. a. euthoe 'i\\rhy , Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 10, n. 10 (1871).
Salpinx Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 ti883).
Euploea .Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, p. 161 (1895).
Euploea callithoe vslv. a. euthoe Sta.adinger, ibidem, p. 169 (1895).
Euploea callithoe euthoe Ycvdistorier, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261 (1910).
Euploea callithoe aruana Sir&xid, Lepid. Niepelt, Vol. i, p. 27 (1914) [FfiH] (i).
b. E. C. mesocala. Waigeu.
Euploea mesocala Snellen van Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 16, p. 244, pl. ii,
fig. I cf , 2 Q (1873) [Leid.].
Euploea mesocala Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. 143 (1877).
Salpinx mesocala Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 (i883).
Euploea mesocala Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, p. 162 (iSgS).
Euploea callithoe ss-ox . h. mesocala Staudinger, ibidem, p. 169 (1895).
Euploea callithoe mesocala Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261, pl. 79 /j,
fig. 3 Q (1910).
C. E. C. sacerdotalis. Jobi.
Euploea callithoe sacerdotalis Fxuhstorier. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261 (igio)
[Auct.].
d. E. C. callithoe. — Pl. 4, Fig. 8. Nouv. Cxuinee holland.
Euplaea (sic!) callithoe Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 98 (i832) [Ob.].
Euploea callithoe Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. i3 (1847).
Euploea callithoe Bwtler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 272 (i866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 10 (1871).
Salpinx callithoe BwWer . Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 (i8S3).
Euploea f(z7/j7/;oe' Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, p. i5S-i59, pl. 4, fig. io'(iS95);
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260, pl. 79 a, fig. 3 o’ (1910).
d^ E. h. callithoe cf f. biplagiata.
Euploea callithoe biplagiata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. XAl. 9, lu 260 (1910)
[Auct.].
(i) Peut-etre differente de euthoe, mais la localite indiciuee n’cst pas en faveur de cctte fai^on de voir. 11 sc pourrait
aussi que ce soit la race de Kei, si celle-ci est differente, mais alors le nom est tres imiiro])ro.
i62
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
d“ E. c. callithoe cf f. privata.
Eu[>loea callithoe privata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260 (1910)
[Auct,].
e. E. c. hansemanni.
Euploea Itansemanni 'Homca.th., Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 32. p. 248, pl. 5, fig. i Q
(188S) [B. M.]; Elonrath, ibidem, Vol. 33, 1889, p. 404 (1890) cf [B. M.].
Euploea callithoe Honrath, ibidem, Vol. 34, 1891, p. 448 (1892).
Euploea hansemanni Si.a.\idi\nger , Iris, Vol. 4, p. 81-84 {1891); Staudinger, /. c.
Vol. 8, p. 164, pl. 4, fig. 2 cf (1895).
Euploea callithoe vax. c. hansetnanni Staudinger, ibidem, p. 169 (1895).
Euploea callithoe hansemanni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260,
pl. 796, fig. 2 o* (1910).
f. E. c. dtirrsteini.
Euploea hansemanni StAudingei . Iris, Vol. 3, p. 338, pl. 4, fig. 2(1890) (j< [Berl.].
Euploea durrsteini Staudinger, ibidem, pl. 4, fig. 3 (1890) O [Berl.];
Staudinger, ibidem, Vol. 4, p. 81-84(1891) o* 2; Staudinger, ibidem,
Vol. 8, p. i65-i69 (1895).
Euploea [Salpinx) callithoe vrt. hansemanni Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nas. Vol. 5o,
p. 66 ( 1897).
Euploea callithoe durrsteini Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261 (1910).
f* E. C. durrsteini pf f. praestabilis.
Euploea callithoe durrsteini praestabilis hhuhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g,
p. 261 (1910) [Auct.].
E. C. durrsteini 9 f- hotiratlii.
Euploea hansemanni Q Honrath, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 36. pl. i5, fig2 6
( 1892) [B. M.].
Euploea durrsteini Q .Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, p. 166-169 (iSgS).
Euploea callithoe dtirrsteini honrathi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 261
(1910) [B. M.]
f® E. C. durrsteini 9 f- tiera.
Euploea durrsteini Q f. dimorph. nera Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 8, p. i65-i68,
pl. 4, fig. 3 {1895).
Euploea callithoe dtirrsteini nera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261
(1910) [Berl.].
f ‘ E. C. durrsteini 9 f- erynia.
Euploea callithoe dtirrsteini erynia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261
( 1910) (Auct.].
g. E. C. arova.
Euploea callithoe arova Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rund. Vol. 3o, p. 124 (I9i3) [Auct.].
h. E. c. eiirykleia.
Euploea callithoe eurykleia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. ^"ol. 9, p. 261 (rgio)
[Auct.].
i. E. C. inorna.
Euploea callithoe morna Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rund. Vol. 29, p. 84 (1912) [Auct.].
j. E. C. admiralia.
Euploea callithoe admiralia Strand, Lep. Niepelt, Vol. i, p. 26, pl. 8, fig. i Q
(1914) [Hili].
k. E. C. fucosa (1).
Euploea callithoe v&r . fucosa Janson, Cruise Marchesa, Vol. 2, p. 874 (1886).
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(baie Huon).
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(baie de r.Astrolabe).
Papua.
Fergusson, Goodenough.
Matty.
lies de rAmiraute.
(i) Cette forme est omise par Fruhstorfer et Tauteur ne mentionne de localite que «New Guinea ». D’apres la
description c’est une forme qui se rapproche de c. callithoe f. biplagiata ; la tache cellulaire semble etre comme c'nez eurykleia,
les taches discales plus petites que chez callithoe. Elie est peut-etre identique a sacerdotalis Fruhstorfer de Jobi.
FAM. DANAIDID.E
i63
114, E. unibrunnea.
a. E. u. unibrnitnea.
Etiploea unibrunnea Godman et Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. I^I q" (1S77)
[B. M.]: Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. S40, n. iSy (1877); Godman et
Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1S82, p. 754 Q (i883); Itloore, ibidem,
p. 292 (iSSi); Ribbe, Iris, V0I.9, p. 100(1898); Pag-enstecher, Lep. Rism.
Arch. Vol. I (Zool.) Vol. 27, p. 04, pl. i, fig. i cf (1S99).
Euploeu 'iinibrunma unibrunnea Frnhstorter, Seitz’ Grossschm,^AL 9, p. 26o( 1910).
a* E. ii. unibrunnea f. broiani.
Etiploea brotvni q’’ Godman et Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 142, pl. 22,
fig. 1-2 (iS77)[B. M.].; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 889, n. i47/)/.f
(1S77).
Salpinx browni Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878).
Etiploea browni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 292 (iSS.3) ; Staudinger, E.xot.
Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5i, pl. 25 o’ (i8S5); Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 100
11S9S); Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 55 (1899).
Etiploea unibrunnea unibrunnea browni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 260, pl. 79i7, I (1910)-
a- E. n. unibrunnea f. maynma.
Etiploea maytima Ribbe, Soc. Ent. Vol, 12, p. 172 (189S); Ribbe, Iris. Vol. 11,
p. 99(1898); Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i, p. 54 (1899).
Etiploea unibrunnea unibrunnea mayttma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 260 {19101.
b. E. U. heurippa.
Etiploea hetirippa Godman et Salvin, .\nn. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i. p. 93
^iSSS) [B. jM.]; Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 99 (1898).
Etiploea unibrunnea hetirippa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260 ( 1910).
6. Sous-Genre salpinx Hubner
Salpinx Hiibnef, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1816). — Type: E. nemerles Hiibner; Butler, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878).
Isamia Moore, Lep. Ce3d. Vol. i, p. 10 (1880). — Type : E. superba Herbst = midanius L.
Salpinx Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 58(1882); IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 3oo (i883).
Danisepa Moore, ibidem, p. 296. — Type : E. rliadamanlhus F. diocletianus F.
Satanga (Moore, ibidem, p. 297. — T\’pe : E. eupator Hew.
Saph ara Moore, ibidem, p. 297. — T57pe : E. ireitschkei Boisduval.
Selinda Moore, ibidem, p. 298. — T3’pe : E mniszechii Felder.
Hirdapa kloore, ibidem, p. 299. — Type : E. usipetes Hew.
Pademma Moore, ibidem, p. 3o5. — Type : E. klugii Moore.
Nacamsa Moore, ibidem, p. 3io. — T3’pe : E. simillima Moore.
Tiruna (Moore, ibidem, p. 3i6. — Type : E. roepstorffi Moore.
Anadara Moore, ibidem, p. 317. — ■ T3'pe : E. gamelia Hubner.
Salpinx Semper, Schmett. Phil. Vol. i, p. 3i (1886) ; Leech, Butt. Chin. Jap. Cor. Vol. i, p. 8 (1894) ;
Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 23, 37 (igoS); Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 261 (1910).
Ailes anterieures : cellule souvent sans veine recurrente ; discocellulaire superieure developpee ;
^ une tache androconiale sous la nervure 2. Ailes posterieures : la cellule relativement courte ; a
grande tache mate et tache androconiale jaunatre bien developpee dans la cellule et sur le bord costal
.Archipel Bismarck, Salo-
mon.
,\rch. Bismarck.
Salomon.
164
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
de celle-ci. Valve tres ressemblante a celle de Menama Aloore et Crastia Hubner; bord distal en forme
d’oiseau; Tapex est arrondi ou pointu. Pinceaux anaux a double couronne de poils gris ou jaune clair.
Une seconde paire de pinceaux anaux.
Chenille. Tres ressemblante a celle de Trepsichrois Hubner, quatre paires de filaments charnus.
De l’Inde anglaise aux Mariannes, aux Salomon et aux Fidji; et de la Chine meridionale et
Formose jusquHu Cap York en Australie. Mais dans la ceinture insulaire des Indes hollandaises sa
limite orientale passe par Kei, Sumba et Flores.
11 5. E. deiLsina. Java-Celebes.
a. E. e. elensina. Java-Bali, Bawean, Kan-
Papilio elensina Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. 3, p. i32, pl.266,fig. d (1789); Herbst, gean.
Natiirs. Schm. Vol. 6, p. 18, pl. 121, fig. i (lygS).
Salpiiix elensina (f Hubner, Samml. E.xot. Schmett. Vol. 2, ])1. 222 (9), fig. 3, 4
(1819-26).
Euploea eleusine (sic) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 9 (1S47) ; Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, p. 289 (1866).
Enploea elensina Kirby. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 78 (1871).
Salpinx Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Seli7ida elensina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (iS83).
Enploea elensina Snellen, Midden.-Sum. Vol. 4 (21, p. 12 (1892).
Enploea (Selinda) eleushia de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. SyS
(1895).
Euploea elensina elensina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910).
Enploea elensina Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Java,Vol.3, p . 1 1, pl. 1 1, fig. 6 U (i9i3)-
Euploea elensina elensina Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10, p. igi
(1921).
b. E. e. hygina. Sumba, Sumbawa, Lom-
Salpinx (Selinda) Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.Vol. 60(2), p. 159(1891). bok.
Selinda elensina Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. 124 (1897).
Euploea elensina hygina Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910).
c. E. e. mniszechii. Celebes.
Enploea mniszechii Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 3, p. 181, pl. 3, fig. 3 U
(1809) [Tring].
Euploea muisgechii (sic !) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 296 (1866).
Euploea mniszechii Kirby, .Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 102 (1871).
Salpinx mniszechii E>\xt\er , Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Selinda mniszechii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883).
Salpinx elensina mniszechii Erwhstoxier , Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. i56 (1899).
Euploea elensina mniszechi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 262, pl. Szr,
fig. 2 Q, fig. 3 cf (1910).
Euploea (Salpinx) mniszechi Iris, Vol. 29, p. 12 (igiS).
c' E. m. mniszechii f. arona.
Euploea mniszechi mniszechi arona Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 262
(igio) [Auct.].
d. E. ni. palata. Celebes oriental.
Euploea mniszechi palata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 I1910)
[Auct.].
Euploea (Salpinx) elensina palata Martin, Iris. Vol. 29, p. i3 (igiS).
116. E. volleiihovii. (i) Celebes.
a. E. V. vollenhovii. Celebes septentr.
Enploea vollenhovii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 827 (1S67) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5. n. 104 (1871).
(\) 11 est probable, comme Tadmet Martin loc. cit., que vollenhovii ne forme qu’une unite specifique avec elensina.
Trois formes se rencontreraient dans la partie orientale de Celebes. Mais une vaste documentation ecologique serait indis-
pensable pour se prononcer definitivement. A defaut, il est preferable de conserver la classification de Seitz.
FAM. DANAIDID^
Si.'li)tda vollinhovii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (iSS3).
Siilpinx vollinhovii Frwhstotier, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, ]>. i56 (18991.
Euploea vollenhovi vollenhovi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 2(12 (loioK
Euploid (Salpinx) vollenhovi Martin, Iris, \'ol, 29, ]>, i3 (ipiS).
b. E. V. anitra.
Euploea vollenhovi anitra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g. p. 262, pl. Sar,
tig-. 4 A 11910) [.Vuct.].
c. E. i’. aganor.
Euploea vollenhovi aganor Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910)
[Auct,],
117. E. dehaanii.
a. E. d. dehaanii.
Euploea dehaanii Lucas, Rev. Zool. p. 3i3 cf iiS.33).
Euploea dehaani Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 82 (1871).
Salpinx dehaanii INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (i883).
Euploea dehaani dehaani Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910).
Euploea dehaani f. dehaani Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent. Imloch .
fr. Vol. 3. p. 25 (1921).
b. E. d. hainana.
Calliploea ledereri var. hainana Holland, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p ii3
(1887) [B. M.]
Calliploea iiiusa Swinhoe, Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (7), \'ol. 3, p. io3 (1899) [B. M.].
Salpinx miraculosa Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 14, p. 334 (igoi) [Auct.].
Euploea dehaani minorata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910).
Euploea dehaani musa Fruhstorfer, ibidem.
Euploea dehaani f. musa Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun, Ent. Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1921).
Euploea (Salpinx) dehaani hainana Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 537 (1924)-
iiS. E. leucosiictos.
a. E. l. hobsojii.
Salpinx hohsoni o* Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, P- 8. n (1878) [B. M.].
Salpinx hobsonii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Salpinx hobsoni \loore, ibidem, p. 3oi (i883).
Euploea leucosiictos hohsoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 262 (igio).
E. l. hohsoni f. gasa.
Euploea leucosiictos hobsoni f. gaza Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262
(1910) [Auct.].
b. E. l. minorata.
Salpinx minorata A Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 695 (1879) [B. M.].
Pademma minorata Moore, l. c. p. 807 (i883l.
Salpinx negleyana Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 112, pl. i, fig. 2
(1887) [Carn.].
Euploea leucosiictos negleyana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262 (1910).
Euploea (Salpinx) leucosiictos minorata Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 537 (1924).
b' E. I. minorata f. leucostictina.
Euploea leucosiictos negleyana f. leucostictina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 277 (1911) [Auct.].
Euploea (Salpinx) Icucostictos minorata f. leucostictina Joicey et Talbot. Bull.
Hili Mus. Vol. I, p. 537 (1924).
C. E. l. coelestis.
Euploea leucosiictos coelestis Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 14, p. 335 (1901J [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 262, pl. 83 b, 3 cfi 4 Q (i9io)-
Euploea leucosiictos f. coelestis Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 26 (1921).
Celebes centr.
ISangkai .
Indochine.
Cochinchine, Annam
merid.
.\nnam, Laos, Tonkin,
Hainan .
[Borneo-Mariannes.
Fonnosa-Indoch.-Java-
Formosa.
Hainan.
Tonkin, Laos.
i66
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
d. E. l. khtgii.
EuploeaMugii Q Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. East Ind. Comp. p. i3o (iSSy) [B. M.].
Enploea Mugii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 {1866) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 10. n. ii (1871).
Salpinx Mugii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878J.
Euploea Mugii M.axsh.3.\\ et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 64 (1882).
Pademvia Mugi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5, pl. 32, fig. i o' (i883).
Euploea [Pademma) Mugi Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n. 9 {1888).
Pademma Mugii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 117, pl. 42, fig. i cf , i a Q (1891).
Euploea (Pademma) Mugii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 61 {2), p. 240
(1892).
Euploea Mugii Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 39, fig. i3, 14 (igoS).
Euploea Mugi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
d‘ E. l. kliigii f. illustris.
Salpinx illustris C Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878)
[B. M.].
Euploea illustris Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 66 (1882).
Pademma illustris Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 807 (i883).
Pademma Mugii var. B. illustris Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 119, pl. 43.
fi?- I T- ‘1 Q (1891 ).
Euploea Mugii var . illustris Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 39,41 (1905).
Euploea Mugi f. illustris PTuihstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
d- E. l. khigii f. imperialis.
Pademma imperialis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 307 cf O (i883) [B. M.].
Pademma Mugii var. C. imperialis Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 119, pl. 43,
fig. 2 cf, 2 u 9 (1891).
Euploea Mugii var. imperialis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 89, 41 (igoS).
Euploea Mugi f. imperialis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
d^ E. /. Mugii f. regalis.
Pademma regalis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. Soy cf 9 (i883) [B. M.].
Padejnma Mugii var. D. regalis Moore, Lep Ind. Vol. i, p. 120, pl. 42, fig. i ,
1 a 9 (1891).
Euploea Mugii var. regalis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 89-41 (igoS).
Euploea Mugii, regalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910).
d^ E. l. Mugii f. augusta.
Pademma augusta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o6 cf (i883) [B. M.].
Pademma dharma Moore, ibidem, pl. 82, fig. 2 9 [B- M-]
Pademma Mugii var. A. augusta Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 118, pl. 42, fig. 2 cf,
2 (7 9 (1891 ).
Euploea Mugii var. augusta Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 39-41 (igoS).
Euploea Mugi f. augusta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910).
d= E. l. Mugii f. indigofera.
Pademma indigofera ff Moore, Pi'0c. Zool. Soc. L^nd. p. 3o6, pl. 32, fig. 3
(i883) [B. M.]; Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 120, pl. 44, fig. 3 cf (1891).
Euploea klugii var. indigofera Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. Sg, 41 (igoS).
Euploea Mugii, indigofera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910).
d'’’ E. l. Mugii f. grantii.
Salpinx grantii 9 Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 2 (1879) [B. M.].
Euploea grantii Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 65 (1882).
Pademma granti yioore., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o6 (i883).
Pademma Mugii Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 117, pl. 42, fig. iJ 9 (1891).
Euploea Mugii (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 89 (igoS).
d" E. l. Mugii ab. hamiltoiii.
Pademma Jiamiltoni var . nov. (sic!) cf Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 269
(1893) [B. M.].
Euploea Mugii var . hamiltoni Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 3g. 41 (igoS).
Euploea Mugi ab. hamiltoni Pruiistorier , Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 {1910).
Inde septentr.
Bengal.
Bengal.
Bengal.
Assam.
Assam .
Cachar.
FAM. DANAIDID^
167
e. E. l hucogonis. Siain, IMalakka.
S^lpi/tx liiicogo/tis Batler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Ltmd, Zool. (2), Vol. i,]'. 536,
pl. 68, fig. 5 0 (1879) [B. M.].
Eiiploi.j Itiicogo/iys (^sic !) Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. \'ol. 1, p. (>9 ^1882).
Eitploe.t vestigiiittz var. kitcogouis Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 27, pl. 3. fig'. 6 0^1
7 Q (18821.
Salpinx Uiicogonys Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (i883); IMoore, Be}>.
Ind. Vol. I, p. n5, pl. m, fig. 1 <1, I h (g , 1 c Q (1890).
Euploea klugii \a.v. leucogonys Bingham, Butt. Ind. \'ol. i, p. 38, 41 (igoS).
Enploea leucosiictos leucogonys Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 262 (igio).
Euploea leucosiictos leticogonvs Moulton, Journ. Fed. i\Ial. Stat. i\Ius. \'ol. 10 (3),
p. 188 1 1921).
E. l. hucogoiiis f. lastilina.
Calliploea vestigiata Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. (2), Vol. i, p. 533
(1879).
Euploea vestigiata (-peLVt.) Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 27 (1882).
Salpinx lazulina Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (i883) [B. M.].
Salpinx leucogonys '^loore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. ii5, pl. 41, fig. i o’ (1890).
Euploea leucosiictos leucogonys f. lazulina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 263 (1910).
f. E. L vestigiata (i). Sumatra.
Euploea vestigiata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, }>. 288, fig. i Q (1866)
[B. M ].
Euploea novarae xas. a. vestigiata Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep. p. i3, n. 7ir
(1871).
Salpinx vestigiata Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Euploea vestigiata Distant, Rhop. IMal. p. 26 (1882); Marshall ct de
Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i. p. 67 (18S2).
Salpinx vestigiata 'Sloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (i883).
? Salpinx vestigiata Leech, Butt. Chin. Cor. Jap. Vol. i, p. 8 ( 1894).
Euploea novarae Hagen, Iris, Vol. 7, p. 40 (1S94).
Euploea (Salpinx) hucostictos de Niceville et Martin, Jovirn. .\s. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 64 (2), p. 375 (1896).
Euploea vestigiata Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 222, fig. 4
(1910).
Euploea leucosiictos vestigiata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263
(1910).
f* E. l. vestigiata f. albolimbata.
Euploea hucostictos vestigiata f. albolimbata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \''ol. 9,
p. 263 (igro). [.A.uct.].
g. E. l. novarae. Nicobars.
Euploea novarae Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 12, p. 482 (1862)
[Wien] ; Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2. p. 817, pl. 89, fig. 7 cf (1867);
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 71 r (1871); Marshall et de
Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 68 (1882}.
Salpinx novarae Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (i883); Moore, Lep. Ind.
Vol. I, p. 114, pl. 40, fig. 1 a, I 5 (1891).
Euploea klugii va.r. novarae Bingham. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 41 (1905).
Euploea hucostictos novarae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910).
h. E. l. inno. Nias.
Euploealeucostictos K.h.e\\,'R\iop. Nias, p. 18(1884).
Salpinx hucostictos juno Stichel, Sitzb. Berl. Ent. Ver. 1899, in Berl. Ent.
Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 28 (1899).
Euploea hucostictos jtmo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910).
(I) Le type de Butler est indique dans les collections du B. M. comme, provenant de Java. Comme il est
pourtant possible qu’il y ait une erreur de localite, je garde la classification donnee par Fruhstorfer dans Seitz.
Cependant, il est probable que vestigiata et leucosiictos sont identiques, et que le premier nom devrait tomber en syno-
nymie. Esperons que les specialistes du B. M. pourront mettre cette question au clair.
i68
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
i. E. l. marea.
Euploea lencostictos marea Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. g, p, 277 (1911)
[Auct.].
j. E. l. phane.
Salpinx phane Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60 (2), p. 20 (1891) [Tring].
Salpinx lencostictos phane Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 49, p. 175 (1904).
Euploea lencostictos phane Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910).
k. E. l. lencostictos.
Papilio leucustictos Gmelin, Syst. Nat. (5) Ins. Vol. 2, p. 2289 (1789).
Danais eunice Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 177 (1819).
Euplaea (sic !) eunice Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 94 (i832).
Danais eunice Lucas, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pl. 46, fig. i cf (1845).
Euploea eunice (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87,11. i (1847).
Euploea vestigiata (part.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 288 (1866).
Euploea lencostictos Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 358 (1869) ; Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 71 (1871).
Salpinx eunice Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Salpinx lencostictos Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi (i883).
Euploea lencostictos lencostictos Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p.263 (1910).
Euploea lencostictos Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Java, Vol. 3, p. 12, pl. 12, fig. T a (p
(1913).
k’ E. /. lencostictos 9 debarbata.
Euploea lencostictos lencostictos f. debarhata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 263 (1910) [Auct.].
k" E. l. lencostictos (f f. bioculata.
Euploea leucostictos lencostictos cP f- bioculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910) [Auct.].
k® E. l. lencostictos f. radiata.
Euploea leucostictos leucostictos f. radiata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 263(1910) [Auct.].
k"* E. l. leucostictos f. abrupta.
Euploea leucostictos leucostictos f. abrupta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 263 (1910) [Auct.].
l. E. l. timains.
Euploea leucostictos timaius Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910)
[Auct.].
m. E. l. relue id a.
Euploea leucostictos relucida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910)
[Auct.].
n. E. l. tisais.
Salpinx meizon FTuhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. I25 (1887), nec
Doherty (1891).
Salpinx lencostictos tisais Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 14, p. 336 ^igoi) [Auct.].
Euploea leucostictos tisais Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263, pl. 83 i,
2 o* (1910).
o. E. l. handaon.
Euploea leucostictos handaon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1910)
[Auct.].
p. E. l. meizon.
Salpinx uieizon Doherty, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. Vol. 60(2), p. i5g {1891).
Euploea leucostictos meizon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 263 (1910).
q. E. l. syra.
Eitploea (Salpinx) kadu Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 33 (1889).
Salpinx leucostictos syra Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 14, p. 336 (1901) [Auct.].
Euploea leucostictos syra Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 263, pl. 79 c,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
Euploea leucostictos syra Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (igiS).
Batu.
Engano.
Java.
Bawean.
Bali.
Lombok.
Sumbawa.
Sumba.
Borneo, Palawan.
FAM. DANAI 1)1 DAi
q' E. l. 5i'ra f. kadiiia.
Euplota liiuvstictos syra i. ktiiiiitti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. )'ol. 9, p. 264
(lyio) [Auct.].
r. E. l. oculata.
Salpinx oculata yp Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2 {i883) [B. M.].
Salpinx kadu Semper, Reis. Phil. (5), Vol. i, p. 3i, pl. V, lig'. S o’'<9i 10 Q (18S6).
Euploea liucostictos oculata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264 (1910).
S E. l. ohitiaivanis.
Euploea leucostictos okinaxvanis Sonan, Trans. Xat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, Vol. 16,
p. 235, fig. (1926).
t. E. l. eiDiice.
Danaide eunicc Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. Freycin. pl. 83, fig. i o' !’• 555
(1824 .
Euploea kadu Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis. Vol. 3, p.2io,pl.6, fig. iSii, b (^(1821).
Danais etin ice Godait. Encycl. Meth. Hist. Xat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 8i5 (i8231.
Danaida eunice Guerin, Icon. Regn. Anim. Ins. p. 474, pl. 77, fig. 4 q’ (ii)44)-
Euploea kadu Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 100 {1871).
Salpinx kadu Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Salpinx kadu Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 304 (i8S3).
Euploea [Salpinx) kadu Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p. 14 (1907).
Euploea leucostictos kadu Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 264 (igio).
t* E. L eunice i. heuntsonii.
Euploea eunice Boisduval, Spec. Gen. Lep. Vol. 1, pl. 24, fig. i (i836).
Euploea heivitsonii Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295, pl. 3o, fig. 2 Q
(1S661 [B. M.].
Euploea fpart.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 100 (1871).
Salpinx hcwitsonii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Salpinx hewitsoni Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 804 (i883).
Euploea leucostictos kadu f. heivitsoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 264 (1910).
u. E. l. viola. — Pl, 5, Fig, 8.
Euploea viola qP ^ Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 295, pl. 3o, fig. 3 o* (1866)
[B. M.].
Euploea ivestivoodii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i6, pl. 40, fig. i, 2 o*!
• 3 O (1867) [Tring].
Euploea viola Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. loi (1871).
Salpinx viola Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14; Moore, ibidem,
p. 304 (i883).
Euploea viola Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 5i, pl. 25 o' {i885);
Fruhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Stuttg. Vol. 23, p. 222, fig. 3 (1910).
Euploea viola westu/oodi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264, pl. 83 (r,
fig. 3 Q (1910).
Euploea leucostictos f. viola Piepers et Snellen. Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 12, pl. 12,
fig- 7 cf Q (1913).
Euploea (Salpinx) viola Martin, Iris. Vol. 29, p. i5 (igiS).
E. l. viola weberi.
Salpinx weberi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 804 (i883) [Coli. Distant].
Euploea viola viola f. loeberi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264 (1910).
U- E. l. f. brandti.
Salpinx brandti 'h.ioor e. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 804 (i883) [Coli. Distant].
Euploea viola viola f. brandti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 264
( 1910).
E. l. viola f. upis.
Euploea viola viola f. upis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264 (1910).
Philippines.
Japon.
Mariannes, ? Formosa.
Celebes merid.
170
LEPIDOPTERA RPIOPALOCERA
V. E. l. bongila nom. nov. (i)
Euploea viola viola Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 264, pl. 83 i, fig;-.
1 cf f 1910) [Auct.].
V* E. l. bongila f. perizonia.
Euploea viola westwoodi f. perizonia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264
pl. 80 £Z. fig. I cP (1910) [Auct.].
V' E. 1. bongila 9 f- ^isa.
Euploea viola westwoodi Q f. aisa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 264
(1910) [Auct.].
v® E. l. bongila 9 f- nivira.
Euploea viola westwoodi Q f. nivira Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264
(1910) [Auct.].
w. E. l. bangkaiensis.
Salpinx leucostictos bangkaiensis Fruhstorfer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 60, p. 352
(1899) [Dresd.].
Euploea viola bangkaiensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264 (1910).
y. E. l. leochares.
Euploea viola leochares Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 264 (igioj
[Auct.].
Euploea viola leochares Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. 19 (igiS).
iig. E. meyeri.
a. E. m. meyeri.
Euploea meyeri Hopffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 35, p. 29 (1S74) [Bterl.].
Salpinx iiieveri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 (i883); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 698, n. 143 (1877).
Euploea meyeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 264 (1910).
b. E. ni. depuiseti.
Euploea depuiseti Oberthiir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 280, pl. 8,fig. 2 (i879)[Ob.].
Salpinx depuiseti Moore, ibidem, p. 804 (i883).
Euploea depuiseti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 264 (igio).
c. E. ni. lykeia.
Euploea depuiseti lykeia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 265 (1910)
[Auct.].
120. E. lahreyi (praecedentis subspecies ?).
Salpinx labreyi (p Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o5 (i883) [B. i\I.].
Salpinx [Euploea) platenae Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 7, 1894, p. 356 (iSgS) [Berl.].
Euploea labreyi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265, pl. &oa, fig.
2 o' (1910).
12 1. E. nemertes.
a. E. n. nemertes.
Limnas nemertes Hubner, Samml. Exot. Schmett.Vol. i, pl 26, hg. 3, 4 o*(i8o6).
Salpinx nemertes Hubner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 17 (1818).
Euplaea aglidice g Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 96 (i835) [Ob.].
Euploea euiiice (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. i (1847).
Euploea aglidice Doubleday, ibidem, n. 6; Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond. p, 282
(1866).
Euploea eunice Butler, ibidem, p. 286, fig. 2 (1866).
Euploea pasithea Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. p. 3i8 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea aglidice Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. Sg (1871).
Euploea leucostictos (part.) Kirby, ibidem, p. i3, n. 71 (1871).
Celebes sept., Sangir.
Bangkai.
Saleyer.
Celebes et dependances.
Celebes.
Sangir.
Talaut.
Sula.
[Fidji.
Molucques-N^’® Guinee-
Amboina, Saparua.
(i) Fruhstorfer, dans Seitz, nomme la forme septentrionale de Celebes : westwoodi Felder. Mais ce noma ete donne
par son auteur a des exemplaires du Sud de File ; et estdonc synonyme de viola Butl. Un nom nouveau est donc requis pour
la forme du Nord, qui est nettement differenciee de celle du Sud. (Martin, Iris, Vol. 29, p. i5 (1915).
FAM. danaidid.f:
I
Sdlpi/s.\- ^dsithed Biitler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878).
Sdlpiux nemirUs Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o2 ( i8S.3).
Sdlpinx pasithea Moore, ibidem, p. 3o3 (iS83).
Euploea kucostictos Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. \'er. Nat. Vol. 37, p. 173 (1884).
Ettploea, nemcrtes nemertes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 265 (igio).
Euploea leucostictosi. nemesi/ies {sic !) Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 12,
pl. 12, fig. 7 o* (igiSI.
b. E. H. lycoleon.
Euploea nemertes Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 24 1, iSSg).
Euploea nemertes lycoleon Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265 (igio)
[Auct.].
c. E. n. cera mica.
Salpinx ceramica o" ... Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ^8), Vol. 20, p. 407 (.1917)
[Auct.].
d. E. n. Itisme.
Euplaea (sicli hisme Boisduval, \My. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. gS (i832).
Euploea hisme Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87,0. 4 (1847) ; Montrouzier,
Ann. Sc. Phys. Nat. Lyon, p. 403 (i836); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 286, fig. I (1S66); Kirbj’, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 70 (1871).
Salpinx hisme Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 292 (1878);
^loore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Salpinx bouruana Q IMoore, ibidem, p. 3o2 [B. M.].
Euploea \Salpinx) bouruana de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 67 (2), p. 3io
;i898).
Euploea nemertes hisme Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 265, pl. 8417,
fig- 4 d* (1910).
e. E. n. pseudohisme .
Euploea nemertes pseudohisme Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265 (1910)
[Auct.].
E. n, pseudohisme f. trysa.
Euploea nemertes pseudohisme f. trysa Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265
(1910) [Auct.].
f. E. 11. bernsteinii.
Euploea bernsteinii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3i9 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 3 11871).
Salpinx (part.) Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea nemertes bernsteini Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265 (1910).
f' E. n. bernsieinii f. hismina.
Euploea nemertes bernsteini f. hismina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 265 (1910) [Auct.].
g. E. n. staintonii.
Euploea staintonii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 3ig (1867) [Tring].
Salphix staintoni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea 7iemertes staintoni Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.265 pl. Soc,
fig. I 0 , 2 o' (1910).
E. n. staintonii f. eretria.
o
Euploea nemertes staintoni f. eretria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265
( 1910) [Auct.].
g- E. n. staintonii f. piinctaria.
Euploea nemertes staintoni f. punctaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 265 ( 1910) [Auct.].
g® E. n. staintonii f. hortensia.
Euploea nemertes staintoni f. hortensia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 265 (1910) [Auct.].
Ceram ori ent.
Ceram.
Buru.
Obi.
Batjan, Halmaheira.
Waigeu.
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
h. E. n. herhstii.
Euplaea (sic) herbstii Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Eiit. Vol. i, p. gS (i832).
Euploea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 8 (1847); Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 58
(1871).
Salpinx herhsti Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea nemertes herbsti Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265 (1910).
h' E. n. herhstii f. traducta.
Salpinx traducta Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 346 (1894) [Tring].
Euploea nemertes herbsti f. traducta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265
(1910).
h' E. n. herbstii f. minima.
Salpinx minima Grose-Smith, Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 346 (1894) [Tring],
Euploea nemertes herbstii. minima Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265
(1910).
E. n. herbstii f. swierstrae.
Euploea perdita var. swierstrae Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 34, p. 339, pl- i7>
fig. 4 o’ (1891) [Leiden].
Euploea nemertes herbsti f. swierstrae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 265, pl. 83c, fig. I cf (1910).
i. E., n. erima.
Euploea [Salpinx) swierstrae Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. Vol. 5o, p. 66,
met. (1897).
Salpinx swierstrae ab. erima Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 284
(1899) [Auct.].
■ Euploea nemertes erima Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 265, pl. 85 ir,
fig. 5 cf (1910).
i’ E. n. erima f. gorima.
Euploea nemertes erima f. gorima Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 265,
pl. 83 f, fig. 2 cf (1910) [Auct.].
i“ E. n. erima f. atoniaria.
Euploea nemertes erima f. atoniaria Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p, 266,
(igio) [Auct.].
i® E. n. erima f. opalina.
Euploea nemertes erima f. opalina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266,
pl. 855, fig. I Q (1910) [Auct.].
i-* E. n. erima f. sexguttata.
Salpinx swierstrae ab. sexguttata Fruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 44, p. 284
(1899) [Auct.].
Euploea nemertes erima f. sexguttata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266
( 1910).
j. E. n. avieni.
Euploea nemertes aviena Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910)
[Auct.].
k. E. 11. Spartacus.
Euploea Spartacus Miskin, Ann. Rep. Br. N. Guin. 1888-1889, App. V, p. 63
(1890) [Brisb.]; Miskin, Blue Book, H. M. Coi. Possess. n. io3, p. 119
fi8go).
Euploea nemertes quintia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 266, pl. 81 a,
fig. 2 cf (1910) [Auct.].
k' E. n. Spartacus f. rhodia.
Euploea nemertes quintia f. rhodia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266
(1910) [Auct.].
Guinee hollandaise
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
Finschhafen.
Nouvelle Guinee orient.
(baies Huon et Milne).
FAM. DANA1DIDA-:
1
l. E. 11. Oppia.
Euploiii nemertes Oppia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. o, p. 266 (1910)
[Auct ].
m. E n. a finii a.
Euploea nemertes affinita Strand, Lepid. Niepelt, \'ol. i, p. 2S. pl. 8, ii
(1914) [Hili].
n. E. n. perdita.
Salpin.r perdita Butler, Aiin. IMag. Nat. Hist. (5), \'ol. lo, p. dg, q’ 2 (18S21
[B. Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883}.
Euploea perdita Ribbe, Iris, \’ol. ii, p. io3 (1S98).
Euploea iSalpinx) perdita Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. \’ol. i (Zool. 17).
p. 57 (iSgq).
Euploea nemertes perdita Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910).
n' E. n. per dii a f. itlagtina.
Euploea ulaguita Ribbe, Iris, \'ol. 11, p. 102 (1898); Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism.
Arch. \'ol. I (Zool. 17), p. 37 (1899).
Euploea nemertes perdita f. ulaguna Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266
(1910).
o. E. n. oeiieoit.
Euploea nemertes oeneon Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rund. Vol. 29, p. 84 (igi2) [Auct.].
p. E. n. polymela.
Euploea polymela Godman et Salvin, Ann. iMag. Nat. Hist. (6). Vol. i, p. 92
118SS) [B. M.]; Ribbe, Iris, Vol. 9, p. loi (1898).
Euploea nemertes polymela Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910).
q. E. n. iphianassa.
Euploea iphianassa O Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 287, fig. 3 Q, p. 286
{1866) [B. M.]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep. p. i3, n. 71 b (1871).
Euploea macleayii (part.) Kirby, ibidem, p. 692, n. 71 a (1877).
Salpinx iphianassa Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. agS (1878);
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea nemertes iphianassa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910).
Euploea iphianassa Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p. 601 (1924); Poulton,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. i, 1926, p. 5o (1927).
E. n. iphianassa f. consanguinea.
Salpinx consanguinea Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878)
[B. M.]; Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea nemertes iphianassa (part.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266
(1910).
Euploea iphianassa f. consanguinea Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 1, 1926,
p. 50(1927).
r. E. n. graefiana.
Euploea graeffiana Herrich-Schaffer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 3o, p. 70, pl. 2, fig. 5 Q ,
(1869), Exot. Schmett. fig. 111(1869); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 17,
n. i3o (1871).
Calliploea graeffiana Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 25i (1876).
Salpinx graeffiana (p Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878) ;
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 (i883).
Euploea nemertes graeffiana Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910).
Euploea [Salpin.x) graeffiana Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. i (1926), p. 5o,
suiv. (1927).
s. E. n. macleayi.
Euploea macleayi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 320 (1867) [Tring]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i3, n. 71 a (1871).
Salpinx macleayi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o3 {i883).
Euploea nemertes macleayi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 266 (1910);
Poulton. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1923, p, 601, pl. 3o, fig. 7, 8; pl. 3i,
fig. 7, 8; pl. 37, fig. 6-i3; pl. 3g, fig. 6-8, ii : pl. 40, fig. 3, 4; pl. 41,
fig. II (1924); idem. Proc, Ent. Soc. Lond. VMl. i (1926), p. 5o (1927).
Mefoor.
Iles de TAmiraute.
Arch. Bismarck.
Matty.
Salomon.
Iles Tones.
Nouv. Hebrides.
Fidji.
174
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
122. E. eiisiachius (i).
Salpinx eustachms Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6),Vol. 4, p. i58 cf (i889)[B.M.].
123. E. nemertoides.
Eiiploea nemertoides Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 197 (i9i5) [Tring].
124. E. asylltis.
a. E. a. asylltts.
Euploea asyllus Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 92
( i88S)[B. M.]; Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 102, pl. 4, fig. 3 (1898) ; Fruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 (1910).
b. E. a. laur entia.
Euploea asyllus laureniia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266 ( i9io)[Auct.].
c. E. a. gerion.
Euploea gerion Q Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i, p. 93
{188S) [B. M.].
125. E. Usipetes (i).
a. E. 11. Usipetes.
Euploea usipetes (J Hewitson, E.xot. Butt. Vol. 2, Euploea, pl. 12, fig. 4 (i858)
[B. M.]; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 285 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 66 (1871).
Salpinx usipetes Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878).
Hirdapa usipetes Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299 (i883).
Euploea usipetes Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 52, pl. 26 (i885);
Furbring'er, Jen. Denkschr.Vol. 8, Semon’s Forschung'sreis, Vol. 5, p. 233,
pl. i3, fig. 17 'O (1895).
Euploea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 266, pl. 85 r,
fig- 4 2 (1910).
a' E. u. usipetes § f. alhodiscalis.
Euploea usipetes usipetes Q f. alhodiscalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 266 (1910).
b. E. u. astrifera.
Euploea iisipetes astrifera Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 266, pl. 85 r,
fig- 3 d* (1914) [Auct.].
c. E. u. purus.
Euploea usipetes purus van Eecke, Nova Guin. Vol. i3, p. 62. pl. 2, fig'. 8 d*,
8(7 Q (igi5) [Leid.].
d. E. u. rezia.
Hirdapa rezia Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), Vol. i3, p. 166 (1894) [B. M.].
Euploea usipetes rezia Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
e. E. u. hippias.
Euploea hippias Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), Vol. 4, p. 1040,
(1890) [Adel.].
Euploea usipetes hippias Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (igio);
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p. 25, fig. 17 (1914); Tindale, Tr.
Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. Vol. 47, p. 842, pl. 28. fig. i (r923).
126. E. imitata.
Euploea imitata d* Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 5, p. 359 (1870)
[B. M.]; Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 640, n. 6Sbis (1S71); Butler,
Brenchley’s Cruise Curacjao, p. 466, pl. 47, fig. i, 2 (1873).
Salpinx imitata Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 298 (1878).
Hirdapa imitata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (i883).
Euploea imitata Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
N. Guinee. N. Hebrides,
Oueensland.
Manus.
Salomon.
Bougainville, Rubiana.
Shortland.
Malei ta.
Nouv. Guinee.
Aru.
Nouv. Guinee orient.
Nouv. Guinee centr.
Fergusson, Kiritvina.
Gap York (Australie).
Salomon.
i) II est possible que cette espece ne soit pas separable specifiquement de nemertes.
FAM. DANAI DI D.F:
127. E. assimilata (i). Ceram-Kei.
a. E. a. baiuhiensis. Banda.
Salpinx assimilata? handana Fruhstorfer, Soc. Ent. \'ol. 19, p. 36 (1904) [Auct.].
Euploea assimilata bandaeitsis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Yol. 9, ]i. 267,
pl. S5t), fig. 3 o” (1910;.
a‘ E. a. bandaeitsis f. nepotiua.
Salpinx assimilata ? bandana ah. mpotina Fruhstorfer, Soc, Ent. \’ol. 19, p. i36
(1904) [Auct,].
Euploea assimilata bandaensis f. nepotina Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 267, pl. 85 6, tig. 4 ' (igio).
b. E. a. frigida. Ceram septentr.
Salpinx frigida (S Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. \'ol. 14, p. 293 (1878)
[B. M,].
Hirdapa frigida Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo (iS83).
Euploea assimilata frigida Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
c. E. a. albocincia. Watubela.
Euploea assimilata albocincta van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Vol. i, }). 226 (igiS)
[Leid.].
d. E. a. nepos. Coram.
Euploea nepos Rober, Tijdschr. v. Entom. Vol. 34, p. 29S (1891); Rbber,
ibidem, Vol. 35. pl. 5, tig. iQ (1892).
Euploea assimilata nepos Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (igio).
e. E. a. assimilaia. Kei.
Euploea assimilata (f ^ Felder. Reis. Nov. Lep. ^'ol. 2, p. 32i, pl. 41, fig. 2 cf,
3 Q (1867) [Tring].
Euploea fraterna Q Felder, ibidem, p. 32i (1867) [Tring].
Euploea eurypon ['psxt.) Eirhy . Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 12, n. 68 (1871).
Euploea eurypon var. a. fraterna Kirby, ibidem.
Euploea assimilata Kirby, ibidem, p. 640, n. 68 (1877).
Salpinx assimilata Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 293 (1878).
Salpinx fraterna Butler. ibidem.
Hirdapa assimilta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 299(1883).
Hirdapa fraterna IMoore, ibidem.
Euploea [Hirdapa] assimilata de Niceville et Kiihn, As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 68 (2),
p. 256, pl. I, fig. I, met. (i8g8).
Euploea assimilata assimilata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
Euploea leucostictos f. assimilata Piepers et Snellen, Rhoj). Jav. Vol. 3, p. 12,
pl. 12, fig. y c o* (1913).
Euploea assimilata Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 18, pl. i A, fig. 5 0^1 b 2
(1921).
128. E. ireiischkei. ' Nouv. Guinee.
a. E. i. decia. . Papua.
Euploea treitschbet decia Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
[Auct.].
b. E. t. olivacea. Nouvelle Guinee occid
Saphara olivacea Grose-Smith. Nov. Zool. Vol. i, p. 348 (1894) [Tring]. et septentr.
Euploea treitschkei Eihbe, Iris, Vol. 8. p. ii3, pl. 3, fig. 5, 6 Metam. (1895).
Euploea treitschkei olivacea Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267, fig. 8i5,
4 cf (1910).
b‘ E. t. olivacea f. unicolor.
Euploea (Saphara) treitschhei var. unicolor Hagen, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturh.
Vol. 3o. p. 69 (1897) [Tring].
Euploea treitschkei olivacea f. unicolor Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol- g,
p. 267 (1910).
(i) Peut-etre pas differente specifiquement de nemertes.
6
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
b- E. l. olivacea f. pulverulenta.
Euboea iecitschhei olivacea f. pulverulenta Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. p. 267
; 1910) [Auct.].
c. E. /. aebutia.
Euploea treiischkei aebutia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910)
[Auct.].
d. E. i. eugenia.
Euploea treitschkei eugenia Fruhstorfer, Iris, Vol. 24, p. 55 (1910) [Auct.];
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267, pl. 84 rt, fig. 3 Q (1910).
e. E. t. intermedia.
Euploea treitschkei intermedia Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 199 (i9i5) [Tring].
t. E. t. ursiila.
Saphara ursula Butler, Anu. IMag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 11, p. 407 (i883)[B. jM.]
Euploea treitschkei ursula Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267, pl. 80 /»,
fig. 3 Q (1910); Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 22, p. 199 (i9i5).
g. E. t. treitschkei.
Euplaea treitschkei Boisduval, Voy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i, p. 98 (i832) [Ob.].
Euploea treitschkei Doubleday et Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 5,
pl. II, fig. 2 cf (1847); Butler. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 92 (1866);
Kirb}', Syn. Cat. 'Diurn. Lep. p. 14, n. 87 (1871).
Salpin.x treitschkii Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, ]). 294 (1S78).
Saphara treitschkei Moore, Proc. Zool. Lond. p. 298 (i883).
Euploea treitschkei Kihhe, Soc. Ent. Vol. 12, p. 177 (1898).
Euploea (Salpinx) treitschkei Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i (Zool. 17),
p. 56 (1899).
Euploea treitschkei treitschkei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (igio).
tr' E. t. treitschkei f. erimas.
O
Euploea erimas q* Godman et Salvin, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 733 (1879)
[B. M.]; Godman et Salvin, ibidem, p. i56, pl. i5, fig. i (1879).
Saphara erimas Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883).
Euploea treitschkei var. albopunctata Ribbe. Soc. Ent. Vol. 12, p. 177 (1898).
Euploea treitschkei var. erimas Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. 101, pl. 5, fig. i (1898);
Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. A'ol. i, p. 56 (1899).
Euploea treitschkei treitschkei ab. erimas Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9,
p. 267 (1910).
h. E. t. biformis.
Salpinx biformis Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 37 (1882) [B. M.].
Saphara biformis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883).
Euploea (Saphara) biformis Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i (Zool. 17),
p. 56 (1899).
Euploea treitschkei biformis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 267 (1910).
i. E. t. coerulescens.
Euploea (Saphara) treitschkei var. coerulescens Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat,
Vol. 48, p. 182 (1896).
Euploea treitschkei var. coerulescens Ribbe, Soc, Ent. Vol. 12, p. 277 (1898).
Euploea treitschkei coerulescens Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. loi (i8q8) ; Fruhstorfer,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268 (1910).
j. E. t. mattyensis.
Euploea treitschkei I'ruhstorfer, Ent. Rund.V0l.29, p. 34 (i9i2)[Auct.].
k. E. t. viridis.
Salpinx viridis Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 10, p. 38 Q (1882) [B. M.];
Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883).
Euploea viridis Miskin, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales (2), Vol. 4. p. 1041 (1890).
Euploea treitschkei viridis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 2, p. 267 (1910);
Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr. p, 25, fig. 24 (1914) ; Rothschild, Nov.
Zool. Vol. 22, p. 199 (19^5).
Jobi.
I. Vulcan.
I. Dampier.
Amiraute.
Nouvelle Irlande.
Duke of York.
Nouv. Bretagne.
Matty.
Thursday.
FAM. DANAIDID.-E
177
1. E. t. loreiiso.
Euploeii loieiizv f Butier, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Yol. 5, }>. 359 (i37o) [B.M.];
Kirb}', Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 640,11. Sy his (1S711; Hutler, Brenchley’s
fruise CaiiU'ao. p. 466, pl. 47, fig'. 3.4 (1873): Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 692 II. Sy bis 11S77).
Sal^iit.v lorettzo Butier, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. Lond. Vol. 14, ji. 294 11S7S).
Si.iphijrti lorettzo iSIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 29S (iS83).
Enploea treitschkei lorenzo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 26S (1910).
111. F. t. Salomonis (differens a praecedenti ?).
Euploea treitschkei var. salomonis Ribbe, Soc. Ent. Vol. 12, p. 177 (1898) ; Ribbc.
Iris, Vol. II, p. loi (1S9S).
Etiphea treitschkei salomonis Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. \’ol. 9, j). 268 (1910'.
n. E. t. aenea (bona subspecies ?).
Salpinx aenea Butier, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5). Vol. 10, p. 38 ^I8S2) [B. .M.].
Saphara aenea Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 29S (i883).
Ettploea treitschkei var. aenea Ribbe, Iris, \’ol. ii, p. 101 (,1898).
Enploea treitschkei aenea Frushtorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. \M1. 9, p. 268 (1910).
o. E. /. jessica.
Ettploea jessica Butier, Lep. E.vot. p. 20, pl. 8, fig. 3 0” (1S69) [B. M.]; Kirby
Syn. Cat. Dium. Lep. p. 640, n. 78 (1871L
Saphara jessica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 298 (i883J.
Ettploea treitschkei jessica Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \’ol. 9, p. 268 iiqio).
Ettploea (Saphara) jessica Poulton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. i (1926), }>. 52
1 1927 1.
Salomon.
Salomon .septentr.
.Salomon.
Nonv. Ilebrides, Nonv.
Caledonie.
129. E. gamelia.
[ava, Sumatra.
a. E. g. gamelia.
Salpinx gamelia Wnhncx. Samml. Exot. Schmett. \'ol. 2,pl. 10, tig. 1,2(1806-27).
Ettploea faber Zinken-Sommer, Nov. .^ct, .\cad. Nat. Cur. Vol. i5, p. 186, pl. 16,
lig. iS o’. 19 Q (iS3i).
Ettploea gamelia Do\\h]eda.y. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 29 (1847); Boisduval,
Cuvier : Reg. .Anim. Art. Ins. \’ol. 2, pl. i33, fig. i cf ( 1849) ; Butier. Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 279 11866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. ]>. ii,
n. 40 (1S71).
Ettploea lonaini O Chapman, Ent. Monthly (Mag. Vol. 9, p. 263 (1873); Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 693, n. i39 (1871).
Salpinx gamelia Butier. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 (1878).
Anadara gamelia Isloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 317 (i883).
Ettploea gamelia Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 53 (i885).
Ettploea gamelia gamelia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 268 (19101.
Ettploea gamelia Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 17, pl. i3, fig. 141? o' .
h Q (1913).
Ettploea gamelia Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10, p. 191 (1921).
b. E. g. astrana.
Ettploea gamelia astrana Fruhstorfer, Ent. Rund. Vol. 3o, p. 124 (i9i3) [Auct.].
130. E. martinii.
Euploea (Narmada) martinii de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 7,
p. 555 {1893) ; de Niceville, ibidem, Vol. 8, p. 38, pl. K, fig. 3 cf, 4 Q (iSgS);
de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64, (2), p, 377 (1896).
Ettploea martuli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268, pl. 80 c, fig. 4 (g
(1910).
Ettploea martini Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10, p. 191 (1921).
1 3 1 . E. voepstorjfi ( i ) .
Tirttna roepstorffi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i6, pl. 32, fig. 8 o” (i883;.
Tiritna roepstorffii M.oore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. i33, pl. 5o, fig. 3 (g (1891).
Ettploea roepstorfi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 44 (igo5).
Ettploea roepstorffi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268 {1910).
Java.
■Sumatra.
Sumatra.
.^ndaman.
(ij Sur le type de cette espece je ne sais que ce qu’en dit Fruhstorfer dans Seitz, c’est-a-dire qu’il etait, alors, dans
la collection Weise a Diedesheim.
]7N lepidoptera rhopalocera
i3i. R. ochsenheimeri.
ii. E. 0. aegyptus.
Eiiploea aegyptus Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 277 (1S66) [B. J\I.]; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 3i (1871).
Salpinx aegyptus Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 290 (1878).
Euploea aegyptus Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 66 (1882).
[samia aegyptus IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i6 (i883).
Euploea aegyptus aegyptus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268 (19101.
Euploea aegyptus aegyptus Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (igiS).
;i‘ E. 0. aegyptus ab. lowei.
[samia lowei Ptloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i6 (i883)[Ob.].
Euploea lowei Pagenstecher, Abh. Senck. Naturf. Ges. Vol. 23, ]>. 289, pl. i8,
%. 12 (1897).
Euploea aegyptus aegyptus ab. loioci Fruhstorfer. Seitz' (frossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268
U910).
1). E. 0. siugapura.
Euploea cliloc Distant, Khop. Alal. pl. 4, tig. 2 G' (1882).
[samia siugapura q' Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i5 (i883) [B. M.].
Euploea aegyptus siugapura Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 268 (1910).
Euploea aegyptus siugapura Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. \’ol. 10. p. 189
(1921).
c. E. 0. dimidius.
Euploea aegyptus dimidius van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leiden. Vol. i, p. 226 ( 191.8)
[Leid.].
(1. E. 0. sophia.
[samia sophia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i5 (i883).
Euploea (G Snellen, in Veth’s Midd. Sum. Vol. 4 (2), j). 12, j)!. i.
fig. I, 2, 3 cf (1882).
Euploea {[samia) aegyptus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (3), p. 376
(1896).
Euploea aegyptus sophia Fruhst{irfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. 268 (1910).
e. E. 0. lippus.
Euploea aegyptus lippus van Lecke, Zool. Med. Leid. Vol. 4, p. 80, pl. 7, hg. 12 (J
(1918) [Leid.].
1. E. 0. limyrus.
Eluploea aegyptus limyrus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ (/rosssch. \’ol. 9, p. 268 {1910)
[Auct.J.
g. E. 0. staudiugeri.
Euploea staudiugeri Kheil, Khop. Nias, p. 17, pl. i, fig. 3 cf. 4 Q (1884).
Euploea ochseuheimeri ibidem, p. 17.
Euploea aegyptus staudiugeri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ tirossschm. Vol. 9, }). 268 (1910).
li. E. 0. sHcheli.
Euploea [Auadara) sticheli Hagen, Ent. Nachr. V^ol. 24, p. 196 (1898; [Tring’].
Anadara sticheli Hagen, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges. V'ol. 20, p. 325, jil. 2, fig. 3 cf
(1902).
Euploea aegyptus sticheli Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 268 (1910).
i. E. (). ochsenheimeri.
Euploea ochseuheimeri Lucas, Rev. Mag. Zool. p. 3i5 (i853) [Par.]; Butler, Proc.
Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 271 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 6
(18711-
Tiruua ochsenheimeri Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 817 (i883).
Euploea aegyptus rafflesi (part.) Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, }). 268
(1910).
Euploea rafflesi Piepers et Snellen, Rhop. Jav. Vol. 3, p. 16, ])1. 12, fig. i3rt cf,
b Q, c -larva ( 191,3 1.
Macromalya.
Borneo.
Singapur.
Billiton.
Sumatra, Riouvv, Lingga.
Simalur.
Pulo Tello-Iles Batou.
Nias.
Mentawei.
Java.
FAM. DANAI DI D.F:
i‘ E. 0. ochsenheime) i ab. xi^esi.
IsamLi rafflesi Moore, Proc. Xool. Soc. Lond. p. .^14 (i883) [B. M ].
Eiiphia ui/gyplns rafflesi (part.) l-ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Yol. u, )>. 26S,
pl. 84 (I, fig. 2 c" (lOiO).
j. E. 0. idttna.
Isamiii atgxftiis idtina Fruhstorter, Berl. Ent Zeitschr. Yol. 48, ]>. 87 (igo.il
[Auct.].
Eiiploeu aegyptus idu/ui Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 260 (1910).
k. E. 0. bicolora.
Isamia uigyptus tricoloni l'iuhstorfer, Ent. Zeitschr. Guben, \'ol. 19, p. 40, tij^. 3
(igo5) [Auct.].
Eiiploea iiegyptiis tricolora Eruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 269. pl. 85 r.
tig. I (1910).
k‘ E. 0. tricolora f. citiieifera.
Euploea aegyptus tricolora f. aiitcifera Eruhstorfer. Seitz’ (irossschm. Yol. 9, p. zhg
1 1910) [.A.uct.].
k- E. 0. tricolora f. rafflesiita.
Euploea aegyptus tricolora f. rafflesina Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Yol. g.
p. 269 (1910) [.\uct.]
l. E. 0. hazares.
Euploea aegyptus hazares Eruhstorfer. Seitz' Grossschm. Yol. 9, p. 277 (igio)
[Auct.J.
in.il. 0. boengoerana.
Euploea aegyptus boengoerana van Eecke, Zool. Meded. Leid. Yol. i. p. 227, fig. 7
(i9i5) [Leiden].
133. E. atossa (i).
a. E. a. atossa.
Euploea {Crastia) atossa Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat. Vol. 49, p. i3o,
pl. 3, fig. 2 (i8g6) [Wiesb.].
Euploea atossa atossa Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, j). 269(1910).
a' E. a. atossa f. giva.
Euploea atossa atossa t. giva Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 277 1 1910)
[Berl.].
b. E. a. lomhokiana.
Euploea [Isamia) atossa Eruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 42, p. i23 (1897).
Isamia atossa lombohianaYrdhstoricx.Tic-cl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 48, p. 91 (igoS)
[Auct.].
Euploea atossa lomhokiana Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, Vol. g. p. 269 (1910).
134. E. simillima (i).
a. E. s. aelia.
Isamia simillima aelia Eruhstorfer, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Yol. 48, p. 92 (igo3)
[Auct.].
Euploea simillima aelia Eruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 269, pl. 85 r,
fig. 2 cf (1910).
Euploea simillima aelia Moulton, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 204 (igiS) ;
Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10, p. 191 (1921).
b. E. s. clorinde.
Euploea (Isamia) clorinde Staudinger, Iris, Vol. 2, p. 33 {1889) [Berl.]
Salpinx clorinde Semper, Peis. Philip. (5) Schmett. Vol. i, p. 824 (1892).
Euploea (Nacamsa) clorinde de Niceville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc. Vol. i3,
p. 161, pl. 200, fig. 3 cf (1900).
Euploea simillima clorinde VxvCcistoxiex, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 269 (1910).
Kangean.
I lawean.
■Vlindanao.
Naluna.
Sunibawa-Lonibok.
Sumbawa.
Lombok.
Philippines-Borneo .
.Sandakan (Borneoi
Palawan .
(i) Probablement pas differente specifiquement de ochsenheimeri .
i8o
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
c. E. s. hypaspistes.
Enploea simillima hvpaspistes ^ruhsioxler, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 269(1910)
[Auct,].
d. E. S. ‘tneldolae.
Xacavisa meldolae Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3io (i883) [B. M.].
Salpinx meldolae Semper, Reise Phil. II f5), Schmett. Vol. i, p. 32, pl.
fig-. 4 o*, fig. 5, 6 Q (1886).
Eiiploea simillima meldolae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, pr. 269 (1910).
e. E. S. Cornificia.
Eiiploea simillima cornificia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. 269 (1910)
[Auct.].
f. E. s. simiUima.
Nacamsa simillima (f INIoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. jr, 3io {i883) [B. j\I ].
Salpinx simillima Semper, Reis. Phil. Schmett. Vol. i, pr. 32, pd. 4, fig. i, 2, 3
fi886).
Eiiploea simillima simillima Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, j). 269(1910).
135. E. fahricii.
Isamia jahvicii Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i5 (i883) [Ob.].
Euploeafabricii Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 269 (igio).
Eiiploea fahriciii. fahricii Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr Faun. Ent. Indoch.
fr. Vol. 3, pi. 26 (1921).
136. E. dameli (forma sequentis?)
Isamia dameli Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i6 (i883).
Euploea dameli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 269 (1910).
107. E. inidavuis.
a. E. m. midamus.
Papilio midamus Linne, Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 470 (i758)
Papilio midamus (part.) Linne, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 25i (1764).
Papilio midamus (p. p.) Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479, n. 161 (1775); Fabricius,
Spec. Ins. Vol. 2, pr. 52, n. 227 (1781) ; Fabricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 25,
n. 260 (1887) ; Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3 (i), pr. 3g, n. 116 (1793).
Papilio superbus Herbst, Naturs. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 14, pl. 119, fig. 3 cf (1793).
Limnas midamus Hubner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, prl. 24, fig. 3-4 (1806).
Euploea superba Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. I.ep. pu 87, n. 14 (1847); Moore, Cat.
Lep. Mus. E. I. C. Vol. i, p. i3i (1857).
Euploea midamus (p. p.) Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 294 {1866).
Euploea superba Butler, ibidem, p. 272 (1866).
Euploea midamus Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. B. M. pr. 2 (1869).
Euploea superba Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. pr. 9, n. 9 (1871).
Salpinx superba Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878).
Euploea superba Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, pr. 60 (1882).
Isamia midamus Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i2 (i883).
Isamia superbaXloore, ibidem, p. 3il (i883).
Euploea {Isamia) midamus Kershaw, Butt. Hongkong, p). 11, pd. 2, fig. i, extrapl.
fig- (1907)-
Euploea midamus Seitz, Grossschm. Vol. i, p>. 78, pl. 28 e, fig. 2 (1907); Fruh-
storfer, ibidem, Vol. 9, p. 269, pl. 8ort, fig. 3 cf (1910).
Euploea midamus f. midamus Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol, 3, pr. 26 (1921).
a' E. m. midamus f. alopia.
Prt/fEoiZf/fr&iii Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. \’ol. 6, p. 14, pd. 120, fig. 1,2 Q (1793).
Danais alopia Godart, Encycl. Meth. Flist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, pr. 177 {1819).
Euploea superba (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 87, n. 14 (1847) ; (part.)
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. 9 (1871).
Isamia alopia Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i3 (i883l.
Bazilan.
Mindanao, Bohol
M in doro.
Euzon.
Cochinchine.
Chine (Shanghai)
Chine-Inde.
Chine, Tonkin.
FAAI. nANAIDTD.5i
a- E. in. miciamus f. sinu a.
I.sdiniit siuica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i2 (iSS3) [B. M.].
Enploea midamus midainus i. sinim Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm, o, p. 269
(1910).
b. E. in. aegumiDiis (nomen retinendum ?).
E!il'loea midiimtis iiegumunis Fruhstorfer. Seitz' ti rossschm . \’ol. g, )>. 277 (igio)
[Auct.].
Euploea (Salpinx) iiiidamus aegumnius '^oicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i,
p. 53S (1924).
c. E. m. chloe.
Danais \Euplaea) chiae Guerin, Delessert’s \'oy. Ind. \'ol. 2, p. 71 ( 1S43)
Euploea chloe Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. g, n. S (1871).
Salpinx chloe Butler, Journ. Linn, Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 {187S).
Euploea chloe Distant. Rhop. Mal. p. 3o, pl. 4. 2 o*. 1’1- -• fig'- 5 Q (1882 ).
Euploea r/j/w Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 66 (1882).
Isamia chloe"MooTe, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i5, pl. 29, fig. 7 o’ (iS83).
Euploea [Isamia) chloe de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 6.\ (2). ]>. 876
1 1S96).
Euploea midamus chloe Vrwhstoxier , Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
Euploea midamus i. chloe' Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch fr. Vol. 3. p. 26 igzil.
c* E. m. chloe f. margarita .
Euploea margarita q’ Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 279 (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea grotei Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 339 (1367) [Tring].
Euploea margarita Kirb}'. Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 41 (1871).
Salpinx margarita Builer, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14. p. 294 11878).
Euploea [Salpinx) adamsoni 'Slaxsha.l), ]ouxn. As. Soc. Bengal, Vol. 49 (2), p. 246
(1880).
Euploea margarita Distant, Rhop. IMal. p. 3i (1882); IMarshall et de Niceville.
Butt. Ind. Vol. I, p. 64 (1882).
Euploea adamsoni ^larshall et de Niceville. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 62 (1882).
Isamia margarita Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i3, pl. 3o, fig. 5 o’ (i883) ;
Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 129, pl. 4.5, fig. i, i i? - i rf o’ Q (1891).
Euploea margarita (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 44 (igoS).
Euploea midamus chloe i. margarita¥xu\istorier ^ Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270,
pl. 84(2, fig. I cf (1910I.
Euploea midamus f. c/doe (part.) Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 26 119211.
C. E. m. chloe ab. marseuli.
Isamia marseuli Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3i3 (i883) [Ob.].
Euploea midamus chloe ah. marseuli Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 270
(1910).
Euploea midamus ab. marseuli Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 26(1921).
d. E. m. dejeani.
Euploea dejeani Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 29, pl. 4, fig. i o’ (1882) [B. M.].
Isamia dejeani IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 314 (i883).
Euploea (Isamia) dejeani de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2), p. 876
(1896).
Euploea margarita (part.) Bing‘ham, Biitt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 44 (ipoS).
Euploea midamus dejeani Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 270 (1910).
Euploea midamus dejeani Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus, Vol. 10, p. 189
(1921).
e. E. m. brahma.
Euploea margarita [-paxi.) Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 3i, pl. 4, fig. 3 (i883).
Isamia brahma (f Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 314 (i883) [B. M.]
Isamia margarita var. brahma Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. i3i, pl. 5o, fig. 2 cf
(1891),
Euploea margarita (part.i Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 44 (igoo).
Euploea midamus brahma Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
Mainan.
Indocliine.
Cambodge, Cochinchine.
Malaya.
Burma, Tenasserim,
Siam.
i82
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
e' E. in. brahma ab. noblei.
Isamia splendens var. Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i , p. 128, pl. 48, dg. ic q’ (1891)
[Hili].
Isamia nohlei Svrmhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 18, p. 480(1916).
e- E. m. brahma ab. eclecta.
Isamia eclecia Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. ig, p. 33i (1917) [Hili].
f. E. m. irawada.
Euploea irawada cf Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), Vol. 20, p, 45(1877)
[B. M.]; Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 61 (1882).
Isamia irawada Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3ii (i883).
Isamia splendens Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol i, p. 128, pl. 48, fig. i cf (1891).
Euploea splendens (part.) Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 4.3 ( igoS).
Euploea midamus irawada Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grnssschm. Vol. 9, p. 270 (1910).
g. E. m. splendens.
Euploea splendens q' Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 273 (1866) [B. M.].
Euploea rogenhoferi Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 325 (1867) [Tring].
Euploea splendens Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 9, n. ga (1871).
Salpinx splendens Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878}.
Euploea rogenhoferi Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i. p. 60(1882).
Isamia splendens Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3ii. pl. 3o, fig. 3 cf (i883).
Euploea [Salpinx) rogenhoferi Elvees, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oo, n. 8 (1888).
Isamia splendens Moore. Lep Ind. Vol. i, p. 128, pl. 48, fig. 1 o*. i/i Q (1891).
Euploea splendens Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 48 (igoS).
Euploea midamus splendens Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, yi. 270 (1910).
i3S. E. crassa.
a. E. c. sinhala.
Euploea sinhala (f Moore. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4). Vol. 20, p. 45 11877)
[B. M ].
Isamia sinhala Moore, Leyu Ceyl. Vol. i, p. 10, pl. 5, fig. i (1880).
Euploea sinhala (part.) Marshall et de Niceville. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, y). 66 (1882).
Pademma sinhala Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3og {i883).
Euploea [Pademma) kollari (part.) Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. yi. 3oi,
n. IO ( 1888).
Pademma sinhala Moore. Leyu Ind. Vol. i. yi. 126, pl. 47, fig. 3 (f, 3 a O
(1891).
Euploea [Pademma) sinhala de Niceville. yourn. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 61 (2),
p. 240 (1892).
Euploea kollari race sinhala Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i. p. 42 {1905).
Euploea klugi sinhala Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (19101.
Salpinx sinhala Ormiston, Spol. Zeyl. Vol. ii (40), yr. 7 (1918).
Euploea [Salpinx) kollari sinhala Ormiston, Lep. Ceyl. yi. 5 (1924).
l'i. E. C. kollafi.
Euploea kollari Eeldei . Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 325 (1867) [Wien].
Isamia rothneyi cf Moore, Ent. Monthl. Mag. Vol. 19, y). 84 (1882) [B. M.J.
Euploea sinhala (part.) Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, yr. 66, ytl. 7.
fig. I, 2 o' Q (1882).
Pademma kollari Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. yi. 809, yil. 29, fig. 9 o* {i883).
Euploea [Pademma) kollari Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond p. 3oi, n. 10 (1888).
Pademma kollari Moore, Leyr. Ind. Vol. i, p. 124, pl. 47, fig. 2 o*, 2a O (1891).
Euploea (Pademma) kollari de Niceville, Journ. /\s. Soc. Beng. Vol. 61 (2),
yr. 242 (1892).
Euploea kollari Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol, i, yr. 41 (igoS).
Euploea klugi kollari Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, yr. 271 (igio).
C. E. c. maccldlandi.
Pademma macclellandi Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o8, pl. 32, fig. 4 Q
(i883) [B. M.]; Moore, Leyr. Ind. Vol. i, p. 120, pl. 44, fig. 2 cf, 2 a Q
(1891).
Euploea crassa var. macclellandi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42-43 (igoS).
Euploea klugi f. macclellandi Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910).
Burma.
Assam .
Butan, Nepal, Sikkim.
Inde angl.-Cochinchine.
Ceylon.
Inde meridionale.
Assam.
FAM. DANAlDlDyli:
i83
H. i\ macchUandi i. imi/ornih'
PiuUmma uniformis q’ Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. l.ond. i>. do8 (iS83) [1>. M.]:
iNIoore, Lep. Ind. \'ol. i, p. 124, pl. 47, fig. i o’ (iSyi).
Euploea crassa var. uniformis Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. 1, p. 42-43 (iyo5).
Euploea klugi f. uniformis Fruhstoifer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. y, p. 271 (lyio).
C' E. c. maccUllaudi i. sherwillii.
Padctnma shenvillii Moore, Lep. Ind. \’ol. i, p. 120, pl. 43, lig. i (f (iSyi).
Euploea klugi f. sliertvilli Fnihstorfer, Seitz' (imssschm. Vol. 9, ]j. 271 (1910).
d. E. C. crassa.
Euploea crassa Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 278 (i866) [B. M.].
Euploea erichsonii Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. \'ol. 2, p. 324 (1S67) [TringJ.
Euploea crassa Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. ii, n. 38 (1S71).
Saipin.c crassa Bntler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 295 (1878).
Salpin.v erichsonii Butler, ibidem
Euploea crassa Distant, Rhoji. INIal. p. 2y (1882); Marshall et de Niceville,
Butt. Ind. Vol. 1, p. 63\iS82).
Euploea erichsoni Marshall et de Niceville, ibidem.
Pademma crassa Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Tamd. p. 307 (i883).
Pademma erichsoni Moore, ibidem.
Pademma crassa Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 121, pl 45, lig. 2 0^1 Q (1891).
Euploea (Pademma) klugii race erichsonii de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng.
Vol. 61 , p. 244 (18921.
Euploea crassa Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42 (lyoS).
Euploea (Pademma) crassa Kershaw, Butt. HongUong. p. i3, ]'l i3, tig. 8 (1907).
Euploea klugi crassa Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. g, j). 271(1910).
Euploea klugi f. crassa Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Cont. l''aun. Ent. Indocli.
fr. Vol. 3, p. 26, n. 38 11921).
Euploea crassa crassa Moulton, Journ. Fc’d. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10, }). 190
(1921 .
d* E. c. crassa f. pemberioni.
Pademma pember/oni q* O Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o8, pl. 34, tig. 6 q*
(1883) [B. M.].
Pademma crassa var. D. pemberioni Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. 1, p. 124, pl. 4O,
fig. 3 o’, Q (1891).
Euploea crassa var. pemberioni Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42-48 (igoS).
Euploea klugi crassa f. pemberioni Fruhstorfer, Seitz' Grossschm Vol. 9. p. 271
(1910).
d- E. C. crassa f. apicalis.
Euploea crassa (part.) Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 29, pl. 5, fig. 8 (f (1882) [B. AI.].
Pademma apicalis Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 3o8 (i883).
Pademma crassa\ar. C. apicalis Aloore, I.ep. Ind. Vol. i, p. i23, pl. 46, fig. 2 cf,
2a Q (1891).
Euploea crassa var. apicalis Bingham, Butt. Ind Vol. i, p. 42-43 (igoS).
Euploea klugi crassa f. apicalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Gross.schm. Vol. 9, p. 271,
pl. 79 c, fig. 3 cf (1910)-
d^ E. C. crassa f. masoni.
Salpinx masoni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1878, p. 823 (1879) [B. M.J.
Euploea (Salpin.v) masoni Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i,p. 64 (1882).
Pademma masoni Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 309 (i883).
Pademma crassa var. P.^nasoni Aloore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 128, pl. 46, fig. i o*
(1891).
Euploea crassa var. masoni Bingham. Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42-48 (igoS).
Etiploea klugi crassa i. Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.271 (19101
d'* E. c. crassa f. burmeisteri.
Pademma burmeisteri O Aloore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 809 (i883) [B. AI.]
Pademma crassa var. A. burmeisteri Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 128, pl. 48,
fig. 3 (7f, 3rt O (1891).
Hengul.
renasserim, Malaya,
Siam, Tndochine.
Birma.
Birma, Malaya, Indo-
chine.
Tenassei iin.
Cochinchine, Siam.
(1) Uniformis est peut-etre une race distincte.
i84
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Euploea cyassa var. burineisfeyi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 42-43 (igoS).
Euploca klugi cyassa f. hurmeisteyi Fruhstorfer, SSitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271
(1910).
Euploea klugi ab. huymeisteyi Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun. Ent.
Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 26 {1921).
i3g. E. diocletianus.
a. E. d. ramsayi.
Euploea yhadamanthus Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 69, pl. 7,
fig. II O* 9 (1882).
Euploea (Danisepa) yhadamanthns Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3oi, n. ii
|i888).
Danisepa ramsayi Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. iii, pl. 89, fig. i cf, i rt Q
(1890) [B. M.].
Euploea radamanthus var. yamsayi Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 41, p. 102 {1898).
Euploea diocletianus race yamsayi Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 38 (igo5).
Euploea diocletianus yamsayi Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p.27i,pl.8i a,
fig. I Q (1910).
b. E. d. diocletianus. — Pl, 5, Fig. 7.
Papilio diocletianus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 3, p. 40, n. 118 Q (1793) [Kjob.].
Papilio radamautlius Fabricius, ibidem, p. 42, n. 127 q*-
Danais rhadamia Godart, Encycl. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 180 (1819).
Danais diocletia Godart, ibidem, p. 181.
Euploea yhadamanthus Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 23 (1847); Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 296 (1866); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. i5.
n. 106 ( 1871).
Salpinx radamanthus Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878).
Salpinx diocletianus Butler, ibidem.
Euploea diocletianus Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 28, pl. 4, fig". 4 q*. 5 O (1882);
Marshall et de Niceville, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 71 (1882).
Euploea rhadamanthus Snellen, Veth’s Midden Sumatra, Vol. 4 (2), Lep. p. 12,
n. 5 (1882).
Danisepa rhadamanthus Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 296 (i883j.
Danisepa diocletianus Moore, ibidem.
Euploea rhadamanthus Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 53, pl. 26 qI (i885).
Danisepa rhadamanthus Moore, Lep. Ind. Vol. i, p. 112. pl. 3g, fig. 2, zacf.zb O
(1890).
Euploea (Danisepa) diocletianus de Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. Vol. 64 (2),
p. 375 (1896).
Euploea radamanthus Snellen. Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 41. p. loi (1898).
Euploea (Danisepa) diocletianus Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. Vol. 18, p. 3-4 (1897),
p. 141 (1898).
Euploea diocletiana Bingham, Butt. Ind. Vol. i, p. 38, pl. i, fig. 5 (igo5).
Euploea diocletianus diocletianus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. AMl. 9, p. 271
(1910).
Euploea diocletia)ms f. diocletianus Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun.
Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3, p. 26(1921).
Euploea diocletianus diocletianus Moulton, Journ. Fed. Mal. Stat. Mus. Vol. 10,
p. 190 (1921).
E. d. diocletianus f. despoliata.
Euploea diocletianus diocletianus f. despoliata Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm.
Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910) [Auct.].
Euploea diocletianus f. despoliata Dubois et Vitalis de Salvaza, Contr. Faun.
Ent. Indoch. fr. Vol. 3. p. 26 (1921).
c. E. d. schreiheri.
Euploea rhadamanthus Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 27, p. 81 (i883).
Danisepa schreiheri q* Butler, Ann. IMag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. 14, p. 403 (1884)
[B. M.].
Euploea lowii Kheil, Rhop. Nias, p. 18(1884).
Euploea maasseni Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 260, pl. i, fig. 3 (i885)
[Berl.J.
Inde-Macromalaya.
Nepal, Sikkim.
Assam- Indochine-Ma-
lava-Sumatra.
Nias.
l'AM. DANAIDID.^:
Euploea lovii Stauding'ei‘. ICxot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 54 (iSS5) [Berl.],
DMts<fpit iiuiSiina Swinhoe. Ann. Mag. Nat. llist. (6), \'ol. 12, p, 254 (iSpSi
[Auct.].
Euploea radamanthns var. niasiCi.\ Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 41. p. 104 (1898)
[Eeid.].
Euphid diodetianus sdtrtiheri Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ tirossschm. 9, p. 272,
pl. Sit', fig'. 4 (loio).
d. E. d. schildi.
Eitploea diodeliiUitis schildi VxwhsXoxivr , Seitz' Grossschni. Vol. 9, ]>. 272 11910)
[Auct.].
e. E. d. alcidice.
D, rutis alcidice Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ius. Vol. 9, ji, 180 (iSig).
Trepsichrois thoosa Hiibner, Sammt. Exot. Schmett Vol. 2, pl. 8 (1820-261.
Euploea rhadamanihus ip. p.l Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 88, n. 23 (1847);
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. p. 296 (i866); (part.) Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. i5, n. 106(1871).
Salpinx alcidice Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. \'ol. 14, ji. 294 I1S78).
Dauisepa alcidice Moore. Proc. Zool. Soc. I.ond. p. 296 (i883).
Euploea radamanthns var. alcidice Snellen. Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 41, p. io3 (1898).
Euploea dioclelianus alcidice Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschni. Vol. 9, p. 272 (1910).
Euploea radamanthus f. alcidice Piepers et Snellen, Khoj). fav. \'ol. 3. p. 14, pl, 12,
fig. Q a (f , b - ( ioi3 1.
f. E. d. loti'ei.
Salpinx lowei ’ Butler, Journ. Idnn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 29.1 (1878)
[B. M.].
Danisepa lotvii IMoore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. }>. 297 ii883).
Euploea radamanthus var. loioii Snellen, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 41. p. 104 (i8g8).
Danisepa loivei Shelfcrd. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1902. Vol. 2, ]i. 283. j)l. 21.
fig. 9 iiqoS).
Euploea diocletianus lotvei Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, p. 271 (1910).
Euploea diocletianus lowi Moiiltcn, Sar. Mus. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 200 ligiS).
g. E. d. aeritltus.
Euploea diocletianus aerithus F'ruhstorfer. Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 271 (1910)
[.Auct.].
140. E. enpator.
a. £. e. eitpalor.
Euploea eupator Hewitson, Ex.Butt. Vol. 2,Eiipl. pl. 12, fig. i (i858) [H. M.];
Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 97 (1866) ; (part. ) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Etiurn.
Lep. p. 16, n. 108 (1871).
Salpinx eupator EuiXer , Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 14, p. 294 (1878).
Satanga enpator Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 297 (i883).
Euploea enpator O Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. 283 (i885).
Salpinx enpator Fruhstorfer, ibidem, Vol. 60, p. i55 (1S99).
Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. A^ol. 9, p. 272, pl. 8oii. fig. 40*
11910); Martin, Iris, ATil, 29, p. ig iigiS).
b. E. e. orneus.
Euploea enpator orneus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 272(1910) [Auct.].
c. E. e. thrasetes.
Euploea enpator thrasetes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Berl.].
d. E. e. vanoorii.
Euploea eupator Jurriaanse, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 62, Suppi, p. 17, pl. 3,
fig. 524, 525 (1920) [Auct.].
e. E. e. sulaensis.
Euploea eupator sulaensis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 848 (t922)
[Hili].
J-iatu.
Java.
borneo.
Natuna.
Celebes.
Celebes septentr.
Celebes merid.
Saleyer.
Kabaena.
Sula.
t86
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
f. E. c. sardes. ?
Etiploea eiipator sardes Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (191 1 )[Aiict.].
141. E. blossomiae {y) . Philippines.
Etiploea blossomiae Schaus, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washingt. Vol. 3i, p. 20 (1929).
6. Genre LYCOREA Doubleday
Heliconia (p. p.) Godart, Encyc. Meth, Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 222 (1819).
Lycorea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. io5 (1847); Felder, Wien . Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 75
(1862); Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i7 (1862); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 18 (1871); Godinan et Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i, p. 5 (1879); Staudinger,
Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55 (i885); Schatz, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 84 (1886); Haensch,
Seitz’ Grosschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5 (1909).
Type du genre. — L. atergatis Doubleday.
Caracteres generaux. — Antennes longues, regulierement epaissies vers Texti emite arrondie,
sans massue bien distincte et delimitee, atteignant la moitie du bord costal de Taile. Palpes depassant
le front; les deux premiers articles couverts de fins poils assez longs, Tarticle median pourvu d’une
touffe a Textremite, Tarticle terminal court, pointu. Tete et thorax pourvus de points clairs.
Ailes longues, relativement etroites, de forme heliconoide. Bord anterieur legerement arrondi ;
bord terminal nettement courbe (plus chez le (f que chez la 9); bord interne faiblement concave.
Nervulation. Aile anterieure ; cellule discoidale longue et large; nervure 2 partant du milieu
de la cellule, 3 de notablement avant Tangle, 4 de Tangle, 5 de vers le milieu des discocellulaires,
dont la premiere est a peine presente, la mediane fortement concave, Tinferieure oblique en dehors et
legerement courbe; 6 de juste sous Tangle cellulaire, le pedoncule de 7, 8, 9 de Tangle, 10 et ii
d’avant Tangle. Aile posterieure : cellule discoidale tres longue, de forme toute particuliere, les deux
discocellulaires (surtout Tinferieure) fortement angulees en dedans et terminant la cellule en triangle
pointu ; les nervures partant de la cellule a egales distances les unes des autres, 5 de Textremite
cellulaire; petite cellule precostale presente; Teperon precostal partant du point d’origine de la nervure
8 et bifurque vers son extremite.
Abdomen depassant Tangle anal des ailes posterieures.
Ongles tarsiens pourvus de « paronychia » et de « pulvilli ».
Ce genre se rattache etroitement au genre Danaida par ses caracteres morphologiques, bien que
la forme des ailes et meme un peu le dessin rappellent les Ithomiinae et les Heliconiidae .
Metamorphoses. — Chenille de meme forme que celle des autres Danaidides, avec une paire
de filaments charnus sur le segment 2, aux couleurs bigarrees.
Chrysalide ; cylindrique, oblongue, lisse, de couleur claire, plus ou moins brillante, avec
dessin fonce. (Cfr. Ferreira d’Almeida, Mei. Lep. Vol. i, p. 63 (1922); Gueppy, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
p. 225, pl. 18, fig. 4, 4« (1904).
□ istribution geographique. — Ce genre est exclusivement americain. II occupe TAmerique
centrale et meridionale, depuis le Bresil meridional jusqu’au Guatemala et aux Antilles.
(i) Comme je ne connais cette espece ni en realite, ni d’apres la description, il m’est impossible d’en indiquer
la place systematique.
FAM. DANAIDILA-E
187
Systematique. — Comme il est dit dans la partie generale de ce travail, les anciens auteurs
rattachaient les especes de ce genre aux Heliconiides. Et meme plusieurs annees apres les etudes de
Felder, Bates, Godman et Salvin, en iS83 INIoore ne traite pas de ce genre, pas plus que du suivant,
dans sa monographie des Danaiditm. Plus tard Ka)'e le separe de Danaidina; pour Teriger, avec Itnna^ en
sous-famille ; Lycoreaita (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162 [1904]), exemple qui est suivi par liaensch
(Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5 [1909]). Mais il est hors de doute que les genres Lycorea et Ituna sont
trop allies aux genres precedents pour permettre leur separation en sous-famille distincte.
Haensch (/. c.) admet dans le genre quatre especes. J’y ajoute une cinquieme : pasiuuntia Stoll,
ce qui me parait mieux s’accorder avec Farrangement des especes adopte par cet auteur. Les formes et
leur degre de variation nous sont trop peu comius actuellement pour nous permettre un remaniement
de la classification des especes. Il parait, cependant, tres probable que le genre ne comprenne que
trois especes : eva F., pasiiiitiiiia Stoll et ceres Cr., ou peut-etre meme deux ; pasiuuntia Stoll et ceres Cr.
I . L. eva .
a. L. e. eva.
Papilio eva Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. .•> (i|, j>. 162. n. 5oi iiygS).
Heliconia eva Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1819).
? Lycorea pasiuuntia (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. I.ep. p. 106, n. t (1847).
Lycorea ceres p. p.) Doubleday, ibidem, n. 2.
Lycorea pasinnntia (p. p.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Le^). p. 18, 0.4(1871).
Lvcorea eva Haensch. Seitz’ Grossschm. \’ol. 5, p. ii5 (1909).
b. L. e. concolor.
Lycorea var. concolor (sic!) Staudinger. Exot. Schmett. Vol. i. p. .">5 (i88,Si
[Berl.].
Lyrorsa Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol.5.p. ii.r. pl. lir. tig. i
(1909).
b* L. e. concolor f. brunnescens .
Lycorea eva concolor f. brunnescens Tessmann, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. i.^,
p. 118, fig. (1928).
Amerique merid.
Ainerique merid. N.-E.
Feru, Ecuador.
Peru.
2. L. pasinuntia. Amer, du Sud septentr.
Papilio pasimintia StoW, Cramer’s Uitl. Kap. V'ol. 4, p. 55, pl. 3i6. tig. A-('
(1780).
Heliconia eva var. Godart. Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, P- 222 (1819).
Lycorea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Eep. p. io6, n. i (1847); Bates,
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i7 (1862); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 18, n. 4 (1871); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55 (i885);
Moulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. igo8, pl. 23, fig. 9; pl. 27, fig. 1-6(1909).
Lycorea eva f. pasinuntia Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5. p. ii5 (1909).
2' L. pasinuntia f. bruunea.
Lvcorea pasinuntia t. hrunnea Riley. Entom. Vol. 52, p. i85 (igig) [B. M.].
.Amazones sup.
3. L. ceres. Amerique du Sud.
a. L. c. ceres. Bresil septentr. , Guyane,
Papilio ceres Ciacmer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. i4i,pl. 90, iig. A (1776); Herbst, Colombie.
Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 4, p. 106, pl. 69, fig. 12 (1790).
Heliconia eva var. Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1819).
Heliconia eva Lucas, Lep. Exot. p. 97, pl. 5i (1845).
Lycorea ceres Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 106, n. 2 (1847) ; Bates, Trans.
Linn. S ic. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i7 (1862); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 18, n. 2 (1871); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55 (i885); Guppy,
Trans. Fnt. Soc. Lond. p. 225, pl. 18, fig. 4, 4 a metam. (1904) ; Moulton,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, pl. 23, fig. 8, pl. 25, fig. 8. pl. 27, fig. 7-12
(1909); Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5, pl. 3ir, fig. 2 (1909).
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
i8<S
L. c. ceres f. fasciata (i).
Lvcorea ceres i. fasciata Haensch, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5 (1909) [Berl.].
a- L. c. ceres f. transiens.
Lycorea ceres f. transiens eff Riley, Ent. Vol. 52. p. i85 (1919) [B. M.].
b. L. C. demeter.
Lycorea demeter Felder, Reis. Nov. Lep. Vol. 2, p. 352 {1867) [Tring].
Lycorea ceres var. a. demeter Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. 2 (1871).
Lycorea ceres demeter Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5 (igog).
4,.: L. lieobaea.
a. L. C. cleobaea.
Heliconia cleobaea Godart, Enc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 222 (1819I.
Lycorea cleobaea Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 106, n. 5 (1847); Kirby, Syn.
Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. i (1871); Staudinj^er, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i.
p.'55 (i885) ; Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 1 15. pl. 3i fig, 3 (1909).
L. C, cleobaea f. atergatis.
Lycorea atergatis (f Doubleday. Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 106, n. 4, pl. 16, fig. i Q
(1847) [B. M.]; Boisduval, Lep. Giiatem. p. 27 (1870).
Lycorea cleobaea var. A. atergatis Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. i (1871).
Lycorea atergatis Biitler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 33o (1874) 1 Chenu et Lucas,
Encycl. Hist Nat. Pap. Vol. i, p. 69, fig. 160 (1878); Godman et Salvin,
Biol. Centr.-Amer. Rhop. Vol. i, p. 6 (1879); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
Vol. I. p. 55 (i885); Schatz, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 84, pl. 9 (1S86).
Lycorea ceres var. atergatis Kaye, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 162 (1904).
Lycorea atergatis Moulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, p. 5S7, pl. 3o, fig. i3,
14 (1909).
Lycorea cleobaea f. atergatis Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii5 (1909).
Lycorea. atergatis Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 14, p. 228, metam, (igii).
b. L. C. pales.
Lycorea pales Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 70 (1862I [Tring].
Lycorea cleobaea var. Ji. pales Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. i (1871).
Lycorea cleobaea pales Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (igog).
b* L. C. pales f. cinnamomea.
Lycorea cinnamomeaVdeymer .Stett-Lni. Zeit.Vol. 40, p. 7 ( 1884) [Berl.] ; Srnka,
ibidem, p. 295, pl. 2, fig. 6 <ff (1884); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i,
p. 55 (i885); Moulton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, p. 597, pl. 32. fig. i
1 1909).
Lycorea cleobaea pales f. cinnamomea Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 5, p. i)6
(1909).
5. L. kalia.
a. L. h. kalia. — Pl, 4, Fig. 7.
Eieides kalia Htibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, pl. 216 (3), fig. i, 2 Q
(1819-25).
Lycorea kalia Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 106. n. 3 (1847) : Bates, Trans.
Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i8 (1862); Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.
p. 18, n. 3 (1871) ; Staudinger. E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55{i885); Haensch,
Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116, pl. 3i c, fig. 3 (1909); Ferreira
. d’Almeida, Mei. Lep. Vol. i,p.63, biol. (1922).
a' L. h. kalia f. 'discreta.
Lycorea kalia f. discreta Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (1909) [Berl.].
a- L. h. kalia ab. refervens.
Lycorea kalia ab. referrens Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116(1909) [Berl.].
b. L. h. domingensis.
Lycorea kalia domingensis Niepelt, Int. Ent. Zeits. Vol. 21, p. 5o (1927).
Amer, du Sud septentr.
.■\mazones sup.
Cuba, Hai'ti.
Amerique centr. etmerid
Amerique centrale.
Amazones sup.
Antilles-Bresil .
Bresil.
S. Domingo.
(i) Est peut-etre une race distincte.
1- AM. DAXAIDID I'
1 89
7. Genre ITUNA Doubleday
Heliconia (part.) (.iodart, Encyc. INleth. llist. Nat. Ins. \'ol. 9, p. 222(1819).
Ituna Doubleday, Gen. Dium. T.ep. p. ir3 (1S47); Felder, Wien. Ent. iMonatschr. Vol. 6, p. 74 (1862):
Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.\’ol. 28, p. 5i8 (1S62); Kirby, S}’!!. Cat. IDiurn. l.ep. p. 18 (1871);
Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. \’ol. i, p. 113(1878); Godinan et Salvin, Biol. Centr.-Ainer.
Lep. Rhop. \'ol. 1, p. 4 (1879): Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55 (i885); Schatz, ibidem,
Vol. 2, p. 84 (1S86); Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (1909).
Type du genre. — I. phenarete Doubledav.
Caracteres genenaux. — Tete, antennes, palpes, thorax, abdomen, pattes et forme des ailes
comme chez Lvcorea, mais le bord terminal des ailes anterieures n’est arrondi qu’a Tapex ( 9 ) 011 courbe
jusqu’a la nervure 3 puis concave, et l'angle anal des posterieures est plus prononce. La nervulation,
par contre, est tres differente et toute speciale, surtout a Taile posterieure. .Anterieure : cellule discoidale
depassant nettement la moitie du boid costal. La nervure 2 partant du milieu, 3 beaucoup a\’ant Langle,
4 de Tangle et fortement courbe, 5 de nettement au-dessus du milieu des discocellulaires, 6 de juste
en dessous de Langle, le pedoncule de 7, 8, g de Tangle, 10 de juste avaiu 1’angle (chez Lycorea cette
nervure prend son origine a bonne distance de Tangle), ii beaucoup avant Tangle. Les discocelkdaires
fortement concaves, de sorte que 1’angle superieur de la cellule est tres etire et etroit. La superieure tres
courte, la mediane fortement oblique en dedans et courbe, 1’inferieure oblique en dehors. 1'osterieure :
cellule discoidale ne depassant pas le milieu de 1’aile; fermee a peu y)res verticalement; la nervure 2
de vers les 2/3 posterieurs de la cellule, 3 de juste avant Langle, 4 de Langle et fortement courbe,
5 de vers le milieu des discocellulaires, 6 de Langle superieur, 7 de nettement avant lui, 8 formant une
petite cellule accessoire ; Leperon precostal du point d’origine de la souscostale bifurque a son extre-
mite, la premiere discocellulaire (5-6) concave, la deuxieme legerement courbe et oblique en dehors.
La forme de la cellule de Laile posterieure, Lorigine de la nervure 10 a Lanterieure et meme la
forme des ailes distinguent aisement ce genre du precedent.
Metamorphoses. — II semble que celles-ci soient encore inconnues; du moins n’ai-je pu
trouver rien de precis chez les auteurs. II est probable, toutefois, qu’elles ressemblent a celles du genre
precedent.
Distributiori geographique. — Dans les grandes lignes, la meme que celle de Lycorea^
c’est-a-dire depuis le Guatemala au Nord jusqu’au Bresil meridional et la Bolivie au Sud ; il est sans
representant aux xAntilles.
Systematique. — Pour la place du genre, cfr. ce qui a ete dit de la classification de la famille,
de la sous-famille et du genre precedent Lycorea. Ouant a Larrangement des formes qui constituent le
genre Uiina, nous avons garde Lordre adopte par Haensch, dans Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116(1909),
bien que nous soyons fortement enclin a considerer toutes ces formes comme ne constituant qu’une
seule espece, variant assez largement dans la couleur et la taille, mais dont ledessin montre Lunite.
I. I. lamirus. Amer, centr., Ecuador.
a. I. l. albescens. Amerique centrale.
Lycorea lamyra (p. p.) Boisduval, Lep. Guatem. p. 28 (1870).
Itiuia albescens Distant. Prot . Ent. Soc. Lond. p. XI (1876); Kirby, Syn. Cat.
Diurn. Lep. p. 840, n. 3 (1877}.
Ituna lamirus (p. p.) Godman et Salvin, Biol. Centr. -Amer. Lep. Rhop. Vol. i,
p. 5 (1879).
Ituna albescens Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 56 (i885).
Ituna lamirus albescens Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (1909).
I q<)
I.EPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
b. 1. 1. laminis. Colombie, Ecuador
Heliconius laminis Latreille, in Humboldt et Bonpland, Observ. ZooL Vol. 2, oriental.
p. 126, pl. 41, fig;-. 7, 8 (1817).
Heliconia lamyra Godart, Encycl. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 224 (i8ig).
[luna lamyra Doubleday, Gen. Diiirn. Lep. j). 114, n. 1 (1847); Felder, Wien.
Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 6, p. 74,11. 5o (1862): Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i8 (1862).
Ituna lamirus Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. i (1871).
lUuta lamirus var. completa Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 55, pl. 27 cf
(1885).
Ituna lamirus Schatz, Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2, p. 84, pl.g (1886); Haensch, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116, pl. 3if, fig. 4(7f (1909).
b' I. /. lamirus ab. fenestrata.
Ituna lamirus 'dh . fenestrata Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (igog)
[Berl.].
c. I. l. decolorata. Ecuador occid.
Ituna lamirus i. loc. Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116 (1909)
fBerl.].
2. I. phenarete, Peru, Bolivia.
Ituna phenarete Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 114, n. 2, pl. 17, fig. i O* (1847)
[B. M.].
Ituna phaenarete Bates, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Vol. 23, p. 5i8 (1862).
Ituna phenarete Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 19, n. 2« f 1871 ) ; Chenu et Lucas,
Enc. H. N. Pap. Vol. i, p. 72, fig. i63 (1878).
Ituna ilione var. phenarete Burmeister, Lep. Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. ii3 (1878).
Ituna phenarete Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 56 (i885); Haensch, Seitz’
Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116, pl. 3i d, fig. i (p (igog).
2* /. phenarete f. lanassa.
Ituna lanassa Godman et Salvin, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 242 o* (1897) [B. M.].
Ituna phenarete f. lanassa Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. ii6 (1909).
3. I. ilione. — Pl. 3, Fig. 7. Bresil mend.
Papilio ilione Cramer, Uitl. Kap. Vol. i, p. 42, pl. 26, fig. G, H q* (1775);
Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 4, p. 189, pl. 78, fig. 6, 7 (1790).
Heliconia ilione Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. g, p. 212 (1819).
Ituna ilio9ie Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. ii4,n. 3 (1847).
Heliconius ilione Boisduval, Cuvier : Regn. An. Art. Ins. Vol, 2, pl. 134. fig. i (p
(1849).
Ituna ilione Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 19, n. 2 (1871): Burmeister, Le}).
Rep. Argent. Vol. i, p. ii3 (1S78); Staudinger. Exot. Schmett p. 56
H885); Haensch, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 5, p. 116. j)l. 3irf. fig. 2 cf (igog).
Sous-Famille TELLERVIN/E
Palaeotpopinae Haase, Iris, Vol. 4, p. 29, 33(1891).
Hamadryadinse Reuter, Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. Vol. 22 (i), p. 552(1896).
Tellervinae Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 272 (1910).
Palaeotropinse Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 12, p. 116(1915); Joice}’ et Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc.
Lond. p. 70 (1916).
Caracteres generaux. — Cfr. ci-apres le genre Tellervo.
Systematique. — Cette sous famille qui ne coinprend qu’un seul genre n’a pas encore de
place systematique nettement etablie. Elie a des analogies tres grandes avec les Danaides, surtout
avec la sous-famille des Ithomiinae . mais sous certains rapports elle se rapproche des Satyrides. En faveur
FAM. damaidid.-f:
9'
de la position «.lue nous lui donnons ici militent la nervulation, Taspect general et les metamorphoses
(cfr, plus loin), tandis que rarmure genitale montre de grandes ressemblances avec les Saiyrides. On
le vena mieux par les caracteres que nous donnerons plus loin, en Iraitant du genre Tellervo qui, seul
representant la sous-famille, a evidemment toutes les caracteristiques de celle-ci. Qu’il sutfise de resumer
les differences essentielles avec les Danaidinae et les lihomiinae. Des preinieres, elle se distingue par
Tabsence des pinceaux anaux chez le , par la forme allongee et etroite des ailes, et la presence cliez
celui-ci d’une grande tache d'ecailles moditiees. Des dernieres, elle se distingue par Tabsence, chez
le meme, des pinceaux costaux de Taile posterieure, par Torigine de la nervine lo a Taile anterieure,
par la tache androconiale de baile anterieure et par la formation des pattes anlerieures. I.es organes
genitaux (^f beloignent a la fois des deux groupes.
Histonique, — Les Tellervo ont appartenu successivement a difterents groupes. Les auteurs
anciens les pla^aient, en consideratiori de la forme et de Taspect, panni les Helicoiiiides, leur faisant
ainsi partager le sort des autres especes ayant plus ou moins un aspect heliconien, comme les
Ithomiinae, etc.
Ce sont C. et R. Felder qui, en basant la caracteristique des Danaides sur la bifurcation de la
nervure i de Faile anterieure, font rentrer le genre nettement danscette famille (VVien. Ent. Monatschr.
Vol. 6, p. 74 [1S62]) de meme que les Ithomiinae. La plupart des auteurs subsequents associant les
Hamadryas aux Ithomiinae, le genre partageait le sort de ces dernieres. Ainsi Herrich-Schaffer le place
parmi ses Heliconina, Schatz (Exot. Schmett. Vol. 2) parmi ses Neotropiden. Kirby (Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 17) et Staudinger (Exot. Schmett. \"ol. i, p. Sq) le placent Eupluca et Lycorea. Moore, dans
sa revision des Limnaina et Euploeina, le place en tete de son groupe Etiploeina, le separant ainsi largement
des Danaoid Helicunidae (sensu Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. ]>. 253 [i883]). C’est a E. Haase (Iris,
Vol. 4, p. I suiv. [1S91]) que revient le merite d’avoir nettement distingue les Telleivo des deu.x autres
sous-familles. II oppose ce genre comme Palaeotropinae au.x N eotropinae et Danainae, le nommant un (i lien
entre les deux sous-familles et un ancetre pieridiforme de la famille ». De meme Reuter (Act. Soc. Sci.
Fenn. \’ol. 22 (i), p. 552 [i8g6]) Foppose comme Hamadryadinae aux Danaidinae, Ithomiinae et Clothildinae .
Fruhstorfer, dans Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 272, suit aussi cette classification, tout en changeant les
noms Hamadryadinae et Palaeotropinae en Tellervinae, le nom du genre type etant Tellervo. Dans ses etudes
(p. ex. Nov. Zool. \'ol. 12, p. 116 [1915], Lep. B. O. U. et Woll. Exp. p. ii suiv. | igi5]), Rothschild
admet aussi les Palaeotropinae, mais les oppose aux Hestiinae, Euploeinae et Danaidinae (cfr. supra p. i5,
tandis que dans- Butt. Austr. [1914] Waterhouse et Lvmll placent le genre entre Danaida et Euploea (p. 18).
Genre TELLERVO Kirby
Heliconia (part.) Godart, Encyc. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. S16 (i823).
Hamadryas Boisduval, Yoy. Astrol. Ent. Vol. i,p. 91 (i832) nec Hiibner; Doubleda}^ Gen. Diurn.
Lep. p. 134 (1847); Felder, Wien. Ent. Monatschr. Vol. 74 (1862); Kirb^q Syn. Cat. Diurn.
Lep. p. 17 (1871); Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 253 (i883); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.
Vol. I, p. 54 (i8S5); Schatz, ibidem, Vol. 2, p. 91 (1886); Reuter, .^.ct. Soc. Sci. Fenn.
Vol. 22 (i), p. 552 (1896).
Tellervo Kirby, Llo_vd’s Nat. Hist. Butt. Vol. i, p. 28 (1896).
Hamadryas Pagenstecher, Zool. XXVII, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. 1, p. 58 (1899).
Tellervo Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 272 (1910); Waterhouse et Lyell, Butt. Austr.
p. 18 (1914); Rothschild, Lep. B. O. U. et Woll. Exped. p. 14 (1915); Joicev^ et Talbot, Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 71 (1916).
192
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Type du genre. — Papilio zoilns Fabricius.
Caracteres generaux. — Taille assez petite. Antennes aussi longues que la cellule de
Taile anterieure, depassant donc Ia moitie du bord costal; massue peu distincte faiblement plus epaissie
chez le que chez la 9- Palpes courts, ascendants, le troisieme article depassant le vertex, sa
longueur, comme celle du premier article, est de la moitie de Tarticle median. Yeux glabres.
Tarses anterieurs du a peu pres longs de la moitie du tibia, fins, assez longuement poilus,
finissant en pointe; les deux arti cies qui le composent fort indistincts. Chez la 9 iis sont plus petits que
la moitie du tibia (qui estepineux) et forment une massue ovale, moins epaisse que chez les Danaulinae,
avec une paire d’epines ordinaires sur chacun des cinq articles. Les tarses des autres pattes pourvus
d’ongles simples, avec pulvillus et paronychia.
Ailes de forme allongee, etiree, etroite, « heliconoide », de couleurs simples (noir et jaune ou
blanc). Aile anterieure : bord costal courbe, apex bien arrondi, bord posterieur legerement arque, bord
interne excave. .Aile posterieure : bord costal droit, apex moins arrondi, bords terminal et anal faiblement
arques, angle anal fortement arrondi . — Nervulation. Anterieures ; cellule large, occupant la moitie
de la longueur de Taile; la nervure ii des 2/3, lo d’avant Tangle, le ])edoncule de g, 8, 7 de Tangle
cellulaire, 6 de juste en dessous, 5 du mdieu, 4 de Tangle inferieur, 3 de bien avant Tangle, 2 des 2/3 ;
les discocellulaires assez courbees en dedans, la superieure (entre 9 et 6) tres courte, la mediane
fortement pliee dans sa partie inferieure, emettant une nervule recurrente courte, 1’inferieure legerement
arquee vers la base. — Posterieures : Teperon precostal du point de separation de la nervure 8; celle-ci
monte assez verticalement et longe ensuite le bord costal; 7 de juste avant Tangle cellulaire, 6 de
Tangle meme, 5 du milieu des discocellulaires, qui sont fortement obliques en dehors et en bas, et dont
la deuxieme (6-5) est verticale, mais assez fortement pliee au i/3 inferieur, ou elle emet une petite
nervule recurrente, la troisieme etant oblique dans la prolongation de la precedente et faiblement
arquee; 4 de Tangle cellulaire inferieur, 3 de beaucoup avant Tangle, 2 de vers le milieu de la cellule.
L’aile anterieure du male porte au-dessus une grande tache mate d’ecailles modifiees, odorife-
rantes, dont le bord superieur est arrondi et qui s'etend sur le milieu entre le bord interne et la cellule.
Valve simple, large. Uncus tripartite (Fruhstorfer). Pinceaux anaux absents.
Metamorphoses. — Chenille : la chenille de Tellervo aequicinctus presentedes dessins simples,
elle est pourvue de deux appendices charnus sur le deuxieme segment. Elle se trouve ainsi decrite et
figuree par M. Okayama (Ent. Rund. Vol. 3i, p. 20 [1914]); ces caracteres rapprochent le genre
nettement des Danaididae, surtout de Lycorea-, par contre, iis Teloignent des Satyridae, en depit de
la ressemblance que montre Tarmature genitale (Y.
Chrysalide : decrite en meme temps par le meme auteur, elle donne lieu aux memes remarques.
Elle est jaune, pointillee de noir, sans reflet dore. La chrysalidation dure sept a huit jours.
De Texamen de la chenille et de la chrysalide, Tauteur conclut avec raison a la parente avec les
Danaidinae, surtout avec Eiiploea dont ses habitudes le rapprochent plus que de Dauaida. Les Tellervo
s’eloignent ainsi beaucoup des Satyridae et il les considere comme « un reste du stade initial des
Danaides ».
Distributiori geographique. — Ce genre, a aspect heliconoide, est propre a la region molucco-
papoLie. Ses limites geographiques, pour autant qu’elles soient commes a present, sont ; les iles papoues
septentrionales (Waigeu, Salawati), Buru, Kei, le Queensland, la Nouvelle friande, les iles Salomon.
Mais il est possible qiflelles devront etre legerement modifiees; la limite occidentale (Buru) n’est connue
que depuis 1922 {T. assarica boeroeensis Jurr. et Voll.) et la plupart des formes n’ont ete decrites que
ces quinze dernieres annees.
FAM. DAXAIDID.E
1 (j3
Systematique. — Les auteurs da siecle derniar distinguaient plusieurs especes ; iis iie faisaient
pas plus runidcatiou que pour les autres gnnipes. Fi uhstarfer dans Seitz, \’ol. 9, range toutes les
tonnes dans la seule espece Fabricius. Ou le suit jusqu’en iqia oii Lord RolhschiUl, se basant
sur la decouverte de deux formes occupant la ineme aire de distribution (i), distingue deux especes :
coillis l'abricius et assarica Stoll ( Lejurloptera collected by the If. O. IT. and Wollaston Fxpeditions in
the Snow-Mountains of Southern Dutch New (niinea, p. 14 [iqi5]; cfr. aussi Nov. Zool. \’ol. 22,
p. 22 [iqia]) sans douner d’explications. L’annee suivante, Joice\' et Talbot (Trans. Fhit. Soc. Lond.
p. 70-71 [igi6]) admettent la meinc distinction, apportant meme une preuve de leur npinion, basee sur
ledessin, il est vrai, mais iis avouent quhine bonne definilion n’est pas encore trouvee. Fntre-tein|)s, des
recherches zeleesAnt ete ettectuees au ilill .Museum par M. Joicey et on est arrive a la conclusion (jue
les formes du genre doivent etre rangees, pour autant que nos connaissances des Tellervo nous le
permettent actuellement — et il est hors de dnute (]u’elles sont encore bien incompletes et (pie nous
manquons ile materiaux de beaucoup de localites, — ■ sirus cim^ especes assez nettement caracterisees :
c F., assarica Stoll, Staud.. iiequiciihiiis (jodm. et Sah’., et jiin /tiaiisei ]a\c. et Talb. lYest cette
classification innovee par les specialistes du IJill Museum et ipii in’a ete coinmuni(]U(ie avec bienveil-
lance par M. lalbot — que nous adoptons ici.
I. T. soilus. Nouv. (juinee, .\ustralie.
a. T. s, sollus. Oueensland.
Papilio Zoilus ^ Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 4S0 (lyySi [H. M.J.
Papilio zoiliis Fal>ricius, Mant. Ins. Vol. i. ji. z5 (17S7): Fabricius, Ent. S_\st.
VoE 3. p. 4J ; 17931.
Ilainadrwts zoiltis Boisduval. .\stnil. lint. \'ol. i, p. (U 1832;.
Hamadryas zoilus Doubleday et Hewitson, (3en. Diurn. Lep. ]>. i35, pl. 18,
tig. I 7"' (18471; ITutlcr, Cat. Fabr. Eep. Brit. 3tus. p. 128 (1869! ; Kirby,
Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lei'. p. iS. n. .3 (1S71); 3[oore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.
p. 256 (iSS3): Staudinger, E.\ot. Schmett. 3'ol. i, p. 24 (i88.5).
Hamadryas uioorri Staudinger. ibidem. }>. 54, pl. 26 (i885) [Berl.].
TelUrvo zoilus zoilus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grirssschm. \d)l. 9, }). 272 (igio)-
Tellervo zoilus zoilus f. moorei Fruhstorfer, ibidem.
'Tellervo zoilus zoilus Strand. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Yol. 5, p. 480 (loii).
Tellervo zoilus moorei Strand, ibidem.
Tellervo zoilus zoilus Waterhoiise et Lrmll, Butt. Austr. p. 19, fig. 5 (1914).
Tellervo zoilus van Eecke, Nove Guin. Vol. i3, p. 62 ' I9i5) ; Joicer' ct Talbot,
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 71 1916).
b. T. z. gdo. Cap York (Australie).
Tellervo zoilus gelo Waterhouse et Lyell. Butt. Austr. p. iS, fig. B (1924).
c. T. z. niveipicta. Kei , IMosabella , Mana-
Hamadryas uiveipicta Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), Vol. i3, p. 191 (1884) woko.
[B. M.].’
Tellervo zoilus uiveipicta F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 273 (1911);
Strand, IMitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 481 (1911).
d. T. z. nais. — Pl. 5, Fig. I 0. Aru.
Nymphalis nais Guerin, Voy. Coq. pl. i5, fig. 3 (1829).
Hamadryas zoilus (p. p.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. i35, n. i (1847); (part.)
Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 18, n. 3 (1871).
Hamadryas nais Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 256 (i883).
Tellervo zoilus nais Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 278 {19111 ; Strand,
IMitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 481 (1911).
(ij Notons ici que deja Strand avait signale, en tgii (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 5, p. 477), rexistence, a la seule
ile de Waigeu, de deux races nettement distinctas -.fallax et macro*'allax, sans que, i)ourtant, il pense a des representants de
deux especes distinctes.
194
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
e. T. s. paiddiiics.
Telhrvo zoilus pantiinus Fruhstorfer, Arch. Naturg. 8i, A, 1 1, p. 64 (i9i5)[Aiict.].
f. T. z. aiitipati iLS.
Tdlervo zoiiits mitipatrus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Yol. 9, p. 272 (1910)
[Auct.]: Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 480 (1911).
g. T. z. sai capus.
Tellovo zoilus sticcapus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. z-ji (1911)
[Auct.].
h. T. z. vereja.
Tdhrvo zoilus vereja F'ruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 27,8 (1911) [Auct.];
Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 480 11911).
i. T. z. z ephoris.
Tdlervo zoilus zephoris Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278, pl. 78;’.
fin- 5 d* 1 191 1) [Auct.] ; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 479 (191 1 ).
j. T. z. incisa.
Tdlervo zoilus incisa Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Fleri. Vol. 5, p. 469 f 191 1 ) [Berl.].
k. T. z. jobinns.
Tdlervo zoilus jobinus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 (1911)
[Auct.].
l. T. Z. niysoriensis.
Hamadryas zoilus f. mysoriensis Staudinger, E.xot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 84 (iS85)
[Berl.].
Tdleivo zoilus mysoriensis FAuhsttirfer, Seitz' Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 278 {1911);
Strand. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 478 (1911).
m. T. Z. roonensis.
Tellervo zoilus roonensis Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>, 278 (1911)
[Auct.].
n. T. z. parvipuncta.
Tellervo zoilus parvipuncta ]o\cey et Talbot, Bull. HilllMus. \'ol. i, p. 844 (1922)
[Hili].
o. T. z. nediisia.
Stalachtis nediisia Geyer, Zutr. Htibn. li.xot. St hmett. p. 42,11. 400, fig'. 799-Soo O
(1882).
Hamadryas zoilus (part.) Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. i35, n. i (1847);
(})art.) Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. I.e]). p. 18. n. 8 (1871).
Hamadryas nedusiaMoore. Proc. Zool. .Soc. Lond. p. 256 (i883).
Tdlervo zoilus nednsia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ (rrossschm. Vol. 9. p. 278 (1911).
Tellervo zoilus nedusia Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 482 (1911).
p. T. z. scdnnia.
? Tellervo zoilus nedusia Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 278 (1911).
Tellervo zoilus sedunia Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Fleri. Vol. 5, p. 482(1911)
[Berl.].
q. T. z. limetaniis.
Tellervo zoilus limetaniis Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. \'ol. 9, j). 278(1911)
[Auct.].
r. T. Z. distincta.
Tdlervo Rothschild, Lep. 11. O. U. et Woll. Lxp. p. 14(1915)
[Tring].
S. T. z. digidica.
Tdlervo zoilus digulica Flulstaert, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 64. p. 79 {1924)
[Hcv.].
Yule.
Papua (Milne B.).
Fergusson, Kiiiwina,
Goodenough, Wood-
lark.
Nouvelle Guinee N.-E.
(baie Huon).
Nouvelle. Guinee N.-E.
(baie de TAstrolabe).
N"e Guinee orient.centr.
Jobi.
Mvsore.
Roon.
Mefoor.
Nouvelle Guinee occid.
Onin (N. Guinee N.-O.).
Kapaur (N. Guinee
S.-O.).
Sneeuvvbergen (Nouv.
(jiiinee centr.).
Riv. Digoel (N. Guinee
centr.).
FAM. daxaidilff:
1 g5
s* T. s. digttlicii f. arcii/d^icia (i).
Tc'.Un<<‘ Zoilus ai-ctiniscia Hiilstaevt, Ann. Soc. Eiit. Belf^-. Vol. 64, i>. 79 ^1924)
[Hev.].
2. T. assaricd.
a. T. d. (>o()oe?iisis.
fldmuiliyas dssitiicd llolland. Nov. Zool. \'ol. 7, p. 60 (igoo).
'[\lh’nHi dssdrii\t bo^ro(e/isis J\\ma.a.nsc et ViilbedH, Tijdschr. Ent. 65. p. H)5
I 1922,1 [Atict.].
b. T. d. assdiiid. — Pl. 5, Fig. 9.
Pdpilio dssdricd Stoll, Ci'ainer's Uitl. Kap. \'ol. 4, p. 142, })1. .563 .V, B (1781);
Herhst. Naturs. Schmett. Vol. 4. p. 197, pl. 79. Eg. 5, 6 11790).
.-Un\i asuriid Hiibner. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 10. n. 17 (1806).
lliliconid ds<driid Godaia. Enoye. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 9, p. 816 (i823).
Hdntdiiryds dssdricus Boisduval. Voy. Astrol. Ent. \A)1. i, j). 92 (1832);
Doiil)leday. (len. Diurn. Lep. p. i35, n. 2 (1S47).
H.iWiiibT.f-'' Kirby. .Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep.]). 17. n. i (1871); Moore,
Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond. p. 256 iiSS3); Pagenstecher. fahrb. Nass. Ver.
Nat. Vol. 37, p. 274 (18S4); Staiidinger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 54(iS85).
Tdlervo zoilus assdricd Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 273, pl. 78 r,
lig. 3 O (igii); Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5. p. 4S1 (igii);
van Eecke, Nov. Guin. Vol. i3, p. 62, Eg. 3 (igi5).
Tdlervo dssdrica Joicey et Talbot, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. j). 71 (1916).
c. T. d. kordonis (2).
Tellervo zoilus mysorieiisisiijxm. niysorieusis Sixa.vid. Mitt. Zool. i\[us. Berl. Vol. 5,
p. 478 (1911) [Berl.].
d. T. d. mysolensis.
Tellervo dssdricd Jolce}' et Talbot. Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, ]). 343 ( 1922)
[Hili].
e. T. d. nidcvofalldx .
Tellervo zoilus uilldx Fruhstorfer. Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 27.3, pl. 78 e,
%• 6 Cf {1911) [Auct.].
Tellervo zoilus mdcrofallax Strand. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 477 (1911)
[Berl.].
Tellervo assarica waigeuensis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili I\Ius. Vol. i. p. 34.3
(1922) [Hili].
f. T. a. adriaansei.
Tellervo assarica adriaansei Hulstaert. Ann. iMag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 12, p. 23o
(19231 [Arnh.].
g. T. a. aritensis.
Tellervo assarica ariiensis Joicey et Talbot, Bull. Hili IMus. Vol. i, p. 343 (1922)
[Hili].
3. T. aequicinctits.
a. T . a. hiakensis.
Tellervo assarica hiakensis Jolcej? et Noakes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 71, pl. 3,
Eg. I O 1 1916) [Hili].
b. T. a. meforicus.
Tellervo zoilus meforicus Fruhstorfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9. p. 273.pl. 78 t,
fi.g. I Q. cf I1911) [Auct.].
C. T. a. Iiiempsal.
Tellervo zoilus hiempsal Fruhstorfer, .Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. g, p. 27.3, pl. 78«,
Eg, 4 rf (1911) [Auct.]; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 480(1911);
van Eecke. Nov. Guin. Vol. i3, p. 62. Eg. 3 (iqiS).
i\'IoliiC(]ues-N. (jiiinee.
Buru.
Ceiain, .Amboina.
Mvsore.
Mi sol.
AVaigeu.
Nouv. (Juinee merid.
.Aru.
Biak.
Alefoor.
Nouv. Guinee N.-E.
(1) Est peut-etre une race distincte.
(2) 11 est bien possible que cette forme appartienne a aequicinctus.
ig6
L E P I D O P T E K A R 1 1 0 P A E O C E R A
d. T. a. aequicinctus.
Hamadryas aequicinctus O Godman et Salvin. l’roc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 142 {1877)
[B. M.]; Kirby, Syii. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 840, n. 4 {1877).
llainadrvas aequicincta Moore, Proc. Zool. Soo. Lond. p. 256 (i883).
Hamadryas aequicinctus Siaudmger, Exot. Schmett. Vol. i, p. 54(i885); Kibbe,
Iris, Vol. 1 1, p. 95 (i8g8).
Hamadrias aequicincta Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. Arch. Vol. i (Zool. 17), ]). 59
(1899).
Tcllervo zoilus aequicincta Fruhslorfer. Seitz' (.riossschin. Yol. 9, p. 278 (1911).
TeJlervo zoilus aequicinctus Strand, IMitt. Zool. Mus. Berl, Yol. 5, p. 481 (1911 u
Hamadryas zoilus aequicinta Okayama, Ent. Riindsch. Vol. 3i, p. 20 fig., metam.
fig. (1914)-
e. 7 . a. variegatus.
Hamadryas aequicinctus var. i'<n7Vgi(/((s Kibbe, Soc. Ent. Vol. 12. }>. 162 (1898);
Ribbe, Iris, Vol. ii, p. gS (1S9S).
Hamadryas variegatus Pagenstecher, Lep. Bism. YVrch. Yol. i (Zool. 17), p. 5y
(1899)-
TiUcrvo zoilus variegatus Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, ]>. 273 (iqii);
Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 4, p. 480 (1911).
f. T. a. evages.
Hamadryas evages Q* Godman et Sahin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Flist. (6), A^ol. i,
p. 95 (1888) [B. M.].
Tellervo zoilus evages Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. \'ol. 5, p. 478 (1911).
4. T. fallax.
a. T . f. fallax.
Hamadryas falhiA Staudingcr, Exot. Schmett. ]>. 54 (i885) [Berl.].
Tcllervo zoilus fallax Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5. ]>. 477 (1911).
b. T. f. coalescens.
Tellervo zoilus coalescens Rothschild, Nov. Zool. Vol. 12, p. 121 {igi5) ['hring].
c. T. f. exilis.
Hamadryas fallax (ab.) Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. 41. 55 (i885) [Berl.].
Tellervo zoilus fallax ab. e.r///5 Strand. IMitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, }>. 478(1911).
d. T. f. wollastoni.
Tellervo assarica ivollastoni Rothschild. Lej). B. O. U. & VVol. Exp. }', 14 (igio)
[Tring].
e. T. f. hiera.
Hamadryas Ineio (j' Godman et Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. liist. (6), Vol. i, p. 95
(1888) [B. M.].
Hamadryas salomojiis Ribbe. Soc. Ent. \’ol. 12, }>. 171 (1898).
Hamadryas hiero Ribbe, Iris. Vol. ii, p. g5, jd. 4. fig. i (1898).
Tellervo zoilus hiero Fruhstorfer, Seitz’ Grossschm. Vol. 9, p. 273, pl. 78 e,
fig. 2 rf (1911); Strand. Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl. Vol. 5, p. 481 (1911); ran
Eecke, Nov. Guin. Vol. i3, p. 62 (i9i5).
5. T. inrriaansei .
Tellervo iurriaansei Joicey et 'balbot, Bull. Hili Mus. Vol. i, p. 3^5 (1922) [Hili].
Nouvelle Bretagne.
Nouvelle Irlande.
Gtiadalcanar.
Molucques-Salomon.
VVaigeu.
Misol.
Motabello.
Sneeuvvbergen (Nouvelle
Guineeholland. centr.)
Eauro, Salomon.
Nii^^Guinee N.-O.(Arfak).
FAiM. DANAI DllFE
Especes rangees a tort parmi les Danaides.
1. Papilio cenea {Papihonidae).
Fdpilio cenea Stoll, Cramer's Uitl. Kap. Vol. 4, p. 134, pl. 29, tig. i, i A (178.1).
Daiutis rccliihi Godart, Enc. Metii, Hist. Nat. Ins. Vel. 9, p. iS3. n. 24 (1S19).
2. Erouia hippia (Pieridae).
Papilio hippia Fabrieius, Mant. Ins. Vol. 2, p. 55, n. 345 (1787).
Danais hippia Godart, Eno. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vdl. 9, p. 189, n. 55 (i8ii)i.
3. Symphaedra diriea {Xymphalidae).
Papilio dirtua Fabricius. Ent. Syst. \'ol. 3 (i), p. 59. n. 184 (1781).
Danais liii-tea Godart. Enc. IMeth. Hist. Nat. Ins. \’ol. 9, p. i83, n. 27 (1819).
4. Hypolimiias niisippiis (Nymphalidae).
Papilio misippus Linne, Syst. Nat. p. 471 11758).
? Danais misippus Godart. Enc. .Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Yol. 9, }i. 189. n. 40 (1819).
5. Apatnra hraimoku {Nymphalidae^.
Apatura kiaimoku Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis. \'ol. 3. ]i. 208, pl. (>, fig. ii (18211.
? Euploea karamoika Kirby, Sjni. Cat. Diiirn. bep. p. 17, n. 184 (1871).
6. Apaliira rarih {Nymphalidae).
Apatura rarik Eschscholtz, Kotzeb. Reis. \’ol. 3, p. 208, pl. 5, fig'. 10 (1821).
? Danais rarik Kirby. -Syn. Cat, Diurn. Lep. ji. 8, n. 29 (1871).
FAM. DANAIDID/E
lOy
INDEX
([.es noras nouveaux sont marques d’un asterisc]ue.)
Pages
Abessinica Schmidt (Ammiris) 95
abigar Eschscholtz {Danaida) qi
abjecta Butler (Euploea) 127
abrupta Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 16S
adamsoni Marshali {Euploea) iSi
ADIGAMA Moore (Euploea) 99
admiralia Strand (Euploea) 162
adorabilis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 102
adriaansei Flulstaert (Tellereo) 195
aduana Swinhoe (Danaida) 36
adustata Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 59
adustus Godman et Salvin
(Danaida) 38
adyte Roisduval (Euploea) 152
tebutia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 176
aegumurus Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) iSi
aETgyptius Schreber (Danaida) 26
tegyptus Butler (Euploea) 178
aelia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 179
aenea Butler (Euploea) 177
aequicincta Moore (Telleruo) 196
aequicinctus Godman et Salvin
(Telleri/o) 196
aerithus Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 185
aesatia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 122
aethiopina Grose-Smith (Eu-
ploea) 115
aethiops Rothschild et Jordan
(Amauris) 88
aethiops Butler (Euploea) 115
affinis Aurivillius (Amauris) 91
affiaiis Fabricius (Danaida) 39
affinis Gmelin (Euploea) 160
affinita Strand (Euploea) 173
affinoides Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida) ji
aga Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 153
agapa Fruhstorfer (Euploea) iqi
agamarschana Felder (Hestia) 76
aganor Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 165
agelia Godart (Hestia) 83
agema Fruhstorfer ) 143
aglaina Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 118
aglaioides de Niceville (Da-
naida) 55
aglea Stoll (Danaida) 56
agleoides Felder (Danaida) 55
aglidice Boisduval (Euploea) 170
AIANTHIS Fruhstorfer (Ide-
opsis) 71
aisa Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 170
alba Xeustetter (Amauris) 93
Pages
albata Zinken-Sommer (Da-
naida ) 59
albescens Distant (Ituna) 189
albescens Rdber ( Danaida ) 32
albicosta Joicey et Noakes (Eu-
ploea) 103
albidior Staudinger (Amauris) 88
albifrons Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 1 33
albimaculata Butler (Amauris) 94
albinus Lanz (Danaida) 28
albiplaga Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 105
albiplagiata Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 105
albitincta Talbot et Le Cerf lor
(Euploea)
albocincta van Eecke (Euploea) 175
albodiscalis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 174
albolimbata Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 167
albomaculata van Eecke (Eu-
ploea) 105
albopunctata Ribbe (Euploea)
alcathoe Godart (Euploea) 123
alceste Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 78
alcidice Godart (Euploea) 185
alcine Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 78
alcippe Godart (Danaida) 27
alcippoides Moore (Danaida) 29
alcippus Cramer (Danaida) 26
alea Hiibner (Danaida) 160
alceto Butler (Euploea) 113
alexis Waterhouse et Lyell
(Danaida) 35
algea Godart (Euploea) 133
alopia Godart (Euploea) 180
althaea Semper (Euploea) 160
amantia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 155
amarynceus Fruhstorfer (Eti-
ploea) 143
AMAURA Geyer (Amauris) 85
AMAURINA Aurivillius
(A mauris) 96
AMAURIS Fiabner 85
americanus Gunder (Danaida) 22
amethysta Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 131
amida Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 156
amplificata Joicey et Talbot
(Amauris) 90
amycus Miskin (Euploea) 131
amvmone Godart (Euploea) 120
AN AD ARA Moore (Euploea) 163
anaitis Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 156
anambalis van Eecke (Euploea) 105
Pages
anapina Semper (Ideopsis) 71
anapis Felder (Ideopsis) 71
ancile Fruhstorfer (Euploea) i2()
andamanensis Atkinson (Eu-
ploea) 12 1
ANDASENA Moore (Eu-
ploea) 118
angasi Moore (Euploea) 129
angasii Felder (Euploea) 129
angustata Moore (Danaida) 48
anitra Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 165
annetta Swinhoe (Danaida) 51
ANOSIA Fliibner ( Danaida ) 20
ansorgei Sharpe (Amauris) 96
anthracina Butler (Euploea) 133
antipatrus Fruhstorfer (Tel-
leruo) 194
apatela Joicey et Talbot ( Da-
naida ) 53
apicalis Moore (Euploea) 183
arasa Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 123
arachosia Fruhstorfer (Ideopsis) 72
arbela Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 79
arcana Talbot et Le Cerf (Eu-
ploea) 112
archippe Godart (Danaida) 21
archippus Fabricius (Danaida) 21
arctifascia IJulstaert (Telleruo) 195
ardana Fruhstorfer (Ideopsis) 74
ares Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 112
arf algensis Fruhstorfer (Ideop-
sis) 72
arida Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 124
arikata l"ruhstorfer (Danaida) 47
arisbe Felder (Euploea) 153
aristotelis Moore (Euploea) 150
arona Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 164
arova Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 162
arrakana Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 77
artenice Stoll (Danaida) 40
aruana Moore (Danaida) 39
aruana Strand (Euploea) 161
aruensis Joicey et Talbot (Tel-
leruo) 195
aruna Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 84
asela Moore (Euploea) 119
asclepiadis Gagliardi (Da-
naida ) 26
aspasia Fabricius (Danaida) 50
assarica Stoll (Telleruo) 195
assaricus Boisduval (Telleruo) 195
assimilata Felder (Euploea) 175
astakos Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 40
ASTHIPA Moore (Danaida) 50
astraea Moore (Euploea) 132
200
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Pages
astrana Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 177
astrifera Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 174
asyllus Godman et Salvin (Eu-
ploea) 174
atergertis Doubleday et He-
witson (Lycorea) 188
athesis Fruhstorfer {Hestia) 80
atomaria Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 172
atossa Pagenstecher (Euploea) 179
augusta Moore (Euploea) 166
auriflava van Eecke (Danaida) 29
australis Blaiichard (Danaida) 47
aventina Cramer (Danaida) 64
aviena Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 172
axantha Hay ward ( Danaida ) 27
aza Boisduval (Hestia) 83
azagra Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 141
babina van Eecke (Euploea) 146
BADACARA Moore (Da-
naida ) 57
badoura Kirby (Euploea) 141
BAHORA Moore ( Danaida ) 50
bakeri Poulton (Euploea) 136
bandaensis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 175
bandana Fruhstorfer (Euploea) loi
Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 175
bandjira Martin (Danaida) 36
bangkaiensis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 170
*bangkana Hulstaert (Euploea) 126
ban\si Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 59
banksii Moore (Danaida) 59
barea Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 114
barsine Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 145
harsine Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 114
basilissa Cramer (Euploea) 147
bassana Strand (A inauris) 89
bataviana Moore (Danaida) 30
batesi Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 112
batesii Felder (Euploea) 112
batjana Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 37
batuna Fruhstorfer (Ideopsis) 73
batunensis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 146
baudiniana Godart (Euploea) 128
bauermanni Rdber (Euploea) 122
baweana Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 151
bavveanica Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea ) 140
bazares Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 179
bazilana Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 141
bazilana Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 127
belia Waterhouse et Lyell (Eu-
ploea) 112
belia Westwood (Hestia) 79
belina Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 79
belinda Butier (Euploea) 129
charox Kirsch (Ettploea)
chersonesia Fruhstorfer (Hes-
tia)
chevalieri Hulstaert (Danaida)
childreni Moore (Eitploea)
chinensis Felder (Danaida)
chionippe Hiibner (Danaida)
chionippe Moore ( Danaida )
CHIROSA Moore (Ettploea)
CHITTIRA Moore (Danaida)
chloe Distant (Ettploea)
chloe Guerin (Ettploea)
diloris Felder (Ideopsis)
CHLOROCHROPSIS Roth-
schild (Danaida)
choaspes Butler (Danaida)
clioaspina Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida }
chrissipptts Hiibner (Danaida)
chrysea Doherty ( Danaida )
chrysipellus Aurivillius (Da-
naida I
chrysipellus Strand (Danaida)
chrysippe Hiibner ( Danaida )
Chrysippus Linne (Danaida)
cinnamomea Weymer (Lyco-
rea )
circuita Swinhoe (Ettploea)
cissia Fruhstorfer (Ettploea)
citrina Felder ( Danaida )
clara Butler ( Hcstia )
claribelia Butler (Danaida)
clarippus Weymer (Danaida)
clattdia Godart (Ettploea)
claudina Staudinger (Eitploea)
claudius Fabricius (Ettploea)
claviger Gmelin (Danaida )
cledonia Fruhstorfer (Ettploea)
cleobaea Godart ( Lycorea )
cleona Stoll (Danaida)
cleophilc Godart ( Danaida )
cleothera Butler et Druce (Da-
naida )
cleothera Godart ( Danaida )
climena Stoll (Ettploea)
clinias Grose-Smith (Danaida)
clorinde Staudinger (Ettploea)
cluilia Fruhstorfer (Ettploea)
coalescens Rothschild (Tel-
lervo )
coarctata Joicey et Talbot (Da-
naida )
coelestis Fruhstorfer (Ettploea)
coeriilescens Pagenstecher (Ett-
ploea )
coffea Fruhstorfer (Ettploea)
cometho Godman et Salvin
(Danaida )
cometto Fruhstorfer (Danaida)
FAM. DANAlDIDdi
201
Pages
155
81
69
130
64
39
41
118
57
57
49
49
28
51
26
26
26
26
188
119
H3
53
80
48
29
145
109
145
70
155
188
52
23
23
25
lOI
53
179
154
196
47
165
176
114
39
39
Pages
damocles Palisot de Beauvois
(A mattris ) 88
damocles Fabricius (A mattris) 1)2
damoclides Staudinger (Amati-
ris ) 89
DANAIDA T.atreille 17
DANAIDINAE Reiiter 15
DANAIS Illiger 17
DANAOMORPHA Haase 9
DANAOMORPHA Kremky 20
DANAUS Latreille 17
DANISEPA Moore (Ettploea) 163
dannfelti A.\\nv'\\\\\\s( A mattris) ga
daos Boisduval (Ideopsis) 74
darchia Mac Leay (Ettploea) 151
dardanoides Waterhouse et
Lyell (Ettploea) 145
dardanus Miskin (Ettploea) 144
darius Rothschild et Jordan
(Amattris) 90
dealbata Fruhstorfer (Ettploea) 127
debarbata Fruhstorfer (Ett-
ploea ) 168
decentralis Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 40
tlecia Fruhstorfer (Ettploea) 175
decipiens Butler (Danaida) 38
decipiens Butler (Ettploea) 132
decipientis Strand ( Danaida ) 38
decolorata Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 53
decolorata Haensch (Ituna) 190
decorata Fruhstorfer (Eit-
ploea) 140-
defigurata Fruhstorfer (Ett-
ploea) 120
defigurata Fruhstorfer (Ett-
ploea) 140
defiguratus Fruhstorfer (Ett-
ploea) 159
dehaani duOer (Ettploea) 165
dehaanii Lucas (Ettploea) 165
Fruhstorfer (Ettploea) iii
deheerii Doherty (Ettploea) iio
deione Wcstwood (Ettploea) 124
dejeani Distant (Ettploea) 181
delicia Fruhstorfer (Ettploea) 133
demaculata Fruhstorfer (Eii-
ploca) 126
demeter Felder (Lycorea) 188
denticulata Moore (Ettploea) 132
dentiplaga Rothschild (Ett-
ploea) 105
depuiseti Oberthiir (Ettploea) 170
depunctata Fruhstorfer (Ett-
ploea ) 139
DER A GENA Moore (Ett-
ploea) 118
deriopes Fruhstorfer (Ettploea) iio
202
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
FAM. DAXAIDIDA^:
2o3
204
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
guerini Felder (Ettploea)
gtierini Moore (Euploea)
giierinii Butler (Euploea)
gyllenhali Moore (Euploea)
gyllenhalii Lucas (Euploea)
hadeni Wood-Mason et de Ni-
ceville (Hcstia)
hadrumaia Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea )
hadrumeta Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida )
hainana Holland (Euploea)
halia Hiibner (Lycorea)
HAMADRYADINAE Reuter
HAMADRYAS Boisduval
hamata Mac Leay ( Danaida )
hamiltoni Swinhoe (Euploea)
hanningtoni Butler (A inauris)
hansemamii Flonrath (Eu-
ploea )
harmonia Fruhstorfer (Hestia)
harmseni van Eecke (Euploea)
harrisi Moore (Euploea)
harrisii Felder (Euploea)
haruhasa Doherty (Danaida)
hatuorthi Kirby (Euploea)
haworthii Eucus (Euploea)
hebridesia Butler (Danaida)
hecate Butler (A inauris)
hecatoicles Aurivillius (A inau-
ris )
hegesippe Godart ( Danaida )
hegesippimis Rober (Danaida)
hegesippus Cramer ( Danaida )
hegesippits Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida )
helcita Boisduval (Euploea)
helia Fruhstorfer (Euploea)
hemera Fruhstorfer (Euploea)
hemera Fruhstorfer (Hestia)
hera Fruhstorfer (Hestia)
herhsti Moore (Euploea )
herbstii Boisduval (Euploea)
hermippus Felder ( Danaida )
herrichii Felder (Euploea)
hertha Fruhstorfer (Hestia)
hesiodus Fruhstorfer (Euploea )
HESTIA Hhbner
heurippa Godman et Salvin
( Euploea)
hewitsoni Martin (Euploea)
hewitsoni Moore ( Euploea )
hewitsoni Moore (Ideopsis)
hewitsonii Butler (Euploea)
hewitsonii Felder (Euploea )
hewitsonii Kirsch (Ideopsis)
2o6
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
FAM. DAXAlDID.l': 2C7
2o8
LEPIDO PTERA RHOPALOCERA
Pages
nike Fruhstorter (Hesiia) 84
nikrion Fruhstorfer (Eiiploea) 159
nilgiriensis Moore f Danaida ) 60
nipalensis Moore (Danaida) 34
NIPARA Moore (Euploea) 99
niphonica Moore ( Danaida ) 62
nipponica Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 80
niveata Rutler (Euploea) 154
niveipicta Rutler (TeUervo) 193
nivira Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 170
nivosus Gociman et Salvin (Da-
naida ) 23
nivosus Gunder ( Danaida ) 22
nobilis Strand (Euploea) 103
noblei Svvinhoe (Euploea) 182
nocturna Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 152
nora Svvinhoe (Danaida) 39
norinia Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 44
nossima Ward (Amauris) 90
novarae Felder (Euploea) 167
novella Fruhstorfer ( Hestia ) 84
nox Rutler (Euploea) 114
nubaida Grose-Smith ( Eu-
ploea) III
nubila Rutler (Danaida) 37
numantia Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea ) 134
nymphas Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 115
oberthurii Doherty (Danaida) 66
oberthurii Doherty (Danaida) 66
obiana Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 155
obiana Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 84
obiana Fruhstorfer (Ideopsis) 72
obscura Capronnier (Danaida) 37
obscura Pagenstecher (Eu-
ploea ) III
obscura Staudinger (Hestia) 81
obscurata Rutler (Danaida) 48
occidentalis Schmidt (Amau-
ris) 93
occulta Rutler (Euploea) 114
oceanis Doherty (Euploea) 103
ochlea Roisduval ( A inauris) 90
ochleides Staudinger (Aivau-
ris ) 90
ochsenheimeri Lucas (Eu-
ploea ) 178
ochsenheimeri Moore (Em-
ploea) 109
ochsenheimeri Snellen (Eu-
ploea) 108
oculata Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 169
odrvsia Fruhslorfer (Danaida) 52
ocneon Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 173
oenone Rutler (Danaida) 51
Pages
oenopia Felder ( Ideopsis ) 71
oetakwensis Joicey et Noakes
( Danaida ) 54
offaka Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 152
ogylla Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 69
okinavvanis Sonan (Euploea) 169
okinawensis Matsumura (Eu-
ploea) 142
olga Svvinhoe ( Danaida ) 39
olivacea Grose-Smith (Eu-
ploea) 175
olivacea Moore (Euploea) 106
opalina Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 172
oppia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 173
ORANASMA Moore (Eu-
ploea) 99
ordinata Moore (Euploea) 131
orestilla Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 45
orientalis Semper (Danaida) 46
orientis Aurivillius (Danaida) 29
orientis Doherty ( Danaida ) 61
ornata Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 154
orneus Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 185
orontobates Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 121
orope Roisduval (Euploea) 128
oropina Rober (Euploea) 129
oros Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 37
oscarus Thurau (Amauris) 94
oxynthas Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 49
paculus Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 58
PADEMMA Moore (Euploea) 163
pagenstecheri Flagen (Eu-
ploea) 107
pahakela Doherty (Euploea) 123
PALAEOTROPINAE Haase 190
[lalata Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 164
palaivana Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 46
palawaiia Staudinger (Da-
naida ) 65
palawana Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 150
palawana Fruhstorfer (Ideop-
sis) 74
pales Felder (Lycorea) 188
palilia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 131
palla Rutler (Euploea) 143
palmedo Doherty (Euploea) 102
pahiana Martin ( Hestia ) 82
panaitius Fruhstorfer ( Da-
naida ) 61
pantiinus Fruhstorfer (Tel-
lervo ) 194
papiiana Reakirt (Euploea) 142
parallelis Fiuhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 155
l'AM. DANAI DI D.i:
2oq
philinna Fruhstorfer (Euploea)
philo Grose-Smith (Danaida)
philomela Zinken - Sommer
( Danaida )
philozigetes Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida )
PHIRDAXA Moore (Da-
naida )
phlegeton Fruhstorfer (Hes-
tia )
phoebadis Fruhstorfer (Eii-
ploea }
phoebus Biuler (Enploea)
phyle Felder (Danaida)
piada Fruhstorfer (Danaida)
picina Biitler (Enploea)
pierreti Fruhstorfer (Enploea)
pierretii Felder (Enploea )
pielersi Ffuhstorfer ( Danaida )
pietersii Doherty (Danaida)
pinaria Fruhstorfer (Enploea)
pinwilli van Eecke (Enploea)
pinwilli Buder {Enploea)
pimuillii Moore (Enploea )
pittakus Fruhstorfer {Danaida)
plataniston Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida )
plalenae Staudiuger (Enploea)
plateni Staudinger (Enploea)
pleiadis Moore { Euploea )
pleistarchus Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida )
plexaure Godart (Danaida)
plexippe Hiibner ( Danaida )
plexipptis Cramer ( Danaida )
plexippus Linne (Danaida)
poeyi Felder (Euploea)
pompilia Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea )
polita Kirby (Euploea)
pollitm Erichson (Euploea)
polymela Godman et Salvin
(Euploea )
portia Fruhstorfer (Euploea)
potaissa Fruhstorfer (Euploea)
proealbata Froreich (Danaida)
praedicabilis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea )
praeelymnias Fruhstorfer (En-
ploea )
Pages
I51
59
51
33
50
148
158
156
57
57
48
58
69
142
135
115
3-
32
112
126
125
125
38
58
170
142
131
38
23
22
21
33
124
141
149
149
173
147
133
27
106
141
Pages
pracluacaristus Fruhstorfer
( Danaida ) 60
praestabilis Fruhstorfer (En-
ploea ] 162
PRAMASA Moore (Enploea) n8
PRAMESTA Moore (En-
ploea) 118
praxithea Fruhstorfer (En-
ploea) 104
priapns Butler (Enploea) 151
princesa Staudinger (Hestia) 80
privata Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 162
progressiva Fruhstorfer (En-
ploea) 131
prominens Grunherg {A matiris) 94
pronax Godman et Salvin (En-
ploea) 104
proserpina Butler (Enploea) 136
prothoe Godart (Enploea) 160
protoforsteri Poulton (En-
ploea) 153
protoneptunia Poulton (Da-
naida ) 48
prunosa Moore (Enploea) 121
prusias Godman et Salvin (Eu-
ploea) 104
pryeri Moore (Enploea) 108
pseudocostalis van Eecke (Ide-
opsis) 73
pseudohisme Fiuhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 171
pseudomelaneus Moore (Da-
naida ) 59
pseudophilene Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 37
pseudosimilis van Eecke (Da-
naida ) 67
psyttalea Plotz (Ama uris) 88
psyttaloides Strand (Amauris) 88
publilia Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 112
pulchra Strecker (Danaida) 22
pidlata Butler (Danaida) 38
pulverulenta Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 176
pumila Boisduval (Danaida) 54
pumila Butler (Euploea) 156
punctaria Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 171
punicea Grose-Smidi (Euploea) 131
purpurata Butler (Danaida) 69
purus van Eecke (Euploea) 174
pydna Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 104
pygmaea Moore (Euploea) 139
pygmea Bingham (Euploea) 139
pyres Godman et Salvin (En-
ploea) 157
pyrgion Godman et Salvin
(Enploea) 135
Pages
qnintia Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 172
radamanthns Fabricius (En-
ploea) 184
RADENA Moore ( Danaida ) 62
radiata Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 168
radica Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 104
ralflesi Moore (Enploea) 179
ralflesina Fruhstorfer (En-
ploea) 179
ramsayi Moore f Ft/p/oert j 184
rarik Eschscholtz ( Apatnra ) 197
RASUMA Moore (Enploea) 118
RAVADEBA Moore (Da-
naida ) 50
reata Suffert (Amauris) 89
reanmnri Oberthilr (Enploea) 115
recussa Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 120
reducta Aurivillius (Amauris) 95
reducta Bartel (Amauris) 91
reducta Jurriaanse et Linde-
mans (Enploea) 157
referretis Haensch (Lycorea) 188
regalis Moore (Enploea) 166
regina Moore (Enploea) 139
reinvvardti Moore (Hestia) 77
relucida Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 168
remota van Eecke (Danaida) 69
rendovana Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 135
resarta Butler (Enploea) m
reuteri Strand (Amauris) 91
REVADEBRA Grose-Smith
( Danaida ) 50
rezia Kirby (Euploea) 174
rhadamantlnis Doubleday (En-
ploea) 184
rhadamia Godart (Euploea) 184
rhodia Fruhstorfer (Euploea ) 172
ribbei Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 70
ribbei Rdber (Enploea) 105
ribbei Rdber ( Ideopsis ) 72
rileyi Poulton (Enploea) 136
rita Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 51
riukiuensis Flolland (Hestia) 80
robinsoni Rothschild (Da-
naida ) 67
roduna Fruhstorfer (Enploea) 109
roepstorffi Moore (Euploea) 177
roepstorffii Moore (Enploea) 177
roepstorfi Bingham (Euploea) 177
rogenhojeri VeAdzr (Enploea) 182
rogeri Geyer (Enploea) 137
rolanda Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 161
rookensis Joicey et Talbot (Da-
naida ) 54
roonensis Fruhstorfer (Tel-
Icrvo ) 194
rothneyi Moore (Enploea) 182
2 10
L EP 1 D O P T ER A RH O P A LO C ER A
Pages
situta van Eecke (Euploea) 141
smithi Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 116
smithii Moore (Euploea) 116
snelleni Moore (Euploea) 124
snelleni Moulton (Euploea) 107
sobrina Boisduval (Danaida) 68
sobrina Rober (Euploea ) loi
sobrinoides Butler (Danaida) 69
solyma Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 80
sonia Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 74
sontinus Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 49
sophia Moore (Euploea) 178
sophonisbe Fruhstorfer ( Da-
naida ) 68
Spartacus Miskin (Euploea) 172
spiculifera Moore (Euploea) 104
splendens Butler (Euploea) 182
squalida Butler (Euploea) iii
staintoni Moore (Euploea) 171
staintonii Felder (Euploea) 171
statius Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 159
staudingeri Kheil (Euploea) 178
steckeri Kheil (Amauris) 93
stella Moore (Euploea) 131
stcphensi Moore (Euploea) 155
stephensii Felder (Euploea) 155
sticheli Hagen (Euploea) 178
stictica Rothschild et Jordan
(Amauris) 91
stictica Fruhstorfer ( Danaida ) 67
STICTOPLOEA Butler (Eu-
ploea) 137
stoll Cramer ( Hestia ) 77
stolli Moore (Hestia) 77
stolli Weymer (Euploea) 109
strecl{en Le Cerf (Amauris) 93
strephon Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 39
stresemanni Rothschild (Jde-
opsis ) 72
strigata van Eecke (Hestia) 84
strigosa Bates (Danaida) 24
Strymon Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 49
styx Rebel (Amauris) 96
suada Miskin (Euploea) 142
suanetes Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 46
suavissima Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) iio
subcongrua Rober (Euploea) 157
subdita Moore (Euploea) 120
sublucinda Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea ) 156
subnigra Joicey et Talbot (Da-
naida ) 38
subnobilis Strand (Euploea) 132
subnubila Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida } 37
FAM. DANAI OIDF:
2 I I
Pages
subpunccata Fn;hstorfer ! Eit-
ploea ) ii6
subpurpurea Matsiumira (Da-
naida ) 29
siila de Niceville ! Hestia 1 83
siilaensis loicev et Talbot (Eit-
plocii ) 185
sulewattan Friihstorfer (Da-
naida) 60
suluana Moore (Eiiplotii) 127
siimatiana Mcore (DiUiaida)
sumbana Doherty (Euploea) 151
sumbawana Fruhstorfer I Do-
mida) 66
sttmbdivana Fruhstorfer (Eii-
ploea) 15 1
superbi! Doubleday (Eiiploeu) 180
superba Snellen van \'olleuho-
ven (Euploea) 141
superbus Herbst (Euploea) 180
swainson Godart (Euploea) 126
swainsoni Doubleday (Eu-
ploea ) 1 26
swainsonii Moore (Euploea) 126
sweinsonii Kirby (Euploea) 126
swierstrae Snellen (Euploea) 172
svvinhoei Moore { Danaida ) 58
swinhoei Crowley (Danaida) 59
svvinhoei Wallace (Euploea) 142
sylvester Fabricius (Euploea) 144
sylaestris Godart (Euploea) 144
syra Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 168
szechuana Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 58
szetchuanus Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 58
T AB AD A Moore (Euploea) 149
T AGAT A Moore (Euploea) 118
taimanu Doherty ( Danaida ) 32
talautensis Snellen (Euploea) 127
talautica Snellen ( Danaida ) 52
*talboti Hulstaert (Danaida) 53
tambora Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 40
tambora Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea ) 141
tamis Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 175
tanais Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 69
taprobana Felder ( Danaida ) 58
tarnis Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 143
tartarea Mabille (Ama uris) 89
tartaroides Strand (Amaitris) 89
taruna Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 40
TASITIA Moore (Danaida) 20
tavoyana Moore ( Euploea ) 109
tawaya Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 68
TELLERVINAE Fruhstorfer 190
TELLERVO Kirby. 191
Pages
telmissus Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) ^6
tenebrosa Grosc-Smith (Eu-
ploea) 13 1
tenggerensis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 107
terentilia Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 137
terilus Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 56
terissa Fruhstorfer (Euploea) loi
thalissica Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 77
thalassina Joicey ct Noakes
( Danaida ) 60
diargalia Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 50
theia Fruhstorfer (Hestia) 84
theriodes Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 133
thersippus Bates ( Danaida ) 24
thiemei Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 105
//;oe Fliibner (Danaida) :53
thomsoni Kirby (Euploea) 137
thoosa Ffiibner (Euploea) 185
thrasetes Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 185
thyriantina Hrgen (Euploea) 140
tibula Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 46
tigrana Fruhstorfer ( Danaida ) 52
timaius Fruhsiorfer (Euploea) 168
timora Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 144
timorica Grose-Smith ( Da-
naida ) 52
tipasa Fruhstorfer ( Danaida ) 66
tira Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 61
TIRUMALA Moore (Danaida) 42
TIRUNA Moore (Euploea) 163
tisais Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 168
tisiphone Butler (Euploea) 147
tityoides Hagen ( Danaida ) 62
tobleri Semper (Euploea) 124
tombugensis Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 128
tondana Snellen van Vollen-
hoven (Hestia) 82
tonkinensis Swinhoe (Euploea) 120
tontoliensis Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 68
torleyi Hulstaert (Ama uris) 92
torrefacta Le Cerf ( A mauns ) 96
torvina Butler (Euploea) 136
traducta Grose-Smith (Eu-
ploea) 172
tragasa Fruhstoifer (Danaida) 65
transfixa Montrouzier (Eu-
ploea) 132
transfuga Fruhstorfer ( Da-
naida ) )-]
transiens Suffert ( Danaida ) 28
transiens Riley (Lycorea) t88
P.igcs
transpectus Moore (Euploea) 126
trasinanus Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 49
treitschkci Boisduval (Eu-
ploea) 176
treitschl{ii Butler (Euploea) 176
TREPSICHROIS Hiibner
(Euploea) 145
tricolora Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 179
trimeni Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 134
trimenii Felder (Euploea) 134
tripunctata Joicey et Noakes
(Euploea) 103
tristis Butler (Euploea) 143
TRONGA Moore (Euploea) 99
trysa Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 171
tulliola Godart (Euploea) 151
tulliolus Fabricius (Euploea) 131
tumanana Semper (Danaida) 49
turbonia Fruhsiorfer (Eu-
ploea) III
tumeri Butler (Danaida) 69
tumeri Butler (Euploea) 152
tutuilae Hopkins (Danaida) 48
tychius Fruhstorfer (Danaida) 36
tytia Gray (Danaida) 61
tytioides tle Niceville (Da-
naida ) 62
tyrianthina Moore (Euploea) 140
ulaguna Ribbc (Euploea) 173
ultramontana Mtirtin (Da-
naida ) 68
umbrosus Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 32
unibrunnea Godman et Salvin
(Euploea) 163
unicolor Hagen (Euploea) 175
unicolor H. FI. Druce (Eu-
ploea) 117
uniens Martin (Euploea) 35
uniformis Moore (Euploea) 123
uniformis Moore (Euploea) 183
upis Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 169
ursula Butler (Euploea)
urvillaei Chenu et Lucas
( Hestia ) 84
Usipetes Hewitson (Euploea) 174
* usurpata Hulstaert (Euploea) 130
VADEBRA Moore (Euploea) 99
vaillantiana Godart (A inauris) 93
valentia Fruhstoifer (Danaida) 46
Valeriana Fruhstorfer (Eu-
ploea) 102
vandeventeri Forbes (Euploea) 146
vanhasselti van Eecke (Da-
naida ) 65
vanoorti Jurriaanse (Euploea) 1S3
212
LEPIDOPTERA RUOPALOCERA
Pages
westwoodi Fruhstorfer {^n-
ploea) 169
westwoodii Fcldcr {Euploea) 169
wetterensis Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 35
wetterensis Fruhstorfer {Eu-
ploea) 153
whitmei Butler (Euploea) 130
whytei Butler (Amauris) 94
wiskotti Rober (Euploea) 128
wollastoni Rothschild (Tel-
lervo) 196
woodfordi Godman et Salvin
(Euploea) 112
woodlarkiana Fruhstorfer (Da-
naida ) 37
Xanthippus Fclder (Danaida) 25
zanira Fruhstorfer ( Danaida ) 70
zephoris Fruhstorfer (Tel-
lervo ) 194
zinckenii Felder (Euploea) loi
zin\eni Fruhstorfer (Euploea ) loi
zmkenii Butler (Euploea) loi
zodica Fruhstorfer (Euploea) 113
zoilus Fabricius (Tellervo) 193
zonata Druce (Euploea) 126
l'A-M. DAXAIDID.V:
2i3
EXPLICATION DES PLANCHES
Pl.ANCHE I.
T. Danai da berenice Cr.
2. Danaida chry^ippus dorippiis Kluy q''.
3. Danaida plexippiis kyllene l'ruhst. q^.
4. Danaida affinis affinis J'. pp .
5. Danaida ismare isinare Stoll (f .
6. Danaida formosa C iodm. (f .
7. Danaida sclienkii talboti Pliilst. O"
(S. Danaida tytia C 'ira\’ (f .
Pl.AXCHE 2.
1 .
2 .
3.
4-
1 .
2 .
4-
1 .
2.
3.
4-
1.
2 .
3.
4-
I .
2.
3.
4-
5.
6.
7-
8.
9-
Danaida melissa septentrionis Puti, (f .
Danaida e>yx 1'. (f .
Danaida juventa kolleri I lulst. pf .
Danaida fumata Puti, pf .
Ainauris jacksoni E. Sh. (f .
Hestia hnceus Drurv pf .
Amauris lobengula E. Sh. O'-
Ainauris dann felti Anr. (f .
Hestia jasonia jasonia A\'est\v. f .
Hestia idea marosiana Fruhst. f .
Ama urina ansorgei E. Sh. pf .
Euploea eleiitho elentho Ouoa' & Gaim. (f .
5. Ideopsis vitrea ckloris Feld. (f
6. Ideopsis vitrea ckloris Feld. 9
7. Ideopsis gaiira Horsf. 9-
8 . Id eopsis ga n ra H orsf . (f .
Planche 3.
5. Amauris lygia Flulst. (f .
6. Amauris vashti fiutl. cf.
7. It una ilioiie Cr. (f .
Pl.axxhe 4.
5. Euploea hopfferi Feld. cf.
6. Euploea hopfferi Feld. 9 •
7. Lycorea kalia Flubn. cf .
8. Euploea calUthoe Boisd. cf -
Planche 5.
Euploea ivallacei marinda flulst. cf-
Euploea alecto rnthschildiana Hulst. cf •
Euploea deione \A’estw. cf ■
Euploea duf resue karrisii Feld. cf
Euploea eiictemon Hew. cf •
6. Euploea euctemon Hew. 9 •
7. Euploea diocletianus F". cf-
8. Euploea leucostictos viola Puti. 9-
g. Tellervo assarica Cr. cf •
IO. Tellervo zoilus nais Guer . cf-
Danaida archippus F.
Danaida ckrysippus L.
Danaida plexippus L.
Danaida ismare Stoll.
Danaida melissa Stoll.
Ravadeba.
Par antica.
Chittira.
Radena.
Planche 6 (XERVULATIONS).
10. Ideopsis.
11. Hestia.
12. Amauris.
13. Amaurina
14. Euploea.
15. Tellervo.
16. Lycorea.
17. Itiina.
lv\M. DANAIDID.E
2 T
ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA
: Danaida heremce aii lieu de Danaida ber^nice.
: Danaida au lieu de Liinnas.
: (lodin. au lieu de G. et S.
: Danaida au lieu de Parautica.
: Danaida au lieu de Radena.
: Danaida au lieu de Chii t ira.
: Eiiploea eleutho elentho Ouoy & Gaim. au lieu de Euploea eleiitho nienwenhiiisi Hulst.
: Euploea rothscliildiana alec/o au lieu de Euploea aethiops rolhschildiana.
: Euploea dttfresne l/arrisii au lieu de Euploea harrisii.
20 novembre igSi.
GENERA INSECTORUM
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Jtieopsis viO’e(i rhioria Feld . o
/ia(/e/fa /{/rf/d/i kol/vru' Hidst. o
ParantzccL eryx K d"
Ideopsis irilrecx cJdoTis Feld p
Jdeopsts pajx7'a llovsf. ^
Ideopsis (jauva Horsf. c/
FAM. DANAI DI
RajrNyst ad r.
SUBFAM. DANAIDINiSE, &TELLERVINA.
GENERA INSECTORUM
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
daruitelti Aiw
Jiestia fynceus iJmry d"
Amauris vaslitL ButL . cf
Arnauvis lygia Hulut a
Aniaiiris loheizgula Shar-gp o
FAM. DANAIDIDi^
Ray iryst ad r. SUBFAM. DANAIDlN/e, & TELLERVIN;?.
3
GENERA INSECTORUM
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
Kiiploen Fcld
jasoiiia jasonia II o
AmauTRUL ansorgei K. Sharpe d"
EupXoea rallithoe Bad . d'
Lycorea halia Iliibn. c/
Euploea. JhoptTeri Feld . d*
Hestia idea iiuirosroria Fr!dist.<?
Eiiploea eleiitho nieuwerdmisi ffiilst- d'
? ay ITyst ad r.
FAM. DANAI DI D/e.
SUBFAM. DANAI DI N/e, &TELLERVINA.
GENERA INSECTORUM
LEPIDOPTERA RHOPALOCERA
flade/ta
Amaitris
Te.llervo
Ttavadeba
Amxiiirina.
CJiittira
ItimcL
SiipJoea
FAM. DANAIDIDi^
SUBFAM. DANAIDINjiSE, & TELLERVIN;^
6
J
DIPTERA
FAM. CULICIDAE
DIPTERA
FAM. CULICIDAE
F. W. ED\\\-\R])S, M. A., Sc. l).
WITH FIVE PI.ATES
{■rwo coLOUKEii. liv A. ;\I. E\'ANS, 1). Sr.).
\\ ING to the intensi ve study devoted to thein during the last thirt}' years, the CuUcidae
are now, probably without exception, the best known group of insects thioughout the
World. Yet, althougli the inosquito fauna of varioris regions has been adequately dealt
with in inonogi'aphs, there is no recent general catalogue of the species, Theobald’s
inonograph of igio being now entireh^ obsolete. Feeling that a new reference catalogue was urgently
needed, I suggested to the late M. P. Wytsman the publication of a fiesh fascicle on the CuUcidae in
the Genera Insectorum, to replace the one nuitten by Theohald in igo5. i\I. Wytsman and iNIddle
\^anha:nnie accepted the suggestion and invited ine to prepare the new fascicle, a task which 1 gladiy
undertook.
The coinpletion of this task has for various reasons taken much more time than was anticipated,
and prohabh^ would not have been accomplished even now had it not been for material assistance
received froni colleagues and correspondents, more particularly Dr. iNl. E. Mac Gregor, M. A., Sc. D.
of the Wellcome Bureau of Scientific Research, and Dr. A. M. Evans of the Liveipool School of
Tropical. Medicine. To Dr. M. E. Mac Gregor 1 am greath" indebted for the loan of a card catalogue
which he had prepared ; this formed a valuable basis for the present catalogue, though the arrangement
here is quite different; without it a number of names would probably have been overlooked. Miss
Evans has generously contributed the figures on Plates i-3, most of which were specialh' drawn for this
work.
In the preparation of the catalogue two main objects have been kept in view: (i) the presentation
of ciear and adequate diagnoses not only of all genera, but also of subgenera and any species-groups
which have been or might conceivably in the future be regaided as entitled to generic or suhgeneric
rank; and (2) the compilation of a complete list, with original references and synonymy, of all
generic, specific and varietal names which have been applied to mosquitoes. It is hoped that hoth
DIPTERA
these functions of the catalogue will be adequateR falfilled, and that any entomologist with a slight
general acquaintance with Diptera will be able to detennine his material without undue difficulty.
In arriving at a natural classiftcation it is essential that ali stages of an insecfs life-histoiy should
be taken into consideration, and for the field worker it is quite as important to be able to identifv larvae
as adults. I have therefore included an account of the larval morpholog}^ and habits in each genus and
subgenus.
No attempt has been made to compile a complete bibliograph}^ but in addition to thereference to
the original description a few other references are given to the more important recent papers dealing
with each species, chiefl}^ those of interest in regard to taxonomy and distribution. In the case of
American species a full bibliograph}' is given in the monograph bv Howard, Dyar and Knab,
supplemented b}^ the more recent monograph of Dyar; I have therefore siiupN given the original
reference, together with the reference to Dyar’s « Mosquitoes of the Americas » and any papers ot
importance published since 1928. For the old-world species no complete monograph exists, and even
AIartini’s detailed account of the Palaearctic species does not include a full bibliograph}' ; I have
therefore included rather more references to the literature on these species. In every case at least one
reference has been given to the description of the larva, where it is known, such references being
marked with an asterisk (*).
The completion of the catalogue has been purposely delayed somewhat in order that it ma}’
include references to all works of taxonomic importance published up to the end of igSo. Every effort
has been madeto render the catalogue as complete and accurate as possible up to this date, and some
account is taken of unpublished work known to the writer, but no names unpublished by December ig3o
are mentioned, and no new names are introduced in this work.
In regard to the mau}' vexed questions of synonymy, an attempt has been made to reach
agreement with other workers, and the nomenclature finally adopted is largeh^ the resuit of
correspondence with Capt. P. J. Barraud, Coi. S. R. Christophers, Dr. E. Martin! , and Dr. F. M. Root,
to each of whom I am indebted for suggestions, although of couise they are not responsible for the
conclusions arrived at. The chief points of disagreement are in regard to the interpretation and use of
specific names published before about i85o; in maii}^ cases no types now exist, and the correct
application of these names must always be a matter of personal opinion and conjecture; in some cases
the meaning of the author is fairly ciear, in others less so, while man}^ cases are entireh’ problematical.
There is much to be said for the view of Martin! that where no type exists and the meaning of the
author is not ciear and unambiguous, the old names should be disregarded; this is the opposite extreme
from the view of Dyar, who arbitrarily assigned all such names to some place in the S3'stem. In the
present work I have endeavoured to steer a middle course between these two views, each of which
has its advantages and disadvantages. It is unfortunate that most of the problems of nomenclature
centre round the commonest and most important disease-carrjdng species, though it is hoped that in
most of these cases uniformity of designation will now be possible. I have accepted the view that the
yellow-fever mosquito should be known as Aedes aegypti L., as in spite of some discrepancies it seems
hardly possible that Linnaeus could have had an^" other species before him. On the other hand there
is much less probability that Say’s Culex quiiiqucfasciatus referred to the common tropical house-gnat
(though it may well have been some species of Culex in the modern sense), and I have therefore
followed Theobald’s use of the name fatigans Wied, for this species, though here again the correctness
of Theobald’s determination is certainl}' open to question.
A few other changes ma}' be mentioned. The generic name Taeuiorliyncliiis has been given up
on the ground of pre-occupation by Taeniavliynchits , the writer in this respect accepting the views of Root.
FAM. CULICIDAE
0
The name Aedes vaeiegatiis Bigot is replaceei by A. scutellans Walker, a change which tliough unfortunate
is unavoidable if \ve follow Martini in regaiding Cidex variegatus Schrank as belonging to Aedes.
I have in the past taken the view that a specihc name which is a hoinonym in one genns becomes
available when the species is transferred to another genus. This view howevev is not accepted by most
entoinologists and it may be as well to fall into line with the majority on this point. Consequently
Mansonia annulipes \\'^alk. becomes M. longipalpis v. d. W. Where a t3’pe exists a specihc name must be
regarded as valid fiom the date of its publication, even if the original description is hopelessly inadequate
or even inaccurate ; on this ground the name A. annularis v. d. W. has been substituted for
A. fuliginosus Giles, as there is no doubt of the identit}' of the Gqre. Another apparently necessar}-
change is the substitulion of the name Anoplteles claviger Meigen for the sjrecies hitherto known as
A. bifurcatus Linn., Martini having correctly pointed out that Linnaeus’ C. bifurcatus was certainly only
the male of C. pipiens. This change is particularh^ unfortunate as Fabricius misidentified Meigen’s
A. claviger, and Italian authors, following him, have used the name for A. ntaculipennis.
Apart from these and a few other minor changes I have followed the nomenclature previously
accepted bv mvself for the old-world species, and Dyar's revision of 1928 for the American species.
In regard to the latter, a few nanies sunk as s3monyms by Dvar have been revived, though on the other
hand several which were retained b3" him as distinet species have been relegated to s3'nonym3q either
after comparison of material or for other reasons. It is probable that a considerable further reduction
in the number of recognised American species will be made when the t3'pes of the genus Culex have
been re-studied.
Theobald in iqoS {Genera Insectorum) recognised 62 genera and about qSo species of mosquitoes,
and in 1910 {Monograph of the Culicidae) 149 genera and about io5o species. In the present work, while
the number of species listed has risen to 1400, the number of genera (excluding Dixinae and Chaoborinae)
has been reduced to 3o (or, if subgenera be included, 89). The advantages of emplo3dng larger generic
concepts are, firstly, that the wider relationships of the species are more clearly indicated ; secondly, that
limits can more readiK' be assigned to the genera than in the case of more numerous and smaller groups ;
and, thirdlv, that it ensures the avoidance of duplication of specihc names; the use of subgeneric terms
enables those who wish to do so to make use of the smaller divisions. The reduction in the number of
genera is due mainly to two causes — - the adoption of the principle, now accepted by most insect
sv'stematists, that generic diagnoses should be applicable to both sexes ; and the realisation that the
shape of the scales on different parts of the body affords characters of onl3" secondary importance.
When Theobald’s list was published in ipoo hardly anything was known of the details of the
life-histories of mosquitoes. How different the position is toda3^ may be seen from the fact that
descriptions have been pubished of the larvae of almost half the total number of species (680 out
of 1400), these including representatives of every one of the genera and of ali but two or three of the
subgenera; among the remainder it is unlikeh' that any striking t3^pes of structure or life historv
remain undiscovered. This being the case it may be assumed that no further drastic changes in
classification need be anticipated.
In the arrangement of genera some attempt has been made give a natural sequence from the
more primitive to the more specialised forms, but this is far from eas3q as the differences between the
genera are for the most part very slight, eacli group has specialised along its own particular line, and
sometimes the specialisations of the larvae are different in degree and directiori from those of the adult.
On the whole the subfamilies Dixinae and Chaoborinae are prababably nearer to the common
ancestor than the Culicinae, and these are therefore placed first; for a similar reason the Anophelini and
Megarhinini are placed before the Culicini.
4
DIPTEKA
Family characters. — The inclusion in the Cnlicidae of the genus Dixa — a course first
suggested by Dyar and approved by several other workers, including Martini and tlie present wiiter —
makes it necessary to narrow down ver}’ considerably the diagnosis of the family. The most
characteristic features are found in the venation, which shows only slight modifications of tvpe in the
different subfamilies and genera, the most conspicuous departure from type being the genus Ncodixa.
The chief venational features of the family are as tollows : Sc long and reaching costa; radius four-
branched, i?2 + 3forked, i? 4 ^ s simple; no cross-vein connecting ifi and ; media two-branched ;
cross-veins 7'-;h and both present; Cu forked ; An long and reaching -wing-margin ; Av' absent or
verv faint. No other Diptera combine these features of venation. Other common family characters
are the small or rudimentary first antennal segment and the more or less enlarged second segment; the
completelv divided pronotum, the posterior divisions of which appear to form part of the pleurae; the
absence of a definite suture dividing the praesentum from the scutum; the presence of an « anepisternal
cleft » on the pleurae; and the long legs, which nearly always lack spurs on the tibiae. All these
features however are shared by one or more of the other families of Nemaiocera.
The larvae of Cnlicidae are distinguished from other Dipterous larvae by the possession of a
complete head-capsule and the presence of only one pair of functional spiracles, situated dorsally on the
ninth abdominal segment (spiracles absent only in Chanborus). The larvae of other families either have
an incomplete head-capsule, or functional prothoracic spiracles are present, or spiracles aie absent, or
the posterior spiracles are terminal in position. Without exception the larvae are aquatic. onlv a few
species possessing the power of crawling over short distances out of water.
It is unnecessary to give here a full account of the morphology of the Cnlicidae, as this can be
found in manv text books, but a few reinarks explanatory of some of the more important characters used
in taxonomy may be desirable; these reinarks refer mainl}^ to the Culicinae (mosquitoes).
Head. — 'J'he only structure about which doubt might arise is the buccopharyngeal armature,
used in the classification of female Anopheles. 'bhis is a inicroscopic structure the position of which will
be Linderstood by reference to Pl. 3, Fig. 10; in order to see the stiucture clearly it is best to
dissect out the buccal region and pharynx from a macerated head and remove the pharynx.
Thorax. — The characters most used in taxonomy are the hairs or bristles on the pleurae, the
various groups of these hairs being shown in Pl. 3, Fig. 28 and 29, the names adopted being
(a) anterior pronotal, the bristles on the rounded pronotal lobes, nearly always present.
(b) posterior pronotal (also called, probably wrongly, pro-epinieral), on the part of the side of the
thorax above the anterior pronotal lobes and in front of the spiracle. The scales on this part, as well as
the bristles, are of great help in specific determination.
(c) propleiLval, a small group on the lower part of the propleurae, immediate!}’ above the front
coxa; especially useful in Anopheles (these are the hairs described us presiernal by Christophers, but they
do not belong to the sternum).
(d) spiiacular, a row immediately in front of the anterior spiracle, of great importance in the
classification of the Culicini. It is necessary to distinguish carefully between the spiracular and the
posterior pronotal hairs; the former are usually shorter than the latter, and their position is beliind a
slight ridge which forms the posterior border of the prosterior pronotum.
(e) post-spiracnlar, a group situate on the more or less membranous area of the pleurae behind the
pirothoracic spiracle, specially characteristic of the Aedes group.
(/) sternoplenral ,, a more or less continuous row on the pTosterior border of the sternopleura.
(g) pve-alar, a group on the small knob immediately below and in front of the wing-root.
1-'AM. CULICIDAI':
{/i) siil>-a!ai' (or mesipemeral). iinmediately helow and behind the wing-rnot, nn upper pai l of
inesepimeion, in tVont ot' inetathoiacic spiiacle.
{k) lower mesepimeral , otten present on to iniildle or lower part of mesipiineron, nsually towards its
anterior inargin; soinetimes liableto be confused with the sternopleural.
(/) postno/al, ;i tutt behind llie iniddle of the postscutellum or postnotnin (often wrongiy terined
the metanotuin).
In addition to the chaetotaxy the pleurae provide another important taxonoinic character in the
fonn of the meron (also called the merocoxa, or, wrongiy. the lateral ineta.sternal sclerite); this is the small
piece iininediately above ihe base of the iniddle coxa.
Abdomen. — The inost important parts are the structures at the tip of the abdomen included
in the ninth and tenth segments, collectiveh' termed the lominalia or hypopygium (i). The chief parts in
the male sex are the following.
(a) the narrow chitinous ring of the ninth segment, of which the most cons[>icuoas portion is the
tergite, usually in the fonn of two small hairv, bristlv or spiny lobes. .As tlie tip of the abdomen in all
male mosquitoes rotates throngh iSo'’ soon after emergence from the pupa, the ninth tergite is ventral
in position.
(b) the/dw/»-, or appendages of the ninth segment, comprising a large basal piece, here called
the coxite (formerh' known as the side-piece), and an articulated second segment or style (formeiiy called
the clasper). Various lobes, basal, apical, or subapical, are developed on the coxite.
(f) the tenth ov anal segment , occupying a ventral position (ovving to the rotation) witliin the ninth
segment at the base of the coxites.
The chief chitinisations are a pair of paraprocts (or tenth sternites) which often have a charactei istic
form in different genera. (These are not shown in any of the hgures in this work.)
(d) the aedeagus or true genital chitinisations, situate between the bases of the coxites dorsalh' to
the anal segment. The aedeagus in Cnlicinae comprises a pair of small parameres attached to basal piales
and a median intromittent organ or phallosome, of which the structure varies greatl}' (Pl. 3, Fig. 17,
18, 34, 35). Often (as in Culex and some Aedes) the phallosome is almost divided into two halves.
Legs. — The most important features are the presence or absence of teeth on the claws and of
pulvilli. The pulvilli can usually be seen under a binocular microscope, or even under a strong pocket
lens; it is best to place the specimen against a dark background, when the pulvilli (Pl. 3, Fig. 20)
appear whitish.
Wings. — Alany important features of use in taxonomy are found in the venation. The
Comstock-Needham system of notation of the wing-veins has been adhered to in this paper, without the
moditications proposed by Tillyard and Lameere, which have not yet found full acceptance. The
significance of the symbols used will be appreciated by reference to Pl. 2, Fig. 2-4-.
In addition to those of the venation, characters of some importance are found in the vestiture of
the wing-veins, and especially in the presence or absence of a fringe on the squama, at the extreme base
of the posterior border of the wing. This sqtiamal fringe is shown to be absent in Pl. 2, Fig. I and
I I s, present in Pl. 2, Fig. 4, 6-10 and 13-17 sf.
(i) The word terminalia is certainly preferable to hypopygiicm, but having written the latter throughout this
manuscript I have allowed it to stand.
6
JJIPTERA
La rva. — The points of taxonomic importance in larval morphology should be made ciear by
a comparison of the descriptioris of tribes and genera with the figures on Pl. 4 and 5, but a furtfier
Word of explanatiori in regard to the pleural hairs inay not be out of place. The pleural hairs, which
represent vestiges of larval legs, and have recenti}^ been shown by Puri to be of value in classification,
occur in prothoracic, mesothoracic and metathoracic groups of three or four hairs closely associated
together. They may be recognised by their position, the prothoracic group being ventral, the meso-
and metathoracic groups ventro-lateral, as shown in Pl. 6, Fig. 22 and 23.
For further information on the general morpholog}^ of CuUcidae^ and on the relation of mosquitoes
to disease, reference may be made to the short bibliography at the end of this work.
Geological history of the Culicidae. — Since we have reason for believing that the order
Diptera arose not later than the Triassic period, and since the Culicidae are certainly one of the more
primitive families of the order, it is highly probable that members of this family existed during the
Jurassic period, before the age of mammals; the fact that man)' Ctilex at the present day attack lizards
and frogs suggests that even the blood-sucking habit may have been developed at this early period.
Unfortunately the known insect-bearing beds of Jurassic or Cretaceous age are few, and in them no
remains of Culicidae have imt been found. We have therefore no direct palaeontological evidence as to
the time of origin or phylogenetic history of the family. In the oligocene rocks of the Isle of W ight
and Germany remains of Culicidae are numeimus, but the species hardl}^ differ from those of the
present day; all the three subfamilies are represented, as well as the genera Dixa, Chaohorus, MocJilonyx,
Culex, Aedes and perhaps Tiieobaldia, Mansonia and Megarhinus. Our knowledge of fossil Culicidae was
reviewed by the writer in igzS (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 79, p. i3g, i55), and may be summarised
as follows :
Jurassic.
Culex fossilis Brodie, Fossil Insects, p. 34 (1845) [Probably a CJiironomid , not
a.Culicid'].
Eocene,
Culex damnatorum Scudder, Tertiari' Insects, p. 582 (iSgo) [Possibly a true
Ctdex'].
Culex proavitus Scudder, Tertiari' Insects, p. 582 (i8go) [Perhaps a Psychodid,
nota Culicidf\.
Culex wincliesteri Cockerell, Nature, Vol. io3, p. 44(1919), and Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. Vol. 57, p. 248 (1920) [Perhaps a true Culex'].
Corethra exita Scudder, Tertiaiy Insects, p. 583 (1890) [Family position
doubtful; possibly a Tipulid].
Lower Oligocene.
Dixa minuta Meunier, Ann. Sci. Nat. (9), Vol. 4, p. (1906).
Dixa succinea Meunier, loc. cit.
Chaoborus ciliatus Meunier, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 89 (1904) [Corethra].
Mochlonyx sepuUus Meunier, Rev. Scient. Bourbonnais, Vol. i5, p. 199 (1902).
? atavus Loew (nom. nud.), Dipt. Fauna Bernsteins (1861).
Middie Oligocene.
Dixa priscula Cockerell, Ann. Mag. Nat. Ilist. (g), Vol. 7, p. 466 (1921).
A'edes protolepis Cockerell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 49. p. 488(1916) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 79, p. 142 (1923).
petrifactellus Cockerell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 49, p. 489 (1916) [Culex].
Purbeck, England.
W3mming.
Utah.
Colorado.
Colorado.
Baltic Amber.
Baltic Amber.
Baltic Amber.
Baltic Amber.
Isle of Wight.
Isle of Wight.
FAM. CULICI DAE
Culex protorhinus Cockerell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Alus. Vol. 49, p. 48S (1916);
Edwards, Ouart. Journ. Geol. Soc. \'ol. 79, p. 148 (1923) [Generic
position doubtful].
Culex vectensis Edwards, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. Vol. 79, p. i5i (ipaS).
Taeniorhyuchus? cockerelli As,, loc. cit. (1923) [Probabl}' ie Mansouia'].
Isle ot' A\b'ght.
Isle of W ight.
Isle of Wight.
Upper Oligocene.
Dixa tertiaria Meunier, Verh, Akad. .Amsterdam (2), AVI. 18, n. 5, p. 15(1916)
\_Eriopterites\-, Edwards, loc. cit. p. 142 (1923).
Chaoborus tertiarius Heyden, Palaeontographica, Wl. 10, p. 79(1862) [Culicites\-,
Edwards, loc. cit. p. 14 i (ig23).
Culex ceyx Heyden, Palaeontographica, AVI. 17, p. 202 (1S70); Edwards,
loc. cit. p. 142 (1923) [Possibly an AtJV/f.';].
Culicites depereii Aleunier, AVrh. Akad. Amsterdam (2), A^ol, 18, n. 5, p. 16
(1916) [A Culiciuae mosquito; genus uncertain].
Ai.K-en-Provence.
A\'. Germau}".
AA\ Germau}’.
Aix-en-Provence.
Miocene.
Chaoborus sp., Edwards, loc cit. p. 102 (1928).
Burmese Amber.
Ouaternary .
Culex flavus Gistl, Isis. p. 247 (i83i).
Culex loeiuii Giebel, Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw. Wl. 20, p. 817 (1862) [?? = Aedes
fulgens Edw.].
Brazil.
Gum Copal
(? E, Africa).
C lassification . — The following is the arrangement of the Culicidae adopted here :
s
DIPTERA
KEYS TO SUB FAMI LIES
Adults.
1. Antennal flagellum 14-segmented ; vein Sc ending above or
before base of E5(PI. 2, Fig. 1-3); mouth-parts short ;
no scales Subfam. Dixinae.
Antennal flagellum i3-segmented ; vein Sc ending much
bevond base of Rs ( Pl. 2, Fig. 4- 17)
2. Aloulh-parts short, palpi incurved (Pl. 3, Fig. 5 and 6);
scales almost confined to wing-fringe Subfam. Chaoborinae.
Proboscis hmg, palpi not incurved (Pl. I , Fig. I , 3,
12-14); wing-veins and legs scaly Subfam. Culicinae.
Pupae.
1. Paddles fused basall3^ not movable (Pl. 4, Fig. 6); spiracle
bejamd middle of respirator)? horn (Pl. 4, Fig. 5 a) 2.
Paddles free, movable (Pl. 5. Fig. 30-37) 3
2. Paddles without hairs or spines Subfam. Dixinae.
Paddles with apical and lateral articulated hairs or spines . . Subfam. Chaoborinae {Corethrella).
3. Respiratory horn either almost closed apicali)" (Pl. 4, Fig. I 7)
or with the spiracle near its middle (Pl. 4, Fig. 8) . . Subfam. Chaoborinae.
Respiiatory horn open at tip. internal spiracle at its base
(Pl. 5, Fig. 26-29) Subfam. Culicinae.
Larvae.
i Thorax narrow, with distinet segmentation ( Pl . 4, Fig. 1-3). Subfam. Dixinae.
Thorax markedly broader than abdomen, without distinet
segmentation 2.
2. .\ntennae prehensde, with long and strong apical spines
(PI.4, Fig. 9, etc.) Subfam. Chaoborinae.
3. .Antennae not prehensile (Pl. 5, Fig. I -6 and 18-20) . . Subfam. Culicinae.
SUBFAMILY DIXINAE
Characters. — Head (Pl. 3, Fig. I): Mouth-parts short, not formed for biting. Mandibles
very small. Blade of maxilla reduced. Maxillary palpi incurved in repose, of four distinet segments
apart from the basal piece. Clypeus shorter than head. Antennae with the first scapal segment fairly
well developed (Pl. 3, Fig. I and 2): not reduced to a narrow strip ; second not much larger than
first; flagellum in both sexes composed of 14 similar segments, never strongly plumose and without
basal hair-whorls on the segments, all the hairs similar and scattered. Eyes always vvidely separated,
rounded, inner margin not indented. Thorax with few hairs. Pleural sutures not very distinet;
sternopleurite not completely divided from the anepisternite, and meron inconspicuous, not separating
the middle coxa from the mesepimeron. Mesosternum without ridge. Abdomen without scales.
Mypopygium inverted and always of complex structure; ninth segment well developed; anal segment
complex; coxite often with two apical appendages ; aedeagus usually complex. Spiracles present
l'AM. CULICIDAE
0
on segments 4-7. Legs without scales. Wings ( Pl. 2, Fig. 1-3 ) with fiinge composetl ol shoit
hairs; veins clotheJ with short hairs. Squame without fringe (Pl. 2, Fig. I s). \"enation : Sc ending
about opposite base of Rs; R$ straight and oblique; i? 2^1 3 more 01 less arched, not in line with Rs.
Pupa. — ith long and rather slender abdomen ; eighth segment fully as large as seventh ;
paddies ( Pl. 4, Fig. 6) narrow and pointed, not completely llatteneil, united basali}’; tergites with
angular proces.^^es, or ridges in middle ; chaetotaxy not much developeil, paddies without bristles.
Kespiratory lu)rn (Pl. 4, Fig. 5 a) open at tip, but the internal spiracle jdaced beyond middle cjf horn.
Leg-sheaths (as also in the other subfamilies) coiled, not projecting beyond wing-sheaths.
Larva. — (Pl. 4, Fig. I -3). Elongate, almost cylindrical, slighth’ flattened beneath. llead
rather small, with simple antennae and antenniform ma.xillary palpi. IMouth-brushes present, composed
of numerous hairs. Thorax not or scarcely wider than abdomen; prothorax distinctly separated ainl
rather smaller than mesothorax, with long hairs in front; some indication of a suture also between
mesothorax and metathorax. Prothoracic spiracles present but not functional. No long hairs on
bodv except on prothorax and last two abdominal segments. Paired ventral pseudopods present on the
first two abdominal segments (Pl. 4, Fig. 1 and 3 a) and pairs of chitinous plates (acting as
pseudopods) on abdominal segments 5-6 or 5-7 (Pl. 4, Fig. 1 and 3 b) ali set with rows of lK)oks or
spines. Posterior spiracles surrounded by a complex closing apparatus similar to thal of the Ciilicinae,
but both the small anterior and the very large posterior valves fringed with hair (Pl. 4, Fig. 2 and 4).
Xo ventral brush on anal segment. which is more or less prolonged into a tail-process.
Habits. — The early stages are aquatic, but uniike those of the othei subfamilies the larvae
are not verv active swimmers, spending most of their time on vegetation or rocks at the water’s edge,
crawling bv means of their pseudopods. They are very frequently found with their body bent in the
form of a n. the greater part being above the water-level (thongh immersed in the surface film) and
only the head and tip of the abdomen submerged; the head is extremely mobile, as in the case of
A)wplieles. The food of the larvae consists of small organisms occurring at or near the surface film.
The pupae swim, though not rapidi}-, by movements of the abdomen; they usually climb out of the
water for the emergence of the adult.
The males fly in small swarms, usually towards sunset ; no special observations are on record as
to mating or feeding habits. Eggs are laid in a mass of jelly on a solid substratum.
Classification. — The species of this subfamily are ali very similar in the adult stage, and
until recently were included in the singie genus Dixa. A second genus has recently been proposed.
the two being distinguished thus ;
Rs four-branched (i? -2 present as usual) [Pl. 2, Fig. 1 and 2] Dixa.
Rs three-branched (i? 2 absent) [Pl. 2, Fig. 3] Neodixa.
I. Genus DIXA Meigen
Dixa Meigen, Syst. Beschr. VTl. i, p. 218 (1818). — Type maculata Mg.
Eriopterites Meunier, Veih. Akad. Amsterdam (2), Vol. 18, n. 5, p. i5 (1916). — Type tertiarius Meun.
□ ixella Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 201 (Oct. 22 1924). — Type Urio D.-S.
Dixapuella Dyar and Shannon, Insect. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 201 (Oct. 22 1924). — 'Yy\')e. marginata Lw.
Paradixa Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Mus. Vol. 2, p. 228 (Dec. 4 1924). — Type neozelandica Tonn.
Nothodixa Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia and S. Chile, Vol. 2 (3), p. loi (ipSo). — Type campbelli Alex.
IO
DIPTERA
Characters. — As in the subfamily.
Classification . — The genus Dixa remained undivided until 1924, when Dyar and Shannon
proposed the new subgenera Dixella and Dixapuella for two American species. In the saine year
Garrett and Tonnoir independently showed that the species of Dixa could be divided into two roughly
equal groups on both adult and larval characters. Both these authors laid most stress on the forin of the
antennae in defining these groups, Garrett supplementing this character by others drawn from the
chaetotaxy of the thorax. A fresh study of most of the described species made by the writer in ipSo
showed that it is better to admit three subgenera apart from the two introduced by Dyar and Shannon;
these are defined chiefly on larval characters and on the form of the adult antenna, useful but not
quite constant subsidiary distinctions being found in the pleural chaetotaxy and venation.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
1. Hind margin of wiug pvoduced at end o/Cu; ali veins in apical
part of loing parallel {P\. 2, Fig. 2) Subgen. Dixapuella Dyar and Shannon.
Hind margin of zving evenly roiinded {P\. 2, Fig. I and 3) 2-
2. Cross-vein m-cu faint Subgen. Dixella Dyar and Shannon.
Cross-vein m-cu strong, normal 3.
3. First flagellar segnient oval, about 2.5 X i; r-m always before
fork of Rs {as in Pl. 2, Fig. 3) Subgen. Nothodixa Edwards.
First flagellar segnient fusiform, ai leasi 3 X i (Pl. 3,
Fig. I) ; r-m beyond fork of Rs Subgen. Dixa Meigen.
First flagellar segnient cylindrical, at least 5 X i (Pl. 3,
Fig. 2); r-n before or beyond fork 0/ Rs Subgen. Paradixa Tonnoir.
Larvae.
(The larvae of Dixapuella are unknown.)
1. Dorsum of abdomen hare or practically so (Pl. 4, Fig. 2). . Subgen. Paradixa Tonnoir;
Subgen. Dixella Dyar and Shannon.
Dorsum of abdomen wiih rosettes of Jiairs on seginenis 2-'-j or 3-y
( Pl. 4, Fig. 3 c) 2.
2. V entral locomotory plates bresent on segments 5-f (Pl. 4,
Fig. 3 b) Subgen. Dixa Meigen.
Venfral locomotory plates present on segments 5 and 6 only . . Subgen. Nothodixa Edwards.
I. SuBGENUs NOTHODIXA Edwards
Characters. — Antennae short, about as long as thorax; first flve or six flagellar segments all
quite distinet from one another and somewhat fusiform; first flagellar segment thickened, not or scarcely
more than twice as long as its greatest breadth. Some hairs present on sternopleura (except in D.
philpotti) and also on upper part of mesepimeron. Hypop}'gium of without prominent apical lobe on
coxite. First segment of hind tarsus of (f often with a spine or bristle beneath at base. Wings shaped
as in subgenus Dixa, with or without markings; media usually setose almost to base. Venation : r-m
always well before fork of Rs-, veins M\ and i? 3 usually somewhat convergent towards E 4 4.5 apically.
La rva. — As in subgenus Dixa, except that ventral « locomotory plates » are present only on
segments 5 and 6, not on 7.
FAM. CUl.ICIDAE
I r
Distributiori. — The species of this subgenus are tbund only in the south temperate countries :
Xew Zealand, 'rasmania, sorith-eastern Australia. Chile and Patagonia.
D. atrovittafa Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia, \"ol. a (3j, p. io5 (rpSo).
D. campbeUi Alexander, Insec. Inscit. Vol. lo, p. 20 (rQ22); Tonnoir, Rec.
Canterbury Mus. Vol. 2, p. 224. *23i (1924).
D. Alexander, Ent. Xews, Vol. 24, p. 176 (1913); Edwards, 1 )ipt.
Patagonia, \’ol. 2 (3), p. 102 (1930).
D. ensifera Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia, \'ol. 2 (3), p. io3 (1930).
D. flavicollis Tonnoir, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1923, p. 60(1924).
D. nitida Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia, \’ol. 2 (3), p. 102 (1930).
D. genicnlata * Tonnoir, Proc. R. Soc. Tasin. ig23, p. 61 (1924).
D. otagensis Alexander, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 10, p. 147 (1922); Tonnoir, Rec.
Canterbury Mus. ^T1. 2, p. 220 (1924).
D. philpotti Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Alus. \’ol. 2, p. 227 (1924).
D. septentrionalis Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Mus. \"ol. 2, p. 226(1924).
Chile, Patagonia.
New Zealand.
Chile, Patagonia.
S. Chile.
Victoria .
Chile, Patagonia.
Tasmania.
New Zealand.
New Zealand.
New Zealand.
2. Subgenus DIXA s. str.
Characters. — Adult : Antennae moderately long, but tirst few segments quite distinet ; basal
flagellar segment ( Pl. 3, Fig. I) somewhat fusiform (i. e. not strictly cylindrical), about three or four
times as long as broad, rarely less or more. Usually a few short hairs on the sternopleura fthough
these are absent in most of the Oriental and African species), hairs sometimes present also on anepis-
ternite, though usuali}- not on the mesepimeron (except in ihe feniale of D. notata, in which these hairs
are numerous). Alale hypopygium with lobe at apex of coxite short or absent (Pl. 3, Fig. 3a).
Wings nearly always with a dark Central spot or cloud, often with other markings; media nearl}- always
setose to within a short distance of the base (bare as far as fork in D. nebulosa). Cross-vein R-vi nearly
always placed beyond fork of Rs\ dl-cu distinet; /N’ strongly curved; veins in apex of wing seldom ali
parallel; hind margin evenlv rounded.
Larva. — .Antenna? smooth on inner side. Ventral hairs ofprothorax usually short. Abdomen
with a dorsal crown or rosette of stiff hairs on each of segments 2-7 or 3-7 (Pl. 4, Fig. 3 C). Ventral
« locomotory plates » present in pairs on each of segments 5-7, but shorterand weaker than in subgenus
Paradixa. Short ventral or ventre-lateral setae on each of segments 6-8. Apex of large lateral piate of
spiracular apparatus without spur or tooth. Only two bristles in lateral piate of tenth segment.
Caudal projection bare or almost so, and rarely reaching beyond posterior border of spiracular apparatus.
Distribution . — Alembers of this subgenus occur throughout the Ilolarctic region and also in
the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, but apparently not in the south temperate zone (Australia,
Xew Zealand, Chile).
D. arge Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 199 (1924).
D . bifasciata P>x\\r\et{\, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 269 (igii), Fauna Brit.
Ind. Dipt. X’em. p. 264 (1912).
D. Edwards, Journ. M. S. Mus. ATI. 8, p. 9 (1919).
D. bistriata Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 268 (igri), Fauna Brit. Iird.
Dipt. Nem., p. 264 (1912).
D. hlax D3-ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 199 (1924).
D. brevis Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 6 (Oct. 1924).
D. cameronnensis Alexander, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 14, p. 10(1926); Edwards,
Entom. Vol. 62, p. 160 (1929).
Western U. S. A.
W, Himalavas.
Sumatra.
E. Himalavas.
Arizona.
Br. Columbia.
. Africa.
DIPTERA
1 2
D. candatula Seguy, Bull. Soc. Ent. France 1928, p. 45 (1928).
D. clavulus VVilliston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1896, p. 298 (1896).
D. dilatata Strobl, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 19, p. 174 (1900) [D. maculata var.] ;
Edvvards, Ent. Mo. Mag. (3), Vol. 6, jn 268 (1920); Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 82 (1929).
D. distincta Garrett, Sixty-one New-Diptera. p. 12 (igaS).
D. fraterna Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 6 (1924).
D. fusca Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 7, p. 4 (t863).
D. guttijyeunis Thomson, Eugenies Kesa, p. 448 (1869).
D. Iiegemonica D3’ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 194 (1924).
D. iuextricata Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 198 (1924).
D. johannseni Gsirveit, New .Amer. Dixidae, p. 7 (1924).
D. kataugae Ale.xander, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 16, p. 27 (1928); Edwards.
Entomologist, Vol. 62, p. 160 (1929).
D. lohata Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 7 (1924).
D. lunata Edwards, Entomologist, Vol. 62, p. 160 (1929).
D. maculata Aleigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 1, p. 219 (1818); Edwards, Ent.
.Mo. Alag. (3), Vol. 6, p. 269 (1920); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic.
p. * 26 and 33 ( 1929).
D. maculipennis Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 266 (1911); Fauna Brit.
Ind. Dipt. Nem. p. 268 (1912).
D. meta Segu\y Mem. Soc. Sci. Maroc. Vol. 24, p. 26 (1980).
D. modesta, *Johannsen, Bull. N. Y. State. Mus. 68, p. 429 (1908);
*[ohannsen, Ps3mhe,Vol. 3o, p. 84 (1923); '•'Smith, Journ. N. Y. Ent.
Soc. 36, p. 263 (1928).
D. montana Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Alus. VMl. 4, p. 265(1911); Fauna Brit. Ind.
Dipt. Nem. p. 262 (1912); *Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. i5, p. i56
(1918).
D. montana Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 5 (1924).
D mystica Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 197 (1924).
D. nebulosa Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 6, p. 298 (i83o); Edwards, Ent. Mo.
Alag. (3), Vol. 6, p. 270 (1920); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic.
p. *26 and 33 ( 1929).
D. notata Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 7, p. 4 (i863).
D. nubilipennis Curtis. Brit. Ent. p. 499 (i832); Edwards, Ent. Alo. Alag. (3),
Vol. 6, p. 270 (1920); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 84 (1929).
? sub/iehulosa Strobl, Wien. Ent. Zeit Vol. 19, p. 174 (igoo).
D. ochrilineata. Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Alus. Vol. 4, p. 267 (1911); Fauna Brit.
Ind. Dipt. Nem. p. 261 (1912).
D. parva Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 6 (1924).
D. perexilis Segrpy Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1928, p. 48 (1928).
D. plexipus Garrett, Seventy New Diptera, p. 5 (1925).
D. puberiila Loew, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 10, p. 841 (1849); Edwards, Ent.
Alo. Mag. ( 3) V ol. 6, p. 268 ( 1920) ; Goetghebuer, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg.
Vol. 3, p. i83 (1921); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Vol. 33, p. 84 (1929).
? moesUi Curtis, Brit. Ent. 409(1832).
D. rhathyme Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 197 (1924).
D. rtrdA Garrett, New Amer Dixidae, 9.6(1924).
D. serriferalcLc\\vM'cis, Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4, p. 169 (1928) ; Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 35 (1929).
D. Johannsen, Ps3mhe, Vol. 3o, p. 547 (1928).
D. submaculata Edwards, Ent. Alo, Alag. (3). Vol. 6, p. 269 (1920);
Goetghebuer, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 3, p. 184 (1921); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 35 (1929); Edwards, Enc3ml. Ent. Dipt.
Vol. 4, p. 170 (1928).
Alorocco.
W. Indies.
Europe.
Br. Columbia.
Br. Columbia.
Eastern U. S. .A.
China.
Califoriiia.
Eastern U. S. A.
Br. Columbia.
C. Africa.
Br. Columbia.
N3’asaland.
Europe.
Himalayas.
Alorocco.
Eastein U. .S, ,A.
W. Himala3-as.
Br. Columbia.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
E. Himalayas.
Br. Columbia.
Alorocco.
Br. Columbia.
Europe.
Washington.
Br. Columbia.
Corsica.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
D. tenui Loew, Berl. Eut. Zeitschr. \"ol. 7, p. 3 (iS63).
D. xavia Dyar and Shannon, hisec. Inscit. \’ol. 12, p. 195 (1924).
D. seylanica Senior- White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 12, p. 38i ([924).
Eastern U. S. A.
California.
Ceylon, India.
3. SuBGENUS PARADIXA Tonnoir
Characters. — Adui.t : Antennae long and slender, the Irrst flagellar segment quite cvlindrical
and at least five times as long as broad, usually more (Pl. 3^ Fig. 2). Pleurae always completely
bare. Male hypopygium with process at apex of coxite long (Pl. 3, Fig. 4a) usualU’ half as long as
style or more ; aedeagus usually complicated. Wings with or without markings ; media often bare as
far as fork, onh’ rareh’ setose for more than half the distance from fork to base. Shape and venation
of wings (Pl- 2, F ig. I ) as iu subgenus Dixa, but position of y-ut variable, usually close fork of Rs,
but sometimes at or before this fork.
Larva. — Antennae usualh’ with a group of hairs on inner side towards tip (Pl. 4, Fig. 2 a).
Ventral hairs of prothorax long. No dorsal coronae 011 abdomen. Segments 5-7 of abdomen each
with a pair of ventral « locomotory plates « formed of long and strong spines (Pl. 4-, Fig. I b). Long
ventral or ventro-lateral setae on each of abdominal segments 6-8. Apex of large lateral plates of
spiracular apparatus with a pointed spur (Pl. 4-, Fig. 2c). Three bristles in lateral piate of tenth
segment (Pl. 4-, Fig. I c). Caudal projection pubescent and extending well be3''ond apex of lateral
plates of spiracular apparatus.
Distributiori. — Numerous species occur in Europe and North America, and several in
south-east Australia and New Zealand, but the subgenus has not yet beeu found in the Oriental or
Ethiopian regions, and only one South American species is perhaps referable here.
D. aestivatis Meigen, S3’st. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 38 (1818); Goetghebuer, Bull.
Soc. Eut. Belg. Vol. 2, p. 23 (1920); Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag. (3).
\'^ol. 6, p. 267 (1920); Martiui, Elieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. ^27
and 36 (1929).
? apriliua Meigen. Syst. Beschr. \’ol. i. p. 218 (1818).
D. aliciae Johannsen, Ps3’che, Vol. 3i, p. 40 (1924); *Smith, Journ. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. \k)l. 36, p. 263 (1928).
D. amphibia * De Geer, Mem. Hist. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 38o (1776); Goetghebuer,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 2. p. 25 (1920); * Goetghebuer, Bull. Soc.
Ent. Belg. Vol. 3, p. 186 (1921); Martini, Elieg. Pal. Reg. Culic.
p. "^28 and 37 (1929).
aquilonaris Bergroth, Medd. Soc. Fauna Fennica, Vol. i5, p. 164 (1889).
fuliginosa Walker, in Curtis, Brit. Ent. p. 409 (i832).
D. aygentina Alexander. Ent. News, Vol. 3i, p. 294 (1920).
D. autumnalis Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 7, p. 38 (i838); Goetghebuer,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 2, p. 22 (1920); Martini, Elieg. Pal.
Reg. Culic. p. 37 (1929); Edwards, Enc3X. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4,
p. 168 (1928).
? vitripemiis Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Yol. 7, p. 38 (i838).
D. borealis Martini, Elieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 3i (1929).
D. californica Johannsen, Psyche, Vol. 3o, p. 54 (ig23); Garrett, New
Amer. Dixidae, p. 3 (1924).
D. clavata Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. i3, p. 2 (1869).
D. cornuta Johannsen, Ps3^che, Vol. 3o, p. 55 (1923); *Smith, Journ. N. Y.
Ent. Soc. Vol. 36, p. 263 (1928).
D. dorsalis Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 4 (1924).
Europe.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
Argentina.
Europe.
N. Europe.
Western N. America.
Eastern IL S. A.
Eastern U. S. A.
]3r. Columbia.
14
DIPTERA
D. dyari Garxeii, New i\mer. Dixidae, p. 3 (1924).
D.filicornis Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag. (3), Vol. 7, p. 5j (1921); Maitini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 37 (1929).
D. fitscifrons Edwards, Encyc. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4, p. 168 (1928).
mediterranea Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. Sg (1929).
D. fusciiieivis Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury iMus. Vol. 2, pp. 229, *233 (1924).
D. goetghebiieri Seguy, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 201 (1921).
D. harrisi Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Alus. Vol. 2, p. 3ii (1925).
D. humeralis Tonnoir, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1928, p. 65 (1924).
D. hyperborea Bergroth, Medd. Soc. Fauna Fennica, Vol. i5, p. i63 (1889);
Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 38 (1929).
? lineata INIacquart, Suites a Buffon, Vol. i, p. 117 (iSSq).
D. indiana D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 217 (1925).
? fusca Smith (?nec Loew), Jnurn. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 36, p. 263 (1928).
D. laeta Loew, Stettin. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 10, p. 344 (1849); Goetghebuer,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 2, p. 24 (1920); Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag.
(3), Vol. 6, p. 26S (1920); Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 39
(1929).
? cincta Curtis, Brit. Ent., p. 409 (i832).
D. neoaliciae Garrett, New .Amer. Dixidae, p. 2 (1924).
D. neozelandica Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Alus. Vol. 2, p. 228, *232 (1924).
D. H/cZio/sotu' * Tonnoir, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1928, p. 64 (1924).
D. nigra Staeger, Kroger’s Nat. Tidskr. Vol. 3, p. Sj (1840); Alartini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Vol. 33, p. *27, 40 (1929).
? humilis Ruthe, Isis, i83i, p. 1208 (i83i).
D. nocheles D}’ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 196(1924).
D. nova Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. 1, p. 85 (1848).
centralis Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 7, p. 3 (i863).
D. obscura Loew, Stettin Ent. Zeit. p. 848 (1849); Martini, Flieg. Pal.
Reg. Culic. p. 41 (1929).
D. occidentalis Garrett, New. Amer. Dixidae, p. 4 (1924).
D. Pyrenaica Seguy, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 200 (^1921); Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 42 (1929).
D. serotina Wiedemann in Aleigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 217 (1818);
* Goetghebuer, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. Vol. 2, p. 21 (1920), Vol. 3,
p. 184 (1921); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. *28, 42 (1929).
D. serrata Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. 2 (1924).
D. simplex Garrett, Sixty-one New Diptera, p. 12 (igaS).
D. somnolenta Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. igS (Oct. 22,
1924).
spiralis Garrett, New Amer. Dixidae, p. i (Oct. 3o, 1924).
D. tasmaniensis *Tonx\o\r, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1928, p. 63 (1924).
D. thones Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 198 (1924).
D. universitatis Coc\<.eTe\\, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 28, p. 166 (1926).
D. iiuipunctata Tonnoir, Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 1928, p. 66 (1924).
D. venosa Loew^ Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 16, p. 50(1872).
Br. Columbia.
Europe.
S. Europe.
New Zealand.
S. France.
New Zealand.
N. S. AVales.
N. Europe.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
Br. Columbia.
New Zealand.
N. S. AAMles.
Europe.
Florida.
Eastern U. S. A.
Europe.
Br. Columbia.
S. France.
Europe.
Br. Columbia.
Br. Columbia.
Western N. America,
Tasmania.
Washington
Colorado.
Tasmania.
Texas.
4. SuBGENUS DIXAPUELLA Dyar and Shannon
Characters. — Wings (Pl. 2, Fig, 2) longer than usual, anterior and posterior margins
nearly straight and parallel, hind margin rather prominent at tip of Cu2 and slightly emarginate between
Cui and Cu^', R\ only very slighthy curved; R 2, R3 and i? 4 4- 5 all parallel with one another and
with M]^ all about equidistant. Wing-markings of unusual type, the costal margin broadly darkened.
Hypopygium undescribed.
1<AM. CULICI DA E
1 .T
Larva. — Unknown.
Distribution. — Oniy one species is known.
D. uhirgiuala Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 7, p. 2 (i8G3); Dyar aml Eastern U. S. A.
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 12, p. 201 (1924).
5. SUBGENUS DIXELLA Dyar ano Shannon
Characters. — As originally desciibed this was said to be dislinguished by having cross-vein
m-cH obsolete; the cross-vein however is present in the tvpe. though faint, and this character does not
afford a delinite distinction froni Dixa or Paradixa. In the type the lirst tlagellar segment is about six
times as longas broad, but elongate-fusiform , not stricti}' cylindrical; hypopygium with coxite ver}'
small, with moderalely long apical projection, st}le much longer than coxite. In an undescribed
\'enezuelan species which probably belongs here the clv]>eris is longer than usual (twice as long as
broad in 9): sternopleural hairs are absent; cross-vein r-m before fork of
Pupa (of the Venezuelan species). — Differs from a typical Dixa or Paradixa in having the edge
of the wing-sheath serrate and the terminal abdominal processes very narrovv, sword-shaped.
Larva (of the Venezuelan species). — Reseinbles subgenus Paradixa in having no dorsal
hair-crowns on abdomen, but like subgenus Dixa in having no long hairs on inner side of antenna;
ventral hairs of prothorax not very long; only two rather short hairs in lateral piate of last segment;
and tail-process scarcely reaching beyond posterior respiratory flap, which has no distinet terminal
spine.
Distribution. — Onlv one species has so farbeen described, but it is possible that some others
referred to the subgenus Paradixa may belong here (as for instance D. clavulus AVilL). Possibly Dixella
may be found to be the Neotropical representative of Paradixa.
D. lirioDyar and Shannon. Insec. Inscit. Wl. 12, p. 200 (1924). Panama.
2. Genus NEODIXA Tonnoir
Dixella Tonnoir (nec D. and S.), Rec. Canterbury Mus. Wl. 2, p. 23o (Dec. 4. 1924). — Type minuta
Tonn.
Neodixa Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Mus. Vol. 2, p. 3ii (igzS). — Type minuta Tonn.
Characters. — As in the subgenus Nothodixa of Dixa, except that tlie venation (Pl. 2, Fig. 3)
is reduced : there are only three branches of the radius, having disappeared, and Mi is interrupted
at the base. It is possible that the single known specimen is an abnormality; if this should be shown
to be the case the name Neodixa would replace Nothodixa.
Early sta g es. — Unknown.
Distribution. — Onl}' one species.
N. minuta Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Mus. Vol. 2, p. 23o (1924) \_DixdIa']-, New Zealand.
Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Alus. Vol. 2, p. 3ii (igzS),
i6
DIPTERA
SUBFAMILY CHAOBORINAE
Charactens. — Mouth-parts short, not formed for biting (P|. 3, Fig. 5 and 6). Mandibles
present, but without teeth ; blade of maxilla also without teeth. Maxillary palpi neaiiy alvvays much
longer than labium, incurved, of four distinet segments (apart from the basal piece). Labrum almost
membranous. Antennae with the first scapal segment reduced to a narrow ring, second much enlarged,
especially in cf 1 flagellum (except in Chaoboriis anomaliis) with i3 segments, more or less plumose in
ali segments except first with basal hair-whorls. Eyes more or less reniform. Thorax with vestiture
of hairs only, or at most a small tuft of erect scales at posterior end of median scutal stripe. Posteiior
pronotum with hairs near the upper margin, not on the posterior margin as in Citlicinae. Sternopleurite
separated from the anapisternite b}' a distinet suture. Meron inconspicuous, not sharpl}'- separated from
middle coxa or from mesepimeron, which are in contact. Mesosternum without ridge. Abdomen
devoid of scales. Plypopygium not inverted; ninth segment well developed, the tergite large ; anal
segment more or less completely membranous; aedeagus represented b}? paired chitinous structures
which are probably the parameres; no distinet median chitinisation. Eegs never completel}^ clothed
with flat scales, usually without scales of any sort (except in CoretJirella). Wings (Pl. 2, Fig. 4-, 6)
with fringe composed of distinet scales as in Ciilicinae ; veins clothed with long hairs or hair-like scales.
Venation as in Culcinae : Sc always reaching far beyond base of Rs ; Pg 3 in line with Rs.
Pupa. — Very varied in form, as noted under the several genera; that of Corethrella (Pl. 4,
Fig. 8), shows great resemblance to that of Dixa.
Larva. — (Pl. 4, Fig. 7, 9, II, 15) veiy varied in form, but alwavs with the antennae
modified into prehensile organs, with smooth cylindiical shaft and 3-5 long, moveable, apical
spines; the whole antenna capable of being folded downwards, inwards or outwards. No definite
mouth-brushes. Thoracic segments more or less completel}^ fused. Ninth abdominal segment with
a pair of eversible groups of hooks, probably homologous with the posterior pseudopods of Chironomidae .
The larvae are all predaceous, and have the fore-gut closed behind and eversible (except perhaps in
the genus Corethrella?).
Classification. — Six genera are known in this subfamily. The differences between these aie
on the whole greater than those between the tribes of Culicinae, and for logical consistenc}' we should
recognise three separate tribes of Chaoborinae{\) though nothing would be gained by such a course, as
the genera are so few. The Chaohorinae are in some respects more primitive than the Culicinae, although
the latter cannot have been derived from any existing member of the former. On the other hand there
are some noteworthy resemblances between the Chaoborinae and the Chironomidae, which have probably
been derived from the same primitive stock.
KEYS TO GENERA
Adults.
I. Clypeus small and ncarly bare [P\ . 3, Fig. 5),' Ri ending far from
tip of R2 (Pl. 2, Fig. 5) Genus Corethrella Coquillett.
Clypens larger and very hairy (P|. 3, Fig. 6); Ri ending close to
tip 0/R2 (Pl. 2, Fig. 4, 6) 2.
(i) Corethrellini {Corethrella only). Eiicorethrini (Eucorethra only) and Chaoborini (the remaining genera).
l‘AM. CULICIDAE
■7
4-
5.
Ftf sl /lUSiil segituni mncli shortei' i/uiii SnWiui
Fitsl tars.il Si^^iiwiU loiigt-r than secoml
Tibiae spurred
Tibiae Hut spun ed : inelapleiiial /lairs abseiit
Tibial spicrs i . 2 ; daias simple ; metapleural Itairs presenl
Tibia! spitrs i. i. i ; cla'a's toothed ; metapleiDUi baie
Clvpeiis as long as head {^P\. 3, Fig. 6); cUni's laroei and tool/ied
Chpeiis shorier Ifian Jiead ; claw< small and simple
3.
Cieiuis Moculonyx Loew.
Genus Cryophila Edvvards.
Cienus Promochlonyx Edwards.
Genus Eucorethra Underwood.
(lenus Chaoborus Licht.
Pupae.
1. Respii atory Iiorn laith an open spiracle near middle
Respiyato! y horn ivilh an almost closed spiracle at or neai tip.
2. Paddles fiised al base, immovahle (Pl. 4, Fig. 8)
Paddles /ree. movable
3. Abdomen very long, paddles folded ; respiratorv horn more swollen
(Pl. 4, Fig. 17)
Abdomen much shorier, paddles rigid ; respiratory horn less stvoUen
(Pl. 4, Fig. 12)
4. Lateral apical hairs of sevenlh abdomina! segment broad and fialtened
(Pl. 4, Fig. I 2a)
These hairs slendei
3 .
Genus Corethrella Coquillett.
Genus Eucorethra Underwood.
(jenus Chaoborus Licht.
4
Genus Mochlonyx Loew.
Genus Cryophjla Edwards.
Larvae.
1 . Head wHh a tranverse row of spines on each side posteriorly ; anal bnsh
not developed [P\. 4, Fig. 7) ... (lenus Corethrella Coquillett.
Head withoiit such spines; ventral brnsh of anal segment large 2.
2. No air-sacs in thorax or abdomen ; spiracular apparatus welT developed ,
with tiuo pairs of large valves (Pl. 4, Fig. 9 and I 0). . . . Genus Eucorethra Underwood.
A pair of air-sacs in thorax, and another in seventh abdomina! segment ;
spiracular apparatus rediiced, ivithont valves 3.
3. Antennae inserted far apart ; siphon present (Pl. 4, Fig. M ) . . . Genus Mochlonyx Loew.
Antennae close together ; siphon ahsent 4.
4. Head broad ; spiracles present {P\ . A- , Fig. \ 3 and 14) . . . . Genus Cryophila Edwards.
Head narrow ; spiracles absent (PI.4, Fig. 15 and 16). . . . Genus Chaoborus Licht.
I. Genus CORETHRELLA Coquillett
Corethrella Coquillett, Journ. X. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. igi (1902). — Type brakeleyi Coq.
Ramcia .Aunandale, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 7, p. 187 (1911). — Type inepta Ann.
Characters. — .Adult : Very small species usually with dark areas on costa. Head (Pl, 3,
Fig. 5) not very hairy, a row of bristly hairs behind eye-margins. Clypeus almost or quite bare
(usually with two or three long hairs), scarcely longer than broad and only about as large as torus
of 9- Eyes broad above antennae, separated only by the width of two or three facets. Antennal
flagellum in both sexes with segments 3-io (sometimes i-ii) subequal in length and rather long, ii-i3
(sometimes also r-2) somewhat shorter); all except the first with long basal verticils (longer but not
iS
DIPTERA
denser in (^f than in 9); distal portions of segments in cf with many evenh^-distributed long hairs (not
much shorter than the hairs of the basal verticil), in 0 with short hairs onl}^, some forming a small
subsidiary verticil. Thorax not or scarcelv longer than broad. Scutellar hairs in a singie posterior
rovv. Pronotal lobes veiy widely separated, lateral in position, with few bristles. Propleural and
sternopleural hairs absent ; two or three posterior pronotal bristles present, and a small group of short
hairs on upper part of mesepimeron. Abdomen rather short. H3’popygium of small, coxite
usaall}^ with a few stout spines on inner surface ; style long and slender, with terminal hair ; parameres
fused apically. Legs moderatel}^ long (hind legs longest), denseh' clothed with short, close-lying
hair-like scales and long sub-erect or erect hairs, the longest hairs being those or the upper surface of
the hind farsi, some of which are half as long as the tarsus itself. Tibiae each with a tuft of long,
narrow scales at the tip; hind tibiae also wnth a patch of rather long whitish scales extending along the
inner side. No tibial spurs. First tarsal segment of ali legs over twice as long as second and over half
as long as tibia. Claws all simple in both sexes ; those of front and middle legs of longer than in 9
and usuali}' rather unequal. Wings(PI. 2, Fig. 5) rather short ; fiinge long, as usual composed of
scales of three lengths; veins with narrov/ hair-like scales. Sc ending just before base of upper fork ;
i? 1 ending far from tip of 7? 2 > usually only a short distance beyond base of radial fork; short and
oblique; cross-veins near middle ofwing; An ending well beyond base of cubital fork. Squamal
fringe incomplete, usually reduced to a few hairs on the outer part.
Pupa. — (Pl. 4, Fig. 8). Very different in appearance from all other Culicid pupae, the
general shape being elongate oval, flattened dorso-ventrally, the cepalothorax not conspicuously
separated from the abdomen. Respiratory trumpets short, nearl}' cylindrical, with a rather large
opening into a deep pit at the tip. Few hairs on thorax or abdomen. First two or three abdominal
segments as broad as thorax, rest successively narrover. Posterior lateral corners of each segment
produced backwards; two or four lateral hairs (variable in position in the different species) on each of
segments 2-7, one on segment 8. Paddles narrow', tapering to a sharp point, without midrib;
completely fused basally as in Dixiiiae; a strong hair on outer margin beyond middle, and two stout
spines at tip, one very short.
Larva. — (Pl. 4, Fig. 7). Head more or less narrowed in front, broad behind. Cl5’peus rather
narrow, with four simple hairs, evenly spaced, on front margin. On each side of the head, posteriorly,
is a row of about fifteen stout, pointed spines, extending somewhat obliquely across the side, and a short
distance on to upper and lower surfaces. Antennae inserted close together in middle of front margin
of head, in repose folding backwards into grooves along the front margin; shaft smooth, nearl}^
cylindrical; three strong, curved, moveable spines at tip. Labrum small, not prominent, with a few
small hairs and flattened spines; mouth-brushes sometimes represented by a a pair of small groups of
about four short, pectinate spines, sometimes entirely lacking. Mandibles rather large, wdth about six
strong teeth. Maxillae reduced. Mentium wdth about i3 teeth of lifferent sizes in a nearly straight
row'. Thorax with the three segments often incompletely fused ; prothoracic hairs all short; mesothoracic
longer; lateral hairs of metathorax much longer and set in chitinous plates. Abdomen with long lateral
hairs, those on the first two segments longer than the others; seventh segment reduced in size and w'ith
short hairs only. Eighth segment with four simple or bifid hairs on each side. Siphon present, rather
longer than eighth segment, much flattened dorsoventrally, elongate oval in section, bearing twm pairs
of long curved hooks at tip, but spiracles and tracheae not visible, perhaps absent; no air-sacs. Anal
segment wdth two pairs of long dorsal hairs, ventral brush composed of 2-4 pairs of long hairs, either
simple or bifid, never plumose. Gills short and pointed.
Eggs. — Undescribed,
FAM. CULICI i)AE
F)
Habits. — rhe Uwvae ot' some species {pyakfleyi , inepta) are found in open pools and svvamps, cd'
others in sinall collectioiis ot' water in tree-holes or bamboo joints {appendicnlata, hianda) or ])ilcher-planls
[calathicula). Xo doubt the larvae are ali predarcous, but their feeding habits have only been recorded in
the case ot C. appendicnlata ; Urabham states that the larvae ot this species feed on small crustacea, which
thev catch bv jeikv inoveinents ot the head. The larvae seldoin come to the sui face, but when they do
so thev occupy an almost horizontal position. The hooks on the siphon are used for anchoring the larva
to objects below the surface. 'l'he pupa when at rest at the surface ot the water floats in a vertical
position; it has little power ot inovement.
Distributiori. — Tropical and subtropical regions ot both eastern and Western hemispheres ;
not recorded froin anv part ot the Palaearctic region, or froin Australia, but perhaps overlooked.
C. appendicnlata *Urabham, Ent. X’ews, \'ol. 17, p. 343(1906); Dyar and
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \’oh 12, p. 216 (1924).
C. arborealis Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Voh 5,
p. 102 (192S).
C. blanda Dvar, Ent. Xews, \’ol. 39, p. 79 (1928).
C. bvakeleyi Coquillett, Ent. X'ews, \'ol. i3, p. 85 (1902) {Coretliva^ and
J. X. Y. Ent. Soc. Voh 10, p. 191 (1902); Smith, Can. Ent. Vol. 34,
p. i3i.) (1902); * Dyar, J. X”. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. 200 (1902)
[Coretlira']-. *Johannsen, Bull. X. Y. State .Mus. Vol. 68, p. 399 (igo3);
Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Wl. 12. p. 210 (1924).
C. calathicola *Edwards, .Ann. Nag. Xat. Hist. (to). Vol. 6, jr. 529(1930).
C. davisi Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos .Aires, A^ol. 5,
p. 102 (1928).
C. inepta * Annandale, Spolia Zeylanica, \'ol. 7, p. 189 (1911); \_Ranicia\\
Senior- White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 65 (1927).
C. novaezelandiat Tonnoir, Rec. Canterbury Mus. X. Z. Vol. 3, p. 107(1927).
C. pallitarsis Edwards, .Ann. Alag. X^at. llist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 532 (1930).
C. piclicollis Edwards, .Ann. Mag. X"at, Ilist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 53i (ig3o).
C. puella Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos .Aires, Vol. 5,
p. 100, loi (1928) [_ayborealis, error]
C. quadrivittata Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos .Aires,
AMl. 5, p. loi (1928).
\\'. Indies, Panama.
N. .Argenti na.
Panama .
Eastern U. S. A.
Borneo, Singapore.
N. Argenti na,
Ceylon.
New Zealand.
Nigeria.
Nigeria.
N. Argentina.
N. Argentina.
2. Genus EUCORETHRA Underwood
Eucorethra Underwood, Science, p. 182 (Aug. 7, igod). — Type iindeywoodi Coq. M. S.
Pelorempis Johannsen, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. Wl. 68, p. 402 (Sept. 1908). — Type americana Joh.
Characters. — Adult : A large insect with mottled wings. Head (Piate 3, Fig. 6)rvithlong
hair above. Clvpeus tuli}' as long as height ot head, three or four times as long as broad, densely hairy.
Eyes separated by less than the width ot the antennal scape, dorsal portion broad. Antennae as in
Mochlonyx (scape hair}-’ in 9)- Thorax scarcely longer than broad; middle pair of stripes narrowed in
middle, but widened again posteriorly, so that the rows of dorso-central hairs are not convergent
posteriorly. Pilotax}^ as in Mochlonyx. Hypopygium as in Mochlonyx. Legs subequal in length,
without specially long hair in . Fach tibia with a single slender spur at tip. First segment of each
tarsus considerably longer than second and over half as long as tibia. Last tarsal segment of and
claws ofboth sexes as in Mochlonyx. Wings (Piate 2, Fig. 4) with rather shorthair on veins; scales
offringe narrow. Venation much as in Chaoborus, but cross-veins bevond middle of wing; vein R'e
20
DIPTEKA
more arched; cells M i and Cii i shorter and broader; An ending belovv or before base of cubital fork.
No hairs on membrane at junction of alula and squama; squamal fringe complete.
Pupa. — Resembling that of the CnUcinae, with large cephalothorax and cuived abdomen.
Respiratoiy trumpet shaped much as in Anopheles, widely open at tip, the actual spiracle hovvever small
and situated within the trumpet at about mid-lenglh, surface finely reticulate. First abdominal
segment with a rather large tuft. Lateral apical hairs present on most segments; on segment 8 there
are two large hairs placed close together. Segment 7 not larger than 6, 8 much smaller than 7. Paddles
large and broad, somewhat irregular in shape, with a strong midrib, but without a distinet thickening
on either external or internal margin. A strong apical hair at tip of midrib, and a shorter hair on
paddle near midrib at some distance from tip, as in Anopheles.
Larva. — (Piate 4, Fig. 9). H ead large, almost rectangular (when the fleshy labrum is bent
downwards). Antennae inserted at sides of head; shaft long, cylindrical, smooth ; three curved,
moveable apical spines, about half as long as shaft. Two long, stout, clypeal hairs about equidistant
from one another and from antennae. Labrum with small groups of very short hairs at its tip, no
mouth-brushes. Mandibles and maxillae similar in character to those of Chaobonis ; maxillary palp
rudimentary. Mentum well developed, with small teeth. Thorax not veiy broad, wuth large,
many-branched, dorsal and dorso-lateral tufts on all three divisions, those on the metathorax largest
and set in distinet chitinous plates. In the prothoracic pleural group there are four short hairs; in the
mesothoracic, two longish single hairs and one very short branched hair; in the metathoracic, three
large tufts (one well apart from the others possibly not belonging to the group) and one short hair.
Abdomen with large lateral tufts on each of segments i-5, none on 6-7; the tufts, like those of the
thorax, are branched from the base and the individual hairs are slightly feathered. Eighth segment
with large sessile spira cular apparatus (Piate 4, F ig. 1 0 ) similar to that of Anopheles, consisting of a small
median anterior lobe, two larger anterior lateral lobes, and two very large posterior lateral lobes with a
rugose median area between them ; spiracles functional, situated at base of the median anterior lobe
and just in front of the anterior lateral lobes. Tracheae slender; no air-saes in thorax or abdomen.
No comb. Anal segment rather long, with two pairs of densel3’-branched dorsal hairs, and a large
ventral brush extending the whole length; brush composed of about thirty hairs (all divided from base
into six or more branches) arranged in a zig-zag line with transverse chitinous bars between. Gills
moderatelv long.
Habits. — 'fhe larvae are found usually in small woodland pools of ciear water, sometimes in
rain-water barrels, but not in open sunlit pools. They feed voraciousE on mosquito larvae, especially
those of the woodland species of Aedes, which are abundant in early spring.
Dyar was of opinion that mosquito larvae forni the sole food of Eucorethra larvae, but this is not
the case. The crop-contents of some specimens dissected at the British Museum consisted entirely of
remains of adult insects, evidently those which had fallen into the water. One of these specimens
contained the remains of five small adult Diptera : a Mycetophilid of the genus Cordyla and four
Chironomidac .
The larvae occupy a horizontal position at or near the surface of the water; the pupae are active
and breathe at the surface with the cephalothorax horizontal, unlike those of other Chaohorinae.
Distributiori. — Only a single species is known, this being widely spread m North .A.merica.
E. undenooodi Underwood, Science, p. 182 (7 Aug. igoS); Coquillett, Can. N. America.
Ent. Vol. 35, p. 273 (Oct. 1903); Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit.
Yol. 12, p. 204 (1924).
americana * Johannsen. Bull. N. Y. .State Mus. A'ol. 68, }i. 403 (?Sept. igoS)
[Pelorempis^
FAM. CUIACIDAE
j I
3. Genus MOCHLONYX Loew
Mochlonyx Loew. Stettin. Fnt. Zeit. Vol. 5, p. lii (1844).
Corethra Coquillett, l')\ar aiul Knab, Hrunetti, etc. (nec Aleigen).
Characters. — Adui.i : Head inuch as in Chaoborus, bul eyes less pointed above and scape
densely hairy in ^ (bare in (^). Thorax shorler than in Chaohonis; rows of dorso-central hairs strongly
convergent posterioi ly owing to the narrowing of the Central pair of stripes (and doubtless also of the
corresponding muscles). Pronotum with median portion better developed and hairy in 9 (almost
or quite bare in cf). Pleural liairs as in CZ/acfior/rs; no metapleural tuft. Hypopygium much as
in Chaobonis, but style with terminal spine. Legs ali about equal in length (hind taisi somewhat
longer); femora and tibiae not much more hairv in than in 9- Tibiae without spuis. First
segment of each tarsus only about a quarter as long as second, which is almost or quite as long as
remaining three segments together. Last tarsal segment of all legs of cf with hairy basal swelling;
claws veiy large, equal, each with a tooth at the base and another long tooth in the middle. Last
tarsal segments of 9 without basal swelling; claws smaller, with basal tooth onl^^ Wings as in
Chaoborus, except that a group of hairs is present on the membrane on the upper surface at the junction
of alula and squama.
Pupa. — (Pl. 4-, Fig. 1 2). Reseinbling that of Chaoborus, but abdomen comparati vely short ;
seventh segment unusualh^ large in proportion to remainder, eighth ver}' small. Respiratory horn
sausage-shaped, pointed and almost or quite closed at tip as in Chaoborus ; internal spiracle close to tip ;
surface strongly reticulate. First abdominal segment without tuft; seventh with two blade-like hairs
near each apical cornei (Pl. 4, Fig. 12 a). Paddles somewhat broader than long, rigid, with a
strong midrib and distinet thickening of both inner and outer margin. A short hair at tip of midrib,
and a branched hair on midrib at about three-fifths of its length.
Larva. — (Pl. 4. Fig. | | ). Usually more or less darkened, not so glassy as in Chaoburus
Ilead large and broad. Antennae placed very wide apart, with four long, curved, moveable apical
spines, three of these about twice as long as the shaft and blunt-tipped, the fourth somewhat shorter
and pointed. Two very long clypeal spines placed close together; four more long bristles in a
transverse row on ventral surface of head in front of labrum. Labrum bent backwards, shortly hairy
at tip ; no mouth-brushes. Mandibles with strong teeth and with a pectinate spine on anterior margin.
.Maxillae reduced. with short hair-tufts but without teeth, palp rudimentary. Mentum with a bristly
fringe but no teeth. Thorax broader than head and about twice as broad as abdomen, containing a
pair of large, elliptical air-saes. Hairs of thorax and abdomen short and inconspicuous. Seventh
abdominal segment larger than the others, containing a pair of large air-saes connected by tracheal
trunks with those in the thorax. Siphon present, rather long and tapering; spiracular apparatus at its
tip much reduced. but spiracles functional. Anal segment dorsally with two pairs of branched hairs;
ventral brush, extending little more than half-wav along the segment, composed of 25-3o single but
plumose hairs, arranged practically in one row.
Eggs. — Without special floating mechamsm, deposited singly on the surface of water.
Habits. — The larvae are found chiefly in temporary pools in woods, otten associated with
larvae of mosquitoes (Aedes and Theobaldia), on which they feed, though they also feed on small
crustacea. As in Chaoborus, the larvae occupy a horizontal and the pupae a vertical position in the
DIPTERA
water; the larvae seldom come to the surface. There is onl)’ one generation in the year, most of the
summer and winter being passed in the egg state. The species do not occur in such large numbers as
Chaobonis.
Distributiori. — The species Moclilonyx are few in number, and occur in Europe and North
America.
M . cinciipes Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. igo (igo3) \Corethvd\\ Dyar and N. America.
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 208 (1924)
var. obscura Dyar and Shannon, Ins. Inscit. Vol. 12, p.- 208 (1924) \Coreiliya\.
]\I . ciilicifonnis * De Geer, Mem. Ilist. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 372 (1776) [Tipula^-, Europe, N. America.
Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 206 (1924) \Coreibira'];
*Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 46 (1929); Edwards, Ent. Mo.
Mag. Vol. 66, p. i65 (1930).
ejfoetus Walker. Ins. Brit. Dipt. Vol. 3, p. 252 (i856).
Untneri Felt, N. Y. State Mns. Bnll. Vol. 79, p. 553 (1904) [Corefhiii].
karnerensis Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 79, p. 347 (1904) [CoretlDui].
rufa Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 808 (i838) [Corethra].
veliitina Ruthe, Isis, Vol. ii, p, i2o5 (iS3i) [Corelhra'\\ Loew, Stettin Ent. Zeit.
Vol. 5, p. 121 (1844) ; Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 3o3 (1901).
]\I . fiiliginosa Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 79, p. 468 (1904) [Corr/Ara] ; N. .'\rnerica.
Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 207 (1924) \_Coretliya'].
M. wzflr/bnV Edwards, Ent. Mo. Mag. Vol. 66, p. i65 (igSo). Europe.
vehitiniis * Martini (nec Ruthe), Flieg. Pal. Reg'. Culic. p. 49 (1929).
4. Genus PROMOCHLONYX Edwards
Promochlonyx Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Plist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 640 (1930).
Characters. — Differs from Moclilonyx as follows : Pleurae almost bare, the onl}^ obvious hairs
(in the types) being two or three on the sternopleura. Each tibia with a single slender spur, about as
long as tibial diameter. Wings apparenti}' without hairs on membrane at junction of alula and squama.
Vein An somewhat shoi ter, reaching only slightly bevond level of base of Rs.
Larva and Pupa. — Undescribed.
Distributiori. — Only one species known.
P. aiistraliensis¥eigv\soYi, Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 33, p. 3o (1921) [Corethra']. S. E. Australia.
5. Genus CRYOPHILA Edwards
Cryophila Edwards (Bergroth MS.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 640 (1930).
Characters. — Differs from Mochlonyx as follows : Antennae of less strongly plumose.
Metapleura (or hypopleura, i. e., the small piece immediately above base of hind coxa) with a tuft of
hairs. Tibial spurs present — one on front, two on middle, and two on hind tibia; each spur as long
as tibial diameter, stout at base, slender on apical half. First segment of each tarsus about half as
long as second. Last tarsal segment of without basal enlargement; claws in both sexes all
moderately long, equal and simple. Wings without hairs on membrane at junction of alula and
squama.
FAM. CULTCIDAE
23
Pupa. — Much as in Mochlottvx. but bristles at posterior anyles of sevenlh abdominal seginenl
slender, not bUulelike, and paddles without distinet hairs on inidrib.
Larva. — Head (Pl. 4, Fig. 13 and 14) broader and deeper than long. Compound
imaginat eve iulh' developed long before pupation, but abnost round, not poinleil above as in imago.
Antennae inserted onlv a short distance apart, folded downwards, with three equally long apical spines,
somewhat shorter than shaft. No clypeal spines, but immediately below and Iretween liases of antennae
are twentv long stout black bristles (arranged in two groups of ten each) folded backwards and reaching
mouth. Labrum folded backwards, hairy along margins and at tip, with rudimentaiy moutli-briishes.
.Mandibles with one very long and strong apical tooth. INIaxillae almost membranous, without teeth or
strong bristles. Mentum with teeth along apical margin. Thorax not so broad as in Moch/oiiyx, but
with similar air-saes. Hairs of thorax aml abdomen short and inconspicuous. Seventh abdominal
segment with the usual pair of air-saes. Eighth segment without siphon, bul with a small circular
chitinisation surrounding a pair of functional spiracles. Anal segment dorsali}' with two jiairs of
branched hairs ; ventral brush large, extending nearly the whole way along anal segment, composed of
about 5o single but plumose hairs arranged in a close double row.
Distributiori. — One species only is known.
I. C. lapponica Martini, Notulae Entom. Vol. 8, p. 33 (1928) 'iMochlonyx']-, N. Europe.
Martini, Flieg. Pal. Keg. Culic. p. 48 (1929) \l\Ioclilonyx'\; *lMont-
schadsky. MS. (1930).
6. Genus CHAOBORUS Lichtenstein
Chaoborus Lichtenstein, ^^'iedemann's Arch. Zool. Vol. i, p. 174 (iSoo). — T3'pe antisepticiis Licht.
Corethra Meigen, Illigeris Mag. \'ol. 2, p. 260 (i8o3) — F}'!'© lateralis Mg. (as culicifui mis De G.).
Proboscistoma Saccardo, Album varia lett. Vicenza, p. 21 (1864). ■ — Type pelhicens Sacc.
Sayomyia Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 190 (igo3j. — Type punctipeunis Say.
Culicites Heyden, Palaeontographica, Vol. 10. p. 79 (1862). — Type tertiarius Ileyden.
Schaclonophasma Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 209 (1924). — Type trivittatiis Loew.
Neochaoborus Edwards. .Ann. Alag. Nat. Plist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 539 (ig3oj. — Type anomahts Edw.
Characteps. - — Adult : Head clothed with long dense hair above and at sides. Clypeus
densely hairy, about twice as long as broad, but shorter than height of head. Eyes tapering to
a point above, very widely .separated in both sexes, the space between them equal to more than
half the entire width of the head. Antennal flagellum with the last two segments more or less
elongate (a few of the subterminal segments sometimes slightly lengthened in 9) segments except
the last with long basal verticils, very long and dense in (^ , distal part of each segment with
short hair only. Scape bare in both sexes. Thorax very distinctly longer than broad. Kows of
dorsocentral hairs not approximated behind. Pronotal lobes hairy, moderately widely separated,
connected dorsally by a narrow collar which is bare in both sexes. Several posterior pronotal,
propleural and sternopleural hairs; sub-alar and upper mesepimeral hairs also present and rather
long, but no metapleural hairs. Scutellar hairs in two or more rather irregular rows. Abdomen
long, especially in cf. Hypop3'gium of long; coxite usually without strong spines; style long but
stout, without terminal spine; parameres separate. Legs clothed with hair, some short and some
long (ver}' long on posterior femora and tibiae of (^f). Middle legs rather shorter than the others.
^4
DIPTERA
Tibiae vvithout spurs. First segmeiit of each tarsus distinctly longer than second and from
one-third to two-thirds as long as the tibia. Claws all small, equal and simple in both sexes. Wings
with hairy veins and a rather long fringe composed of distinet scales of two or three lengths. Sc
very long, ending well beyond base of radial fork. R i long, ending only a short distance from
tip of i? 2. Cross-veins near middle of vving. No hairs on wing-membrane at junction of alula
and squama; squama with complete fringe.
Pupa. — Cephalothorax rather small, onl}^ about half as long as abdomen, which is not
folded under but hangs downwards. Respiratory organs swollen, more or less balloon shaped,
usuallv pointed, with a very narrow slit-like opening at tip, surface with strong hexagonal
reticulation . .Abdomen nearly cylindrical, slightly flattened, with few hairs; segment 7 very large,
8 quite small. Paddles very broad (broadest near end), with strong midrib and strong buttresses on
both external and internal margins, apical margin not thickened; internal buttress finely serrate.
.A branched hair near middle of midrib; apical hair minute, perhaps sometimes absent; middle part of
paddle thinner than sides and often folded.
Larva. — (Pl. 4, Fig. I 5). Whole body glass}' and transparent. Head (Pl. 4, Fig. I 6j,
strongh? compressed on anterior half, which appears snout-like as seen from above. Antennae
(Pl. 4, Fig. I 5a) inserted close together on front margin, folded downwards in repose ; live long,
curved, moveable apical spines (somewhat longer than shaft), one slightly shorter and more slender
than the others. Labrum ( Pl. 4, Fig. 15 b) in the foim of a long fleshy process, terminating in a tuft
of short hairs, and situate almost midwa}- along ventral surface of head. Behind antennae on the mid
ventral line is a group of 6-8 long flattened bristles (probably homologous with the frontal hairs of
Culiciime, the basal halves of which are wider and curved; between these and the base of the labrum
are two more modiiied bristles (Pl. 4, Fig. I 5 b) one behind the other, the anterior margin of each
serrate; these bristles vary in shapie in the different species and are often in the forni of flattened plates.
Mandibles with several strong teeth and a tuft of hairs. Maxillae reduced, without teeth and with
only two or three spini? bristles. Alentum reduced, without teeth or fringe. Thorax longer than
broad, containing a pair of large kidney-shaped air-saes (Pl. 4, Fig. 15 e). Hairs of thorax and
abdomen inconspicuons, some feathered. Pleural hairs (as figured by Akehurst) with three long
well-separated, plumose hairs in each group (Pl. 4, Fig. I5cl). No trace of external spiracular
apparatus, but a second pair of kidney-shaped air-saes in the seventh abdominal segment. Anal
segment dorsally with two pairs of feathered hairs; ventral brush consisting of 2o-3o hairs arranged
almost in one line and separated by chitinous bars; each hair is single, not branched from base, but
finely and densely feathered. Postero-ventrally the anal segment bears on each side a comb of spines,
which is retractile.
Eggs. — Hard-shelled, spmdle-shaped, the whole bateh enclosed in a circular mass of jelhu
Habits. — The eggs, so far as known, are always deposited on the surface of water, and the
breeding-places are stagnant pools or lakes. The larvae of the typical species (such as C. aysiaUinus)
are found in large numbers in ciear pools, feeding principally on small crustacea or }'oung mosquito
larvae; the)^ rest motionless in a horizontal position deep in the water, at times making sudden darting
movements ; when disturbed they dive down into the mud. C. pallidus and some other species of the
subgenus Sayomyia occur amongst vegetation in weedy pools. Annandale has recorded finding the
larvae of an undetermined species in India among the insierstices of a fresh-water sponge. The pupae
float vertically in the water, coming to the surface only for emergence. The species living in lakes are
usuallv only single-brooded, the adults appearing for a short season onl}', when they ma}^ be seen in
FAM. CULK ID.AE
25
immense svvanns ; one such species (6'. edulis) occius in Lake Nyasa, and as lirst obsei ved bv Livingstoiie
the flies appear in the distance like dense clouds of smoke, and are collected by the natives for food,
being pressed into a hard biscuit known as « kungu cake ». The related C. pallidipes occurs in similai
swarms on Lake \hctoria ; Capt. C. R. S. Pitman in Feb. 1929 found the cast pupal skins (probably of
this species, together with C. anomaliis) « floating like great masses of foam, man\- acres in extent ».
KEV TO SUHLENERA
Adults.
1. Anteiiual jiagellnm i3 segmeided {iioniial) 2.
Antennal flagellum short, S-IO segmeuted, at least /«9 Subgen. NEOCiiAOiroRUS Edwards.
2. Cu2 runiiing straiglit to liind maigiu, witiiout spur (as in Pl. 2,
Fig. 3) ' 3.
Cu2 ivith a hairy spur near tip. parallel unth hind margin (Pl. 2,
Fig. 6) Subgen. Sayomyia Coquillett.
3. Wings uuspoiled Subgen. Chaobouus Lichtensteiu.
Wings spotted .Subgen. Schadonophasma Dvar
and .Shannon.
I. SuBGENUS CHAOBORUS s. str.
Characters. — Species of moderate size. Pulvilli always distinet, over half as long as claws.
\’enation : Rs long, not angled at base, and never with spur. C«2 running straight to hind margin,
without spur. An reaching slightly beyond level of r-m. Wings unspotted ; legs not ringed.
Distribution . — This includes five or six Palaearctic and Nearctic species, also one Chinese
form .
C. (C.) americaiius *Johannsen. N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 68, p. 395 (1903)
[Corethra pliimiconiis var.] ; Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 79, p. 368
(1904) [Sayomyia']-, Matheson, Can. Ent. Vol. 67, p. iSg (1925).
hudsoni Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 79, p. 371 (1904) [Sayomyia].
C. (C.) appeiidiculatus Herrick, Minnesota Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. (1884).
C. (C.) cornfordi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 339 [Corethra]-,
Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 6. p. 532 (ipSo).
C. (C.) crysiallinus "'De Geer, Hist. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 386 (1776) [Tipula']-,
*Akehurst, Journ. R. Micr. Soc. p. 341 (1922); Dyar and Shannon,
Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 210 (1924); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg.
Culic. p. 55 (1929).
? anfisepticiis * Lichtensteiu, Wiedemann’s Arch. Zool. Vol. i, p. 174 (1800);
Bezzi, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 27, p. 293 (1908).
ctiliciformis Theobald. (nec De Geer), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 296 (1901) \Coreihra\.
fusca Staeger. Nat. Tidschr. Vol. 2, p. 556 (iSSgj [Corethra]-, Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 55 (1929); Edwards, Ent. Mo. IMag. Vol. 66, p. 164
(1930).
? hafniensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat. Vol. 5, p. 2826 (1792) [Tipula).
lateralis Meigen. Klass. Vol. i, p. 8 (1804).
? pelluceiis Saccardo. Album varia lett. Vicenza, p. 21 (1864) [Proboscistoma].
pilipes Giinmerthal. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moskow. Vol. 18, p 279 (1845) [Corethra].
plumicornis Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 6, p. 246 (1794) [Tipula].
rotundifolia *Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 79, p. 336 (1904) [SrryoHwhd ; Dyar
and Shannon, Insec. Inscit Vol. 12, p. 210 (1924).
C. (C.) elethera Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 211 (1924).
N. America.
N. America.
China.
Europe, N. America.
N. America.
26
DIPTERA
C. (C.) flavicans Meigen. Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 24S (1818) [Covellira]-,
Seguy, Moust. de France, p, 170 (1926) and Faune de France, Vol. 12,
p. 58(1924); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. 56 (1929); Edwards,
Fnt. Mo. Mag. Vol. 66, p. 164 (igSo).
albipes ]oha.Dnsen, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. Vol. 68, p. 898 11903); Dyar and
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 211 (1924); Richardson, Psyche,
Vol. 19, p. 200 (1912).
C. (C.) obscnripes v. d. Wulp, Tijd. v. Fnt. ■V''ol. 2, p. 160 (1867) [Corethra];
Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic. p. Sj (1929); Edwards, Fnt. Mo.
Alag. Vol. 66, p. 164 (ipSo).
Europe, N. America.
Europe.
2. SuBGENUs SCH ADONOPH ASMA Dyar and Shannon
Characters. — - Similar to Cliaobonis s. str., but An longer, reaching ruell beyond level of r-ni,
and wings spotted.
Distributiori. — Only one species is known.
C. {Sch.) nyblaei Zeiiexs,ied\., Ins. Lapp. p. 83o (i838); Edwards, Ann. Alag. N. Europe, N. America.
Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 533 (1930).
trivittatu: Loew, Berl. Ent. Zeit. A^ol. 6, p. 186 (i?>62)\Coretliya\\ * Dyar, Journ.
N. A'. Ent. Soc. Vol. i<>, p. 201 (1902) ; Dyar and Shannon, Insec.
Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 212 (1924).
3. SUBGENUS SAYOMYIA COQUILLETT
Characters. — Size usually smaller than in the other subgenera. Pulvilli abscnt (except in
some neotropical species). VMnation (Pl. 2, Fig. 6) : Rs usually shorter than in Chaoborus s. str.,
angled at base, with a shorter or longer spur extending from the angle towards base of wing. Extreme
tip of Cu=i faint or absent; a hairy spur extending forwards from near tip of C?/? parallel with
wing-margin, usually long and sometimes almost reaching tip of C« 1 . An reaching only slightly
beyond base of cubital fork. Wing-friirge usually long. Wings with or without markings. Pupal
respiratory horn sometimes more swollen than in typical Chaoborus , even almost globular (pallidipes).
Distributiori. — This subgenus is widely spread in the tropics, from South America to
Oueensland; a few' species occur in North America and one in Europe.
C. (S.) albaiits Johnson, Occ. papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. 5, p. ii
(1921); D3'ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 214 (1924).
C. (S.) annaiidalei Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 535 (1930).
C. (S.) aut illum Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i, p. 121 (ipiS); D3^ar and
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 214 (1924).
C. (S.) asialicus (liles, Entomologist, Vol. 84, p. 196 (1901) [Corethra]-,
Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ro), Vol. 6; p. 534 (1930).
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 242 (igiS); * Baini Prashad,
Rec. Ind. Alus. Vol. i5, p. 154 (1918).
C. (S.) astictopus D3'ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 214 (1924).
C. (S.) australis Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires,
Vol. 5, p. 99 ( 1928).
C. (S ) brasilieusis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 3o2 (1901); Edwards, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Plist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 538(1980).
elnorae, Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5,
]i. 100 (1928).
/Vihhin Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 2i5 (1924); Matheson,
Can. Ent. Vol. Sy, p. 160 (1925).
Eastern U. S. A.
Burma.
Cuba.
India, Ceylon.
California.
Argentina.
Brazil, Argentina, Pana-
ma, Trinidad.
FAM. CULICIDAE
C. (5.) brevisccioi Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (lo), \'ol. 6, p. 533 (ig3o).
C. (S.) ceyato/'ooones Theobald, Moti. Cui. \’ol. 3, p. 33S (1903); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. 3, p. 48 (1912); *Iugram and Macfie, Bull. Ent.
Kes. \'ol. 8, p. 90, i54 (1917); Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Ilist. (10),
\'ol. 6, p. 537 (1930).
C. (S.) edulis Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), Coi. 6, p. 536 (1930).
C. (S.) _flaviiiuliis Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Mist. (10), Vol. 6, p. 535 (ig3o).
C. {S .) fusc!iie?vis Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), \’ol. C, p. 537 (igSo).
C. (S.) indiciis Giles, Journ. Trop. IMed. \'ol. 7, p. 49 (1905) l_CoreiIini\-,
Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), \'ol. 6, p. 535 (1930).
C. (S.) hicusiris Freeborn, Pan-Pacific. Ent. \’ol. 2, p. 161 (1926).
C. (5.) manilensis Schiner, Reise Novara, Dipt. p. 3o (1868) [Cocetiiru'].
(Probably distinet froin asini icus).
C. {S.) tnicrosi icitis Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), ^'ol. 6, p. 538
(1930).
C. (S.) pallidipes Theobald, .A.nn. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 7, p. 399 (igti);
Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10), \M1. 6, p. 536 (1930).
C. (S.) pallidus Fabiicius, Ent. Syst.\'ol. 4, p.245 (1792) \Tipuhi\-, *Edwards,
Ent. iMo. Mag. (3), ^’ol. 6, p. 264 (1920) ; * Akehurst, Journ. R. Micr.
Soc. p. 352 (1922) [Corethra'\\ Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Culic.
p. 58 (1929).
C. {S .) puuclipennis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phdad. Vol. 3, p. 16 (1823)
\Coretllra^^■, * Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 10, p. 36
(igo8); Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 2i3 (1924).
C. (S.) queenslaudensis Theobald, Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 43 (igo5).
Brazil.
.Africa.
L. N3’asa.
Alala}’ Penin., Borneo.
Congo.
India, .Suinatra.
California.
Philippines.
S. Africa.
Uganda.
Europe.
N. America.
Oueensland.
4. SuBGENUS NEOCHAOBORUS Edwards
Characters. — Small species reseinbling some of subgenus Sayomyia. unknown. Antennae
of O reduced. the whole antenna much shorter than thorax, flagellum with only 8-10 segments, some
of which are ver}^ small, verticils short. Palpi of 9 4 segmented as usual, but very short. Pulvilli
absent. Venation : Rs angled and more or less spurred at base ; Cu-i reaching margin, not spurred at
tip; An reaching only slightly beyond base of cubital fork; il/2 widely interrupted at base. Wings
with cloLidy markings.
Pupa. — .As in Sayomyia. .Antennal sheaths without trace of segmentation, which is usually
distinet in the other species.
Habiis. — The breeding habits of C. anomaliis are probably similar to those of the other
apecies; pupal skins almost certainly of this species were found by Capt. Pitman iiVsurface drift on
Lake Victoria associated with C. pallidipes.
Only female adults have been captured, and only female pupal skins were present in the
material examined. This raises the question of whether the species ma}^ be parthenogenetic ; hitherto
parthenogenesis is not known in the Culicidae, although it is not infrequent in the Chironomidae.
□ istri bution . — Onl}^ one species.
C. (N.) anomaliis Edwards, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (10) \"ol. 6, p. 53g (ig3o). Tropical Africa.
28
DIPTEKA
SuBFAMILY CULICINAE
Characters. — Mouth-parts elongate, formed tor biting. Mandibles nearl}’ always present
in 9>sometimes toothed apically, as is the blade of the maxilla. Maxillary palpi seldon longer than
labium (never in 9)> riot incurved, but usually porrect; seldom with four distinet segments. Labium
always many times longer than clypeus, which is always shorter than the head and almost
always bare. Antennae with the first scapal segraent reduced to a narrow ring, second much enlarged,
especially in ; flagellum always with i3 segments, usually plumose in but sometimes alike in the
two sexes, all segments except first with basal hair-whorls. Head clothed witli scales, some at least of
those on the nape being erect and forked, those on the vertex variable in form, those on the sides
broad and flat. Eyes uniform, often contiguous above antennae. Thorax with dorsal vestiture
consisting of bristly hairs and scales of various shapes; pleurae usually with more or less extensive
patehes of flat seales. Posterior pronotum usually with hairs near posterior margin. Sternopleurite
not separated from anepisternite by a distinet suture (except perhaps in some species of Uranotaenia).
Meron(PI. 3, Fig. 28 and 29 m) forming a conspicuous triangular sclerite completety separating
the middle coxa from the mesepimeron. Mesosternum ridged. Abdomen usually bearing scales
(except in Anophelini). Spiracles present on segments 2-7. Hypopygium always inverted through 180^
after emergence from pupa ; ninth segment usually much reduced, anal segment usually with some
chitinisations ; aedeagus varied in structure but usually complicated. Legs always covered with
scales, which are usually flat and close-lying. Wings with the fringe of the posterior margin
composed of scales in three rows, those of the first row small and oblique, the others longer. Veins
clothed with hairs or scales of various shapes. 5c- always reaching far beyond base of Rs ; i?2+3
never arched, but in line with Rs.
Pupa. — (Pl. 5, F ig. 25)- Respiratory trumpet variousl}^ developed, but always open at
tip, the actual spiracle at or close to its base, surface never with hexagonal reticulation as in
Chaoboyinae. First abdominal segment usually with a pair of large hair-tufts which serve for attachment
to the surface film. Eighth segment almost or quite as large as seventh, with a pair of large, flat,
movable and completely separate paddles ; paddles provided whith a strong midrib and also thickened
on the outer but not on the inner margin. The pupa swims much more actively than in the Dixinae
and Cliaoborinae, and always rests with the cephalothorax horizontal and the abdomen curved under
the thorax, not hanging vertically.
Larva. — (Pl. 5, Fig. 1-6). Varied in form and habits, but posterior spiracles always
functional, prothoracic spiracles never so (two pairs of thoracic and seven pairs of lateral abdominal
spiracles are sometimes distinguishable, e. g. in the larva of Opifex, (Pl. 5, Fig. 2) but are closed).
Many larvae are predaceous, but in none of these are the antenae modified for capturing the prey,
some other organ (mouth-brushes, maxillae or mandibles) being used instead. The fore-gut is always
continuous with the mid and hind gut, never eversible as in Cliaoborinae . Mouth brushes well-developed,
from lateral lobes of labrum. Thoracic segments all more or less completely fused, always wider
than abdomen. No ventral pseudopods, and no eversible groups of hooks on ninth abdominal
segment. Anal gills (as in the other subfamilies) nearly alwa^^s four in number and never retractile.
Classificaiion . — The subfamily Culicinae is here regarded as including all the true
mosquitoes, and is co-extensive with the family Qulicidae as understood by Theobald and some other
writers. Various systems of classification have been proposed from time to time, which it is
CULICIDAE
29
unnecessarv to review here; Theobald admitted as niany as eiglit subfainilies, but at presenl vve
recognise onlv three tribes, distinguisable as tollows :
KKYS ro TRIBES
Adults.
1. Abdomen wit/ioiit scnles. or at hiisf loith the ^leniites largely hare (Pl. I , Fig. 3) . . rril)e Anophf.i.ini.
Abdomen zcith both tergites and sterniles compUtely clothed tvith scales 2.
2. Proboscis rioid. oiifei- Jial/ more slender and bent bachcards (P\. I, Fig. 8) . . . l'ribe Megakhinini.
Proboscis more flexible . o f ttniform thichness (nnJess swollen at tip), outer half nol bent
backtcards {P\. I, Fig. 12-14) ’l'i ibe Culicini.
Pupae.
1. Lateral apical hairs of abdominal segments pluced aimost exacily at corners .... Tribe Anophei-ini.
Lateral hairs of abdominal segments placed ivell before apical corners 2.
2. Onter portion of paddle prodiiced beyond tip of midrib {P\. 5, Fig. 37) .... dh ibe Meg.\rhinini.
Outer porlion ofpaddle not longer than midrib (Pl. 5, Fig. 32-3 6) Tribe Culicini.
Larvae.
1. Spiracles sessile, siphon absent [P\. 5, Fig. I) Tribe Anopheuni.
Spiracles at tip of a siphon-tnbe, which is at least as long as broad (Pl. 5, Fig. 2-6) 2.
2. Mouth-brushes prehensile, each composed of ten stont rods Tribe Megakhinini.
yiouth-hrushes rarely prehensile , composed of 3o or more hairs Tribe Culicini.
Tribe ANOPHELINI
Characters. — .Adult : Clypeus somewhat longer than broad, rounded in front. Dorsal
surface of head with the upright scales usually packed, but the close-lying scales very few or absent;
usualh' a few long, narrow, more or less hair-like scales projecting forward over junction of eyes.
Labium slender and flexible throughout. Mandibles and maxillae of 9 well develojied and toothed.
Palpi in both sexes usuallv about as long as proboscis, but shortened in 9 ol several species.
Thorax usually veiy little arched ; scutellum evenly rounded (except in Chagasia). Abdomen either
without scales, or rvith a variable development of loosely applied scales; in the most scaly species
the sternites at least are largely bare. H3?popygium of cf (Pl- 3, Fig. 7-9) with long slender
unmodified studes bearing a short terminal spine; coxites short and usually without distinet basal
lobes; anal segment either entirel}' membranous or with feebly developed simple paraprocts; aedeagus
( Pl. 3, Fig. 9 a) tubular, with or without one or more pairs of reflexed « leaflets » (Pl. 3, Fig. 9 b) at
its tip. Female with only one spermatheca. Legs very long and slender, uniformi}' covered with
small flat close-lying scales; no distinet tibial bristles; no pulvilli. Wings (Pl, 2, Fig. 7-10) usually
with distinet markings. Basal section of P4-1-5 vertical, cross-vein-like ; r-wi cross-vein either in line
with base of i?4 4-5 or with a right-angled bend, the vertical portion being before base of Rs; a
scale-bearing spur (Pl. 2, Fig. Ssp) is nearly always present extending towards base of wing from
angle of i?4_|_5. .Squamae always wdth fringe (Pl. 2, Fig. 9 sf).
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpet (Pl. 5, Fig. 26) always short and widely open. Abdomen
wdth similar longish or spine-like hairs placed at or close to posterior lateral corners of each ot
3o
DIPTERA
segments 3-7; segment 8 with a stout, strongly plumose hair at comer. Paddles with a hair at
tip of inidrib, and a smaller one on midrib some distance from tip (Pl. 5, Fig. 30 and 3 I ).
Larva. — (Pl. 5, Fig. 1). AU the larger hairs of the bod}^ tending to be pinnately branched
{i. e. with a series of moderately long branches arranged along eacli side); very rarely are any of the
hairs (apart from the float-hairs) branched in a fan-like manner (from the base). Plead usualh^
somewhat longer than broad, and freely rotatable, so that the ventral surface may be uppermost iia
feeding. Dorsal surface with three pairs of hairs near front, two close to front margin (inner and
outer anterior clvpeal) and one further back (posterior cl3?peal); a row of pinnate frontal hairs across
middle (usuali}^ six in number, but only four in CJiagasia) ; four smaller hairs posteriorly. A
large pinnate hair (subantennal) immediatel}^ below root of antenna. Antenna of moderate lenghth,
with one hair (simple or branched, rarely absent) and nearly alwa3/s with small spinules on shaft;
two small and two rather stout apical spines, between which is a hair (often branched). Mouth-brushes
composed of a large number of simple hairs. Alentum rather long and narrow and irregularh^
toothed. Thorax alwavs much broader than head. On front margin of prothorax towards eacli side
is a transparent, fleshy, slightly forked, eversible appendage, which serves for attachment of the front
part of the body to the surface film. Three long and strong pinnate hairs dorso-laterall3^ on pro and
meta-thorax, their bases set in verv small plates ; lateral hairs of mesothorax smaller and usually simple.
On front margin of prothorax, towards middle line is a group of three hairs (« shoulder hairs »), two of
which are of moderate size and usually pinnate, the third always small and simple. Prothoracic
pleural group with three long hairs and one short; mesothoracic whith two long and two short;
metathoracic also with two long and two short (except in Chagasia, which has three long and one
short); meso- and metathoracic pleural groups accompanied by a strong spine arising from a small
})late. Abdomen with a series of « Uoat-hairs », occurring in pairs on some or all of the first seven
abdominal segments (most often on segments 3-7, as in figure) ; each float-hair consisting typicall3’ of
a short, stout erect basal piece and about 12-20 flattened « leaflets » which are spread out in one plane
like a widely-open fan. Segments t and 2 each with two long pinnate lateral hairs (balancer hairs), one
above the other; segment 3 usually with one such hair; lateral hairs of remaining segments usually
shorter. Between each segment dorsally is a chitinous piate, small or lage. Eighth segment
postero-dorsall3^ whith a lateral chitinous piate bearing posteriorh’ a row of strong teeth (pecten) ;.
towards base of piate is a small branched hair; the plates of each side are connected with one another
posteriorly by a very narrow band of chitin which passes dorsally immediatel3' behind the respiratory
apparatus, but is not continuous in front of the latter to form an air-tube. No lateral a comb » on
eighth segment ofter the first stage. Respiratory apparatus consisting of four plates : a median one in
front of spiracles; a small lateral piate on each side of spiracles, and a large posterior piate (or pair of
fused plates) with three anterior processes and a posterior median emargination. Anal segment with
the four postero-dorsal hairs and the hairs of the large ventral brush rather thickly and irregulary
branched.
Classification . — The first attempts at classification ol the genus Anophehs were made by
Theobald, who proposed numerous genera based on the distribution of scales on the thorax and
abdomen and the width of these scales, It has long been recognised that these genera were difficult to
define and some of these unnatural; a more natui al system is that proposed by Christophers, based
chiefly on the structure of the male hypopygium. Christophers and other recent workers have
recognised onl3' one genus of the tribe, but Root has expressed the opinion that Chagasia should be
regarded as a separate genus. With this opinion I agree, and indicate below no fewer than twent3'
characters (in all stages of its life-history) by which Chagasia 11133^ be distinguished from Anophehs.
FAM. CU LICI DAE
o 1
1 also think Bironelhi deserves laiik as a third genus, althougli the dislinctions iVoni Anopheles aie less
numerous and important; some of them however are so striking as to invalidate some ot' the text-book
definitioris of the tribe Anophelini.
KEYS TO CENEKA
Adults.
1. Sculdlum slighlly trilobed {P\. I , Fig. 2) Oenus Chagasia Ciuz.
Scutelhim evenly roiinded (rrx in Megarhinus) (Pl. I , Fig. 9) 2.
2. Slem of niidian fork xvavy {P\. 2, Fig. 7m) Oenus Lironella Theobald.
Stem of medio n fork straight (Pl. 2, Fig. 8- I 0) Oenus .Anopmf.i.es j\leigen.
Larvae.
I .
Posterior lobes of respiratory apparatus fringed xvitli liairs (Pl. 5, Fig. 8). (jenus Cuagasia Cruz.
These lubesxoithoiit friuge {P\. 5, Fig. 7 a)id 9) . . . 2.
Ttvo pairs of palmate hairs on thorax Oenus Bironella Theobald.
At most one pair of palmate hairs on thorax (lenus .Anophei.es Aleigen.
I. Genus CHAGASIA Cruz
Chagasia Cruz, Brazil Aledico, \"ol. 20, n" 20 (1906). — lA'pe neivae Cruz.
Characters. — .Adult (Pl. I , Fig. I ) : Head drooping almost on to front coxae, apparenlly
because of the small development of the lateral cervical plates. Antennae of (f plumose; of 9 with
hairs confined to dorsal surface of segments, and with small scale-tufts, also on the doisal surface, on
most of the flagellar segments. Palpi about as longas proboscis in both sexes, distinctly 4-segmented;
iii with penultimate segment somewhat bent upwards and distinctly swollen (but circular in section),
terminal segment more slender and again turned downwards, the whole palp resembling that of
Taeniorhynchiis (subgenus Coquillettidia) or of Aedes (subgenus Aedimovphus). Thorax rather short and
rounded, strongly arched dorsally. Pronotal lobes not prominent in front. Posterior pronotal lobes
bearing a number of hairs and scales intermixed and scattered over the surface. Scutellum (Pl. I ,
Fig. 2) distinctly trilobed, each lobe with a group of bristles, the concavities between the lobes without
bristles, as in the Culicini. Aliddle part of sternopleura with long erect bristles. Hypopygium
with a large basal lobe on coxite, bearing numerous spines, or two spines and a number of hairs.
Legs (in the known species) with white bands at bases of most tarsal segments. Fifth segment of
front and middle tarsi of (Pl. I , Fig. 4) longer than fourth and with a bristly enlargement at base;
claws of both front and middle legs of cf both large, one slightly larger and bearing basal and median
teeth, the other with a basal tooth only. Wings much as in Anopheles\ in all three species with
numerous small pale spots.
Pupa. — « In addition to the usual strong lateral spines of the posterior abdominal segments, a
pair of similar spines are present dorsally on abdominal segments 3 to 7. The terminal hairs of the
pupal paddles of Chagasia, also, are stout and spine-like, where as in most species of Anopheles thcA^ are
slender and hair-like » (Root).
Larva. — Head with a short curved spine laterally near front margin of clypeus. The three
pairs of clypeal hairs all alike and of peculiar form, with a long stem ending in a large fan-shaped tult.
Only four pinnate hairs in the mid-frontal row, the lateral pair of hairs being apparently « shifted to a
32
DIPTERA
ventro-lateral position in close proximity to the sub-antennal hair » (Root). Antenna with a small hair
neai' base, simple or slightly branched ; hair between apical spines also simple or slightly branched.
Thorax with the middle hair of the anterior submedian group split near base into two sub-equal
stems, both more or less branched. Pleural hairs all simple; three long ones in the prothoracic groiip,
two in the mesothoracic and three (instead of two, as in Anopheles) in the metathoracic. Abdomen
with the feathered hair of segment 3 small and ventral rather than lateral in position. Anterior median
flap of spiracular apparatus (Pl. 5, Fig. 8) drawn out into a slender appendage bearing at its tip a long
tilament; posterior pair of flaps with a close-set lateral row of strong hairs. Float-hairs present on
abdominal segments 3-5 only; leaflets racquet-shaped, with long stem, broad jagged-edged blade and
fine terminal hair. Hairs of anal segment (both the two dorsal pairs and those of the ventral brush)
branching in a fan-shaped manner from near base. Shin of thorax and abdomen thickly pubescent
ventralE and laterali)^
Egg (of C . fajardoi). — With peculiar sculpturing of longitudinal ridges connected by tranverse
bars.
Habits. — The larvae of C. fajardoi live in rapid mountain streams where the sides are bordered
with grass or sedge. Curry describes the movements of the larvae of C. beihanus as being « faintl}’
reminiscent of those of Dixa » ; the larva often rests at the edge of the water and somewhat elevated
above the surface. The adult in resting-position resembles an inverted V, with the tip of the proboscis
and the last few segments of the front and hind tarsi touching the surface. Females bite somewhat
later in the evening than other anophelines (Root).
Distribution. — Tropical America.
C. batJiauus * Dya.r, Mosq. Amer. p. 433(1928); Curry, Amer. J. Trop. Med. Panama, Costa Rica.
Vol. 8, p. 243 (1928).
C. bouneae *Root, Amer. J. H3^g. Vol. 7, p. 474 (1927); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. Surinam.
p. 432 (1928).
C . fajardoi Futz, in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brasil, p. 16 (1904) {Pyreiophorus Brazil.
fajardi'] \ *Root, Amer. J. H^^g. Vol. 7, p. 470 (1927); *D5mr, Mosq.
Amer. p. 431 [_Anopheles farjardi}.
neivae Cruz, Braz. INIed. Vol. 20, p. 199 (1906).
farjardoi var. maculata Peryassti, A Folka Med. Vol. 2, p. 18 (1921).
2. Genus BIRONELLA Theobald
Bironella Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol, 3, p. 69 (iqoS). — gracilis Theo.
Bnugella Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 288 (ipSo). — Type traveslitiis Brug.
Characters. — Adult : Differs from Anopheles chiefly as follows : Fifth segment of front tarsus
of cf (Pl. I , Fig. 6) shorter than fourth, cylindrical, without bristly enlargement at base beneath, the
single claw without either median or basal teeth. Upper fork-cell of wing shorter than its stem; stem
of lower fork (Pl. 2, Fig. 7 m) wavy ; Cu \ rather conspicuously concave above a short distance
beyond ni-cii.
AlLthe known species are dark-coloured insects devoid of ornamentation and without au}^
scales on thebody.
Larva. — With almost all the characters of Anopheles (s. str.), but two pairs of palmate hairs
present on thorax, and hair between apical spines of antenna thick and plumose, not branched from
base; a « fourth shoulder-hair » is present (presumably representing the dorso-lateral prothoracic hair).
FAM. CULICIDAE
33
Pupa. — .Much as in Anopheles (s. str.) : tenniual hair of paddle sliort and ahnost straiglit.
Egg. — Undescribed.
Habits. — Larvae have been fonnd in sinall mndd\’ pools in forest [B. gracilis) or in a small
innning mountain stream (B. papiiae). The adnlts have apparenti}' not been observed to bite.
Distributiori and Classification. — Three species ore known, all froin New Guinea and
adjacent islands. Thougdr obviously relateei they differ so mucli in adult characters that it seeins
desirable to place them in two separate subgenera. Each shows noteworthy differences froin t^■pical
Anopltdcs. in addition to those indicated above, whicli are common to all three species.
1. SuBGENUS BIRONELLA Theobald
Characters. — Antennae of cf plnmose as usual. Palpi of ahnost as long as jiroboscis,
but last two segments not conspicaonsly clubbed ; of 9 varying in length froin one-third to
three-fourths as long os proboscis (apparently not constant even in the sanie species). Ilypopygium
with a long stout arm arising from base of coxite (in B. gracilis as long as coxite itself, in B. papuae
barely half as long); no strong spines ; phallosome lobed apically, without leaflets. Wings (Pl. 2,
Fig. 7) with the npper fork extremely short, at most one-third as long as its stem {gracilis 9)> upper
branch sometimes {papuae) rndimentary and interrupted at base. Scales of veins scanty, vein A?i
entirely bare or with only a few scattered scales, basal section of Cii i and tip of C«-2 also bare.
B. [B.) gracilis Theobald, Ann. Alus. Nat. llung. Tol. 3, p. 69 (1900); New Guinea.
*Brug and de Rook, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. V^ol. i5, p. 3o5 (1922).
bironelli Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. .1, p. 16 (1924).
B. (B.) *Swellengrebel, Aled. Burg. Geneesk. D. Ned.-lnd. Vol. g, New Guinea ? New Bri-
Add. p. 3 (1920); *Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 60, p. ii (1920) tain.
and Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 137 (1921) [Siethomyia aitkeui
var.] ; *de Rook and Soesilo, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 70,
p. 470 (1930); Soesilo, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 70, p. bgS
(ig3o); Soesilo, Med. D. Volksgez. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 19, p. 219 (1930).
? Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 66(19251.
2. SuBGENUS BRUGELLA Edwards
Characters. — Antenae alike in the two sexes, those of without distinet plumes. Palpi
alike in the two sexes and less than a quarter as long as the proboscis. flypopygium without basal
arm, but with four spines placed close together at base of coxite. Wings with the upper fork only
slightly shorter than its stem; all veins scaly, as in Anopheles.
B. (B.) Iravestitiis * Brug, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 68, p. 921 (1928); Ceram.
*de Rook and Soesilo, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 70, p. 479 (ig3o).
3. Genus ANOPHELES Meigen
Anopheles AI eigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 10 (1818) [for synonymy see under subgenera].
Characters. — .Adult : (Pl. I. Fig. 3). Plead with the neck projecting directly forwards
and supported by long lateral cervical plates. Antennae of cf plumose; of 9 with whorls of hairs at
DIPTERA
34
bases of segments, the hairs evenly spread all round. Palpi normally about as long as proboscis in
both sexes, rarely somewhat sliorter, never much less than three-quarters as long as proboscis, even
in 9. Palpi of with the last two segments rather ccnspicuously swollen (somewhat flattened in
section), usually turned outwards in repose. Thorax always distinctty longer than broad, not much
arched dorsally. Anterior pronotal lobes more or less prominent in front. Posterior pronotal lobes
quite bare, without hairs or scales. Scutelluni eventy rounded, with a regular row of bristles on
posterior margin. Middle part of sternopleura without bristles, those of the upper and lower series
short. Hypopygium without basal lobe on coxite, but with from one to five spines or stout bristles
in this position. Legs variously ornamented or unmarked, rarely with white bands at bases of tarsal
segments. Fifth tarsal segment of front legs of cf longer than or subequal to fourth, with a bristh^
swelling at base and bearing only one claw which has basal and median teeth. Fifth tarsal segment
of middle legs in both sexes somewhat longer than fourth, without bristly swelling at base, and bearing
two rather small, equal and simple claws. Wings (PI. 2, Fig. 8-10) with or without markings.
Upper fork never much shorter than its stem (sometimes longer). Stem of lower (median) fork
always straight; terminal section of 0« 1 rarely slightly concave above. All veins rather densely
scaly, including A/i.
Larva. — (PI. 5, Fig. I). Head without spines near front margin of clypeus. Cl3peal
hairs variously formed, but the three pairs usually dissimilar and never with a fan-like tuft at the and
of a long stalk. A transverse row of six pinnate frontal hairs. Apical hair of antenna (between spines)
with few branches, usually from near base, 01 at most slightly pinnate. Thorax with the middle hair
of the anterior submedian group simply pinnate. Pleural hairs various, but only two long ones on
metathorax. Abdomen with a long feathered lateral hair on segment 3, rarely also on segments 4-7.
Anterior median flap of spiracular apparatus somewhat triangular, without apical filament; posterior
pair of flaps without lateral hairs. Float-hairs normali}^ present on segments 3-7, their component
filaments usually elliptical, with or without « shoulder » , but never racquet-shaped. Dorsal hairs of
anal segment and hairs of ventral brush irregularly prinnate. Skin of thorax and abdomen rarel}'
pubescent.
Eggs. — Verjr varied in form in the different species, usuali}^ with lateral or dorsal « floats »
formed b^" a corrugated membrane.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
I. Thorax blackish, ivith a broad grey Une from neck to scutelluni . . Subgen. Stethomyia Theobald.
Thoracic ovnamentation quite otherwise 2.
3. Wings rarely with more than two pale spots on costa (PI. 2, F ig. 8
and 9); cf coxite with i-3 (iisually 2) strong basal spines set on
tubercles {P\. 3, Fig. 7) Subgen. Anopheles Meigen.
Wings usually with g or more pale costal spots 3.
3. New World ; coxite iinth one spine at base and tivo more beyond
(PI. 3, Fig. 8) Subgen. Nyssorhynchus Blanchard.
Old World ; coxite with several rather weak spines near base, not
set on tubercles (PI. 3, Fig. 9)
Sub. Myzomyia Blanchard.
FAM. CULICIDAE
35
Larvae.
1. Anterior lohes of spiracular apparatus each loith a long finger-like
process ; spirades prominent and joide apart (PI. 5, Fig. 9) Subgen. S tetmomvia Theobald.
Anterior lohes of spiracular apparatus xvitJi sliort process or note;
spirades sessile and closer together {P\. 5,Fig.7) 2.
2. Antenna xoith branched Jiair on shaft [except in sonte tree-hole species). Subgen. Anophei.es Meigen.
Subgen. N vssokhynchus Ibancbard.
Antenna xcifh simple hair on shaft Subgen. Myzomyi.v Blaiicliard.
I. SuBGENUS STETHOMYIA Theobald
Stethomyia Theobald, Journ. Trop. Aled. Vol. 5. p. i8i (1902). — T}pe tiintha Theo.
Characters. — Adult : Upright scales of head fewer in number than usual. Propleural hairs
reduced to one or two; spiracular hairs absent; pre-alar hairs also absent. Thorax with a broad grey
or silver3’-grev line extending froin neck to scutelluin, conspicuous on the \'elvet-black giound.
Hypopygium : anal segment with well developed, chitinised plates; a single strtmg spine on coxite, not
set on a tubercle. Wings unmarked.
Pupa. — As in Anopheles, s. str.
Lanva. — .Antenna with a bianchetl hair on shaft. Inner anterior clypeal hairs wide apart.
One of the three long hairs in the prothoracic pleural group with a series of sliort spinedike branches
along one side; both the long hairs of the meso- and metathoracic pleural groups similarly sj)ined.
Xo floatdialrs on thorax or abdomen. Lateral flaps of spiracular apparatus (PI. 5, Fig. 9) provided
with a very long tentacular process ending in a bristle; spiracular openings veiy/ wide apart and placed
on prominent papillae.
Distributiori. — Tropical .American mainland.
A. (5.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 288 (ig3o) [A. var.].
nimbus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Alosq.of Surinam, p. 5o2 (1923) ; *Sliannon
and Davis, Ann. Ent. Soc. .Amer. Vol. 23, p. 473 (1930).
A. (S.) nimbus Theobald, Journ. Trop. Aled. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1902) [sine descr.] ;
Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3. p. 62 (1903); Dyar, Alosq. Amer, p 446
(1928) [partim]; * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 288 (1930).
lineata Lutz, Imprensa Aledica, Vol. i3, p. 202 (igoS) [RhvncIwmyiaY, Peryassu,
Cui. Brazil. p. 266 (1908) ; Dyar, Mosq. Amer, p, 99 (1928) ; Costa Lima,
Alem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 25, p. 67 {igii).
Panama, Suri nam, Brazil.
Brazil, Venezuela, Tri-
ni dad.
2. SuBGENus ANOPHELES Meigen, s. str.
Anopheles Aleigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 10 (181S). — Type maculipenuis Alg.
Cycloleppteron Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 2o5 (1901). — grabhami Theo.
Cyclolepidopteron Blanchard (emendation), C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 1046 (igoi).
Rossia Theobald, Journ. Trop. Aled. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1902). — T3^pe Wied.
Myzorhynchus Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 54, p. 795 (1902). — Type sinensis \\'\ed.
Arribalzagia Theobald, Alont. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 81 (1903). — Type tnaculipes Theo.
Christya Theobald, Rep. Sleeping Sickness Com. R. Soc. Vol. 3. p. 34 (igo3). — T_vpe implexa
Theo.
36
DIPTERA
Lophoscelomyia Theobald, Entom. Vol. 37, p. 12 (1904). — Type asiatica Theo.
Lophomyia Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. V'ol. 7, p. 366 (1904). — Type asiatica Theo.
Nototricha Coquillett, U. S. Burn. Ent. Tech. Ser. No. Vol. 2 (igo6). — Type mediopnnciatiis Theo.
Coelodiazesis Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 177 (igo6). — Type barbeii Coq.
Manguinhosia Cruz, Trab. Inst. Manguinhos (1907). — hh^pe Mang. hitzi Cruz.
Neostethopheles James, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 98 (igio). — Type aitkeni James.
Patagiamyia James, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol, 4, p. 98(1910). — Type Giles.
Proterorhynchus Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. Vol. i, p. ii (1912). — - Type argentinus Br.
Cyclophorus Eysell, Arch. Schiffs-Pl3’g. Vol. 16, p. 421 (1912). — • Type nigripes SiB.eg.
Memnemyia Strickland, Ind. journ. Med. Res. Vol. 3, p. 204 (1915). — Type hvevipalpis Roper.
Characters. — Adult : Propleural hairs usuali}" numerous {acAy one in A. aitkeni). Spiracular
hair usually present and rather long, rarely few and short or even absent (A. marteri). Pre-alar hairs
present. Female without buccopharyngeal armature, Hypopygium (Pl. 3, Fig. 7), withfrom one
to three (usually two) spines at base of coxite. set on distinctly raised tubercles or a slight lobe,
another slender spine on inner margin of coxite near or beyond middle. Wings (Pl. 2, Fig. 8 and 9)
usually dark; if with pale markings, the bases of fork-cells and areas of veins immediately adjacent
to cross-veins almost al\va5's remain dark.
Pupa. — Eateial apical hairs of abdominal segments usuali}- short and rather blunt-tipped ;
terminal hair of paddle (Pl. 5, Fig. 30) rather short and usually straight; hairs C (admedian hairs
on posterior margin) of segments 5-7 shorter than the segments and usually branched.
Larva. — Hair on shaft of antenna always branched, even if small, and usually on inner
surface. Inner airterior clypeal hairs set close together, their distance apart at most equal to one-sixth
of their length (hairs well separated in A. pseiidopiinclipennis). The longer hairs (three prothoracic, two
mesothoracic and two metathoracic) in the pleural groups are all simple (one of the prothoracic hairs
slightly branched in A. aitkeni). Eeaflets of float-hairs usually elliptical, without dislinct shoulder
(shoulder and filament present in A. aitkeni and a few other species). Lateral flaps of spiracular
apparatus (Pl. 5, Fig. 7) without long tentacular appendages. Segment 6 of abdomen usually
without long lateral hairs.
Classification and distributiori. — Following Christophers, we may recognise three main
groups of the subgenus :
Group A {Anopheles). Abdomen without scales dorsally or laterally, except sometimes on last
segment. The species of this group fall into several series, between which it is difficult to draw
sharp lines of distinctiori. The following four are recognised in the arrangement below :
{a) the Anopheles series, with the front femora slender or only indistinctly swollen at the base,
and the scales of the female palpi appressed or only slighlty roughened towards the base. This includes
all the species of Anopheles with completely dark wings and legs and also some [punclipennis.,
pseiidopitnciipeiinis, gigas) with conspicuous wing-markings, or with a broad white ring on the hind femur
{linclesayi, loeUingtonianus), or a broad white band at the tip of de hind tibia {eiseni, gilesi). The group is
mainly holarctic in distribution, but it includes also a member of Oriental, Australasian and neotropical
species.
(5) the Myzorhynchiis series, with front femora markedly swollen at the base, and female palpi
shaggily scaled to the tips; wings usually with two small pale spots on costa; seventh abdominal
CULICIDAE
37
sesjment of female verv often witha ventral scale-tuft. Ethiopian aml Oi iental, two species extending
iuto the Mediterranean region and one into Australia.
(f) the Lo/>hosci'lmoyia series, well distinguished bv the ornamentation of the hind femora, which
have a large white scale-tuft at the tip, preceded by an area of outstanding black scales. Only two
oriental species.
(d) the Cvidoleppieyon series; essentially similar to the PlyzoyJiyncIuts series, with front femur
distinctlv swollen basally and female palpi shaggily scaled, but markings of wings and legs of a different
type, This includes a few Neotropical species which are doubtless related to the group ;
the verv large wing-scales of .-1. grabhami are not found in the other species of this series, but otherwise
the species are very similar.
Group B (Airibahagia). .Abdomen without scales dorsally, but with lateral tufts of short broad
scales 011 each segment. Wings with conspicuous markings somewhat of the type of the subgenus
N vssorhynchus ; costal margin with a « kink » at level of tip of Sc. Legs usuali}^ conspicuously mottled.
Neotropical region onhu
Group C (Christya). .-\bdomen without scales dorsally, but with lateral tufts of extremel}^ long
and narrow scale on each segment. Tarsal segments with basal withe bands (very unusual in
Anophdes). One species, Ethiopianbegion .
Group A (Anopheles)
(a) Anopheles series
A. [A.)aitkeiii James, in Theobald, Alon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. 22 (July igoS);
James and Liston, Anoph. Alosq. Ind. p. 5g (1911) [Neostetkopheles];
Christophers, Ind. Journ. Med. Res. Vol. 3, p. 384(1915); *.Stanton,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. i63 (igiS); *Swellengrebel, Med. Burg.
Geneesk. D. Ned.-Ind. A'ol. 6, p. 25 (1919); *Carter, Ceylon, J. Sci.
D. Vol. I, p. 79(1925); *Puri, Ind. J. Rled. Res. Vol. 18, p. 955 (1930).
fragilis Theobald, Entom. Vol. 36, p. 267 (igoS) [Stcthomyial^.
pallida Ludlow. Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 129 (igoS) \Stethomyia~\,
treacherii Leicester, Cal. iVIalaya, p. 19 (1908).
var. beugalensis *Puri, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. iS, p. g55 (igSo).
var. palmata * Rodenwaldt, Geneesk. Tijd Ned.-Ind. Vol. 66, p. 787 (1926).
A. (A.) algeriensis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 21 (igo3); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res, Vol. 12, p. 270 (1921); *Buxton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 75 (1923); Senevet and Prunelle, Arch. Inst. Past. Alg. Vol. *5,
p. 534 (1927) and Vol. 6, p. 475 (1928); *La Face, Riv. Malar. Vol. 8,
p. 563 (1929); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i32 (1929).
? liikisi Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Rev. Vol. 4, p. 120 (1916).
A. {A.)amaurus Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i35 (1929) \J = claviger
var.].
A. (A.) atratipes Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 3, p. 1755 (1889);
Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 208 (1901) [Pyretophoriis'\; *i\Iackei-
ras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 38 (1927); *Taylor, Tians.
7th. Congr. Far. Eastern Ass. Trop. lAIed. Vol. 3, p. 148 (1930).
A. (A.) ntropos D3'ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. 160
(1906); *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 455 (1928).
A. {A.) barheri Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 3io (1903); *D3’ar, IMosip
Amer. p. 454 (1928); Matheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 92 (1929).
A. (A.) brevipalpis Roper, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol, 5, p. 141 (1914); *Strickland,
Ind. Journ. Med. Res. Vol. 3, p. 201 (1915); Swellengrebel, Ned.
Tijd. Geneesk. n” i5 (1922).
India, Alalayan region,
Philippines, Ceylon.
Assam, JMalaya.
Java.
Mediterranean region.
Mesopotamia.
Turkestan.
N. S. WAles, Oueensland.
South-eastern U. S. A.
U. S. A.
Borneo, Malaga.
38
IJIPTERA
A. (A.) claviger Meigeii, Ivlass. Vol. i, p. 4 (1804) [Cw/«i']; [Not. A. claviger
of Italian authors].
1 antennatus Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 2, p. 68 (igoS).
bifurcatus Meigen (nec Linn.), Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. i (1818); *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 76 (1920); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12,
p. 271 (1921); *Bu,\ton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 75 (igaS) ; *AIartini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 136(1929); *La Face, Riv. Malar. Vol. 8,
p. 56i (1929); * Montschadsky, Zool. Jahrb. Syst. Vol. 58, p. 554 (igSo).
Stephens, Zool. Journ. Vol. 12, p. 5o3 (1828).
? Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 2, p. 47 (igz6)\algerieusis vax .y,
Martin!, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i35 (1929); Khoclukin, C. R. Ac. Sci.
U. R. S. S. 1928, p. 243 {1928).
villosus Robiiieau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 411 {1827).
A. (A.) crucians Wiedeinann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 12 (1828);
*Dyar, Mosq. Am. p. 45 1 (1928); Aiatheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 90
(1929).
A. (A.) culiciformis Cogill, J. Bomba}? Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 333 (1903);
*Jaines and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ist. Ed. (1904) [Stethomyia~\-,
Christophers and Khazan Chand, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol, 3, p. 638
(1916); *PLui, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 397 (1929); ^H^engar,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 771 (ig3o).
A. (A ) edwardsi Yamada, Sci. Rept. Govt. Inst. Infec. Dis. Tokio, Vol. 3,
p. 238 (igzS); Maitini, Flieg. Fal. Reg. Cui. p. 142 (1929).
A. (A.) eiseni Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, ]>. 192 (1902); Root,
Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 602 (1927); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 447
(1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi 12, p. 275 (1929).
niveopalpis Ludlow, Psyche, Vol. 26, p. 166(1920) [Stef/iouiyia
tibiamaculata Neiva, Braz. Med. Vol. 20, p. 288 (1906) \_Myzomia\
A. (A.) gigas Giles, Ent. Mo. Mag. Vol. 3y, p. ig6 (1901); James and Liston,
Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 64 (1911); Swellengrebel, Kolon. Inst.
Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 129 (1921); Christophers, Ind. J. Aled. Res.
Vol. 12, p. 12 (1924).
var. baileyi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p 323 (1929).
var. farinosus Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p 22 (1909).
var. refutans Alcock, J. London S. Trop. Med. Vol. 2, p. i6r (igid); *Carter,
Ceylon J. Sci. D. Vol. i, p. 69, 84 (1925); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 20, p. 323 ( 1929).
vdT. siiiih-nsis *James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 66 (1911)
[Patagiamyia']-, Christophers, Ind. J Med. Pes. Vol. 12, p. 12 (1924).
A. {A .) gilesi Peiyassii, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. io3 (1908); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 447 (1928).
A. (A.) insulae-florum *Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg. Geneesk,
D. Ned.-Ind. Vol. g, Add. p. 2 (1920), * Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind.
Vol. 60, p. 8 (1920) and *Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. i36
(1921) [Stethomyia aitheni var.]; Carter, Ceylon, J. Sci. D. Vol. i, p. 8r
(1925); *Puri, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 18, p. 964 (1930).
A. (A.) lindesayi Giles, Hand. Gnats, Ed. i. p. 166 (1900); * James and
Liston, Anoph. Alosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 62 (1911); Christophers, Ind.
J. .Med. Res. Vol. i3, p. 876 (1926).
maculata Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p i (1910) [lindesayi var.].
var. cameronensis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 323 (1929).
vdx. japonicus Yamada, Eiseigaku Densenbyogaku Zasshi, Vol. 12, p. 659 (1918)
and Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Inf. Dis. Tokio. Vol. 3, p. 219 {1925);
Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 272 (1926) ; Christophers, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. i3, p. 876 (1926).
pleccau Koidzumi, Trans. 5th Congr. F. E. A. T. M. Singapore, p. 97 (1923)
and Daiwan Kenkyujo Hokoku, Vol. 8, p. 17 (1924).
var. nilgiriciis Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Res Vol. i3, p. 876 (1926).
Europe, N. Africa, Asia
minor, Turkestan.
Eastern U. S. A.,
Mexico.
S -W. India.
Japan.
C. America, Suri nam,
Brazil.
S. India, PJava.
Tibet, W. China.
Philippine Is.
Ceylon.
Brazil.
Moluccas, Ceylon, India.
N. India.
Malaya.
Japan, Formosa.
S. India.
FAM. CULICIDAK
39
A. (A.) miicitlipe/Diis Meigen, Syst. Besclir. \’ol. i, p. ii (1818); *Nuttall and
Shiidey, Journal of Hygiene, \A)1. 1-2 (ipoi-ipoS); *Lang, Ilandb,
Brit. Mosq. p. (1920); * Wesenberg-Lund, Danske. \bd. Selsk.
Ster. Nat. Math. Afd. (8), \'ol .7, p. 161 (1920); *I\lartini, Flieg .Pal.
Keg. Cui. p. iSq (igSo); * La Face, Riv. .Malar. Vol. 8, p. 554 (1929) ;
*Montschadsky,Zool. Jahrb. Syst. \'ol. 58, p. 56o(i93o); D\'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 452 (1928); *La Face, Riv. Malar. \'ol. S, p. 554 (1929);
Matheson, Mosq. N. .-Vm. p. 88 (1929); de Buck. Schoute and Swel-
lengrebel, Kiv. Malar. \'ol. 9, p. 97 (1930).
ildvig(;r l'abricius (nec Meijrenj, Syst. Anti. p. 35 (iSo5) [Culex'] ; and ot
Italian .^uthors.
leivisi Ludlov, Psyche, \’ol. 27, p. 74 (1920).
selengensis Ludlow. t*syche. Vol. 27, p. 77 (1020).
(? var.) occidentdUs Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. -Soc. \Vash. Vol, u), p. i5q (1906).
1 'Ah. alexandrae-schingareii Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. I\Ied. \'ol. 6, p. 48 {1928);
Martini. Flien. Pal. Rej^'. Cui. }>. i63 (1980).
var. iitropiiiviis van Thiel. Kull. Soc. Path. K.xot. Vol. 20, p. 889 (1927) and \'ol. 23,
p. 836 (1930' ; de Buck, Schoute and Swellengrebel, Riv. Malar. \'ol. cj,
p. 97. 1980.
var. labranehiae Falleroni, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 553 (1926).
var. messeae Falleroni, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 553 (1926).
A. (A.) marieri *Senevet and Prunelle, Arch. Inst. Past. Alg. Mol. 5, p. 529
(1927); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i63 (1930).
A. (A.) martinius Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. \M1. 2, p. 47 (1926);
-Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 164 (1930) [? = algeriensis var.].
A. (A.) Stephens, Zool. Journ. \'ul. 3, p.5o3(i828): *Lang, Handb.
Brit. Mosq. p. 78 (1920); *Blacklock and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med.
Vol. i3, p. 413 (1920); Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 146 (1924); Sliak-
hov, Rev. Microbiol. Epidem. Parasit. Vol. 7, p. 23 (1928); *Mont-
schadsky, Zool. fahrb. Syst. Vol. 58, p. 549 (1930).
nigyipes Staeger, Kr6yer's Nat. Tijdschr. Vol. 2, p. 552 (1889) ; Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 166 (igSo).
var. bayianeusis James, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 76 (1911); * Christophers,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 3, p. 489 (1916I; * lyengar, Ind. J. Med, Res.
Vol. 17, p. 771 (1930).
Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 6, p. 49 (1928); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 169 (1980).
var. coysicanus Edwards, Encyc. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4, p. 166 (1928).
A. (A.) pseudo/>iinctipe)niis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 3o5 (1901); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 448 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. gi (1929).
aygeniinus Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. y Pat. Veg. Vol. i, p. i5 (1912)
[Pyoteyoyhynclms].
fyanciscanns Mc Cracken, Ent. News, Vol. i5, p. 12 (1904).
pemvianus '1'amayo and Garcia, Mem. Munic. Lima, App. p. 35(1907).
tucumanus Lahille, Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos .Aires, Vol. 28, p. 253 (1912).
A. (A.) puiictipeiinis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Vol. 3, p. g (i823)
[Culex]-, * Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 449 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. 85 (1929).
hyemalis Fitch, Ann. J. Agr. Sci. Vol. 5, p. 281 (1847) [Cidex].
peyplexens Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 267 (1907).
A. (Z . ) Sajy Keating’s Narr. Exp. St-Peter’s Riv. Vol. 2,
p. 356 (1824); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 453 (1928); Matheson, Mosq.
N. Am. p. 87 (1929).
annulimanus Van der Wulp, Tijd. v. Ent. Vol. 10, p. 129 (1867).
guttidatus Harris, Hitchcock’s Rept. Geol. Mass. p. 595 (i835).
Europe, N. Alrica, N.
.Asia, Canadti, Western
LI. S. A.
Algeria.
Turkestan.
Europe.
Punjab, Kashmir, Turkestan,
Corsica.
Califora, Texas, C. Ame-
rica, -Andes to Nortern
Argentine, Trinidad.
S. Canada, U. S. A.,
? VenezLiela.
Eastern U. S. A., Mexico.
40
DIPTERA
A. (A.) siic/iarovi Favi' , ... ^lalaria in Russia p. 189(1903); Edvvards, Riv.
Alalar. Vol. 5. p. 270 (1926); Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. iNIed. Vol. 2,
p. 47 (1926); Brighenti, Riv. Malar. Vol. 8, p. 3o5 (1929) and Vol. 9,
p. i3o(i93o); iMontschadsk}^ Zool. Jahrb. S3’st. Vol. 58, p. 558 (igSo)
[A. inacui ipe^isis var.].
elutus EdwarJs, Bull. Ent. Res. A^ol. 12, p. 273 (ig2i); Buxton, BulL Ent.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 3o3 (1924); Alaitini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 143 (1929);
*La Face, Riv. Malar. Vol. 8, p. 558 (1929).
var. elutior Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 145 (1930).
? var. relictus Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 6. p. 47 (1928) ; Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 146 {ig3o).
A. {A .) siiitoiii * Piir'] , Ind. J. Med. Res. VMl. 17, p. 401 (1929).
A. (A.) stigniaticus Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 3, p. 1759 (18S9);
*Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 40 (1927).
var. corethroides Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 35 (1907) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
A^ol. 21, p. 290 (1930).
-■i. (A .) Wiilkeri Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 299 (igoi); *Dyar, Mosq.
.-Viner. p. 455 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Ani. p. 89 (1929).
1 ferruginosus Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 12 (1828).
A. (A.) Kiellingtonianus Alcock, J. Lond. S. Trop. Med. A^ol. 2, p. i (1912);
*Macker, Federal Council Paper (E. M. S.) n» 6 of igad, p. 12(1923).
(b) Myzorhynchus series
A. {A .) albotaeniatns Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 88 (igo3); Leicester,
Cui. Makq^a, p. 34 (igoS); Stanton and Hacker, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 7, p. 273 (1917); * Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf, Aled. Burg.
(jeneesk. D. Ned,-Ind. Vol . 6, p 22 (igig), Bull. Ent. Res. VMl. 11,
p. 82 (1920), Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 122 (1921).
? l/rachypus Ddnitz, Zeitschr. II yg. Vol. 41, p. 52 (1902).
A. (.4.) bancrofli Ciles, H andb. Gnats, Ed. 2, p. 5 i 1 (1902) ; *Cooling, Proc. R.
• -Soc. Queesland, p. 166(1921); *Cooling, Comm. Aust. Dept. Health,
Service Pub. \M1. 3, p. 97 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
9.353(1924); Brug, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 65, p. 661 ( ig25).
psetidobarhirostris 'Lu.dlow’ . J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. 129 (1902); Carter,
Ceylon J. Sci. D, Vol. i. p. 69 {1925).
A. {A.) barhirosti is Van der Wulp, Notes Leyden Mus. Vol. 6, p. 248,
(1884); Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 146 (igoi); Leicester, Cui.
.Mala3ra, p. 33 ( igo8) ; * Stanton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6. p. i65 (igi 5) ;
Swellengrebel, and Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg. Geneesk. D. Ned.-Ind.
Vol. 6, p. 20 (igig), Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 116
(1921); Brug. Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 65, p. 661 (1926);
*Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. g, p. 33(1929); *\Valch
and Soesilo, Med. D. Volksgez. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 18, p. 464 (1929).
i vanus Walker, J. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool. Vol. 4, p. 91 (1860) (i).
? martini Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 54, p. 907 (1902).
? plumiger Donitz (partim), Insekten-Bdrse, Vol. 18, p. 87 (1901).
var. * Chowdhury, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16. p. 986(1929).
A. (A.) barbunibfosus Strickland and Chowdhury, lllustr. Ke37 .Ynoph. Larvae
Ind. p. 18 (1927).
barhirostris var. pallidus Swellengrebel, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned. Ind. Vol. 59. p. 8
(1919); * Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg. Geneesk. D.
Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6, p. 21 (1919), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. 82 (1920);
Brug, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned. Ind. Vol. 65, p. 661 (1925); Haga, Geneesk.
Tijd. Ned. Ind. Vol. 64, p. Si5 (1924).
,S. Europe. N. Africa,
Asia Minor, Mesopo-
tamia .
Turkestan .
Turkestan.
S.-W. India.
N.-S. Wales.
Queensland.
Canada, Eastern U.S.A.
Mala3'a.
i\Iala3a, Borneo, Suma-
tra.
N. Australia, Papua, Phi-
lippines, Celebes? Cey-
lon.
India, Ceylon, Malayan
region, Philippines.
Assam.
MalaA^an region.
(i) Walker’s type of A. vanus is either A. barhirostris or A. harbumbrosus , but it is not possible to determine which.
If the two forms are regarded as varieties of one species, the name vanus should be used for the species.
l'AM. CU LICIDAE
4'
A. [A.) c/ioiiitkiu: Martini, Elieg. Pal. Keg. Cui. p. 141 (iqn)) [? = liyrca-
iiiis, ab.].
A . {A .) huiiteii Strickland, Ind. Joutu. i\Ied. Res. \’ol. 4, p. 263 (1916);
'^Essed, Med. Dienst. \'olksgezond. Ned.-Ind. \'ol. 17, p. 220(1928).
A. {A.) hvn-aniis Pallas, Reise Russ. Reichs, \’ol. i, p. 473 (177O [C/Ef;i|;
Edwards, Hull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 10, p. 129 (1920), \'ol. 12, p. 274
(1921), Vol. 20, p. 324(1929).
siiieusis Wiedemann, Aussereiirop. Zweill. Ins. Vol. i, )). 547 iif^2S) ; 'I licobald,
Mon Cui. Vol. I, p. iSy (1901I ; *Stanton. Bull. Ent. Res, Vol. 6, j). 160
(iqi5 ; *S\vellengrebel ;inJ S\v. de Craaf, I\Ied. Hurg. Geneesk. D.
Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6, [>. iS (1919), Kolon. Inst. .AmstcrdamA^ol i5, p. 107 (1929) ;
*\\'alch and Soesilo, Med. D. 3'olksgez. Ned -Ind. Vol. iS. p. 464 (1929).
? pnrsiili LaA-eran, C. R. Soc. Hiol. Vol. 54, p. 907 (19021.
ab. ayg\'>-ol'us Swellengrebel, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. \’ol. 54, p. 336 (1914),
Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i."'. p. ii5 (1921).
var. mdlimuti Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 149 (ig.Io) [? = var. pictus L\v].
var. iiujyzinowskii Schingacew, 'Russ. ] . Trop. Med. \’ol. 2, p. 48 (1926); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 149 tipSo).
var. mesopotamiae Christophers and Khazan Chand, Ind. J. INIed. Res. \'ol. 3,
1>. 196 ‘igi5).
var. nigerrimus Giles. Handb. Gnats, Ed. \'ol. i, p. i6i (1900) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 20, p. 324 (1929).
lieuthyi Bentley, Ind. iMed. Gaz. Vol. 37, p. i5 (1902).
indieusis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. i, p. 145 (1901).
minutus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 91 (igod!.
? nero Doleschall. Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. \'ol. 14, p. 383 (i85i) \Cnlex\
plumiger Donitz, Insekten-Bbrse, Vol. iS, p. 3y (1901).
peditaeniatns Leicester, Cui. i\Iala5'a, p. 3i 1,1908) ; Christophers, Ind. Med.
Res. Mem. Vol 3, p. 3o (1924).
var. pictus Loew, Dipt. Beitr. Vol. i, p. 4 (1845) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20,
p. 324 (1929).
\ar. pseudop ictus Grassi, Atti R. Acc Lincei, Rendic. Vol. 8, }). 102 (1899);
Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 86 (1924); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. \‘ol. 20. p. 324 ( 1929) ; *La Face, Riv. IMalar. Vol. 8, p. SSg (1929).
fleroivi Portschinsky. Trudy Bur. Ent. V. N. I. p. 58 (1911).
var. popovi Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 6. p. 5o (1928) ; Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i5o (igSo) [? — var. psiudopictns~\.
var. sinensis (Wiedemann), Yamada, Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Infec. Dis. Tokyo,
Vol. 3, p. 223 (1925); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 324(1929).
jezoensis Tsuzuky, Centr. Bakt. Abt. Orig. A'ol. 3i, p. 764 (1902).
plumiger Donitz, Insekten-Borse, Vol. 18, p. 3/ (1901).
A. (A.) hordeiis Yamada and Watanabe, Sikken Igaka Zasshi, Vol. 2, p. 206
(1918); Yamada, Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Infec. Dis. Tokyo, Vol. 3,
p. 235 (igzS); Edwards. Riv. IMalar. Vol. 5, p. 273 (1926); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. i52 (1930).
punctibasis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 274 (1921).
A. [A.) mauvitianiis Daruty and d’Emmerez, Les Moust. Port Louis,
Mauritius (1900) ; Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 129(1901); *TIill
and Haydon, Ann. Natal. Mus. \’ol. i, p. 146 (1907) [paludis~\\ Mac
Gregor, Anoph. Mauritius, p. 17 (1924); *Symes, Kenya and E.
Afr. Med. J. (1927); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 267
(1928); Evans, Anoph. Trop and S. Afr. p. i3 (1927).
paludis var. similis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 129 (1901).
? coustani Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 52, p. 109 (Feb. 1900).
var. paludis Theobald, Rept Malaria Com. R. Soc. p. 75 (July 1900); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 268 (i928j.
var. tenebrosus Donitz, Zeitschr. Hyg. Vol. 41, p. 53 (1902); Edwards, Bull. Ent,
Res. Vol. iS, p. 26S (192S); * Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. 44 (1925).
subtilis Pressat, Paludisme et Moust. p. 48 (igoS).
var. ziemanni Grrinberg. Zool. Ang. Vol. 25, p. 55o (1902); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 18, p. 268 (1928).
Tu rkestan.
Mediterranean and Orien-
t;il regions, China, Ja-
ptin.
Ja\'a.
Asia Minor.
Caucasus.
(Mesopotamia.
India, Ceylon, Malaya, Bor-
nco, Philijipinc Is.
Palestine, Macedonia, Asia
Minor, Mesopotamia.
Ital}", Macedonia.
Turkestan.
China, Japan, Formosa, Ma-
laya.
Japan, Korea.
Africa, Madagascar.
Chiefly W. Africa.
Egypt, Palestine, E. and S.
Africa.
Chiefly W. Africa.
42
DIPTERA
A. (A.) montanus Stanton and Hacker, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 273 (1917)
[albotae}iiatus var Hacker, Malaria Bur. Rept. F. M. S. Vol. 2 (1920).
A . (A.) novumbrosus *Strickland, Ind. Journ. Med. Res. Vol. 4, p. 271
(1916); Hacker, Malaria Biir. Rept. F. M. S. Vol. 2(1920)'.
A. (A.) obscurus Griinberg, Zool. Anz. Vol. 29, p. 38o (ipoS); Christophers,
Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 32 (1924); Evans, Anoph. Ti’op.
and S. Afr. p. i5 (1927).
strachani Theobald, Mon. Cui. 'Vol. 4, p. 85 (1907).
A. [A.) separatus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 36 (1908); Hacker, Malaria
Bur. Rept. F. .M. S. Vol. 2, p. i (1920); Swellengrebel, Tijd. v. Ent.
V^ol. 64,9. 38 (1921); Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3,
p. 3i (1924); *Essed, Med. Dienst. Volksgezond. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 17,
p. 220 (1928).
t s?iijdersi Swellengrebel, Anoph. Ned. Oost-Ind. p. 114 (1921) \_A. siuensis var.]
A. (R.) s//«///5sF««s *Strickland and Choudhury, Illustr. Key Anoph. larvae
India, Ceylon and Malaya, p. 19 (1927) [? = umbrosus var.].
similis Strickland, Ind. journ. Med. Res. Vol 4, p. 611 (1917).
? umbrosus var. Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg-. Geneesk. D.
Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6. p. 16 (1916).
A. (A.) sineroides Yamada, Sci. Rept. Govt. Inst. Infek, Dis. Tok3’o, Vol. 3,
p. 233 (1925); Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 274 (1926); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 170 (1930) [? == koreicus var.].
A. {A.)symesi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 269 (1928); "^Garnham,
J. Trop. Med. Hyg. Vol. 32, p. 207 (1929).
A (A.) umbrosus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p 87 (1903); *Stanton, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 171 (rgi5); *Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf,
Med. Burg. Geneesk. D. Ned.-Ind. Vol 6, p. 16 (1919), Kol. Inst.
Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 125 (1921).
(r) Lophoscelomyia series
A. (A.) annandalei *Baini Prashad, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. i5, p. i23 (1918);
*Iyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 626 (1922); Christophers,
Ind. J. .Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. i3 (1924); *Iyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 17, p. 772 (1930).
V3S. djajasanensis *Brug, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 66, p. Sgi (1926), Bull.
Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. ig, p. 8o5 (1926); *Puri, Ind. J. I\Ied. Res. Vol. 17,
p. 385 (1929); *Iyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 778 (igSo).
var. interruptus Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 887 (1929).
A. (A.) asiaticus I.eicester in Theobald, Entom. Vol. 37, p. i3 (1904);
Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 21 (1908); *Strickland, Parasitolog}',
Vol. 7, p. 12 (1914); lyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 772
(1930).
id) Cycloleppteron series
A. (A.) amasotiicus Christophers, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 17, p. 71 (1923)
[? = vestitipennis var.].
A. (A ) annuUpalpis L3mch Arribalzaga, EI Nat. Argent. Vol. i, p. 149
(1878); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 456 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte,
Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires, Vol. 5, p. 48 (1928).
A. (A ) grabhami Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 2o5 (1901); *Dvar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 467 (1928).
A . ( A .) >n^tfogyossensis Lutz and Neiva, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 3,
p. 297 (1911); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 459 (1928) [? — vestitipennis
va r.].
Mala3’a.
Tropical Africa.
Mala3'a, Sumatra.
Mala3^a.
Jajian.
E. Africa.
Malayan Region.
India.
Java.
Assam, Ceylon.
Mala3"a.
Brazil.
Argenti na.
Antilles.
Brazil.
FAM. CULICIDAE
A. (A.) Dyar and Knab, Pioc. F . S. Nat. Mus.Vol. 25, p. 53 (1908);
Costa Linia, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. \''ol. 12, p. 276 (1929);
*Shannon and Davis, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 23, p. 4S1 (1930).
alagoani Peryassu, A Folha Medica, Vol. 6, p. 258 (1925).
ciUdopus Dyar and Shannon, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. V'ol. i5, p. 41 (1925).
UUzi Cruz, Nov. Gen. Braz. Anoph. (1907)
A. (A.) vestitipennis Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol, Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. t36
(1906); *D\'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 458 (1928).
Group B (Arribalzagia)
A. (A.) apicimacula Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. W ash. Vol. 19, p. i36
(1906); *Dyar, IMosq. .Amer. p. 405 (1928).
A. [A .) fltiminensis Root, Amer. J. Hyg. A’ol. 7, p. 602 (1907); Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 464 (1928); Costa Lima, Alem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi.
12, p. 285 (1929).
A. [A .) intermedius Chagas, in Peryassii, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. 85 (1908);
Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 463 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw.
Cruz, Suppi. 12, p. 281 (1929).
A. {A.) inacitlipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 81 (1903); Costa Lima,
Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 12, p. 286 (1929).
pseiidomaculipes Peryassu, Os Culic. do Brazil, p. 108 (1908) ; Oyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 466 (192S).
A. (A.) mediopunctatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 60 (1903); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 461 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz,
Suppi. 12. p. 280 (1929).
rochefelleri Peryassu, .A Folha Med. Vol. 4, p. 68 (igaS).
A. [A .) minor Costa Lima, Brazil Medico, A^ol. 48, p. 1100 (1929); Costa
Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. Vol. 12, p. 287(1929); *Shannon
and Davis, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. Vol. 23, p. 484 (1930).
macuUpes auctorum (nec Theobald) ; Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 464 (1928).
A. {A .) punctimacula Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. .Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. i36
(igo6); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 462 (1928).
malefactor Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 198 (1907).
strigimactda Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i36 (1906).
vtnezuelae Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, p. 214 (1922) and Vol. 17, p. loi
(1923).
Group C (Chrystia)
A. (A.) implexus Theobald, Roy. Soc. Rept. Sleeping Sickiiess Comm.
VTl. 3, p. 34 (igo3); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 122
(1926); *Symes, Kenya and E. Afr. Med. J. (Dec. 1927).
Brazil.
Antilles, Mexico, C. Ame-
rica.
Mexico to Guianas.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil, Surinam.
Brazil.
Mexico to Brazil.
Uganda, Congo, Kenya.
3. SUBGENUS NYSSORH YNCH US Blanchard
Laverania Theobald (not Grassi and Feletti), Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1902). — Type
argyritarsis R.-D.
Nyssorhynchus Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol, 54, p. 795 (1902). — Type albimanus Wied.
Kerteszia Theobald, Ann. Alus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 66 (1905). — Type boliviensis Theo.
Myzorhynchella Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 23 (1907). — • Type nigra Theo.
Dendropaedium Dy^ar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 141 (1918). — Typo cruzi D. and K.
Characters. — Adult : Spiracular and propleural hairs usually present (former replaced by
scales in A. pictipetinis). Buccopharyngeal armature of female consisting of two rows of very strongly
DIPTERA
-1 4
recurved teeth. Thorax variously ornamented but never blackish with a single median silverv-grey
line. Hypopygium (P|. 3, Fig. 8) with a single spine placed on a strong tubercle near base of
coxite, two other spines inserted close together near or beyond middle. Wings with pale markings,
which ma}^ take the form of four spots on costal border, but bases of fork-cells then dark-scaled as in
subgenus Anopheles,
Pupa. — Lateral apical hairs of abdomina! segments usually long and pointed; terniinal hair of
paddle usually short ; submedian hairs of abdoininal segments very long and usually sim})le.
Larva. — Shaft of antenna with a branched hair. Inner anterior clypeal hairs variable in
position, sometimes close together, sometimes as near to outer hairs as to one another. Leaflets of
lloat-hairs usually lanceolate, without shoulder or filament. Spiracular apparatus much as in subgenus
Anopheles. Pleural hairs variable. Long simple lateral hairs usually present on abdominal segment
6 as well as on 4 and 5.
Classification. — The species fall into three well-marked groups definable as follows :
Group A (^Nyssorliynchus). Thorax and abdomen with broadish scales, some of the abdominal
scales forming a series of projecting lateral tufts. Hind tarsi with the last three segments mainh' or
ali white. All pleural hairs of larva simple. Larvae in ground-pools.
Three subgroups or series are recognised, according to the markings of the hind tarsi :
{a) argyyitarsis series, with last three hind tarsals all white.
[h) tarsimaculatns series, with segments 3 and 4 of hind tarsi white, 5 with a black ring.
(c) rondoni series, with a black ring on fifth hind tarsal segment and another on third or fourth.
Group B {Myzorhynchella). Thorax with broadish scales. Abdomen without scales /am/5)
or scaly dorsally but without lateral scale-tufts {picti pennis). Hind tarsi with last three segments
mainly (nigritai sis) or all white. Larvae in ground-pools.
Group C {Keiteszia). Thorax without scales, mesonotum with longitudinal bare dark lines.
Hind tarsi white-banded, but tips not conspicuously white. Abdomen without scales, or at least
without scale-tufts. Larva (of A. criizi) with two long feathered hairs in each of the three pleural
groups; breed in Bvomeliaccae.
Group A (Nyssorynchus)
(a) Argyritarsis series
A. {N .) albitaisis Lynch Arribalzaga, EI Nat. Argent. Vol. i, p. i5i (187S); Argentina,Paragua3^ Bra-
*D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 443 (1928); Shannon and dei Ponte, Rev. zil.
Inst. Bact. B. Aires, Vol. 5, p. 52 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst.
Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. io5 (1928); Shannon and Davis, Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. Vol. 23, p. 488 (1930).
var. brazilieusis Chagas, Nov. Sp. Cui. Braz. p. 18 (1907); *Root, Amer. J. H3'g.
Vol. 6, p. 704 {1926).
A. (N.) aygyritarsis Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, Mexico to Argentina.
p. 41 1 (1827); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 444 (1928); Shannon and Del
Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires, Vol. 5, p. 5i (1928); Costa Lima,
Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 104 (1928).
dllopha Peryassii, Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio, Vol. 23, p. 70 (1921) [Cdlia'].
rooti Brethes. Physis, Vol. 8, p. 809 (1926) [CeUia).
A. (N .) darlingi '•'Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 6, p. 706 (1926); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 446 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3,
p. 108 (1928).
Brazil, Venezuela.
FAAI. CULICIDAE
4^'’
(^) Tarsimaculatus series
J. (-Y.) albipes Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. p. lo (1821); *D3’ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 484 (1928); C'osta Lima, Alem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 94
(192S).
iilbipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. i25 iigoi) [argyrotaysis var.].
Agramonte, EI Prog. Med. \'ol. 10, p. 460 (igoo).
dubius Blanchard, Les Moust. p, 2o5 (igoS).
.4. [X .) bachmanni Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires, ^'ol. 4,9.69(1925);
D_var, l\Iosq. Amer. p. qiS (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev.
Inst. Bact. B. Aires, \'ol. 5, p. 55 (1928); *Costa Lima, Mem. Inst.
Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 98 (192S).
davisi Paterson and Shannon, Tere. Reun. Soc. Arg. Pat. Reg. Norte, Mosij.
Embarcacion, p. 5 (ig27).
A. (X.) J>eyesi Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires, \’ol. 5,
p. 56 (1928) [? = hachmanni var.].
A. (A^. ) sirodei *Root, Amer. J. Hvg. \'ol. 6, p. 711 (1926); *Costa Lima,
INIem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 100 (1928).
*Dvar (nec Brethes), Mosq. Amer. p. 43$ (igzS).
A. (A’.) tarsimaculatus Goeldi, Os. Mosq. no Para, p. i33 (1906); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 489 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst.
Bact. B. Aires, \'ol. 5, p. 53 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw.
Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 95 (1928).
evaitsi Brethes, La Prensa Medica. Vol. r3, p. 106 (ig26).
ab. gorgasi Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \'ol. i5, p. igS (igoy).
\a.r. osivaldoi Peryassu, A Folha Medica, \'ol. 3, p. lyg (ig22) \_CeIliii]-, *Costa
Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 3, p. 96 (igzS).
(c) Rondoni series
A. [N .) cuyabensis Neiva and Pinto, Braz. Med. Vol. 87, p, 235 (1923);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 487 (1928) [? = tarsimaculatus, ab.].
A. (A^.) rondoni Neiva and Pinto, Braz. Med. Vol. 36, p. 822 (1922); D^Ar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 486 (1928); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz,
Suppi. 3, p. 102 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact.
B. Aires, \'ol. 5, p. 87 (1928); Davis and Shannon, Amer. J. Hyg.
Vol. 8, p. 448 (1928).
A. {X .) triannulatus Neiva and Pinto, Braz. Med. Vol. 36, p. 356 (1922).
Group B (Myzorhynchella)
A. {X .) liitsi Cruz, Braz. Med. Vol. i5, p. 428 (igoi); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 442 (1928).
guarani Shannon, in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 444 (1928).
nigra Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 78 (1907I.
A. {X .) nigritarsis Chagas, Nov. Esp. Cui. Braz. p. 12 (1907); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 440 (1928).
A. {N .) pannis Chagas, Nov. Esp. Cui. Braz. p. 4 (1907); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 441 (1928).
ui . {N .) pictipennis Philippi, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. i5, p. 896
(i865) [Culex]-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 441 (1928); Edwards, Dipt.
Patagonia, Vol. 2, p. 106 (1980).
higoti Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. i35 (1901).
Florida and W. Indies to
Venezuela and Brazil.
Argentina, Paraguay,A’e-
nezuela.
N.-W. Argentina.
Brazil, Venezuela.
C. America and W. Indies
to Peru and Paragua}'.
Brazil.
Brazil, Argentina. ? VM~
nezuela.
Brazil, Venezuela.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Chile.
40
DIPTERA
Group C (Kerteszia)
A. (N.) bellator Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 160 Mexica to Brazil.
(igo6); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 469 (1928).
hromelicola D3'ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 27 (1925).
var. Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 53 (1908); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 468 (1928).
lutzi Theobald (nec Cruz), Mon. Cui. Vol. 1, p. 177 (1901).
neivai Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 4, p. 987 (1917).
var. kylephilus Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 38 (1917).
A. (N .) boliviensis Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3. p. 66 (igo5); Bolivia.
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 467 (1928).
4. SUBGENUS MYZOMYIA Blanchard
Grassia ddieobald (not Fisch), Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1902). — Type rossi (jiles.
Myzomyia Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 04, p. ygS (1902). — Type rossi Giles.
Howardia Theobald (not Dalla Torre), Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1902). — Type costalis
Theo.
Pyretophorus Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 64, p. 796 (1902). — Type costalis Theo.
Cellia Theobald, J ourn. Trop. Aled. Vol. 5, p. i83 (1902). — - Type pharoensis Theo.
Aidrichia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 353 (igo3). — Type error Theo.
Feltinella Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 22 (1907). — Type pallidopalpi Theo.
Neocellia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 23 (1907). — Type indica Theo.
Pseudomyzomyia Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, insert slip (1907). — Type rossi Giles.
Calventia Ludlovv (not Warren), Can. Ent, Vol. 41, p. 22 (igog). — Type lineata Eudl.
Cal vertina Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p. 234 (1909). — T3'pe lineata Ludi.
Neomyzomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. i (1910). — Type James.
Aidrichinella Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 3 (igto). — Type error Theo.
Christophensia James, Paludism, Vol. i, p. 33 (igio). — Type James.
Nyssomyzomyia James, Paludism, Vol. i, p. 37 (igio). — Type rossi James.
Dactylomyia Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 377 (igio). — Type ceylonica N. and C.
Calviana Strand, Arch. Naturg. Vol. 92, A 8, p. 48 (1928). — Type lineata Ludi.
Chanacters. — Adult : Propleural and spiracular hairs variable, often reduced in number or
absent. Buccopharyngeal armature of 9 always present but of various types. Hypopygium (Pl. 3,
Fig. 9) with a group of 4-6 spines at base of coxite; these spines usually more slender than in
Anopheles s. str., and not set on tubercles or lobe ; no additional spine on inner margin of coxite near
iniddle. Wings (Pl. I , Fig. 3 ; Pl. 2, Fig. I 0) nearly alwa5's with distinet pale markings, including
a series of four spots along costa; bases of fork-cells and areas adjacent to cross-veins almost always
with pale scales.
Pupa. — - Lateral apical hairs of abdominal segments usually longer than in subgenus Anopheles
and sharply pointed; terminal hair of paddle (Pl. 5, Fig. 3 1) usually long and looked ; hairs C
(admedian hairs of posterior margin) of segments S-y usually as long as the following segment or
longer, simple or bifurcate.
FAM. CULICIDAE
47
L.apva. — Hair on shaft of antennae ahvays short aiul simple, and usnall}^ on outer sutlace.
Inner anterior clypeal hairs well separated, their distance apart at least eipial to one-fonrth of their
length. Pleural hairs variable, one or both of the long hairs of the ineso- and metathoracic groups
often plumose. Leaflets of float-hairs usuali}'’ with jagged edges and ending in a fdament (occasionally
elliptical, without shoulder or filament, as in subgenus Anophehs). Spiracular apparatus as in subgenus
Aiiopheles.
Cl assification and Distribution. — The rather numerous genera based on details of
scale-ornamentation cannot be maintained, but recent researches have shown that there are a number
of natural divisions of the subgenus which can be defined on more fundamental characters of both
adults and larvae. It would seem from a close sludy of all the characters that superlicial similarity
may not indicate relationship, and that a similar type of ornamentation {e. g. markings of hind tarsi or
lateral abdominal scale-tufts) may have been developed independently not only in different subgenera
oi Anophehs but even in different groups of the subgenus Myzomyia. The most important characteis of
ta.xonomic value are those discovered by Barraud, Covell and Sinton (Ind. Med. Res. Vol. i5,
p. 3oi-3oS and 671-679, 1927-1928) in the buccopharyngeal armature of the 9 (see Pl. 3, Fig. 10),
and by Puri (Ind. J. Med. Res. ^T1. 16, p. 5ig-528, 1928) in the pleural hairs of the larvae. These
writers recognise three or four main divisions of the subgenus, but it may perhaps he better to
recognise six groups, some of which are clearly defined in the larval stage, others in the adult. The
arrangement suggested below differs slightly from those hitterto adopted, and is an attempt to combine
the Work of the authors noted with that of Christophers. It will be seen that several of the groups are
roughly characteristic of special geographical regions.
Group A [Neomyzomyia). Female with bucco-pharyngeal armature (Pl. 3, Fig. I I ) consisting
of a single row of large pectinate teeth. One or more propleural hairs present; no spiracular hairs
(except in the .African species). Pronotal lobes with a tuft of scales (except in A. and sometimes
in A. tessellatus). Wings usually with numerous small dark dots on all the veins (but this type of
marking not shown in the African species). Fegs with the femora and tibiae nearly always
conspicuously speckled or ringed; if the legs are completely dark the female palpi are pale at the tip
only {nili) or dark-tipped and only faintly ringed {smithi). Abdomen with or without scales dorsally,
but without lateral scale-tufts. Larva with all the long hairs in the pleural groups simple.
This group is specially characteristic of the Malayan region, and includes all the Australian
species of the subgenus; several African species are also placed here, but as noted above these differ
somewhat in adult characters. The group shows some points of resemblance to the subgenus
Nyssorhynchus, and seems to be the most primitive group oi Myzomyia-, hence it is placed first, instead
of last as has sometimes been done. Although the group is well distinguished by the female mouth
and larval pleural hairs, it cannot be distinguished sharply on superficial characters from Group E.
Group B [Myzomyia {1)']. Buccopharyngeal armature of 9 (Pl- 3, Fig. 12) consisting of a
double row of teeth without deep-set roots. One or two propleural hairs present; spiracular hairs
usually present but very small. Pronotal lobes without scales. Palpi of 9 oever shaggily scaled,
always with three white rings, last segment usually entirely white-scaled. Thoracic scales usually
hairhke ; abdomen without scales. Legs never mottled, usually entirely dark, or tarsal segments
with narrow apical pale rings (hind tarsi broadly white-tipped in rufipes, theilcri, and majidi). Wings
with the dark areas more elongate, not dot-like. Larva with one long feathered hair in the propleural
and one in the metapleurhl group; other long pleural hairs simple.
4 — •
\ (i) This group has usually bel?n Styled the « il/y^oiav/u-group », and the designation is retained here, as no other
generic term is available ; it is, however, not strictly accurate as the genotype of MvzomyM is vossi = snhpic/us.
4^
DIPTERA
This group is centered in the Ethiopian region, onl}' a few species occurring outside tropical
Africa, some of these being representative torms of African species.
Group C [Neocellia]. Buccopliaiyngeal armature as in group B. No propleural hairs
(a unique feature of this group, distinguishing it sharph' from all oihttv Auopheles)-, spiracular hairs
usuali)^ present. Palpi of 9 niuch as in Group B, but sometimes more shaggil}- scaled. Thorax
nearl}^ alwavs with distinet broad scales on scutum; abdominal scale-development variable, scales absent
in man}' species, present in others, in one {piildierriniis) forming distinet lateral tufts. Eegs often
speclded; hind tarsi nearly alwa3'S broadl\' white at tip (legs almost uniforml_v dark onl}’ in mogJiiileusis
and superpictus). Wing-markings of the same t3-pe as in group B. Larva with one long feathered
hair in the propleural group, one in tlie mesopleural, and tvvo in the metapleural.
This group is mainly Oriental (especialiy Indian and Indo-INIalavum) including onl3' two African
and one Mediterranean species, the latter (superpictus) not quite t3’pical.
Group Y) . (turkhudi-growp), JEiccopharvngeal armature of 9 (Pl- 3, Fig. I 3 ) consisting of a
double row of teeth, the « cones » appearing longer tlian the u rods » and with a short root.
Pro-pleural and spiracular hairs present. Pronotal lobes without scales. Palpi of 9 long and slender,
not shaggill3^ scaled, usuall3' dark-tipped (white-tipped in cinereus, but then the last segment has a dark
ring). Thoracic scales variable, but if present not vei3r broad; abdomen without scales. kegs
without definite ornament. Larval pleural hairs more or less as in group C.
This includes a few species, chielR- of Mediterranean distribution, somewhat intermediate in
character between groups B, C and E. One African species (ciueieus) is ])erhaps better placed here
than in group E.
CjroLip E \ Pyretophorus (i)]. Buccophaiymgeal armature of 9 consisting of a donble row of
teeth, the « cones » appearing shorter than the « rods », with thick bulbous base and long, narrow,
deep-set root. Propleural and spiracular hair pr'esent. Pronotal lobes with scale-tuft (African species)
or without (Oriental species). Palpi of 9 '^ot very slender, shagillv scaled on basal half or more, last
segment entireh' white scaled (excejA in A. cliristyi and aberrations of A. gambiae). Thoracic and
abdominal scales variable, but abdomen without lateral tults of scales. Legs more or less speckled or
ringed on femora and tibiae; front tarsi with distinet pale rings over the joints. Larva with one of the
three long propleural hairs more or less feathered; mesopleural both simple or nearly so; metapleural
both feathered (except in gambiae). Oriental and Ethiopian.
Group E (Cellia). Buccopharyngeal armature of 9 consisting of a double row of teeth, the
« cones )) pointed and longer than the short and narrow rods, bases of cones narrow and deep-set.
Propleural and spiracular hairs present. Pronotal lobes with large tufts of scales. Palpi of 9
shaggil3r scaled for their whole length. l'horax rvith broad scales on scutum, abdomen rather densel3'
scaly and with projecting lateral scale-tufts one each segment. Legs more or less mottled and banded.
Larva with both long metapleural hairs feathered, mesopleural simple. Ethiopian region.
Group A (Neomyzomyia)
A . (M .) amictus Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p 71 (1921), \M1. 14, Tropical Australia.
p. 354 (1924); *Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 37
(1927).
( I ) This has heen spoken of as the Pseiuiomyzomyia group, but should rather be called (ii A. gambiae be incliided) the
Pyretophorus group.
FAM. CULICIDAE
A. (M.) aitnuli/'es Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. \’ol, i, p. 443 (i856); *Cooling,
Coinm. Austr. Dept. Health, Service Pub. \’oI. 1, }>. 21 (1924),
\’ol. 3. p. 97 (1924); Proc. R. Soc. \'ict. \\)1. 37, p. 62 (1925);
* Mackenas, Pioc. Linn. Soc. X. S. W. \'ol. 52, ]>. 34 (1927).
nuisUrsi Skuse, Froc. Linn. Soc. X. S. W. (2), Viil. 3, p. 1757 (iS8g).
)nnsii'iis Skase, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1754 (1SS9).
A. (3/.) ior/rKFi' Theobald, Journ. Econ. Biol. \'ol. i, p. 17 (ipoS) [Pyieio-
[<1101 itf\; * 11 ili and ]-laydon, .Ann. Xatal. Alus. \'ol. 1, p. 137 (1907).
pyyetophoi\<ides Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 4, p. .48 (1907I.
A. (3/.) atuiroslns AXkitson, .Ann. ’l'rop. Aled. \’ol. 4, p. 25 i (1910); *llac]ver,
Alalara Piir. Rept. h'. AI. S. \"ol. 2 (1920).
A (3/.) k/ug-i Christophers, Ind. J. Aled. Re.s. \’ol. 10, p. loii (1923);
Eilwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A’ol. 17, p. 126(1926).
A. (M.) /coc/ii Donitz, Insekten-Bbrse, Pol. 18, p. i (1901); *Stanton, Bull.
Ent. Res. \'ol. 5, p. 129(1914); *S\vellengrebel and S\v. de Graaf,
Aled. Burg. Gen. I). X'ed.-Ind. \Ad. 6, p. 40 (1919), Kolon, Int.
Amsterdam, \'ol. i5, p. 83 (1921) 'iCdlia].
flavd Ludlow, Can. Ent. A’oL 40, p. 32 (190S) [Cdlid\.
hiilli James, Paludism, A^ol i, p. 33 (1910) \_Cfiris/ophei-siii] ; James and Liston,
Anoph. Alosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 123 (1911).
ort/Za/ar Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 174 (1901).
A. (3/.) hucosphyrns Donitz, Insekten-Boise, \"ol. 18, p. 37 (1901) ; *.Stanton,
Bull. Ent. Res. A’ol. 6, p. 16S (igi5); * Swellengrebel and Sw.de
Graaf, Aled. Burg. Gen. D. Xed.-lnd. \'ol. 6, p. 33 (1919), Bull. Ent.
Res Vol. [I, p. 83 (1920), Kolon. Inst. .Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 79
(1921); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Pasteur Indochine, Vol. g, ji. 64 (1929).
t/dg-aai James, in Theobald, Mon. Cui Vol. 3, p. 5i (igo3); *James and Liston,
.•\noph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. io5 (1911).
var. /nnAo ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'(>1. 12, p. 70(19211; * Hacker, Malaria Bur.
Rept. F. M. S. 1921 (1922).
A. (3/.) longirostris Bitig, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 68, p. 278 (1928),
Aled. D. A^olksgez. X'ed.-Ind. p. 32 (1928).
A. (3/.) wflc/ttnFj'/ * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. V^ol. 21, p. SqS (ig3o).
A. (37.) tnuUiciuctus *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 291 (1930).
A. (37.) iialaleiisis *EIill and Haydon. Ann. Natal Alus. Vol. i, p. i52 (1907)
(MyzorJiynchiis)-, Ingram and de Aleillon, S. Afr. Inst. Aled. Res.
Aml. 23, p. 168 (1929).
aiireosquamiger Theohald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 73 (1907) [Pyretophorns].
A. [M.) nili Theobald, Eirst Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 66 (1904): Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. A^ol. 3, p. 248 (1912); *Blacklock and Evans, Ann.
Trop. Aled. Vol. 20, p. 80 (1926); * Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr.
p. 28 (1927).
fiuiesla var. nigra (Theobald M. S.), Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Alem.
Vol. 3, p. 45 11924).
umbrosa Edwards (nec Theobald), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 142 (igii).
unicolor Grrinberg, Zool. Anz. Vol. 29, p. 879 (igzS).
A. (37.) pundulaiiis Donitz, Insekten-Borse, Vol. 18, p. 872 (1901); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p 70 (1921); *de Rook, Geneesk. 'hijd.
Ned.-Ind. Vol. 64, p. 642 (1924); *Buxton and Hopkins, Res. in
Poljmesia, p. 67 (1927); Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 804
(1929).
faranti Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. Sq, p. 908 (1902).
var. H/oZ/iavrVii/i Swellengrebel and Svv. de Graaf, Bull. Ent. Res Vol. ii, p. 78
(1920I, *Geneesk. Tijd. Xed.-lnd. Vol. 60. p. 4 (1920), and *Kolon. Inst.
.Amsterdam, \'ol. i5, p. 70 (1921) [anniilipes var. violluccensis~\ , Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Kes Vol. 12, p. 75 (1921) and Vol. 14, p. 354 (1924); Hili,
Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, ]>. 65 (1923).
.Australia, 'fasmania.
S. .Africa.
Alalaya.
E. C. .Africa.
.Assam, Cochin China,
lAlalaya Region.
W. India, Ceylon, Assam ,
A'Iala}’an region.
Malaya, Borneo.
New Guinea.
E. Africa.
E. .Africa.
E. and S. Africa.
Tropical Africa.
X^ew Guinea, Aloluccas,
New Hebrides, New
Caledonia, N. Austra-
lia, Solomons.
5o
DIPTEKA
A. (M.) sniithi Theobald, Entom. Vol. 38, p. loi (igoS) ; *Blacklock and
Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 20, p. 78 (1926); Evans, Ann. Troj).
Med. Vol. 20, p. 104 (1926).
palUdopalpi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. Sy (1907) \_Feltinella\.
A. (3/.) tessclatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. r, p. 175 (1901); *Stanton,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 129 (igi3); Edvvards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 12, p. 71 (1921) \_A. punctulaius var.]; Yamada, Sci. Rept. Goot.
Insek. Inf. Dis. Tokio, Vol. 4, p. 483 (1926); *Borel, Arch. Inst.
Past. Indochine, Vol. 9, p. 74 (1929).
ceylonica Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, ]>. 377 (igio)]_Diictylomyi({\.
deceptor Ddnitz, Zeitschr. Hyg. Vol. 41, p. 60 (1902).
formosae Hatori, Kampo, No, 5534, P- -1^ (Dec. 1901).
kinoshitai Koidzumi, Dobutsagaku Zasshi, Vol. 29, p. i33 (1917).
punctulatus Theobald (in part). Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 175 (1901 j; James and
Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 104 11911); *Swellengrebel and Sw.
de Graaf, Med. Burg. Geneesk. D. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 6, p. 38 (1919) and
*Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 70(1921).
? punctulaius var. orientalis Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg. Geneesk.
D. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 9, Add. p. 3 (1920) and *Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-lnd.
Vol. 60, p. 8 (1920).
taiwanensis Koidzumi, Dobutsagaku Zasshi. Vol. 29, p. i35 (1917).
ihorntoni Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 69 (1904).
A. {M .) watsoni Leicester, Coi. Malaya, p. 38 (igo8) \_Pyyetophorits]; * Ilacker,
Malaria Bur. Rept. F. M. S. 1921, p. 4 (1922).
Group B (Myzomyia).
A. {M .) aconitus Donitz (i), Zeitschr. Il3’g'. Vol. 41, p. 70 (1902); *Stanton,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 162 (igi5); *Swellengrebel and Sw. de
Graaf, Med. Burg. Gen. D. Ned.-lnd. Vol. 6, p. 28(1919), Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. II, p. 85 (1920), Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 61
(1921); *Strickland, Ind. Journ. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 147 (1924);
*Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine (9), p. 38 (1929); Christophers,
Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 5i (1924).
albirostris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1903).
brahmacharii Christophers, Paludism N® 5, p. ii (1912); Brahmachari, Ind.
Med. Gaz. Vol. 46, p. 268 (1911).
? va.r . filipinae Manalang, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. 43, p. 258 (1930).
A. { M .) africanus Roque, Medie. Contemporanea, Lisbon (igod) [superpidiis
var.]. (Original description not seen).
A . {M .) aiisteni Theobald, Entom. Vol. 38, p. 102 (igo5) \Pyvelophoyus\-,
Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 36 (1927) [A. iiiarshalli var.].
A. (df.) byitiniipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 64 (1910); Evans, Anoph.
Trop. and S. Afr. p. 48 (1927); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20,
p. 321 (1929).
A. (M.) culici/acies GWes, Ent. Mo. Mag. (2), Vol. 12, p. 197 (Aug. 1901);
* James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. Vol. 2, p. 69 (1911);
Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 46, 93 (1924).
indica Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. i83 (Nov. 1901).
listoni Giles (Q), Ent. Mo. Mag. (2), Vol. 12, p. 197 (Aug. 1901).
ab. punjabensis James and Liston, Anoph, Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 72 (1911).
var. adenensis Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 296 (1924).
A. {M .) distinctus Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 234
(1911) \Pyyetophoyus'] \ Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 26. (1927).
ab. melanocosta Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 236 (1911).
(i) The forms aconitus, fluviatilis, funestus and minimus constitute a closely-related
are not well defined, Possibly the)"- should be United under Macquarfs name minutus.
Sierra Leone.
Oriental region.
Malaj-a.
E. India, to Philippines,
Malaj^an region.
Angola.
Angola.
Angola.
India, Ceylon.
S. Arabia.
N.-E. Rhodesia, S.-W.
Congo.
series in which specific limits
FAM. CULICIDAE
.T 1
A. (iV.) domiculus Edwards, lEill. Ent. Kes. \'ol. 6, p. 363 (igi6); Evans,
Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 38 (1927); *Evans, Ann. Trop, Med.
Vol. 23, p. 423 (1929).
A. (3/.) d' thdli Patton, J. Bombay Nat. llist. Soc. \"ol. 16, p. 627 (igoS);
*Christophers and Khazan Chand, Ind. J. Med. Kes. \'ol. 3, p. t86
(I9i5)[.:i. rhodisiensis]-, Cliristophers, MS. (1930).
A . {^I .) jiavicosta Edwards, Bull. Ent. Kes. \’ol. 2, p. 142 (1911); Evans,
Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 38 (1927) [? = marshalli var.].
A . .) fluviatilis James, Sci. Mem. AJed. and San. Dept. Gov. India,
Vol. 2, p. 3i (1902) [Probably = minimus var.].
leptotueiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 38 (igo3j.
Usioni Liston (iiec Giles), Ind. Med. Gaz. Vol. 36, p. 36i (Oct. igoi);
and Liston, Anoph. .Mosq. Iiul. Ed. 2, p. 73 (1911); Christojihers. Ind.
Med. Kes. Mem. Vol. 3,}). .(g, oS (1924); Evans, .Vnn. Tro]). Aled. Vol. 24,
p. 591 (1930).
iuneslus (in part), Strickland, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 12, p, 149 (1924).
A. {M .) freetownensis Evans, .Vnn. Trop. Aled. Vol. 19, p. 461 {1925)
[as A. Marshalli var.]; *Bhicklock and Evans, Ann. Trop. Aled.
Vol. 20, p. 78 (1926); Evans, .Ann. Trop. Aled. \'ol. 23, p. 420 (1929).
A. {M .) /uuesius Giles, Liverpool S. Trop. Aled. Mem. A"ol. 2, App. 2, p. 5o
(Feb. 1900); *Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 29 (1927): *AIac
Gregor, .Anoph. Alauritius, p. 19 (1924); *Evans, .Ann. Trop. Aled.
\’ol. 24, p. 587 (ig3o); Leeson, Bull. Ent. Kes. A^ol. 21, p. 421 (ig3o).
funestus var. suhnmbrosus Theobald, Liverp. S. Trop. Med. .Mem. Vol. 10,
App. p. 4 (1903) ; Christophers, Ind. .Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 48 (1924).
/lebes Donitz, Zeitschr. llyg. Vol. 41. p. 84 (1902).
kuinasii Chalmers, Lancet, Vol. 2, p. 1262 (Nov. 1900).
? minuta Macquart, Hist. .\’at. Ins. Dipt. p. 33 (1834).
var. arabicus Christophers and Khazan Chand, Ind. J. hled. Res. Vol. 3. p. 189
(igiS).
\-a,T. bisi^natus Griinberg', Zool. .Anz. Vol. 29, p. 378 (igoS); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 249 (1912); Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Alem. Vol. 3,
p. 48 (1924).
funesta var. anisochloros Theobald, Liverp. S. Trop. Aled. Alem. Vol. 10,
App., piate (igoS).
funesta var. umbrosa Theobald, Liverp. S. Trop. Aled. Alem. Vol. 10, App. p. 4
(i903).
VAX. fuscivenosus Leeson, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. izS (igSo).
A. (37.) garnhami Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 292 (ig3o).
A. [M .) hargreavesi Evans, .Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 40 (1927), Ann.
Trop. Aled. Vol. 23, p. 420 (1920) [A. marshalli var.]; Evans, AIS.
(rgSo).
A. (37.) jeyporiensis James, Sci. Alem. Aled. San. Dept. India, Vol. 2,
p. 32 (1902); Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 66 D9o3); *James
and Liston, Anopili. Alosq. Ind. Ed. Vol. 2, p. 81 (1911); *Puri,
Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 16, p. 5i3 (1928); *Chowdhury, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 16, p. 38 (1928).
candidienses Koidzumi, Trans. F. E. A. T. AI. Singapore, p. 98 {1924); Riv.
Alalar. Vol. 9, p. 233 (1930); Yamada, Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Insek. Dis.
Tokio, Vol. 4. p 490 (1926).
W. Africa.
Arabia.
N. Nigeria.
India, Ceylon.
Sierra Leone.
Tropical Africa,
tius.
Muscat.
W. Africa.
S. Rhodesia.
E. C. Africa.
W. Africa.
E. India.
Formosa.
Alauri-
A. (37.) longipalpis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3j (1903); Evans, Anoph. E. and Africa.
Trop. and S. Afr. p. 33 (1927); *de Meillon, S. Afr. J. Sci. Vol. 26,
p. 3t9 (1928).
A. (37.) majidi Youngand Alajid, Ind. J. Aled. Res. A^ol, 16, p. 469 (1928)
[A. harwari var.']; lyengar, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 17, p. i (1929).
S. India.
02
d]ptp:ra
A. (M. ) wars/jfl/// Theobald ( I ), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 77 (igo3); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 249 (1912); Evans (in part), Anoph. Trop.
and S. Afr. p. 34 (1927); *lngTam and de Medion, S. Afr. Iiist. Med.
Res. Vol. 23, p. 170 (1929); *de Meillon, S. Afr. J. Sci. Vol. 25,
p. 320 (1928).
Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5,p. 41 (1910).
? funesti! var. neireti Blanchard. Arch. Parasit. Vol. ii. p. 188 (1906).
A. {M .) miitiiiiiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 186 (28 nov. 1901); Chiis-
tophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 49 (1924); *Stiickland,
Ind. Jonrn. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 149(1924); Yamada, Sci. Rept.
Goot. Inst. Insek. Dis. Tokio, Vol. 4, p. 447 (1926); * Borei, .Arch.
Inst. Past Indochine, Vol. 9, p. 42 (1929); *Manalang, Phil. J. Sci.
Vol. 43, p. 247 (ig3o); *Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 24, p. 887
(1980).
ihristophersi Theobald, Proc. K. Soc. Vol. 69. p. 378 (1902).
christophersi var. alhoapicalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, ]>. 25 (1910’.
cohaesa Donitz, Zeitschr. Hyg. Vol. 43, p. 233 (igoS).
febrifera Banks, Phil. J. Sci. D, Vol. 9, p. 405 (1914).
flaviros/ris Ludlovv, Psyche, Vol. 21, p. 3o (igiS).
formosaensis I, Tsuzuky, Arch. Schiffr.-Hyg Vol. 6. p. 287 (1902).
mangvana Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. 991 (1906).
merak Mangkoe Winoto, Med. Burg. Clen. D. Ned.-Ind. p. 57 (1919)
[il/. aconita var.].
? vincenti Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 993 (? 3o Nov. 1901).
var. varuna lyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 24 (1924).
A. (M.) moucheti Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. ig, p. 211 {ig25)\_A. inarshalU
var.]; *Evans, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 28, p. 415 (1929); Evans, MS.
(1930).
A. {M .) pitchfordi Giles, Rev. Anoph. p. 84 (1904); Evans, Anoph. Trop
and S. Afr. p. 36 (1927) [? = marshalli var.].
A. (M.) rhodesiensis Theobald, Mon. Cid. Vol. i, p 184(1901); * Kirkpatrick,
Mosq. Egypt. p. 53 (1925); *Blacklock and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med.
Vol. 20, p. 80 (1926); Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 25 (1927).
A. (M.) rnfipes Gough, Transvaal Dept. Agr. Rept. Goot. Vat. Bact. (1908-
1909), p. 119(1910) [_N . pretoriensis Edwards, Bnll. Ent. Res.
Vol. 3. p. 246 (1912), Vol. 20, p. 321 (1929).
watsoni Edwards (nec Leicester), Bull. Ent. Kes, Vol. 2. p. 143 (1911).
var. ingrami Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 322 (1929).
A. {M .) sergenti Theobald, Mon. Cnl. Vol. 4, p. 68 (1907) [Pyyetophoriis]-,
*Buxton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 78 (1928); *Kirkpatrik, Mosq.
Egypt. p. 56 (1925); Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 523
(1929).
A. {M .) theileri Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 247 (1912), Vol. 20,
p. 821 (1929); * Blacklock and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 20,
p. 80 (1926); Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 47 (1927); Ingram
and de Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 23, p. 169 (1929).
albipes Theobald, U. S. Afr. Dept. Agr. First Rept. Vet. Res. p. 243 (1911)
[Pyretophorus albipes; nec A. albipes Theo 1901].
var. brohieri Edw.irds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 322 (1929).
var. hancocki Edwards, Bull Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 322 (1929).
var. seydeli Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol 20, p. 322 (1929),
A. {M .) transvaal ensis Carter, Entom. Vol. 48, p. 287 (1910) \_Pyretophorus'\;
Evans, Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. p. 33 (1927); *Svmes, Kenva and
E. Afr. Med. J. Vol. 7 (Dec. 1927).
E. and S. Africa, Mada-
gascar.
E. India, Malaya, Philip-
pines, Hong Kong.
S.-W India.
Congo. Uganda.
.S. Africa.
Trop. Africa, Egypt.
Tropi cal Africa.
W. Africa
N. Africa, Egypt, Pa-
lestine, Canary Is.
Trop. Africa.
W. Africa.
Uganda.
S.-E. Congo.
E. and S. Africa.
(I) The fonns austeni, domicoliis, flavicosta, frectownensis, hargrcavesi, moucheti and pitchfordi were treated by Evans
(1927) as varieties of mars/ialli. but it now seeins more likely that all (except perhaps pitchfordi), are distinet species.
1-AM. CULICIDAK
53
A. (.V.) Wiilfiiveits! Edvvaids, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 21, 290 (igio).
A. {M.) mAlcomei Theobald, First Kept. Wellcome Lab. j'. 64 (1904);
Edwards, Rull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 17. p. 126 (1926); Evans, Anoph.
Trop. and S. Afr. p. 24(1927).
Gropp C (Neocellia)
A . {M .) aiiHiilaris v. d. Wulp. Notes Le_\ den Mus. \’ol. 6, p. 249 (1884);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. i5. p. 260 (igaS).
/uliginosus (iWes, Handb. Gnats, p. 160 (1900); •■■'James and Liston, Anoph.
Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 87 (1911); Chiistophers, Ind J. iNIed. Res. 'Vol 12,
p. 3oo 11924); Dyar and Shannon. Insec. Inscit Yol. i3, p. 88 (19251;
■\'amada. Sci. Rei)t. Goot. Inst. Insek. Dis. Tokio, \’oi 4. p. 464 (19261;
*Puri, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5. p. 5i3 (1927); Covell, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. i5, p. 1059 (192S); ^'lyenpar, Ind J. IMed. Res. \'ol. 16, p. 640
(1929); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 9, p. 5i (1929I;
Feegrade, Ind. J Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 253 (19291.
? jamesti Liston, Ind. Med. Gaz. \'ol. 36. p. 441 (Dec. 1901).
} leucopus Donitz, Insekten-Borse, Vol. 18, p. 37 (Jan 1901).
/higpori James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. i. p. 101 (1904).
limata Ludlow. Can. Ent. Vol. 40, p. 5o (1908) [C/n(4<;.w'aJ.
var. adiei James and Liston, .-tnoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 89(1911).
A. (M .) jnmest Theohald, .Mon. Cui. \’ol. i, p. i34(N'ov. igoi); Covell. Ind.
|. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 1022 (1927); *Puri, Ind. J. Med. Res.
\’ol. i5, p. 5ii (1927); *Feegrade, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 17, p. 25i
(1929).
A [M .) kati.uni James in Theobald, iMon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 102 (iqo3);
* James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 96 (191 1) ; *Stanton
Bull. Ent. Kes. Vtd. 6, ]). 167 (igid); * .Swellengrebel and Sw. de
Graat, Med. Burg. Cen. D. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6, p. 32 (1919) and Kolon.
Inst. Amsterdam, ^'ol. i5, p. 102(1921); '''Carter, Ceylon [. Sci. D.
Vol. I, p. 89! 1925) [kazvan'].
nigrans Stanton, J. I.ondon S. Trop. Med. Vol. 2. p. 7 (1912).
A. {M.) maculatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 171 (igoi); *James and
Liston, .Anoph. Alosq. Ind. Ed. 2. p. 84 (1911); *Svvellengrebel and
Sw. de Graaf, Med. Burg. Gen. D. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6, p. 3o(igig)and
Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5.p. 98(1921); *Carter, Ceylon J.
Sci. D. \"ol. I. p. 89(1925); *Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
Vol. 9, p. 58 (1929),
pseudowillmori Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5. p. 65 (1910).
willmori Leicester (nec Theobald), Cui. Malaya. p. 42 (1908)
dravidicus Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 297 (1924).
hanabusai Yamada. Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Insek. Dis. Tokio. Vol. 4, p. 471
(1926).
A. (d/.) maclilipalpis Giles, Handb. Gnats Ed. 2, j). 297 (1902); Theobald,
Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 96 (igoS) \_Nyssor]iytichus'] \ *AIac Gregor, Anoph.
Mauritius, p. ig (1924); *Symes, Kenya and E. .Afr. Aled. J.
(Dec. 1927); Evans, .Anoph. Trop. and S. Afr. jn 49 (1927).
A. [M .) moghidensis Christophers. Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 12. p. 296 (1924)
\_ieyporiensis var.]; *Puri, Ind. J. Med. Res. A^ol. i6. p. 5i3 (1928).
A. (M.) pallidus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 184 (1901) [^/uliginosus var.];
Christophers, Ind J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 299 (1924); *Puri, Ind.
]. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 5i3 (1927); *Ivengar, Ind. J. Aled. Res.
Vol. 16, p. 641 ( ] 929).
fowUri Christophers. Paludisin, N'’ 2, p. 64 (1911I.
A. (M.) palloni Christophers, Ind. J. .Med. Res. Vol. i3, p. 871 (1926).
S.-E. Cungo.
Tiop. .Africa.
India, Alalayan region,
Philippines.
S. W. India, Ceylon.
India, Ceydon, Malajan
region.
Oriental region.
Africa, Mauritius.
N.-\Ah India.
1 ndia.
N. China.
^4
DIPTERA
A. (M.) />/ii/i/>J>ineus!s Ludlow, J . Amer. Med. Ass. p. 426 ( 1902) ; Christophers,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12. p. 3oo (1924); *Puri, Ind. J. Med, Res.
Vol. i5, p. 5t4 (1927); Covell, Ind. j. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. io63
(1928); *Chowdhu[y, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 41 (1928);
lyengar, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 642 (1929).
? errabunda .Swellengrebel, Ned. Tijd. Geneesk. Vol. 69, p. igiS (igzS) [Cellia~\.
freerae Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. ggS (1906).
fnliginosus Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 166 (igiS).
nivipes Theobald, Entom Vol. 36, p. 258 (igoS).
pampangensis Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol 17, p. 114 (1920).
A. {M .) prctorieiisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 99(1903) \_ISIyssorhync]i!ti\\
*Hill and Haydon, Ann. Nalal. Mus. Vol. i, p. 139 (1907); *S3nnes,
Ken^^a and E. .^fr. Med. J. (Dec. 1927); Evans, Anoph. Trop. and
S. Afr. p. 48 (1927).
libani Patton, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p. 629 (igoSj; Christophers,
Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 66 (1924).
A. (M.) piilcherriiuus Theobald, Proc. R. Soc. Vol. 69, p. 869 (1902); James
and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 116 (1911) [Celliay, *Vassi-
liev, Trudy Bur. Ent. Vol. 10,006(1921); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 12, p. 277 (1921), Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 279 (1926); *Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 182 (ig3o).
atfopotenae [or atropathenica^ Lindtrop. Russ. J Trop. Med. 1924, p. 369 (1924).
A. {M.)ramsayi Covell, Ind. J Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 1019 (April 1927);
*Puri, Ind. j. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 5r5 (1927).
jamesi James and Liston (nec Theobald), Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 91 (191 1).
pseudojames' *Strickland and Chowdhnry, Ind. Med. Gaz. Vol. 62, p. 240
(May 1927I.
A. (M.) schiiffneri Stanton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 878 (igiS); *S\vellen-
grebel, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 11, p. 87 (1920), and Kolon. Inst.
Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 96 (1921).
A. {M .) splendidus Koidzumi, Daiwan Kenkyujo Hokoku, Vol. 8, p. 28
(1920); Koidzumi, Trans. 5th. Congr. F. E. A. T. M. Singapore,
p. 99 (1924), and Riv. Malar. Vol. 9, p. 284 (1980).
indiensis TheohAd. Mon Cui. Vol. 3, p 99 (1903); Christophers, Ind l\Ied.
Res. Mem Vol. 3, p. 66 (1924) [niaculipalpis var.]; Yamada, Sci Rept.
Goot. Inst. Insek. Dis. Tokio, Vol. 4. p. 476 (1926).
maculipalpis * James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed 2, p. g3 (1911).
A. (M.) stephensi Liston, Ind. Med. Gaz. Vol. 36, p. 441 (1901); *James and
Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2. p. ii3 (1911); Christophers, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol 3, p. 481 (1916); *Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5,
p. 280 (1926); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 186 (1980).
folquei de Mello, An. ,Sci. Fac. Med. Porto, Vol. 4, n° 3 (1918).
intermedia Rothwall, Entom. Vol. 40, p. 34 (1907).
metaboles Theobald, Proc. R. Soc. Vol. 69, p 374 (1902).
A. (M .) superpictus Grassi, Atti R. Acad. Lincei (5), Vol. 8, p. 56o (1899),
Vol. 9, p. 78 (1900) ; *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 278 (1921),
Riv. Malar. Vol. 5. p. 281 (1926); Theodor, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5,
p, 38r (1925); Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt. p. 5g (1925); *La Face, Riv.
Malar. Vol. 8, p. 565 (1929); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 187
(1930); Collado, Eos, Vol. 6, p. 887 (1980).
cardamitisi Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 379 (1910)
[Pvretop!ionis~\.
mace loniensis Coi. and Hovasse, Bull. Soc Path. E.xot. Vol. 10, p. 891 (1917)
[Pyretophorus'].
nursei Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 66 (1907) [Pyretophorus].
palestinensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 71 (i9o3) [Pyretophorus].
vassilicvi Portschinsky , Trudy Bur. Ent. Vol. 5, p. 58 (1911).
var. bereslnevi Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop Med. Vol. 2, p. 48 (1926); Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 189 (1980).
Burma, Malaya, Anda-
mans, Philippines.
Africa, Aden.
N.-W. India, Turkestan,
Mesopotamia, Trans-
caucasia.
E. India, Sumatra.
Sumatra.
India, S. China, For-
mosa.
India, Lower Alesopota-
inia.
Spain and Algeria (?) to
Persia and Punjab.
Turkestan.
FAM. CULICI DA E
55
A. [M .) IhiobaUh Giles, Eiit. Mo. Mag. (2), \'ol. 12, p. 198 (1901); *[aines
and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 95 (1911).
A. (M.) K’iUmori James, in TheoFald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. loo (igoS) [vVJ-.s-st)-
rhynchus] \ James and Listnn, Anoph. Mosc]. Ind. Eil. 2, p. 109(1911);
Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. \'ol. 3, p. 65 (1924).
dudgfoiii Theobald, iMon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. ii3 (1907).
htdiCii Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. iii {1907).
nnicuhsii James and Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Hd. 2. ]>. ii2 (iqiib
Group D (turkliudi-group)
A. (ili.) broiissesi *Ed\vards, .Arch. Inst. Pasteur Algerie, \h)l. 7, p. 82 (1929);
Martin, Elieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 170 [hroussen', error].
A. (M.) cinereus Tlieobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. i, p. 161 (1901); llill and
Ilaydon, Anu. Natal. Mus. \"ol. i, p. i35 (1907); Christophers, Ind.
Med. Res. Mem. \’ol. 3, p. 56(r924); Evans, Anoph. Trop. S. .Afr.
p. 29 (1927).
? costalis Lf e\v mec Theobald', Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 10, p. 55 (1866).
jehafi Patton, J Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. \'^ol. 16, p. 63o iiqoS).
A. (^M .) flaviceps Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 12, p. 69 (1921).
A. (ili.) hispaniolia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 49 (1903); Sergent, Ann.
Inst. Pasteur, \'ol. 19, p. 144 (1905), \’ol. 20, p. 3g3 (190S) ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 270 (1921), Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 283
(1926); Senevet and Prunelle, .Arch. Inst. Part. .Alg. Vol. 6, p. 479
(1928); *l\Iartini, Elieg. Pal. Reg. Cid. p. 174 (1930); Collado, Eos,
A'ol. 6, p. 334 (1930); Christophers, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 621
(1929).
Theobald. Alon. Cui. Vol. 4, p 69 {1907) [Pyrctoplwrus'].
A. (ili.) tViri/no' * Raffaele, Riv. Malar. Vol. 7, p. ii (1928); Martini, Elieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 175 (1980) [? = hispauiola, var.].
A. (M.) multicolor Cambouliu (A), C. R. Ac. Sci. Vol. i35, p. 704 (1902);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 280 (1921), Riv. Malar.
Vol. 5, p. 284 (1926); *Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egj^pt, p. 62 (1925);
*Theodor, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 879 (1925); Martini, Elieg. Pat.
Reg. Cui. p. 177 (1930).
chaudoyci Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 68 (igoS) \_Pyretophorns']\ '''Foley,
Campagne Antipaludique de 1911, Alger, p. 49 (1912); ^Langeron, Bull.
Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. ii. p. 291 (1918).
Cleopatrae Willcocks (nom. nud.), Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 3, p. 586 (igio).
impunctus Donitz, Zeitschr. -Hyg. Vol. 41, p. 67 (1902).
nigrijasciatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 65 (1907) \Pyretophorus~\.
persicus Edwards (Q only), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 280 (1921) [turkhudi var.].
A. (ili.) turkhiidi Liston, Ind. Med. Gaz. Vol. 36, p. 441 (1901); *Jamesand
Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 78(1911); * lyengar, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 1189 (igSo).
persicus Edwards (type cf), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 280 (1921).
? var. azriki Patton, J. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p, 632 (1905).
Group E (Pyretophorus)
A. (M.) christyi Newsteadand Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 238 (1911)
\_N eocellia]-, Evans, Anoph. Trop. S. Air. p. 41 (1927); *Symes, Kenya
and E. Afr. Med. J. (Dec. 1927).
A. {M.)gamhiae Giles, Handb. Grats, Ed. 2, p. 5ii (1902); Christophers,
Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 60(1924); Edwards, Riv. Malar.
Vol. 5, p. 280 (1926); Seguy, Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 5, p. 177 (1980);
Shannon, Brazil Medico, Vol. 44, p. 5i5 (1980).
India (C. and W.).
N. India.
S. Algeria.
E. and S. Africa, Arabia.
Sudan (Red Sea Coast).
Spain, N. Africa, Canary
Islands.
Calabria.
N. Africa(desert regions),
Palestine, Persia, N.-
W. India.
N.-W. India, Persia.
S. Arabia.
E. Africa,
Africa, Arabia, Mada-
gascar, Alauritius,? Al-
geria, Greece, Brazil
(Natal).
56
DIPTERA
arahicnsis Patton, J. Bombay Xat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 625 iigoS).
costalis (riles (nec Loew). Liverp. S. 'J'rop, Med. Mem. Vol. 2, Add. i,
p. 49 (igooj; Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. iSy (1901); ••'■'Hili and
Haydon, Ann. Natal Mus. Vol. i, p. i3i (1907); * Macgregor. Anoph.
Mauritius, p. 18 {1924); *Evans, Anoph. Trop. S. Afr. p. 17 {1927).
gambiensis Giles, Liverp. S. Trop. IMed. Mem. Vol. 10, App. p, 2 (igoS).
gracilis Ddnitz, Zeitschr. Hyg^. Vol. 41, 76 (1902).
merus Ddnitz, Zeitschr. Hyg. Vol. 41, p. 77 (1902).
ab. tiielas Theobald, Liverp. S. 'Frop. Med. Mem. Vol. 10. Add. p. 11 (igoS).
quadriannidatus Theobald, U. S. Afr. First. Rep. \’et. Res. p 242 (igii).
A. [M.) ludlowi Theobald (?), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 42 ( 1903) ; James and
Liston, Anoph. Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. loi (igii); *Swellengrebel and
Sw. de Graaf, Med. I3urg. Gen. I). Ned.-Ind. Vol. 6, p. 36, Vol. 7,
p. 47 (igig), Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 44 (1921);
Christophers, Ind. Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. Sg (1924); *Walch and
Soesilo, Med. Dienst, Volksgaz. Ned.-Ind. Voh 18, p. qSS (1929).
? vcLT . flavescens Swellengrebel . Kolon. Inst. .Amsterdam. Vol i5. p. 47 (1921).
var. /ultorii Koidziimi. Daiwan Kenkyujo Hokoku, Vol. 8, p. 24 (19201 and Trans.
F. E. A. T. M. Singapore, p. loi (1924); Yamada, Sci. Rept Inst. Infek.
Dis. Vol. 4, p. 459 (1926); Koidzumi, Riv. Malar. Vol. 9. p. 235 (igSo).
formosensis Koidzumi, Dobiitsagaku Zasshi, Vol. 29, p. 354 (mi?)-
var. sundaica Rodenwaldt, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind Vol. 65, p. i85 (1924).
A. (A/.) paiangensis Ludlow, Psyche, Vol. 21, p. 129 (1914); * Rodenwaldt,
Geneesk. Tijd. Ned. Ind. Vol. 65, p. 174(1924).
A. {M .) sub pictus Grassi, .•\tli R. Acc. Lincei (5), Vol. 8, p. loi (Eeb. 1897);
Edwaids, Rull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. 129 (1920); Christophers, Ind.
Med. Res. Mem. Vol. 3, p. 57(1924); Ta3’lor, Tians. 7th Cong. Far.
Eastern. Ars. Trop. Med. Calcutta, Vol. 3, p. i56(ig3o).
enor Theobald, Mon Cui. \’ol. 3, p. 353 (igoSi [Aldric/iia^
indefinita Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, }). 299 (1904) [.1/. rossi var.].
roji/ Giles, |ourn, Trop. Med. \'ol. 2. p. 63 (Oct. 1899); '-Tames and Liston,
Anoph Mosq. Ind. Ed. 2, p. 98 ( 191 1 Swellengrebel and Sw. de Graaf,
Aled. Bnrg. Gen. D. Ned -Ind. Vol. 6. p 38, Vol. 7, p. 53 (1919); '^'Walch
and Soesilo, Med. D. AMlksgez. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 18, p. 455 (1929;.
var. malayensis Hacker, Malaria Bur. Rept. F M S. Vol. 2, p. i (1921;.
A. [M.) vagus Donitz Zeitsch. Hvg. Vol. 41, p. 80 (1902); *Swellengrebel,
Kolon. Inst. Amsterdam, Vol. i5, p. 38 (1921); Christophers, Ind.
Med. Res Mem. \'Tj1. 3, p. 58 (1924).
fonnosaensis fi, 'Fsuzuky, Saikingaku Zasshi n° 75, p. 98 (Feb. 1902), Arth.
Schiffs-Hyg. Vel. 6 (1902); Yamada. Sci. Rept. Govt. Inst. Infek. Dis.
Vol. 4, p. 434 { 1926).
indefinitus (indefinatus) Theobald inec Ludlow), Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, ]>, 47 (19071 ;
'^'Stanton, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 169 (igi5), etc.
? ab. immaculatus James, Sci, Mem. Aled San. Dept. India n, s. n“ 2. p. 35 (1902);
SwellengrebelandSw.de Graaf. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. 77 (1920);
Swellengrebel, Tijd. v. Ent. Vol. 64, p. 41 (1921).
flava Swellengrebel (nec Ludlow), Gen. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. \'ol. 57, p. 807 (1917).
javanensis Swellengrebel, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. 91 (1920).
Group F (Cellia)
A. (M.) argenteolobaius Gough, Transvaal Dept. Agrie. Rept. Vet. Bact.
1908-1909, p. 116(1910); Bedford, i3th. and i4th. Rept. Vet. Res.
p. 904 (1928); *de Meillon, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 19, p. 401 (1929).
pseudosquamosa Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 236 (1911).
A. [M .) cinctus Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 38i (1910);
Evans, Anoph. Trop. S. Afr. p. 46 (1927).
A. {M.)jacobi *riill and Ha3Mon, Ann. Duiban Mus. Vol. i, p. 144 (1907).
E. India, Mala3^an region,
Philippine Is. (chiefl3'
Coastal).
Sumatra.
Formosa.
[Malaya).
Sunda Is, to Andamans (incl.
Philippine Is. Celebes.
India, Malayan region,
Phillipines, New Gui-
nea.
Malaya.
India. Ce3don, Mala3’an
region, Eoimosa.
S. Africa.
Gold Coast.
Natal.
Cin.lClDAl':
A. [M .) /'/hifoeiisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. XAil. i, }>. ibq (igoi); * riieodor,
Hull. Enc. Kes. \’ol. i5, p. .^77 (ig^a); * Kirkaprick, Mosq. Eg3’pt.
p. 49 (i9’5); '’'S\’mes, Ken^-a and E. AtV. Aled. J. \'ol. 7 (1927);
Evans, Anoph. Trop. S. .AtV. p. 43 (1927).
albofimbriatus Giles. Handb. Gnats, lid. 2, p 3o2 11902) [pluii ot uah var.]
ilibus Yentrillon, in Laveran. Hull. .Acad. Med. (31, \'ol. 52, )>. 211 (1906).
boziisi Xeven-Leniaire, C. U. Soc. tiiol. \'ol. 5q, p. 32 (iqoS).
maculicostii Becker, Alitt Zool. Mus. Berliu, \'ol. 2. p. 69 (1qo3'.
A. 1.1/.) squamosus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. i, p. 167 (1901); *tlill and
Havdon, .Ann. Natal. Mus. \’ol. i, p. 142 (1907); lAlwards, Hull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 240 (1912), \M1. ii, p. i33 (1920); Itvans,
.Anoph. Trop. S. .Afr. p. 44 (1927); *Svmes, Ken3'a and E. .Afr. Med.
I . \'ol. 7 ( 1930).
arnoldi Stephens and Christophers, Pract. Study Malaria, Eil. 3. p. lyS (190S).
pretoriensis (iough, Transv. Dept. .Agrie. Rept. Vet. Bact 1908-09, j>. 117 ( 1910).
tiittanarhdensis \'entrillon, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat, Paris, Vol. 12, p. 198 (1906).
Egvpt. Palestine, Tropi-
cal .Africa, Madagascar.
■Africa, Madagascar.
Tribe MEGARHININI
Characters. — .Adui.t : Clvpeus (Pl. 1 , Fig. 8) broader than long, wilh the front margin
slightlv trilobed Proboscis verv stout (except in M. minimus) and rigid on about 1he basal half; apical
half much more slender and fle.xible, normallv bent back in repose so ihat the whole proboscis is
hook-like (Pl. I , Fig. 7). Mandibles and maxillae of 9 devoid of teeth and extending only to iniddle
of proboscis. Labella rather long and narrow. as comjiared with Anopluliui or Ciilicini. Thorax
moderateh' arched above; scutellum (Pl. I, Fig. 9) evenly rounded. .Abdomen completel3' clothed
with broad flat scales. Hypopygium of (Pl. 3, Fig. 30) simple in structure, with long slender
st3fles bearing a long terminal spine; anal segment with vvell-developed paraprocts which have not more
than two or three terminal teeth. Legs rather stout; tibiae with small bristles. VVings(PI. I , Fig. 7
and 10 ) with cell R-i (upper fork) extremely' short, its stem several times longer than the cell ;
cross-vems as in Anophelini , v-m bent at right angles; usually a long spur projects towards base of wing
in upper basal cell from angle of 45; a slight emargination of the hind margin opposite lower branch
of Cu, and a v-shaped thickening of the memlirane between Cu\ and Cn-i. Wing scales rather scant3'
but all short and broad.
Pupa. — Strong lateral hairs placed some distance before apical corneis of each of segrnents
2-7; a small hair at apical corner of segment 8. Paddles (Pl. 5, Fig. 37) with the outer portion
more or less conspicuousty produced be3mnd end midrib, sometimes pointed; no hair at tip of midrib ;
fringe present but variable.
Larva. — (Pl. 5, Fig. 3). H ead rather large and heavily chitinised. Clypeus with four
small hairs arranged in a transverse row towards each side in front; two more pairs of hairs on
pre-ch-peus. Antenna (Pl. 5, Fig. I 7) with smooth cylindrical shaft bearing three slender hairs near
together beyond middle, and with an apical hair and some small papillae. Mouth-brushes composed
of only ten stout flattened bristles placed in a regular row. Mentum broad, usualh' with the three
middle teeth shortened. Thorax moderately broad. No eversible appendages on front margin of
prothorax. .Abdomen without float-hairs and with few hairs dorsall3r; lateral^' on each of the first
seven segrnents are three chitinous plates placed one above the other and bearing stout, shorth'
plumose hairs. No dorsal chitinous plates. Eighth segment with a dorsal air-tube and a lateral piate;
air-tube simple, without pecten and with onh^ one pair of hair-tufts; jilate with two shorth^ plumose
58
DIPTERA
hairs on its posterior margin, but no comb. Anal segment with the four postero-dorsal hairs simple or
branched from near base ; usually some of the hairs of the well-developed ventral brush also branched
from near base, as in Cnlicini, but two or more of the posterior hairs different from the rest, with
long plumose branches or irregularly pinnate, as in Anophelini.
Eggs. — Shortly oval, almost round; surface covered with minute spines.
4. Genus MEGARHINUS r. d.
Megarhinus Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Ilist. Nat. Vol. 3,p. 403(1827). — 'Ty\)Qluxemoyrhoidelis Fab.
Megarhina Macquart, Walker, Osten-Sacken, Skuse (nec St. Fargeau).
Toxorhynchites Idreobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 244 (igor). — Type bvevipalpis Theo.
Ankylorhynchus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 53 (1904). — Type violaceus Wied.
Lynchiella Lahille, Act. Trab. 2 Congr. Med. Latino- Amer. Vol. 2, p. i3 (1904). — Type hacmorrhoi-
dalis Fab.
Worcesteria Banks, Philips. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. 779 (1906). — Type grata Banks.
Teromyia Leicester, Cal. of Mala3^a, p. 48 (1908). — Type acaiidata Leic.
Characters. — In addition to the characters noted above in the diagnosis of the tribe
Megarliinini, the following are common to all species of Megarhinus and may be regarded as generic
characters: .Adult : Scales of head, mesonotum, abdomen and legs often more or less metallic; on
head and thorax rather broad and flat. Ilead with few upright scales above. Eyes touching.
Antennae of cf plumose, with stout, rigid shaft and usually a tuft of metallic scales on the elongate hrst
flagellar segment. No collar-like projection of lower pait of head surrounding base of proboscis.
Orbital bristles reduced to two pairs. Pleurae heavily scaled. Anterior pronotal lobes large and not
widely separated, with only a few bristles pointing forwards or downvvards. No posterior pronotal
(« pro-epimeral ») bristles, but a row of strong spiracular bristles present; no post-spiracular bristles,
and only a few short sternopleural ; no bristles on mesonotum except laterally; no postnotal bristles.
Base of hind coxa in line with upper margin of meron. Front and middle claws of male unequal, the
larger with one tooth ; all claws of female simple; no pulvilli. Alar squama devoid of fringe.
Larva. — Mouth-parts modified for predacity; mouth-brushes prehensile; teeth of mandibles
very strong. Larger hairs of thorax all set in chitinous plates; of moderate length, stout, and shortly
plumose ; either simple or split into two or three branches near base. Each of the three pleural groups
including three longish hairs, one or two of which are stout and plrrmose; fourth hair distinet in
propleural group, minute or absent in the others. A pair of large air-saes in metathorax, as in
Orihopodomyia and Mansonia. On the hrst abdominal segment the uppermost lateral piate bears three
strong hairs, the middle piate two and the lower piate one; on segmeirts 2-5 the members are
respectively three, two and three; on 6-7 one, one or two, and two. Anal segment with a complete
chitinous ring the posterior margin of which bears a long bristly fringe; lateral hair stout, single and
pubescent, no ventral hairs before the brush. Gills always short and rounded. Alost if not all the
known larvae exhibit a red or pink colour of the body, which has not been observed in any genus of
Cnlicini except Orihopodomyia.
Habits. — Eggs are laid singly, usuali}? on the surface of watei'. Most species breed in small
confined collections of water such as may occur in leaf bases of Bromeliaceae, pitcher-plant leaves.
l'A^I. CULICIDAE
59
tree-holes or bamboo stems, the larvae feeding upon larvae of other mosciuitoes 1'ound in these places.
The larvae are verv voracious, and will readih’ attack other members of their own species, hence it is
unusual to find more than one Megarhiitus larva in each breetling-place. Soine species iire closeh'
restricted to a definite habitat, though others are less particular. Adults of both sexes are llower-feeders
only, and fly by day.
Classification . — Three well-warked groups of the genus ma}- be distinguished on the foiin of
the palpi of the female; the difterences, thongh striking, are unimportant, and no corresponding
distinctions have been found in the male sex, or in the larvae.
Group A {Megar/ii Illis). Palpi ot 9 about two-thirds to three-ciuarters as long as probocis,
composed of three distinet segments, of which the third is shorter than the second and blunt-tipped.
Antennae of 9 normal.
Group B {Aiikylorliynchus). Palpi of 9 about as long as proboscis, composed of three distinet
segments, of rvhich the third is considerabl}’ longer than the second, sharply pointed at tip and turned
upwards. Antennae of 9 sub-plumose.
Group C [Toxorhynchii(s). Palpi of 9 only abouth one quarter as long as proboscis and
composed of two distinet segments, the minute third segment being hidden in the scales at the tip ot
the second. Antennae of 9 iiot sub-plumose.
Distnibution. — Megarhiiiiis is a tropicopolitan genus, a few species extending into the
warmer parts of the north temperate zone. The groups defined above are sharpb' separated
geographically, Groups A and B occurring onh' in America, and Group C being confined to the old
World. The American species have not been adequatel}^ characterised, and it is probable that the
number of distinet species in this region is less than has been supposed. M. iiionia/iis and M. splendens
have been successfully introduced into Honolulu and Fiji respectively in order to attack tree-hole
breeding Stegoinyia larvae.
Group A (Megarhinus)
M. ambiguus D3'ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. aSS (1006);
D\’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 410(1928) [? = moengoensis B.-W. and B.].
M. bambusicola Lutz and Neiva, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz,Vol. 5, p. i36(i9i3);
D^^ar. Mosq. Amer. p. 408 (1928).
aldrichanits Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 179 (1920).
M . jiumin ensis Peiyassu, Os. Culic. do Brazil, p. 128 (1908); Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 409 (1928).
3/. graudiosus Williston, Biol. Centr.-.Vm. Dipt. Vol. i, p. 224 (1900);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 407 (1928).
longipes Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 241 (1901).
M. guadeloupensis Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 248 (1906);
* D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 405 (1928).
var. guianensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol, 7, p. 180(1920).
3/. haemorrhoidalis Fabricius, Ent. Sj^st. Vol. 4, p. 401 (1794) \Culex\\ Dj-ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 408 (1928).
separatus Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev, Mus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. i33 (1891).
M. horei Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, p. 33o (1922); *D3'ar,
Mosq, Amer. p. 406 (1928).
M. hypoptes Knab, Can. Ent. Vol. 89, p. 5o (1907); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 414 (1928).
3/. lynchi D3’ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 244(1906); D3'ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 408 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst.
Bact. B. Aires, Vol. 5, p. 87 (1928) [? = haemorrhoidalis Fabr.|.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Mexico.
W. Indies, Surinarn,
VenezLiela.
Brazil, Guianas.
Brazil.
Panama, Ecuador.
N. Argentina, Paragua3'.
6o
DIPTERA
M. moctezuma Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. aSr (igo6);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 41 1 (1928).
M. nwengoensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 7
(1923); *Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 406 (1928).
M . porloriccnsis von Roder, Stett, Ent. Zeit. Vol. 46, p. SSy (i885); *D3^ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 408 (1928).
haitiensis Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 248 (1906).
3/. riililiis Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 28, p. 44 (1896); D_var, Mosq. Amer,
p. 412 (192S).
M. septentrionalis, D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 12 (1907);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 410 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 204
(1929).
herickii Thedb3.\d, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. i3i (1907).
M . solstitialis Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brasil, p. 10 (1904); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 404 (1928),
chrysocephalus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. .1, p. i36 {1907).
M . superbus D3Mr and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 255 (1906);
Dyar, Moscp Amer. p. 402 (192S).
M. theobaldi Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol.^qS, p. 246 (1906);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 412 (1928).
posticatiis Lutz and Neiva, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 5. ju i39 (I9i3).
M. trinidadensis Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 247 (1906);
"^Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 413 (1928).
ferox Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. i (1828).
wicdemanni Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 48, p. 258 (1906).
3/. tucumanus Brethes, Seg. Reun. Soc. Arg. Pat. Reg. dei N. p. 80 (1926);
Brethes, Bol. Inst. Clin. Vol. 2, p. 3i8 (1927); D3’ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 408 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires,
Vol. 5, p. 88 (1928).
var. arborealis Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos-Aires, Vol. 5,
p. 89 ( 1928).
M. violaceus Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. \M1. i, p. 3 (1828)
'\_Culex']; *D3'ar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 404 (1928).
viariae Bourroul, Mosq. Brasil, p. 3 (1904).
iris Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i, p. 35 (igiSh
Group B (Ankylorhynchus)
]\I . purpureus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 281 (igor); *D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 400 (1928) [? = trichopygus, Wied. var.].
violaceus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 117 (1903).
M . trichopygus WxedemSinn, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 4 (1828);
*D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 401 (1928).
neglectus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brasil, p. 14 (rgoq).
Group C (Toxorhynchites)
M. acaudaius Leicester, Cal. Mala3’a, p. 49(1908) \T eromyia\ \ Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 114(1926).
M. aeneus Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 20, p. 97 (1926).
3/. Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 287 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17,9. 273(1929).
M . aniboinensis Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 14, p. 38i (1887);
Edwards, Ind J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 482 (1922); Edwards, Notulae
Entom. Vol. g, p. 4 (1929).
lewaldi Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 233 (1904).
loaldi Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 625 (igo5).
Me.xico, C. America.
Suri nam.
W. Indies.
Florida.
Eastern U. S. A
Brazil, Argentine.
Alexico, C. America,
Trinidad, Cuba.
Brazil.
Trinidad, Venezuela,
Surinam, ? Brazil.
Argentina.
Brazil, Trinidad.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Malava, Borneo.
W. Africa.
W. Himala3MS.
Amboina, Philippine
FAM. CULICIDAE
f)!
.1/. ater Daniels Stud. lust. l\Ied. Res. Knala Lumpur, \"ol. 3, p. 265 (190S)
[_TeromyiLi\ \ Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. \’ol. 10, p. 432 (1922).
M. aarijiuus Edwards, Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 8, p. 63i (1921).
spleiiihiis Theobakl ^nec AViedemann\ .Mon. Cui.
M. barbipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 4, p. 47 (1913').
M. brevipalpis Theobald, Alon. Cul.\'ol. i, p. 245 (1901); Edwards, Bull. luit.
Res. Vol 3, p. 3 (1912); 'VMacfic and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res.Auil. i3,
p. 410 (i9'3).
co/iuirf// Grunberg, Deutsih. Ent. Zeit. p. 405 (1907).
iiiLirsIuiUi Theubald. Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 121 (1903).
.1/. christophi Portchinsk}', Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. \'ol. 18, p. 122 (1884);
Stackelberg, Tabi. .-\nal3’t. F'aune U. R. S. S. p. 57 (1927); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. ii5 (1929).
M. ftfeun/st' Barraud, Ind, J. Aled. Res. \’ol. ii, p. 999 (1924); Barraud,
Ind. J. Aled. Res. A'ol. 17, ]>. 276 (1929).
M . funestus Leicester, Cui. Alala^ai, p. 58 (igoS) [Teromyia\\ Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. A’ol. 4. p. 223(1913) [T. ma^uijicus~\-, Edwards, Ind. |. Aled.
Res. \’ol. IO, p. 432 (1922).
M . gigaiitulus Dvar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. i3, p. 66 (1925);
Edwards, Notulae Entom. Vol. 9, p. 4 (1929).
3/. gravelyi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \T1. 12, p. 76 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J.
Aled. Res. \'ol. 17. p. 276 (1929).
3/. inornatus W^alker, Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. S, p. io2(i865); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. \"ol. 14, p. 5 {1923) and \’ol. 14,9. 356 (1924); *llill,
Proc. R. Soc. Adct. \'ol. 37, p. 67 (1925).
3/. kempi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 72 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J.
Aled. Res. Vol. 17, p. 274 (1929).
AI. klossi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 72 (1921); Edwards, J. F. M.
S. Alus. Vol. 14, p. 54 (1928).
3/. leicesteri Theobald, Entom. \"ol. 37, p. 36(1904); Leicester, Cui. Alalaya,
p. 59 (1908); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 17, p. 114 (1926).
3/. lutescens Theobald, Alon. Cui. Aml. i, p, 233 (1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. \'ol. 3, p. 3 (1912).
3/. magnificus Leicester, Cui. AIala_va, p. 54(1908) [Teromyia']\ Edwards. Ind.
J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 459 (1922) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17,
p. 1 14 (1926).
3/. manicatus Edwards, Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (9), Vol. 8, p. 63o (1921).
3/. metallicus Leicester in Theobald, Entom. Vol. 87 (1904); Leicester, Cui.
AIala5’a. p. 61 (igo8); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 2 (1928);
Edwards, J. F. AI. S. Alus. Vol. 14, p. 55 (1928).
M . minimus Theobald, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p. 287 (1905);
.Senior-White, Spolia Zey\. \"ol. ii, p. 189(1919); Barraud, Ind.
J. Aled. Res. Vol. 17, p. 276 (1929).
M. nepenthis D\'ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p.66 (1928); Edwards,
Notulae Entom. Vol. 9, p. 4 (1929).
3/. pendleburyi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o5 (ig3o).
M . phytophagus Theobald, Alon. Cui. ATI. 5, p. 102 (1910) I T. phytophygiisfi
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 3 (1912).
M.qiiasiferox Leicester, Cui. Alalaya, p. 5i (igo8) [Teromyia^-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 228 (1913); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 17, p. 1 1 4 (1926).
jdvaensis Theobald, Tijd. v. Enl. ATI. 54, 233 (igii).
3/. raris Leicester, Cui. Malar-a, p. 56 (1908) [Teromyia']\ Edwards, Ind. J.
Aled. Res. ATI. 10, p. 482 (1922) [? = magnifi.cus, Leic., var.].
Alakua.
Java, Formosa.
Uganda.
Africa.
Amur.
E. Himala3’as.
Alalaya.
AIala}a.
Philippine Is.
Himalaya.
Papua, New Britain,
Buru, Oueensland.
S. India.
S. India.
Alalaya.
E. Africa.
Alalaya, Siam, Borneo.
Formosa.
Alalaya.
Ce_vlon, S. India.
Philippine Is.
Borneo.
W. Africa.
Java, Alalar-a.
AlalarT.
62
DIPTERA
M. speciosus Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1722 (1889);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 356 (1924); *Cooling, Comm.
Austr. Dept. Health, Serv. Pub. Vol. 8, p. ii (1924).
il/. splendens Wiedemann, Zool. Mag. Vol. 2, p. i (i8ig) [Cnhx]-, Edwards
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 482 (1922); Edwards, Notulae Entom.
Vol. 9, p. 4 (1929); *Senior-White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 66
(1927); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 277 (1929).
argenteotarsis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p, 367 (1906).
Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 227 (1901).
grata Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. 779 (1906) \Worcesteria'\.
immisericors Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 225.
Tennent, «Ceylon», p. 268 (iSSg) \Culex]\ Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 7, p. 202 (1917)-
var. subulifer Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 14, p. 382 (1857); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 202 (igiS), Vol. 14, p. 356 {1924).
immisericors Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. 4, p. 91 (1860).
M . tolvadensis Matsumura, Thousand Ins. Japan, Add. Vol. 2, p. 54.5 (1916);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 285 (1921); Edwards, Notulae
Entom. Vol. 9, p. 5 (1929).
Australia.
India, Malay Archipe-
lago, Philippines.
Celebes, Amboina.
Japan, Philippine Is.
Tribe CULICINl
Characters. — Adult : Clypeus (Pl. I , Fig. I I ) longer than broad, rounded above and in
front. Proboscis uniformly slender and flexible, or somewhat swollen at tip, not hooked. Mandibles
and maxillae in 9 (except in Harpagomyia and perhaps one or two other genera) reaching as far “as end
of labium and provided with a series of teeth apically. Labella not elongate. Thorax rather strongly
arched above, scarcely longer than broad; scutellum (PI. 1 , Fig. 15-19) always trilobed, each lobe
bearing bristles, but areas between lobes without bristles. Abdomen completely clothed with broad
scales which nearly always lie flat on the surface. Hypopygium of variously constructed, but anal
segment always with well-developed paraprocts and aedeagus never with leaflets at its tip. Female
usually with three spermathecae. Legs less slender than in Anophelini ; tibiae usualH with scattered
bristles. VVings with cell seldom much shorter than its stem; base of i?4 + 5 usually oblique;
cross-vein vertical, notbent at right angles; no distinet spur extending basally from angle of
no emargination of hind margin and no thickening of membrane between branches of Cu.
Pupa. — Abdominal segments 2-6 with the lateral hairs placed some distance from the apical
corner, and always different in character from those of segments 7 and 8, which are closer to the
corners of the segments and often similar to one another, and branched from the base; tuft of segment
8 often larger than that of segment 7. Paddles (Pl. 5, Fig. 32-36) usually with a hair or tuft at
tip of midrib; if a second hair is present (as m Culex) it is placed near the larger hair and not farther
back as in Anophelini. Outer portion of paddle never produced distinctly beyond end of midrib.
La rva. — ■ (Pl. 5, Fig. 2, 4, 5, 6). H ead variously shaped, often large, usually non-rotatable.
Clypeus usually with a pair of spines or bristly hairs on front margin, and with four pairs of hairs, two
of which (B and C) are usually larger than the others and placed near middle of dorsal surface of
head. None of the hairs of the body are pinnately branched as in Anophelini ; frequently the larger
hairs, and often also many of the smaller hairs of head, thorax and abdomen are branched in a fan-like
or stellate manner from the base; the individual hairs of the tufts may often be shortly plumose.
Antennae variously formed, but never with two stout terminal spines with a hair between, as in
Anophelini, or with three similar hairs on shaft, as in Megarhinini. Mouth-brushes composed of a
large number of hairs, which are often finely pectinate along one side ; in the predaceous species the
FAM. CULICI DAE
number of hairs in the mouth-brush may be reduced, but is never less then about thiity, and their
bases ave never arranged in one line as in Megarhiiiiiii. Mentum usually triangular, seldom Icnger
than broad, median tooth usually the longest. Thorax broad or moderately broad. No eversible
appendages on front inargin of prothorax. Chaetotaxy variable in different genera and subgenera.
Propleural hairs usually if not always four in number, but variable in development; mesopleural
group with three long hairs, metapleural with two long hairs and one shorter hair, fourth Iiair vary
often absent in both (present in at least some genera of the Sahethes group); one or two of the
long mesopleural and metapleural hairs usually branched from base. Abdomen without lloat-hairs;
chaetotaxy otherwise very variable. Eighth segment with a postero-dorsal air-tube (siphon) ; a lateral
chitinous piate may or may not be present, but there is ahvar^s some tiace at least of a lateral comb
(except in Trichoprosopon). Siphon with or without pecten; at its tip are the same five plates (a fixed
anterior median piece, a smaller anterior and a larger posterior pair of movable valves) as occur in
the Anophelini. On side of eighth segment posteriorly are tive hairs or hair-tufts. Anal segment
with one or both pairs of dorsal hairs usually branched from base; ventral brush (when present) with
all the hairs of the same type, branched from near base.
Eggs. — Variously shaped, but never roundedl}’ oval, as in Megarhinini , or provided with
lateral floats, as in Anophelini ,
Classification. - Now that the morphology of the adults has been rather fully studied, and
the life-histories of all of the genera are known, it is possible to arrive at a tairly satisfactory
classification of the Cnlicine mosquitoes. In this arrangement the characters formerly used to define
the genera — length of palpi in relation to proboscis, and shape of scales on head and scutellum —
are not entirely excluded, but are regarded as having at most a subgeneric value, and are subordinated
to characters derived from the chaetotaxy, venation, and male hypopygium. It has not been found
possible to base the classification entirely on adult characters — the generic distinctions of the adult are
often very slight and indefinite — but the larvae, pupae and life-history have also been taken into
consideration. Five main groups are recognised, the chief characteristics of which are as follows :
I. The Sahethes group, including the genera Harpagoniyia, Toponiyia, Tripteroides, Goeldia,
Trichoprosopon, Wyeomyia, Limatus, Sahethoides and Sahethes. All these genera are closely related,
forming a compact group in which generic limits are not well defined. The group as a whole is not
very sharpl}^ defined in the adult stage. All the American species, and a few of the Oriental, possess
bristles on the postnotum, but most of the Oriental and Australasian species lack these bristles, although
on the other hand a number of Oriental species of the Aedes group possess them. In nearly all the
species the base of the meron is in line with instead of above the base of the hind coxa, but here again
there are a few exceptions (in genus Rachionotomyia). Perhaps the most distinctive feature of the group
is the almost complete absence of hairs on the abdomen, except for a conspicuous bristly fringe on
the hind margin of the seventh segment; nearly all other mosquitoes possess at least a few hairs on the
hind margin of each segment, and the fringe on the seventh is not specially conspicuous. The scaly
vestiture of the thorax is well developed (scales often metallic, as in Megarhinini), and the pleural
bristles correspondingly reduced. The adults have the habit of holding the hind legs high and often
curved forwards over the hea.d, and in connection with this habit the hind tibia is often somewhat
shortened. The hypopygium of the simpler forms {Goeldia, Rachionotomyia) has almost the structure of
Theobaldia, but in other genera the coxite, and especially the style, become very complicated.
In the larval and pupal stages the group is much more clearly defined than in the adult. The
larvae (except Trichoposopon) have numerous hairs or tufts on the siphon, either scattered or in a ventral
row, but the pecten is either absent or represented by a few simple spines; the anal segment always
64
DIPTERA
has one pair of ventral hairs instead of a brush; and three of the four pro-pleural hairs are usually long,
instead of only one as in most other mosquitoes. The pupae, although with few branched hairs on the
abdomen, always have large postero-lateral tufts on the seventh and eighth segments, and the paddles
are always smooth and without apical hair.
In most respects this is the most specialised group of the Cnlicinae\ the non-development of the
ventral brush of the anal segment of the larva is almost certainly a secondary feature, and not primitive
as supposed by American authors. However, the genus Triclioposopon, which evidenti)^ represents the
starting point of the Sabethes group, shows as many primitive features as any member of the Culicinae,
and there is therefore no reason why we should not follow Dyar in placing this group nrst, especially
as T richopYOSopon shows some points of resemblance to Megarhimis (position of meron; absence of
comb on eighth segment of larva; form of larval siphon).
2. The Uraiiotaenia group, including the three genera Zeugnomyia, Hodgesia and Uranoiaenia.
These three have in common a rather striking feature of venation : the anal vein is shorter than usual,
and ends almost in line with the base of the cubital fork and with the base of Rs. A similar venation is
also possessed by the genus Harpagomyia, but on larval and pupal characters this genus belongs to the
Sabethes group. In regard to the larvae, Uranoiaenia has some peculiarities, but most resembles the
Aedes group; Zeugnomyia and Hodgesia, in the reduction of the pecten and other respects, show more
affinit}^ with the Mansonia group. Uranoiaenia stands apart from all other Culicinae in the reduction of
the microtrichia of the wing-membrane, which are onl}^ visible under a high magnification, but I do
not agree with those writers who whould place this genus in a tiibe to itself. The precise affrnities of
all three genera included here are rather doubtful, but as they seem to follow most^ naturally ofter
Harpagomyia the group is placed second.
3. The Theobaldia-Mansonia group, including the five genera Theobaldia, Orihopodomyia, Ficalbia,
Mansonia and Aedomyia. These genera are all very well definea in one way or another, but nevertheless
the last four at least seem to be somewhat nearly related. Theobaldia stands rather apart, but unless
placed in another group by itself can only be associated with Mansonia and its allies; in fact there are
some indications of afhnit}' between the subgenus Culicella and tlie genera Ficalbia and Mansonia in the
larval habits. In all these genera the female claws are always simple; pulvilli absent; male terminalia
of a simple type, without processes from margin of genital opening, paraprocts with a few strong apical
teeth (except in Aedomyia, where the anal segment in membranous), coxite simple, with slight basal
lobe, and style long and slender (this type of terminalia closely resembling Megarhinus and the more
primitive Sabethines). The thorax tends to be very bristly, with only moderate scale-development, the
scales never metallic. In the Mansonia group a noteworthy tendency is towards the enlargement of the
wing-scales, which occurs in all the four genera, though not in all species of any genus except Aedomyia.
The larvae of Theobaldia are rather remarkably diverse, but all have a rvell-developed pecten on
the siphon; those of the other four genera nearly always lack the pecten, and the siphon has only one
pair of hair-tufts ; the anal segment usually has a chitinous ring, and the ventral brush is large; in several
cases these are special modifications of the respiratory system.
The members of this group, together with the genus Trichoprosopon, are perhaps the nearest living
representatives of the primitive stock which has given rise to all the Cnlicine mosquitoes.
4- The Aedes group, including the genera Aedes (with its many subgenera), Psorophora, Haemagogiis,
Heiztna)inia, Ereimopodiies, Armigeres and Opifex. All of these, except perhaps Opifex, are very closeh’
related, forming as in the case of the Sabethes group, a compact group in which it is difficult to define
the limits of the genera. Most of the species have the female claws toothed, a character which is not
found in any other group of the Culicinae, although even here it is not universal. The female abdomen
tends to be more pointed and the cerci longer than in the other groups. The male h5-popygium often
FA:\I. CULICIDAE
().■>
has lobes or appendages developeJ irom the coxite, or else the style is complex in structure, but thc
paraprocts are simple and pointed, without teeth at the tip ; the pallosome is either simple or composed
of two more or less spin_v plates connected bv membrane, but never has processes from the margin of
the opening. The larvae are of a rather uniform type, with short siphons bearing one pair of
postero-ventral hair-tufts, and nearh’ ahvays a distinet pecten; the ventral brush of the anal segment is
variouslv developed, but ahvays present.
5. The Culex group. including the large genus Culex (with many subgenera) and the somevvhat
nearly related genus Deinocerites. These genera differ from all other Culicinex in possessing broad and
distinet pulvilli, and a distinet buccopharyngeal armature in the female; also in having a tuft of hairs or
a transverse comb of teeth at the tips of the male paraprocts, strong free processes from the margin of
the genital opening, and styles articulating in a plane vertical to the axis of the abomen instead of
horizontal or oblique as in most other genera. (This last feature probably implies an important
difference in mating habits). The adults never have a very highly developed scal}^ ornementation ; the
scales of the vertex are usually narrow, and those of the scutellum are broad only in one species
[obscurus). The pupal paddles in most species have a subapical as well as an apical hair, which again
distinguishes the group from other Culiciues. The larvae have a well developed pecten, and usually
numerous hair-tufts on the siphon; the siphon is sometimes greatly lengthened, and then the hair-tufts
ma\’ be absent; the ventral bush of the anal segment (except in (C. mouchdi) is well developed.
It may be that the main features of this group, especially the possession of pulvilli and the slight
scale-development, are to be regarded as primitive, and it should perhaps be placed first instead of
last on this account, but in some respects (e. g. structure of male coxite and multiple tufts on the
lengthened larval siphon) it is no doubt specialised, and there seems no adequate reason for departing
from the recent arrangement of myself and Martini in which Culex is placed at the end of the Culicinae.
The buccopharyngeal armature of the female ma}' be a specialisation, as it appears to be in the
Anophelini, and it is questionable whether the tufted paraprocts are te be regarded as vestiges of cerci
or as one of the indications of a general increase in hairiness. Similarly the narrow thoracic scales of
this group (and of the Aedes and Theobaldia groups) ma}^ represent either a first stage in scale-deve-
lopment or a reversion from a possibh^ more primitive condition in which the thoracic as well as the
abdominal scales were broad. It is noteworthy that narrow scales and slight ornament seem to be
associated with breeding in ground pools, highly developed ornament with breeding in small confined
collections of water. Dyar was of opinion that this indicated that the original mosquitoes were
tree-hole breeders, and that the colonisation of the ground pools and streams has been comparatively
recent, but this is a matter of conjecture; there is much to be said in favour of Dyar’s view, though
it cannot be established with certaint}'' that evolution has not taken the reverse course.
KEYS TO GENERA
Adults.
I. Squama fringed (fringe usually complete, rarely interruped) ;
(Pl. 2, Fig. I 2-1 7sf); vein An reaching well beyond
base of cabital fork 2.
Squama bare or rarely with j-g. short hairs [P\. 1, F\g. M s) 20.
2 Pulvilli present (Pl. 3, Fig. 20); pleural chaetolaxy well
developed, but spiracular and post-spiracular bristles absent 3.
Pulvilli absent or rudimentary i P\. 3, Fig. 19) 4.
66
DIPTERA
3. Second antennal [£rst flagellar) segment short in both sexes ;
antennae q/cf nearly always pliimose{P\. 3, Fig. 2.A-,etc.). Genus Culex Linnaeus.
Second antennal {first flagellar) segment elongate in both sexes ;
antennae of not plumose [P\. 3 , Fig. I 4) . . . . Genus Deinocerites Theobald.
4. Post-spiracular bristles absent ; claws of 9 simple [except in
Leicesteria, Haemagogus, and Heizmannia) 5.
Post-spiracular bristles present, even if only one ov two (Pl. 3,
Fig. 29e); claws of 9 (Pl- 3, Fig. 19) nsually
toothed ; dorsocentral and upper slernopleural bristles nearlv
ahvays well developed 1 5.
5. Spiracnlar bristles present {sornetimes only one or tnw) (Pl. 3,
Fig. 28d) 6.
Spiracnlar bristles absent q.
6. Several upper sternopleural bristles; stem-vein usually hairy
beneath (Pl. I , Fig. 20) Genus Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire.
At mosl one or two upper sternopleural bristles; stem-vein
bare beneath 7.
7. Postnotum nearly ahvays bare {Oriental and Australasian) . . Genus Tripteroides Giles.
Postnotum with bristles {Neolropical) (Pl. 3, Fig. 281)
S. Clypeus with setae {P\. I, Fig. II) Genus Trichoprosopon Theobald.
Clypeus bare Genus Goeldia Theobald.
q. Dorsocentral and pre-scutellar bristles absent; pro}total lohes
approximated {P\. I, Fig. 19)
Dorsocentral and pre-scutellar bristles well developed; pronotal
lobes well separated
10. Postnotum nsually bare (N eotropical) Genus Haemagogus Williston.
Postnotum usually with bristles {Oriental) Genus Heizmannia Ludlow.
11. Post-spiracular area scaly ; 9 claws usually toothed ; 9 palpi
more than half as loug as proboscis Genus Armigeres, Theobald.
Subgen. Leicesteria Theobald.
Post-spiracular area bare ; 9 claws simple
12. AU segments of 9 antenna, and Iasi two of rf antenna short
and thick; middle femora with scale-tuft Genus Aedomyia Theobald.
Antennae normal, slender ; middle femora ivithout scale-tuft
13. First segment of front tarsi longer than the last four together ;
fourth very short in both sexes Genus Orthopodomyia Theobald.
First segment of front tarsi not longer than last four together ;
fourth not shortened in Q
14. Proboscis of gf much svoollen apically, of 9 slightly so, or else
cell shorter than iis stem {P\. 2, Fig. 15) . . . . Genus Ficalbta Theobald.
Proboscis not swollen apically; cell Rj at least as Ion g as its
stem Genus Mansonia Blanchard.
15. Head with numeroiis short hairs on vertex in addition to the
orbital row ; antennae thick in both sexes, not plumose in gf
fPI. 3, Fig. 15) Genus Opifex Plutton.
8.
10.
1 1 .
12.
1 3.
14.
FAM. CULTCIDAE
67
10.
17.
iS.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
2 J.
26.
Head tciikout hairs oii vcrlex apart from the orbital roti’ ;
antennae slender in (J- nearly aliaays plumose in lyf ib.
Spieaenlar beisiles present, even if feto (^American') (Pl. I,
Fig. 14) (^enus PsoROPHORA Robineau-Desvoid}^
Spiracular bristles ahsent i?-
Eyes toidely separated, space betzoeen them cloihed zoith metallic
silvery scales [Ethiopian) {P\. I, Fig. 18) Genus Eret.mopodites Tlieobald.
Eyes less videly separated [sometimes tonching), space between
them not covered with metallic silvery scales [P\. I, Fig. 17)
generally mostly narroto {tvhen, rarely, ali are
broad, the ^ elatos are toothcd) : nsiially a feto hairs on
upper siirface of stem-vein
Wing scales all very broad (Pl. 2, Fig. 17); 9
simple ; stem-vein bare
Proboscis more slender, not reciirved at tip in repose ; ornamen-
tation various
Proboscis rather stont, reciirved at tip in repose ; dark species
wiih flat scales on vertex and sciitelliini
W ing-membr'ane withoiit microtrichia {or tliese only visiblc under
a high magnificat ioii); cell shorter thaii its stem; An
ends aboiit opposite base of cubital fork (Pl. I , Fig. | 2) .
Wiiig-membrane toich distinet microtrichia {visible under a
magnfication of 5 o)
Postnotum bare ; An [except in some species of Topoinyia)
ending little if at all beyond base of cubital fork; two or
more posterior pronotal bristles present (Palaeoiropical) .
Post notum with bristles •, .An ending well beyond base of cubital
fork; posterior pronotal bristles usually absent; spiracular
bristles present [except in Limatus) (Neotropical)
Genus Mansonia Blanchard (part).
(jenus Aedes Meigen.
Genus Armigeres Theobald.
Genus Uranotaenia T.ynch.
iH.
19.
2 I .
22.
25.
spiracular bristles absent ; clypeus normal 23.
Spiracular bristles present fine or more) ; clypeus rather small
and narrow ; cell R? longer tlian ist stem 24.
Cell R2 shorter than its stem ; severat posterior pronotal bristles;
wing scales normal Genus Zeugnomyia Leicester.
Cell R2 longer than its stem; two posterior pronotal bristles ;
wing-scales emarginate at tips Genus Hodgesia Theobald.
Proboscis very Jiairy, much enlarged at tip {P\. I , Fig. 13).
Proboscis not hairy, rarely enlarged at tip
Middle legs tvith ix paddles » formed of very long erect scales .
Middle legs without paddles
Genus Harpagomyia de Meijere.
Genus Topomyia Leicester.
Genes Sabethes Robineau-Desvoid}'.
26
Clypeus with hairs (Pl.
long (f palpi .
Fig. II); large species with
Genus Trichoprosopon Theobald {com-
pressu m).
Clypeus bare, or wiih scales only
68
DIPTERA
27. Hind farsi with loug suberect scales ; large species ivitli loiig
palpi Genus Goeldia Theobald (longipes), *
Hind farsi with appressed scales oiily ; sinaller species wifh shorf
Cf pi-ilpi 28.
28. No bristles on suhalar knob ; pronotal lohcs large and almost in
contaci ; mesonofal scales all mefallic Genus Sabethoides Theobald.
Bristles present on snb-alar knob; pronotal lobes more ividely
separated; mesonofal scales rarely mefallic 29.
29. Spiracula)' area with scales o)dy ; hind farsus with one claw. . Genus Limatus Theobald.
Spiraciilar area wUh 1-4 bristles, no scales; hind farsus with
two claws Genus Wyeomyia Theobald.
Larvae (fourth stage).
1. Anal seguient with ventral brush 0/ at least four separate hairs
( Pl. 5, Fig. 2 b)
Anal segment with one pair of ventral hairs (Pl. 5,
Fig. 2 I V)
Anal segment ivilhout ventral hairs
2. Eight segnient with lateral chitinous piate, tvith one roio of
conib-teeth on its niargin (piate sometimes weak) ; mouth-
hriishes normal
Eighth segnient without lateral piate (excepi sometimes in Psoro-
phora)
3. Siphon ivith pecten (Pl. 5, Fig. 6 p), the teelh of which are
nearly ahvays denticulate (pecten rarely reduced) ,
Siphon without pecten, or rarely ivith a few simple teelh.
4. Siphon with several pairs of hair-iufts, or else very long and
slender
Siphon with one pair of hair-tufts, and never very long .
5. Mouth-brushes forming matted prehensile tufts
IMouth-brushes normal
6. Mandibles with haivy projection at base
Mandibles without such projection
7. Siphonal hair-tuft basal in position ....
Siphonal hair-tuft near iniddle, often beyond .
8. Mouth-brushes forming matted prehensile tufts .
Mouth-brushes normal
9. Anal segment with complete chitinous ring .
2.
17-
Genus Cule.x Linnaeus (moucheti).
Genus Ukanotaenia L^uich;
Genus Aedomyia Theobald (part).
3.
4-
IO.
5
7-
Genus Culex Linnaeus (Liitzia).
6.
Genus Deinocerites Theobald.
Genus Culex Linnaeus ; ’
Genus Theobaldia, Neven - Lemaire
(CAilicella, Clirnacura).
Genus Theobaldia Neven-Lemaire.
8
Genus Psorophora (s. str.) Robineau-
Desvoid}'.
Genus Aedes Meigen (Mucidus).
9-
Genus Psorophora (s. str.) Robineau-
Desvoidv.
Genus Uranotaenia Lynch (ascidiicola).
FAM. CULICIOAE
(K)
IO.
I I .
12.
1 3.
14-
10.
16.
17.
iS.
19.
20.
2 r .
Aiial saginent (exiypt rarely) ivith dorsal chitinoiis saddle . . Cienus Aedes Meigen ;
lienus Haemacogus Williston;
Genus Heizmannia Liullow.
Anie/inae s/iort, Kutli small simple shafl-haiy ; metapleural piate
small II.
Antentiae loiiger, ivith branched hair on shaft : metapleural piate
large i3.
Metapleural hairs all short and incouspicuous {P\. 5, Fig. 2,
22 mt)
Three metapleural hairs loug [uormal)
Sub-siphoual tiift large, as in Aedes, elc
Sub-siphoual hair small and simple
Siphonal valves highly modified for piercing
Siphonal valves not specially modijied
Abdominal segments 6-S uormally ivith dorsal chitiuous plates
(Pl. I, Fig. 5)
Abdomen ivithout plates ou segments 6-8
Antennae very large and flattened {P\. 5, Fig. I 8) .
Antennae almost roiind in section
Antennal tuft well removed from tip (Pl. 5, Fig. 20) .
Antenual tuft close to tip
Eighth abdominal segment loithout comb,hut loith a small lateral
piate bearing a simple bristle
Eighth abdominal segment ivith lateral comb as usual.
Eighth segment ivith a pair of dorsal chitiuous hooks.
Eighth segment ivithout dorsal hooks
Maxillae large, euding in tivo strong articulalcd horus (Pl. 5,
Fig. 15)
Maxillae large, produced into a lung non-articulated horn
I Pl. 5, Fig. I 61
Maxillae unmodified (Pl. 5, Fig. I4-)
Venlral hair of an al segment single ; abdomen withoid stellate
hairs ; metathorax ivithout long spine
Ventral hair of aual segment branched {? always) . . . .
Metathorax with long spine dor solat er ally (Pl. 5, Fig. 24);
abdomen always ivith stellate hairs, often very numerous .
Metathorax ivithout long spine; stellate hairs of abdomen
sometimes few or absent
Genus Opifex JIutton.
1 2.
(.jenus Armigekes Theobald ;
Genus Eretmopodites Theoliald.
Genus Zeugnomyia Leicester.
Genus Mansonia 131anchard.
O-
(ienus Orthopodomyi A Theobald.
1 5 .
(jenus Aedomyia Theobald.
16.
(jenus Ficalbia Theobald.
(jenus IJoDGESiA Theobald.
(jenus Tricho]'rosopon Theobald.
18.
(jenus Sabetpioides Theobald.
(9-
(jenus Goei.dia Theobald ;
(jenus Tripteroides Giles (Rachisoura).
Genus Topo.myia Leicester [argenteoveu-
tralis).
20.
Genus Harpagomyia de Meijere.
2 1 .
Genus Tripteroides Giles.
Genus Topomyia Leicester;
Genus Sabethes Robineau-Desvoid}' ;
Genus VVyeomyia Theobald;
(denus Limatus Theobald.
70
DIPTERA
5. Genus TRICHOPROSOPON Theobald
T richoprosopon Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 283 (rgoi). — Type digitatus Rond. (as nivipes).
Joblotia Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 1046 (1901). — Type digitatus Rond.
Characters. — Adult as in Goeldia, except for the presence of hairs on the clypeus, which ma}^
extend as a dense fringe ali round the margin (7'. digitata, Pl. I , Fig. I I ) or may be present only on
the sides {T . cotnpiessa). One or two posterior pronotal bristles present (Pl. 3, Fig. 28 b). Squama
with distinet fringe {T. digitata) or quite bare (T. compiessa).
Lanva. — Head moderately large. Antennae short, with subapical hair. Mandibles large,
sometimes visible from above, with very strong teeth. Maxillae large, but without the strong apical
spines of Goeldia-, palp long, about equal in length to maxilla. Eighth abdominal segment without
coinb, but with a small lateral piate bearing a single strong bristle. Siphon short; no pecten; one
pair of ventral tufts well before middle, and sometimes one pair of small dorsal hairs. Anal segment
with dorsal piate; both inner and outer dorsal hairs simple; one pair of ventral hairs as in other
Sabetliine genera. Gills large, rounded at tip.
Egg. — Sometimes provided with longitudinal fringes of short hair that act as floats.
Habits. — The two species whose breeding-habits are khown differ rather considerably.
T . digiiatuin lays its eggs in boat-shaped masses on the foul water in decaying coconut and cacao husks;
T . compressum lags its eggs singly on the water in cut or broken bamboos. It is said that the larvae
soon die if transferred to ciear water, and always occur together in some numbers; they are not
I
predaceous. « The adults are diurnal; the flight is slow, with the legs extended ; they approach man,
but seldom attempt to bite » (Howard, Dyar and Knab).
Distributiori. — Tropical American mainland, including Trinidad.
T . compressum Lutz, Imprensa Medica, Vol. i3, p. 171 (igoS); Theobald,
Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5go (1907); *D_yar, Mosq. Amer. p. 106 (1928)
\jfoblotia~].
mogilasia Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 206 (1907) \_Johlotid].
trichorrhyes Dyar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 206 (1907) \Joh\otia\.
T. digitatum Rondani, Baudi e Truqui, Studi Ent. p. 109 (1848) \Culcx]-,
*Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. io5 (1928) \_J-oblotia).
nivipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 285 (1901).
ivilsoni Ludlow. Psyche, Vol. 25, p. 66 (1918).
T. pusillum Lutz, Est. Zool. Parasit. Venez. p. 33 (1928) [descr. transposed
with that of Deiidromyia bicompressa'].
T. splendens Lutz, Imprensa Medica, Vol. i3, p. 167 (igo5); Peryassfi, Os,
Culic. do Brazil, p. 270 (igo8); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 104 (1928)
'lyoblotia I .
Panama, \Mnezuela, Bra-
zil.
Mexico to Brazil.
Venezuela.
Brazil.
6. Genus GOELDIA Theobald
Goeidia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 33o (igo3). — Type fluviatilis Theo.
Runchomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 319(1903). — Type frontosa Theo.
Binotia Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 427 (igoS). — Type frontosa Theo.
Lesticocampa Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. .Soc. Vol. 14, p. 225 (1906). — Type lunata Theo.
Hyioconops Theobald, Mon., Cui. Vol. 4, p. 586 (1907). — Type longipalpis Theo.
Lynchi aria Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. y Pat. Vag. Vol. i, p. 40 (1912). — Type paranensis Br.
FAM. CULICIDAF
Characters. — Adui.t : Eyes touching or almost so. Two long occipital bristles; orbital
bristles short. Proboscis variable in length, as are the palpi. Antennae of cf always distincth’
plumose, with the last two segments elongate; of 9 slender, with flagellar segments snbeqnal in length.
Scales ot head all broad and flat, a few npright ones on nape. Thorax rarel}' with delinite
ornamentation ; scales on pronotal lobes and scutellam broad and flat, on most of mesonotum iisually
quite narrow. Dorso-central and pre-scutellar bristles absent. Pronotal lobes well separated. One
or two posterior pronotal bristles usuali}' present (absent in fluviatilis, parancnsis, magna, po iiuhans und
espini). Several spiracular bristles present, and several bristles on sub-alar knob ; no post-spiracular or
lower mesepimeral : sternopleural series often extending above level of meron. Postnotum always
with a tutt of setae. Upper edge of meron level with base of hind coxa. Abdomen with few hairs
except at tip, which is bristly and blunt in 9- Hypopygium prominent; ninth tergite forming two
prominent lobes each bearing a transverse row of bristles; coxite simple, usually without a definite
basal lobe; style long. slender. simple, with terminal spine; paraprocts with about 4-6 strong teeth
apically; phallosome consisting of a pair of plates. Legs long; hind tibia usually shorter than middle
pair; first hind tarsal segment usually longer than tibia. Front and middle claws of nnec^ual, one
sometimes toothed; of 9 equal and simple, hind legs always with two claws. Wings with cell
R-i considerably longer than its stem, somewhat contracted apically. An extending far beyond base of
cubital fork. Wing-scales usually broad. Membrane with distinet microtrichia. Squama with a
more or less interrupted fringe (absent in G. longipes).
Pupa. — As in other genera of the Sabethes group. Paddles without fringe or apical hair.
In'G. pallidoventer (the only pupa I have examined) the sublateral hairs of segments 4-6 are not
specially long.
Larva. — Head of moderate size. INlouth-brushes fairly dense but short. Maxillae long and
rather narrow, usually visible from above, with two long and very stout spines apically; palp long.
Mandibles moderate, teeth not very large. Eighth abdominal segment with lateral comb of at least a
few teeth, either irregularly arranged or in a single regular row. Siphon of moderate length, without
pecten, but usually with a dense posterior fringe and some other scattered hairs. Anal segment with
dorsal piate; inner dorsal hair more or less branched, outer simple; one pair of ventral hairs as in other
Sabethine genera. Gills long and pointed.
Habits. — « The larvae are predaceous upon those of species of Culex or Wyeomyia living in
the water between the flower-sheaths or leaves of different plants. These places often contain but little
water and that of a slimy character. The larvae are apparently wholly predaceous in their habits; they
occur singly and the species are comparativel}? rare » (Howard, Dyar and Knab). The adults are
diurnal and occasionally attack man.
□ istribution. — Tropical America, including West Indies and northern Argentina.
Classification . — The species of Goeldia show a considerable range of morphological
differences, and several subgeuera seem to be indicated. We recognise three, distinguished as below,
but it is possible that the first of these should be further divided.
Adults.
1. Palpi of cf almost or quite as long as proboscis Subgen. Goeldia Theobald.
Palpi short in both sexes 2 .
2. Posterior pronotal bristle present ; mid lobe of scutelluni silvery . Subgen. Ctenogoeldia Fidwards.
Posterior pronotal bristle absent ; scutelluni without silvery scales . . Subgen. Isogoeldia Edvvards.
72
DIPTERA
Larvae.
1. Siphon without posterior fyinge Subgen. Isogoeldia Edwards.
Siphon tvith posterior fringe 2.
2. Comb teeih in a rather irregular patch Subgen. Goeldia Theobald.
Comh-teeth in one very regiilar row Subgen. Ctenogoeldia Edwards.
1. SUBGENUS GOELDIA S. STR
Characters. — Palpi of (7f as long as proboscis or neaiiy; ol 9 variable in length, soinetimes
as much as one-third as long as proboscis. Proboscis slender, longer than abdomen (most species), or
somewhat stouter and more or less obviously shorter than abdomen {finviatilis, pallidoventer). Posterior
pronotal bristle usually present (absent in fluviatilis and paranensis). Sternopleural bristles usuali}^
extending above upper margin of meron (fewer in paranensis).
Larva. — In the known species the siphon has a dense posterior fringe, and the com.b-scales
are arranged in a more or less irregular patch, without an\^ piate or chitinous bar. The larvae of the
genot3?pe are unknown.
□ istribution . — The ten or tvvelve species of this subgenus are found on the mainland of
Central and South America; one occurs in Trinidad, but none have been found on other WTst
Indian islands.
G. fluviatilis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol 3, p. 33o(igo3); D3'ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. io3 (1928).
moralesi Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 3 {1919) [Lesticocampa'].
G. frontosa Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 319 (1903) [Rnnchomyia)-, Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 99 (1928).
Ct. lamprnpus Howard, Dyar and Knab. Mosq. N. C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 167
(igiS) {Lesticocampafl., Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 98 (1928).
G. leucopus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 187 ([906)
\Lesiicocampa~\ \ D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 97 (1928).
G. longipalpis Lutz, Imprensa Medica, Vol. i3, p. 127 (igo5); Theobald,
.Mon. Cui. \T1. 4, p. 588 (1907) \ Hyloconops).
vonplesseni Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. iSy (1906)
\Lesticociiinpa\ ; Dyar, Vlosq. Amer. p. loi (1928).
G. longipes Fabricius, Syst. Anti. p. 84 (i8o5) [Culex~\-, *Dyai', Mosq. Amer,
p. 96 (1928).
culicivora Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 207 (1907)
[Lesticocampa).
? frichopiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7. p. 10 (igigj \_Lesitcocaiupii)\ Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 97 (1928).
ulopus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 187 (1906).
G. Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 279 (1901) \_Wyeoinyiai]-, *D3^ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 100 (1928).
G. Lutz, Imprensa Medica, Vol. i3, p. 128 (igo5); Theobald,
Mon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 586 (1907) \_Hyloconops']-, D3'ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 102 (1928).
G. paranensis Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. Pat. Veg. Vol. i, p. 40 (1912)
\Lynchiaria~] \ Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 98 (1928); [Isostomyia\ \ Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. (1930).
G. rrt/rt.v Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc, Wash. Vol. ig, p. 187 (1906)
[^Lcsticocampa'] ; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 100 (1928) ; [? = frontosa Theo.].
G. schedocyclia D3'ar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. iMus. Vol. 35, p. 64 (1908)
[^LesUcocampai]-, D3"ar, Mosq. Amer. p. io3 (1928).
Brazil, Guatemala.
I
British Guiana,
Panama.
Panama, Nicaragua.
Brazil, Peru, Venezuela.
C. .America to Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil, N. Argentina.
Argentina. ? Brazil.
Trinidad.
Guatemala.
l'AM. CULICIDAE
2. SuBGENUS CTENOGOELDIA Edwards
Ctenogoeldia Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. g, p. 3oi (igSo). — J.'3'pe magna flieo.
Chanacters. — Palpi shoit in both sexes. Proboscis slender, longer than abdomen. A distinet
posterior pronolal bristle present. Sternoplenial bristles few, not extending above upper margin of
meron. Middle lobe of scutellum clothed with silvery scales. Middle tarsi of with a single claw
which bears a large tooth near tip ainl a fringe of dense, sharp spines.
Larva. — With dense posterior fringe on siphon ; comb-teeth niimerous, in one \ ei\' regidai
row, attached to a narrow chitinous strip.
Distributiori. — A single species is known.
G. (C.) magna Theobald, Ann. iNIus. Nat. Plung. \"ol. 3, p. 117 (igoS) C. America. Venezuela,
[Phoniomyia']-, * D\'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 92 (1928) \Isosto)nyia'\. Surinam, J^olivia.
*Ho\vard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. .\m. Vol. 3, i>. 58,
166 (1915) [Lesticocampa'].
hornotina Dyar and Knab. Proc. Biol. Soc. ^^'ash. \'ol. 10, j). 141 iigon)
\Phoniomyia~\.
3. SuBGENUS ISOGOELDIA Edwards
Isogoeldia Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. g, p. 3oi (1930). — Type peiliiibaiis Will.
isostomyia Iloward, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. Am. \'ol. 3, p. 187 (1912). — T3'pe perturbans Will.
Characters. — Palpi short in both sexes. Proboscis slender, longer than abdomen. Posterior
pronotal bristles absent. Sternopleural bristles few, not extending above upper margin of meron.
Scutellar scales dark. Middle tarsi of cf with two simple claws. Rather small species, approximating
to Wyeomyia in characters, differing in having more numerous hairs in the squamal fringe as well as in
the (7f antennae.
Larva (of G. espini). — Whth the siphon almost bare, wilhout posterior fringe, but with one
pair of SLib-basal tufts; comb-scales in a rather irregular pateh without piate or chitinous-bar.
Habits. — Larvae occur in the fiuid in spathes of Araceae. Adults are raid to bite readil\^
Distribution . — Two species are known :
G. (/.) espini Martini, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 65 (1914) \_Lesticocampa]-, *Dyar, Panama.
Mosq. Amer. p. 93 (1928) [Isostomyia].
shropshirci laidlow, Psyche, Vol. 26, p. 168 (1920) [Trichoprosopon].
G. {I .) perttn-bans Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 271 (1896) [Aedes^\ St. Vincent, W. E
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 91 [1^2^) [Isostomyia'].
7. Genus TRIPTEROIDES Giles
T ripteroides Giles, f. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 869 (Dec. 1904) (i). — Type philippinensis Giles.
Rachionotomyia 'Fheobald, J. Bomba}’ Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p. 248 (.A.pril igo5). — Type ceylonensis
Theo.
(i) After describing and figuring his Runchomyia philippinensis, and discussing some snpposed ])eculiarities of (he
thorax, Giles adds the remark. «I... await the receipt of further material before naming the species Tripteroides philippinensis
sp. et gen. nov. ». This must be regarded as a valid publication of the generic name Tripteroides, which takes precedence
over Rachionotomyia. It is curious that both these names ware introduced on account of misconceptions regarding thoracic
structure.
DIPTERA
7 4
Polylepldomyia Theobalcl, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. ii8 (igoS), — argenielventris Tlieo.
Colonemyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 233 (1908). — Type coenileocephala T^eic.
Skeipomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 248 (igo8). — fusca Leic.
Squamomyia Theobald, Rec. Iiid. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 28 (1910). — Type inornata Tbeo.
Rachisoura Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 207 (1910). — Tyy>e sylv est r is Theo.
IVI imeteomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 210 (igio). — • Type apicotriangulata Theo.
T nicholeptomyia Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 72 (1925). — Type iiepenthicola Banks.
Maorigoeldia Edvvards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o2 (1930). — T3-pe argyropus WaW.
Characters. — Eyes touching for a long space above antennae. A pair of strong occipital
bristles, widely separated from the sinall lower orbital bristles. Proboscis variable in length, often as
long as whole body. Mouth-parts norinal. Palpi variable according to the subgenus. Antennae
of distinctly plumose, with the last two segments more or less elongate; of 9 slender, llagellar
segments subequal in length, with rather long verticils. Scales of vertex all broad and flat; a row of
upright scales on nape. Thorax with the pronotal lobes widely separated. Pre-scutellar and some
dorso-central bristles usually present, but the latter sometimes absent. Usually one posterior pronotal
bristle (occasionally none, in one species three or four). Several spiracular bristles ; no post-spiracular,
and at most one or two upper sternopleural ; a few sub-alar and upper mesepemeral ; no lower
mesepimeral. Pleurae usually largely covered with broad, flat, appressed scales. Mesonotal scales
variable in shape, sometimes quite narrow but straight, sometimes broadh^ spindie-shaped ; scutellar
scales always broad and flat. Postnotum nearly alwa3's bare, usually with a pair pf slight furrows.
Abdomen with few hairs except at tip; eighth tergite and sternite of 9 broad and very bristl3u
Hypopygium of (f usually prominent; coxite with slight basal lobe bearing bristles; style always
simple, long, slender, with short apical spine; ninth tergite torming two prominent lobes bearing strong
bristles; paraprocts with a vertical row of strong teeth at tip ; phallosome a simple incomplete tube,
sometimes with internal teeth. Legs slender; tibial bristles tew and short; hind tibiae usually shorter
than the middle or front pair; first hind tarsal segment usually longer than the tibia. Front claws
of cf unequal. All claws of 9 simple. Hind tarsi sometimes with only one claw. No pulvilli.
Wings with cell i?2 always longer than its stem, somewhat narrowed at tip as in other Sabethine
genera. Cross-vein ni-cu usually well before r-ni. Vein An reaching much beyond base of cubital fork.
No hairs on stem vein, above or below. Squama at least partially fringed (fringe sometimes reduced
to about six hairs).
Pupa. — As in other genera of the Sabetlies group. Paddles (Pl. 5, Fig- 32) without fringe
or apical hair, and narrowed apically. Sublateral hairs of segments 4-6 very long and single.
Larva. — Head small; antennae always short and bare, shaft-hair small and placed beyond
middle. Mouth-parts usually unmodified, similar to those of Wyeomyia (maxillae modified in subgenus
Rachisoura). Thorax and abdomen often (but not alwa37s) densel3^ covered with stellate tufts.
Metathorax usually with a long and strong dorso-lateral spine, sometimes double or triple, inserted on
a piate which itself bears a small spine (Pl. 5, Fig. 24); on the other hand the meta-pleural piate
(Pl. 5, Fig. 24 mt) has no spine. Comb (Pl. 5, Fig. 2 I c) usually consisting of one row of teeth
attached to a piate (piate sometimes absent). Dorsal tuft of eighth segment (Pl. 5, Fig. 2 I d) much
more strongly developed than sub-siphonal tuft. Siphon variable in length, with numerous scattered
hairs and spines, the latter forming a rather irregular « false pecten » . Anal segment with one pair of
ventral tufts (Pl. 5, Fig. 2 v) as in other Sabethine genera; outer dorsal hair single, inner branched.
Gills usually long.
FAM. CULICIDAF,
Egg. — Shoitly oval, dehiscing bv a longitudinal siit.
Habits. — So far as known almost ali the species breed in small collections of waler in
bamboos, pitcher-plants, leaf-bases of pineapple, etc. ; larely in tree-holes and occasionalh' in
water-butts or cisterns. As with other Sahethines, the species are mostly diurnal in habits; they are
seldom abundant or troublesome. The larvae mostly feed on vegetable detritus or remains of drowned
insects, but those of the subgenus Rachisotira are predaceous.
Classification . — The rather nuinerous species are now placed in four subgenera, as dehned
below; two of these include several rather distinet species-groups.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
1. (ill hroad and rather dense 2.
]Ving-scaIes mostly narroto ; at most oue posterior pronotal bristle 3.
2. Palpi of tii'0-thirds as long proboscis ; one posterior pronotal bristle . Subgen. Rachisoura Theobald.
Palpi short in both sexes ; 3-4 posterior pronotal bristles Subgen. Maorigoeldia Edwards.
3. Palpi of as long as proboscis, which is sometimes short Subgen. Mimeteomyia Theobald.
Palpi short in both sexes ; proboscis usually very long Subgen. Tripteroides s. str.
Larvae.
1. Maxillae large, zoith tzi’o long apical horns Subgen. Rachisoura Theobald.
Maxillae unmodified 2.
2. Comb-teeth in a pateh ; metathorax withont spine Subgen. Maorigoeldia Edwards.
Comb-teeth in one row. metathorax usually with spine Subgen. Tripteroides s. str.
Subgen. Mimeteomyia Theobald.
I. Subgenus MAORIGOELDIA Edwards
Characters. — Palpi alike in the two sexes, about a quarter as long as proboscis and with a
white ring in middle. Proboscis not very slender, but somewhat longer than abdomen. Three or four
strong posterior pronotal bristles. Wing-scales all broad, all veins densely covered. Silvery markings
on thorax, abdomen and legs.
Larva. — Maxilla unmodified, with small hair-tuft at tip and without lateral spines. No
distinet spines on metathorax. Eighth abdominal segment without lateral piate; comb consisting of a
large number (100-140) of small teeth or scales forming a semicircular pateh. Gills very large and well
tracheated.
Habits. — Larvae were found by Graham in a water-tank, and were found to be capable of
spending long periods beneath the surface. The adults are found resting on tree-tiunks; they are said
to be persistent biters.
Distribution. — single species is known.
P . (M.) argyropus VValker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 2 (1848) [Culex~]-, New Zealand.
Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 264 (1901) \Uranotaenia']-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 36o (1924); '•'Graham, Trans. N. Z. Inst.
Vol. 60, p. 227 (1929).
76
DIPTERA
2. SuBGENUS RACHISOURA Theobald
Characters. — Palpi of cf from one-third (in R. filipes) to tvvo-thirds (in R. sylvcslris) as long
as proboscis; slender and bare; of 9 about a quarter as long as proboscis. Proboscis scarcely longer
than abdomen. One posterior pronotal bristle. Postnotum usiially with two or three minute hairs
apically. Vein-scales ali broad and dense. Rather large, dull-coloured species without silvery markings.
Larva. — Maxilla (Pl. 5, Fig. I 5) large, two of the apical spines being modified into strong
horns, one of which is almost as long as the maxilla itself. Dorsodateral piate of metathorax small,
carrying a large hair-tuft instead ot a strong spine. Eighth abdominal segment without lateral piate;
comb-teeth few, barbed at base, in a single row. Siphon as in the other subgenera.
Distributiori. — Australia, New Guinea and adjacent islands.
T. {R.) atra Ta3dor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914, p. 190 (1914) [Stegomyia']-, Papua.
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 362 (1924); Edwards, Nova
Guinea, Vol. i5, p. 353 (1927) [_Rachionotomyia\.
T. (/?.) filipes Walker, Proc Linn. Soc. London, Vol. 5, p». 229 (1861) Papua, N. Australia.
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 362 (1924); Edwards,
Nova Guinea, Vol. i5, p. 354 (^927); *Edwards and Paine, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 3o5, 3io (1929).
T. (R .) laiisquatna Edwards, Nova Guinea, Vol. i5, p. 364 (1927) [Rachiono- Papua.
tomyia].
T (R .) sylvestris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 208 (1910). Oueensland.
3. SuBGENUs M IMETEOMYIA Theobald
Characters. — Palpi of cf almost or quite as long as proboscis, slender and bare; of 9 from
about one- eighth to one-quarter as long as proboscis. Proboscis variable in length. One posterior
pronotal bristle (rarely absent). Outstanding vein-scales narrow, usuali}? rather long and dense.
Dull-coloured species without silverv markings.
Larva. — Maxillae (Pl. 5, Fig. I 4-) of moderate size, without strong apical horns, though
some of the hairs at the tip may be thickened and bear a number of short branches along one side.
Dorso-lateral piate of metathorax bearing a more or less conspicuous spine (Pl, 5, Fig. 24-) though
this is sometimes no more than a stout bristle. Comb-teeth in one row.
Classification. — Two rather distinet groups are indicated, but for the present at least it seems
unnecessary to treat these as separate subgenera.
Group A (flh2)!)rs-group). Proboscis not longer than abdomen, rather thick. Mesothorax 01
larva with a strong spine similar to that of the metathorax. Comb-teeth few, inserted on posterior
margin of a piate.
Group B [caledonica group). Proboscis longer than abdomen and quite slender. Metathoracic
spine of larva more or less developed, but mesothoracic hardly obvious. Comb-teeth numerous, in a
close set row without piate.
Distributiori. — This subgenus is purely Australasian, and is apparently best developed in
New Guinea, but the males of all the Papuan species are unknown, ond some of them may prove to
belong to Tripteroides s. str.
l‘AM. CUIJCIDAE
/ /
Group A
T. {M . j dliipes Skase, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. \V. (2), 3, p. 1750 (1889)
[C///t’A]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 362 (1924); *Cooling,
Com. Austr. Deft. Health, Service Pub. 8, p. i5 (1924); Edwards,
Nova Guinea, \’ol. i5, p. 352 (1927).
var punctoLitir.iUs Theobald, Ent. Vol. 36, p. i56 ( iyo3
apicotriangulata Theobald, IMon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 2ii (1910) \_M imeteomyiii].
T. [M . ?) bnigi Edwards, Nova Guinea, \AI. i5,p. 356 {iqzj) [Riicliioiiofowyia'].
T. (M .) solomo?iis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 363 (1924), V^ol. 17,
p. log (1926) [Rackio)ioio»iy!ci~j\ *Edwards and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res.
\'ol. 20, p. 3o5, 3o8 (1929).
T. (iV.?) subniidipennis Edwards, Nova Guinea, Vol. i5, }>. 355 (1927)
{^Rach ionotomyia] .
T. {M-P) vanleetnjeni Edwards, Nova Guinea, Vol. i5, p. 355 (1927)
[Rachioiioiomyiii^.
Group B
T. {M .) caledonica Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 100 (1922), Vol. 14,
p. 36i G924) \^Rachio)totomyia\-, *Buxton and Hopkins, Res. in
Polynesia, p. 74 (1927).
T . {M . ?) microlepis Edwards, Nova Guinea, \'ol. i5, ]i. 353 (1927)
[Rachioiioiomyia].
T {M .) rotumana ^Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 337 (i9-9) [Aar/j/o-
)iotomyia\.
T . {M .) tasmaniensis Strickland, Entoni. Vol. 44, p. 249 (191 1 ) [S/6’^ciwj'/V7];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. T4, p, 362 (1924) \_Rachiuuotomyia'].
cephasi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 8 (1923 [Rachionoiomyiii].
? ? (riis/mZ/j Erichson, Arch. Natur^;. Vol. 7, p. 270 (1842'! [Cii/fv].
N. 18. Wales.
( Hieensland.
Papua.
Soloinon is.
Papua.
1 'apua.
New Caledonia, New
I lebrides.
Papua.
Rotuma I. ( iMji).
Tasmania.
4. SUBGENUS TRIPTEROIDES S. STR.
Characters. — Palpi very short in both sexes, usually less than one-sixth as long as
proboscis, which is slender and usually markedly longer than the abdomen. Postnotum bare (except
in nepenthicola). One posterior pronotal bristle. Outstanding scales of wing-veins (or at least some
of them) quite narrow. Ornamentation various.
Larva. — Maxillae of moderate size, without specially modified spines at tip. Dorso-lateral
piate of metathorax bearing a strong spine. Comb-teeth numerous and long, in one close-set row ;
lateral piate of eighth segment present or absent (when present it is sometimes pale and not easily
seen ).
Classification . — The species of this subgenus fall into two main groups, distinguished on
adult ornementation ; whether these groups can also be recognised on larval characters is not yet
certain.
Group A {ayanoides-grovL^ : Rachionoiomyia). No dorso-central bristles; mesonotal scales often
broad. White scales of thoxax and abomen dull, without metallic reflections. Femora all unspotted.
Four species of this group are somewhat aberrant : T . nepenthis, Edw., has the proboscis shorter
than usual, and only one claw on the hind tarsus ; T. nepenthicola {R,a.nks) T. edivardsi (Barraud) and
T. microcala D3"ar, have bristles on the postnotum, the last-named also having a short proboscis.
DIPTERA
7S
Group B. {iiitidiventer-grou-p : Triptevoides). At least one pair of dorso-central bristles usualty
present ; mesonotal scales narrow. White scales of pleurae and abdomen with a metallic silvery
lustre. At least the middle femora with one or two white spots in front.
Distributiori. — This subgenus includes all the Oriental members of the genus, but extends
also into Australia and Fiji.
Group A
7'. (T.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 241 (igiS); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 1060 (1929).
coeruleoccphala Theobald (nec Leicester), Mon Cui. Vol, 5, p. 577 (1910)
[Phn7iiomyia~\.
? dofleini ^Giinther, Zeitschr. Wiss. Ins.-biol. Vol. 9, p. 204 (iqiS) \_Ficalbia\.
T. {T .) arauoides Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 274(1901) [Wjyeo/iiyia] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 241 (ipiS); *Edwards, Bul. Ent.
Res. Vol. 17, p. 116 (1926); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16,
p. io5g (1929); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 337
(1928); *Senior- White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. y3 (1927).
ceylonensis Theobald, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p. 248 (1904).
fusca Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 248 (1908) [Slieironiyia'].
inornata Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4. p. 18 (1910) [Sqiiamomyiaf
tenax de Meijere, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg (2), Supp. 3, p. 928 (1910)
[Fica!bia'\.
var. serrata Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. loSg (1929).
T. (T.) argeiiteiveiitris Theoha.\d, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung, Vol. 3, p. 118 (ipoS)
[Polylepidomyia']; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p 36i (1924).
T. {T .) edwardsi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 264 (1929)
[Heizmannia'].
T. {T.) microcala Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 3i, p. 6g (1929).
T. (T.) nepenthicola Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. 4, p. 55o (1909) [flVyeomyia]-,
Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol i3, p. 73 {\g2S)\Tyicholeptomyia].
mus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 175 (1920) [IVyeomyia'].
T. {T.) nepeiithis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 285 (igiS) ; *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 117 (1926).
T. (T .) orwrtM Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914,9. iSg[igi^)[Stegomyia\-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 36i (1924).
Group B
7. (T .) aenea Edwards, .Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 79 (1921).
T. {T .) bantbiLsa *Yamada, Dobuts. Z. Tokio, Vol. 29, p. 61-72 (1917);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 284 (1921); *Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Ent. p. 200 (1930).
T. (T .) bimaciilipes Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 114 (igoS)
\_Phoniomyia']-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 36o (1924).
T. [T.) coendeocephala Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 233 (1908) [Colonemyia~\.
T. (T.) dhtigma Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 257 (1925).
T . (T.) hybrida Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 237 (1908) [Colonemyia'].
T. (T.) liitlechildi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 644 (igSo).
T . (T.) magnesiana Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 36i (1924).
T. (T.) mendacis Daniels, Stud. Inst. Med. Res. F. M. S. Vol. 3, p. 266
(1908) [Colonemyial.
T. {T .) monetipera Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 176 (1920); Dyar and
Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 72 (1925).
Ceylon, S. India.
India, Ceylon, Malaya,
Java, Borneo.
Papua.
I
S. India.
Philippine Is.
Philippine Is.
Borneo, Singapore.
Papua.
Malaya.
Japan.
Malaya.
Solomon Is.
Malaya.
Papua.
Queensland.
Mala3^a.
Philippine Is.
FA^I. CULICIDAE
79
T. {T .) nitidivenier Giles, J. Tiop. Med. \'ol. 7, p. 36S (1904) {U yanotaenia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 241 (ipiS); Edwards, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 444 (1922).
philippinensis Giles, J. Trop. Med. \'ol. 7, p. 36S (1904)
T. (T.) potveUi Ludlow, Can. Ent. \"ol. 41, p. 235 (1909) [Ui-anotaoiia']-,
Edwards, Ind. J. i\fed. Res. Vol. 10, p. 444 (1922) ; D3’ar and Shannon,
Insec. Inscit. \’ol. i3, p. 72 (1925).
var. indica Barraud. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. io6i (1929).
T. {T .) proxima Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 5, p. 280 (ipiS); Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 444 (1922).
T . {T.) piirpurafa Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 12, p. 79 (1921) and Vol. 14,
p. 36i (1924); *Bu.\tonand Hopkins, Res, in Polynesia, p. 78 (1927).
T. (T.) quasiornata Tardor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. \V. Vol. 40, p. 177 (i9i5)
; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 36i (1921) and
\"ol. 17, p. 109 (1926); *Hill. Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 68
(1925).
T. [T P) similis Leicester, Cui. Mala^va, p. 2 35 (igo8) ; Barraud,
Ind. J Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 1060 (1929).
8. Genus SABETHES r.-d.
Sabethes Robineau-Desvoid\’, Alem. Soc. Ilist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 411 (1827). — Type Jociipes .
Characters. — Adult : Size usually rather large, colour of vestiture mostly iridescent blue or
green. E\’es separated b\' a narrow unscaled line. Proboscis rather short and scarcely swollen at tip;
head otherwise os in Wyeomyia. Thorax with very much reduced chaetotaxy : no dorso-centrals
or pre-scutellars ; no posterior pronolals ; no pro-pleurals; no pre-alars; one or two small spiraculars,
and one or two small lower sternopleurals. Prothoracic spiracles set unusuallv far back, owing to
the large development of the posterior pronotal lobes. Anterior pronotal lobes rather large and
collar-like, sometimes almost or quite in contact. Pleurae very densel}^ scaly. Abdomen compressed,
bristU'- at tip onl}’. H\’pop3'gium of qf very complex, especially the st3’le. Legs long; middle femora
markedl3^ longer and more slender than front pair. Middle tibiae with a more or less conspicuous
« paddle » formed by very long erect scales above and below, the paddle usually extending on to the
tarsus; similar but smaller paddles often present also on front legs, and sometimes also on hind legs.
Claws equals and simple in both sexes ; hind tarsi with two small claws. Wings (Pl. 2, Fig. I I)
with cell i?2 much longer than its stem, and slightly narrowed towards its tip. An extending well
be3'ond base of cubital fork. Cross-vein m-cu often in line with or even slightly beyond r-m. Membrane
with distinet microtrichia. Vein-scales usuall3^ broad. .Squama quite bare (Pl. 2, Fig. 1 Is).
Larva (of S. bipartipes). — As in Wyeomyia, except that the maxillae are produced apically into
a strong horn ; there are no dorsal hooks on the seventh abdominal segment.
Habits. — Little is known of the breeding-habits of Sabethes. Only one species has been
reared; the larvae were found in a tree-hole where they were predaceous upon other mosquito larvae.
When at rest the adults carry the hind legs bent far forwards over the head, as is the case with other
genera of this group. No observations have been made upon the function of the remarkable fringes of
scales which are found upon the legs of both sexes; but it cannot be purely accidental that somewhat
similar-looking legs are possessed by a small Tipulid {Eumolophilus) and a small longicorn beetle
(Phygopoda albitarsis) living in the same region, these insects also showing some superficial resemblance
to Sabethes in size and colouring.
Philippine Is.
Philippine Is.
India.
Borneo, Mala3a.
iMjl.
Queesland, New Britain,
Solomon Is.
Malaya, India.
8o
DIPTERA
Distributiori. — Tropical America, chiefly on the South America maiiiland, tvvo or three
species extending to Central America or West Indies.
S. albi^rivus Lutz in Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 323 (igo3); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 14 (1928).
albiprivatus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brazil (1904); Theobald, Mon. Cui.
Vol. 4, p. 5g5 (1907).
neivai Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 4, p. 726 (1927) ; Dj^ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. i5 (1928).
quasicyaneus Peryassu, A Folha Medica, Vol. 3, p. 179 (1922).
S. amasoniciis Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, p. 3i6 (1922);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 12(1928).
kiipplerl Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 122 (1923).
S. belisarioi Neiva, Braz. Med. Vol. 12, p. 3.5 1 (Sept. 1908).
argyronotum Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 283 (1928).
goeldii Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 24 (iqiS);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 10 (1928).
sckausi Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 63 (Oct. 1908);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 10 (1928).
S. bipartipes D3mr and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i36 (1906);
Dyav, Mosq. Amer. p. i5 (1928).
chroiopus Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i, p, 70 (1913}.
nitidus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 347 (1901) [in part].
S. cyaneus Fabricius, Syst. Anti. p. 35 (i8o5). Culex; Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. i3 (1928).
locupes Robineau-Desvoid}', Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 412 (1827),
remipes Wiedemann, Aussereuroj). Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 878 (1828) [Culex. 1
S. longfieldae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 8, p. 283 (1928); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. i3 (1928) [? = amazonicus, var.].
S. liitzi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 323 (1903); Dyar, Mosq. Amer.
p. II (1928) [? ab. of belisarioi', t3'’pe lost].
S. tarsopus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Q. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 62 (1908);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. ii (1928).
Surinam, Brazil,
N. Argentina.
Surinam, Brazil.
Brazil, Guianas, Trinitad.
Ecuador, Guianas, Santo
Domingo.
C. America to Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Mexico, C. America,
Venezuela, Brazil.
9. Genus SABETHOIDES Theobald
Sabethoides Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 328 (1908). — Type confusus Theo.
Sabethinus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 48 (1904). — T3^pe intermedius Lutz.
Characters. — Adult ; Intermediate between Sabethes and Wyeomyia, differing from the former
in the absence of « paddles » on the legs, shorter middle femora, smaller size, and presence (at least in
most species) of a few pro-pleural bristles; and from the latter in the more metallic colouring, absence
of pre-alar bristles, and more approximate pronotal lobes.
Larva. — As in Wyeomyia, except that the maxillae are produced apicall3^ into a strong horn,
and the seventh abdominal segment bears dorsally a pair of chitinous hooks.
Habits. — The larvae have been found in tree-holes and broken bamboos; they are to some
extent predaceous, but apparently not entireW so. The adults are diurnal; there are few observations
on their biting habits.
Distributiori. — Tropical America, but not known in West Indies (except Trinidad).
S. aurescens Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 622 (1907); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. Panama, Venezuela,
p. 23 (1928) [Sabethinus']. Brazil.
identicus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 207 (1907) [Sabethes].
FAM. CUFICIDAF
<Si
S. chloropienis Humboldt, Vov. Keg. Equin. llist. \^ol. 7, p. iiq (1820)
[C///t’.v] ; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 18(1928).
confusus Theobald, ^lon. Cui. \'ol 3, j). 32$ (1903).
nitidus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 347 (igoi) [S.i/ff/Z/w].
rangeli Surcouf and Gonzalez Rincones, Dipt. \’uln. Venez. p. 25i (1911).
S. glaucodaenioii D_var and Shannon, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. \"ol. i5, p. Sq
(1925); Dyar, iMosq. Amer. p. ig (1928).
S imperfectus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i65
(1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. ig (1928).
S. intermedius Lutz in Bonrronl. Mosq. Brazil (1904; nom. nnd.)\ Lutz,
Imprensa Medica, \’ol. i3, p. SqS (igoS); Theobald, Mon. Cui.
\"ol. 4, p. 619 (1907).
albiprivcilus Lutz in Theobald, i\Ion. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 620^1907) [Siihetliiniis'].
melanonymplie Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \a-il. 12, )). 100 (1924) ; Dyar,
jNIosq. .\mer. p. 2i (192S).
5. moerbista Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 2 (igig) [Sabethinus']-,
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 20 1,1928) [This is probably a Wyeomyia'].
S. purpureus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \M1. 4. p. 617(1907); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 20 (1928).
purpureus Neiva in Peryassu, Cui. Braz. p. 54 (1908)
remipusculus Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 100 (1924) D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 16 (192S)
5. serratoria Dr^ar and Nunez Tovar, Notas Dipt. Haen. Venez. p. 7 (1927);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 20 (1928) [Perhaps a Wyeomyia^.
? ocumarensis Lutz, Est. Zool. Parasit. Venez. p. 84 (1928) \Dendromyia\.
S. undosus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 186 (1906); *Dvar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 21 (1928).
Mexico lo Argentina.
Brazil, Surinam.
(juianas.
Brazil.
Brit.-Guiana.
Brazil.
Venezuela, Argentina.
C. America, Trinidad,
V enezuela.
10. Genus WYEOMYIA Theobald
Wyeomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. ATI. 2, p. 267 (igoi). [For synonymy see under subgenera.]
Characters. — Adult : Eyes usually separated b}' a narrow unscaled line, sometimes
practically in contact for a long space, sometimes almost in contact for a short space, and then
slightly divergent below towards antennae. Two long occipital bristles projecting forwards over
junction of eyes, and separated by a considerable space from the lower orbital bristles. Proboscis
variable in length. usually slightly svvollen at tip (except in subgenus PJioniomyia). Palpi alike in the
two sexes and at most one-fourth as long as proboscis. Antennae with the flagellar segments subequal
in length in both sexes (flagellar segment sometimes shorter), plumes sometimes rather better developed
in (7f than in 9- Scales of head all broad and flat. Thorax without conspicuous ornamentation ;
mesonotal scales usually large, broadl}^ spindle-shaped, and nearly always dull brownish in colour.
Dorso-central bristles absent ; prescutellars usually also absent. Pronotal lobes rather large, and
appearing larger through being densely scal}", but never actually in contact. Posterior pronotal lobes
and most of pleurae densely covered with broad flat scales. No posterior pronotal bristles, but
spiracular bristles always present, even if reduced to only one or two, and pro-pleural bristles also
present. Several small pre-alar bristles present, also a small tuft of upper mesepimerals, but no lower
mesepimerals ; sternopleurals few in number. Postnotum always with a tuft of retae. Upper margin
of meron level with or even below base of hind coxa. Abdomen almost without hairs except on the
first segment and towards the tip. Hypopygium of very variable in structure, expecially in regard
to the coxite and style; phallosome usually simple; paraprocts usually with two or three apical teeth.
Abdomen of 9 blunt-tipped, cerci short. Legs slender, with short inconspicuous bristles and without
82
DIPTERA
special scale development. Hind tibiae usually shorter than middle pair. Claws all simple in both
sexes ; middle claws of often unequal, one sometimes absent; hind legs of 9 with two small claws.
VVings with dell i?2 usually much longer than its stem, and slightly narrowed close to the tip. Vein
An ending well beyond base of cubital fork. Membrane with distinet microtrichia. Alar squama
usually devoid of fringe, rarely with from one to three small hairs.
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpet variable in development, usually quite short, but sometimes very
long and slender. Dendritic tuft on first abdominal segment well developed. Lateral tufts of seventh
and eighth segments always large and many-branched. Paddles somewhat narrowed appically, devoid
of fringe and without apical hair.
La rva. — Mandibles and maxillae not especiall}^ modified, maxillary palp small (in some
species, such as W. prolepidis, the maxillae terminate in a long horn as in Sabethoides). Antennae
usually short, smooth, cylindrical, with a single or double hair be}^ond middle. Thoracic pleural hairs
well developed; prothoracic group (in the species I have examined) with three long hairs and one
short, one or more of the long hairs more or less branched from base; meso- and metapleural groups also
with three long hairs, the fourth short but distinet; chitinous plates small. Abdomen without dorsal
chitinous plates except on anal segment, which has a small saddle, never a complete ring; eighth
segment rarely with lateral chitinous plates. Comb-teeth usually in a single regular row, sometimes
in two rows. Dorso-lateral tuft of eighth segment usually large, better developed than sub-siphonal
tuft. Siphon of moderate length or long, with numerous hairs or slightly branched tufts scattered
irregularly over the whole surface. Pecten absent or represented by a few teeth only. Anal segment
with long dorsal and lateral hairs, both inner and outer dorsal hairs sometimes more or less branched.
Ventral brush of anal segment represented by a pair of small tufts, without an}^ chitinised bar between
them. One pair of gills sometimes reduced or absent.
Eggs. — Without special modifications, deposited singly.
Habits. — So far as known all the members of this genus breed in small collections of water
held by living or dead plants, the known breeding-places including leaf-bases of Bromeliaceae •, leaves
of pitcher-plants ; spathes of Aracae, flowers of Heliconia, Calladium. etc.; bamboo-stems ; tree-holes;
cocount-husks. The eggs ave deposited in the flowers or leaves before water has collected, hatching
later, the larvae probably feeding chiefly on remains of insects which may be drowned. In the case of
W . smithi the larvae pass the whole winter frozen in a solid core of ice in the Nepenthes leaf, completing
their development when the ice melts in the spring. The adults are mostly diurnal in habit, but though
some are knowm to suck blood they are seldom troublesome.
Classification . — The very numerous species of this genus fall into of number of more or
less definite groups which may be distinguished by the structure of the hypopygium, and to some
extent the breeding-habits. These groups were treated as separate genera by Dyar, but he certainly
carried the division two far, and some of the characters be used were of no more than specific value.
The variation discovered by Dyar and Shannon in the number of sternopleural bristles is of more use
for classification, and employing this in conjunction with the length of the proboscis and the general
ornamentation we may recognise four subgenera. It seems very doubtful if any further divisions
would be advantageous; the three main divisions adopted here are practically those suggested by
Theobald in igoS.
Geographica! distributiori. — The species of are practically confined to thetropical
and subtropical regions of the new world; only one species extends into temperate North America.
FAAI. CULiClOAE
83
KEY TO SLTHGENERA
Adiilts.
1. Proboscis »mck longer than abdomen, sleiider throiighout ; mesonotal scales
someiohat metalUc Siibgen. Phonmomvia Tlieobald.
Proboscis not or scarcely longer ifian abdomen, slightly szoollen ai tip;
mesonotal scales not metallic 2.
2. One or hvo posterior pronotal bristles ; postnotum ioith a laige patch op
w/iite scales Subgen. Menoi.epis Lutz.
No posterior pronotal bristles; postnotum toithout scales (except in culebiae,
albosquamata and perhaps one or iwo otker species) 3.
3. One or tivo sternopleural bristles usually present at or above level of upper
margin of meron ; zoing-scales broad Subgen. Dendromyia Theobald.
These bristles absent; zcing-scales narroto Subgen. Wyeomyia ddieobald.
I. SUBGENUS PHONIOMYIA Theobald
Phoniomyia Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3ii (igo3). — Type longirostris Theo.
Dyarina Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. g, p. 6(ig2i). — Type tripartita B. W. and B.
Characters. — Proboscis as long as the whole body, quite siender. Mesonotal scales more or
less metallic, scutellar scales silvery. Sternopleural bristles absent, or present only on extreme lower
margin. No hairs on squama ; no scales on clypeus. Species larger than the average Wyeomyia.
Larva. — In several of the species the larva has a rather long siphon with numerous hairs and
a ventral fringe or series of spines extending part of its length only; the comb-scales are in a rather
irregular patch, without a piate; gills four in number, rather long and pointed. Owing to vaiious
errors of determination and association it is not yet certain whether the larva of W . longirostris conforms
to this type.
Distributiori. — ■ About eight South American species; possibly however one or two of those
given below are synon3’ms. The association of W . lateralis Petr. (longirostris Dyar) with the other
species is only provisional, as the adult markings and larval structure seem to be of a rather different
type.
W. (P.) incaudata Root in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. Sq (igaS) [W . (Dodeca-
myia)-, adult only; ? = lateralis]; Root MS.
W. (P.) lateralis Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Bact. Vol. 4, p. 726 (ig27).
longirostris Dyar (? nec Theobald), Ivlosq. Amer. p. 34 (1928).
? qxuisilongirostris Dyar (larva only), Mosq. Amer. p. 53 (1928).
W . (P .) longirostris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 275 (1901) (type 9);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. Sqq (1930).
qiiasilongirostris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 598 (1907); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 53 (1928; adult only).
incaudata *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. Sq (1928 ; larva only).
W. (P.) pallidoventer Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5gS (1907); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 5o (1928).
W. (P.) pilicatida *Root in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 55 (1928).
W. (P.) splendida Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 3
(1919); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 52 (1928).
Brazil (Rio).
Brazil, N. Argentina.
Brazil, N. Argentina.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Guianas.
84
DIPTERA
JV. (P.) trinidadeiisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 277 (1901); *Dyar, Trinidad, Venezuela.
Mosq. Amer. p. 49 (1928).
lassalli Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 8 (1921).
IV. (P.) tripartita Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. g, p. 7 Brazil, Argentina.
(1921); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 48 (1928).
fuscipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 76 (1922).
muhlensi Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Bact. Vol. 4, p. 727 ti927).
2. SuBGENUS WYEOMYIA Theobald
Wyeomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 267 (1901). — T3-pe Theo.
Pentemyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 122 (igig). — Type hromeliariivi D. and K.
Miamyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 116 (1919). — Type symmachus D. and K.
□ iphalangarpe Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 126 (1919). — Type ahascanta D. and K.
Dodecamyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i38 (1919). — Type aphobema Dyar.
Phyllozomyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 112 (1924). — T3/pe Coq.
Nunezia Dyar, Mosq. of Amer. p. 50(1928). — Type bicornis 'Kooi.
Technicomyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 20 (1925). — Typeflorestan D3"ar.
Characters. — Proboscis not or scarcely longer than abdomen, usually distinctly swollen at
tip. Mesonotal scales not metallic. Sternopleural bristles present onl3^ on the extreme lower margin,
and quite short. Wing scales usually narrow. No hairs on squama; no scales on cl3'peus. Species
usually small.
Larva. — Most of the known larvae of this subgenus have numerous hairs but no « false
pecten » or ventral fringe on the siphon, and the comb scales arranged in a single regular row without
a chitinous piate. A few (such as W . liasaiitos = symmachus and W . bromeliarhim) have a lateral chitinous
piate on the eighth segment, and these rnight perhaps be placed in a separate subgenus Miamyia.
Distributiori. — Throughout tropical America. — The number of distinet species is probabl3^
somewhat less than is indicated in the following list.
W . (IV.) ahehela Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 67
(igo8); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 35 (1928).
W . (W.) aphobema Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 114 (1919); *D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 5i (1928).
W . (IV.) arthrostigma Peiyassu, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. 3o6 (1908) [Dendromyiap,
Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 24, p. 35, 1S8 (1930).
petrocchiae Shannon and Del Ponte in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 66 (1928)
\_Miamyia\\ Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires,
Vol. 5, p. 94 (1928); Costa Lina, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 24, p. igi
(1930).
W . (^W .) bahama Vyav and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. i38
(igo6); D3^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 32 (1928).
minor Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i38 (igo6).
TF. (IV.) bicornis *Koot in D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 5o (1928).
W. (IV.) bodkini Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 81 (1922).
W . (TE ) bromeliarum Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19,
p. i38 (1906); *D3^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 47 (1928).
drapetes Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 264 (1909).
espartana Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 140 (1906).
luteoventralis Theobald (nec Theobald 1901), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3i8, fig.
(igoSj ; Costa Lina, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 24, p. 35 (igSo).
panamena Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent, Soc. Vol. i5, p. 210 (1907).
Mexico.
Guianas.
Brazil, Argentina.
Bahamas, Cuba.
Venezuela.
Brit. Guiana.
Costa Rica and Trinidad
to Brazil.
FAM. CULICIDAE
85
II'. {\V .) ciimptocomnta D\’ar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. li, ]i. ii6 (1924); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. Sy (192S).
IF. (II'.) cayacula Dyar and Nunez Tovar, Notas s. N. Dipt. llaem. \^enez.
p. 6 (1927); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 35 (1928).
II". (IF.) ceLienocephala Dr-ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. M'asli. \Fd. 19,
p. 140 (1906); "''Dyar, IMosq. .A.mer. p. 33 (1928).
cJu-ysomus Dyar and Knal', J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. i5, p. 20S (1907)
\Phoitiomyia\.
nuil.tea Dvar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Vol. 25, p. 70 (n)oS).
itiegulodora Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. t\[us. Vol. 35, }>. 6y (igoS'.
philophone Dyar and Knab, J.N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5. }>, 209 (1907) [P//o/n'a)i/v<a].
IF. (IF.) codiocampa Dyar and Knab, |. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’'ol. i5, p. 209
(1907); *Dyar, ]Mosq. Amer, jn 57 (1928).
IF. (IF.) flavifacies Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. i3, ji. 82 (1922); D3’ar,
!Mosq. Amer. p. 42 (1928) [? = oblita Theo.].
IF. (TV.) <^aadia//s Dyar and Xunez Tovar, Notas Dipt. Ilaem. Venez. p. 5
(1927); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 38 (1928).
IF. (TV.) gausapata Dvar and Nunez Tovar, Notas Dipt. Haem. Venez. p. 7
(1927); Dr-ar, iMosq. Amer. p. 89 (1928).
IF. (IF.) guatemala Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 189
(1906); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 44 (1928).
ahlahes Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. j\Ius. Vol. 35, p. 66 U90S).
ahhchra Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. IMus. Vol. 35, p. 66 (1908).
adelpha Dyar and Knab, Proc. Hiol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 140 (1906).
homothe Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 21 1 (1906).
roloncd Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. M'ash. Vol. ii, p. 173 (1910).
IF. (IF.) hosaulos Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 21 1 (1907);
*Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 89 (192S) ianiyia^.
enithes Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 263 (1909).
Symmachus Dyar and Knab, Smiths. INIisc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 262 (1909).
IF. (W.)lutzi Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz. Vol. 24, p. 75(1980)
(1980) [Aliamyiai].
Theobald (nec Lutz). Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 6i5 (1907) [Dendyomyia']-,
Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 58 (1928) \_]\liamyia'\.
IF. (IF.) viclanopus D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. VMl. 7, p. i3o(igi9); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 46 (1928).
cutebrae Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 65 (1923).
IF. (IF.) mitclielU Theobald, Mosq. Jamaica, p. 87 (1908) \Dendromyia\\
*D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 48 (1928).
antoinetta Dyar and Knab. Smiths. Alisc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 263 (1909).
glancocephala Dj-ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 140 (1906).
ochnira Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol 14, p. 227 (1906).
violescens Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i38 (igo6).
IF. (IF.) oblita Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 612 (1907) [^Dendromyia]-,
■"Dyar, IMosq. Amer, p. 41 (1928) [? = peiiinans Will.].
fallax Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 119 (1919).
medioalhipes Peryassu, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. 3o3 (1908) 'iDendiomyia'].
IV. (IV. ] pertiuaus Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p 271 (1896) [Aedes];
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 42 (1928).
gyayi Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 269 (igoi).
IF. (IF.) pintoi Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz. Vol. 24, p. igi (1980)
[M iamyia].
IF. (IF.) qiiasiluteoventralis Theobald, IMon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 817 (1908) [Den-
dromyia]; *Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 40 (1928) [? = peytinans Will.].
ahascanta Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 65 (1908).
ahia Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 67 (igo8).
tdestica Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 227 (1906).
Colombia, \'enezuela,
? Ecuador.
VTnezuela.
C. America, VTnezuela.
Panama.
Brit. Guiana.
V enezuela.
Venezuela.
C. America, Mexico.
Panama.
Brazil.
Panama.
S. Florida, W. Indies.
Brazil, Suiinam.
St. Vincent.
Brazil.
W. Indies, Guianas,
Venezuela.
86
DIPTERA
TE. (TE.) scotinomiis Dyar and Ivnab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 209
(1907) IPkoiiomyia']-, *D3^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 36 (1928).
abrachys Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 262 (1909).
chresta Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 263 (1909).
dvmodora Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 68 (1908).
Iiapla Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 265 (1909).
incana Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 189 (1922).
lahesba Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. C Am. Vol. 3, p. 106 (igiS).
hucopisthepus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 212 (1907).
W. ( IV.) serrata Lutz, Imprensa Medica, Vol. i3, p. 287 (igoS) ; Costa Lima,
Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 24, p. 76 (igSo) [Mianiyia'].
W. (TE.) simmsi D3^ar and Ivnab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 65
(1908) \_Phonomyia'\-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 45 (1928).
roloncetta Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i3i {1919).
JV. .) sinithi Coquillett, Can. Ent, Vol. 33, p. 260 (1901) [Aedes]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 3o (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 206 (1929).
JV. (JV.) vanduzeei Dyar and Ivnab, Proc. Piol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i38
(1906); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3i (1928).
argynira Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 70 (1908).
conchita Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. S2, p. 264 (1909).
fraterctda Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. idg (1906).
sororida Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i39 (1906).
Panama.
Brazil.
Panama.
Eastern U. S. A., New-
fo.undland.
S. Florida, VV. Indies.
3. SuBGENUS MENOLEPIS Lutz
Menolepis Lutz in Peiyassu, Os. Cui. do Brazil, p. 3o3 (1908). — T3’pe leucosiigmq Lutz.
Characters. — Proboscis not longer than abdomen, somevvhat svvollen at tip. One or two
posterior pronotal bristles present (according to Dy^ar and Shannon). Mesonotal scales not metallic.
Postnotum largely covered with small white scales. Sternopleural bristles as in Dendroinya.
Outstanding scales of veins linear. Squama with two hairs.
Larva. — Undescribed.
Distributiori. — One South American species known.
TE. (M.) leiicostigma Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brasil, p. 67 (1904) \_Menolepis\, Brazil, Argentina.
Dyar Mosq. Amer. p. 66 (1928).
leontiniae Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. Pat. Veg. Vol. i, p. 41 (1912) [Limatus].
4. SuBGENUS DENDROMYIA Theobald
Dendromyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3i3 (1903). — Ty^pe luteoventralis T\\qo .
Prosopolepis Lutz, Imprensa Med. p. 3i2 (igo5). — PyT® confusus Lutz.
□ inomyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 117 (1919). — Typ^e proviolans Dyar.
Triamyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 120 (1919). — Typie aporonoma D. and K.
Hellconiamya Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i23 (1919). — Type D. and K.
Cleobonnea Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 134 (1919). — Type occulta B.-W. and B.
Decamyia Dy^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i35 (1919). — Type onidus D. and K.
Hystatomyia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 140 (igig). — Type circumducta D. and. K.
Calladimyia Dy^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i5i (igig). — Type melanocepliala D. and B.
Shropshirea Dyar, Insect. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 97 (1922). — Type ypsipola Dyar.
FAM. CULICIDAE
Eunicemyia Dyar and Shannon, J. Wasli. Acad. Sci. \'ol. 14, p. 482 (192^). — albosqiiawata B.-W .
and B.
Janicemyia Dyar and Shannon, J. \\’asli. Acad. Sci. Vol. 14, p. 482 (1924). — clasolenca D. and K.
IVI elanolepis Dyar, Mosq. of Amer. p. 69 (1928). — Type jocosa D. and K.
Characters. — Proboscis not or scarcel}^ longer than abdomen, more or less swollen at tip.
Mesonotal scales not metallic. Sternopleural bristles more numerous than in the other subgenera,
one or two fairly long ones present at or above the level of the upper margin of the meron (except
perhaps in ]V. occulta and related species of the groups Cleobouuea and Sliropsliirea). Wing-scales broad.
One or two hairs often present on margin of squama; clypeus scab' in some species. Size larger tlian
the average species of the subgenus Wyeowyia.
Larva. — Most of the known larvae of this subgenus have the comb-teeth in two or more rovvs
without chitinous piate; the siphon is of moderate length and rvithout ventral fringe; a « false pecten »
of simple sublateral spines may be present [Heliconiamyia group). In TE. melanocepJiala and TE. mclauoides
(Dvar’s subgenus Calladimyia) the siphon has a dense postero-ventral fringe extending its whole length,
and the comb-teeth in one more or less regular row. In TE. albosquamata (D3'ar’s subgenus Eunicemyia)
the siphon has no postero-ventral fringe, and the numerous comb-teeth are in one very regular row;
this species perhaps belongs to the subgenus i\Ienolepis. The species of Dyar’s subgenus Melanolepis
have the maxillae termina ting in a long horn.
Distribution . — Tropical America.
TT’. (D.) albosquamata Bonne-W epster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7,
p. 107 (1919); *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 83 (1928).
JB. [D.) aporonoma D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc.Vol. 14, p. 23o (1906);
*Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 75 (1928).
TT^. (D.) argenteorostris Bonne-W epster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7,
p. 167 (1920) \Cleohonnea'] \ *D3'ar, IMosq. Amer. p. 61 (1928).
TE. (D.) autocratica D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 227
(1906); *D3‘ar, IMosq. .Amer. p. 86 (1928).
JB. (D.) bourrouli Peiyassti, Os. Cul. do Brazil, p. 807 (igo8); *Dyar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 72 (1928).
JB . (D.) chalcocephala D3’ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19,
p. 140 (1906); '"D3"ar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 77 (1928).
TE. {D.) circumcincta D3’ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 210
(1907); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 85 (1928).
agyrtes Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol, 52, p. 265 (1909).
androptis Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus. Vol. 35, p. 68 (1908).
macrotus Dr^ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 212 (1907).
TE. (D.) clasolenca D3'ar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 68
(1908); D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 88 (1928).
grenadensis Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 363 (1916).
TT-^. {D.) coenonus Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 2,
pl. 6, hg. 38 (1912); *D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 86(1928).
W . (D.) complosa *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 74 (1928).
TE. {D.) confusa Lutz, Imprensa Medica, p. 3i2 (1905); D3-’ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 8g (1928).
t flui Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 169 (1920); Dyar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 90 (1928).
TE. (D.) eloisa Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am Vol. 2, pl. 6
fig. 36 (1912); *D3rar, Mosq. Amer. p. 81 (1928).
TE. {D.) favor Dyar and Nunez Tovar, in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 78 (1928).
Surinam.
C. America, Venezuela,
Guianas.
Surinam.
Trinidad.
Brazil.
C. America.
Panama.
Panama, Surinam, Gre-
nada.
Panama.
Panama, Venezuela.
Brazil, ? Surinam.
Panama, Trinidad, Suri-
nam.
Venezuela.
88
DIPTERA
JV. (D.) felicia Dyar and Nunez Tovar, Notas Dipt. Haem. Venez. p. 3
(1927); D5^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 82 (1928).
W. [D.) floresian Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 20 (1925); Dyar, iNIosq.
Amer. p. 65 (1928).
W. {D.) hemisagnosia Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 19, p. 280
(1906); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 64 (1928).
haria D3'ar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 69 (1908).
gynaecoptis Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 66 (1908).
TE. {D.) intonca Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. ii, p. 173
(1910); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 84 (1928).
TE. [D.) jocosa Dyar and Ivnab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 64 (1908);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 72 (1928).
TE. {D.) lamellaia Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 168
(1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 87 (1928).
TE. [D.) luteoventralis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 848 (1901); Dyar, IMosq.
Amer. p. 88 (1928); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 544(1930).
TE. (D.) melanocephala Dy^ar and Knab, Proc, Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig,
p. 140 (igo6); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 78 (1928).
agnostips Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 21 1 (1907).
caiifieldi Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 207 (1907).
faiuta Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 2 (1919).
hemisiris Dyar and Shannon, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. Vol. i5, p. 284 (1925).
modahna Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 97 (1922).
pandora Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 261 (igog).
TE. (D.) melanoides ""Root in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 79 (1928),
TE. (D.) mystes Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 92 (1924); *Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 71 ( 1928).
TE. {D.) negrensis Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, p. 319
(1922); *D3mr, Mosq. Amer. p. 61 (1928) [? = occulla~\.
TE. (D.) occidta Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insect. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. io5
(1919); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 60 (1928).
T'E. (D.) pampithes Dyar and Nunez Tovar, in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 64
(1928) \jMiamyia'].
TE. (D ) personata Bourroul, iMosq. Brazil, p. 22 (1904); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 76 (1928).
TE. (D.) phroso Howard, Dy^ar and Knab, Mosq. and C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 149
(1915); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 70 (1928).
proviolans Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 117 {1919).
TE. (D.) prolepidis Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i (1919); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 73 (1928).
TE. (D.) pseudopecten Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i3g
(1906); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 80 (1928).
t hicompressa Lutz, Est. Zool. Parasit. Venez. p. 33 (1928) [descr. transposed
with that of Trichoprosopon pusillumj
cara Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 264 (1909).
galoa Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 140 (1906).
TE. (D.) roucoiiyana Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 166
(1920); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 62 (1928).
TE. (D.) typharnni Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos-Aires,
Vol. 5, p. 96 (1928) [? = melanoides Root].
TE. (D.) ulocoma Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3i3 (1903); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 79 (1928).
cacodela Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 265 (1909).
onidns Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 261 (1909).
pantoia Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol 52, p. 262 (1909).
TE. [D .) ypsipola Dy^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 97 (1922); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 63 (1928).
Venezuela.
Panama.
C. America.
Panama.
Panama.
Surinam.
Brazil.
Panama, Venezuela,
Guianas.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Surinam .
V enezuela.
Brazil.
Panama.
Panama.
C. America, Trinidad,
Venezuela.
Surinam.
N. Argentina.
C. America, Venezuela.
Panama.
l'AM. CULICIDAE
8(1
II. Genus LIMATUS Theobald
Limatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 2, p. 049 (igoi). — T.''P® ditrhami Theo.
Simondella Laveran, C. R Soc. Biol. \T1. 54, p. 1160 (1902). — Type curvirosiris Lav.
Lemmamyia D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 7, p. 140 (1919). — Tvpe methysticus D. and K.
Characters. — Closely allied to Wyeomyia, of \vhich it should perhaps be regarded as a
subgenus, the chief distinctious being as follows : Spiracular bristles absent, being replaced b}' a dense
clump of broad golden scales similar to those of the posterior pronotal lobes. Rlesonotum ornamented
with patches of purple and gold scales. Ilind tarsus with a single small claw. Proboscis of more
expanded towards tip, in one species {dnrhami) bent in iniddle, with projecting scales beneath at the
bend. Wings in L. asidleptus with vein An shorter than usual, approximating to the condition found in
Uranotaenia. Sternopleural bristles as in the subgenus Deudroiiiyia.
Larva. — As in IVyeomyia . Siphon rather short, without ventral fringe. Comb-teeth few, in
one row.
Habits. — The species breed in coconut-husks or tree-holes.
Distribution. — South and Central America and West Indies.
Three species known.
L. asulleptits Theobald, i\Ion. Cui. ^'ol. 3, p. 3i5 (1903) '\_Dendyoniyia\-, *Dyar,
Mosq. .-^mer. p. 26 (1928).
methxsticiis Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 266 (igog).
pssudomtthyslicus Bonne-Wepster and lionne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, ]>. 166 (ig2o)
\Lemmainyia\.
L. durhami Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 2, p. 35o (igoi); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 24 (1928).
cacophrad.es Dyar and Knab, Smiths. hlisc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 266 (igog).
curvirostris Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Yol. 54. p. 1160 (igo2) \_Simo>idella'\.
exhibitor Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. g2
(ig28).
paraensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. ^'ol. 3, ]>. 3i6 (igo3j \_Deiidromyia.'\
L. hojfmani Root. Amer. Journ. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 465 (1927); *D3’ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 20 (1928).
Costa Rica, Panama,
Surinam.
Centr. America to Brazil
and Argentina.
Haiti.
12. Genus TOPOMYIA Leicester
Topomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 238(1908). ■ — gracilis Leic.
Pseudograhamia Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 26 (igio). — Type anreovcnter Theo.
Characters, — E3"es touching for a long distance above antennae, and usuall3' also touching
below' proboscis. A pair of strong vertical bristles present, widely separated from the lower orbital
bristles. Cl3(peus unusually small, somewhat longer than broad, bare. Antennae alike in the two
sexes, not strongly plumose, ali flagellar segments subequal in length. Palpi alike in the two sexes and
quite short. Proboscis about as long as abdomen, usuall3’ slender, though sometimes more or less
swollen at tip, without long hairs. Scales of head all broad and flat; those in front adjacent to eyes
usually silvery. Thorax usually ornamented with broad, flat, silvery scales on pronotal lobes, pleurae,
scLitellum, and in a median stripe on scutum. Mesonotal bristles reduced, but some pre-scutellars
usually present. Two or three propleural bristles usually present; one or two posterior pronotal;
1-6 spiracular; no post-spiracular ; no distinet sternopleural, except sometimes a few weak ones close to
90
DIPTERA
coxa ; 0-3 pre-alar; several upper but no lower mesepimeral. Scutellum very sinall, little more than
half as broad as thorax between wing-bases. Pronotal lobes fairly well separated, with several bristles
on front niargin. Postnotum bare, with a pair of slight furrows. Upper margin of meron level with
base of hind coxa. Abdomen compressed, last two or three segments often bent or curved upwards
in cf ; tip of abdomen in 9 blunt and rather bristly. Hypopygium ver}^ varied in structure; coxite
(except in T . decor abilis and T. minor) with a long hollow rod arising from basal lobe and usually with a
strong spine at its tip; style vari ously modifred, often branched; paraprocts simple, pointed, without
distinet teeth or hairs at tip; phallosome consisting of a pair of plates; ninth tergite rather well
developed (in T . decorabilis produced into long lateral processes). Legs slender; hind tibia somewhat
shorter than the others ; first hind tarsal segment rather longer than tibia. Claws equal and simple in
both sexes. Wings with cell long, usually much longer than its stem, and somewhat contracted
at tip as usual in genera of the Sabethes group. Vein An usually endirrg only slightly beyond level of
base of cubital fork or base of Rs, but considerably longer in T. decorabilis. Vein-scales differing in
shape according to the species. Membrane with distinet microtrichia. Margin of squama quite bare.
Pupa. — • Respiratory trumpet short, normal in form. Dendritic tuft of first abdominal segment
well developed. Sublateral setae (B) of segments 4-6 very long and single, other dorsal setae
inconspicuous. Lateral tufts of segments 7 and 8 large and many-branched. Paddles rather narrow
and pointed, with long hairy fringe, but as in other genera of the Sabethes group there is no apical hair
distinet from the hairs of the fringe. (Description based on specimens of T. gracilis and of two allied
species.)
Larva. — Head moderately large. In the t}'pical species {T . gracilis and allles) the mouth parts
are unmodified, mandibles and maxillae being formed much as in Wyeomyia, but in T . argenteoventralis
the mandibles have large teeth and the maxillae (P|. 5, Fig. 1 6) are large and produced into a long
horn which reaches the front margin of the head; this horn is not articulated (as in Goeldia and
Rachionofoinyia) and the maxilla is without a row of strong teeth such as are found in Sabethoides Mouth-
brushes short but dense, inner hairs serrate. Antenna short, smooth, with small apical bristles and
short subapical hair. Prothorax with a dorso-lateral chitinous piate including three large hair-tufts
(Pl. 5, Fig. 23), much as in Harpagoinyia. AU the pleural groups of hairs, including the propleural,
set in small plates which bear short spines ; propleural group (Pl. 5, Fig. 23 p) as in related genera
including three long hairs and one short one. Abdominal hair-tufts variously developed; lateral tufts
of first two segments larger than the others. Comb-teeth not in a regular row, variable in number ;
no chitinous piate on eighth segment. Siphon with rather numerous short scattered spines and with
dorsal and ventral series of hair-tufts (in T. argenteoventralis the dorsal tufts are reduced to one pair and
the ventral tufts are replaced by long stout single bristles). Anal segment with small saddle; outer
dorsal hairs single; inner dorsal, lateral and the single pair of ventral hairs branched.
Habits, — Four or five species have been reared by Thienemann from larvae found in leaf-bases
of taro [Colocasia) also of Crinium hyhridum, Hyinenocollis macleayana and Pandanus\ the same observer also
found larvae in water contained in inflorescences of Cystandra [Cesneriaceae) and Rafflesia [Rafflesineae) and
Zingiber aceae', Hacker found larvae of T. spatiilirostris in water in bamboos. The structure of the larval
inouthparts suggests that T . argenteoventralis may be predaceous upon the other mosquitoes (chiefly other
species of Topomyia) found in leaf-axils of Colocasia, but no observations upon their feeding habits have
been made. According to Leicester the adults are alwa3's found in the neighbourhood of jungle
streams; no species has yet been found sucking blood. Leicester has observed that both sexes of
T. minor have a curious way of dancing up and down when settled. The proboscis is apparently bent
back beneath the body when at rest.
FA^l. CULICIDAE
9‘
Distributiori. — Topomyia is confined to the Orienlal region, most of the knows species
occurri ng in the Malay Peninsula.
T. argeiiteoventraJis Leicester, Cui. iMalaya, p. 240(1908); Edwarcls, Ind. J.
INIed. Res. \'ol. 10, p. 442 (1922); *Brug, MS. (1930).
T . argyropalpis Leicester, Cui. iMalaya, p. 242 (190S); Edwards, Ind. J. IMed.
Res. \’ol. IO, p. 441 (1922).
? Ludlow, Ps)'che, Vol. i!S. p. 12S (191 1) ; Dyar and Shannon,
Insec. Inscit. \'ol. i3, j). 70 (1925).
T. aiireoventer Theobald, Rec. Ind. i\Ius.\'ol. 4, p. 27 (1910) [Psendograluunia] ;
Barraud, Ind. J. iMed. Res. \'ol. 17, p. 270 (1929).
T. decorabilis hexcester, Cui. iMala3’a, p. 289 (1908); Edwards. Ind. |. Med.
Res. \’ol. IO, p. 440 (1922).
T. dubitans l^eicesteT, Cui. Mala3’a, p. 246 (190S); Edwards, Ind. J. IMed.
Res. \’ol. IO, p. 442 (1922).
T . gracilis Peicester, Cui. IMalaya, p. 244 (1908): Edwards, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. IO, p. 443 (1922); *Brug, MS. (1930).
T. wnHor Leicester, Cui. IMala^^a, p. 238(1908); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res.
\’ol. IO, p. 440 (1922).
T. nigra Leicester, Cui. IMalaya, p. 240 (1908); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. IO, p. 443 (1922).
T. rubithoracis Leicester, Cui. Mala3'a, p. 243 (1908); Edwards, Ind. f. Med.
Res. Vol. IO. p. 442 (1922).
T . spatnlirostris Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 2 (1923).
T. tenuis Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 290 and 440 (1922).
T. tipuliformis Leicester. Cui. Malaya, p. 247 (1908); Edwards, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. IO, p. 441 (1922).
T. trifida Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. \’ol. 10, p. 289 and 440 (1922).
IMala3^a, Borneo, Suma-
tra.
]Mala3’a, Philippiae Is.
S. India, Mala3aa.
Malaya, Borneo.
Mala3aa.
Malaya, Sumatra, Bali.
Mala3ai.
Malaya.
Malaya.
Malaya.
Malaya.
Malaya, Java.
Borneo.
13. Genus HARPAGOMYIA de Meijere
Malaya Leicester (nec IMalaia Heller), Cui. of iMalaya, p. 258 (1908). — 'VyTgQ gennr ostris Leic.
Harpagomyia de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent. Vol. 52, p. 169 (1909). — d^pe splendens de Meij.
Grahamia Theobald, Colonial Office Miscell. Vol. 287, p. 23 (1909). — Type irichorostris Theo.
Characters. — Adult (PI. I , Fig. I 3) : Eyes contiguous or narrowl3^ separated above, but
well separated below antennae. Head clothed only with broad flat scales with rounded ends. A pair
of strong vertical bristles present, separated by a wdde space from the orbital bristles. Clypeus fully
twice as long as its breadth at base and somewhat pointed, bare or microscopicall3' tomentose. Palpi
alike in the two sexes, scarcely longer than clypeus, without distinet joints. Antennae alike in the two
sexes; flagellar segments all about equal in length, with moderately long basal hair-whorls. Proboscis
shorter than abdomen, with a flexible joint at about two-thirds of its length, beyond which it is much
swollen and more rigid and strongl3" chitinised; labella of about the usual size (not enlarged as has
sometimes been wrongly" stated). Whole labium hairy, with a row of very long, upwardl3'-directed
hairs along each edge; at the tip of the swollen portion, just before base of labella, are four long curled
hairs ; labella also with specially modified hairs at their tips. Mandibles and maxillae absent in both
sexes. Thorax with the prothoracic lobes separated, but not very widely so, with about 4-6 bristles
on front margin and clothed with silvery scales. Dorsocentral bristles present but not numerous.
Scutum in some species with a median stipe of broad, flat, silvery scales. One propleural bristle; one
or two posterior pronotal; i-3 spiracular; 6-10 upper mesepimeral ; but no sternopleural, pre-alar or
92
DIPTERA
lower mesepimeral. Postnotum bare. Upper margin of meron scarcel}' above level of base of hind
coxa. Abdomen : hypopygium of cf with coxite at least twice as long as broad, bearing scales on
dorsal surface and with an ill-defined basal lobe bearing several spines ; style simple, curved, with a
short, thick tenninal spine; parapocts simple, pointed, bare and without teeth at tip; phallosome
divided or entire, according to the species. Abdomen of 9 blunt-ended, eighth tergite somewhat
biistly apically. Legs slender; tibial bristles short; ali tibiae of about equal length, or hind pair
slightly shorter ; first hind tarsal segment about as long as tibia. Claws all simple, front pair slightly
unequal in No pulvilli. Wings with distinet microtrichia on membrane; squama quite bare.
Cell R2 fully as long as it stem; tip of An scarcely beyond level of base of cutibal fork or of base of
Rs. Outstanding scales ofveins somewhat pointed, not notched at tip.
Pupa. — As in other genera of the Sabeihes group. Respiratory trumpet short, normal in form.
Dendritic tuft of first abdominal segment well developed. Sublateral setae (B) of segments 4-6 very
long and simple, other dorsal setae inconspicuous. Lateral tufts of seventh and eighth segments large
and man3^-branched. Paddles pointed, without fringe or apical hair, portion inside midrib rather
narrow.
La rva. — Head moderately large. Mouth-parts unmodified; maxillae and mandibles formed
much as in Wyeotnyia. Mouth-brushes dense, hairs apparently all simple. Antennae short, smooth,
with small apical bristles and subapical hair. Prothorax with very small and inconspicuous hairs
above on front margin; dorsolaterally is a rather large chitinous piate including three hairs, two of
which are many-branched, forming large and conspicuous tufts. Propleural hairs immediately below
the large tufts, including three long hairs and one short one. Mesopleural group comprising three (?)
long hairs and one short one. Aletapleural group comprising two long hairs, one short one, and an
articulated spine, representing the fourth hair. Abdomen with strong lateral tufts on the first two
segments onl}^ Comb-teeth in an irregular pateh. Siphon rather small, with scattered tufts as in
other genera of this group, pecten-teeth fiinged and round-ended. Anal segment with small saddle;
lateral and inner dorsal hairs branched; outer dorsal single; one pair of simple ventral hairs.
Habits. — Larvae have been found in tree-holes, in old water-filled nests of tree-dwelling ants,
in leaf-bases of pineapple and other plants. The habits of the adults are of exceptional interest, and
were first observed in detail by Jacobson in Java, having been confirmed subsequently by James in
Ceylon and Farquharson and others in tropical Africa. The flies haunt tree-trunks where ants of the
genus Cremasiogastey found, and obtain their food from the ants; the proboscis of the mosquito is
evidently highly specialised for this purpose, and they probably do not feed in any other way. The
Harpagomyia places itself direcly in front of an advancing ant, sometimes even nipping the ant between
ist front legs, and not releasing it until, it stops and opens its jaws, when the mosquito thrusts the
swollen tip of its proboscis into the ants mouth and rapidly absorbs the food offered. While the
interchange is taking place the ant strokes the tip of the mosquito’s proboscis with its palpi. When not
in use, the proboscis of the mosquito is folded backwards under the body, a most unusual position in
this family. While feeding the wings are vibrated and the hind legs held high so that the tarsi curve
forwards over the head, as in Wyeomyia and related genera.
Distributiori. — The genus Harpagomyia includes about eight species, four in the Oriental
Region and four in Tropical .'\frica. It is evidently a specialised off-short of Topomyia.
H. coeruhovitlata Ludlow, Psyche Vol. 18, p. i3i (1911); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Philippine Is.
Res. Vol. 21, p. 543 (ig3o).
FAM. CULICIDAE
()3
II . /arqu/tafsoiti Ed\\a.rds. Tvdns. Ent. Soc. London, p. 5oo (1922); * livans,
Ann. Trop. Med. \"ol. 23, p. 407 (1929).
tiic/iorostris Farquharson (nec Theobaldi, Proc. Ent. Soc. London, p. 29-39
(191S).
Il.fiaseti Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 499 (1922).
H. genurostris Leicester, Cui. jMala3’a, p. 258 (190S) \_Malaya\\ Edwards, llull.
Ent. Res. \’ol. 4, p. 240 (ipiS); Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,
p 49S (1922); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 349 (1926);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 21, p. 843 (ig3o).
H . jacobsoni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 843 (1930).
H. splendens de .Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent. \^ol. 02, p. i65 (1909); Jacobson,
Notes Leyden Mus. Vol. 3i, p. 246 (1909); Jacobson, Tijd. v. Ent.
\^ol. 54, p. i58 (1911); *de Meijere, Tijd. v. Ent. \^ol. 54, p. 162
(1911); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 21. p. 848 (1980).
H . taeniarostris Theobald, Mon. Cui. V^^ol. 5, p. 847 (1910); Edwards, Trans.
Ent. Soc. London, p. 499 (1922).
trielioroslris ingTdm and de Meillon mec Theobald). S. .\fr. Inst. Med. Ees.
Vol. 22, p. 76 {19271.
H. trichorostris Theobald, .Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 047 (1910); Edwards, Trans.
Ent. Soc. London. p. 5oo (1922).
Nigeria.
Uganda.
Malaya, Ceylon, ? l'or-
inosa. Assam.
Sumat ra.
Java.
liganda, E. Africa, Zulu-
land.
Gold Coast.
14. Genus HODGESIA Theobald
Hodgesia Theobald, Journ. Trop. Med. p. 17 (1904). — Type sanguinea Theo.
Characters. — Adui.t : Eyes narrowly separated. Scales of head ali broad and Hat; a patch
of silver\' scales towards front. Orbital bristles few in number, but no conspicuous gap between the
upper pair and the rest. Proboscis of uniform thickness throughout, about as long as abdomen;
mandibles and maxillae well developed in 9 • Palpi veiy short in both sexes. Clypeus of the usual
shape, slighth’ longer than broad, bare. Antennae alike in the two sexes, not plumose, ali flagellat
segments subequal in length. Thorax without conspicuous ornamentation, but pronotal lobes usualh^
with broad, flat, silvery scales. Dorso-central bristles fairly long but not numerous. Pronotal lobes
widely separated. with 8-4 bristles. Pleural chaetotaxy ver}^ much reduced ; usually two strong
posterior pronotals, one pro-pleural, one sternopleural (sometimes absent), two small upper mesepimeral
and one strong lower mesepimeral; no spiracular, post-spiracular or pre-alar. Pleurae usually with a
patch of fiat silveiy scales. Postnotum bare. Upper margin of meron somewhat above level of base
of hind coxa. Abdomen : H\^popygium of cf small, more or less hidden, of rather simple structure;
coxite short, without lobes ; style simple, without distinet spine ; paraprocts strong, ending in five or
six strong teeth in vertical palmate arrangement; phallosome simple. Cerei of 9 small and hidden.
Legs moderately slender; tarsi of often with special modifications of the last two segments. Hind
tibia not .shorter than the others; first hind tarsal segment as long as tibia or longer. Claws simple; no
pulvilli. Wings with distinet microtrichia on membrane ; squama quite base. Sc ending about
opposite end of i?s; cell i? -2 scarcely or not shorter than its stem ; An ending opposite base of Rs and
opposite base of cubital fork; cross-vein m-cit weW before r-m. Outstanding scales on veins of outer
part of wing notched at tip (a peculiar feature distinguishing Hodgesia from ali other mosquitoes).
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpets (in the two known species) cleft almost to the base into two
leaflets of unequal width, the narrower one also notched at tip (Pl. 5, Fig. 27). Abdomen with a
conspicuous dark pattern, varying with the species; seventh and eighth segments with simple
sub-lateral hairs, but without lateral tufts. Paddles notched at tip, serrate round apical margin, about
equally divided by the strong midrib, at the tip of which is one hair.
94
DIPTERA
Larva. — Head large and broad. Moudi-brushes long and dense, hairsall simple. Mandibles
not specially modified; maxillae (as in Mimomyia) with a stout apical spine resembling the clypeal
spines. Antennae curved, spicular; a large tuft near tip ; at extreme tip are three very long bristles
(more or less serrate on their margins) and one short bristly spine. Clypeal hair B long and simple,
C almost directly behind B, short and branched. Thorax : Propleural hairs set in a small piate; one
hair very long and stout, two short, fourth minute. Mesopleural hairs in a larger piate; two hairs very
long and branched from base, one short; metapleural hairs similar to mesopleural, but piate larger and
bearing a spine. Inner and outer shoulderdiairs of prothorax very long and strong, set in rather large
plates. Abdomen with the lateral hairs on the first two segments much more strongiy developed than
the others, and set in plates which extend backwards some distance. Anal segment ringed by the
piate; both outer and inner dorsal hairs with many branches ; lateral hair almost simple and short;
ventral brush composed of four or more tufts set in a small barred area; a median row of simple hairs
on anal segment ventrally before the brush. Siphon short, with one basal pair of hair-tufts; pecten
present, composed of simple teeth ; valves not specially modified, but postero-ventral pair large.
Habits. — So far as known the species breed in ground pools or weedy swamps. Females of
H. sanguinea are said to attack man.
Affinities. — Hodgesia is a somewhat isolated genus and difficult to place satisfactorily in the
System. I at one time included it in the Sabethini, but the recent discovery of the early stages has
shown that it certainly does not belong to that group. The larva is essentially similar to that of Ficalbia,
but in view of the resemblance of the adult in venation and some other respects to Uranotaenia it
is perhaps best placed near that genus. The peculiar pupal respiratory trpnpet seems to be a
development from the type of Ficalbia, in which division has already commenced by a slit-like
prolongation of the opening along one side.
Distribution. — Tropics of the old world.
H. hailyi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i6, p. 1062 (1929).
FI. cair insensis Tdiylox , Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 43, p. 842 (1919);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 359 (1924)-
H. Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 645 (igio) [cuptol)ous'\-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 35 (1912); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 21, p. 299 (igSo).
Fi. malayi Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 23i (igo8); T3yar and Shannon, Insec.
Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 70 ( 1925) ; ''"VVigglesworth, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20,
p. 63 (1929); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 299 (ig3o).
ainpyx Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 176 (1920).
Ii. nigeriae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3oo (ig3o).
sanguinis *Wiggles\vorth (nec Theobald), Bull. Ent Ites. Vol. 20, p. 60(1929).
H . pscciropus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3oo (1930).
H . qnasisanguinea Leicester, Cui. Mala5i'a, p. 23o (1908) \ciuasisanguinae^\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 240 (1913), Vol. 14, p. 358 (1924)
\(iuasisanguinae~\ .
niveocaputis Ludlow, Psyche, Vol. 18, p. i3o (igii).
triangnlatus 'la.yXox, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1914, p. 204 (1914).
H . sanguinea Theobald, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 17 (1904) [sanguinae~\-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res, Vol. 3, p. 35 (1912) [satiguinis^-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 299(1930).
H. spoliata Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 8 (1923), Vol. 14, p. 359
(1924).
S. India.
Queesland, Papua, New
Britain.
Gold Coast.
Malaya, Ceylon, Philip-
pine Is.
Nigeria, Gold Coast.
Congo.
Mala3-a, Philippine Is.,
Papua, N. Australia.
Uganda.
Papua.
FAM. CULICIDAE
15. Genus ZEUGNOMYIA Leicester
Zeugnomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 23: (190S). — Type gracilis Leic.
Characters. — Adult : Eyes separate above antennae, in contact below proboscis. Orbital
bristles forming a more or less continuous row. Scales of head ali broad and liat, those in front and
betvveen eyes silvery. Clypeus about as broad as long, bare. Palpi alike in Ihe two sexes, about twice
as long as clypeus, distinctly two-segmented. Proboscis slender throughout, about as long as the
whole bod\'. Antennae of cf inoderately plumose, last two segments somewhat lengthened, of 9 less
plumose, all flagellar segments subequal in length. Thorax with rather unusual ornamentation, flat
silvery scales forming a broad vertical stripe on pleurae and extending on to mesonotum in front
of wing-root. Pronotal lobes moderatel}^ well separated but rather large, with several bristles along
front margin. A few pre-scutellar bristles present, but apparenti}' no dorsocentrals. About two
propleural bristles; three or four posterior pronotal; no spiracular or postspiracular ; one sterno-pleural
(above base of mid coxa), several pre-alar and upper mesepimeral, one lower mesepimeral. Postnotum
bare. Upper margin of meron very slightly above level of base of hind coxa. Abdomen rather
slender, narrow at base, with silvery markings, blunt-tipped in 9- Hypopygium of small; coxites
rather short, with slight subapical and basal lobes; style simple, without spine; paraprocts simple,
bare, without distinet teeth apically; phallosome consisting of a pair of simple elongate plates; ninth
tergite reduced to a small strip. Legs slender, tibial bristles rather short; all tibiae about equal in
length; first hind tarsal segment shorter than tibia; claws of front and middle legs of unequal,
the larger toothed, all claws of 9 simple; no pulvilli. Wings with distinet microtrichia on membrane;
squama quite bare. Cell markedly shorter than its stem; tip of An only slightly beyond level of
base of cubital fork or of base of Rs.
Pupa. — Not available for description.
Larva. — • Head not very large, rounded. Alandibles with large teeth. Maxillae not specially
modified. Mouth-brushes dense, outer hairs simple, but many of the shorter inner hairs strongly
pectinate apically. Antennae short, smooth, shaft-hair well beyond middle. Thorax with the inner
shoulder-hairs moderately long but wide apart. Propleural hairs small and inconspicuous, ventral in
position; three longer simple hairs in the group, one short and branched. Mesopleural group including
three equally long and strong hairs (one branched from base) ; metapleural group with only two long
and strong hairs, one short and fine; both mesopleural and metapleural groups set in small plates
bearing each a short spine. Abdomen with similar strong lateral tufts on each of the first five
segments. Comb of a few strong teeth. Siphon short, unmodified, with pecten composed of a few
strong smooth teeth ; valves small ; one pair of hairs beyond middle of siphon. Anal segment with small
saddle, the posterior margin of which bears strong teeth; both inner and outer dorsal hairs more or less
branched ; ventral brush composed of 6-8 slightly-branched tufts without chitinous bars at their bases.
Habits. — Larvae occur in the water collected in large fallen leaves in jungle, and are usually
associated with larvae of U ranotaenia obscura and Aedes jugraensis, upon which they feed. According to
Leicester Z. gracilis is a vicious biter.
Affinities. — Zeugnomyia, like Hodgesia, was at one time included by the writer in the Sabethini\
its describer also suggested a relationship with the Sabethine genus Rachionotomyia (Colonemyia), but at
the same time thought it might be related to Uranotaenia. The larva does not show any of the
characteristic features of the Sabethine group, but one the other hand some of its structures (e. g. the
96
DIPTERA
pectinate hairs of the mouth-biushes, and the single pair of siphonal hairs) indicate some connection
with the Aedes group. The adult has the venation much like Uranotaenia, and the thoracic chaetotax}"
not very different, and it therefore seems better to place it here than near Aedes.
Distributiori. — The single species is confined to the Malayan Region.
Z. gracilis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 232 (1908); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Malaya, Borneo.
Res. Vol. IO, p. 487 (1922); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 18, p. 339(1928).
16. Genus URANOTAENIA Lynch Arribalzaga
Uranoteania Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. i, p. 376 (1891). — Type pulcherrima L. A.
Anisocheleomyia Theobald, Entom. Vol. 38, p. 62 (igo5). — Type nivipes Theo.
Pseudouranotaenia Theobald, Journ. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 33 (igo5). — Type roidandi Theo.
Pseudoficalbia Theobald, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. i5, p. 89(1912). — Type pandani Theo,
Characters. — Adult (Pl. I, Fig. 12). Eyes touching above antennae and below proboscis.
Orbital bristles not numerous, but the row not conspicuously interrupted. Vertex clothed with broad,
flat, close-lying scales, and a certain number of upright scales on nape. Proboscis variable in length;
usually (but not always) somewhat swollen at tip. Palpi in both sexes abvays very short, not more than
one-sixth as long as proboscis. Antennae of more or less plumose. Antennae of 9 lather long,
first flagellar segment not longer than second. Thorax with well-developed acrostichal and
dorsocentral bristles. Anterior pronotal lobes widely separated, usually with three bristles only : two
above, divergent from one another, and one below, directed upwards. Usuali}^ onl}^ one propleural
bristles (several in U. colocasiae)-, one posterior pronotal (rarely two); one spiracular (absent in U. ieslacea
and U. annandalei)-, no post-spiracular; about two pre-alar; several upper sternopleural ; about two upper
mesopimeral, and one lower mesepimeral. Postnotum always bare. Pleurae not very extensi vely
scaled, usually only in one or two patches or stripes. Upper margin of meron well above base of hind
coxa. Abdomen short, blunt-tipped in 9- Hypopygium of with coxite short, with small bristly
basal lobe; style simple, with terminal spine; anal segment membranous with scarcely any indication of
paraprocts ; phallosome divided into a pair of plates, sometimes bearing teeth. Legs with the middle
femora (but not, as a rule, the front pair) rather strongly swollen towards the base. Tibiae and tarsi
of cf often with peculiar secondary sexual characters (very unusual in this family), and proportionate
lengths of niid and hind tibiae, and of hind tibia and first hind tarsal segment, variable in different
species. Pourth front tarsal segment markedly longer than fifth in both sexes. Front claws in both
sexes (except cf of U . nngiiiciilata, short and equal in length, though one may be broader than the
other; middle legs of always with one long, curved claw and one very short one. AU claws simple
in both sexes. No pulvilli. Wings with the microtrichia of the membrane very much finer and
denser than in any other Culicinae, appearing only as fine dots under a 4 mm. objective, and not visible
at all at a magnification of 80, under which the wing-membrane appears quite ciear. Vein scales
usually all broad and lying close against the membrane; few long scales, none of which are distincti}^
emarginate apically. Fork-cells short; cell Rt always noticeably shorter, sometimes very much shorter
than its stem. An rather strongly bent down at tip, which ends below or slightly before base of
cubital fork. Squama quite devoid of fringe.
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpet short, with small opening. Dendritic tufts on first abdominal
segment. Paddles (Pl. 5, Fig. 33) usually without distinet fringe, and with the part inside the
FAM. CULICTDAE
97
midrib broader than that oudside, though this is not the case in U. ascidiicola, wlnch has a long IVinge
and the inner portion nan ow.
Larva. — Head small, sometimes rather longer than broad, in other cases more rounded.
Antennae short. Frontal hairs variable in arrangement; in many cases hairs B and C are veiy much
thickened and spine-like. Mouth-parts not speciali}' modified. Thorax with the hair-tufts variable in
development. Propleural group usually small and with only one long hair, which in single. Eighth
abdominal segment in fourth stage larva nearly ahvays with a chitinous lateral piate carrying a single
row of comb-teeth on its posterior adge ; in U. ascidiicola the piate is absent and the comb reduced to
two or three teeth. Siphon short or of moderate length, with one pair of hair-tufts placed near middle;
pecten usually well developed and composed of blunt, fringed teeth like those of the comb ; rarely
{colocasiae) the pecten is reduced to i-3 sharp teeth. Anal segment with chitinous ring; outer and
sometimes also inner dorsal hair single; anal brush present but often small and sometimes much
reduced; no hairs piercing the piate.
Eggs. — Sub-cylindrical, deposited in boat-shaped masses on surface of water.
Habits. — The larvae of many species are found in ground-pools, especially weedy swamps and
the grassy margins of lakes; others occur in pot-holes, tree-holes, leaves of pitcher-plants, etc. 'l'hey
are said to hold themsehes horizontally in the water, and so to be occasionally mistaken for Anopheles.
The adults are never numerous and there are few. records of the females biting.
Classification . — - No important modifications of adult structure have been discovered, even
the hypopygium being rather uniform throughout the genus. The ornamentation however is varied
and provides a ready means of identifying most of the species. Two main groups of the genus can be
distinguished, though these are various connecting links between them.
Group .A {Uyanotaeiiia). A line of blue or whitish flat scales at side of mesonotum, extending
forward for some distance in front of wing-root; or if these scales are absent, the head is bright blue
and there are patches of blue scales on the pleurae. Frontal hairs of larva usually thick and spine-like.
Group B {Pseudoficalbia). No line of flat scales in front of wing-root. Head and pleural scales
not bright blue. Cell usually less short than in Group A. Frontal hairs of larva usually slender.
Several sub groups may be recognised on larval characters.
Distributiori. — Species of this genus are numerous throughout the tropics; a few extend into
temperate North America, and one into the Mediterranean region.
Group A (Uranotaenia)
U. alba Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 262 (1901) [U . mashonaensis vax
Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3o3 (igoS); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 3, p. 40 (1912).
C/. albescens Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1913, p. yoS (1914); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 357 (1924); Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20,
p. 304 (1929).
U. alboahdominalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 5o8 (1910); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 40 (1912); *Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 7, p. 17 (1916).
U. alboannulata Theobald, Entom. Vol. 38, p. 64 (ipoS) \_Auisocheleomyiai\-,
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 334 (1924)-
Rhodesia.
Queensland, Solomon Is.
C. Africa.
India.
98
DIPTERA
U. anhydor Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 32, p. 128 (1907); *D3?ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 418 (1928).
U . annandalei Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 843 (1926).
U. ant eiinalis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 48, p. 841 (1919);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 358 (1924).
U. apicalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 298 (1908); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 422 (1928) [U . pulcherrima, syn.].
U. argyrotarsis Leicester, Cui. of Mala^m, p. 214 (1908); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 20, p. 3i2 (1929).
parangensis Ludlow in Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 824 (1910) [Psendotirano-
taeuia'\.
U. atra Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 114(1905); Theobald,
Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 563 (1907); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4,
p. 238 (1913), Vol. 14, p, 357 (1924); *Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 441 (1924); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 840 (1926).
cairnsensis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 48, p. 889 (1919) ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. SSy (1924).
cancer Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 2i5 (1908).
cevlonica Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 5o3 (1910).
lateralis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. Sy, p. 385 (i9o5) \U. coernleocephala, var.].
propria Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. igiS, p. 704 (1914).
U. balfouri Theobald, Ist. Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 82 (iqo5); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 41 (1912); Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 8, p. go (1917); *Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3,
p. 418 (1928).
U . bilineata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 517(1910); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 89(1912).
var. fraseri Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. Sg (1912); *Ingram and de Meillon,
S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 22, p. 78 (1927).
U. bimaculiala Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 208 (igoS).
U.briseis Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 216(1925); D3mr, Mosq. Amer,
p. 419 (1928).
U. caerideocephala Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 256 (1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 41 (1912); Philip, MS. (1980).
U. calosomata Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 200 (1907);
*D3mr, Mosq. Amer. p. 428 (1928).
var. albitarsis Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, ]■>. 335 (1922).
U. campestris Leicester, Cui. Mala3m, p. 2i3 (190S); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 339 (1926) ; *Senior-White, Spolia Ze3’lanica, Vol. 14,
p. 73 (1927).
U . capitis Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5,
p. 85 (1928).
U. christopbersi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 336 (1926).
U . connati Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 89 (1912).
U. coaizacoalcos D3'ar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. VMl. 14, p. 186
(igo6); *D3mr, Mosq. Amer. p. 424 (1928).
basalis Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. C. Amer. Vol. 4, p. 917 (1917).
typhlosomata Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 200 (1907).
U. edwardsi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 887 (1926).
U . geometrica Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 247 (igoi); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 421 (1928).
U. hystera Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i, p. 78 (igi3); Dyar, Mosq.
p. 417 (1928).
U . innotata Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 66 (1928).
U. leucoptera Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 576 (1907) \_Anisocheleomyia^\
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 416 (1928).
S. California.
Assam; Burma.
Queensland.
S. America.
Malay Penin., Solomon
Is., Philippines.
India, Ceylon, Mala3mn
region, Philippines,
New Guinea, Queens-
land.
Africa.
Gold Coast, Uganda, Zu-
luland.
Malaya.
Venezuela.
Ni geri a.
Panama, Colombia,
Brazil.
Mala3m, Borneo, India,
Ce3don.
N. Argenti na.
Andaman Is.
Gold Coast.
Mexico to Ecuador and
Trinidad.
Assam,
Alexico to Argentina.
Panama, Columbia, Ve-
nezuela.
Philippine Is.
Trinidad, Guianas.
FAM. C ULICI DAE
00
U. loitoiyosliis Leicester, Cnl. Malaya, p. 217 (igoS).
tL /ozc/ Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 339(1901); "'' Dvar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 425 (192S): Matheson, Mosq. N. .-\m. p. 202 (1029).
continentalis Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \'ol. 14, ]). 187 (1906).
minata l'heobald,‘i\[on. Cui Vol. 4. p. .SSg (1907).
U. Iiidlowae Dyar and Shannon, Iiisec. Inscii. \'ol. i3, p. 66 (1925).
chira Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Insuit. \'ol. 1.8, p. 66(n)25) ; Edwards, Notulae
Entom. Vol. 9, p 4 11929).
U. macfarlanei Edwards, Dnll. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 126 (1914); Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 10, p. 460 (1922).
U. niaveii Edwards, Bnll. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, j). 40 (1912).
U. miiiuis Leicester, Cnl. Malaya, p. 206 (190S).
U. monilis Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Ract. Rnenos .-\ires, Vol. 5,
p. 84 (1928).
U. Ingram and de IMeillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. \’ol. 22, p. 80(1927).
U. uataliae Lvnch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mns. La Piata, \'ol. 2, p. 164 (1891);
D\'ar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 417 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev.
Inst. Bact. Bnenos .Aires, Vol. 5, p. 85 (1928).
argcnteopennis Peryassu, A Folha Medica, \'ol 4, p. 2 (192,!).
argtntina Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Hact. Bnenos .\iies, A'ol. 4, )>. 726 (1927).
noctivaga Xeiva and Pinto, Brazil Med. \'ol. .86, p'. 874 (1922).
rowlandi Theobald, J. Econ. Biol, Vol. i, p. 33 (i9o5) \Pseudonraiwtaenia\
U. neiyeli Edwards, Bnll. Ent. Res. \’ol. 11, p. i33 (1920).
1 fusca Edwards (nec Theobald), Bnll. Enc. Res. Vol. 3, p. ^2 (1912).
U . nivipcs Theobald, Entom. Vol. 38, p. 53 (igoS) [Anisoc/ieleomfia] ; Edwards,
Bnll. Ent. Res. \’ol. 4, p 238 (1913). \'ol. 14, p. 357 ('924)-
albofasciala Taylor, Proc. R. Soc. \'ict Vol, 32, p. 164 (1920).
var. nivea Leicester, Cnl. j\Iala5’a, p. 21 1 (1908).
triangulata Ludlow, Can. Ent. \'ol. 40, p. 33i (1908) [Pseudouianotacniii].
U orientalis Barrand, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 339 (1926).
U. orthodoxa Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \M1. 9, p. 118 (1921); Djmr, Alosq. Amer,
p. 420 (1928).
U. pallidocephala Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 266 (1908); Edwards,
Bnll. Ent. Res. \'ol. 3, p. 41 (1912).
abnormalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 5i2 (1910).
coerulea Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 267 (1908).
similis Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 207 (1908).
U . pallidoventer Theohci]d, Mon. Cnl. Vol. 3, p. 3oo (1908); Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 419 (1928).
U. pulcherrima .l^ynch .Arribalzaga. Rev. Mns. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. i65 (1891);
*Dyar, Mosq .Amer. p. 422 (1928).
var. elnora Paterson and Shannon, Ter. Reun. Soc. Arg. Pat. Reg. dei Norte
Tucuman, Alosq de Embarcacion, p. 3 (1927); Shannon and Del Ponte,
Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 83 (1928).
U. Pygmaea Theobald, Alon. Cnl. Vol. 2, p. 284 (190 t); Edwards, Bnll. Ent.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 357 (1924).
U. rutherfordi Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 288 (1922); Barrand,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 335 (1926).
U. sapphirina Osten-Sacken, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. 2, p. 47(1868)
\_Aedes^ ; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 420 (1928); Matheson, Mos(i. N. Am.
p. 200 ( 1929).
coquilletti Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 186 (1906).
socialis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 840 (1901).
U . siibnormalis Martini, Sitzb. n. Abh. natnrf. C-es. Rostock, V'ol. 7, p. 2o3
(1920); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 482 (1922); * Edwards,
Bnll. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 116 (1926).
ropen Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Wl. 10, p. 2S9 (1922).
Malaya.
Florida, \\'. Imlies to
Argenti na,
Philippine Is.
Ilong Ktmg, MaUp-a.
W. Africa.
Malaya.
N. Argentina.
Znlnland.
C. America to .Argentina.
Madagascar, ? Uganda.
M alay^a, Phi lippi nes,
Oneensland.
Assam .
Costa Rica.
Sndan, Uganda.
Brasil, Surinam.
C, and S. America.
Queensland.
Ceylon.
Eastern U. .S. A.,
W. Indies, LIondnras.
Singapore, B orneo.
I oo
DIPTERA
U. syntheta Dj^ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 189 (1924); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 419 (1928).
U . testacea Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. ii3 (igoS); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol, 4, p. 289 (1913); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 14, p. 342 (1926).
falcipes Banks, Phil J. Sci. Vol. i, p. 1004 (1906).
unilineata Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 220 (igoS).
U. tibialis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 48, p. 889 (1919);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 357 (1924)-
U. triliiieata Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 204 (1908).
U. unguictilala Edwards, J. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal. Vol. g, p. 5i (igiS);
*Joyeux, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. ii, p. 584 (igi8); *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 283 (1921); *Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min.
p. 64 (1924); Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. 68 (1925); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 388(1926); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui.
p. ig6 (ig3o).
U unimactiliala Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 210 (1908).
U . iirania Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. B. Aires, Vol. 5, p. 83
(1928); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 421 (1908).
Group B (Pseudoficalbia)
U . annnlata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 250(1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 41 (1912); *Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 7, p. i5 (igi6).
apicotaeniata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 520 (1910).
U. ascidiicola *de Meijere, Ann. Jard. Bot. Bmtenzorg (2), Vol. 3, p. 928
(1911).
U. Incolor Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 228 (1908); Edwards, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 10, p. 436 (1922).
fusca Leicester (nec Theobald), Cui. Malaya, p. 227 (1908).
leicesteri Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 289 (igi3).
U. bimaciilata Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 226 (1908); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 12, p. 283 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. V ol. 14, p. 846
(1926).
U . brevirostris Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 288 (igi5); *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. ii5 (1926).
U . candidipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 42 (1912); *Ingram and de
Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 23, p. i65 (1929).
nivipous Theobald, Entom. Vol. 48, p. gS (1912).
U . colocasiae *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 281 (1928).
U . fusca Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 864 (1907).
? inorneta *Macfie and Ingram (nec Theobald), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 1.8, p. 410
(1923).
U. inornata Theobald, Entom. Vol. 41, p. 108 (igo8); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 17, p. 126 (1926).
U . kalabahensis Haga^ Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 16, p. 40 (1928).
U . lutescens Leicester, Cui. IMalaya, p. 222 (1908); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 14, p. 344 (1926).
U . maciili pleura Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 223 (1908).
U . mashonaensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 289(1901); Theobald, Mon.
Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3o6 (1903) \Mimomyid\\ Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 3, p. 42 (1912) ; * Ingram and de Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res.
Vol. 22, p. 70 (1927).
himacnlata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 522 (1910).
Texas.
Assam, Burma, Malaya
Philippi nes.
Queensland.
Malaya.
Mediterranean Region,
Kashmir.
Malaya.
N. Argentina.
W. Africa.
Java.
Malaya.
India, Malaya, Japan.
Borneo, Malar-a.
Transvaal.
Fiji.
W. Africa.
Sudan to Transvaal.
Sunda Is.
Mala3"a, Andamans.
Malaya.
Africa.
FAM. CUI.lCllFAE
oi
r. m.ixima Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 221 (1908); Farraud, Ind. J. Aled.
Res. \'ol. 14, p. 347 (1926).
U . mdatarsata Edwavds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 81 (1914).
V. niodtstii Leicester, Cui. IMalaya, p. 21S (igo8).
U. inoultoiii Edwavds. Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 5, p. 128(1914).
U. uigeyyima Taylor, 'Prans. Ent. Soc. Loiidon. 1914. p. 2o3 (1914); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 14, p. 358 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
\'ol. 20, p. 314 (1929).
U . nigyipes Theobald, Ann. Mag. Xat. Ilist. *(7), \'ol. i5, p. 199 (1905)
[Ficalbia']; Theobald, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. i5, p. <89 (1912)
[Pseiidq/icalbia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \T1. 3, p. 43 (1912), Vol. 7,
p. i5 (1916); Wigglesworth, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 20, p. 5g (1929).
U. niviplenya Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 219 (1908); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. \M1. 14. p. 343 (1926).
U. obscuya Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Wl. 5, p. 283 (1915); *Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. \M1. iS, p. 338 (192S).
U. ovnata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 221 (1910); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 43 (1912).
U . pandani Theobald, Trans. I.inn. .Soc. London, Vol. i5, p. 90 (1912).
nepenthes Theobald. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. i5, p. 92 (1912).
U . papua Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 441 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. \’ol. 14, p. 358 ( 1924).
JJ . quadyimaculata^^Eame and Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 304, 3i3
(1929).
U. yecondita Edwavds. Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. i3, p. 91 (1922); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 346 (1926).
U. styicklaiidi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. ^'ol. i.], p. 345 (1926)
U. xanthomelaena *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \^ol. i5, ]■>. 259 (1925).
IMaUnap Assam.
Malaya.
i\lala3'a, Borneo.
Boi neo.
Papua, New. Britain.
W. Africa.
Malaya, Kumaon.
Borneo, Singapore.
W. Africa, Uganda.
Seychelles Is.
Papua.
Solomon Is.
S. India.
India.
Mala3'a.
17. Genus THEOBALDIA Neveu-Lemaire
Theobaldia Xeven-Lemaire, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 54, p. i33i (1902). — Type annnlata Schr.
Culicella Felt, X. Y. State iMus. Bull. 79, p. 897 c (1904). — T5’pe dyari Eov\.
Culiseta Felt, X". Y. State Mus. Bull. 79, p. 3gir (1904). — Type absobrina Felt.
Theobaldinella Blanchard, Les iMoustiques, p. 890 (1905). — Type annnlata Schr.
Pseudotheobaldia Theobald, 3Ion. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 271 (1907), — Type niveitaeniata Theo.
Climacura Howard, D^-ar and Knab, Mosq. X. C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 482 (1915). — T3'pe melanura Coq.
Allotheobaldia Bimlemann, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol, 88, p. 90 (1919). — Type lougiareolata Mcg.
Theomyia Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o3 (1930). — Type /r asm Edw.
Characters. — Adult (PI. I , Fig. 20) : Mediuin-sized to large mosquitoes of rather variable
ornamentation, but vertex clothed mainly with narrovv, curved and upright, forked scales, and scutellum
usualU^ with narrow scales only. Eyes almost touching. Proboscis moderatel3? long- Antennae of rf
always plumose, but noticeably shorter than piroboscis. Palpi of variable in development, usualty
as long as pimboscis ; of 9 always short. Tho:'ax with numerous but not very long acrostichal and
dorsocentral bristles; posterior pimnotal lobes with several bristles ; spiraculars present, usuall3r
numerous and pale in colour, but sometimes reduced in irumber; post-spiraculars absent, Upper
margin of meron well above base of hind coxa. Hypopygium : Coxite usuall37 rather long, with small
basal lobe and soiuetimes indications of a subapical lobe; style simple, with terminal spine ; no
102
DIPTERA
claspettes ; paraprocts with a few terminal teeth ; phallosome usuali)^ divided. Abdomen of 9 blunt-
tipped, eightli segment not retractile. Tarsal segments ot normal proportions, fourth not shortened
in 9 ; both clavvs on anterior legs of (j' usually toothed; ali claws of 9 simple. No puhdlli. Wings
usuali}^ rather broad ; scales of veins mostly narrow. Sc extending beyond end of Rs. Vein An often
somewhat sinuoiis. Two or three long hairs on stem vein (base of radius) on upper surface of wing;
more numerous hairs nearly always present in this position on under surface of wing (a peculiar feature
not found in other genera). Squama fringed.
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpet short, with large opening., Dendritic tuft of hrst abdominal
segmeut large; lateral tufts of seventh and eighth segments inconspicuous. Paddles more or less
fineh' serrate round apical margin; one hair at or outside tip of midrib.
Larva. — Mouth-parts not specially modified. Hair tufts on anterior margin of prothorax well
developed, but propleural group not ver)" large; mesopleural and metapleural groups well developed.
Siphonal valves not specially modified; ventral brush well developed. Others characters veiy variable
in the different subgenera.
Habits. — So far as known all the species breed in ground-pools, sometimes in water-butts, but
not, except in the case of T . fraseri, in tree-holes or similar situations. The eggs are usualh' deposited
on the surface of water in boat-shaped masses, but there are exceptions to this rule (e. g. the eggs in the
subgenera Climaciira and CiiliceUa have been found to be laid singl}^ in captivity). Some of the species
(especially those of the subgenus Theohaldia) are severe biters.
Classification . — The holarctic species are arranged in four subgenera'; these are extremely
distinet on larval characters, but less readily defined on the adult, and there can be little doubt as to
their near relationship. The larvae of the Australian species have not yet been obtained, and the
position of these is somewhat uncertain. The African T. fraseri seems to require separation in a fifth
subgenus.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
1. No hairs on steni-vein beneath ; (f palpi harely half as long as
proboscis and hare Subgen. Theomyia Edwards.
Hair present on stem-vein beneath ; (f palpi longer and Jiairy 2.
2. Tibiae lined with white ; (f palpi shorter than proboscis . . . . Subgen. Allotheobaldia Brolemann.
Tibiae not lined with ivhite) (f palpi at least as long as proboscis 3.
3. Spiracular hairs and hairs beneath stem-vein nnmerons; larger species y
These hairs less numerous; smaller species Subgen. Climacura Howard,
Dyar and Knab.
4. Cross-vein m-cu approximated to, usually in line with r-m . . Subgen. Theobaldia s. str.
Cross-vein m-cu tvell before r-m Subgen. Culicella Zelt.
Larvae.
1. Siphon long, with a row of short ventral tufts, but none at base . . Subgen. Climacura Howard,
D3^ar and Knab.
Siphon loith basal tuft only
2. Siphon long and slender
Siphon shorter, antenna ivith small tuft or simple hair
2.
3.
4-
I'AM. CULICIDAI'
J 0,1
3. Antenna long, tcith large tujl zvell beyond middle.
Antenna s^hort, tuft in middle
4. Siphon loith spines only
A roto of hairs on siphon beyond pecten.
Subgen. Culicei.i.a Zelt.
Sabgen. Theomyia Etlwarcls.
Subgen. Ali.otheobai.uia Brolemann.
Subgen. Theobaldia s. sir.
I . SUBGENUS THEOBALDIA S. STR.
Characters. — Palpi of longer than proboscis, last two segments more or less swollen and
ahvays hairy, not turned upwards. flypop3'gium : Coxite with a more or less distinet subapical lobe
or agglomeration of hairs; ninth tergite without long processes ; phallosome not enlarged, Ihe two
plates usually separate, strongl}’ chitinised and somewhat liooked apicallv. Spiracular hairs, and hairs
below base of stem vein, ahvar^s numerous. Leg-markings various, but tibiae not liued with white;
tarsal bands, when present, broad and situate at bases of segments. Wings often spotted; cross-veins
usualh’ approximated, but sometimes {inornatas) m-cu is well before r~ni.
Larva. — Head not very large. Antennae short or of moderate length, tuft near middle and
not ver\’ large, apical bristles short. Mouth-brushes of moderate size. No air-saes in thorax. Siphon
short or of moderate length, with one pair of basal tufts ; pecten followed by a close-set row of fine
hairs. Comb-teeth in a large pateh. .Anal segment ringed b_v the piate (in fourth stage) ; few or no
tufts piercing the piate before the brush. Outer dorsal hair of anal segment more or less branched.
Gills not large.
Distributiori. — This subgenus is mainly holarctic in distribution, some species extending into
northern India and Alexico.
T. (T.) alaskaensis Ludlow, Can. Ent. \’ol. 38, p. 326 (1916); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 12, p. 288 (1921); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 249
(1928) [Cnlicetla^; ^Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Keg. Cui. p. 2o3 (1930);
*Peus, Zeitschr. Desinfek. Heft 3-4 (1929).
arctica Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. i36 (19201.
siberiensis Ludlow. Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 7. p. i5i (1920) [Ciilisetn).
T. (T.) annatata Schrank, Beitr. z. Naturg. p. 97 (1776) \Calex\\ *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 100(1920); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12,
p. 288 (192 1) ; * Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 200 (1930).
affinis Stephens, Zool.. Journ. Vol. 4 (i825) \Cule.x\.
annidatus Fabricius, Mantissa Ins. Vol. 2, p 363 (17S7) \Culex~\.
annulatns de Fourcroy, Ent. Paris, p. 5i6 (1785) \Culex\.
? nicaeusis Leach, Zool. Journ. Vol. 2. p. 292 (i825) [Ctde.x).
? varcagaiiis Schrank, Enum. Ins. Austr. p. 482 (1781) [Cnlex].
x&r. fei i itginata Martini. Zeitschr. Angew. Ent. Vol. 10, p. 488 (1924).
T. (T.) borealis Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Aled. A^ol. 5, p. 648 (1927);
Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 209 (1930) [? ? = impatiens'].
T. {T .) glaphyroptera Schiner, Fauna Austriaca, Vol. 2, p. 628 ( 1864) ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 287 (1921); *Peus, Zeitschr.
Desinfek. Heft 8-4 (1929); * Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 209
(1930);
bergrotlii Edwards, Ent. Tijdschr. p. 5o (1921).
kogievniltovi Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 647 (1927).
T. (T.) impatiens Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Alus. Vol. i, p. 5 (1848) [Calex]\
*Dyar. Alosq. Amer. p. 246 (1928) [Cnlicella]-, Matheson, Alosq.
N. Am. p. i83 (1929).
absobrinus Felt, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 79. p. 391 c (1904) \Culcx].
pinguis Walker, Lord’s Nat. in Vane, and B. C. Vol. 2, p. 337 (1S66) [Culex].
N. America, Siberia,
N. Europe.
Europe, Asia Alinor,
N. W. Africa.
N. Russia.
Europe.
N. America.
104
DIPTERA
T. (T.) incidens Thomson, Eagenie’s Kesa, Vol. 6, Dipt. p. 443 (1868)
[Culex~\-, *Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 247 (1928) \Cnlicella']-, Matheson,
Mosq. N. Am. p. i85 (1929).
particeps Adain?, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. (2), Vol. 2, p. 26 (igoS) \Culex~\.
7', (T.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. lo, p. rSy (1920); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 142 (1924).
ivassilievi Schingarew, Rass. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 548 (1927).
T. (T.) inornata VdxWision, U. S. Dept. Agr., Div. Ornith. N. Am. Fauna,
Vol. 7, p. 253 (i8g3) [Culex]-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 245 (1928)
[Culicella]-, Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 182 (1929).
magnipennis Felt, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. 79, p. 278 (1904) [Culex].
T . (T.) maccrackenae Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. i33
(1906) [Culiseta]-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 248 (1928) [Culicella].
dngesi Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 134 (1906) [Culiseta].
T. (T.) niveitaeniata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 272 (1907) [Pseiido-
theobaldia]] Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 141 (1924).
T. (T.) snbochrea Edwards in Wesenberg-Lund, Danske. Vid. Selsk. Skr.
Nat. Math. Afd. (8), Vol. 7, p. 198 (1921) [T . annidata var.] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 289 (1921): *Peus, Mitt. Deutsch. Ent.
Ges. Vol. I, p. 52 (igSo), Zeitschr. Desinfek. Vol. 22, p. 668 (1930);
Martin!, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 212 (igSo).
? penetrans Robineau-Desvoidy, hiem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 407 (182S)
[Culex].
N. America (Western).
N.-W. India, Baluchis-
tan, Turkestan.
S. Canada to Mexico.
California, Mexico, Costa
Rica.
W. Himala3'as.
Europe, Palestine, Meso-
potamia.
2. SUBGENUS ALLOTHEOBALDI A Brolemann
Characters. — Palpi of about two-thirds to three-quarters as long as proboscis, last two
segments somewhat hairy, terminal segment much swollen, appearing spatulate in the dry specimen,
penultimate segment hardly swollen. Hypopygium : Coxite without distinet subapical lobe; ninth
tergite with a pair of long processes; aedeagus remarkably large. Spiracular hairs and hairs below
stem stem-vein numerous. Femora and tibiae (especially the latter) streaked and lined with w'hite.
Wings with a slight indication of spotting; cross-vein ni-cn variable in position, usually more or less
before but sometimes in line with r-m; fork-cells long.
Larva. — Head not very large. Antennae short, smooth, with a fine hair beymnd middle ;
bristles all short and apical. Mouth-brushes not very large. No air-saes in thorax. Siphon short,
with one pair of basal tufts; pecten consisting of spines only, irregularly arranged; no row of fine hairs.
Comb-teeth in a pateh. Anal segment with dorsal saddle only (even in fourth stage), outer dorsal hair
simple or bifid; several tufts ventrally before the brush. Gills rather short.
Distributiori. — ■ The single known species is of wide distribution.
T. [A .) longiareolata Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Vol. i (i), p. 84 (i838) [Culex]-,
*Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 287 (1921); *Seguy, Moust.
Afr. Min. p 64 (1924); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. i3g
(1924); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 214 (igSo).
annnlatus var. marocanus d’ Anfreville, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. 9, p. 140
(1916).
? leucogrammus Loew, Zeitschr. Ges. Naturw. Vol. 43, p. 413 {1874) [Culex],
serratipes Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 4, p. 78 (1908) [Cule.x].
spathipalpis Rondani, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 4, p, 3i {1872) [Ctile.x]-,
*Lang‘eron, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. 9, p. 98 (1918).
Mediteiranean region,
Atlantic islands, Per-
sia, Punjab, E. and
S. Africa.
h'AM. CULICIDAE
.i()5
3. SUBGENUS CULICELLA Felt
Characters. — ■ Palpi of cf long' as or longer than proboscis, last two segmenls more or less
swollen and conspicirously hairy. Iiypop3'giuni : coxite without subapical lobe or agglomeration of
hairs; ninth tergite withont processes; phallosome rather weakly chitinised, the two plates connected
apically, not hooked. Spiracular hairs and hairs below stein-vein numerous. Immora and tibiae
without markings; tarsi with more or less evident narrow pale rings embracing both ends of segments.
Wings never spotted; cross-vein m-cn alu'a3's well before r-m; fork cells long.
Larva. — Head large and broad. Antennae long and stout, with a large tnft well be3mnd
middle; two of the apical bristles veiy long and somewhat removed from the tip. IMouth-brushes very
large. No air-sacs in thorax. Siphon long and tapering, with one pair of basal tufts; pecten
consisting of spine-like teeth onhy no fine hairs distallN'. Comb-teeth in a large patch. Anal segment
ringed b3' the piate (in fourth stage); several tufts piercing the piate ventrall3' before the brush. Outer
dorsal hair of anal segment branched. Gills rather long, pointed.
Distributiori. — The known species occur in Europe and North America.
T. (C.) funiipennis Stephens, Zool. Journ. \’ol. i, p. 453 (iSaS) 'iCnJex]\
*Lang, Ilandb. Brit. Mosq. p. 104 (1920); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
\’ol. 12, p. 290 (1921); Segru', iMoust. Afr. Min. p. Sg (1924);
*Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 216 (igSo).
ficalbii Noe, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 3i, p. 23S (1899) [Culex^
theohaldi *de Meijere. Tijd. v. Ent. \'ol. 54, p. 142 (1911) [Cidicada'].
T. (C.) inorsitans Theobald, Alon. Cui. A’ol. 2, p. 8 (1901) [Culex]-, *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 102 (1920); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12,
p. 289 (1921); *Wesenberg-Lrrnd, Danske. Vid. Selsk. Ster. (8),
Vol. 7, p. 118 (1921); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 217 (igSo);
Matheson, INIosq. N. Am. p. iSo (igagT
hriitoni Felt, Ent. News, Vol. 16, p. 79 (igoSj [Culex).
dyari Coquillett, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. 192 (1902) [Cij/r.v]; Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 243 (1928).
flavir ostris IMeigen. Syst. Beschr. ^'ol. 6, p. 242 fi83o) [Cule.x].
var. litorea *Shute, Entom. Vol. 61, p. 186 (1928).
T. (C.) parodites D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 244 (1928).
T. (C.) silvestris Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop. Aled. Vol. 6, p. 5i (1928);
IMartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 220 (igSo).
Europe.
Europe, N. America.
N. America.
Russia.
4. SUBGENUS CLIMACURA Howard and Knab
Characters (i), — Palpi of longer than proboscis, last two segments slightly swollen and
hairy. H3’popygium : Coxite without subapical lobe or agglomeration of hairs ; ninth tergite without
processes; phallosome small and simple. Spiracular hairs and hairs below stem vein tending to be
less numerous than in the other subgenera (in T.frenchi the hairs below the stem vein are ver3r few and
short, sometimes absent). Legs dark, without markings on tibiae or tarsi. Wings not spotted;
cross-vein m-cii well before r-m-, fork-cells long.
([) Howard, Dyar and Knab gave the followingas the principal distinction of their subgenus Climacura (apart from
larval and hj-popygial characters) : «In both sexes the empodia are of unusual structure, and consist of a deeply serrate
chitinous piate». I have examined several specimens of T. (C.) malanuia and cannot agree with this description of the
empodium ; it is a short, hairy pad as in other species of Theobaldia and in Aedes and other genera.
I ob
DIPTERA
Larva. — Head very large. Antennae as in subgenus Cnlicella. Siphon long and somewhat
tapering, apparently (according to Howard, Dyar and Knab’s figure) without basal hair-tufts, but with
a row of about a dozen small ventral tufts beyond the pecten, extending nearly to end of siphon.
Comb-teeth in a single regular row. Anal segment ringed by the piate (in fourth stage); outer dorsal
hair simple; ventral brush confined to the barred area. Gills rather short.
Distributiori. — The only species certainly belonging here is the North American T. nielaniira\
the Australian and New Zealand species are referred here provisionalE on account of similarit}^ in
the adult.
T. Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 66(1901) [Cniex']-, Edwards, Bnll.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 363 (1924), Vol. 17, p. iio (1926).
T. A/7/f Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. iii (1926).
T. littleri Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London igiS, p. 702 (1914) \_CJiyysoconops\-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14. p. 363 (1924) [.^ = frenchi '{'h.'].
T. (C.) melamira Coquillett, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. ]g3 (1902)
\Cnlex\ \ *D3"ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 246 (192S); Matheson, Mosq. N.
Am. p. 179 (1928).
T. toniioiri Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 258 {igzS).
T. weindorferi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. iii (1926).
5. Subgenus THEOMYIA Edwards
Characters. — • Palpi of cf slender, bare, scarcely half as long as proboscis. Plypopygium :
Coxite long, without trace of apical lobe; ninth tergite and phallosome simple. Only a few spiracular
hairs, and none on under surface of stem-vein. Legs dark (in the single known species); wings
unspotted. Fork-cells long; cross-vein m-cii well before r-m.
Larva. — Head verry large and somewhat square. Antenna short and rather stout, with tuft
of moderate size at mid-length. Mouth-brushes rather small. A pair of large but thin-walled air-sacs
in thorax. Siphon very long and deep black, with one pair of basal tufts or single hairs; pecten a long,
close-set row of short but hair-like teeth. Comb-teeth in a patch. Anal segment ringed; no ventral
hairs beiore the brush. Both outer and inner dorsal hairs of anal segment simple. Gills long.
Habi ts. — Unlike the other species of this genus, 7'. fraseri breeds in tree-holes; this habit, as
well as some details of structure, indicates an approach to the genus Orthopodomyia.
Distributiori. — One Ethiopian species is included here.
T. (T.)/r(7S£H Ewards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 74 (1914) Sierra Leone, Nigeria,
*Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o3 (1930). Uganda.
Victoria.
Victoria.
Tasmania.
Eastern U. R. A.
New Zealand.
Tasmania.
18. Genus ORTHOPODOMYIA Theobald
Orthopodomyia. — Theobald, Entom. Vol. 37, p. 236 (Sept. 1904). — T3qie albipes Leic.
Bancroftia Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 5g (1904) (i). — T3qre albicosta Lutz.
Pneumaculex Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 43 (ipoo). — Type signifer Coq.
Thomasina Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 553 (1911). — T37pe longipalpis N. and T.
Characters. - — Adult : Species of medium size and usually conspicuous ornamentation.
Eyes very narrowly separated. Proboscis moderately long. Antennae rather long in both sexes (about
Uj Lutz (in litt.) States that Bancroftia was published in igzS, and so post-dates Orthopodomyia.
FAM. CULICIDAE
107
equalling proboscis) : in distincth' plumose. Palpi of (f almost or quite as long as proboscis, last
one or two segments short and not very hairy. Palpi of 9 risually about one-third as long as
proboscis. Thorax with series of strong acrostichal and dorsocentral bristles; posterior pronotal
bristles usualh’ two in number (sometimes 3-5 in O. pulclDipalpis) and long; no spiraculars or
post-spiraculars. Upper margin of meron well above base of hind coxa. IIypop3'gium ; Coxite of
moderate length, with small basal lobe bearing a few strong bristles; no claspettes ; st3de long, simple,
with terminal spine ; paraprocts with several small terminal teeth ; phallosome simple. Abdomen of 9
blunt-tipped, eighth segment not specialh’ retractile. Segments of front and middle tarsi in veiq'
unusual proportions : first somewhat longer than the remaining four together ; foui th very short (in
both sexes, not onh’ in cf), much shorter than fifth and onb’ a little longer than broad; fourlh and fifth
together about as long as third. Claws of 9 simple; larger claws on anterior legs of toothed.
Wings rather narrow, with ver3- long fork-cells; Sr long, almost or quite reaching level of base of upper
fork. Vein scales usualh’ ali rather broad. Squama fringed.
Pupa. — Respirator3’ trumpets short, with large opening. Dendritic tuft of first abdominal
segment large; lateral tufts of seventh and eighth segments rather large and man3"-branched. Paddles
somewhat as3’mmetrical, with perfecth’ smooth margin and one small hair at tip of midrib.
Larva. — (Ph 5, Fig. 5). Bod3’ with a strong pink or reddish colour, usuallv replaced 1)3^ blue
or violet before pupation (such colouring has been observed in no other Culicid except Megarliiinis).
Antennae (Pl. 5, Fig. 19) usualh' somewhat swollen at base, with branched tuft before middle;
sense-bristles ali apical. Mouth-parts unmodified, brushes long and dense. Thorax containing a pair
of large tracheal dilatations. Prothoracic hairs well devoloped dorsall3q but the propleural group
remaining rather small. One sublateral hair on the prothorax, two on the mesothorax, also one in the
mesopleural and metapleural groups are extremely long and single; similar ver3^ long single hairs occur
lateralh’ on each of abdominal segments 3-6. In the fourth-stage larva (except that of O . jiavithorax and
in some specimens of O. arboricoUis) dorsal chitinous plates are present on each of segments 6-8. Siphon
without trace of pecten; one pair of hair-tufts a little before middle; valves unmodified. Comb teeth
usuall3’ in two regular rows, one very slightly distal to the other and composed of much larger teeth.
Anal segment (in fourth stage) with a complete chitinous ring; outer dorsal hair single, inner branched ;
ventral brush well developed.
Egg. — u Covered b3’ a gelatinous, brown, wrinkled membrane, resembling a veil » (Howard,
D3’ar and Knab).
Habits. — ■ Most of the species breed in tree-holes, others in broken bamboos or leaf-bases of
Bromeliaceae. The species are entirely sylvan and there appear to be no records of them biting man.
Classification . — Although the species are all similar in structural details and certainly
congeneric, the3’' ma3’ be arranged in two very distinet groups on ornamentational characters.
Group A {Orthopodomyia). Thorax without well-defined markings, mottled with patehes of light
and dark scales (markings distinet in O. phyllozoa, but not of type of Group B); wings with pale costal
spots or with a dense speckling of pale scales; femora and tibiae spotted.
Group B [Bancroftia). Thorax (Pl. I, Fig. 16) with narrow, sharply defined lines of white
scales on a blackish ground ; two of these lines cross the scutellum, from the edge of which veiy’ long
white scales project; wings without pale costal spots; femora and tibiae not spotted.
Distributiori. — Species of OrFw/orfcrwyzk occur in North and South America, Europe and the
Oriental region, but are absent from Africa, Madagascar and Australia.
io8
DIPTERA
Group A (Orthopodomyia)
O . aJbipes 'L&icesier in Theobalcl, Entom. Vol. 37, p. 287 (1904), Cui.
Malaya, p 176 (1908); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 117
(1926).
mcgregori Banks, Phil. J. Sci. A, Vol. 4, p. 548 (1909) {Kerteszia].
var. nigritarsis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 177 (1908).
O. auopheloides Giles, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 6, p. 3i5 (1903 \_MaHSOuia] ; Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 627 (1927)
maculata Theobalcl, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 29 {1910).
O. arbortcollis d’'Emmerez de Charmoy, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 2. p. 257
(1908) [Cailex]-, Theobald, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 2, p. 297 (1908)
[Newsteadinal\ \ Edvvards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 1 1, p. i35 (1920); *Mac
Gregor and Gebert, Bull. Ent, Res. Vol. i3, p. 449 (i923).*
O. fascipes Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 182 (igoo) [Mnnsoiiia];
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 396 (192S).
longipalpis Newstead and Thomas, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 145 (1910)
\_Mansonia'\\ Newstead and Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4, p. 553 (1911)
\Thomasina'\.
O.flavicosta Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 53i (1927).
O. flavithorax ^BdLVYdLVLd, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 529(1927).
O. inacitlipes Theohsdd, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 470 (1910); *Edvvards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 117 (1926).
Group B (Bancroftia)
O . albicosta 'Lviiz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brazil, p. 40 (1904); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 398 (1928).
O. phyllozoa Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 199 (1907)
[Mansonia]-, ■''"Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 895 (1928).
O . puchripalpis Rondani, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 4, p. 3i (1872) [Od«Ar];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 290(1921).
alhionensis Mac Gregor, *Journ. R. A. M. C. Vol. 33, p. 45i (1919); *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 109 (1920) ; '■■Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 65 (1924);
•^'Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg, Cui. p. 194 (igSo).
O. signifera Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 28, p. 48 (1896) \Culex signifct\, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 897 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 208 (1929).
waverleyi Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 25 (1907) \_Mausoniaf
Malaya, Borneo, Philip-
pine Is.
India, Ce3don.
Mauritius.
Costa Rica and Panama
to Brazil.
S. India.
S. India.
Andaman Is., Singapore.
Brazil, Venezuela.
Panama.
Europe.
Eastern U. S. A., Ja-
maica.
19. Genus FICALBIA Theobald
(For synonymy, see under subgenera).
Characters. — • Adult : Eyes touching or almost so. Orbital bristles in a continuous row, but
the pair at junction of eyes longer. Proboscis of moderate length, considerably (often greatly) swollen
towards tip in slightly so in 9- Palpi of (7f variable; of 9 not more than a quarter as long as
proboscis. Antennae rather long, fully as long as proboscis in both sexes ; in cf strongly plumose,
■with the last two segments elongate; in 9 frequently with the first Ilagellar segment elongate. Vertex
with numerous upright forked scales; decumbent scales variable in shape. Thorax rvithout striking
VAU. CULICIDAE
1 09
oniamentation (except for the green colour of F. sple)idens\ Pl. I, Fig. 15). Mesonotal bristles
usually well developed, but in some species of subgenus Minioinyia witliout dorso-centrals in iniddle.
Anterior pronotal lobes well separated and bristl}'. Several strong posterior pronotal bristles; no
spiraculars ; no post spiracnlars ; sterno-pleurals well developed, forming a more or less continuous row,
lower mesepimeral usualh' absent, or represented by one only. Postnotum bare. Pleurae with onh’
a few patches of scales. Upper margin of meron well above base of hinil coxa. Abdomen ;
Hypopygiuni of cf simple in structure; coxite rather long, with small bristl}' basal lobe; style long,
tapering, with terminal spine; paraprocts with a few terminal teeth; phallosome simple, without teeth.
Eighth segment of 9 short and broad, cerci short. Legs with the tibial bristles long, often un
usually so. Hind tibia without conspicimus comb of hairs on inner side at tip. First hind tarsal
segment shorter than tibiae. Fourth segment of all tarsi of 9 ‘is long as or longer than fiflh. Front
and middle claws of cf unequal and toothed; all claws of 9 simple. No pulvilli. Wings (P|. 2,
Fig. 15) with all scales much alike in shape, usuali}’ broad, sometimes small and scanty; on the apical
part of the wing the more of outstanding scales of all the veins are on the under surface only.
Sc ending beyond base of Rs. An reaching beyond base of cubital fork. No hairs on stem vein,
above or below. Squama with complete fringe.
Pupa. — Respirator}' trumpet (Pl. 5, Fig. 28) long, but not specially modified for piercing
(except perhaps in F. pallida); basal portion with spiral thickening; opening usually with a slit-like
prolongation on one side. Dendritic tuft on first abdominal segment present or absent. Paddles
variable in shape, with spinose margin, often with dark or light markings, with small terminal hair.
Larva. — • Head usually large, with long spicular antennae (Pl. 5, Fig. 20) and dense
mouth-brushes of simple hairs. Antennal tuft usually well beyond middle. Maxilla usually with a
single long and stout apical spine similar to the clypeal spines. Dorsal hairs of prothorax usually not
much developed, innermost shoulder-hair not set in a distinet piate. Propleural hair-group including
one long hair and three short ones, not set in a distinet piate. Meso- and metapleural groups each
including three long hairs (more or less branched) set in a large piate bearing a rather strong spine ;
metapleural piate especially large. No definite air-saes in thorax. Abdomen with the lateral tufts of
the first two segments large. Comb-teeth usually in a single row. No chitinous plates on abdomen
except on anal segment, which has a complete ring. Inner and outer dorsal hairs of anal segment
both branched from base. Siphon variable in length, usually without pecten; one pair of hair tufts
placed usuali}’ near middle. Valves not specially modified. Ventral brush rather small.
Eggs. — Undescribed.
Habits. — IMost if not all of the species of Ficalbia breed in weedy swamps and ponds of a
permanent nature, the only exception known at present being F. fusca, the larvae of which vvere found
in a tree-hole at ground-level ; this may not be the normal habitat of the species. Most of the larvae
respire atmospheric air in the usual manner, but in one case {T . pallida) both larvae and pupae obtain
air from roots of water plants somewhat in the manner of Mansonia. Most are vegetable feeders, but
the atypical larva of T . plumosa is predaceous, and has a peculiarly modified head. The adults have not
been found biting, and seldotn occur in large numbers.
Classification . — Four-subgenera are now admitted, of which Mimomyia and Etorleptiomyia are
quite easily recognised, and might be regarded as distinet genera were it not for some intergrading
forms and the absence of any important morphological distinction in the adults. The other two
subgenera, Ficalbia and Ingramia, are closely allied.
I IO
DIPTERA
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
1. Scutellar scales broad and flat; flrsi flagcllar segment of 9 '‘'■ot
elongate : palpi of rather long and tliin •. Subgen. Etori.eptiomyia Theobald.
Scutellar scales narrow, often vtry few in numbcr ; flrst flagellar
segment of ^ antennae iisually elongate 2.
2. Cell R2 shorter than its stem; wing-scales very scanty .... Subgen. Mimomyia Theobald.
Cell R2 as long as its stem; wing-scales less scanty 3.
3. Palpi of more than lialf as long as proboscis Subgen. Ingramia Edwards.
Palpi of (fl quite short Subgen. Ficalbia Theobald.
Larvae.
1. Siphonal hair-tnft near base ; antenna not jointed
Siphonal hair-tiift far froin base; antenna more or less jointed at
insertion of suhterminal brisiles
2. Siphon longer, tift before niiddle
Siphon shorter^ tuft near niiddle
Subgen. Ingramia Edwards.
2.
Subgen. Etorleptiomyia Theobald.
Subgen. Mimomyia Theobald.
1. SuBGEMUs MIMOMYIA Theobald
Mimomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 304 (1903). — T5T6 splendens Theo.
Boycia Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 33 (1907). — Type niimoniyiaformis Newst.
Ludlowia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. ig3 (1907). — Type chamberlaini Ludi.
M egaculex Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. '282 (1907). — Type albitarsis Theo.
Radioculex Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 296 (1908). — Type clavipalpus Theo.
Conopomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. ii3 (igo8). — Type metallica Leic.
Hispidimyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 245 (1910). — Type hispida Theo.
Characters. — Palpi of (f as long as proboscis or slightly longer, distinctly two-segmented,
the short second segment much swollen and provided with numerous spiny hairs; of 9 from one-sixth
to one-third as long as proboscis. Proboscis of (f somewhat swollen at tip, of 9 scarcely so. Antenna
of 9 with first flagellar segment usually considerably longer than second, but variable in length in the
different species. Scales of vertex variable. Dorso-central bristles not very strong ; mesonotal scales
fairly dense, those on scutellum all narrow. Wings with cell i?2 shorter than its stem in both sexes ;
veins nearly bare except towards tip of wing, where they carry a few broad but small scales (wing more
densely scaled in F. hybrida Leic.). Medium-sized or rather large species.
Pupa. — ■ Dendritic tuft of first abdominal segment more or less developed, but usually small.
Lateral tuft of seventh segment represented by a minute hair, of eighth small. Thorax often with
characteristic colour-pattern of dots and lines. Paddles usually dark with white spots; in shape only
moderately broad, more or less pointed, margin usualty strongly serrate (fringed in F . splendens).
Larva. — Very variable, as noted below, but siphonal hair near middle in all species, and
posterior margin of piate of anal segment more or less spinose; antenna jointed at insertion of subapical
bristles.
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 1 I
Classification . — Although the adults are very unifonn in almost all their characteis, tlie}'
mav be divided into two groups according to the shape of tlie scales of the vertex, 'fhe larvae on the
other hand show very great diversity, two or three species being very aberrant from the usual t}'pe.
The aberrant species are : (i) F. pallida, whose larva as a remarkable superficial resemblance to species
of the genus Mansoitia, although the siphonal valves are less highh’ modified; the adult of F. pallida on
the other hand is closely similar to F. hispida, a normal member of Group A. (2) F. plumosa, whose
larva is remarkable in its short antennae, apparent absence of mentum, and presence of siphonal
pecten ; the adult of F. plumosa scarcely differs irom F. mimomyiafonnis except in size, although the latter
has a normal larva resembling that of F. hispida. (3) F. hybrida, if its larva has been correctl3n dentified,
has only one row of teeth (instead of two as in most species), and the siphon is narrowed apically,
approaching that of F. pallida in shape. On adult characteis the two groups may be defined thus :
Group A. Scales of vertex all broad and flat. At most one segment of hind tarsi entireE^ pale.
Group B. Scales of vertex narrow. Last two or three segments of hind tarsi wholl}^ whitish.
Distributiori. — Ethiopian and Oriental regions, one species extending into Australia.
Group A
F. (M .) aurea Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 116 (1908) \_Coitopomyia] .
F. (M.) chamberlaini Ludiow, Can. Ent. \'ol. 36, p. 297 (1904); Barraud,
Ind. J. iNIed. Res. Vol. n. p. 604 (1923), \'ol. 16, p. io55 (1929);
Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. i3, p. S2 (1925).
davipalpus Theobald, Rec. Ind. !Mus. \'ol. 2, p. 293 (1908).
var. intermedia Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. io55 (1929).
F. {M.) hispida Theobald, IMon. Cui. \"ol. 5, p. 246 (1910); Edvvards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 36, 384(1912); Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 7, p. 14 (1916).
var. 1 palustris Theobald, Novae Culicidae, Vol. i, p. i3 (1911) [Megaculex^
F. (M.) hybrida Leicester, Cui. Mala^-a, p. i r5 (1908) [Conopomyiai]-, Leicester,
Cui. Malaya, p. 260 (1908) [N<> i undet, sp.].
Indlowi Brnnetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 17, p. 173 (1920).
Ludiow (nec Theobald), Can. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 413 (1907) [Ludloivia']-,
■■ Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 349 (1928); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 1054 (1929).
F. {M .) metallica Leicester, Cui. Mala3’a, p. ii3 (1908) *Edwards
and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, 849 (1928); *Taylor, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 20, p. 273 (1929).
F. [M .) pallida Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 268 (1925); *Summers-
Connal, M. S. (1980).
F. (M.) splendens Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 804 (1908); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 36, 388(1912); *lngramand Macfie, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 8, p. 89, 182 (1917). ■
Group B
F. (M.) tnimomyiafornns Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 84(1 Feb. 1907) Africa.
\Boycia~]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 87, *383 (1912);
*Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 8, p. 8g (1917).
pincerna Graham, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) Vol. 5, p. 267 (1910) \_Megacidex\
sudanensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. igS (18 Mar. 1907) \Ltidlowia']-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 37 (igi2).
F. (M.) plumosa Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 878 (igoi) \Culex']', Edwards, Africa.
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 87 (1912); '''Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res,
Vol. 8, p. 332 (1929).
alhitarsis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p 25 (igoi) \Culex\
Malaya, Borneo.
India, Ceylon, Philip-
pine Is.
Africa.
Uganda.
India, Malaya, Philip-
pi ne Is.
Malaya, Queenaland.
Nyasaland, Uganda,
Gold Coast.
Africa.
I 12
DIPTERA
2. SUBGENUS ETORLE PTIOMYI A Theobald
Etorleptiomyia Theobald, First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 71 (1904). — mediolmeaia Theo.
0’Reillia Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. loi (igo5). — T3'pe bisonensis Ludi.
Eto rilepidomyia Alcock (emendation), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 8, p. 249 (igii).
Dasymyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 102 (1908). — Type fusca Leic.
Dixomyia Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London igiS, p. 708 (1914). — T}?pe elegans Ta3dor.
Characters. — Palpi of from two-thirds to five-sixths as long as probiscis, ver3' slightly
hairy; of 9 a quarter as long as 4^roboscis or less. Proboscis of rf very much svvollen apicall3q of 9
slightl3^ so. Antenna of 9 with first flagellar segment of same length as second and following
segments. Scales of vertex all broad and flat. Dorso-central bristles fairl3' numerous and strong.
Mesonotal scales fairly dense; scutellum with median lobe densel3.' covered with broad flat scales;
lateral lobes with some flat and a variable number of narrow scales. Wings with cell as long as or
longer than its stem ; veins densel3' clothed with very broad scales.
Pupa. — Dendritic tufts of first abdominal segment represented by single setae. Lateral tuft
of seventh segmeirt small, of eighth large. Paddles (Pl. 5, Fig. 3 6) very narrow, quite four times as
longas their greatest breadth ; inner margin strongly spinose, outer margin less strongly so ; apical
hair represented by a spine. No special colour-patern on thorax.
Larva, — Siphon long, without pecten; tuft placed at about one-third. Posterior margin of
anal segment finely hair3' or bristly. Valves normal.
Classification, Although onl3'' about four species are known, these form two rather distinet
groups characteri sed thus :
Group .A. [Etorleptiomyia s. str., ar mediolincata-grou])) : Legs and wings with light and dark
markings, tarsi ringed. Cell i? 2 considerably longer than its stem. Pupal paddles about ten times as
long as broad. Larval antenna with the apical and subapical bristles simple.
Group B (Dasymyia, or/z/^ra-group) : Legs and wings dark. Cell not or scarcely longer than
its stem. Pupal paddles about five times as long as broad. Larval antenna with the two subapical
and one of the apical bristles veiy large and dendritic (a unique feature among mosquito larvae).
Distributiori. — Ethiopian and Oriental regions, one species extending into Austalia.
Group A (Etorleptiomyia)
F . {E. ) elegans Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London igiS, p. 7o3 (1914) Oueensland, Sumatra.
[DAcmy/rt] ;* Taylor, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 271 (1929).
F. (E.) luzonensis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. loi (igoS) [O' Reillia']-, India, Ceylon, Philippi-
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 238 (1918); * Senior-White, ne Is., Mala3’a.
Ceylon J. Sci. B, Vol. i3, p. 220 (1926); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 16, p. loSy (1929).
completiva Leicester, Cui. Malaj^a, p. 178 (1908).
F. (E.) mediolineata Theobald, First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 71 (1904); Edwards, Africa.
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 24 (1912) \Mansonioides?\\ *Macfie and
Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 423 (1923).
mediopunctata Theobald, Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 44 (igoS).
quadrimaculata Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 32 {1907) [A nisoc/ielcoviyia].
FAM. CULICI DA E
I I 3
Group B (Dasymyia)
F. (F ) fusca Leicester, Cui. Mala3’a, p. 102 (190S) [F(r5;i'wrD] ; Edwards, .Malaya, Andaman Is.
Journ. F. 3il. S. Mus. \"ol. 14, p. 5y (1928); *Ed\vaids and Given,
Bull. Ent. Res. \'oI. iS, p. 349 (1928); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
\'ol. 16, p. io5y (1929).
3. SuBGENUS INGRAMIA Edwards
Ingramia Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. VMl. 3, p. 43 (1912). — Type wa/Fj)'/! Newst.
Mimomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. 304 (1903) (part).
Chanacters. — Palpi of cf about two-thirds as long as proboscis, slender throughout and almost
bare; of 9 l^ss than a quarter as long as proboscis. Proboscis of cf inuch svvollen apicali}^ of 9
slightly so. Antenna of 9 with first flagellar segment considerabl}^ longer than second, but varying in
length in the different species. Scales of vertex ali broad and Hat. Dorso-central bristles of thorax
numerous and strorig. Mesonotal scales scanty, sometimes reduced to to a few rows between the
bristles; scutellum with a few narrow scales. Front tibia of cf 'R the genotype with a short curved
spine at tip (this however is not present in some of the other species). Wings with cell R'^ fully as
long as its stem; scales moderatel}- dense and broad.
Pupa. — Dendritic tuft of first abdominal segment large; lateral tufts of seventh and eighth
segments both small. Paddles broad (more so than in subgenus Mimomyia) emarginate at apex and
with the margin almost smooth, onl\" very finely toothed apicalhn No special colour-pattern, but tip
of paddle infuscated.
Larva. — Antennal tuft external in position and not far from tip; subapical bristles on a slight
prominence close totip. Comb-teeth in a single row. Siphon rather short, tuft close to base, pecten
represented by about two teeth. Posterior margin of anal segment smooth.
Distributiori. — The three or four known species occur in the Ethiopian region.
F. (7.) circumfestacea Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 264 (1908) Sudan.
[^Mimomyia).
F.{I) nigra Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 2'iy (1901) \_Acdes niger)-, S. Nigeria; Congo;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 44 (1912). Uganda.
africana Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 28 (1907) [_M imomyia].
fusca Theobald, Novae Culicidae, Vol. i, p. 32 (1911) \_Mimomyici\.
F. (7.) uniformis Theobald, First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 80(1904) [Mimomyia)-, Africa.
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 45 (1912).
var. ? malfeyti Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 29 (1907) [Mimomyia)-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 44, 384 (1912); * Wigglesworth, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 20, p. 67 (1929).
4. Subgenus FICALBIA Theobald
Ficalbia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 296 (1903). — Type t/nAI/Ha Theo.
Characters. — Palpi alike in the two sexes, scarcely one-sixth as long as proboscis. Proboscis
of (J considerably swollen apically, of 9 scarcely so. Antenna of 9 with first flagellar segment almost
three times as long as second. Scales of vertex all broad and flat. Dorso-central bristles of thorax
numerous, long and strong. Mesonotal scales rather scanty; those of scutellum very few and narrow.
Wings with cell fully as long as its stem; scales moderately dense and broad.
DIPTERA
114
Larva. — Unknowii, but probably similar to that of tbe subgenus Ingramia, the adult of which
resembles Ficalbia in ali respects except the longer male palpi.
Distributiori. — The single kiiown species appears widely spread in the Oriental region.
F. (F.) minima Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 262 (igoi) {Uranoiaenia]-, India, Hong Kong.
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 238 (igiS); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 10S7 (1929).
minuta Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 3oi (1908) \_Mi7n0myia'].
20. Genus MANSONIA Blanchard
(For synonym_v, see under subgenera.)
Characters. — Adult : Eyes almost or quite touching. A continuous row of orbital bristles.
Proboscis of moderate length and uniform thickness, not swollen at tip in either sea. Palpi of as
long as proboscis or longer (in the known species) ; of 9 not more than one-quarter as long as proboscis.
Antennae of distinctly plumose, with the last two segments elongate; of 9 with moderately long
verticils, all the fiagellar segments (including the first) about equal in length. Vertex with numerous
upright forked scales and narrow, curved, decumbent scales, but few or no broad, fiat scales except at
sides. Thorax usually without striking ornamentation. Mesonotal (acrostichal and dorsocentral)
bristles always strongly developed. Anterior pronotal lobes widel}^ separated, rounded and bristly.
Several strong posterior pronotal bristles, but no spiraculars ; post-spiraculars present or absent; upper
sternopleural well developed ; lower mesepimeral usually present. Postnotum always bare. Pleurae
usually with only a a few small patches of scales. Upper margin of meron well above base of hind
coxa. Abdomen : Hypopygium of rather variable in structure, but always with a lobe or process
at base of coxite, which seems to correspond rather with the basal lobe than with the claspette of Aedes.
Eighth segment of 9 always short and broad, cerci short. Legs of moderate length. Tibial bristles
usually distinet. Hind tibia wnth a more or less distinet row of hne hairs on inner side at tip. First
hind tarsal segment shorter than tibia; fourth segment of anterior tarsi not unusually short. Claws of
front and middle legs of unequal, larger claw usually with two teeth, smaller usually simple; all
claws of 9 simple. No pulvilli. VVings (Pl. 2, Fig. I 7) with many or all of the vein-scales broad,
often very broad and asymmetrical. Fork-cells usually long. Sc ending well beyond end of Rs.
2!« reaching far be3'ond base of cubital fork. No hairs on stem vein, above or below. Squama with
complete fringe.
Pupa. — Respirator}^ trumpet long, the tip peculiarly modified, forming a chitinised spine. No
dentritic tuft on first abdominal segment; remaining abdominal segment either with stout single bristles
(subgenus Mansonoides) or bare (subgenus Coqiiillettidia). Paddles rather long and narrow, emarginate
at tip, without fringe or apical hair.
Larva (Pl. 5, Fig. 4). — Antenna long, spicular, with large branched tuft before middle,
and two long or very long bristles inserted far before tip. Mouth-parts not specially modified;
mouth brushes large. Maxillae with a single long and rather stout apical spine, in addition to the
hair-tuft, the spine similar in length and thickness to the long clypeal spines. Mentum small. Thorax
with well developed hair-tufts, including those of the prothorax; mesopleural and metapleural tufts set
in distinet but not very large plates. A pair of large tracheal dilatations in thorax. Abdomen without
chitinous plates except on anal segment, which is completely ringed and longer than usual. Comb of
a few long teeth in one row. Siphon short, without trace of pecten, and with one pair of hair-tufts
FAAl. CULICIDAE
1 1 ,■>
near tip (or. if valves are reckoned in length of siphon, abont middle). Valves peculiai i_v modilied;
the small anterior valves each bearing a stout curved bristle; posterior pair elongate, fused, forining a
sheath for a complicated internal apparatus whicli includes a strongly chitinised saw. Both inner and
outer dorsal hairs of anal segment branched. \"entral brusli well developed.
Egg. — Elongate, usuali}’ with a long neck, sonietimes with branched processes,
Habits. — The larvae of all species of this genus occur in over-grown swamps or ponds, and
derive their air from the rools of rvater-plants, which they pierce by means of the saw-apparatus in the
siphon ; they attach themselves firmly to the roots of the plants and seldom if ever come to the suiface
to breathe. In the case of the subgenera Mausmiia and Mansonioides lloating aquatic plants are
affected, but in Coquilleilidia and perhaps RhyncJiotaenia the larvae are found in the mud among the roots
of grasses, bullrushes and other plants. Pupae also derive their air from the same source, piercing the
rootlets with the spine-like tips of the respiratory organs and remaining below until ready for
emergence, when they rise to the surface. In the case of CoquilleUidia the tip of the trumpet breaks oif'
and remains in the piant, but in Maiiso/tioides it is withdrawn. In the holarctic species hibernation takes
place in the mud in the larval state, the thoracic air-reservoirs doubtless being used during this period.
Eggs are either laid in raft-like masses on the surtace of water (subgenera Coqnilletiidia, RJiynchotaeuia)
or in small groups on the under-surface of leaves of lloating water-plants (subgenera Mausonia,
Mansonioides). The species often occur in great numbers and the females are troublesome blood-suckers.
Classification. — Considerable differences are found in different species not only in the form
of the male palpi and of the male and female genitalia, but also in the pleural chaetotaxy and the shape
of the wing-scales. The remarkable specialisations of the larval siphon however are practically alike in
all the known species ; it therefore seems certain that they are all closely related, and that the differences
in the adults are not of more than subgeneric value. Four subgenera may be recognised, as below :
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
I. Post-spiracular hristles present 2.
Post-spiraciilar bvistles absent Subgen. Coouillettidia Dyar.
2 Wing-scales nearly all vtry broad and asyinmetrical ; eighth tergite
of small and armed with teeth 3.
Wing scales naryower ; cigkth tevgile of ^ larger , withoiit teeth, . . Subgen. Rhynchotaenia Brethes.
3. Old zvorld-, palpi of (f upturned , last segment minute Subgen. Mansonioides Theobald.
Neiu World ; palpi of qf doivn-turned , last segment longei' . . . . Subgen. Mansonia s. str.
Larvae.
1. N 0 ventral tufts piercing ring of anal segment (P\. 5, Fig. 4-). . Subgen. Rhynchotaenia Brethes(?);
Subgen. Coquillettidia D3’ar.
Severat such tufis present 2.
2. Section of antenna beyond subapical bristles slender, comprising half
iotal length of antenna Subgen. Mansonia s. str.
Lasl section of antenna shorter and less slender Subgen. Mansonioides Theobald.
DIPTERA
1 16
I. SUBGENUS MANSONIA, S. STR.
Taeniorhynchus Lynch Arribalzaga (not Weinland), Rev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. i, p. 374 (i8gi). —
Type tHiUans Walk. (as taeniorhynchus Wied.).
Panoplites Theobald (not Gould), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2. p. 173 (igoi). — Type titillans Walk.
M ansonia Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 1045 (igoi). — Type titillans Walk.
Characters. — Palpi of somewhat longer than proboscis; tip of long segment and the last
two segments somewhat swollen and haiiy^, not upturned; last segment very little shoxker than
penultimate. Hypopygium of cf with a long process trom base of coxite, which has a terminal spine
much shorter than the process itself; style with short terminal spine ; paraprocts with onl}^ one or two
terminal teeth ; phallosome simple. Abdomen of 9 with seventh segment large; eighth very small,
with a number of chitinous hooks; three spermathecae, one smaller than the others. In both sexes
several post-spiracular bristles are present, and the wing-scales are mostty or all very broad and more
or less asymmetrical in shape.
Larva. — Antenna very long; subapical spines of moderate length and placed near middle of
antenna, terminal portion very slender. Frontal hairs B and C very small. Several small ventral tufts
on anal segment before the barred area.
Distributiori. — Tropical South America, ohe species extending northwards as far as Florida.
M. (M.) ainazoncnsis Theobald, hlon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 182 (igoi) [Panoplites']-,
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 222 (ig28); Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw.
Cruz, Suppi. 12, p. 2g7 (igzg).
M. (M.) humeralis Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 61 (igi6); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 2S2 (igzS).
titillans Costa Lima, INIem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. 12, p. 297 (1929).
M . [M .) indubitans D3'ar and Shannon, Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. Vol. i5,
p. 41 (igzS); D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 255 (ig2S).
M. {M .) pseudotitillans Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 178 (igoi) [Panoplites]-,
D3"ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 253 (ig28); ? Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw.
Cruz, Suppi. 12, p. 2g7 (igzg).
M. [M.) titillans Walker, List, Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 5 (1848) [Culex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 254 (ig28).
flaveolus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 182 (1906) [Taenio-
rJivnchus].
taeniorhynchus L3'nch Arribalzaga, (nec Wiedemann), Rev. Mus. La Piata,
Vol. I, p. 374 (1891) [Taeniorhynchus].
Brazil.
Colombia to Brazil.
Brazil.
Biazil, Surinam.
Florida and Antilles to
Argenti na.
2. SuBGENUS RHYNCHOTAE N 1 A Brethes
Rhynchotaenia Brethes, Ann. Mus. Buenos Aires, Vol. i3,p. 470 (March igi i). — Ty^pefasciulatns L.-A.
Pseudotaeniorhynchus Theobald, Novae Culicidae, p. ig (April ign). — ■ T3^pe fasciolatus L.-A.
Characters. — As in Coquillettidia, but several post-spiracular bristles usually present (these
reduced to one or two, or sometimes absent, in M . arribalsagae) and wing-scales tending to be broader,
sometimes many of them approximating in shape to those of the subgenus Mansonia. Tarsi in all the
known species with pale rings over the joints, involving both ends of segments.
Larva. — Not certainly known.
FAAI. CULICI DAE
117
Distributiori. — • Neotropical region, from Central America to Brazil and norlhern Argentina.
il/. (ir.) albicosta Per3'assu, Os Culic. do Brazil, p. 220 (1908) l_Taeiiio>yiichus] ;
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. aSS (1928).
.1/. {R.) araosi Shannon and Del Ponte in D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 207 (192S).
M . (R.) arribahagai: Theobald, Mon. Cul.Vol. 3, p. 261 (igo3) [Taeniorliynclius] ;
Dvar, Alosq. Amer. p. 259 (1928).
coticula Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Knt. Soc. W)!. i5, p. 101 (1907) [^Faenio-
I livnckus].
M. {R.) chrysonotiun Peiyassii, A Folha Aled. \A)I. 3, p. 117 (1922); Costa
Lima, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Suppi. A’oL 12, p. 297 (1929).
M. (R.) fiisciolata L^mch Arribalzaga , Pev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. i5o
(iSgi) [Taeniorhy licitus]; D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 256 (1928); Shannon
and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bacl. Buenos Aires, \M1. 5, p. 65 (1928).
M. (R.) juxtamansonia Chagas, Nov. Esp. Cui. Braz. p. 23 (1907) \ T aeniovliyn-
chus]; D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 255 (1928).
hypocindyna Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. ii5 (igiSb
M. {R.) nigricans Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 6, p. 166 (1904)
\T aeniorhynchus]-, D3’ar, Alosq. Amer. p. 258 (1928).
persephassd Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Alisc. Coli. Vol. 02, p. 254 (1909)
\_Bancrpftia].
M. (R.) venezttelensis Theobald, Bull. Alus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 18, p. 61
(1912) [Psendotaeniorkync/ius]; D3’ar, Alosq. Amer. p. 256 (1928).
Brazil.
N.-\V. Argentina.
Panama to Brazil.
Brazil.
C. America to Argentina.
Brazil.
Panama, Cuba, Colom-
bia, Venezuela.
Venezuela.
3. SuBGENUS COQU I LLETTI DI A Dyar
Coquiliettidia D3'ar, Proc. Ent. Soc. AVash. Vol. 7, p. 45 (igo5). — Type perturbans Vdalk.
Chrysoconops Theobald (in part, not Goeldi), Alon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 491 (1907).
Characters. — Palpi of cf as in subgenus Taeniorhynchiis. Hypopygium of cf with a lobe at
base of coxite bearing a long spine, as long as or longer than the lobe itself; style vaiiousl3^ modifled,
but al\va3’s with short terminal spine ; paraprocts with several terminal teeth ; phallosome divided into
lateral plates (not simple as stated by Dyar). Abdomen of Q with seventh segment large ; eighth small
but visible, without chitinous hooks; three equal spermathecae. In both sexes post-spicular bristles
are absent, and the wing-scales rather narrow (lanceolate to almost linear). M'hite rings of tarsi (if
present) situate at bases of segments. Many species have a bright yellow colouring, superficially
resembling Aedes fulvus Wied., but these species are not clearly separable from the dark forms as a
distinet group.
Larva. — Antennae very long; subapical spines rather short and placed near middle of
antennae; terminal portion very slender. Frontal hairs B and C long. No ventral tufts on anal
segment before the barred area.
Distributiori. — Chiefly tropical regions of the old world; two species occur in Europe, and
one in North America, but none in the Neotropical region.
M. (C.) annetti Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 491 (1907) \_Chrysoconops]; W. Africa, Uganda.
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 253 (i9ii)and Vol. 5, p. 279
(1915) \T aeniorhynchus]; Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 586
(igiS) \T aeniorhynchus]; Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 42 (1926).
pseudoconopas Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 443 (1910) [Chrysoconops].
DIPTERA
1 18
M. (C.) aureosquainata Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p. 284 (igog) \T eaniorliyn-
chiis\ \ Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 84 (igaS).
l}agci Ludlow in Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 618 {1910) [Taeniorhynclms].
M. (C.) aurea Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 281 (igio) [Taeniorhynchiis] ;
D3^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 42(rg25).
M . (C.) aiiripennis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 27g (igi5) \Taenio-
rhynchus\.
M. (C.) aurites Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 4g3 (igo7) [Chrysoconops'];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 262 (igii), Vol. 3, p. 26 (igi2)
[T aeniorhynchus\
fraseri Theobald, Novae Culicidae, Vol. i, p. 22 (1911J [Chrysoconops].
M . (C.) biixtoni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. g (1923) [T aeniorhyn-
clius]-, Edwards, Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4, p. 167 (1928) [Taeuiorhyn-
chiis].
M . (C.) chrysosoina Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 281 (igio) [T aeniorhyn-
chiis].
M. (C.) crassipes van der Wulp, Bijd. Fauna Midden Sumatra, Dipt. p. g
(1892) [Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 260 (igaS)
[T aeniorhynchns]-, Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 556 (1927).
brevicellulns Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 212 (1901) [Taeniorhynclnis]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 236 (igiS), Vol. 14, p. 365 (1924)
[Taeniorhynchus]-, *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 348
(1928) [Taeniorhynchus]-, Dj^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3. p. 42 (1925).
fuscopteron Theobald, Tijd. v. Ent. Vol. 64, p. 239/1911) [Chrysoconops].
Pygmaeus Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 3oo (190S) [Chrysoconops].
M. (C.) cristata Theobald, First Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 78 (1904) [Chrysoco-
nops]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 253 (igii), Vol. 3, p. 26
(1912) [T a en iorhyn ch »5] .
nocturnus Theobald, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7. p. 5g3 (igiS) [Chrysoconops]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 261 (1925).
M . (C.) diaeretus D^^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 181 (1920), Vol. i3, p. 42 ( 1925).
M. [C .) fuscopennatiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 265 (igoS) [Taeniorhyn-
chiis]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 253 (igii), Vol. 3, p. 26
(1912) [Taeniorhynchus]-, D3'ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 41 (1925).
hakeri Theobald. Novae Culicidae, Vol. i, p. 19 (1911) [Chrysoconops].
dryinoecius Speiser, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp., Dipt. Orih. p. 42 (1909) [Culex].
M. (C.) gibliiii Ta3dor, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1914, p. 198 (1914) [Pseudot aenior hyn-
chus conopas var.] ; Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 487 (1922)
[Taeniorhynchus]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 365 (1924)
[Taen iorhyn ch ws] .
Theobald (nec Frauenfeld), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 268 (1903), Vol. 5,
p. 443 (1910) [Chrysoconops].
nigrosignatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 224 (1917); Dyar, Insec.
Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 42 (1925).
M. (C.) grandidieri Blanchard, Les Moustiques, p. 627 (igo5) [Cutex].
flavus Ventrillon (nec Motschulsky), Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 10, p. 55o (1904)
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. i35 (1920) [Taeniorhynchus].
M, (C.) iracunda Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 6 (1848) [Culex]-,
Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 366 (1924) [Taeniorhynchus].
M . (C.) linealis Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1747 (i88g)
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 366 (1924) [Taeniorhyn-
chus]-, Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 467 (1922) [Taenio-
rhynchus].
M. (C.) maculipennis Theobald, Novae Culicidae, Vol. i, p. 27 (igii)
[Chrysoconops]-, Carter, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol 7, p. 585 (1913) [Taenio-
rhynchus]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p.. 279 {igi5)[Taeniorhyn-
chus]-, D3'ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 42 (1925).
Philippine Is.
Natal.
Uganda, Sudan.
W. Africa, Uganda, Su-
dan.
Palestine, Corsica.
Nyasaland.
Oriental Region, Papua,
New Caledonia, Fiji.
Sudan, Congo, Nigeria,
Sierra Leone.
Philippine Is.
Uganda.
Papua, Philippine Is.,
Malayan Archipelags.
Madagascar.
New Zealand.
Australia, PPhilippine Is.
Uganda.
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 19
M. (C.) metallica Theobald, INIon. Cui. X^ol. 2, p. 63 (1901) [C/Ff.v], \'ol. 5,
p. 40S (1910) [Banhsinella]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 2, p. 262
(1911) \Taeniorhy)ichus]\ Carter, Ann. Trop. Rled. Vol. 7, p. 588
(igiS) \Taen iorhyHchus~\.
nigra Theobald, IMon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 484 (1910) \Chrysoconops\.
nigrochaetae Theobald, q’’. Mon. Cui. \’ol. 2, p. 63 (1901) [C»/(-r].
violaceus 1 heobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 262 (1908) \Taeniorltynchus'\.
d/. (C.) microannulata Theobald, Novae Culicidae, \’ol. i, p. 26 (1911)
; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 3, p. 26 (1912) \Tacnio-
rhynchns\.
chubbi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 280 (igiSl [Tasniorhynchus'].
M. (C.) nigriihorax Theobald, dlon. Cui. d^ol. 5, p. 439 (1910) [C//;9'6'«roHo/>,'f] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 2, p. 252 (ipti) {Taeniorhyncliiis^.
d/. (C.) novochraceus Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 558 (1927)
\Taeniorhyuchus] .
d/. (C.) niholskii Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 546 (1927);
Martin!, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 227 (igdo).
d/. (C.) ochraceiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. 263 (igo3) {Taeniorliyncliiis] ;
Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 10, p. 467 (1922) \_Taeuiorhyiichus]-,
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 55g(ig27) [Taeniorhyiichus].
i/irysogona Knab, Ent. News, ^’ol. 20, p. 368 (1909).
d/. {C .) J>eytiirbaiis W&lker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 42S (i856) [Cw/r.v|; *Dvar,
Mosq. .‘\iner. p. 260(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Ani. p. ig8 (1929).
ochropus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 100 (1907) [Culex^.
testaceus van der Wulp (nec Theobaldl, Tijd. v. Ent. (2), \'ol. lo, p. 128 (1867)
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. i5, p. 260 (1925).
d/. (C.) richiardii Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 21, p. 5o (1889) \Culex']\
* Wesenberg-Lund. \'id. Medd. Dansk Nat. For. 6g, p. 277 (1918),
Danske \'id. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. io3 (1921); *Edwards, Ent.
Mo. Mag. (3), Vol. 5, p. 83 (1919) [Taeniorhyiichus]-, *Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 223 (1930).
d/. (C.) tenuipalpis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. d''ol. 14, p. 366 (1924) [Taenio-
rhynchus] .
M . (C.) versicolor Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 5o ( 19 13) [Taeniorhynchiis].
d/. (O.) xanthogaster Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 366 (1924) [Taeiiio-
rhynchiis] .
acer Theobald (nec Walker), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 21 1 (1901) [Taeniorhynchiis].
Africa.
Uganda, Sudan, Natal.
Angola.
Assam.
Turkestan.
Assam, Malayia, Philip-
pine Is.
Canada, Eastern U.S.A.
Europe, Asia Minor,
Palestine.
New Zealand.
Uganda.
4. SuBGENUS MANSON 101 DES Theobald
Mansonioides Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 498 (1907). — Type septemguitaia Theo.
Mansonia Theobald (in part.).
Characters. — Palpi of cf about as long as proboscis, not swollen apically and only inoderatel}''
hairy ; penultimate segment rather long and strongly upturned, terminal segment minute. Hyqropygium
of (gp with a long process arising from the base of the short coxite; style apparently without terminal
spine, rather short and broad ; paraprocts with several terminal teeth ; phallosome simple, undivided.
Abdomen of 9 with the seventh segment reduced, much smaller than sixth; eighth quite concealed,
with a number of chitinous hosks as in subgenus Mansonia-, only two spermathecae. In both sexes
post-spiracular bristles are present ; wing-scales mostly or ali very broad and as3nnmetrical (Pl. 2,
Fig. 17).
I 20
DIPTERA
Larva. — Antenna of moderate length ; subapical spines very long, inserted far beyond middle
of antenna, terminal portion less slender than in the other subgenera. Frontal hairs B and C minute,
scarcety distinguishable. Several small ventral tufts on anal segment before the barred area.
Distributiori. — Chiefly oriental, but two species are abundant throughout tropical Africa, one
of these extending also into Japan and northern Australia.
M. {]\I .) africana Theobald, Mon Cui. Vol. 2, p. 187 (1901) [PanoplUes]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 52 (igi3); *Ingram, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 76 (1912); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 377
(1912); * Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 8, p. 157 (1917);
Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 48 (1920); Connal, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 19, p. 293 (1928); Schwetz, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. 18, p. 3ii
(igSo); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 541 (1930).
major Theobald, Mon. Cui Vol. 3, p. 270 (igoS).
var. nigerrima Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 430 (1910) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 4, p, 52 (1913).
M. (A/.) aniiulatn Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 174 (1908); Dyar and Shannon,
Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 84 (1925); Bonne-VVepster, Geneesk. Tijd.
Ned.-Ind. Vol. 70, p. 947 (ipSo).
M . (M .) annulifera Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. i83 (1901) \_Panoplites\-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 280 (ig 1 3) ; Barraud, Ind. J . Med.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 559 (1927); Bonne-Wepster, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.
Sud. Vol. 70, p. 945 (ig3o).
Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 991 (1901) [Panoplites]-, Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 469 (1922).
septemgutfata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 499(1907).
M. (M .) bonneae Edw&rds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 642 (igSo).
anmilipes var. A. Bonne-Wepster, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 70, p. gSS
(1930).
M. [M .) longipalpis van der VVulp, Bijd. Fauna Midden Sumatra, Dipt. p. g
(1892) \Ciihx\-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 260 (1925).
annulipes Waldker (nec Meigen), Proc. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. i, p. 5 (1857!
[Culex]] Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 172 (1908); Theobald, Mon. Cui.
Vol. 2, p. i85 (1901); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 457 (1922);
Barraud, Ind, J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 56i (1927); Bonne-Wepster,
Geneesk. Tijd, Ned, -Ind. Vol. 70, p. 954 (igdo) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 21, p 542 (igSoj.
M . (A/.) indiana Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 541 (1980).
africanus Bonne-Wepster, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 70, p. 958 (1930).
M. [M .) papiiensis Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914, p. 200 (1914)
[T atniorhyncJiiis]] Edwards,, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 364(1924);
Bonne-Wepster, Geneesk. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 70, p. 948 (1980).
M. [M .) septempunctata Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 187
(igoS); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 842 (1980).
annulipes Edwards (part), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 365 (1924).
A/. [M .) uniformis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 180 (1921) [Panoplites]',
Edwards. Bull, Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 5j (1913) and Vol. 14, p. 365
(1924); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 346 (1928);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 862 (1927); Bonne Wepster,
Geneesk. Tijd Ned.-Ind. Vol. 70, p. g5o(ig3o); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 21, p. 842 (igSo).
africanus var. reversus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 189 (1901) [Panoplites].
australiensis Giles, Gnats, Ed. 2. p. 355 (1902) [Panoplites].
? ? conopas Frauenfeld (nec Theobald), Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. 17, p. 451
(1867) [Culex].
marquesensis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 43 (1925).
Africa.
Uganda.
Mala}^, Philippine Is.,
Sumatra.
India, Malayp Archipe-
lago, Philippine Is.
Borneo, Malaya.
Malay Archipelago, In-
dia.
[Burma.
Java, Siam, Indochina,
Papua.
Papua, Oueensland.
Africa, Oriental Region,
N. Australia.
FAM. CULICIDAE
I I
21. Genus AEDOMYIA Theobalo
Aedeomyia Theobald, INIon. Cui. ^'ol. 2, p. 218 (igor). — T3pe squamipennis L.-A.
Aedomyia Edwards (emendation), Bull. Ent. Res. \’'ol. 3, p. 24 (1912).
Lepiothauma Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 40, p. 22 (1923). — Tyi^Qfurfui ea End.
Charactens. — Adult : E^-es lather narrowl}' separated above antennae, touching below
proboscis. A continuous row of orbital bristles. Proboscis somewhat shorter than abdomen, not
swollen at tip in either sex. Palpi in both sexes about a quarter as long as proboscis. Antennae of cf
rather strongly plumose, but the last two segments scarcel}' longer than the others and distinctly
thickened. Antennae of 9 '’ery short verticils; all flagellar segments short, thick, and subecjnal
in length. Thorax with all the scales large and broad, but rather loosely applied. I )orsocentral
bristles well developed. Anterior pronotal lobes rather small, widely separated and bristly. Several
pro-pleural bristles ; several strong posterior pronotal; no spiracular or postspiracular ; upper sterno-
pleural well developed; numerous prealar und upper mesepimeral, and several lower mesepimeral.
Upper margin of meron well above base of hind coxa. Scutellum trilobed as usual, but with few
bristles on middle lobe. Abdomen : Ilypopygium of small; coxite rather short, without distinet
lobe; style short, simple, with a comb-like terminal appendage; anal segment largely membranous,
but with a narrow chitinised strip on each side; ninth tergite reduced to a narrow band of membrane;
phallosome moderatelv chitinised and rounded, without lateral plates. Eigth segment of 9 abdomen
short and broad, cerci short. Legs moderately stout; middle and hind femora in both sexes with tufts
of sub-erect scales apicali}’, these tufts in some species extending on to tibiae. l'ourth tarsal segment
of front and middle legs in both sexes markedly shorter than lifth ; first hind tarsal segment about as
long as tibia. Claws of front and middle legs of large and slightly unequal, the larger with a long
median tooth smaller simple ; all claws of 9 equal and simple. No pulvilli. Wings(PI. 2, Fig. 14)
rather short and broad, very densely scaly, most of the scales broad. Sc endingwell beyondand of Rs,
almost opposite base of radial fork. Fork- cells both long. An reaching well beyond base of cubital
fork, which is well beyond base of Rs. No hairs on stem-vein, above or below. Squama with
complete fringe.
Pupa. — Respiratory trumpets not very long, but highly chitinised; spirally thickened area at
base short ; opening very large, without any modification for piercing. Dendritic tuft of first abdominal
segment poorly developed. Segments 4-7 with the dorsal hairs of unusual form : long, with several
short branches at and near base. Lateral tufts of eighth segment well developed. Paddles with
smooth margin, somewhat emarginate at tip of midrib, with long terminal hair ; inner and outer
portions about equal in size.
Larva. — Head very large, broader than long and about as broad as thorax. Antennae
(Pl. 5, Fig. 18) large, very broad in side view, hairy, with a large tuft near middle ; three very long
apical hairs (sometimes strongly plumose like the large hairs of Anoplieline larvae) and a stout black
spine at tip. Mouth-brushes large and dense, composed of fine and apparently simple hairs. Clypeal
spines long and very wide apart, inserted on strong tubercles. Maxillae with a long black apical spine.
Mentum very small, with few teeth. Thorax wdth the main hairs extremely long. Prothorax with
several long hairs on front margin, all (including the innermost shoulder-hair) set in distinet plates.
Propleural group very small and inconspicuous, wdth three short hairs, the fourth also present but
122
DIPTERA
minute. Mesopleural group set in a rather large piate bearing a short spine; two very long hairs, one
moderately long. Metapleural group set in a larger piate, also bearing a spine; two very long hairs
and one short one. Abdomen with lateral hairs of first two segments very much longer and stronger
than those of following segments, with chitinous plates extending from bases of hairs to posterior
margins of segments. No dorsal chitinous plates, buf a small lateral piate on eighth segment, to the
posterior margin of which is attached the single row of comb-teeth (i). Siphon short, somewhat curved
and tapering, with very small valves, the anterior bearing a strong, curved spine, the posterior a small
branched tuft ; no pecten; a large tuft at or beyond middle ; tracheae rudimentary and perhaps not
functional. Anal segment completely ringed by a chitinous piate, hairy above; both pairs of dorsal
hairs single, but strongl}^ plumose along the upper edge ; ventral brush consisting of a dozen or more
single but strongly plumose hairs in an oval barred area. Gills small.
Eggs. — Unknown.
Habits. — Larvae are found in weedy swamps and ponds, usually those covered with water-
lettuce {Pistia) among the rootlets of which A&doinyia larvae occur in association with those of Mansonia.
The larval habits have not been studied in detail, but are probably of special interest. It has been
suggested by Howard, D3^ar and Knab that respira tion may be mainly or wholly cuticular, as the
rudimentary tracheal system would seem to imply that the larva does not obtain air from the Pistia
roots in the manner of Mansonia. The same authors consider that the enlarged antenna may have some
respiratory function. In captivity the larvae have Reen observed to spend long periods lying on their
backs at the bottom, as do larvae of Culicella. No observations have been made on the feeding-habits
of adult Aedoniyia-, it is doubtful if thay such blood. According to Leicester the resting attitude
resembles Orthopodomyia, the body being pressed close to the surface and not raised above it, and the
hind legs not cuiied up as in most other mosquitoes.
Distributiori. — Tropics of both old and new world.
A. africana Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. lo, p. 273 (1906); Edwards,
Eull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 25 (1912), Vol. 7, p. 228 (1917) and Vol. 20,
p. 326 (1929).
catasticta * Edwards (nec Knab), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 379 (1912).
A . fitrfurealLnAeAein, Wien. Ent, Zeit. Vol. 40, p. 25 (ig23) \Lepiothauma\,
Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. iS, p. 262 (1925) and Vol. 20, p. 325
(1929); *FIopkins, M. S. (ig3o).
A. squamipennis Lynch Arribalzaga, Nat. Argent. Vol. i, p. i5i (1878)
\_Aedes'\ ; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 894 (1928); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 7, p. 229 (1917) and Vol. 20, p. 326 (1929); Shannon and Del
Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 66 (1928).
A. vennsiipes Sknse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1761 (i88g)
[^Aedes]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 364 (1924) and Vol. 20,
p. 326 (1929); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 523 (1927).
catasticta Knab, Ent. News, Vol. 20, p. 387 (1909) ; "'■Barraud, Ind, J. Med. Res.
Vol. II, p. 5o5 (1923).
squamipennis Leicester (nec L.-A.), Cui. Malaya, p. 182 (190S).
Trop. Africa.
Trop. Africa.
Central and S. America.
Oriental region. Austra-
lia.
(i) In the keys to genera (p. 68-69) tke larva of Aedomyia is included twice, but tlie second reference is incorrect
as all four species of the genus possess a lateral chitinous piate on the eighth segment (in the fourth stage). Caption
i5 of the key should therefore be omitted, and Aedomyia larva distinguished from Uranotacnia by the large, flattened
antennae and absence of siphonal pecten.
VAM. CULICI DA E
123
22. Genus PSOROPHORA r.-d.
Psorophora Kobineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Ilist. Nat. Paris, \'ol. 3, p. 412 (1827). — l ype ciliata I'.
Janthinosoma Lynch-Anibalzaga, Rev. I\Ias. La Piata, \’’ol. i, p. 374 (i8gi). — Type discrucians Wlk.
Gnabhamia Theobald, Alon. Cui. \’ol. 3, p. 243 (igo3). — Type jainaiceiisis Theo.
Conchyliastes Howard, Alosquitoes, p. i55 (igoi). — T}’pe musicus Say.
Feltidia Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. A\'ash. \"ol. 7. p. 45 (igo5). — lE pe jamaicensis Theo.
Ceratocystia Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 178 (igo6). — L^^pe discolor Co(p
Lepidosia Coquillett, Science, n. s. \'ol. 23, p. 314 (iqo6). — kype cyaiicscois Coq.
Characters. — .Adult (PI. I , Fig. 1 4) : As in Aedes, except that spiracular bristles are present
(at least one or two). Abdomen of 9 tapering, eighth segment completely retractile; cerci long.
Hypopygium of essentially as in AAies] claspettes present and provided with a number of terininal
bristles (more or less modified) in addition to an appendage corresponding with that found in Aedes
{Ochlerotatus and Finlaya); paraproct with few or no apical teeth ; phallosome not completelj^ divided.
Larva. — Essentially as in Aedes, but anal segment always completely ringed by a chitinous
piate; ventral brush large, with a number of tufts before the barred area, piercing the piate.
Egg. — Differs from that of Aedes in having thesurface finely spinose.
Habits. — « The larvae live in temporary pools on the ground, formed b}' rains. The}^ develop
with the greatest rapidiU’, hatching immediatel}’ after a rain has filled the hollows where the eggs have
been lying, and proceeding with the four larval stages as quickl}^ as possible, sometimes in as many
days. The eggs are laid singly, on the ground, probably in the dry hollows where water usually
collects after rains... The eggs from one brood do not all hatch when submerged the lirst time, and
some of them hatch after ever}" considerable rain. The winter, or the dry season, is passed in the egg
state. The adults of the larger species ar rather severe biters, and, owing to their size, can puncture
the skin of a man through a considerable thichness of clothing. » (Howard, Dyar and Knab). The
larvae of the subgenus Psorophora are predaceous on other mosquito larvae, often those of Janthinosoma,
which occur in the same pools. One species {Grahhamia insularia) breeds in salt pools in coral rock.
Classification. — Dyar reconises three subgenera, definable as below. Of these the first is
sharph^ defined in the larval state, but no verv tangible distinctions have been found in the adult.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Adults.
I .
2.
Large species ; few or no posterior pronotal bristles Genus Psorophora R.-D.
Medium-sized or sniall species; several posterior pronotal bristles 2
Palpi of not upturned ; claws of ^ toothed Subgen. Janthinosoma L}mch Arrib.
Palpi or (f npturned ; claws of 9 simple Subgen. Grabhamia Theobald.
Larvae.
I. Head subqnadrate ; moiith-paris modified ; siphon tapering .
Head broader than long; moiith paris unmodided ; siphon swollen
Subgen. Psorophora R.-D. s. str.
Subgen. Janthinosoma L3'nch-Arrib ;
Subgen. Grabhamia Theobald.
124
DIPTERA
I. SUBGENUS PSOROPHORA R.-D., s. str.
Characters. — Species usually of large size, with scales on legs (especially tibiae and tips of
femora) usually roughened. Palpi of cf considerably longer than proboscis, last two segments more or
less swollen and hairy, not distinctly upturned. Posterior pronotal lobes either bare, or with not
more than 2-3 small bristles. Spiracular bristles usually rather numerous and long. Abdominal
scales not violet metallic. Femora and tibiae not mottled. Female claws toothed.
Larvae. — Head subquadrate. Mouth-parts modified for predacity; mouth-brushes forming
matted prehensile tufts ; mandibles with large teeth; maxillae without long hair-tufts. Antennae short,
shaft almost smooth, with simple or slightly branched hair. Comb of rather numerous teeth in a
regular row on the posterior edge of a slightly chitinised piate. Siphon tapering almost from base.
Distributiori. — Mainland of America from Southern Canada to northern Argentina; Trinidad;
Cuba.
P. {P.) ciliata Fabricius, Ent. Syst. Vol. 4, p. 401 (1794) [Culex']-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. ii3 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 189 (1929).
hoscii Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, Vol 3, p. 413 (1827).
conterrens Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 427 (i856) \ CuUx].
otites Dyar, Insec. Inscit, Vol. 6, p. 126 (1918).
cyanopennis Humboldt, Voy. Reg. Equin. Vol. 7', p. 119 (1820) [Culex],
holinbergi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 264 (1901).
lynchi Brethes, An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Vol. 28, p. 204 (1916).
molestus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. p. 7 (1821) [Culex],
perterrens Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 481 (i856) [Culex].
? rubidus Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 404 {1827)
[CideC].
? tibialis Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 404 (1827)
[Culex].
P. (P.) cilij)es Fabricius, Syst. Antliat. p. 34 [iSoS) [Culex]\ * Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 1 1 1 (1928).
iracunda Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i33 (1906).
scintillans Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. i (1848) [Sahethes].
P. {P .) gemimaculata Neiva, Brazil Medico (2), p. 329(1907); Pinto, Mem.
Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 24, p. 179 (1930).
P. (P.) holinbergi Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, p. 40 (1891); D3rar,
Mosq. Amer. p. ii5 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact.
Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 77 (1928).
agoggylia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. ii5 (1922).
P. (P.) holvardi Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 258 (1901); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. iio (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 194 (1929).
virescens Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i33 (1906).
P. (P.) lineata Humboldt, Voy. Reg. Equin. Vol. 7, p. 119 (1820) [Culex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 112 (1928).
longipes Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Vol. i, p. 36 (1834) [Culex].
saeva Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc Wash. Vol. 19, p. i33 (1906).
P. (P .) pallescens Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 76 (1922); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. ii5 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst.
Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 78 (1928).
stigmafephora Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 116 (1922).
P .? {P .?) marmorata VbiW-^Tpi, Yerb. Z.oo\.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. i5, p. 597
(i865) [Cttlex]-, Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. ii5 (1928).
S.-E. Canada to Argen-
tina (except Tropical
lowland).
Mexico and C. America
to N.-E. Argentina.
Brazil.
Argentina.
Southern U. S. A., Me-
xico, Cuba, Costa Rica.
Mexico, Panama. Vene-
zuela, Trinidad.
Paraguay, Argentina.
Chile.
FAAI. CULICIDAE
125
2. SuBGENUS JANTHINOSOMA Lynch-Arri balzaga
Characters. — Species of medium size, witli scales on hind tibiae and tarsi usually more or
less roughened. Palpi of longer than proboscis; last two segments hairv but not much swollen and
not upturned. Posterior pronotal lobes always with several bristles. Spiracular bristles sometimes
reduced to one or two and rather short. Abdominal scales usuali}^ with a violet-metallic colour; often
vellow markings on thorax or abdomen. Femora and tibiae not mottled ; hind tarsi often white-tippeil.
Female claws toothed.
Larva. — Head broader than long. Mouth parts unmodifred; hairs of mouth-brush more
numerous than '\n Psorophora and not forming matted tufts; maxillae with long hair-tufts. Antennae
usuali)’ long, shaft more or less spicular and with branched tuft. Comb-teeth less numerous, in a less
regular row. Siphon more or less swollen in or before middle.
Distributiori. — America, chiefly tropical and subtropical (including West Indies).
P. (/.) coffitii Dvar and Knab. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 104 (1906);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 121 (1928).
P. (J.) champerico Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. iSq
(igo6); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 119(1928) [? = Intsi^
horridus Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. I\Ius. Vol. 35, p. 56 (1908)
P. (y. ) Coquillett, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 10, p. 1 37 ( 1902) [CwPa.] ;
*Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 122 (1928).
turpurascens Edwards, Biill. Ent. Res. \’ol. i3. p. 77 (1922): Shannon and Del
Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Bnenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 80 (1928).
tovari Evans, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 16, p. 218 (1922).
P. [jf.) discrucians Walker. Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. qSo (i856) [Culex]-, Dyar,
.Mosq. Amer. p. 120 (1928).
arrihahdgae Giles. Gnats, Ed. 2, p. 33g {1902).
bruchi Petrocchi, in Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires,
Vol. 4, p. 72S (1927) ; Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Vol. 5,
p. 79 (1928).
P. [J.) ferox Humboldt, Voy. Reg. Equin. Vol. 7, p. iig (1920) [Culex]\
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 116 (1928).
centrale Brethes. Bol. Inst. Ent. y Pat. Veg. \’ol. i, p. 20 (1912).
Theobald, i\Ion. Cui. Vol. 4, p. i55 (1907).
echinata Grabham, Can. Ent. \‘ol. 38, p. 3ii (1906).
musicus Say. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Vol. 6, p. 149 (1827) [Cidex].
oblitus Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. iMus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. 154 (1891).
pazosi Pazos. Ann. Acad. Cien. Habana, Vol. 45, p. 482 (igoSj [Aedes],
posticatus Vledemann, Dipt. Exot. Vol. i, p. 43 (1821) [Culex], et auct. ;
INIatheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 192 (1929).
sa\i Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 181 (1906).
sayi Theobald, Mon Cui. Vol. 4, p. i55 (1907).
terminalis Coquillett, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. Vol. 2, p. 8 (1906).
vanhalli Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 184 (1906).
P. [jpfiehrigi Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 77 (1922); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 118 (1928) [? = mexicana var.].
P. ij.) jnhnstoni Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 410 (igoS); Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 121 (1928).
schwarzi Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. i35 (1906).
P. {jf .) lutzi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. aSy (1901); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 1 18 (1928).
albipes Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. i57 ('1907).
albitarsis Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 6, p. 10 (igoz) [Culex].
var. chacquensis Paterson and Shannon, Tere. Reun. Soc. Arg. Mosq. de Embarca-
cion, p. 4 (1927)-
Bahamas, Virgin Is.
Southern U. S. A., Me-
xico, C. America, Ve-
nezuela.
Southern D. S. A. to Ai -
gentina.
Bolivia, Brazil, Argen-
tina.
S. Canada to Argenti na,
W. Indies.
Paraguay.
Greater Antilles.
Mexico and C. America
to Argentina.
126
DIPTERA
P. (y.) mexicana Bellardi, Mem. R. Ac. Sci. Torino, Vol. 19, p. 2o5 (iSSp) Mexico.
[Culex]-, Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 117 (1928).
P. {J.) varipes Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 10 (1904) [ConcJiiliastes]-, Southern U. S. A. to
*D5"ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 120 (1928). Argentina.
alhigenn Peryassu, Os Cui. do Brazil. p. io5 (igo8).
bruchi Petrocchi, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 4, p. 728 (1927).
paragnnyeusis Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. 268 (1911).
3. SUBGENUS GRABHAMIA Theobald
Characters. — Species of medium or small size, with scales of legs not distinctly roughened.
Palpi of considerably longer than proboscis, last two segments hairy but scarcely swollen and
strongly upturned. Proboscis usually with a pale ring in middle. Posterior pronotal lobes with
several strong bristles; spiracular bristles small and few in number. No violet colour 011 abdomen.
Femora and tibiae usually mottled or spotted with white ; hind tarsal segments usually with white basal
rings. Female claws simple.
Larva. — In all respects similar to that of the subgenus J anihinosoma .
Distributiori. — America, from New York to Argentina, including West Indies.
P . (G.) Ichilensis R. Blanchard, Les Moustiques, p. 289 (igoS) [Culex] ; Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. i23 (1928) [identity very doubtful; the descriptiori
might alniost equally apply to Anoplieles pictipennis].
variegatus E. Blanchard (nec Schrank), Hist. Chile, Zool. Vol. 7, p. 333 (i852)
[Culex.]
P. (G.) cingulata Fabricius, Syst. Antliat. p. 36 (i8o5) [Culex]-, *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. i3o (1928).
apicalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 171 (igoS) [Culex].
indoctum Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. 161 (1906)
[Janthinosoma].
neoapicalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 336 (1910).
P. (G.) columbiae Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i35
(1906); *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 129(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. 191 (1929).
doridense Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i35 {1906).
texanum Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i35 (1906).
P. (G.) coufinnis Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. 149
(1891) [Taeniorhynchus]-, Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 127 (1928) [inpart.].
scntipunctatus Lutz and Neiva, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 3, p. 298 (1911)
[Culex].
P. (G.) discolor Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 256 (i9o3) [Culex]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 126 (1928).
P. (G.) funiculus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 141 (1920); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 127 (1928).
trigonophorus Lutz, Est. Zool. Parasit. Venizelanos, p. 32 (1928) [Taeniorhynchus].
P. (G.) infinis Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 182 (igo6)
[J- anihinosoma]-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i3r (1928).
P. (G.) insularia Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. i35
(1906); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 126(1928).
haruspiciis Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 56 (1908) [Aedes].
P. (G.) janiaicensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 346 (1901) [Culex]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 128 (1928).
walsinghami Theobald, Mon. Cirl. Vol. 4, p. 484 (1907) [Taeniorhynchus].
P. (G.) paiilli Paterson and Shannon, Tere. Reun. Soc. Arg. Pat. Mosq.
Embarcacion, p. 4 (1927); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i23 (1928).
Chile.
C. America to Brazil.
Eastern, U. S. A., Cuba,
Bahamas.
Argentina, Brazil.
Eastern U. S. A., Mexico.
Venezuela, Colombia.
Antilles.
Jamaica, Santo Domingo.
Greater Antilles.
N.-W. Argentina.
FAM. CULICIDAE
] 27
J\ {G.) Pygmaea Theobald, Mon. Cal. Vol. 3, p. 245 (igo3); *Dvar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 126 (192S).
antigiue Giles, Journ. Trop. MeJ. Vol. 7, p. 384 (1904) [TaenioyhyncJins].
nanus Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 256 (H)03).
P. [G.) sigiiipenaus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. VVash. \^ol. 6, p. 167 (1904)
[Taetiiorkynck/is]] ^Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 124 (1928).
P. (G.) iolteca Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. M'ash. XArl. ig, p. i35 (1906)
[y^anthinosoma']: •'‘'Dyar, i\Iosq Amer. p. i3o (1928).
P. (G.) varinervis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 8, p. 78 (1922); J3yar,
Mosq. Amer. p. i23 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst.
Bact. Buenos Aires, \’ol. 5, p. 81 (1928).
alboaurata Petrocchi, in Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos
Aires, Vol. 4, p. 725 (1927).
Antilles, Florida Keys.
Southern U. S. A..
Me.xico.
Mexico, Costa Rica.
Paraguay, Argentine.
23. Genus OPIFEX Hutton
Opifex Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. \M1. 84, p. 188 (1902). — Type fuscus Hutton.
Characters. — Adult : A rather large, stoutly-built mosqrnto of almost uniformly dark
colouring. Eyes rvell separated, dorsal portions (above antennae) not very broad. Orbital bristles
numerous; several on tront between eyes; vertex and occiput with numerous short hairs, but without
upright scales, all the scales being small, but broad and flat. Clypeus short, but ver}^ strongly convex.
Proboscis markedh’ shorter than abdomen, rather stout and slightly recurved at tip. Antennae in
both sexes with all the i3 flagellar segments subequal in length and cylindrical, with a whorl of
short hairs at base ; in (f (Pl. 3, Fig. I 5) one of the dorsal hairs on each of flagellar segments
2-4 is modified into a long and rather strong spine. Palpi of cf about two-thirds as long as
proboscis, bare, curved downwards, last segment clubbed apically. Palpi of 9 about a quarter as
long as proboscis. Thorax with numerous short bristles on scutum, those above wing roots longer,
as usual. Anterior pronotal lobes well separated. Posterior pronotal, postspiracular, sternopleural
and upper and lower mesepiimeral bristles well developed, but no spiiracular or postnotals. Meron
with its upper margin well above base of hind coxa. Abdomen of 9 somewhat tapering, but eighth
segment prominent, especially the sternite, which is veiy large; cerci not visible in the dry specimen.
Hypopygium of (T with stout, conical coxites without appical or basal lobes; style short and strongly
chitinised, with stout terminal spine; anal segment with a number of short hairs on the tergites;
paraprocts without apical spines or bristles; phallosome simple. Legs stout, especially front femur
and tibia of , which are very much thickened. Front tarsus of cf (Pl. 3, Fig. ! 6) short, fourth
and fifth segments indistinctly separated and together scarcely as long as the third; claws extremely
long (longer than last three tarsal segments together), equal and simple, INIiddle and hind tarsi of cf
with normal segmentation, but segments 2-4 each bear a long fine hair at the tip beneath, which is
absent in 9 ; claws only moderately large, equal and simple. All tarsi of 9 normal, claws simple.
No pulvilli. Hind tibiae in both sexes somewhat swollen apically, with a very close-set comb
(appearing almost like a piate) of short yellow bristles on inner side near tip, extending the whole
width of the tibia; immediately distal to this is a more loosel3^-S4')aced comb of dark bristly hairs.
Wings normal; scales of veins and fringe rather short; both squama and alula completely fringed ;
microtrichia of membrane dense. Sc ending just before apex of Ps-, upper fork somewhat longer
than its stem; An reaching well be3''ond base of cubital fork ; in-cu much proximal to r-m, as usual.
Pupa. — Thorax with a very strong median dorsal keel. Respiratory trumpet short and broad,
widened apically. Dorsal tufts of first abdominal segment and lateral hairs of other segments not
strongly developed. Paddles nearly round, without fringe.
DIPTERA
12S
Larva (Pl. 5, Fig. 2). — Head rather broad. Antennae alinost sinooth, with short simple
hair on shaft. Mouth-parts unmodified ; inandibles and maxillae as in Aedes, mouth-brushes large,
composed of a very large number of fine hairs. Thorax broad in iniddle. Prothoracic hairs not
strongly developed. Mesothorax with a series of four large lateral tufts set in small plates, the lowest
of which is the pleural group (Pl, 5, Fig. 22 ms), and includes three long hairs (one many-branched).
Metathorax with one well-developed dorso-lateral tuft, but the three hairs of the metapleural group
(Pl. 5, Fig. 22 mt) all rather short and inconspicuous (a very unusual condition). Abdomen with
one strong lateral tuft on each of segments 1-6. Comb of numerous scales in a patch. Siphon short,
with one pair of hair-tufts beyond middle; pecten much reduced, comprising from one to five slender
spines only ; valves normal, except that the hair on the anterior pair is unusually long; tracheal tubes
nearly filling siphon. Anal segment with dorsal saddle ; outer dorsal hair simple, inner much
branched ; ventral brush large, but no tufts before the barred area.
Eggs. — Rather shortly oval, slightl}^ broader at one end ; surface covered with numerous short
spiny and mucilaginous processes.
Habits. — - O. fuscus breeds in brackish or salt-water pools on rocLy coasts a little above
high-water mark. generally those containing an abundant growth of Enieromorpha. Males on emergence
skim or skate over the surface of the water, the tips of the tarsi being raised. « They adopt a ver}^
alert attitude, peering down into the water and often thrusting the head below the surface to get a
clearer view. Their object is to capture the female pupae that are about ready to emerge. If the
surface of the water is broken by a rising pupa a few inches away, the male darts at the spot with
wonderful quickness. The capture of the pupa is made by means of the anal forceps, the
great ungues of the male not being used in these circumstances. The grip is usually secured on the
frontal ridge along which the puparium would split in a case of unaided emergence; but often the grip
is to one side of the ridge. In either case the puparium is ruptured a little to one side of the ridge,
and the anal forceps of the male rest upon the thorax of the pupa, working backwards and extending
the siit. In a few cases the siit is greatly extended, but generalty the male ceases active efforts in this
direction as soon as the head and part of the thorax are ciear. Emergence from this point is generally
affected by the gradual straightening of the legs of the young imago, which rises slowly and steadily,
without jerky movement, until nearly the whole of the abdomen is ciear. The male has kept the
forceps in close contact with the body of the imago, two or three segments of his abdomen being inside
the puparium. If, as is usually the case, the imago is a female, connection is effected before her
abdomen is quite ciear, and when emergence is complete copula has already begun » (Kirk).
The large front claws of the male, and also the proboscis, are used for fighting away rivals,
though the}^ do not appear to effect any damage.
Eggs. — Are laid singly, fixed to the the surface of the rock; in the case observed by Kirk they
were deposited beneath the surface of the water. The larva leaves the egg tail first.
Distributiori and affinities. — Only one species is known, this being confined to Nerv Zealand.
It was placed in a separate subfamily by Miller, but its peculiarities, though striking, are mainly
connected with the unusual mating habits, and apart from secondary sexual characters Opifex does
not differ greatly from Aedes, and may well be included in the same group of genera.
O. fuscus Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst. Vol. 34, p. 188(1902); Edwards, Bull. New Zealand (North Is-
Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. yS (1921), Vol. 14, p. 867 (1924); *Miller, Bull. land).
Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. ii5 (1922); Kirk, Trans. N. Z. Inst. 54, p. 400
(1923).
FA^I. CULICI DAE
1-9
24. Genus AEDES Meigen
(For synonymy, see under subgenera.)
Aedes jMeigen, Syst. Beschr. \'ol. i, p. i3 (i8i8); Dyar and Knab, |. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, 188
(1906).
Characters, — Adult : Eyes usualh' separated above b}' a narrow line; sometimes wider apart,
rarely actually touching. A continuous row of orbital bristles bordering e3'es. Proboscis of uniform
thickness throughout, not swollen at tip in either sex, and not distinctiy bent back in repose. Palpi of
Cf rarely longer than proboscis, sometimes quite short; of 9 rarely' more than one-quarter as long as
proboscis (over half as long as proboscis in A . fulgens). Antennae of (f nearly alwa3's distinctiy
plumose, with the last two segments elongate; of 9 with moderatel3' long verticils, all the flagellar
segments (including the first) about equal in length. Scales on upper surface of head veiy' variable in
arrangement and form according to species ; upright scales on nape usually numerous, but sometimes
much reduced in number. Thorax (Pl. 3, Fig. 29) with ornamentation very variable. Mesonotal
bristles well developed ; several pre-scutellar hairs alwa3’s present (except in subg. Dunnius). Pronotal
lobes widel3’’ separated. Posterior pronotal lobes (« pro-epimera ») with about 4-6 bristles (sometimes
rather more), in a posterior row overlapping the spiracle. Spiracular bristles absent. At least two or
three post-spiracular bristles (Pl. 8, Fig. 2 9 e) always present; pre-alar, sternopleural and upper
mesepimeral bristles present and rather numerous; lower mesepimeral bristles present or abseni.
Postnotum without setae. Pleurae usual^^ extensively scal3u Upper margin of meron above level of
base of hind coxa (Pl. 3, Fig. 29 m). Abdomen : FIypop3'gium of (^f variable in structure (see
under subgenera), but anal segment always rather simple, without teeth, spines or hairs at tip of
paraprocts. Eighth segment of 9 abdomen (Pl. 3, Fig. 27) usually more or less retractile ; cerci often
long. Legs moderately slender; femora and tibiae usuall3^ with more or less distinet scattered bristles.
Hind tibia on inner side at tip with a close-set row of hairs. First segment of hind tarsus distinctiy
shorter than tibia (except in A. aurimargo and A. lougirostris). Claws of front and middle legs of cf
unequal, usually each with one tooth; of 9 (Pl. 3, Fig. 19) usuall3^ toothed. Pulvilli absent or
hairlike (Pl. 3i Fig. I 9)neverbroad and distinet. Wings (Pl, 3, Fig. 12, 13) with cell R-i usually
about as long as its stem, seldom mitch longer or shorter. Sc usually ending almost opposite and of
Rs, but sometimes longer. Vein An ending well beyond base of cubital fork. Cross-vein m-cu well
before (except in subgenus MwrzVf^s). Membrane with distinet microtrichia. One or more hairs
usuall3r present on upper surface of stem vein, none beneath. Alar squama with complete fringe of hairs.
Pupa (Pl. 5, Fig. 25). — Without special modifications. Respiratory trumpet usually short,
with small opening. Dendritic tufts on first abdominal segment well developed. Paddles (Pl. 5,
Fig. 3 5) often somewhat pointed; a single apical hair which is usually of moderate length and may
be branched; margin usually more or less serrate or fringed.
Larva (Pl. 5, Fig. 6). — Mouth-parts (except in subgenus Mucidus) not specially modified for
predaceous habits, but inner hairs of mouth brushes usually more or less serrate. Mandibular teeth
(except in subgenus Mucidus and in some Ochlerotatus and Finlaya) small and not blackened. Antennal
tuft usually at or before the middle. Thoracic hairs variable, but the inner shoulder-hairs and the
propleural group but little developed; usuall3^ only one long simple hair in the propleural grovq'», the
other three shorter. Plates of meso-and metapleural hairs usually small. No air-saes in thorax.
Abdomen without dorsal chitinous plates except on anal segment which usually has a dorsal saddle,
rarely a complete chitinous ring. Siphon unmodified, at most four times (usualh^ scarcety twice) as
DIPTERA
long as its breadth at base, always with well-developed pecten and with a single pair of ventral
hair-tufts placed near or beyond middle; rarely with a few accessory dorsal hairs or tufts. Outer pair
of hairs at tip of anal segment long and simple, inner usuali}^ shorter and branched. Ventral brush of
anal segment usually well developed, but sometimes reduced to a few hairs (at least 4-6).
Eggs. — ■ Somewhat spindle-shaped or elliptical, thick-shelled, usually Avith hne, more or less
hexagonal sculpturing on surface, but without spiu}^ processes.
Habits. — Varying much in the different subgenera and species, but eggs always laid singly,
and very resistant to dessication, sometimes capable of lying dormant for several 5mars. Larvae in
various types of water, usually freding mostly at the bottom. Females usually active blood-suckers,
biting by day.
Classification . — The genus Aedes was for long defined as including those Culicinae with short
palpi in both sexes, and it u^as not until 1906 that the unnatural character of the genus was fully
realised; in that year Dyar and Knab published their classification of mosquitoes on larval characters
and proposed to include in Aedes various forms (such as Ochlerotalus and Stegomyia) Avith long palpi in
the male but with larvae similar to the genotype, A. cinereus. After much hesitation the vieAA^s of D3'ar
and Knab Avere finally accepted by me in 1917 and by Barraud in 1928, and the name Aedes is noAv
universally employed in a very Avide sense. It is possible that the scope of the genus may have to be
Avidened stili further to include a few other groups {Arinigeres, Eretmopodites, and perhaps Haemagogus
and Psoropiiora), but for the present at least I prefer to maintain these groups as distinet genera.
In 1917 I defined a number of subgenera and groups on the structure of the male hypopy^gium,
and this system was adopted with some modifications by Dyar in the folloAving year. Dyar took as the
primary characters for the division of the genus the presence or absence of claspettes, but itAvould now
seem that another character to which I called attention in 1921 — the form of the phallosome — may
be of more fundamental importance. These two characters, together with the form of the male palpi,
form the chief basis of the classification of the genus as indicated in the keys beloAV. No means of
separating the subgenera Avith certainty in the female or in the larval stage has yet been discovered.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Males (UnknoAvn in subgenus Chaetocruiomyia).
I. Palpi at least half as long as proboscis, usually longer
(Pl. 3, Fig. 25-27)
2.
Palpi one quarter as long as proboscis or less (Pi. 3,
Fig. 24)
1 3 .
2. Phallosome simple, not divided into later al plates, and without
teeth (Pl. 3, Fig. 35)
3.
Phallosome divided into a pair of plates, with a least a few
teeth on outer side of each (Pl. 3, Fig. 34); claspettes
absent {P\. 3, Fig. 33). .
9-
4-
8.
3. Claspettes present [P\. 3, Fig. 34d)
Claspettes abseni
4. Claspettes with distinet articulated appendage {usually flat-
tened, but sometimes setifonn, in which case the coxite has
a distinet basal lobe)
5.
Claspettes otherwise
7-
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 3 1
6.
S.
9-
IO.
I T .
12.
I 3.
H-
12.
i6.
17-
I .
2.
3.
Cyoss veijis clotided, m-cu ontside r-m
C>'0ss-veins noi clottded, m-cu nor mally inside r-m (PI. 2,
Fig. 12)
Coxite zcith apical and basal lobes {^nsnally distinet, bnt sonie-
times one or both may be only slightlv developed) .
Coxite ivithout apical or basal lobes .
Claspette free from coxite, a hooked rod toithont articulated
appendage ; phallosome someidhat hooked at tip .
Claspette little developed, a mere lobe at base of coxite, car-
rying a terminat bristle
Coxite with complicated median or stibapical lobes ....
Coxite ivithout conspicuous lobes
Palpi of only ttoo distinet segments, second upliirned and
hairy [rarely a minute terminat segment present) .
Palpi of three distinet segments
Palpi slender, upturned, almost bare (PI. 3, Fig. 27);
spine of style usuatly terminat
Palpi not uptnrned, last hoo segments more or less swollen
and hairy (PI. 3, Fig. 25-26)
Style ivith one spine only, usually terminat
Style lidth numerous spines
Loiuer mesepimeral bristles present
Loiver mesepimeral bristles absent
Phallosome simple, undivided ; style with terminal spine .
Phallosome divided inio lateral plutes, usually bearing at
least one or two teeth
First hind tarsal segment as long as tibia
First hind tarsal segment shorther than tibia, as usual .
Proboscis rather thick, as long as front femora ; ornate species.
Proboscis more slender, longer than front femora; no special
ornamentation
Style simple, with terminal articulated spine
Style various , but ivithout articulated spine
Style very small, simple; coxite with a subapical group of
strong spines and leaf-lihe plates
Style larger, usually branched ; coxite otherwise ....
Subgen. AIucidus Fheobakl.
D .
Subgen. Ochlerot.itus Lynch .An ibalzaga.
Subgen. Fini.aya Theobald.
Subgen. IMaci.eaya Theobald.
Subgen. Howardina Theobald.
Subgen. Skusea Theobald.
Subgen. Pseudoskusea Theobald.
Subgen. Banksineli.a Theobald.
io.
I I .
I 2 .
Subgen. Stegomyia Theobald.
Subgen. Dunnius Edwards.
Subgen. Diceromyia Theobald.
Subgen. Aedimorphus Theobald.
H-
i6.
Subgen. Rhinoskusea Edwards.
. 1 5 .
Subgen. Christophersiomyia Banaud.
Subgen. Geoskusea Edwards.
Subgen. Leptosomatomyia Theobald.
17-
Subgen. Cancraedes Edwards.
Subgen. Aedes Meigen, s. str.
Females.
Wings with a tuft of very long scales at extreme base. . . Subgen. Chaetocruiomyia Theobald.
IVings wilhout such scale-tift 2.
Claws toothed, at least on front and middle legs 3.
Claws all simple 9.
Cerei long; eighth abdominal segment narroiv and completely
retractile 4.
Cerei shorter ; eighth segment larger and not completely
retractile
6.
DIPTERA
I 32
4. Cross-veins clouded, m-cu ontside r-m (Pl. 3, Fig. 13).
Cross-veins not clouded, m-cu normally inside r-m .
5. Head ivith narvoiv scales dorsally
Head wlth broad flat scales dorsally
6. Eighth sternite large and prominent ; ornamentation and scale-
structure variotis
Eighth sternite smaller and less prominent (P\. 3, Fig. 2 1 );
head mainly clothed ivith flat scales above
7. Sciitellum with narroiv scales only ; dark species with little
ornamentation
Scntellum with broad flat scales; species with conspicuous
ornamentation
S. Prosboscis dark; anterior pronotal lobes usiially with broad
flat scales
Proboscis with a white ring in middle; anterior pronotal lobes
with narrow scales only
g. With conspicuous ornamentation on thorax, or white rings on
hind tarsi ; cerci short
Dark species, with little or no ornamentation
10. Head mainly flat-scaled , but with a median dorsal stripe of
narrow scales ( West Indies)
Head with very few or no narrow scales
11. Thorax ivith white markings (Old World)
Thorax withont distinet white markings {Australia) .
12. Scutellar scales all narroiv
Scutellar scales /rtr/Zj' (Leptosomatomyia) or all broad and
flat
13. Head with narrow scales dorsally; loiver mesepimeral bristles
present
Head mainly flat-scaled dorsally; no lower mesepimeral
bristles
14. Cerci Ion g and rather narrow; no lower mesepimeral bristles
Cerci shorter and broader ; lower mesepimeral bristles nearly
always pi esent
15. First segment of hind tarsiis as long as tibia
First segment of hind tarsus shorter than tibia
16. Head with a pateh of narrow scales on nape, sciitellum with
some narrow scales
Head ivith few or no narrow scales on nape; scntellum with
broad flat scales only
17. Head with a pair of whitish patehes above
Head all dark above
Subgen. Mucidus Theobald.
•. . 5.
Subgen. Ochlerotatus Lynch Arribaizaga ;
Subgen. Banksineli.a Theobald;
Subgen. Aedimorphus Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Pseudoskusea Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Finlaya Theobald.
/ ■
Subgen. Aedes Meigen, s. str.
8.
Subgen. Stegomyia Theobald;
Subgen. Dunnius Edwards;
Subgen. Diceromyia Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Aedimorphus Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Christophersiomyia Barraud.
IO.
1 2 .
Subgen. IIowardina Theobald.
1 1 .
Subgen. Stegomyia Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Macleaya Theobald.
i3.
14-
Subgen. Pseudoskusea Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Aedes Meigen, s. str. (part.).
1 .3 .
16.
Subgen. Rhinoskusea Edwards.
Subgen. Geoskusea Edwards.
Subgen. Leptosomatomyia Theobald.
I/-
Subgen. Diceromyia Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Skusea Theobald ;
Subgen. Cancraedes Edwards.
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 .IO
Larvae (unknown in subgenera Cliaetocruiomyia, Geoskusea and Leptosoinaiomyia).
I. Pecten zcitk detached teeth outxcardly; sha ft of antenna sfiicu-
lar, zi'ith a branched air ; comh-teeth in a triangiilar patch.
Pecten-teeth regularly spaced, no detached teeth outicardlv
2. Comb-teeth in a single rozo
Comh-teeth in a patch
3. Shaft of antenna smooth , with a single hai) . . . .
Shaft of antenna spicular, zoith a branched hai)' .
4. Siphon usnally tvithout acus . . . . .
Siphon usiially zvith acus
3. Mouth-parts someivhat modified for predacitv .
Mouth-paris unmodified
6. Shaft of antenna smooth, hair usually single .
Saft of antenna spicular, hair usually branched
7. Siphonal tift subapical
Siphonal tuft near middle
8. Anal segment ringed hy the piate
Anal segment imth saddle only
9. A small triangiilar piate adjoing ventral hritsh of anal
segment on each side
This piate ahsent
Subgen. AiiDEs Meigen, s. str. ;
Subgen. Aedimorphus Theobald (most spe-
cies) ;
Subgen. Canckaedes Edwards;
Subgen. H.anksinei.ea Theobald;
Subg. OcHLEROTATUS Lviich Aiiibalzaga
(a few species).
3.
5.
Subgen. Christophersiomyia Harraud;
.Subgen. Diceromyia Theobald {furcifer)-,
Subgen. Hovvardina Theobald;
Subg. Ocheerotatus Lynch Airibalzaga
(some species).
Subgen. Diceromyia Theobald [iyengari) ;
Subgen. Stegomyia Theobald.
Subgen. Fjnlaya Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Mucidus Theobald.
6.
7-
8.
Subgen. Rhinoskusea Edwards.
Subgen. Finlaya Theobald (part.);
Subgen. Macleaya Theobald ;
•Subgen. Pseudoskusea Theobald (part.) ;
Subgen. Skusea Theobald.
Subgen. Ocheerotatus Lynch Arribalzaga
(some species).
9-
Subgen. Howardina Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Ocheerotatus Lynch Arribalzaga
(part.).
Subgen. FTnlaya Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Aedimorphus Theobald (a ferv spe-
cies).
I. SuBGENUS MUCIDUS Theobald
Mucidus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 268 (igoi). — Type alternans VVestw.
Pardomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 280 (1907). — Type aurantia Theo
Ekrinomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. 71 (igo8). — Type aureostriata Leic.
i34
DIPTERA
Characters. — Large species witli conspicuous ornamentation on legs ; scales of vertex and
scutellum narrow; dark clouds on wing-inembrane over cross-veins. Structural characters (chaetotaxv;
from of cf palpi; claws; hypopygiurn ; tip of 9 abdomen) as in subgenus Ochlerotatus, but cross-vein
m-CH placed slightU' beyond instead ot before r-;« (Pl. 2, Fig. 13). Posterior pronotal bristles
numerous; lower mesepimerals present but variable in number (1-12 or more). Hind legs very long.
Larva. — Very much as in subgenus Ochlerotatus, but mouth-parts somevvhat modified for
predacity : mouth-brushes forming matted tufts, the number of bristles in the brush reduced (though
stillat least25-3o); mandibular teeth very large and strong. Anal segment with large piate forming
almost a complete ring. Ventral brush large. Comb-scales in a large patch.
Habits. — Larvae are found in ground pools, and are predaceous on other mosquito larvae. In
life the female carries the abdomen curved forward beneath the thorax, this habit according to Leicester
being common to both groups of the subgenus.
Classification , — Two rather distinet groups may be recognised; these have hitherto been
treated as separate genera, but the differences are quite unimportant.
Group A {Mucidus). Palpi of 9 fully two-thirds as long as proboscis. Scales of mesonotum
long and twisted, giving a peculiar mouldy appearance. About 20-3o posterior pronotal bristles, some
along dorsal rnargin of the sclerite. Hind claws of 9 large and toothed. Scales of legs (especialH
femora and tibiae) long and erect (except in M. kermorgauti).
Group B {Pardomyia). Palpi of 9 barely a quarter as long as probocis. Scales of mesonotum
normal. About 10-16 posterior pronotal bristles, few or none along dorsal rnargin of the sclerite.
Hind claws of 9 smaller and simple. Scales of legs decumbent.
□ istribution. — Tropies of the old world, from West Africa to the Solomon Is. and eastern
Australia.
Group A (Mucidus)
A. {M .) alternans Wesiwood, Anu Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 4, p. 681 (iS35)
[Culex']-, Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, pr. 269 (1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 367 (1924); *Cooling, Comm. Austr. Dept.
Health, Service Pub. 8, p. 17 (1924); *Hiri, Proc. R. Soc. Viet.
Vol. 37. p. 70 (1925).
commovens Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. Vol. i, p. 432 (i856) [Culex].
Iiispidosus Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1726 (1889) [Culex].
A. {M .) grahami Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 127 (1910).
africanus Theobald (i), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 274 (1901); Edwards, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. IO, p. 450 (1922).
mucidtis Edwards (part.), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 246 (1911).
A.{M.) kermorganti Laveran, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 568 (1901) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 45o (1922); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 367 (1924).
A. {M .) laniger Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. p. 9 (1821) [Culex]-, Edwards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 45: (1922); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 16, p. io53 (1929).
mucidus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 69 (1908).
E. Australia, Papua, New
Caledonia.
W. Africa, Uganda.
New Caledonia.
India, Ceylon, Malaj^an
region, Philippine Is.
(i) The name Aedes africanus has long' been in use for Stegomvia africana Theobald, 1901. Now that Mucidus is
included in Aedes, M. africanus Theo. is best regarded as preoccupied, although its description appeared a few pages in front
of 5. africana in the monograph.
FAM. CULICIDAE
1
A. (^/.) muciiius Farsch, Ent. Nachr. p. aS (18S7) 'riieobaUl, Mon. E. and S. Africa.
Cui. Vol. I. p. 272 (iQoi); Edwaids, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 2, p. 246
(iqii); Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. \’ol. 10. p. 460 (1922).
var. nigerrimus Theobald, .Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. .^91 (ipiS) ; Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Kes. Vol. i5, p. 261 11925).
A. {M.) scafopkagoides Theobald, iMon. Cui. \’ol. i, p. 277 (1901) [scatapha- Africa, India, Ceylon.
goiJes']: Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 2, p. 246(1911) Edtvards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. \’ol. 10, p. 450(1922); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
\’ol. 16, p. io53 (1929).
suditneiisis Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 252 (190S).
Group B (Pardomyia)
A. {M .) auiiuitnis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 4, p. 280 (1907); *Ed\\ards and
Given, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 18. p. 341 (192S).
iiureostriata Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 71 (1908) \EkriHomyia].
? var. chrysogaster Taylor. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. iS, ]>. 67 {1927).
var. nigrescens Paine and Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. \T)1. 20, p. 3o5, 314 (1929).
var. qiuidripunctis Ludlow, in Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 608 (1910) ; Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 451 (1922).
Malava, Borneo.
Oueensland.
Solomon Is.
Philippine Is.
2. SuBGENUs OCHLEROTATUS Lynch Arribalzaga
Ochlerotatus Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. 143 (1891). — h3’pe confinuatiis L,. A.
Gilesia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 233 (1903). ■ — Type aculeata Theo.
Acartomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 201 (1903). — Type zammitiii Theo.
Culicelsa Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. p. 391/^ (1904). — Type iaeniorhynclius Wied.
Culicada b'elt, N. Y. State Alus. Bull. p. (1904). — Type canadensis Theo.
Protoculex l''elt, X. Y. State Mus. Bull. p. igib (1904). — serratus Theo.
Pseudoculex Dvar. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 47 (iqoS). — db-pe aurifer Coq.
Chrysoconops Goeldi, Os Alosq. no Para, p. 114 (igo5). — Type/«/?2;/5 Wied.
Lepidoplatys Coquillett. L". S. Dept. Agrie. Bull. Vol. 2, p. 16(1906). — squamiger Coq.
Pseudohowardina Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 226 (1907). — Type trivittatus Coq.
Andersonia Strickland. Entom. Vol. 44, p. 25o (1911). — Type iasnianiensis Str.
Taeniorhynchus Dyar (not Lynch .Arrib.), Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 79 (igi8). — Type taeniorhynchus
Wied.
Feltianus Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 264 (1960). — Type diversus Theo
Hyparctius Alartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 264 (ig3o). — Type pullatus Coq.
Characters. — Ornamentation rather varied, but scales of vertex and scutellum ahvays narrotv,
usually also those of pronotal lobes. Proboscis slender, longer than front femora. Palpi of (yf
(Pl. 3, Fig. 26) almost or quite as long as proboscis, usually distinctly longer; last two segments
swollen, hairy, not upturned but either projecting straight fowards or turned slightly dowmvards.
-Antennae of with the plume-hairs directed mainly dorsally and ventrally. Several lower mesepimeral
bristles present in most species. Anterior claws alwa3.’s toothed in both sexes^ usually also the hind
claws. Eighth segmen t of 9 abdomen (Pl. 3, Fig. 27) small and completely retractile; cerci long
and narrow. Hyrpopygium (Pl. 3, Fig. 32) : Coxite long, with distinet basal lobe and usually
also with more or less-developed apical lobe. Claspettes present, usually well developed, with
i36
DIPTERA
columnar stem and flattened appendage; rarely less developed, with appendage setifoim. Style long,
slender, flattened, with terminal spine. Phallosome (Pl. 3, Fig. 35) simple, smooth, not divided
into lateral lobes. Ninth tergite with two small bristly lobes placed close together.
Larva. — (Pl. 5, Fig. 6). Antennae more or less spiracular, with branched hair near niiddle
of shaft. Frontal hair B in front of C. Siphon usually over twice as long as its breadth at the base;
tuft rarely miich beyond middle (sometimes before middle); pecten rarely with detached teeth apically;
acus present or absent. Comb-teeth usually in a triangular patch, sometimes reduced in number and
in a more or less regular row. Piate of anal segment often large, in fourth-stage larvae not infrequently
forming a complete ring. Ventral brush always well developed, often with accessor}^ tufts before the
barred area ; no small chitinous piate adjacent to brush.
Habits. — Most of the species inhabit temporary ground-pools and are single-brooded ; the
eggs are laid singl^q often on dry ground from which they may be washed into hollows by rain or melting
snow. Some species are specially associated with salt-marshes either on coasts or in inland salt areas;
these may have several broods annually, and the adults not infrequently have migratory habits.
Breeding in tree-holes or rock-pools is e.xceptional in this subgenus, but occurs in a few species.
Classification and distribution. — The numerous species of this subgenus can be arranged
in a number of rather well-marked groups, which are for the most part characteristic of definite
geographical areas. These groups are as follows :
Group A [taeniorhynchus-growp : Culicelsa). Differs from all the other groups in having no
definite apical lobe to the male coxite, and the claspette appendage straight and bristledike, instead of
curved and more or less flattened. Lower mesepimeral bristles usually absent. Tarsi (at least of hind
legs) with basal white rings on all segments (except perhaps the fifth). Most of the species in this
group breed in brackish coastal swamps, and are found chiefly in America and Australia, one species
being East Afncan. The group does not occur in Europe.
Group B {annulipes-gvoug) : Lepidoplatys). Tarsi (at least of hind legs) with basal white rings on
all segments. Lower mesepimeral bristles present. Male coxite with distinet apical lobe; basal lobe
variable in development, usually with one spine. Larva with 5-6 ventral tufts on anal segment before
the barred area, and with unpigmented gills. In some species the wing-scales are unusually broad, this
being especially marked in A. squamiger. The group has a wide holarctic distribution ; three Australian
species are only provisionally placed here, as it is doubtful if they are closely connected with the
holarctic forms.
Group C {^fulv'US-gro\\\> : Chrysoconops). Legs mostly yellow, tarsi of hind legs largely black, but
first two or three segments yellow at base. Thorax scantily clothed with scales, integument shining,
with dark brown or black markings. Posterior pronotal lobes almost or quite bare. No lower
mesepimeral bristle, Neotropical region.
Group D [albofasdatus group). Hind tarsi with rather indistinct rings at bases of second and
third segments, less distinet on first. Lower mesepimeral bristles present {caballus) or absent
{alhofascialus). Hypopygium as in A. piinctor. Abdomen with a median longitudinal pale stripe, and
pale markings at bases of segments. One species in Argentina and Chile, one in South and East Africa.
Group E {dorsalis-growg) : Acariomyia). Tarsi, at least hind pair, with pale rings embracing
both ends of segments, last segment entirely pale. Lower mesepimeral bristles usually present
(absent in A. canadensis). Male coxite with apical lobe usually only slightly developed, basal lobe
various. Holarctic region generally. Two subgroups are indicated ; those species which breed in
1'AM. CULICIDAE
1 37
laro'er ground-pools or salt marshes have the posterior pronotal scales mostl}' narrow; those breeding in
rock-holes or tree-holes (A. unariae, A. pnlchritarsis) have these scales mostl}' broad and flat.
(Iroup F {^scapularis-gron^ ; Oclihrotatus). Tarsi without pale rings. Lower mesepiineral bristles
absent, and pleurae less heavily scaled than in following groups. Mesonotnm often with a white patch
or stripe, sometimes only in one sex. Male coxite with apical lobe well developed; basal lobe
varions; appendage of claspette often with retrorse spine, This includes all the dark-legged South
American species, also a few North American species which are evidently of Southern origin.
Group G (rowwnn/A-group : Pseiidoculex and Hyparctius). Tarsi without pale rings, at most with
some pale speckling. Lower mesepiineral bristles present and usually rather numerous (absent in
A. aurifer). Posterior pronotal scales mostly narrow. IMesonotum without conspicuous pale patches
or stripes. Pleurae rather densely scaled. Male coxite with distinet apical lobe; basal lobe varioris
(several sub-groups being indicated according to its structure), but without flattened hairs. Larva with
at most three ventral tufts on anal segment before the barred area ; gills pigmented. This includes most
of the dark-legged European and North American species; the dark-legged Australian species are also
included here, as they do not differ conspicuously from the northern forms.
Group H (r«s//c«6'-group : Feltianus). Tarsi without pale rings. Lower mesipimeral bristles
present, and general ornamentation similar to last group, but posterior pronotal scales mostly broad and
flat. iMale coxite with strong apical lobe; basal lobe usually with a number of flattened hairs; claspette
unusually large, with stout stem. Larva (except in A. stampari) with several hairs on siphon in addition
to the usual pair of tufts. Europe and North America.
Group A
A. (O.) acnhattts Theobald, iMon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. 233 (igod) [Gilesia]-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 373 (192].); Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc.
N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 295 (1927).
A. (O.) albirostris Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supp. Vol. 4, p. 10 (i85o) [Ciilex']\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 376 (1924).
A. (O.) antipodeiis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. i32 (1920) and
Vol. 14, p. 376 (1924).
A. (O.) araoA Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires. Vol. 5,
p. 74 (1928).
A. (0.)_/r4Yrf Theobald, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. i5 (i), p. 84(1912)
[Culicelsa']-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 218(1917).
A. (O.) mitchellae Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 74 (ipoS) [Culex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 217 (1928).
A. [O.) iiigrom aculis Ludlow, Geo. Wash. Univ. Bull. 5, p. 85 (1907)
[Grablimnia]-, *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 2x5 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N.
Am. p. 148 (1929).
grisea Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 3g, p. i3o (1907) [Grabhaiiiia].
A. [O .) normaiiensis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 40, p. 182 (i9i5)
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 375 (1924); Mackeri-as,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. .S. VV. Vol. 52, p. 296 (1927).
A. (O.) rubrithorax Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supp. Vol. 4, p. 9 (i85o) [Culex]-,
Theobald, Mon. Cui, Vol. i, p. 416 (1901) [Culex]-, Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14 p. 375 (1924); Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S.
W. Vol. 52, p. 297 (1927).
procax Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1729 {i?>iig)[Culex].
A . (O.) sollicitans VValker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 427 (i856) [Culex]-, Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 216 (1928) ; Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 129 (1929).
Queensland, N. S. W.
New Zealand.
New Zealand.
Argenti na.
E. Africa, Seychelles.
Southern U. S. A .
U. S. A.
Queensland.
Queensland, N. S. W.
N. America, W. Indies.
i38
DIPTERA
A. (O.) taeniorhynchiis Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. p. 48 (1821) [Culex']-, * Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 218 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. i32 (1929).
damnosus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Vol. 3, p. ii (i823) [Culex].
el<iiiolus Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 61 (1914).
var. niger Giles, Jonrn. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 382 (1904) [Taeniorhynchus].
portoricensis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 386 (i9o5) [Culex].
A. (O.) fJicobaldi Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 40, p. 182 (ipiS)
[Grabhamia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 375 (1924);
Mackerras, Proc. Linn. .Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 290 (1927).
var. eidsvoldensis Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 2g5 (1927).
A. (O.) vl^/lax Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1731 (i88g)
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 99 (1922), Vol. 14,
p. 375 (1924); *Cooling, Com. Austr. Health Dept, Serv. Pub. 8,
p. 3o (1934); *Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 435 (1924); *Hill,
Proc. R. .Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 71 (1925); Mackerras, Proc. Linn.
Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 296 (1927).
annulijerus Ludlow, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 2. p. 141 (1903) [Culex],
ludlowi Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 63o (igoS) [Culex],
marinus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3g6 (1901) [Culex],
pseudovigilax Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 382 (1907) [Ctilicelsa].
uniformis Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. i3i (1911) [Culicelsa].
A. (O.?) zoosophus Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. i65 (198); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 220 (1928).
Group B
[a) Holarctic species
A. (O.) alopo7wiuin Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 98 (1917); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 204 (1928) [? = excruciatis, var.].
A. (O.) anniilipes Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 6, p. 241 (i83o) [Culex]-, *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 87 (1920); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12,
p. 3o5 (1921); * VVesenberg-Lund, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7,
p. 5i (1921).
quartus Martini, Uber Steckmiicken, p. 128 (1920).
A. (O.)hehninoi Martini, Bull. Ac. U. R. S. S. 1926, p. 612 (1926), Arb.
Biol. Wolga-Station Vol. S, p. 200 (1926); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg.
Cui. p. 266 (1930); *Dubovsk3q Zool. Anz. Vol. 86, p. 179 (igSo)
[? = fitehi, var.].
A. {().) cantator Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 255 (1903) [Cule.xi]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 209 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Amer. p. i3i (1929).
A. (O.) cyprius Ludlow, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i58 (1920).
flavus INIotschulsky (nec Gistl), Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscow, Vol. 32, pt. 2,
p. 5o3 (1859) [Ctilex].
freyi Edwards (rf only), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o6 (1921) ; Martini, Ent.
Mitt. Vol. II, p. i63 (1922); Martini, Flieg-. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 292 (igSo).
lutescens Edwards (in part, nec Fabr.), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o6 (1921).
A. (O.) excrucians Walker, Ins. Saund. p. 429 ([856) [Culex]-, Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3o5 (1921); *Wesenberg-Lund, Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 55 (1921); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 2o3
(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Amer. p. 112(1929); *Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 289 (1930).
ahfitchi Felt, Bull. 79, N. Y. State Mus. p. 38i (1904) [Cule,x]\ Martini, Uber
Stechmticken, p. 126 (1920).
dytes Martini, Ent. Mitt. Vol. ii, p. 120 (1922).
etiedes Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. C. Am. Vol. 4, p. 686 (1917).
-sansoni Dyar and Knab, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p. 102 (1909).
siphonalis Grossbeck, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 332 (1904) [Cule.x].
? surcoufi Theobald, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 18, p. 5g (1912) [Culicada].
American coasts, New
York to Cuianas and
California to Peru.
Queensland toS. Austra-
lia.
Coasts of Australia, Pa-
pua, New Caledonia,
Philippine Is., Formo-
sa, Siam.
Texas.
Br. Columbia, Washing-
ton State.
Europe.
,S. Russi a.
Eastern U. S. A. and
Canada.
E. Europe, Siberia.
Europe, N. Asia, N.
America.
FAAI. CULICIDAE
T 0()
A. [p.)fitc]ti Felt and Young, Science, n. s. Vol. 3o, p. 3i3 (1904) [C«/(’;v|;
*Dvar, IMosq. Amer. p. 210(1028); Matheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 114
(1929).
mimesis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. n6 (1917).
palustris Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 89 (1916).
palustris var. pric^i Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. i6 11917).
A. (O.) /Idvescens Mulier, Faun. Ins. l'riedrichsdalina, p. 87(1764) [_Ciihx']\
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 206 (1928) ; * Flearle, Trans. R. Soc. Canada (3),
Vol. 23, p. 85 (1929); Matheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 120 (1929).
anntilipcs (Aleigen) iMartini (nec Meigen), Uber Stechiniicken, p. iiS (1920).
arcanus Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 3o3 (i9o5) [C«/t’.v].
bipuuctatus Rohineau-Desvoidy, i\Iem. Soc. Ilist. Nat. Paris, Vol, 3, p. 405
(1827) [C(dt!,v].
flavescens Fabricius, Syst. Anti. p. 35 (i8o5) \Cule.x~\.
flavescens Theobald, Alon. Cui. \'ol. i. p. 410 (1901) [Ck/^.v].
fletcheri Coquillett. U. S. Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. Vol. 2, p. 20 (1906) \Ciilex~\.
Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. Soo (1775) [Cii/f.v]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 21, p. 3o6 (1921); \\'esenberg-Lund, Danske \'id. Selsk. Skr. (8),
Vol. 7. p. 59 (1921).
variegatus Schrank, Enum. Ins. Austr. p. 482 117S1) [C«A.v] ; IMartini, Ent.
Mitt. Vol. II, p. loS (1922).
A. (O.) gfossbecki Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 201
(1906); *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 212 (1928).
sylvicola Grossbeck, Can. Ent. ^'ol. 38, p 129 (1906) [Ciilex~\.
A. (O.) increpitus Drmr, Insec. Inscit. A^ol. 4, p. 87 (1916); *D3'ar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 2o5 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. i58 (1929)
[? = stimulans^.
bewitti Hearle. Can. Ent. Vol. 55. p. 5 (1923).
mutatus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 24 (1919).
vittata Theobald (nec Bigot), Can. Ent. Vol. 35, p. 3i3 {igo3) \_Grab/uTmia'].
A. [O .) maculatus Aleigen, Klass. und Beschr. Vol. i, p. 4 (1804) [Culex']-,
Edivards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12. p. 804 (1921), Riv. Malar. Vol. 5,
p. 480 (1926).
cantans Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i. p. 6 (1818) [Culex']-, ==AVesenberg--Lund.
Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 47 (1921); -''Martini, Flieg. Pal.
Reg. Cui. p. 26S (igSo).
reptans Meigen (nec Linn.), Klass. Vol. i, p. 3 (1S04).
ivaterhousei Theobald, Ann. Mag. Nat. Flist. (7). Vol. 16, p. 674 (i9o5)
[Culicada]-. *Lang. Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 86 (1920).
var. subvexans Martini, Ent. Mitt. Vol. ii, p. i59 (1922).
A. (O.) riparius Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 2i3 (1907);
*D}’'ar, Alosq. Amer. p. 211 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 122
(1929).
semicantans Martini, Arch. fiir Schiffs- und Tropenhyg. Vol. 24, Beiheft i,
p. 247 (1920) ; *Martini, Sitzb. Abh. Naturf. Ges. Rostock, Vol. 7, p. 2o5
(1929); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3o5 (1921).
A. l O .) squamiger Coquillett, Proc.. U. S. Nat. Alus. Vol. 25, p. 85 (1902)
[Culex]-, *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 212 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N.
Am. p. i33 (1929).
deniedmanmi Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 284 (1904).
A. (O.) 5b'wz(/a«s Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Alus. Vol. i, p. 4 (1848) ;
*D\’ar, Alosq. Amer. p. 208 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. iii
(1929).
mercurator Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. i3 (1920).
stimulans albertae Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. ii5 (1920).
stimularis classicus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. ii3 (1920).
stimulans mississippii Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. ii3 (1920).
subcantans F'elt, Bull. 97, N. Y. State Mus. p. 448 (igoS).
N. Ameiica.
Europe, Siberia, N.
America.
U. S. A.
Rock}’ Alts.
Europe.
Canada, U. S. A., N.
Europe.
California.
Canada, U. S. A.
140
DIPTERA
{b) Australian species
A. (O.) camptorhynchiis Thomson, Eugenie’s Resa Dipt. p. 448 (1868) [C2ilex]',
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 874 (1924); Mackerras, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 52, p. 290 (1927).
annulipes Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, igi3, p. 693 (igi.^) [Culicada].
inornata Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. 201 (1911) \Culicad,d\,
labeculosus Coquillett, Ent. News, Vol. 16, p. 116 (1906) [Culex].
nigra Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. igiS, p. 688 (1914) [Culicada].
victoriensis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 39, p. 460 (1914) [Culicada].
westralis Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. i3i (igii)[Culicelsa].
A. [O .) flavi frons Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1735
(1889) [Ctilex]-, Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 289
(1927).
Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. 202 (1911) [Culicada]-, Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 374 (1924).
vandema var. variegalans Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. 204 (1911) [Culicada].
A. (O.) vittiger Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1728 (i88g)
[Cnlcx]; *Cooling, Ann. Rept. Com. Pub. Plealth Od. p. 63 (1913)
[Culicada]-, Hili, Proc. R. Soc. Viet. n. s. Vol. 37, p. 71 (1925);
Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 289(1927).
Group C
A. (O.) aniiulifents Blanchard, Hist. Chile, Zool. Vol. 7, p. 332 (i852)
[Culex]-, Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i55 (1928).
A. (O.) birnaculahis Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 25, p. 84 (1902)
[Culex] ; Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 4, p. 622
(1917); *Barret, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 63 (1919).
A. (O.) fulvus Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 548(1828)
[Culex]-, Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 164 (1928) [in part].
flavicosta Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. p. 431 (i856) [Culex],
ochripes Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supp. Vol. 4, p. 3i5 (i85o) [Cule.f.
A. (O.) stigmaticus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 78 (1922); Shannon
and Del Ponte, Rev. -Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 72 (1928).
Group D
A. (O.) albifasciatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Vol. i, pt. i, p. 35 (i838) [Ctdex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 187 (1928) ; Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst.
Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 72 (1928); Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia,
Vol. 2, p. 109 (1930).
? annuliventris Blanchard, Hist. Chile, Zool. Vol. 7, p. 334 (i852) [Anopheles].
? colonarius Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. i3o (1924).
flavipes Macquart, Dipt. Exot. 1, Vol. i, p. 35 (i838) [Cule.x].
philippii Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 129 (1924).
vittatus Philippi, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien. Vol. i5, p. 696 (186S) [Culex].
A. (O.) caballus Theobald, Entom. Vol. 45, p. 93 (1912) [Grabhaniia] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 261 and 270 (ig25).
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 275 (i9i5); Edwards, Ann. S. Afr.
Mus. Vol. 19, p. iSg (1924).
Group E
A. (O.) campestris Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol i5, p. 2x3 (1907);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 199 (1928); Matheson, Mos. N. Am. p. 147
(1929).
calliihotrys Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 16 (1920).
Australia (South and
West).
Victoria, N. S. Wales,
Tasmania.
Oueensland, N. S.Wale
Chile.
U. S. A.
C. and S. America.
Paraguay, Argentina.
Chile, Argentina.
E. and S. Africa.
Canada, U. S. A.
FAM. CULICIDAE
i.| 1
A. (O.) canaiieHsis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 2, p. 3 (igoi) [Cw/^a]; *I)yar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 202 (1928); Matheson. Mosq. N. Am. p. 116 (1929).
nivitarsis Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. A'ash. Vol. 6, p. 168 (1904) [C(i/t',v].
A. (O.) Pallas, Reise versch. Prov. Russ. Reichs, Vol. i, p. 475 (1771)
\_Cidex]', *Ed\vards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 299 (1921); *\Vesen-
berg-Lund, Dansk. \’id. Selsk. Skr. (8), \^ol. 7, p. 39(1921); Lang,
Handb. Brit. IMosq. p. 81 (1920); * Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Eg5’pt. p. 79
(1925) ; Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \"ol. i5, p. 668(1928); *Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 271 (1980).
africanns Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 271 (1906) \Aracniorhync!ius\.
(irabicu Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 9, p. i3o {1906)
arabictts Becker, Denkschr. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien. Vol. 71, p. 140 (ipiol [Cn/w].
maculiventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supp. Vol. i, p. 7 (1846) [Culex'],
penicillaris Rondani, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 4, p. 3i (1S72) [Cule.x].
ptilchripalpis Theobald (nec Rondani), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 16 (1901).
punctatus Meigen, Klass. Vol. i, p. 6 {1804) [Culex].
? Siculus Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Vol. 3, j). 406 (1S27) [Cule.x].
subtilis 'Ed.a.nd 'Ei. Sergent. Bull. Mus. l’aris, Vol. 1 1 , p. 2.^o{lgo5) [Grab/iamia].
tvilcocksi q'heobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 294 (1907) [Grabbawia].
var. longisquamosus Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Ilung. Vol. 3, p. 102 {1905)
[Grabbamia].
albineus Seguy, Ann. Soc. Ent. France. Vol. 42, p. 260 (1923); Seguy, Moust.
■Afr. Min. p. 104 (1924).
var. hargreavesi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. i3o (1920).
A . (O.) dorsalis IMeigen, S^-st. Berschr. Vol. 6, p. 242 (i83o) [Culex] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. ^'ol. 12, p. 800(1921); *D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 200
(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 1 27 ( 1929) ; * Martini, Flieg. Pal.
Reg. Cui. p. 280 (ig3o).
broquettii Theobald, Entom. Vol. 46, p. 164 (igiS) [Gi ahhamia].
curriei Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 209 (1901) [Culc.x]\ Lang, Handb. Brit.
Mosq. p. 84 (1920).
grahami Ludlow, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 154 (1920).
lativittatus Coquillett, Ent. News, Vol. 17, p. 109 (igo6) [Culex],
mediolineata Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 39, p. 129 (1907) [Grahhamia].
mei a nimo n 'Dy&x. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 126 (1924); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 201 (1928).
onondagensis Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 79, p. 278 (1904) [Culex],
quaylei Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 191 (1906).
A. (O.) duplex Martini, Bull. Ac. U. R. S. S. p. 610 (1926) and Arb. Biol.
Wolga-Station, Vol. 8, p. 3o3 (1926); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui.
p. 285 (igSo).
A. (O.) mariae Ed. and Et. Sergent, Ann. Inst. Pasteur, Vol. 17, p. 62 (1908)
[Culex\ \ *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3o3 (1921); *Seguy,
Mous. Afr. Min. p. g5 (1924); * Edwards, Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4,
p. 166 (1928) ; * Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 802 (1980).
desbansi Seguy, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 92, p. 200 (ig23) ; =’• Seguy, Moust.
Afr. Min. p. 98 (1924) ; Mathis, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. 22, p. 179
(1929).
zammittii Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 252 (igoS) [Acartomyia].
A. (O.) nigrocanus Martini, Arch. Schiffs. Tropenhyg. Vol. 3i, p. 3go (1927);
Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 812 (1980).
A. [O .) pulchr ii ar sis 'Rondecni, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 4, p. 3i {iSy2)[Culex]\
Edwards, Riv. Malar. AMl. 5, p. 429 (1926); *Vogel, Internat. Rev.
Hydrobiol. Vol. 21, p. 161 (1929); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui.
p. 3i6 (1980).
leucacanthus Loew, Beschr. Eur. Dipt. Vol. 3, p. i (1S73) [OiL.v].
simici =''Baranoff, N. Beitr. syst. Ins. Vol. 4, p. i5 (1927).
var. asiaticus Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 480 (14 Oct. 1926); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 668 (1928).
Canada, Eastern U. S. A.
Europe, N. Africa, Asia
Minor, Punjab,
C. Asia.
Europe, N. Asia, N. Ame-
rica.
E. Russia.
Mediterranean coasts.
Asia Minor.
Europe, C. iVsia.
C. Asia.
142
DIPTEKA
stegomyina ■■'Montschadsky, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. i5i (i5 Oct. 1926).
var. berlandi Seguy, Ball. Soc. Ent. France, p. 192 (1921); Seguy, Moust. Afr.
Min. p. 92 (1924); Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 480 (1926),
pnieieritiis Seguy, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 92, p. 207 (igaS); Seguy,
Moust. Afr. Min. p. 94 (1924).
var. versicolor Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. (1924) \Finlayci\.
Group F
A. (O.) angustivittatiis Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 9
(1907); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i63 (1928) [? = crinifer\.
avgentesccns Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 55 (1908).
cuneatus Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol 35, p, 54 (1908).
A. (O.) atlanticus Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. ig8
(igo6); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 157(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. i55 (1929) [? = serratus var.].
A. (O.) condolescens Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. ii
(1907); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i65 (1928) = scapularis var.].
A. (O.)crinifer Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 209(1903) {Culex']-, * Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 164 (1928).
lynchi Brethes, Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Vol. 28, p. 212 (1916) [_Culex] \
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i65 (1928).
patersoni Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 73
(1928).
tapinops Brethes, Physis, Vol. 3, p. 227 (1917) [Culex].
? iguazu Shannon and Del Ponte, in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 168 (1928).
A (O.) diipreei Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 10 (1904); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 160 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. iSq (1929).
A. (O ) eucephalaeus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 127 (1918); D3iar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 161 (1928) [.? = dupreei].
A. (O.) euiris Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. ig3 (1922); D3iar, Alosq. Amer,
p. 172 (1928) [? = crinifer].
A. (O.) euplocamus D3^ar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. igo
(1906); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 167 (1928).
camposanus Dj^ar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 128 (1918).
A. [O.) hastatus D3^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 160 (1922); *D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 160 (1928) [? = dupreei].
A. (O.) AoiYaioi' Dyar and Knab, Journ. N . Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5,p. 12(1907);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 156(1928).
A. (O.) infirmatus Dyar and Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 197
(igo6) ; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 166(1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. i56 (1929) [? = scapularis var.].
A. (O.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 208 (1903) [Culex]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. i57 (1928).
pertinax Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol, 38, p. 3i6 (1906).
quasiserratus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 465 (1907) \_P roto cui ex].
A. (O.) obturbator Dyar and Knab, J. .N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. g (1907);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. i63 (1928) [? = trivittatiis Coq.].
A. (O.) oligopistus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 76 (1918); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. i6r (1928) [? = dupreei].
A. (O.) scapularis Rondani, Studi Ent., Baudie Truqui, p. 109 (1848) [Culex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 167 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev.
Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 78 (1928).
confirmatus Lynch Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, Vol. 2, p. 146 (i8gi).
hemisurus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. igg (1906).
indolescens Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 11 (1907).
France.
France.
Kashmir,
Mexico, C. America,
Columbia, Venezuela.
Eastern U. S. A.
Bahamas, Cuba.
Brazil, Argentina.
Eastern U. S. A.
Suri nam.
Colombia.
Mexico, C. America,
Ecudor, Peru.
Panama.
Trinidad, Surinam.
Southern U. S. A.
C. America and West
Indies to Argentina.
Bahamas.
Trinidad.
W. Indies to Brazil and
Argentina.
FAM. CULICIDAE
143
A. (O.) Theobald, Mon. Ciil. \’ol. a, p. 45 (1901) [Cnlex]\ *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. iSp (igaS).
mathisi Neveu-Lemaire. Arch. Parasit. Vul. 6, p. i3 (ic)02) [C«/o].
meridionalis Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. inS (1906).
-d. (O.) thehtey Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 6, p. 129 (1918); *n3’ar, iMosq.
Amer. p. 169 (1928) [Possibh’ belongs to group (3].
A. (O.) tormentor Dyar and Knab, J. N. V. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 191 (1906);
'^D\'ar, IMosq. Amer. p. i5S [1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. .Ym. p. 107
(1929): [? = servatus, var.].
A. (O.) tortilis Theobald, Entom. \’ol. 26, p. 281 (igoS) [Culex]\ *Dyar,
-Mosq. .Amer. p. 169 (1928).
anralHS Grabham. Can. Ent. Vol. 3S, p. 3i3 (lyobl.
halteatus [Dyar and Xnab, J. N. Y. Ent. .Soc. Vol. i5, p. 9 (1907).
bracteatus Coqnillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 184 (iyo6) \Culex'].
hahanictts Dyar and Knab, J. K. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 198 (1906).
plutocralieus Dyar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, j). ii (1907).
virginensis Dj^ar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 10. p. 56 (1922).
.■J.(0.) irivittaliis Coquillett, J. X. Y. Ent. Soc. A'^ol. 10, p. igS (1902)
[Culex]-, *D_var, Mosq. Amer. p. 162 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. i36 {1929).
inconspicuus Grossbeck, Ent. Xervs, Vol. i5, p. 333 (1904) [Culc.x].
Group G
{a) Holarctic s})ecies
A. (O.) adori^iuis Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 99 (1917); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 184 (192S); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. iqS (1929)
[? = J>uuctor].
A. (0.) alpinus Linnaeus, Flora Lapp. Ed. 2, p. 38 1 (1792) [Culex] [Identity
uncertain ; perhaps or but see Natvig, Norsk. Ent.
Tidssk. Vol. 2, p. 246, 1928. Possiblt' this and C. vulgaris Linn. are
both species of Simuhium].
A. (0.) aurifer Coquillett, Can. Ent. \"ol. 35, p. 255 (1903) [Culex]-, '^Dyar,
Alosq. .Amer. p. 175 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 184 (1929).
A. (O.) cacothius D\’ar, Insec. Inscit. A^ol. n, p. 44 (1923); D^-ar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 197 (1928) [? = ventrovittis or communis].
A. [O .) caiaphylla Dj^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 86 (1916); *Dyar. Mosq.
.Amer. p. 190 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. i5o (1929).
prodotes Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 118 (1917); * Wesenberg-Lund, Danske
Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 81 (1921).
var. rostochiensis *.Martini, Uber Steckmiicken, p. 246 (1920); *Ed\vards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 12, p. 3io (1921); *AIartini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 272 (igdo).
A. (O.) communis * DeGeer, Memoires, Vol. 6. p. 3i6 (1776) [Culex] '^'Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 314 (1921); * Wesenberg-Lund, Danske
Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 69 (1921); *Dyar, Alosq. .Amer,
p. 192 (1928); Alatheson, Alosq. N. Am. p. 117 (1929).
altiusculus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 100 (1917).
borealis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 48, p. 178 (1911) [Culex],
t fasciatus Meigen, Klass, Vol. i, p. 4 {1804) [Cidex].
lasarensis Felt and Young, Science, n. s. Vol. 3o, p. 3i2 (1904) [Culex],
masamae Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 166 (1920).
nemorosus Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 4 (1818) [Cidex]-, Alartini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 3o5 (igdo).
nemorosa diplolineata Schneider. Verh. Nat. Ver. Bonn, Vol. 70, p. 37 (igiS)
[Culicada].
obscurus Aleigen, .\bbild. Zweifl. Ins. })1. 2, fig'. 2 (i83o).
Alexico and C. America
to Brazil.
Te.xas.
.Southern U. S. .A.
\V. Indies.
U. S. A.
Western N. .America.
Lappland.
X^. America.
W3'oming.
Rocky Alts.
Europe ; Siberia.
Europe, N. Asia, N. Ame-
ri ca .
144
DIPTERA
palvieni l£d\vards, Ent. Tidskr. p. 52 (1921).
1 pcarvi Dyar and Shannon, J. VVash. Acad. Sci. Vol. i5, p.78(i925j; Dj^ar,
Mosip Amer. p. ig5 (1928).
prolixus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 2 (1922); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 194
(1928).
? sylviiticHS Mcigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 6 (1818) [C!(/«.v].
lahoensis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 82 (1917I.
A. (O). cycJocerciilns Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 23 (1920); ^Dy-ar, IMosq.
Amer. p. i83 (1928) [? = puncto7-^.
A. {O .) detritus lla\\d'dy , Entom. Mag. Vol. 1, i5r (i833) \^Culex\-, *Lang,
Handb. Brit. Mosq. p. 89 (1920); Wesenberg- 1 ,und, Danske Vid.
Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 67 (1921); Edwards, Bnll. Ent. Res. Vol. 12,
p. 3io (1921) ; *SegU3D Moust. Air. Min. p. i35 (1924); * Kirkpatrick,
Mosq. Egypt. p. 84 (1925).
salinus Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. 5'ol. 28. p. 29 (1896) \Culcx\. •^'Martini,
Uber Stechmiicken, p. ii5 (1920).
tcrriei Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 3, p. 198 (i9o3) [Culex'\.
A. (O.) diatitaeiis *Ho\vard, Dvar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 4,
p. 708 (1917); Edwards, Bidl. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3ii (1921);
* Wesenberg- 1, and, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 88 (1921);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 174 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. i35
(1929); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 274 (1930).
serus Martini, Uber Stechmiicken, j). 96 (1920).
A. {O.)go)iimus Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. i65 (iqo8); D}^!',
Mosq. Amer. p. 179 ( 1928) [position uncertain].
A. {O .) hexadontus \)yax , Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 83 (1916); *D3'ar, Mose].
Amer. p. iS5 (1928) [? = puuetor].
A. (O.) idahoeiisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3,p. 25o {iqo3)[Grad/iainia speiiceri
var.]; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 177 (1928).
A. (O.) impiger Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i , p. 6 (1848) \Cidex'\‘,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 189 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 126
(1929).
decticus Howard, Dyar and Knab, IMosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 4, p. 787 (1917J.
A. {O .) implacabilis \Na\\e.er , List. Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 7 (1848) [CulexY,
*D3mr, Mosq. Amer. p. 186(1928).
abserratus Felt and Young, Science, n. s. Vol. 3o, p. 3i3 (1904) [Cnlexp,
Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 122 (1929).
centroiiis Floward, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 4, ]>. 747 (1917).
dysanor Dyar, Insec, Inscit. Vol. 9, j). 70 (1921).
A. (O.) intrudens D3mr, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 23 (1919); *D3’ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 173 (1928); Stschelkanovzeff, Bull. Soc. Nat. Voronesh,
Vol. 2, p. 66 (1928); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 294 (ipSo);
*Peus, Zeitschr. Desinf. Heft 3-4 (1929); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am.
p. 125 (1929).
A. (O.) lateralis Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, ju 5 (181S) [Culex']-, *Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 296 (1930).
aldrichi Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 57 (1908) ; *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 176 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. i52 (1929).
A. (O.) leucomelas Meigen (?), Klass. p. 3(1804); Martini, Ent. Mitt. Vol. ii,
p. ii5 (ic)22); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 299 (1930).
salinellus Edwards, Ent. Tidskr. ]>. 52 (1921), Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 12, p. 3ii
(1921).
terriei Martini (nec Theobald), Uber Stechmiicken, p. 112 (1920).
A. [O. ) leuconotips Ibyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 24 (igzo); * Dyar, Insec.
Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 24 (1920); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 182 (1928)
[? --= puncto)].
Brit. Columbia, Alaska.
Coasts of Europe, N. Afri-
ca, Asia Minor, ?Tur-
kestan.
N. America, N. Europe.
Texas.
California, N. America.
Western N. America.
N. America.
N. America, Europe,
Europe.
Brit. Columbia, Alaska.
FAM. CULICI DAE
H
J. (O.) mueUeri D\’ar, Insec. Inscit. \'iil .s, p. 8i (uuo); Dvar ' .Mosq. Amer,
p. 172 (192S).
iridipennis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Yol. 10, p, 92 iiy22).
A. (O.) itearclicns Dyar, Rept. Can. .Yrct. E.xp. \’ol. 3, pt. C., p. 32 (1919);
*Dyar, Mostp Amer. p. 196 (1928): Natviii', Norsk. Ent. Tidssk.
Vol. 2, p. 246 (192S); ''^Murtini, Flieg. Pal. Keg. Cui. j). 809 (iqSo)
[? = alpiiius L.]; Matheson. Mosq. N. .-\m. p. 144 (1929).
.tlpiitus Twinn (nec Linn. ?1, Can. Ent. Vul. 5u, p. 4S (1027).
J. (O.) nigripei: Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp. p. 807(1888) [Culex]-, Natvig, Norsk.
Ent. Tidssk. \k)l. 2, p 244 (1928); ^Martini. Flieg. Pal. Keg. Cui.
p. 3io (ipSo).
jlptntis IJyar [? Linn.], *i\Iosq. .Imer. p. iSi (1112S).
Hinnitus Dyar anJ Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. .t, p. 166 (11)17).
A. (O.) uipltadopsis Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. A'ol. 5, p. 166 (1911);
* Dyar, .Mosq. Amer. p. 191 (1928).
A. (O.) pacijiceusis flearie, Can. Ent. Vol. 5q, p. loi (1927); Dvar, Mosq.
Amer. p. iqr (1928) [? = catapliylla].
A. (O.) parvulus Edwards, Pull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 814 (1921); .Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 3i5 (1980) [? = nearcficus].
A. (O.) piouips Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \M1. 7, p. 19 (1919); *Dvar, Mostj.
Amer. p. 198 (1928).
A. (O.) pullatus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. AMl. 6, p. 16S (1904)
[Culex]-, "Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 171 (1928); Matheson, Mosq.
N. .Am. p. 148 (1929): "Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 819 (1980).
dcrophilus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. p. 127 (10171.
gallii ^.Martini, Ai-ch. Schiffs- und Tropenhy"'. \’ol. 24, Beih. \'nl. i, p. iio
( 1920I.
iugoritni Villeneuve, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1919, ji. 5y (1919) [Qi/rr].
inetaLpticus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. .s, p. 5i (1920).
seguvi KVpfelbeck, Konowia, Vol. 8, p. 2SS (1929).
A. (O.) punctor Kirb_v, Fauna Bor.-.Am. Vol. 4. p. 809 (1887) [Culex]-,
*Ed\vards, Bull. Ent. Res. p. 8i3 (192 r); *\Vesenberg-Lund, Danske
Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), \^ol. 7, p. 79 ( 192 1 j ; *.Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min.
p. 128 (1924); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 179 (1928); Matheson, Mose].
N. Am. p. 124 (1929).
auroides Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 971, p. 448 (iyo5) [Cide.v].
? labi-ddo>-ieusis Dja.1- and Shannon, ] . Wash. Acad. Sci. Vol. i5, p. 78 (igzS) \
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. iSi (192S).
meigenanus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \M1. 9, p. 72 ( 1921 Martini, Ent. i\Iitt. Vol. ii,
p. 117, 161 ( 1922).
nemorosus ■^•'Lang (? nec Meigeni, Handb. Brit. (Mosq. p. 91 (1920).
nemorosa f. haplolineata and f. alineata Schneider, Verh. Nat. ^’er. Bonn, Vol. 70,
p. 37 (igiS) [Cidicdda].
punctodes Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 2 (1922); Mosq. Amer. p. 180 {1928).
provocans Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 7 (1848) [Culex],
svlvae Martini (nec Theobald), Uber Stechmiicken, p. 108 (19201.
A. [O. ) schizopiuax Dyav, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. j5, Art. 28(1929).
A. (O.) schtakelbevgi Schingarew, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol, 6, p. 82 (1928).
A. {0.)speuceri Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 99 (1901) [C^Aa'] ; * Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 178 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 149 (1929).
A. [O .) sticticus Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 7, p. i ( i838) [CtFr.r] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3ii (1921); Peus, Zeitschr. Desinf. Heft
3-4 (1929).
destivalis Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 48 (igoS).
concinnus Stephens, Illustr. Brit. Ent. Suppi, p. 19 (1846).
dorsovittdtns Seguy. Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 26, p. 408 (1920).
hirsuteron Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 98 (1902 ) [Cttir.r] ; *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 178 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. lij (1929).
.Aiizona, IMexico.
Arctic Amer., Rockv
Mts., Lappland.
.Arctic .\m er., Creenland
ITah.
N. Europe.
N. America.
Europe, N. America.
N. America, Europe.
Montana.
C. Russi a
U. S. A., Canada.
Europe, N. America.
146
DIPTEKA
lesnei Seguy (? part.)> Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 26, p. 328 (1920).
nemorosus var. dorsovillatus Villeneu\'e, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. Sy (1919)
[Ci/Zf-v].
? nigrina Eckstein, Centr. Bakt. Abt. Orig. Vol. 82, p. 67 (1918) \Culicadci\.
nigripes var. sylvae Theobald, Mon. Cui. ^M1. 2, p. 96 (1901) [C/iZ^’.r].
? paradicuitaeus *Apfelbeck, Konovvia, Vol. 8, p. 290 (1929).
pretans Grossbeck, Ent. News, Vol. i5, p. 332 (1904) \Culex\
sylvae Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 194 (i9o3j [Culicada'].
vinnipegensis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 34 (1919).
A. (O .') tliibaidii D3'ar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. ii, p. 174
(1910); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 198 (1928); Matheson, j\Iosq. N. Am.
p. i53 (1929).
A. {0.)ventrovittis D^^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 84 (1916); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. i85 (1928).
dsheri Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 19 (1917).
{b) Australian species
A. (O.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 112(1926); Mackerras,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 62, p. 291 (1927).
nigrithorax Edwards (nec Macquart), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 877 (1924).
tasmaniensis Strickland (nec Strickland, May 1911), Entom. Vol. 44, p. 25o
(July 1911) \_Andersonia'\.
tasmaniensis Tayior, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. \V. Vol. 39, p. 466 (1914)
\_Meiwlepsis~\.
A. (O.) burpengaryensis Theobald, J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 27 (igoS) [Culex)-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 679 (1924); Mackerras, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 62, p. 294 (1927).
A. (O.) clelandi Tayior, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913, p. 6go (1914) [Culicada']-,
Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. S2, p. 294 (1927)
[= burpengaryensis var.?].
A. (O.) cunabulanus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 378 (1924);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 112 (1926); Mackerras, Proc,
Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 52, p. 292 (1927).
A. (0.) luteifemur Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 112 (1926); Mackerras,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 52, p. 2g3 (1927).
A. [O.) macleayaniis Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 62, p. 291
(1927) [possibly = A. (Pseudoskiisea) crucians, or A. nigrithorax].
A. (O.) nigrithorax Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Supp. Vol. 2, p. 9 (1847) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 377 (1924).
A. (O.) «Art/A Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. V^ol. 17, p. 112 (1926); Mackerras,
Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 52, p. 2g3 (1927).
australis Theobald (?? Erichson, 1842), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 91 (1901) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 379 (1924).
A. (O.) piirpuriventris Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. ii3 (1926)
[? = nigrithorax].
A. (O.) sagax Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1744 (1889)
[Culex]-, Mackerras, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 52, p. 292 (1927).
wilsoni Ta.-y\or, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 43, p. 833 (1919) [Cidicada]\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 378 (1924).
A. iO .) stricklandi PdLW&vd.s, Ann. Mag. Nat. Plist. (8), Vol. g, p. 523(1912);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 377 (1924).
australis Strickland (nec Erichson), Entom. Vol. 44, p. i33 (igii) [Grabtiamia].
flindersi Tayior, Trans. Ent. Soc. igi3, p. 686 (1914) [Grabhamia].
Southern U. S. A..
California, Washington.
Victoria, Tasmania.
S. Oueensland, N. S.
Wales.
P^linders 1.
Tasmania.
Tasmania, Victoria.
Tasmania.
Tasmania.
Victoria, N. S. Wales.
Tasmania.
V^ictoria, N. S. Wales,
S. Oueensland.
W. Australia, Flinders 1.
FAM. CULICI
'47
Groi’p H
.4.(0.) lepidonotux Edwards, Ball. Ent. Kes. XAil. lo, p. 102 (1020);
*Medjii.l. .-\rch. Schifts- und Tiojienin^g'. \'ol. 32. p. 3(>6 (IQ2S);
*Martini, Flieg. Pal. Keg. Cui. p. 2c)7 (1931')).
Edwards, Hull. Ent. Kes. Yol. 12, p. 3('8 iU)2i).
-4.(0.) rejiki *Medjirl, .\rch. Schifts- und 'Prupenhvg. \’ol 32, p. 3 1 (3
(1928).
.4. (O.) rusticus Ivossi, Fauna Etrusca. \'r)l. 2. p. 5o3 (1790) [Culex^: Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 10, p. i3i (1920); "'l.ang, llandb. Ihit. Moscj.
p. 94 (1920); *X\"eseuberg-[.uud, Danske, \dd. Selsk. .Skr. (S), Vol. 7,
p. 84 (1921); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 12, p, 3o8 (1921);
*Seguv, XIoList. -Afr. Min. p. i38 (1924).
iliviisus Theobald. ^[on. Cnl. Vol. 2. [>. 73 (lyoi 1 [Cidfx] ; ' .Martin!, Elie,”'. Pal.
Ueg. Cui. p. 277 'iM.to)
? ? iiuh-idulus Meijjen, Klass. Yol. i, p. 4 1 181)4).
? uiiisicus Leach, Zool. Journ. Yol. 2, p. 2<).') (iS25) [C!(/t'.\].
nonorosiis var. luteovittutus Theobald. Mon. Cui. \’ol. 2, ]>. 8.5 (ujor) \Cidtx).
pnugius H' )bineau-Desvoidy, Mcin. Soe. Ilist. Nat. Pari.s, ^a)l. 3, p. 407 (1827)
[Cii/r.r].
qiuidrutimacuLUHS .Macquart, Suites a Huftbn, \'ol. i, )). 84 li8.')4) [C;4f.r].
\AV. snbtrichurus Martini, .3.rch. Schitfs- und Tropenhy,”'. \'ol. 3i, p. 386 (11)27);
Martini. Elie”'. Pal. Reg. Cnl. p. 270 (iij3o).
.4. (O.) *.Aptelheck, Konowia. \’ol. 8, p. 286 (1929); Peus, .AI. S.
(1930) [? = subdiversus\.
.4.(0.) suhdiversus Martini, .-\rb. biol. AA'olga-Sta. A''ol. 8, (>. 204 (1921)),
Bull. .Ac. Sci. U. R. S. S. p. 609 (1920); Martii'ii, .Aich. Schiffs- und
Propenhyg. Vol. 3i, p. 3S7 (1927).
.4. {O .) trichurus D\'ar. J. X. Y. Ent. Soc. A'ol. 12, p. 170 (1904) [CaY.r];
*Uyai', Mosq. .Amer. p. 197 (1928); Mathesmi. Mos(]. N. Am.
p. 119 (1929).
cincreoborealis Eelt and Youn”', Science, n. s. Vol. 3o, p. 3i2 11904) [Cii/ri].
pugetonotum Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. C(j11. Vol. 52. ]) 253 (igog).
poliochros Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Yol. 7, p. 37 (igig).
.S. E. Europe, .Asia Mi-
1’ior, A\’. .Siberia.
.Asia Ai i nor.
Europe.
Ualmatia .
Pussia.
Canada, IC S. .A
3. SuBGENUS FINLAYA Theobald
Finlaya Theobald, Mon. Cnl. Vol. 3, p. 281 (1903). — T3'pe poecilia 'kheo.
Finiayia Giles (emendation), [. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 366 (1904). — Type poecilia Theo.
Gualteria Lutz, Mosq. Brazil, p. 47 (1904). — ’r3T'>e oset/.fWcil Lutz.
Danielsia 'fheobald, Entom. Vol. 37. (3. 78 (1904). — "fVpe albntaeniata Theo.
H ulecocteomyia Theobald, Entom. A^ol. 37, p. i63 (1904). — dXqre trilineaia Theo.
Popea Ludlorv, Can. Ent. Wl. 37, p. gS (Tgo5). — Type lutea Ludi.
Phagomyia Theobald, Gen. Ins. Fam. Cnl. p. 21 (1905). — Type gubernatoris (riles.
Lepidotomyia Theobald, (den. Ins. Fam. Cui. p. 22 (ipoS). — 'fvpe magna Theo.
Gymnometopa Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, (). i83 (1906). — "f^pe mediovittata Coq.
Protomacleaya 'Pheobald, Alon. Cui. A^ol. 4, p. ”53 (1907). — dVpe triseriatus Sar'.
Pseu docarrollia Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. i3 (igio). — T3'pe lophoventralis Theo.
Molpemyia Pheobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 479(1910). — Tyqre purpurea Theo.
Calomyia Ta3'lor, Trans. Ent. Soc. I.ondon 1916, (3. 6S4 (1914). — T3q3e priesileyi Ta3d.
Conopostegus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 143 (1925). — T3’pe leucocelaenus D3'ar.
148
DIPTERA
Characters. — Ornameatation ver}^ varied, somc species beiag highl}' ornamented and
resembling species of the subgenus Stegomyia, others much less ornamented and similar to species of
Ochlerotatiis. Scales of vertex, pronotal lobes and scutellam variable, in some species narrow and
curved, in others broad and flat, ali intermediate conditions occurring. Proboscis usualh' longer than
front femora. Palpi of cf usually slightly shorter than proboscis, rarely equalling proboscis in length,
in a few species {ealoni, togoi, etc.) onl}^ about half as long; last two segments usuall_v more or less swmllen
and hairv, but sometimes quite slender and bare. Palpi of 9 usuali}^ about one-fifth or one-sixth as
long as proboscis, but sometimes longer (in A. fulgens more than halt as long). Antennae of with
the plume-hairs directed mosth^ dorsali}- and ventrally. Anterior claws toothed in both sexes, in the
larger claws usually with two teeth; hind claws usually simple. No lower mesepimeral bristles. Eighth
segment of 9 abdomen rather large, only slightly retractile, normally somewhat compressed laterally ;
sternite large and prominent ; cerci always short. Plypopygium : Coxite long, without apical lobe and
with at most a feebly developed basal lobe. Claspettes well developed, stem of moderate length and
appendage nearly always long and slightly flattened (in A. dissimilis the stem is very short and the
appendage reduced to a bristle). In a few quite unrelated species (liochi, niveus, pnlchriventer , leiicocelaenus)
a row or tuft of very large scales is developed 011 the inner face of the coxite. Style simple, with long
terminal spine. Paraprocts sometimes with two or three apical teeth. Phallosome always simple and
undi vided.
La nva. — .Antennae usually smooth, rarely more or less spicular; shaft-hair usually either single
or bifid. Frontal hair B in front of C, usually single. Chaetotaxy of thorax and abdomen very
variable in different species; sometimes strong spines are developed on dorsal surface of thorax. Siphon
usually short; tuft near middle; pecten without detached teeth apically; acus usually present. Comb
teeth either in a single regular row {kocJii, geuiculatns, etc.) or in a triangular patch. Ventral brush
distinet, but seldom large ; sometimes a small triangular chitinous piate is present on each side of brush.
Habits. — Most of the species breed in small collections of water such as occur in treedioles,
bambo-stems, leaf-bases of various plants, or pot-holes in stream-beds. Usually each species is more
or less confined to one type of habitat, and therefore most are local in distribution.
Classification and distribution. — In spite of the great diversity of ornamentation in this
subgenus, it is not easy to to find clearly-marked distinctions between the various groups of species; a
few groups however are moderately well defined both in regard to their ornamentation and the areas in
which they occur. The subgenus is almost cosmopolitan, being absent only from Southern South
America and perhaps Madagascar; it attains its greatest development in the oriental region.
Group A (/ecir/n'-group : Finlaya, s. str.). This group is clearly marked off from the others by
having spotted wings ( Pl. 2, Fig. I 2) and numerous light spots and rings on the femora and tibiae.
Scales of vertex almost all broad and flat, also those of posterior pronotal lobes and scutellum. Tarsal
segments with basal white rings. Sternites tufted. Austro-Malayan region.
Group B {terrens-gubernatoris-gxovi^ : Gualteria). Hind tarsi with a white ring at base of first
segment, a broad white ring over joint between first and second segments, and occasionally a narrow
ring over joint between second and third. Hind femur largely white, with a broad black ring near tip,
and sometimes a narrow black ring at base. Scales of vertex mostly or all broad and flat; of posterior
pronotal lobes all broad, flat and white (the posterior pronotal lobes are completely scaly in the
American species, usually with a patch of scales only in the Oriental forms). Scutellar scales variable.
Scales on posterior margins of sternites often lengthened or roughened. General colouring black and
white; mesonotum with or large area of white scales in front, sometimes divided by a dark area in
FAAI. CULICIDAE
149
miJdle. This group has a remarkably discontinuous distribution ; it occurs tlirougdiout India and
extends throngh the Philippine Is. to Japan, also in America from Mexico to Prazil. There seems no
doubt the the species of these two regions are nearh’ related, but the distribution is of a very
unusual type.
Group C (loitgipalpis-group). II ind tarsi \vi th a broad white ring at base of second segment,
usuallv also a narrower ring at base of hrst, remaiiuler of first segment aml whole ol third and lourth
dark. All the African species, and none i)f oihei' regions, have tarsal markings ot this t3'pe; on this
account it is likelv that tlie group is a natural one in spite ofgreat diversit}' in thoracic ornamentation.
The group shows some points of resemblance to the last.
Group D [chiysol 'meata group : H nlecoeteomyia). Hind tarsi with three or more white ringswhich
are usuallv placed at bases of segments, not often extending across joints. hTmora not lined.
Mesonotum with distinet, narrow lines of white or golden scales. Scales of vertex usirally mostly
narrow. Oriental region, extending into Australia.
Group E (^mediovittata-gyowp : Gynnometopa). Ilind tarsi with three or more white rings which
usuallv extend over the joints, though the}- are sometimes situated entirely at the bases of the segments.
Femora, and often also the tibiae, lined with white or ^^ellowish. IMesonotum with distinet, narrow
lines of white or golden scales. Scales of vertex often mostly broad. Oriental and Australasian region ;
the American A. mediovittata is also similarh' ornamented.
Group F. (^albotaeniata-gron-p ; Daiiielsia). Ilind tarsi with three or more white rings at bases
of segments. No white lines on femora or tibiae; no distinet lines on thorax, which has various other
tvpes of ornementation. This is not a natural group; it includes various more or less unrelated forms,
as do the next two. Some of the species in these groups show affinity with groups P, I). or E.
Group G. Hind tarsi with several white rings which extend more or less over the joints. Legs
and mesonotum not lined.
Group H. Hind tarsi entirely dark, or [uniciuctus) with one white ring at base of first segment.
Group A
A. {F .) fiavipeiinis G'\\es, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 366 (1904); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. io5 (1926), Vol. 20, p. 3i5 {1929).
araiietatia Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. looi 11906).
lutea Ludlovv, Can. Ent. Vol. Sy, p. 96 (igoS) \_Popea'].
-A. {F.)hochi Donitz, Insekten- Borse, Vol. 5, p. 38 (1901) [Cidcx']-, Theobald,
IMon. Cui. Vol 2, p. 317(1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 38o (1924), Vol. 17, p. 104 (1926).
var. Griinberg. Ent. Rundschau, Vol. 3o, p. i3o (1913); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. io5 (1926); '^-Biixton and Hopkins, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. i5, p. 298 (1925), Res. in Polynesia, p. 96 {1927); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 20, p 314 (1929).
A. {F .) poicilia Theobald, l\Ion. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 283 (ipoS); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 3So (1924), Vol. 17, p. 104 (1926); *Brug, MS.
(1930).
A. (F.) wallacei Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. io5 (1926).
Philippine Is.,Solomons,
Singapore.
Papua, Solomons, Fiji.
Samoa, Tonga, Solomons.
l\Iala}'a, Borneo, Suma-
tra, Philippine Is.
New Ireland.
Group B
(a) American species
A. (F.) argyroZ/zcimv Bonne Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 179 Surinam.
(1920); Dyar, IMosq. Amer. p. 226 (1928).
i5o
DIPTEKA
A. {F.) terrens Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. V^ol. i, p. 429 (i856) [Culex]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 224 (1928); Shannon and Del Ponte, Kev.
Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 71 (1928); *Costa Lima, Mem.
Inst. Osw. Cruz, Vol. 23, p. 256 (ipSo).
brazilicnsis Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. i\Ied. Vol. 16, p. 829 (1922).
osivaldoi Liitz in Bourroul, INIosq. BraziI, p. 66 (1904) [Gnalteria].
var. inetoecupus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 147 (1925).
VAX. podographicus Dvar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. i65
(1906) ; Dyar, Mosq. Amer, p 223 (1928).
heteropas Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. g, j>. i52 (1921).
homocopus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, 4). 92 (1922).
insolita Coquillett, Can. Ent \’ol. 38, ]). 62 (1906) [Verrallina].
laternaria Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc Wash. ^'ol. 7, p. 184 (1906) [Verrallina].
A. (F.) thorntoni Dvar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 10 (1907);
Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 226 (1928); *Costa Lima, Mem. Inst. Osrv.
Cruz, Vol. 23, p. 267 (1930) [podographicus = 1 thorntoni].
[b) Oriental species
A. (F.) Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 290 (1908) [Stegoniyia]-,
Barraud, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 408 (J923); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. ''''222 and 4S6 (1923); *Borel, Arch. Inst. Past.
Indochine, Vol. 8, p. 64 (1928).
A. (F .) cacharanus Barraud. Bul. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 406 (1923), Ind. J
Med. Res. Vol. ii,p. 485(1923).
A. (F.) cogilli Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 92 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 484 (1923).
A. (F .) deccanna Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 217, *22r and 4S3.
A . [F .) gubernatoris Giles, J. Bombay Nat. Ilist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 607
(1901) [Cule.x]-, Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 314 (1901) [Stegoniyia]-,
Barraud, Ind. J Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 214 and 483 (1923).
magna Theobald, Mon. Cal. Vol. 4, p. 25o (1907I [Lepidotomyia]-, Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 216, •■■220, 482 (1923).
A. [F .) inquinatus Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 267 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 490 (ig23).
A. (F.) khazani Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. \’ol. 10, p. 265 (1922); Barraud,
Ind.J. Med. Res. Vol. ii,p. 488(1923).
A. (F.) lophoventi alis 'riieobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. i3 (1910) [Pseudo-
carrollia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent Res. \’ol. 7, p. 214 (1917); Barraud,
Ind. J . Med. Res. Vol. 1 1 , p. 487 (1923).
A. (F.) melanopterus Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. \'ol. 7, p. 367 (1904); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 214 (1917).
palawanensis Ludlow, Psyche, V(.)l. 21, p. 3i (1914) [Popea].
A. (F.) prominens Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 22S and 489 (1923);
*Bnrel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, \'ol. 8, p. 57 (1928).
A. (F.) seoitlensis Yainada, Annot. Zool. Japon. Vol. 10, p. 61 (1921).
A. (F.) watasei Yamada, Annot. Zool. Japon. A^ol. 10, p. 64 (1921).
Group C
A . {F .) barnardi Edwards, Ann. S. z-Vfnc. Mus. Vol. 19, p. t6i (1924);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 296 (ig3o).
A. (F.) embuensis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 21, p. 295 (1930).
A. (P'.) fulgens Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 2i3 (1917) [Ochlerotatus].
A. (F.) ingrami Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 296 (1930).
ivellmani Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent Res. Vol. i3, 427 (ig23).
BraziI, Argeiitina.
Ecuador.
Mexico, C. America, Vene
zuela.
Nicaragua, Panama, Bra
zil.
Assam, N. Bengal.
Assam.
S. India.
Bombay.
India.
W. Himalayas.
India.
Bengal.
Philippine Is.
India, Indo-China.
Korea.
Japan.
S, Africa.
Kenya.
E. Africa.
W. Africa, Nyasaland.
FAAI. CULIClhAE
1 ,1 1
A. (F.) lo!tgi/'itl/'is Grilnberg, Zool. Anz. p. 3S3 (iqo5) [Sfego?ny!a\ \ Edwaixls,
Bull. Ent. Kes. \'ol. 3. p. 17 (loti) [Oc/ilerotaiiis'] : *.Mactie aiul
Ingram, Bull. Ent. Kes. \’ol. i3, p. 429(1023).
pollinctor Graham, .^nn. Mag. Nat. Hist. IS), Vol. 5, p. 271 ( luio)
A. {F ) uyasae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 21, p. 296(1930).
.-l.(F.) wdlmMii Theobald, Entom. \'ol. 38, ro3 (igoS) [FftH/V/.s/a] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 3, p. 18 (1912) [OcltIero1atHs'\ \ Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 21, p. 2q5 (if)3n).
Group 1)
A. (F.) aiireosfriiitiis Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. \'ol. 14, p. 385 (1857)
[C«/r;v] : Edwards, Brdl. Ent. Res. \’ol. 14, p. 382 (1924).
A. (F.) chrysoUneatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \T)1. 4, p. 218(1907) \_Htnt'iirdina~]\
Edwards, Ind. f. IMed. Res. \'ol. 10. p. 466 (1922).
1 japonicns var. ccylonica Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 4, ]>. i5S (1907), Vol. 5,
p. 3oi (iciioi.
trilimata Leicester in Theobald, Entom. Vol. 07, p. i6.t (1004) \Ilnlecoeloniviii\
[preocc. Theobald lyoi]; Leicester. Cui. IMalaya, p. 107(1908); Eduards,
Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. 4, p. 226 (i<)i3) ; Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. 3'ol. II, )>. *5oo (19234 852 (1924); *Borel, .Arch. Inst. Past.
Indochine, ^'ol. 8. p. 46 {102S).
A. [F.) foimoseiisis Yamada, .-\nnot. Zool. Jap. \*ol. 10, p. 67 (1921)
kltiisiait,! Barraud, Bull. Ent Kes. Vol. i3, p. 405 (1923), Ind. J. Med. Kes.
Vol. II, p. 854 (1924): Brug, iMS (igBo),
A. {F. ) /larvevi BariHud, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. i3, p. 407 (1923); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. ^'ol. ii, p. 855 (1924).
A. (F.) japouiciis Theobald, Alon. Cui. \’ol. i, p. 385 (1901) |C«/or]; *Mochi-
zuki, Mag. Ftihuoka Med. Coli. ^T)1. 7, ]>. 35 (i9i3) [in part.];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 12, p. 3i8 (1921); *Edwards, Riv.
Malar. \’ol. 5, p. 463 (1926).
encleptes Uyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 9, 41. 148 (1921).
var. koreicus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 212 11917), Vol. 12, p. 3i8 (1921).
A. [F.) jiigraensis Eeicester, Cui. I\]ala3’a, p. 109 (1908) [Hiilecoetomyia]-,
*Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. \h)l. 18, p. iyi (1928).
A. (F.) * Carter, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 628 (1920); Edr\'ards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 383 (1924).
A. (F.) pallirostris Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 270 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 855 (1924),
A.(F.) quinquelineatiis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Wl. :3, p. 98 (1922),
\’ol. 14, p. 383 ( 1924).
A. (F.) rizali Banks, Phil. J, Sci. Wl. i, p. 999 (1906) \Culcx\
A. (F.) saxicola Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 466 (1922); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,9. 3(1923); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent.
Res. Wl. 18, p. 344 (1928).
fluviatilis Leicester (nec Lutz), Cui. Malaya, p. iii (1908).
greigi Barraud, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, ]>. 406 (1923); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. II, ]). *5oi (1923), 85i (1924).
A . [F .) shortti, Barraud, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 406 (1923); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. ii, p. 856 (1924).
A. (F.) i-F/ow/ Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 967 (1924).
Group E
A. (F.) alhilabris Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Wl. i5, p. 258 (1925); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol, 17, p. no (1926); *Edwards and Paine, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 3o6, 3i5 (1929).
\\k .Africa.
N}'asaland.
Angola.
Amboina, Timor.
India, Ceylon, Malaya,
Indo-China.
Formosa, .Sumatra, As
sam.
E. llimalay^as.
|apan, E. China.
Rorea.
Alalaya.
Lord Ilowe I.
Assam.
Oueensland.
Philippine Is.
Alalaya, Assam.
Assam.
Kashmir.
Soiomon Is.
I 32
DIPTEKA
A. (F.) banksi Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. lo, p. 270 (1922).
A. (F.) elsiae Barraud, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 406(1923); Barraud, Ind.
J. Aled. Res. Vol. ii, p. *5o2 (1923), 85/ (1924); *Borel, Arch. Inst.
Past. Indochine, Vol. S, p. 5i (1928).
A. (F.) liatorii Yamada, Annot. Zool. Jap. Vol. 10, p. 70 (1921).
A . [F .) macdougalli Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 271 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 858 (1924); * Senior- VVhite,
Spolia Ze3danica, Vol. 14, p. 68 (1927).
A [F.) niacfarlanei Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 78 (1914) [OcJilerotatus'] ;
* Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 8, p. 48 (1928).
A. (F.) mediovittatus Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 60 (igo6) [Stegomyia]\
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer, p. 227 (1928).
uncatus Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol. 3y. p. 25 (1907).
A. [F .) noioscrif^tiis Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1738
(1889) [^Ciilex'\-, Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 286 (1901) [Slegoinyiii]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, }>. 382 (1924); *Cooling, Comm.
.Australia iJept. Health, Service Pub. 8, p. 21 (1924); *Graham,
Trans. N. Z Inst. \T1. 60, p. 2o5 (1929); 1 laml_yn-IIarris, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 19. p. 405(1929).
A. (F.) psiiidolamialm Giles, J. Boinbay Nat. Ilist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 607
{1901) [ChFa:]; Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3i2 (1901) \_Slegomyia\-,
'l'heobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 222 (1910) \_Htiltcoetumyia\\ Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vhd. it, p. *5o2 (1923), 85g (1924); *Senior-
White, Spolia Zevlanica, \T1. 14. p. 68 (1927).
A. (G.) ptilchenniiiis 'r-aylt)]', Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W Vol. 46,9. 83o(igig)
[Miitieleomyia]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, 382 (1924).
Group ¥
(a) American species
A. (F.) alieni hTirner, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 84 (1924); *Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 222 (1928).
A . (F.) knabi Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. i83 (igo6); *Dyar,
.Mosq. Amer. p. 226 (1928).
(b) Oriental species
A. (F .) albocinctus Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii,p. 1002 (1924).
A. (F.) alhoiaeniatns Leicester in Theobald, Entom. VMl. 37. p. iii (1904)
[^DanielsiF]-, Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 117 (1908) \_Daniehia'].
lepchdna Barraud, Ind. J. j\Ied. Res. Vol. ii, p. 217, 491 (1923).
A. (F.) aiironitens Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 268 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. S64 (1924).
A. {F .) gilli Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1000(1924).
A. [F .) cJiristophersi Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 267 (1922);
Barraud, Ind J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 861 (1924).
A. (F.) mikiyaniis Edrvards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p 269 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 11, p. 491 (1928).
A. (F.) simleusis Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10. p. 269 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 862 (1924).
A. (F.) stevensoni Barraud, Ind. j. Med. Res. Vol. n, p 219(1923) and 849
(1924).
A. (F.) subsimilis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 552 (1927).
Philippine Is.
Assam, Indochina.
Formosa.
Ceylon, S. India.
Hong Kong, Indochina,
Su matra.
Antilles, Virgin Is., Ve-
nezuela.
Australia, Papua, New
Caledonia, Nerv Zea
land.
India, ? Ce3'lon.
Oueensland.
Texas.
Mexico.
W. Himala3'as.
Mala37a, E. Himala3'as.
W. Himalayuis.
W. Himalayas.
W. Llimalayas.
Assam.
W. Iiimala3^as.
S. India.
E. PIimala3"as.
FAM. C.ULICIDAE
1 5
((') Australasian species
A. (F.) alboaunulatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot. Sapp.\’ol. 4, p. 10 ([!>49) [CwFv] ;
Edwaids, Bidl. Ent. Kes. \'ol. 14, p. 384 (1924); *C(K)ling, Comm.
Austr. Dept. ilealth, Service Pub. 8, ji. 32 (1924).
A. [F .) Lilbitursis Ta}’lor. Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1913, p. 194 (k)I4)
\_Leiicoinyia'\ \ Edwards, lEill. Ent. Res. \’ol. 14, p. 38i (1924).
A. (F.) auridvisHiii Edwaids, Bull. Ent. Res. \d')l. 12, p. ()3 (1922). \Ad. 14,
p. 38i (1924).
A. (F.) aiistfii/ieiisis Theobald. Mon. Cui. \’ol. .3, p. 3i3 (1910) [Leiicouiyia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 38i (1924).
A. (F.) bioceUiitiis Tavlor, Proc. Linn. .Soc. X. S. W. \'ol. 89, ju 463 (1914)
[Culex]', Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'o\. 14, p. 38i (1924).
A. (F.) mackerrasi Tavlor, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 18, p. 68 (1927).
A . {F .) occidentalis Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. XL S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1729
(iS8g) [Cw/ra;] ; Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 1,9.419(1901); Mackerras,
Australian X^at. \’ol. 6, 36 (1026).
cumpstoui Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London loi-b !>• 602 (1914) [Cidiciuii!].
demansis Strickland, Entom. \'ol. 44. p. 202 (1911) [Culicddii],
hvbrida Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. 3\'. Vol. 41, p. 568 (iyi6) [Calicada].
qntenshvtdis Strickland, Entom. ^T)1. 44, p. 179 (1911) [Cidicelsa]-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent Res. Vol. 14, p. 3.M (1924).
similis Strickland. Entom. Vol. 44, p. i32 (1911) [Cnlicelsa].
? var. Taylor. Proc. Linn. Soc. X'. S. W. ^'ol. 40. p. 179 (lyiS) [Culicada];
Ta)’lor. Proc. Linn. Soc. X''. S. W. Vol. 41, p. 366 (1916) [IInh’coeteomyiii] \
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 385 (1924).
A.(F.) papiteusis Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1913, p. 693 (1914)
[Leucom)'ia aiistraliensis var.]; Edwards, Bull. F3nt. Res. \'ol. 14,
9.381(1924).
A. (F.) palmarum Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 382 (1924).
A. (F.) pecuniosus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \M1. i3, p. 94 (1922), Vol. 14,
p. 380(1924); *Cooling, Comm. .Austr. Dept. Health. Service Pub. 8,
p. 24 (1924) [? = purpureus, Theo. var.].
hamadryadis Cooling-, Comm. Austr. Dept. Health. Service Pul). 8, p. 24 (1924).
A. (F.) prieslleyi Ta\\oy, Trans. Ent. Soc. London igi3, p. 684 (1914) [Calo-
myia]', Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A"ol. 14, p. 38i (1924) [? = purpuieiis
Theo.].
A. [F .) purpureus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 479 (1910) [Molpemyia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 38 1 (1914).
A. (F.) quasirubilhorax Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 348 (1918) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A-Ml. 14, p. 383 (1924); *Hill, Proc. R. Soc.
Viet. Vol. 37, p. 72 (1925).
Group G
A. (F.) Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 292 ( 1902) [C«/f;r] ; *Dyar,
iMosq. Amer. p. 2i3 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. X^. Am. p. i38 (1929).
var. epactius Uyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. X'at. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 53 (1908).
perichares Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 36 (1921); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 221
(1928).
A. (F.) fluviatilis Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brazil. p. 72 (1904) [Culex]-, *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 219 (1928).
draconarius D3'ar, Insec. Inscit. \h)l. 10, p. 194 (1922).
mediomactdata Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 4, p. 245 (1907) [DaniJsia].
tripunctata Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 4, p 247 (1907) [Danielsia].
:\ ustralia .
P;q)Ua .
(dueensland.
(._)ueensktnd.
N. S. AVales.
Oueenslantl.
Austmlia, Tasmania.
l’apua.
XL (Jueensland.
N. Australia.
Oueensland.
X". Oueensland.
Oueensland.
Eastern U. S. .A.
Me.xico, C. America,
Brazil, Guianas.
04
DIPTEKA
A. {F .) grecni Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 289 (igo3) [^Howardina]-,
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. *5oo (igaS), p. 849 (1924);
*Senior-\Vhite, Spolia Zeylanica, V^ol. 14, p. 68 (1927).
var. kanarana Barraud. Ind. J. ^led. Res. Vol. ii, p. 849, 85o (1924) \_raiiayana'].
A. { F .?) iiiillcii Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 194 (1922); D\'ar, Afosq.
Amer. p. 1 70 ( 1 928).
A. (F.) togoi 'J'heobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 679 (1907) \_Culicelsa]-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 318(1921).
A. (F.) varipalpiis Coquillett, Can. Ent. \M1. 34, p. 292 (1902) [O/Vu']; *Dyai',
Mosq. Amei'. p. 214 (1928): Matheson. Mosq. N. Am. p. i3g (1929)..
sicrreusis Ludlow, Can. Ent. V(.)l. 37, p. 23i figoS) [Taeniorhynchns].
Group H
A. (F.) d/sxim///s Leicester, Cui. Mala3'a, p. 91 (igo8) ; Barraud,
Ind. f. Med. Res. V^ol. 11,9.864(1924).
var kdvwtiyi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii. p. 865 (1924).
A. (F.) eatoni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \M1. 6, p. 358 (1916) [Ochlerstatus'].
A. (F.) echinus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. i33 (1920), *Vol. 12,
p. 320 (1921); Seguy, Encycl. Ent. bJipt. Vol. 5. p. 172 (1930);
*Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 2S7 (igdo); Medjid, Arch. Schiffs-
und Tropenhyg. Vol. 33, p. 400 (1929).
A. (F .) geuiculatns 0\\y\ev, Enc_vcl. Meth. Hist. Nat. Ins. Vol. 6, p. 184 (1791)
(Cuhx)\ "''Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 3ig (1921); *\Vesen-
berg-Lund, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. g3 (1921); * Lang,
llandb. Brit. Mosq. p. g5 (1920); *Seguv, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 82
(1924).
dlhopunctatus Rondani, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vul. 4, p. 3i (1S72) [Ctt/r.r].
equinus Meigen, Klass. Vol. i, p. 3 (1804) [CuUx'\.
guttatus Mei”'en, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 6, p. 241 (i83o) [Cnlexp
guttatus Curtis, Brit. Ent. p. 537 (1834) \Cule,x\
? lateyaiis Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, ]). 5 11S18) et auct.
uynatus Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 5 (1818) et auct.; .Martini, Flieg.
Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 3i3 (igdo).
A. (F.) leiicoceleamis D3'ar and .Shannon, J. Wash. .Acad. Sci. Vol. 14, p. 484
(1924); Djrar, Mosq. Amer. p. i53 (192S); .Shannon and Del Ponte,
Jvev. Inst. Bact. Buenos .Aires, Vol. 5, p. 70(1928).
Icucomelas Lutz (nec Meigen) in Bourroul, Mosq. Brasil, p. 66 (1904)
[liaemagogus']', Costa Lima, .Mem. Inst. (dsw. Cniz, Vol. 23, p. 25g (1930)
\Haeinagogus~\.
A. (F .) leitcomeres (jiles, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 867 (1904) \_Stegomyia~\-,
Edwards, Ind. ]. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 269 (1922).
A. (F.) niveus Ludlow, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. ii, p. i3g (1908) [Stegomyiti]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \^ol. 12, p. 3i8 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J.
kled. Res. Vol. ii,p. 480(1928); *Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
Vol. 8, p. 48 (1928) [Two allied species are confused here. —
Brug, MS (1980)].
? alholateyaUs Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 289 (1908) [Stegouivia'].
pseudonivea Theobald (cf), iMon. Cul. Vol. 5, p. 176 (1910).
A. (F.) oreophilusFdycAvds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6,p. 387 (igi6) [Ochlcrotatus']-,
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 860(1924).
A. (F.) pseudonivens Theobald (lype 9 )i Ann. Mus. Nat. Mung. Vol. 3, p. 78
(1900).
suhniveus Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 269 (1922).
A. (F.) pitlcliviventer Giles, J. Bombay Nat. Nat. Idist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 608
(1901) [CttFv]; Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 11,9.863(1924).
himalayana Giles, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 384 (1904) [Hoiaaydina'].
India, Ceylon.
Colombia.
Japan,China, E. Siberia
Western, N. America.
Mala\’a, India.
S. India.
Madeiia.
S. Europe, Asia Minoi'.
Europe, .Asia Minor.
Panama to .Argentina.
Philippine Is.
India, Malaya, Philippi
nes, Japan.
India.
Borneo, Singapore.
W. Himalayas, ? Assam.
FAM. CULK:II)AE
i55
A. (F.) suffusus Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. lo, p. 270 ( 1922) ; Barraud, \\'. Ilimakn as.
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 861 (1924).
A. (F ) tyiseriaftis Sa_v, J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. \’c)l. 3, p. 12 ( iSaS) [C//Fr) ; Eastern U. S. A.
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 222 (1928); Malheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 142
(1929).
nigrit Liidlow. Can. Ent. \\)1. 37, p. 387 (iyo5).
var. hendtrsoni Cockerell. J. Ecou. Ent. Vol. n. p. loy (lyuS).
A. [F ,) iinicinctus Edwards, Ind. |. Med. Kes.\’ol. 10, p. 266(1922); Barrautl, E. I limahqas.
Ind.J. Med. Res. \'ol. 11, p. 2 18, ^492 and 499 (iqaS).
4. SuBGENUS HOWARDINA Theobald
Howardina Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 3, p. 2S7 (1903). — T\pe loalkeri Theo.
Characters. — This subgenus seeins to be inost closely relaled to lunlaya, from wliich it
differs chiefl_v in the simple claws of the 9^ less prominent eighth sternite of 9 abdomen; and less
developed claspettes of cf hypopygium, the stem being very short and the apjtendage bristle- like.
\’ertex in ali species rvith a median stripe of narrow scales reaching forward to eyes; scutellar scales
narrow. Thorax conspicuousE’ ornamented with white or golden lines.
Larva. — Similar to that of Fi)ilaya\ a more or less distinet small chitinous piale is present on
each side of the ventral brush.
Habits. — The larvae occur in water in treedioles, leafdiases of Bi onieliuceae or flowers of
FI el icon ia.
Distributiori. — Tropical America. One or two Oriental species of the subgenus Finlaya
approach Howarciina in structure, but are not included here.
A. (H.) albonotatus Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. \\’ash. V'ol. 7, p. i83 (1906)
[Gymiioinetopa']-, *D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 233 (1928).
A. {H .) arhorealis Bonne-\\’epster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 178
(1920); Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 23 1 (1928).
A. (H.) argyrites D^^ar and Nunez Tovar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 14, p. 190 (1927);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 230(1928).
A. (H.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 216 (1907); *T)yar, iMosq.
Amer. p. 236 (1928).
aureoitriata Grabham (nec Dolesi hall). Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 171 (1906).
inaequalis Grabham, Can. Ent. \'ol. 39, p. 25 (1907).
A. (H.) biiseki Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 60 (1906) [Siegomyia] ; *D3'ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 284 (192S).
thaxtiri Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 8 (1919).
A. {H .) dominici Rangel and Romero Sierra, These Doct. Caracas (1907);
D^^ar. Mosq. Amer. p. 281 (1928) [? =■ whilmorti Dunn].
A. [H .) fiilvithorax Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 66 (1904) \Haema-
; *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 228 (1928).
palliatus Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 61 (1906).
A. (H .) ioliota T>yd,r and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i, p. 77 (1918); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 288 (1928).
A. [H .) qnadrivittatus (ZocyaxWeii, Can. Ent. Vol. 84, p. 298 (1902) [Culex']',
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 229 (1928).
A. [H ) septemstriatus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 10
(1907); Dr^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 282 (1928).
Antilles, Bahamas, Vene-
ZLiela.
Suri nam .
VTnezuela.
[amaica.
Lesser Antilles.
Venezuela.
Trinidad to Brazil.
Trinidad.
C. America, Colombia,
Wnezuela.
C. .Vmerica.
DIPTERA
I 5h
A. {II.) sexlineatus 'YheohaXil, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3o8 (1901) [Stegomyia)-, 'J'rinidad, Venezuela.
D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 229 (1928).
A. (H .) walkey i 'VheobdiXA, Moii. Cui. Vol. i, p. 424 (1901) \Cidex'\\ *D3'ar, Jamaica.
Mosq. Ainer. p. 235 (1928).
A.(H.) lohitmorei Dunn, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 20, p. 128 (1918); Colombia, A^enezuela.
Dvar, Mose}. . Amer. }>. 23o (1928).
5. SuBGENUS MACLEAYA Theobald
Macleaya Theobald, Entom. Vol. 36, p. 164 (1903). — Type tremula Theo.
Characters. — A species mithout special ornament apait from banded tarsi. Scales of vertex
and scutellum mostly broad and fiat. Proboscis somevvhat longer than front femora. Palpi of about
as long as proboscis, last two segments rather short, somewliat swolleii and hairy and turned slightlv
downwards. Antennae of with the plume-hairs directed mostly dorsallj^ and ventrall3^ No lower
mesepimeral bristles. Tibial bristles rather long, but none more than about twice the length of the
tibial diameter. Larger claw on anterior legs of cf 'vith one tooth ; all claws of 9 simple. No tuft ot
long scales at extreme base of wing (this forming tlin chief distinction in the 9 from the subgenus
Chaetocruiomyia). Abdomen of 9 rather stout, somewhat depressed ; eighth segment small and almost
hidden; cerci short and broad. fivpopygium : Coxite simple, with an imperfectly separated hairy
basal area; claspettes present, in the frejm of long curved bare rods almost comi)letel3f separated from
coxite, without articulated appendage. Phallosome simple, undivided, almost tubular, slightl3? hooked
at tip.
Larva. — As figured b3’ Hili the larva of A. tremulus has the antenna smooth, with branched
hair; siphon short, witht tuft near middle and no detached teeth on pecten; comb-teeth in a triangular
pateh .
Habits. — Larvae have been found in tree-holes, and also in wells.
□ istribution. — One Australian species is known.
A. (3/.) Theobald, Entom. Vol. 36, p. 164 (igo3); Edwards, Bull. Queensland. N. Austra-
Ent. Res. V'ol. 14, p. 385 (1924); *Hill, Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 67, lia, Papua.
p. 72 (1925).
alboanuulata Taylor, Hull. Northern Terr. la, j). 3o {1912) [Dauielsia).
australis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. .tg, p. 457 ( 1914I [Acdiaiorphus).
australis var. daywini Tayhir, ibidem, p. 458 (1914).
doiUi Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 43, p. 83i (1919) \_M imeteomyia'].
minuta Taylor. Bull. Northern Terr, la, p. 3o (1912! [Danielsia).
6. Subgenus CHAETOCRUIOMYIA Theobald
Chaetocruiomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. ig6 (igio). — T3'pe sylvestris Theo.
Characters. — Small but rather well-ornamented species not unlike Macleaya in general
appearance. Scales of vertex, pronotal lobes and scutellum broad and flat. Proboscis rather short.
but longer than front femora. Palpi of (f (elchoe/tsis) as in subgenus Macleaya. Legs rather short and
thick ; dorsal bristles of tibiae unusually long, on hind legs sometimes three or four times as long as
tibial diameter. Claws of 9 fall simple. Abdomen short and rather stout; eighth segment short, tergite
visible dorsally, but sternite not prominent ; cerci short and hidden. VVings-with a tuft of ver3^ long
scales on the small chitinised piece at the extreme base (this last character distinguishes Chaetocruiomyia
from all other subgenera of Aedes and in fact from all other Culieinae).
FAM. CULICIDAE
I
Larva. — Unknown.
When further males are discovered it inav be 1'ouud that this subgenus is not cleaii\- sejiarable
from Machiiyd. The only species cf which the male is at present recordeil {elc/iofiisis) is saitl to lack
the basal scale-tuft of the wings; this species at least should probably be refened to Macleaya.
Distributiori. — Australia. Six species have been named but seveial of these are probabK
only local or individual variations of A. spinosipes.
A. (C.) elchoensts Ta_vlor, Ifull. Ent. Kes. \’ol. 20, p. 276(1929).
A. (C.) Jntmeyalis Edwards, Kull. Ent. Kes. \’ol. i3, p. 90 (1922), Vol. 14,
p. 370 (1924).
A. (C.) moloieusis Ta^'lor, r3ull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 20, p. 276 (1929).
A. (C.) ypinosipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. i3, p. q'2 (1922), \'ol. 14,
p. 370 (1924).
sylvestris Theobald (nec Theobald 1901), Mon. Cui. Vul 5 p. 196 (1910).
A. (C.) liilliae Taylor, Bull Ent. Res. \'ol. 20, p. 276 (1929).
A. (C.) 7<'aNe>isi^: Taylor, Bull. Ent. Res. \ml. 20, ]i. 276 (1929).
N. Australia.
Oueensland.
(dueensland.
Oueensland.
(.jueensland.
(dneensland.
7. Subgenus PSEUDOSKUSEA Theobald
Pseudoskusea Theobald, IMon. Cui. \*ol. 4, p. 192 (1907). — Type muUiplex Tlieo.
Caenocephalus Ta3’lor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1913, p. 700 (1914). — 154)6 concolor Ta3lor.
Characters. — Dark species without special ornamentation. Proboscis longer tlian front
femora. Palpi of about as long as proboscis or rather longer, distincth' 3-segmented, last two
segments somewhat swollen and haiiy. Antennae ot (yf with the plume-hairs extending mainl3'^ dorsalR"
and ventralhx Scutellar scales narrow. Ilypop3’gium : Coxite long, with more or less developed
basal lobe but without apical lobe. St3-le long, slender, with long terminal spine. No claspettes.
Phallosome simple and smooth.
Larva (of A. asimorthi). — Antennae almost smooth, wdth branched hair on shaft. hhontal
hair B in front of C. Siphon rather short ; tuft near middle; pecten without detached teeth apically.
Comb-teeth in a triangular patch.
Habits. — The larvae of at least some of the species live in salt lock-pools on coasts.
Classification . — Two quite distinet group ot the subgenus ma3' be recognised, characterised
as follow's :
Group A {Pseudoskusea). Vertex clothed almost entireiv wdth broad flat scales. Low'er
mesepimeral bristles absent. Claws of at least the four anterior legs of 9 toothed. Eighth segment
of 9 abdomen very small, entireR' retractile; cerci long. Basal lobe of (yf coxite indefinite.
Group B [Caenocephalus). Vertex wuth narrow scales onho Low^er mesepimeial bristles
present. .All claws of 9 simple. Eighth segment of 9 abdomen rather large and only partlv retractile,
with short cerci, much as in Finlaya. Basal lobe of (7f coxite distinet.
Distributiori. — Australasian Region.
Group A
A. (P.) bancroflianus Edw^ards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 74 (192 1) [A. [Ochle- Oueensland.
rotatus)']-, Edw'ards, Bull. Ent. Res. ATI. 14, p. 386 (1924).
? hancrofti Taylor inec Skuse), Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. \\' . Vol. .tg, p. 465 {1914)
; Mackerras, in litt.
i58
DIPTERA
A. {P.P) caimsensis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 43, p. 829 (1919);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. SSy (1924).
A. (P.?) culicifonnis Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 77 (igoS)
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 386 (1924).
A. (P.) multiplex Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 192 (1907); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 386 (1924).
N. Queensland.
Papua, N. Australia.
Queensland, ? Papua.
Group B
A. (P.) * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 76 (1921) [Ochlero- W. .A.ustralia.
tatuP]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 887 (1924).
A. {P .) cuncolor Taylor, Trans. Enl. Soc. London 1913, p. 700 (1914); N. S. Wales, Tasmania.
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14. p. 387( 1924), Vol. 17, p. ii3 (1926).
A. { P. ) cruciaus Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt. Vol. i, p. 482 (i856); Edwards, Tasmania.
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 887(1924).
tasmauieiisis Strickland, Entom. Vol. 44, p. 181 (1911) [CuUcadu\
8. SuBGENUs SKUSEA Theobald
Skusea Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 291 (igo3). — Type pembaensis Theo.
Ch aracters. — Dark species without ornamentation. Scales of vertex and scutellum alinost
all broad and flat. Proboscis about as long as front femora. Palpi of as long as proboscis or
nearly; either uniformly slender and almost bare or {pembaensis) with the last two segments slightly
thickened and hairy. Antennae of cf with the plume-hairs extending chiefly doisally and ventrally.
Lower mesepimeral bristles present or absent. Eighth segment of 9 abdomen small ; cerci short and
broad. .Vnterior claws of (4^ toothed or simple; all claws of 9 simple. Hypopygium ; Coxite with
a subapical lobe bearing a row of strong bristles {pembaensis), or with complicated sub-basal lobes
{fumus, fumidus)-, spine of style present, subterininal or terminal. Phallosome a simple tube.
Larva. — Antennae smooth, shaft-hair simple or slightly branched. Frontal hair B almost
directly in front of C. Siphon without acus; tuft hardly beyond middle; pecten without detached teeth
distally. Comb-scales in a triangular patch. Anal saddle small, brush well developed.
Habits. — The larvae live in crab-holes on the shore {pembaensis) or in leaf-bases of palms {funnis)
or tree-holes {fumidus).
Distributiori. — Ethiopian and Oriental regions.
A. {S.?) amesi Ludlow, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. ii, p. 189 (igo3) {Stegomyia
niveasiar.Y, Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 77 (1928).
A. {S.) fumidus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 274 (1928), Vol. 20,
p. 841 (1929).
amesi Edwards (? nec Ludlow), *BulI. Ent. Res, Vol. 17, p. 119 (1926).
A. {S.) fumus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 274 (1928), Vol. 20,
p. 841 (1929).
amesi Edwards (? nec Ludlow). Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7. p. 223 (1917).
insca Leicester (nec Osten-Sacken), Cui. Alalaya, p. 92 (1908) \Stegomyia\.
A. {S.) pembaensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 235 (igoi); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 277 (igiS) \_Oclileyotatus']-, *Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 271 (1928).
"i cartroni Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 12, p. 143 (1906) [Stegomyiaf
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. 134 (1920).
mutica Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 40, p. 28 (ig23) [Phagoniyia).
Philippine Is,
Singapore.
Malaya.
E. Africa, Madagascar.
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 59
9. SUBGENUS CHRISTOPHERSIOMYIA Barraud
Christophersiomyia Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 10, p. 786 (1923). — Tj^pe thonisoni Theo.
Characters. — Ornate species with a white ring in middle ot' yiroboscis, white inaikings on
thorax and basal white rings on tarsal segments, thus superficiall_v resembling Slegomyiu. Scales of
vertex and scutellum all flat, but those on anterior pronotal lobes narrow. Proboscis rather short, not
longer than front femora. Palpi in both sexes slightly over a quarter as long as proboscis. Antennae
of cf with the plume-hairs directed mainly dorsali}’ and ventrallv. Alesonotal bristles rather strong
and numerous. Lorver mesepimeral bri.stles present. Cerei of 9 short. Anterior claws toothed in
both sexes. Hypopygiuin : Coxite with a slight basai lobe, no apical lobe. Style simple, tapering,
with terminal spine. No claspettes. Phallosome simple, smooth, not divided into lateral lobes.
Larva. — .Antenna spicular, with branched hair on shaft. Siphonal index about 3; tuft near
middle; pecten without detached teeth apically; acus small or absent. Comb-teetii in a single close-set
rorv. Piate of anal segment large, forming almost a complete ring. Venti al brusli short.
Habits. — ■ The larvae of A. thonisoni are found in tree-holes.
Distributiori. — India and Cevlon.
A. (C.) annnliyflstris Theobald, J. Hombay Nat. Flist. Soc. Vol. 16, }). 239 India, Ceylon.
(rgoo) [Steoomyia] ; Barraud, Ind. [. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 788 (1923).
A. (C.) thomsoni Theobald, (jen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 18 (1900) [^Stegomyid]-, India.
Barraud, Ins. J. Med. Res. VMl. 10, p. 787 {ig23), Vol. *ii, p. 5o3
(igrS).
10. SuBGENUS GEOSKUSEA Edwards
Geoskusea Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 842 (1929). — Type fintbripes Edw.
Ch aracters. — Dark species without ornamentation. Scales on vertex all broad and flat,
usually also those on scutellum. Proboscis somewhat longer Ihan front femora. Palpi of (^f about
one-quarter as long as proboscis. Plumes of antennae not very dense and rather evenly spread
round the segments. Lower part of mesepimeron without bristles towards anterior margin. but with
some fine hairs towards posterior margin. .Anterior claws of toothed; all claws of 9 simple.
Cerei of 9 prominent. Hypopygiuin : Coxite long, with more or less developed
sub-basal lobe; claspette absent; style long, bare, with long terminal spine; ninth tergite small, bilobed,
lobes hairy apically; phallosome simple, as in Ochlerotatns.
Larva. — Undescribed.
Habits. — The known speci mens have been taken in crab-holes, where they presumably breed.
Distributiori. — Austro- Alalayan region.
A. {G.) fimbripes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 3go (1924) [A. (Skusea)].
A. (G.) longiforceps Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 3i5 (1929) [A. {Skii-
sea)].
A. (G.) tonsus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 890 (1924) [A. (Skiisea)].
A. {G.P) dalieiisus Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. VV. Vol. 41, p. 064 (1916)
[Stegomyia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 891 (1924) [A. Skn-
sea .
New Britain.
Solomon Is.
Amboina.
N. .Australia.
i6o
DIPTERA
I I. SuBGENUS RHINOSKUSEA Edwaros
Rhinoskusea EJwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Pol. 20, p. 342 (1929). — T}'pe lungirosiris Leic.
Ficaibia l^eicester (nec Theobald), Cui. of Malaya, p 228 (1908).
Characters. — Entirely dark species devoid of ornamentation. Scales of vertex and scutellum
ali broad and flat. Proboscis slender. as long as whole body and distincti}' longer than front femora.
Palpi in both sexes hardly longer than clypeus. Plumes of cf antennae rather evenly spread.
No lower mesepimeral bristles. AH claws simple in both sexes. Legs unusually long, firstsegment of
hind tarsus as longas tibia or even slightly longer (a character by which this species differs from all
other members of the genus except Leplosomatoiuyia. Female cerci long. Hypopygium : Coxite with
large basal process and nell developed apical lobe; style with thick terminal spine; paiaprocts with
groups of small bristles sub-apically ; phallosome simple, smooth.
Larva. — Antenna spicular, with branched tuft on shaft. Frontal hairs B and C almost side
by side. Siphon moderately short, with acus; tuft subapical (a unique character in this genus) ; pecten
withoLit detached teeth apically. Comb-teeth in a triangular patch. Anal saddle small, brush well
developed.
Habits. — The larvae live in crab-holes and pools in mangrove swamps.
□ istribution . — The single species is widely distributed from the Andaman Is. to Northern
Australia.
A. (R.) luHgirostyis Leicester, Cui. Malaya. p. 22S (1908) 'iF icalbia\\ Edwards, Malaya, Andaman Is.,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 224 (1917), \M1. 14, p. 391 (1924); N. Australia.
[S/fzcsvfl]; * Edwards Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 120 (1926); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 363 (1928).
hiUi Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 43. p. 841 (1919) \Ui'anotaeina\.
12. SuBGENUs STEGOMYIA Theobald
Stegomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 283 (1901). — Ty\ye fasciata Fab.
Scutomyia Theobald, Entom. Vol. 37, p. 77 (1904). — Type alhoUneata Theo.
Quasistegomyia Theobald, Sec. Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 69 (1906). — Type itnilineata Theo.
Pseudostegomyia (Ludlow' MS?), Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. i35 (igio).
Kingia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. i35 (1910). — • Type hiieucephala Theo.
Aniella Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 40, p. 26 (1923). — Type ziemanni End.
Catatassomyia Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \M1. i3, p. 71 (1925). — Type meronefhada D. and S.
Characters. — Ornate species, usually blackish rvith white markings on thorax (Pl. I ,
Fig. 17) and legs. Scales on vertex, anterior pronotal lobes and scutellum mostly or ali broad and
flat. Width of front variable, the eyes in some species practicall}^ touching, in others well separated.
Proboscis in both sexes onlv' about as long as front femora. Palpi of q* (Pl. 3, Fig. 27) as long as
proboscis or not much shorter, distinctly 3-segmented, last two segments slender, upturned and almost
bare. Antennae of with the plume-hairs directed mainly dorsally and ventrally. Lower
mesepimeral bristles absent (except in A. vittatus). Larger claw of front and middle legs of often
simple, sometimes also the smaller claw. Front and middle claws of 9 usually toothed (simple in
FAM. CULICIDAE
1 6 1
.tlbopict ics a.nd reUited species); hiiul claws usually simple iu bolh sexes. Eighth segment ot' 9 abdomen
partially retractile, sternite not very large; cerci usuall\' quite short. Jlvpopygium ; Coxite without
apicallobe; basal lobe (plaque) present and hairy; no claspettes. St\’le nearl}/- al\va\'s simple, with
terminal or subterminal spine (spine near middle in albolnieatus). l^hallosome (Pl. 3, Fig. 24) divided
into two lateral plates, each ot' which bears numerous teeth externallw
Larva. — Antennae usually smooth, with small simple hair on shaft, and rather short. Ibontal
hairs B and C placed one in tront of the other. Aleso- and inetapleural plates usuali}^ canx ing a spine.
Comb-teeth usually in a single regular ro\\x Sijihon short, index usuali}^ well under 2; irecten without
detached teeth apically; tuft well before tip of siphon ; no acus. Anal saddle usuali}^ rather small.
\’entral brush of anal segment often much reduced.
Habits. — Most ot the species are day-rt''ing insects; most breed in tree-holes, leaf-bases,
coconut-shells or other small collections of water, but A. aegvpti is seldom found except in association
with man, breeding in a variet}’ of small artihcial receptacles about houses. A. viUatux is the only
species (so far as known) which breeds in small puddles in rocks, and is thus somewhat aberrant in
habits as well as in structure.
Classification. — A. vitiatus shows several peculiarities apart from the presence, of lower
mesepimeral bristles; in regard to its larva it shows as much resemblance to Acdimoiplms as to the other
species of Stegoymia. The other s[)ecies will mostly if not ali fall into two natural groups, one
containing A. a^-gvpti and ali the .African species except A. nuilineatiis \ the other most ot the Oriental
species, including .d . and it allies, and also A. iv-alba. A. and related species, and
apparenti}’ A. mascayensis. This seconrl group may be subdi vided on the ornamentation of the thorax,
so that in all four main groups of the subgenus may be recognised, dehned as belown
Group -A (Stegomyi.i s. str., or aegypli-gvoup). Mesonotum wuth a pair of crescent-shaped,
oval, or rounded patches of white scales in front of sutural angles. and w-ith more or less distinet traces
of |one or tw’o narrow’ median pale lines. Ifypopygium : Paraprocts rvith a long vertical arm near
base ; style of moderate length, always with terminal spine. Front and middle claws of female nearlv
ahvays toothed .
Group B (?a-^r/f>a-group). Alesonotal ornamentation vari(3us; usually patches of white scales
are present, but these are seldom disposed as in the species of Group A, and there is never a distinet
narrow’ median wdiite stripe. Hypopygium : Paraprocts without vertical arm near base (this structure
slightly developed onlv in A. desinotes); style longer than in Group A, its sjune more or less removed
from the tip. .Anterior claws of female often toothed.
Group C {scuteUaris-gYOup). Alesonotum with a conspicuous white median line, sometimes
broadened in front, but wuthout large white patches. Hypopygium as in Gioup B. Claws of female
usually all simple.
Group D [A. vittatus Big.). Mesonotum with fourorsix small white dots. Some narrow' scales
on back of head. Lower mesepimeral bristles present. Hypopygium more or less of the tvpe of
Group B, but stvle much enlarged. Anterior claws of female toothed. Larva with minute spicules
and a branched hair on shaft of antenna; pecten with one detached tooth apically: comb-teeth not
in a regular rorv.
Distributiori. — Except that A. aegypti has been artificially spread by commerce, the subgenus
Stegomyia is confined to the tropical and subtropical regions of the old world, chieily the Ethiopian and
Oriental regions.
i62
DIPTERA
Group A
A. (S.) aeny/’// Linnaeus, Hasselquists’ Reise nach Palestina, p. 470 (1762)
[Cnlex\, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 265 (1911) \_Cnlex]-,
Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 204 (1920); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 239 (1928).
alboanniilis Ludlovv, Psyche, Vol. 18, p. iSa (1911) [Dnl/fl/iia^.
albopalposus Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 80 (igo8) [C;i/«A'].
iinguste-ald/us Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 79 (1908) [Cid^.v].
auunUtarsis Macquart in Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Iles Can. Vol. 2, Ins.
p. 99 (1839) [Cidex'].
argenteus Poiret, Journ. Phys. \'ol. 3o, p. 245 (1787) Knab, Insec. Inscit.
Vol. 4, p. 60 (1916); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 325 (1921);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 781 (1923); Connal, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 18, p. 5 (1927), Buxton and Hopkins, Res. in Polynesia, p. ii3
(1927)-
bancroft/ Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. (2), Vol. 52, p. 1740 (1889) \CHlex\
calupus 'Me\ge'n., Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 3 (1818) [Ctdexy. Howard, Dyar and
Knab, Mosq. N. C. Ann Vol. 4, p. 824 (1917).
elegans Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 21, p. 95 (1889) [Cnhx^
exagitans VValker. Ins. Saund, Dipt. p. 480 (i856) [Cidex\.
excitans Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i , p. 4 (1848) [Culex].
Fabricius, Syst. Antliat., p. 36(i8o5) [CkL.v] ; Theobald, Mon. Cui.
Vol. I, p. 289 (1901); Theobald, ie‘' Congr. Ent. Bruxelles, p. 145 (1910);
Bacot, Yellow Fever Comm. (W. Afr.) Ent. Rept. (1916); Martini, Arch.
Schiffs- u. Tropenkr. Beiheft, Vol. 24. p. 144 (1920); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 378 (1928); Macfie and Ingram, Ann. Trop. Med.
Vol. 16, p. 166 ('1922); ■•■Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 297 (1917);
''•'Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 78 (1924).
formosus Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 4 (1848) [Culex].
"rater Robineau-Desvoidy , Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, Vol. 3, ]). 407 {1827)
[Cidex].
impatibilis Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. Vol. 4, p. 91 (1860) [Culex],
inexorabilis Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 4 (1848) [Cide.x].
insatiabilis Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. F'rance (3), Vol. 7, p. 118 (1859).
kounoupi Brulle, Exp. Sci. Moree, Zool. Vol. 3, p. 289 (i836) [Culex],
mosquito Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 407 (1S27)
[Culex].
nigeria Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3o3 (1901).
? ? niveus Eichwald, Reise Casp. Kauk. Vol. 2, p. i83 (1837) [Cidex].
persistans Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. i, p. 996 (1906) [S . tasciata var.]
rossi Giles, J. Trop. Med. Vol. 2, p. 64 (1899) [Cide.v].
? sugens Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 548 (1828) [Culex],
taeniatus \Viedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 10(1828) [Cidex].
toxorhynchus Macquart, Dipt. Exot. i, Vol. i, 35 (i838) [Culex],
viridifrons Walker, List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 4 (1848) [Cule.x].
var. atritarsis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. 129 (1920).
var. Ittciensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. i, p. 297 (1901).
var. queenslandensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 297 (1901).
A. (S.) afiicanits Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. r, p. 804 (1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 10 and *376 (1912) ; * Wesche, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. I, p. 27 ( 1910).
dubia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 170 (1910) [S/«go;;(4'h!].
A. (S.) apicoargenteus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 172 (1910); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 10 (1912); * Macfie and Ingram. Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. i3, p. 432 (1923).
alberti Theobald, Rev. Zool. Afric. Vol. 2, p. 78 (1912) [Kingia]\ Edwards.
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 261 (1925).
fogoensis Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 40, p. 25 (1923) [Aniella] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 262 (1925).
A. (S.) calceatus Edwards, Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. Vol. 18, p. 198
(1924).
Tropical, and sub-tropi-
cal-zones, including
Mediterranean region ;
absent from Japan, New
Zealand, and some of the
smaller Pacific Islands.
Trop. Africa.
Trop. Africa.
E. Africa.
FAM. CULICIDAF
i63
A. (S. ) c/uiussid/t Edwards, Bull. Fnt. Kes. \'ol. i3, p. 3o7 (iq23). i5,
p. 266 (1925).
A. (S.) Edwards, Bull. Eat. Res. \’ol. 17, 128(1926).
d . (5.) Edwards, 13ull. liat. Kes. \’ol. 12, ]>. 74 ( 192 1 ) ; * Maclie
aad lagraai, Bull. Eat. Kes. \’ol. i3, p. 432 (1923).
hhickloirhi Evans. Ann. Trop. Med. \'ol. iq. p. in) (maS).
A. (S.) fiaseii Edwards, Buli. Eat. Res. \'ol. 3, p. 11 (1912), \'ol. 7, p. 210
(1917)-
ThcobaKl, Ann. Trop. Med. \'ol. 7, p, 5n7 (iqi3i
Edwards. Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. i5, p. 261 (1925).
A. (S.) luteoce/>kaliis Newstad, Aaa. Trop. Med.\’ol. i,p. i5 (1907); Theobald,
Moa. Cui. \^ol. 5. p. i36(t9io) [/v/i/p/a]; Edwards, Bull. liiit. Res.
Vol. 3, p. IO (1912): Bacot, Yellow l'ever Coinm. \\’. Afr. Ent. R’ept.
p. 134, 142 (1916); * Mache aad la^raia, Bull. Ent. Res. \^ol. 7, p. 4
(1916); la^raia and Maclie, Bull. E3nt. Res. \’ol. 8, p. 79(1917).
A. (S.) inassevi Edwards, Bull. Eat. Res. \'ol. i3, p. 397 (1923), \'ol. i5,
p. 266 (1925) [? = c/iaiissien', Edw., var.].
A. (S.) utetalUciis Edwards, Bull. Eat. Res. \’ol. 3, p. 12 (1912); *AIacl'ie
and laoiain, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 7, p. i (igi6); Ingram aad Alacfte,
Bull. Eut. Res. Vol. 8, p. 79 {1017).
dnbia Theobald, Mon. Cnl. Vol. 5, p. 1.33 (19101 [giwsA/r^oHivai].
A. (S.) poii>eri Theobald, J. Ecoa. Biol. Vol. i, p 18 (igo5); Edwards, I3ull.
Ent. Res. \'ol. 3. p. 10 (1912); * Ingram and ile .Meillon, S. Afr. Inst.
Aled. Res. Wl. 23, p. 162 (1929).
A. {S.) pseudonigeria Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, [1. 166 (1910); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 3, p. 9 (1912); *? Ingram and de Meillon, S. .Afr.
Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 23, p. 160 (1929).
tuelluhuii Theobald, Alon. Cui. \'ol. 5. p. i63 (1910)
A. (S.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 127(1926).
A. (S.) si III pso//t Theobald. Entom. Vol. 3g, ]v 224 (1906); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. \’ol. 3, p. ii (1912); Bacot, Yellow Fever Comm. W. Afr.
Ent. Rept. p. i33, 142 (1916): * Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res.
\M1. S, p. 80 and 130(1917).
hromeliae Theobald. Novae Culicidae, Vol. i. p. 10 {1911).
lilii Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 160 (1910).
l ziemanni Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeit. Vol. 40. p. 25 (1923) [AniclLi].
A. [S .) soleatus Edwards, Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Aled. and Hyg. Vol. iS, p. 187
(1924)-
A. {S .) siibargenteus *Ed\xard5. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 262 (1925).
A. (S.) uioodi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 82 (1922).
Group B
A. (5.) annandalei Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. lo(igio); Theobald,
Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 189 (1910) \_Kiugia'\-, Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. IO, p. 781 (1923), Vol. II, p. 226 (1923); *Borel, Arch. Inst,
Past. Indochine, Vol. 7, p. g5 (1928).
var. quadricincta Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 227 (1923).
A. (5.) aurotaeniatus Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 266 and 464
(1922).
aumsl/iata Banks (nec Doleschali), Phil. J. ,Sci. Vol. i, p. 995 (1906).
A. (5.) chemidpoensis Yamada, Annot. ((Zool. Jap. Vol. 10, p. 64 (1921);
Edwards. Riv. Alalar. Vol. 5, p. 464 (1926).
A. (5.) craggi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 227 (1923).
Cougo, N.-E. Rhodesia.
E. Africa.
A\b .Africa.
liganda, S. Nigeria.
\V. .Africa.
Congo, N.-E. Rliodesia.
W. .Africa.
E. Africa.
.Angola, ? Transvaal.
Congo (Katanga).
Africa.
E. Africa.
Nyasaland.
Nyasaland.
India, Indochina, }ava.
Philippine Is.
Korea, Pekin.
Assam.
164
DIPTERA
A.{S.) desmotes Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 367(1904); Edwards.
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 226 (igi3); Banaud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. II, p. 224 (1923); Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 7,
p. 80 (1928).
albipes Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. ii (1910).
albitarsis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. Sy, p. i3i (igoS) [Anisocheleomyia].
gracilis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 81 (igo8).
A. (5.) edivardsi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 784 (1923) ; Borei,
Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 7, p. g8 (1928).
var. tidagiensis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. loi (1926).
A. (5 ) gardineri Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 87, p. gg (igo5); Theobald, Mon.
Cui. Vol. 4, p. 168 (1907); [Quasistegomyia]-, Dyar, Insec. Inscit. V^ol. 7,
p. 182 (1920).
A. (S.) horishensis Yamada, Annot. Zool. Jap. Vol. 10, p. 58 (1921) [? = an-
nandalei vard].
A. (S.) indosinensis Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 7, p. 98 (1928)
[? = W . alba, var.].
A. (S.) inascarensis * Mslc Gregor, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 409(1924).
A. (S.) meronephada D3’ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 71 (1928)
[Catatassumyial]-, Edwards, Notulae Entom. Vol. 9, p. 4 (1929).
A. (S.) w.-alba Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 74 (igoS);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p). 228 (1913); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 782 (1928), Vol. ii, p. 228(1928).
argenteomactdata Theobald, Mon. Ciil. Vol. 4, p. 184 (1907).
chrislianiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 147 (1921).
imitator Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 89 (1908).
miuutissima Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 9 (1910).
Group C
A. (5.) albolineaius Theobald, Entom. Vol. 87, pr. 77 (1904) \_Scutomyia]-,
Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. io5 (igo8) [Scutomyia']\ *Brug, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 433 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5,
p. 288 (1928); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 553 (1927);
* Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 7, pi 90 (1928); Edwards
and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, pn 3o6 and 814 (1929).
A. (S.) albopidus Skuse, Ind. Mus. Notes Vol. 3, p. 20 (1898) [Culex'];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 209 (1917), Vol. ii, p. 134 (1920),
Vol. 12, p. 828 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 779,
Vol. *ii, p. 497 (1923); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 870
(1924); *Bore], Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 7, p. 88(1928);
Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 288 (ig3o).
lamberti Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 10, p, 552 (1904).
nigritia Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. i3, p. 194 (1910).
quasinigritia Ludlow, Psyche, Vol. 18, p. 129 (1911).
samarensis Ludlow, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. ii, p. i38 (igod) [ini/sWurli var.] and
Psyche, Vol. 18, p. 127 (1911).
scutellaris Theobald (nec Walker), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 298 (1901): Banks,
Phil. J. Sci. A. Vol. 3, p. 246 (1908); Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p>. 86(1908).
A. (S.) cretinus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, pr. 828 (1921); ? *Seguy,
Moust. Afr. Min. p. 80 (1924); Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 468
(1926); Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 248 (1980).
? lindtropi Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 548 (1927).
A. [S .) flavopictiis Yamada, Annot. Zool. Jap, Vol. 10, p9. 82 (1921); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ix, p. 228 (1928).
India, Malaya, Philip-
pi nes.
Andaman Is., Indochina.
Solomon Is.
Philipprine Is.
Formosa.
Indochina.
Mauritius.
Philipopine Is.
India, Malaya, S. China.
Malaya, Borneo, Assam,
Philippines, Solomon
Is.
Oriental Region, Mada-
gascar, Papua, N. Aus-
tralia.
Crete.
Japan, W. Himala}'-as.
FAM. CULICIIFAK
i65
A . (5.) YamaJa, Annot. Zool. Jap. \’ol. lo, p. 47 (1921); Marlini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 25b (ipio).
A. (S.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. i, p. 306(1901).
A. (5.) mediopuiuiatiis Theobald, J. Bombay, Nat. llist. Soc. Vol. iG. p. 240
(1905); Banaud, lud. J. Med. Res. \’'ol. to, p. 780, \’ol. it, ji. 226
(1923); * Borei. Arch. Inst. Past. Indochiue, Vol. 7, p. 87(1928).
var. pfrphxus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 83 (iyo8) [S. pcrphxn].
var. sul/me^itopunctutus Barraud, liid. J. Med. Res. \'ol. 10, p. 781 (1923).
A. (S.) * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochiue, Vol.7,p. 85(1928).
A. (5.) saiUllaris Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, \"ol. 3, p. 77 (iHSp)
[Culex']-, Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. i3. p. 74 (1920).
Turiegutiis Doleschall (nec Schrank), Xat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. \’ol. 17, p. 77 (iSSS;
[CiiVv] ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, ]>. 209 ( 1917), Vol . 14, p. 370
1 1924I, Vol. 17, p. loi (,1926); -^Bu.vton and llopkins, Res. in Polyncsia,
p. loi (1927); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5,p. 654 (1928) ; Edwards,
Notulae Entom. Vol. 9, 4 (1929); Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 3o.3
(1929).
zonatipes Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, ^'ol. 5, p. 229 (iSfii) [Cii/ri].
var. andrewsi Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 103(1926).
\3.x . hehrideus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 102 (1926); *Bu.'cton and
Hopkins, Res. in Polynesia, j). io3 {1927).
xdiT. pseiidoscutelliiris Theobald, Entom. Vol. 43, p. i56 (1910) ; Edwards. Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 17, p. io3 (1926); *Bu.\ton and llopkins. Res. in Polyncsia.
var. tongae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. io3 (1926).
A. (S.) unilineatus Theobald, Second Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 70 (1906)
siegomyia]-, Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. 5^ol. 3, p. i3 (1912) [HoKiaydina] ;
*lngram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. V<d. 8, p. 81 and 187 (1917);
*Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 778 (1923).
gebehineusis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. i5i [gehbeinensis] and 157 (1910).
Group D
A. {S.) vittatus Bigot, .Ann. Soc. Ent. France (4), Vol. i, p. 827 (1S61)
[Culex]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 210(1917), Wl. 12,
p. 826(1921); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 777, Vol. *i(,
p. 496 (1928); *Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochiue, Vol. 7, p. 77
(1928); Collado, Eos, Madrid, Vol. 6, p. 845 (1980).
albopunctata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 262 11907) [Reedomyia].
Neveu-Lemaire, Bull. Soc. Zool. France. Vol. 3o, p. 8 (1905).
sugens Theobald (nec Wiedemann), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. Sooiigoi); Theobald.
Gen. Ins. Culicidae, p. 19 (igoS) [Scutoinyia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 3, p. 9, *375 (1912) ; Bacot, Yellow Fever Comm. W. Afr. Ent. Rept.
p. i3o, 142 (1916).
I ajntn.
.Sokotra.
India, Ceylon, AIala3'a.
1 ndochina .
Papua, Solomon ls.,Am-
boina, Philippine, Is.,
^Andainan Is.
Chrislinas i.
New 1 1 ebrides.
kiji, Samoa, Tahiti, Marque-
sas Is.
Ton<7a Is.
Atrica, Punjab, Bombay.
xAfrica, India, Ceylon,
? Corsica, Spain.
13. SuBGENUS AEDIMORPHUS Theobald
Aedimorphus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 290 (1908). — Type domesticus Theo.
Catageiomyia Theobald, Thomson Yates Lab. Rept. Vol. 5, pt. 2, p. i (igo3). — Type seiiegalensis
Theo.
Ecculex Felt, N. Y. State Alus. Bull. p. 3gib (1904). — Type sylvestris Theo.
Reedomyia Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 87, p. 94 (igoS). — T\’pe paupaugensis Ludi.
Pecomyia Theobald. Journ. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 24 (igoS). — Type Pec. maculata Theo.
Pseudograbhamia Theobald, Journ. Bomba}' Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 244(1905). — Type Ps. maculat a Theo.
Polyleptiomyia Theobald, Gen. Ins. Fam. Cui. p. 21 (igoS). — Type albocephala Theo.
i66
DIPTERA
Lepidotomyia Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 8o (igoS). — P3’P® albosciitellata Theo.
Duttonia Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 17 (1907). — Type tarsalis Newst.
Mimeteculex Theobald, Third Rep. Welle. Lab. p. 258 (1908). — Type kingi Theo.
Geitonomyia Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 134 (1908). — Type caecus Theo.
M yxosquamus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 255 (igio). — T}'pe confusus Theo.
Neopecomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 261 (igto). — Type uniannulata Theo.
Stenoscutus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 263 (1910). — Type africanus Theo.
Bathosomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 267 (1910). — Type abnonnalis Theo.
Lesiieomyia Christophers, Paludism, 11° 2, p. 68 (1911). — Type taeniorhynchoides Chr.
Characters. — Ornamentation various, but scales of posterior pronotal lobes not broad and
flat as in subgenus Diceromyia. Eyes usuali}^ onh’ very narrorvly separated. Proboscis usuali}’
dislinctly longer than front femora. Palpi of (Pl. 3, Fig. 25) about as long as proboscis (only
rarely slightlv longer or shorter ; in A. nummatus about half as long), distinctly 3-segmented, last Avo
segments more or less swollen and hairy and usually turned dowmvards; last segrnent olten shorter
than penultimate and sometimes much reduced. Antennae of cf with the plume-hairs directed mainly
dorsally and ventrally. Power mesepimeral bristles absent. Larger claw of front and middle legs of
Cf usually if not alwavs toothed; front and middle claws of 9 always toothed; hind claws usually simple
in both sexes, but sometimes toothed. Eighth segrnent of 9 abdomen partialh’ or wholly retractile,
cerci variable. Hypopvgium (Pl. 3, Fig. 33) Claspettes absent. Spine of style sub-terminal or
well removed from tip ; style often highly modified. Phallosone divided into two lateral plates, each
bearing a number of teeth ontwardly, the apical tooth often larger than the others.
Larva. — Antennae usually if not always with spicules on shaft, hair branched. Fbontal hairs
B and C variable in position, sometimes placed almost side by side, usually branched. Meso and
metapleural plates rarely with distinet spine. Comb-teeth usually numerous, in a triangular pateh.
Siphon usually longer than in Stegomyia, index often 3 or more. Pecten usually with detached teeth
ontwardly. Ventral brusli well-developed. Siphonal tuft usually distinctly beyond middle.
Habits. — Nearly all the species breed in temporary ground-pools ; a few {irritans, nigricephalus)
in crab-holes, and some (groups A and B only) in tree-holes. Many are active blood-suckers; A. vexans
is a serious pest in many parts of the world.
Classification . — The numerous species may be arranged in several more or less distinet
groups, oi which the first t\\'o are the most clearly defined and perhaps deserve recognition as distinet
subgenera.
Group A {apicoannulatus-grouTg). Pal])i of cf about as long as proboscis, but scarcely swollen
and only slightly hairy ; last segrnent very short. Abdomen of 9 lather short, eighth segrnent only
partially retractile, cerci short. Hypopygium with style of rather complex form, coxite with small
hairy basal lobe. Scales of scutellum silvery-white ; hind tarsal segments with broad white apical
bands. This group is to some extent intermediate between the subgenera Acdimorplius and Diceromyia.
Group B (niimmatus-grou.-p). Palpi of only about half as long as proboscis. Abdomen of
9 as in group A. Scutellar scales not silvery. Eegs dark.
Group C {alboscutellatus-gro\x\-) : Aedimorphus). Palpi of cf as long as proboscis, last two
segments distinctly swollen and hairy, last not very short. Abdomen of 9 tapering; eighth segrnent
broad and completely retractile ; cerci long. Plypopygium with style usually of complex form ; coxite
FAAI. CUI.ICIDAE
ib;
usually without basal lobe. Scutellar scales broad, liat and silverv-white. Posterior pronotal lobes
nearly bare : no post-spiracular scales. There is no shar[> line ot' division between this and tlie next
group, several species [allwcepkalits, fr.rsalis, allicveii/rtilis, etc.) being intermetliale.
Group D [albocep/taliis-gvonp). Palpi of cf and abtlomen of Q as in Group C. ! I \'pO['ygiuni
of with style various in forin, coxite with basal lobe small or absent. Soine or all of the scutellar
scales usually broad, but even if pale in colour never conspicuously silvery. Posterior pronotal lobes
inainly covered with scales, which are inostly narron’ and usually mostl\’ pale in colour. At least a
few post-spiracular scales present, inixed with the bristles. Tarsi dark.
Group E (/a»Fwr«/-group). As in Groipi D, but coxite with well-developed basal lobe and
hind tarsi with broad white rings embracing both ends of the seginents.
Group F ((/rHhP/w-group). As in Group D, but scutellum with narrow scales onl}-, aml coxite
with well-developed basal lobe. Tarsi dark, or with two faint rings onh' (^hevisi).
Group G (z'ov(7«x-group). As in Group F, but hind tarsi with distinet white lings at bases of
segnients.
Group H (ec/n-flc^Hx-group). As in (iroup D, but scutellar scales all narrow and general
coloLiration of body and legs v^ellow.
D istri bution , — This subgenus is largeh’ developed in the Ethiopian and Oriental regions, a
few species extending into Australia and one or two into the north temperate zone. Gf the groups
defined above, Groups A and E are purely Ethiopian, B Indian, the rest widely distributed.
Group A
A. (A.) apicoa!ii//tIdf//s Edn-ards, Bull. Ent. Res. ATI. 3, p. i8 (1912) \<Jc1iIero-
tatiis]-, *Evans, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 20, p. 100 (1926).
alboannulalus Theobald (nec (Ntacquart), Entom. \'ol. 38, p. iSq (iQoS).
A. (A.) capensis Edwards, Ann. S. Afr. Alus. Vol. ig, p 162 (1924).
A. (A.) hazvorihi Edwards, Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Aled. Flyg. Vol. 16, p. 49S
(1923).
A. (A.) marshalli Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3io (1901) [^Stegomyia']-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3. p. iS and^Sjb (1912) [Ochlerotains'].
A. {A .) simulans Newstead and Carter, .\nn. Trop. Med. VTl. 5, p. 240 (1911)
[^Reedomyia']\ Bacot, Y. Fever Comm. . Afr. Ent. Rept. p. 143
(1916).
A. (A.) stokesi Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. \T1. 23, p. 522 (igzg);
apicoannnlahis Bacot, Y. Fever Comm. W. Afr. Ent. Rept. p. i35, 143 (1916);
*Ingram and Macfie (nec Edwards 1912), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 8, p. 144
(1917) [Ocblerotatns']; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 267 (igaS);
Edwards, Trans. R. Soc. Trop. Med. and Hyg. Vol. 16, p. 5oo ,1923).
occidentalis Evans (nec Macquart), Ann. Tro}). Med. A’ol. 20, p. 99 (1926).
.Bierra I.eone.
S. Africa.
E. Africa.
S. Rhodesia.
AA'. Africa.
W. Africa, Congo, Ugan-
da.
Group B
A. [A .) ^!i‘tnmaiits Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 4 (iq23); Barraud, India.
Ind. J. Aled. Res. ATI. i5, p. 667 (1928).
Group C
A. (A.) albosciittllahis Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 80 (igoS)
\hepidotomyia\, Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. iSz (190S) \Lepidolomyia~\\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A^ol. 14, p. 372 (1924); Barraud, Ind.
J. Aled. Res. Vol. i5, p. 669 (1928).
India. Alalaya, Philip-
pinels.. Japan, Papua,
N. Australia.
i68
DIPTERA
dlboscutella Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 261 (1907) [Reedomyia].
argeutinolns Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. 4, p. 547 (1909) [Culex'],
omurensis Yamada, Annot. Zool. Jap. \^ol. 10, p. 73(1921); Edwards, Bull.
lint. Res. Vol. i3, p. loi (1922).
panipaiige/isis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 3y, p. 94 (igoS) [Reedomyia].
A. (A.) avgenteopiinctatiis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 3i6 (rgoi) [Stego-
myia]-, Edwards, Bull. Eut. Res. Vol. 3, p. 20 (1912) [Ochleroiaius]-,
*Bedford, 5th, aud 6th. Rept. Vet. Res. U. S. Afr. p. 741 (igi8).
Theobald, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 598 (igiS); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 261 (1925).
A. [A .) domesticus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 253 (igoi) [Urajiotaeniat],
Vol. 3, p. 291 (igo3); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 20 and
^376 (1912) [OcJileroiatus].
A. (A.) filicis * Ingram and de Aleillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 22,
p. 58 (1927).
A. (A.) jiimesi E'iwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 77 (1914) [Oclihrotatus]-,
Barraud, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. i5. p. 658 (1928).
A. (A.) lozuisi Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 25y (1910) [Reedomj'ia]; Bar-
raud, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. i5, p. 658 (1928); Edwards, Notulae
Entom. Vol. 9, p. 5 (1929).
A. (A.) miimtiis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 619 (igoi) [Slegomyia]\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 219 (1917); *? Mactie and
Ingram, Bull. Res. Vol. 8, p. 142 (1917); * Ingram and de Aleillon,
S. Afr. Inst. Aled. Res. Vol. 23, p. 170 (1929).
A. (A.) niveoscutella Theobald, J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 22 (1905) [Reedomyia]-,
Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 2Sq [igoy) [Reedomyia]-, Barraud, Ind.
J. Aled. Res. Vol. i5, p. 659(1928).
1 pampangezisis I.udlow. Can. Ent. Voi. 37, p. 94 (igoS); D3'ar and Shanon.
Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p, 76 (1925).
A. [A .) orbitae Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 260, 466 (1922);
^Edwards and Civen, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 644 (1928).
taeniata Leicester (nec Wiedemann), Cui. Alalaya, p. i33 (1908) [Lepidotomyia].
A. (A.) phyllolabis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 324 (1929).
A. (.4.) pnnctifemore Ludlow, Alilit. Surg. Vol. 49, Dec. (1921) [Stegoniyia]-,
D3mr and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. yS (1925) [IFinlaya]-,
Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 217 (1925).
A. (A.) piindothoracis Theobald, Ann, A-Iag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, p. 374
(igio); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 20, 376 (1912) [Oclilero-
iatns].
punctithorar Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 2o5 (igio).
A, (A.) tarsalis Newstead, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. i, p. 18 (1907) [Diitfonia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 219 (1917); * Wigglesworth, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 67 (1929).
africana Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i. p. 20 (1907) [Duttouia].
bianmdata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 263 (1907) [Reedomyia].
bipunctata Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, j). 256 (1910) [Reedomyia].
neohiannulata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 255 (igio' [Reedomyia].
stidanensis Theobald, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 5g5 (igiS) [Reedomyia']-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5. p. 261 (1925).
1 uniannulataTheohAd, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 261 (1910) [Neopecomyia].
Group D
A. (A.) abnormalis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 268 (1910) [Bathosomyia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 220 (1917) [Ochlerotatns]-, *Wig-
glesworth, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 64 (1929).
africanns Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 263 (1910) [Stenoscutus].
stenosciitus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 22 (1912) [0. minutus var.]
S. Rhodesia, Sudan.
W. Africa, Congo.
Zululand.
Ceylon, India.
Andaman Is., Philip-
pine Is.
Nyasaland, .S. Africa,
?Gold Const.
India (Bihar), PPhilipi-
nes.
Alalaya.
Congo.
Philippine Is.
Africa .
W. Africa, Congo, Su-
dan, Uganda.
W. Africa.
FAM. CULICI DAK
i6()
A. (A .) TheobaUl, I\Ion. Cui. \*ol. 3. p. 140 (iqoi) [S./f^’owr/<i | ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 3, p. 21 (1912), \'ol. 5, p. 276 (iyi5)
[Ochleroiatus]', ''^'Ingram and Maclie, Rull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 8, p. 82 and
141 (1Q17) [Ochhrotatus].
A. (A.) a/^OTVH/;aFs Theobald, Rlon.Cul. ^'ol. 5, p. 25i (1910) [Pi oloinachayaY,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 221 (1917) [Ochleiotaiui]-, * Ingram
and de Aleillon, S. Afr. Inst. l\led. Res. Vol. 23, p. iSp (1929).
A. (A.) Edwards, Rev. Zool. Air. \’ol. i5, p. 35i (1927).
A. (A.) Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 271 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. i5, p. 667 (1928).
A. (A.) ;Va//5 Theobald, Rep. Liveipool S. Trop. Aled. Alem. \'ol. 4, App.
p. 3 (1901) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3. p. 23 (1912)
[Oclilerotatus]', *Alactre and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 7, p. 5 (1916)
\’ol. i3, p. 427 (1923) [Ochlootatus].
allotaeuiaius Theobald, IMon. Cui. \'ul. 3, p. 204 (igito.
confusus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 225 (1910) [il/vA().'^yi(in)a/5].
Thecbald. Rept. Liverpool Trtip. INIed. Rlem. ii, Aj)]!. ]>. i
(i9o3)
A. (A.) Theobald, Rept. Liverpool S. Trop. Aled. Mem. Vol. 4,
App. {1901) ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 23 and
^376 (1912) [Ochlerotatus'].
piilitdosus Graham, Ann. Aiag. Nat. Hist. (S), \’ol. 5. ]>. 270 (1910)
A. (A.) yJiecler Dyar, Insec. Inscit. A’oL g, p. 5i (1921).
1 seycheUensis Theobald. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, A'ol. i5, j). 83 (1912)
Group E
A. (A.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 398 (1923); *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \’oL 17, p. 129 (1926).
Group E
A. [A.)bevisi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A'ol. 5, p. 275 (igiS) [Ochlerutalns].
A. (A.) caliginosus Giaham, Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (S), \’ol. 5, p. 268 (1910)
[Culex']-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 25o (1911) [Ochlerotatus].
? var. dainensis Evans. Ann. Trop. Med. Vol, 19, p. 119 (1925) [A. mmminsi var.].
A. (A.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 214 (1903) [0//rA'] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 248 (1911) [Ochlerotatus].
var. mediopunctata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 804 (1910) [Culicidii] ', Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 264 (1925).
fuscopatpalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 807 (1910) [CuUcadif\.
A. [A.) dentatus Theobald, First. Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 75 (igoS) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 23 (1912), Vol. 5, p. 277 (ipiS)
[Ochlerotatus].
pallidopuncUila Theobald, U. S. Afr. Dept. Agrie. First Rept. Vet. Res.
p. 267 (1911) [Cide.x].
A. (A.) pjibescens Edwaids, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 264 (ig25).
A. {A.) quasiunivittatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 32(1901) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 25o (1911), Vol. 5, p. 276 (igi.S)
[Ochlerotatus].
? AzteA/f Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5. p. 284 (1910) [Culicioiuyin].
? leucarfhrius Speiser, Kilimandjaro-Ateru Exp. igoS-iQOb, Dipt. Orth. p. 48
(1909); Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 25i (1911) [Ochleiotatus]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 269 (1925).
Africa.
Angola, S. Congo.
Congo.
India.
W'. Africa.
\\’. Airica, Li^ganda.
E. Africa, PSevchelles Is.
Nyasaland, Kenya.
Natal.
W. Africa.
Uganda.
W. Africa.
E. and S. Africa, Abys-
sinia.
W. Africa.
E. and S. Africa.
170
DIPTERA
Group G
R. (A.) caecus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 4i3 (igoi) [Ciihx\-, Theobabi,
jMou. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 268 (1907) [^Peconiyia']-, Leicester, Cui. Mala3-a,
p. 135(1908) [Geilonomyia']-, Pull. Ent Res. Vol. 14, p. 436
(1924); Ijarraud. Ind. [. Aled. Res. Vol. i5, p. 663 (1928); * Borei,
Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 8, p. 65(1928).
' siikiidiuisis Theobald. Reo. Ind. jMus. Vol. 4, p. 21 (loio) [CuUcadii]-, Barraud,
Ind. J. I\Ied. Res. V(.)l. i5, p. 66^ (1928).
A. [ A.) durbanoisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 246 (1903) [Gyabhamia]-,
Edvvards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 25o (igii) \ Ochlerotattis\.
ucdlata Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 5, p. 284 (lyio) [Grabhamia^.
A. (A.) hirsutus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 392(1901) [Culex']-, Edwards,
Rull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 249 (igii), Vol. 3, p. 20 (1912) [Ochlero-
tatus\-, Ingram and Mache, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. 62 (1919)
[Ochlerutatus]-, * Ingram and de Meillon, .S. Air. Inst. Med. Res.
Vol. 23, p. 164 ( 1929).
Theobald. Mon. Cui. ^'ol. ,1, p. i65 [igoi)[Culex].
A ( A .) iiii/^riu/eus Walkev, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, \"ol. 5, p. 144 (1861)
[Culex]-, Barraud, Imi. J. Med. Res. VMl. i5, p. 663 (192S); Edwards
and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. AMl. 20, p. 3o6, 314(1929). [? = A. [Bauh-
sinella) hrugi Edw.].
? aurahis Leicester. Cui. Malaya, }i. i53 (iyo8) [Culex].
A. ( A .) uigei ieusis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 281 (igro) [Grabha/uia] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, ji. 260 (iqii), Vol 3, p. 20, 376
(1912), \'ol. 5, p. 275 (igi5), Vol. ri, p. 134 (1920) [Ochlerotatus] ;
* Ingram and Macfre, Bull. Ent l^es. Vol. 10, p. 63 (1919).
foivleri d’Eminerez de Charmoy. .\nn. Troj). Aled. Vol. 2, p. 2.^8 (iqo8) [Culex].
A. (A.) pipersalatics Giles in Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 3i6 (rgoi)
[Stegouiyia]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 227 (igi3) [Ochlero-
tatus]-, Barraud, Ind. ). Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 664(1928).
maculatu Theobald, J. Bomba}' Nat. Uist. Soc. \'ol. 16, p. 244 (ipoS)
[Pseudograhhamia].
A. (A .) slenoetrus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 396 (1907) [Culex]-, Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 661 (1928).
pseiidostenoehus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. ,S, p. 348 (1910) [Culex].
A (A.) suilaneiisis Theobald, Fourth Rept. Welle. Lab. B, p. 154 (1911)
[C///or|; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 20 (1912) [Ochlerotatus] -,
"'Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 6 (igi6) [Ochlerotatus]
[? = vexans, var.].
'l xxx. centropunctalus Theoliald, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. Sgg (ipi.t) [Culicelsa]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 261 (1920).
A. (A .) syutheticiis Barraud, Ind. J. Med, Res. Vol. 16, p. 376 (1928).
fisheri Barraud mec Dyar), Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 662 (1928).
A. (.-].) taeniorhynchoides Christophers. Paludism, Vol. 2, p. 68(igii) [Leslieo-
myia] ; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, jn 227 (1913); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 665 (1928).
maculata Theobald (nec Meigen), J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 23 (igoS) [Pecomyia].
A. (A.) vexans Meigen. Sy^st. Beschr. Vol. 6, p. 241 (i83o); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 218 (1917) ] Ochle?'otatus] ; Lang, Handb. Brit.
■Mosq. p. 85 (1920); Segm', Moust. Afr. Min. p. 86 (1924); * Brug,
Bull. Ent. Res, Vol. 14, p. 436 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 12, p. 322 (1921), Vol. 14, p. 372 (1924) ; * Buxton and Hopkins,
Res. in Polynesia, jr. gi (1927) ; *D_var, Mosq. Amer. p. 236 (1928);
Peus, Zeitschr. Desinf. Heft 3-4(1929); *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg.
Cui. p. 259 (1930).
India, .Mala3'a.
Natal, Uganda.
A fri ca .
Amboina, Solomon Is ,
? Malava.
Africa, Mauritius.
E. and S. India.
Ce3don. .S. India.
S. India.
N.-W. India.
Palaearctic, Nearctic and
Oriental regions; Fiji,
Samoa, New Caledo-
nia.
FAM. CULICIDAE
171
? iViihiti/isis l’atton. J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vul. i6, j), 663 (itjoS; [C»/c.v].
itrticulatus Kondani, F!ull. Soc. ICnt. Ital. \'ol. 4, p. 3o (1872) [C((/i'.v].
? cnithroso/s 'Pheobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 299 (1910) [CH//fi(Ai].
euochrus Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. .V. C. Ain. Vol. 4, p. 71(1 (1917).
miliariae Grassi. Atti Acc. Lincei, ^’ol. 7, p. 16S (1898) [C»/r,v].
minuta Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 33S (1907) [Ciilicada'].
monicalmi Ftlanchard. Les Moust. p. 307 i,iuo5) [Ck/^.i].
nocturnus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vul. 3, p. lag (igo3) [Cii/r.v].
nocturnus var. niger Theobald. Nova Caledonia, \"ol. i, p. 164 (lui.S) [Oihu].
? parvus Macquart, Suites a Buffon, \'ol. i, p. 36 (1834) [C«/cm].
sylvestris Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vul. i, p. 406 (igoil [Ck/im].
var. Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 337(1907) [Cri/A.ah;] ; Edwards, 13ull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 219 11917) [Ochlerotatus].
Group M
A. (A.) UUoralis Barraud, Ind. J. Aled. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 55i (1927). ^'ol. i5,
p. 666 (1928).
A. (A.) iiiedioliiiea/its Theobald, Mon. Cui. \"ol. 2, p. ii3 (igoi) [C///^.v] ;
Barraud, Ind. J. iMed. Res. \'ol. i5, p. 665 (1928); * Borei, Arch.
Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 8, p. 63 (1928).
trilineatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 2, p. io5 (1901) {Culex'].
A. (A.) tiigrostriatus Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \’ol. 14, p. 694 (1927),
\'ol. i5, p. 666 (1928).
A. (A.) ochraceus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. io3 (igoi) \Ciilex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \^ol. 2, p. 260 (1911) [Ochlerotatus'].
kingii Theobald. Third Rept. \V'ellc. Lab. p. 258 (1908) [M imeteculex\.
univittatus * Ingram and Macfie (nec Theobald), Bull. Ent. Res. \M1. 10, p. 68
(igig) [Culex].
■ A. (,4.) pallidostriatiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 410 (1907) [Citlex\\
Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res. Wl. 4, p. 228 (1913) [Ochlerotaliis]-, Bar-
raud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'ol. i5, p. 665 (1928).
parascelos Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 18 (1910) [Culex].
A. (A.) trimacnlalus Theobald, .Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 86 (igo5)
[Culex] \ Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5, p. 666 (1928).
SUBGENUS UNCERTAIN
A. (A.?) ostentatio Leicester, Cul. Malaya, p. 193(1908) [Aioretomyia]-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 228 (1913) [Ochlerotatus]-, Edwards, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 263, 468 (1922); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 16, p. 374 (1928).
chrvsoscuta Theobald, Mon. Cul. Vol. 5, p. 22S (1910) [Pseudokowa) dina].
pagei Ludlow, Psyche. Vol. iS, p. 128 (1911) [Danielsia].
A. [A. i) pulverulentus Edwards. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 273 (1922).
Bombay.
Bmnut.
Assam, Burma.
E. Africa, N. Nigeria.
India, Ceylon.
Bombay.
Malaya, Borneo, Philip-
pine Is., Ce\'lon,S. In-
dia.
N.-VV. India.
14. SuBGENUS BANKSINELLA Theobald
Banksinella Theobald, Mon, Cul, Vol. 4, p. 468 (March 1907). — T5'pe luteolatei alis Theo.
Neomelanoconion Newstead (nec Theobald), Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, ju 3i (Feb. 1907). — Type
palpa l e Newst.
Characters. — Dark species with unbanded tarsi (except in A. britgi) but usuali}' with the
sides of scutum broadly yellow or whitish-scaled ; scales of vertex narrow and usually bright yellow,
those of scutellum and pronotal lobes also narrotv. Proboscis rather longer than front femora. Palpi
of as long as proboscis or longer, with only two distinet segments (in A. alhicosta a minute third
segment is present), second turned upwards and hairy. Antennae of cf u'ith the plume-hairs directed
172
DIPTEl^A
maiiily dorsalU^ and ventrall3^ No lower inesepimeral bristles. Anterior claws toothed in both sexes.
Eighth segment (rf Q abdomen small and completel_v retractile ; cerci long. y pop3^gium : Coxite
long, with distinet basal lobe and usuallx' witli some flattened bristles on inner face. St3de inserted
snbterminalh’, rather short, nsualh^ enlarged in middle and with long terminal spine. No claspettes.
Phallosome divided into lateral plates which ai'e crennlate or toothed externally, as in Aedintorphus.
Larva. — Antennae spicular, with branched hair on shaft. Frontal hairs B and C variable in
position, almost side lyv side or obliiiueh’ one in Iront of the other. Siphon rather long; tuft well
be3'ond midiile; pecten with detached teeth outwardly. Coinb-teeth in a patcli. Ventral brnsh of
anal segnient well developed.
H a b its. — So far as known, the species breed in temporaix’ ground-pools, as in the related
snbgenns Aedimorphiis.
Distributiori. — Chiefl}' Ethiopian; one of the African species however e.xtends across into
Australia, and a distinet species occurs in Papua.
A. (B.) albicosta Edwards, Bnll. Ent. Kes. Vol. 4, p. 47 (igiS) [B. Inteolatcralis
var.]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 274 (igiS), Vol. 18, p. 272
(1928).
A. {B.) bnigi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 871 (1924).
A. (B.) crassiforceps Edwards, Rev. Zool. Afr. \’ol. i5, p. 352 (1927).
A. (B .) fiiscineivis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. V^ol. 5, p. 78 (1914), 278 (ipio).
A. (B.) lineatopennis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 87, p. i38 (igoS) \Taeniorhynclitis]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol . 5, p. 274 ( 1 9 1 5), Vol. 14, p. 871 ( 1924) ;
'"Ingram and de Meillon, S. Air. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 22, p. 61 (1927);
Ifarraud, Ind. J. .Med. Res. \'()1. r5,p. 668(1928).
'i chrysothorax Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 41)4 (1910).
linealis Taylor, Kept. 1911, Austr. Inst. Trop. j\Ied. p. 10 (igi3) [Pseudo-
li oiv ardi ini\.
Inteolaleidlis Theobald, part ; Leicester, Ciil. of Malaya, p. 160 (1908) \Culex~\.
\’ar. dlbothoiax 'bheobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, ]>. 470 (1907).
var. circumluteola Theobald. Entom. Vol. 41, p. 107 (1908).
VAT. pallida Theobald, IMon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 470 11907).
A. (B .) Inteolateralis Theobald, .Mon. Cui. YMl. 2, p. 71 (1901) [Culex]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 274 (ipiS).
fldvinervis Edwards (nom. nud.), Ann. Durban Mus. Vol. i, p. 61 (igiS);
Bedford, U. S. Afr. i3th-i4th. Rept. Vet. Res. p. g53 (1928).
A. {B.) palpalis Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 3i {igo-])[Neomelano-
conioii]-, Carter, Ann. Tiop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 58i (igi3); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 272 (1928).
A. {B ) puuc/ocostalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 407 (1910); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 278 (igi5); *Wiggleswoi th, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 20, p. 63 (1929).
A. (B .) taeniarostnp Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 400 (1910); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 274 ( igiS).
? chrvsothoiax Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 404 (1910).
Ken3^a, Somahland.
Papua.
Congo.
\V. Africa.
Africa, India, Malaya,
Philippines, Queens-
land.
Natal.
Congo, Siberia.
W. Africa.
Gold Coast.
15. SuBGENUs DICEROMYIA Theobald
Diceromyia Theobald, 4th. Rept. Welle. Lab. p. i5i (igir). — l'3"p6 africana Theo.
□ endroskusea Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 841 (1929). — l^pe microptera Giles.
Characters. — Scales of vertex and scutellum broad and flat (scutellar scales narrow in
A . fhvicoUis)-, vertex with two or three dark areas (median dark area being present orabsent) alternating
FA^I. e' ULICI DA E
173
with white patches as in niost species nf the snbgenera Aedimorphus and Stegomyia ; postei ioi pronotal
lobeswilh broad flat scales only. Proboscis about as long as front femora. Palpi of (^f abont as long
as pioboscis, slightly thickened and slightly haiiy apically, last seginent short or very short aiul usualh'
slightly lurned downwards in repose. Antennae of as in subgenus Acdimoiplius, with the plninediairs
directed inainly dorsally and ventially, Mesonotal bristles very strong and nuinerous. Power
inesepiineral bristles present, i-3 in number (absent \\\ A . pe) iskeletm). Anterior claws of toothed ;
9 claws toothed or simple. Eighth segment of 9 only slightly retractile, cerci shoitand rallier broad.
Hvpopygium : Coxites withont definite lobes; claspettes absent ; st\ le alwars simjde in structure,
but spine vaix ing in position; phallosome as in subgenus Ahii))io)plius.
Larva. — Antennae with spicules on shaft, hair branched. 1'rontal hair It almost iminediately
in front of C. I\Ieso- and metapleural plates bearing spines. Comb-teeth in one row. Siphon short,
pecten-teeth evenly spaced, last teeth not detached, tuft just bermnd middle.
Habits. — So far as known all the species breed in tree-holes or bamboos. The adults are not
known to suck blood.
Classification and Distributiori. — Two rather sharpl3’-defined giorpis occur in this subgenus.
The first of these was recenth' treated bv' me as a gioup of the subgenus Ahiiiiio) pl/iis, the second as
a distinet subgenus. but the resemblances between the two seem more striking than the differences, and
thev are therefore united here under Theobald’s name Dice) omyia \ the differences are comparable with
those occurring between the groipis of the subgenus Stegomyia .
Group A i^furcifey-gvouy : Dice]'o))iyia). Coxile ol with a low or tuft oi modified scales; strle
with long spine inserted at or before middle. l'ront and middle claws of 9 toothed. Ilind tarsal
segments with basal pale rings. Wing-scales in some species veiy broad, much as in Maiisofiia. This
includes all the .African species.
Group B {;))iicropierus-grou\) : Dend) oskiisea). Coxite of c? withont scale-tufts or modified scales
(in A. / with a pateh of hooked hairs); stvde (except in A. iyeiigaii) with shoit terminal spine. All
claws of 9 simple. Hind tarsi dark or only indistinctlv^ ringed. Wing-scales never ver\' broad. This
includes all the Oriental species.
Group A
A. {D.) ad ers i Hdwavds, Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. 7, p. 214 (1917) [Oc/ile)otafiis].
A. (D.) fascipalpis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. VoL 3, p. 19 (1912) [Ochlerotatiis]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. i5, p. 267 (1925); * Ingram and de
Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Kes. V'ol. 23, p. 157 (1929).
A. {D.)JiavicoUis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 268 (192S).
A. [D P) furcifer Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 48 (1913) [Ociihrotalus
{Fi)ilaya)']\ Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. \T1. i3. p. 425(1923);
*Ingram and de Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 23, p. i57
(1929).
africana Theobald, Fourth Rept. Welle. Lab. p. i5i (1911) [preocc. by
A. (Stegomyia) africaaa, Theo.].
nigra Theobald (nec Giles), Second Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 80 (1906).
E. Africa.
E. Africa, Transvaal.
Nigeria.
Sudan, Gold Coast,
'hransvaal.
Group B
A. (D.) iyengari JLdw&xds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 4 (1923) [A. (Skusea)]-, India, PSumatra.
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 36o (1928) [A. [Skusea)'].
punctissimns Barraud. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 36o (1928) [A. {Skusea}].
A. (D.) itiicroplerus Giles, J. Bombay Nat. Ilist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 609 (1901) India.
[Culex]] Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vhjl. 16, p. 358 (ig28)[A. [Skiisca)\.
174
IJIPTERA
A. (D.) periskeleiiis Giles, Handbook Gnats, Ed. 2, p. Sji (1902) \_Stegomyia\-, N.-W. India.
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 36o (1928) [A. (Skusea)].
annulifemur Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 77 (1914).
A. (D.) pulictipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 77 (1921) [A. {Skusea)] ; Burma.
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. )6, p. 359(1928) [A . {Skusea)].
A. {D.) reginae Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 272 (1922) Ceylon.
[A. (Skusea)]; Barraud, Ind. [. Med. Res. Vol. 16. p. 359 (1928)
[A. {Skusea)].
16. SuBGENUs DUNNIUS Edwards
□ unnius Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 297 (ig3o). — T3^pe dunni Evans.
Characters. — Ornamentation as in Annigeres : head and scutellum with flat scales onl}^ ;
general colour dark; tarsi dark; pleurae densel}^ clothed with white scales. Structural characters also
much as in Annigeres : palpi of slender, upturned, without hair-tufts, and almost as long as proboscis ;
h3p'iopygium of cf with numerous spines on style, no claspettes, and crenulate, divided inesosome;
claws of anterior legs of 9 toothed; cerci of 9 short; no lower mesepiineral bristles, and no bi istles on
postnotum. Differs from Annigeres in having the proboscis more slender, distinctl3^ longer than front
femora, and not curved backwards at tip in repose. Both front and middle claws of o’ (in the known
species) very unequal, the larger claw toothed. Dorsocentral and pre-scutellar bristles sometimes
absent.
La rva. — Antenna short and smooth. Mandibular teeth small and not blackened. Siphon
short; tuft near middle; pecten well developed, without detached teeth apicall3^ Comb-teeth in a
triangular patch. Gills large and sausage-shaped.
Habits. — rhe larvae live in bamboos and tree-holes.
Distributiori. — Tropical Africa.
A. (D.) alhomaginatus Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 16 (1907)
{Slegomyidp^; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 12 (1912) \Stegomyia] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 299 (1930).
A. {D.) argenteoventralis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 588 (1910) [Dendro-
myia]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 12 (1912) [Stegomyia'];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 297(1930).
affinis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. SSg (1910) [Deudromvia].
var. * Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 22, p. ig (1928) [albomarginatiis var.] ;
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 297 (ig3o).
A. {D.) kumnii Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 298 (1930).
A. {D.) natalensis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 298 {ig3o).
Congo.
W. Afric
Nigeria.
Natal.
17. SUBGENUS AEDES Meigen, s. str.
Aedes M eigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. i3 (1818). — Type cinereus Mg.
Verrallina Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 2g5 (1903). — T3^pe Theo.
Neomacleaya Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 238 (1907). — Type indica Theo.
Aioretomyia Leicester, Cui. of Malaya, p. i85 (1908). — Type varietas Leic.
Characters. — Dark brownish or reddish species with little or no ornamentation; tarsi always
dark. Scales on vertex mostly broad and flat, on scutellum always narrow; on anterior pronotal lobes
narrow or absent. Proboscis about as long as front femora {cinereus) or distinctly longer (some Oriental
FAAI. CULICI DA E
175
species). Palpi in both sexes verv short, scarcelv one-sixth as long as proboscis. .Antennae of
(Pl. 3, Fig. 24) with the plume-hairs rather evenlv spreatl ali round the segments. Alesepimeron
without long biistly hairs, but sometimes with a numbei of hne short liairs towarcls posterior margin.
Laiger claws of front and midtlle legs of usuallv toothed ; anterior claws of nsually toothed (simple
in .-1 . and related species); hind claws usuallv simple. Eighth abdommal segment of 9 not
large, partially retractile; cerci short or modeiate. tlypopvgiuni : Stjle very various in forni in the
different species, but spine absent (style sometimes bearing hairs or bristles, but these not recognisable
as corresponding with the spine of other subgeueia). Coxite short and stout, usually without basal
lobe; claspettes absent. Phallosoine various in form, but alwavs divided into a pairs of plates or rods ;
in J . rfwf/Yi/.s- the phallosoine resembles tliat of the subgenus Aedimorphus. Various processes mai’ be
developed from the ninth tergite or sternite or from the anal segment.
Larva. — Siinilar, so far as known, to Ahiimorphiis .
Habits. — The species whose life-history is known breed in temporaiy ground-pools or in
inangrove swamjis.
□ Istri bution . — Chiedy oriental; two species occuis the norlh teiniiorate zone, these
representing a rather different type from the rest. ,A few species accur in Australia, but none in Africa,
Madagascaror tropical .America.
A. [A .) audamanensis Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. A^ol. 10, p. 272 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. A^ol. 16, p. 36S (1928) ; Edwards, Ifull.
Ent. Res. \’ol. 18, p. 270 (1928).
indica var. simplex Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mas. Vtd. 2, p. 2yi 1 190S)
A. {A.)cityius Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. AMl. 16, p. 871 (1928) \l~yer-
buryi Edw.].
A. (A.) bid/cii Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 2, p. 230(1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 229 (1913), \M1. 7, p. 220 (1917); Barraud, Ind.
J. xAIed. Res. AMI. 16, p. (192S); Leicester, Cui. Mala3?a, p. 196
(1908) [Vei ralli na].
diurna Theobald, Entom. Vol. 36, p. 209 iigo3) [Sknsea].
hatiensis Carter, Entom. Vol. 43, p. 276 (1910) [Stegomyia].
A. (A.) carmenti Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 388 (1924); Paine,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 807 (1929).
A. (d.) cautus Barraud, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 16, p. 368 (1928).
A. (A.) ceylonicus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 221 (1917).
A. {A .) cinereus Aleigen, S}'st. Beschr. Vol. i, p. i3 (1818); * Lang, Handb.
Brit. Alosq. p. 79 (1920); *Edivards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 323
(1921); *Seguy, Aloust. Afr. Min. p. 74 (1924); Alartini, Flieg. Pal.
Reg. Cui. p. 241 (1980); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 238(1928); Mathe-
son, Mosq. N. Am. p. 106 (1929).
? ciliaris Liimaeus, Syst. Nat. 12, Vol. i, p. 1002 (1767) [Cnlex].
leucopygus Eysell, Abh. Ver. Nat. Kassel, Vol. 48, p. 283 (1903).
nigritutiis Zetterstedt. Dipt. Scand. Vol. 9, p. 8459 (i85o) [Culex],
rufus Gimmerthal, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, Vol. 18, p. 295 (1845) [Culex'\
vz.r. fuscus Osten-Sacken, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Vol. 3, p. 191 (1877) ; Dyar. Insec.
Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 179 (1924).
pallidohiria Grosbeck, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 359 (i9o5) [Cule.x'\.
pallidocephala Theobald [error], Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 612 (1910) [Culex].
var. hemitelus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 179 (1924).
A. (A.) cyrtolabis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. iS, p. 278 (1928); *Edwards
and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. VMl. 18, p. 844 (1928).
A. (A.) dux D3’ar, Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \/'ol. i3, p. 66 (1925).
India, Andaman Is.,Sin-
gajioie, Sumatra.
Assam.
Alalaya.
Solomon I., N. Oueens-
land.
India.
Ceylon.
Europe, PSiberia.
N. America.
California.
Singapore.
Philippine Is., Singapore.
176
DIPTERA
A. (A.) esoeiisis Yamada, Annot. Zool. Jap. Vol. lo, p. 77 (1921); Martini,
Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 244 (ipSo); Dolbeshkin, C. R. Ac. Sci.
U. R. S. S. p. 227 (1928).
\’a.T.fiavus Yamada, Sci. Rept. Goot. Inst. Infec. Dis. Vol. 6, p. 55g (1928).
A. (A.) fyagi lis heicester. Cui. Malaya, p. 199(1908) [Verralliria] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 280 (ipiS), \'ol. 7, p. 222 (1917).
? imitator Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 201 (1908) \_VeyraUiiia'].
indecorabilis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 200 (1908) \yeyraUina\.
A. (A.) funereus 'Idieobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 292 ( 1903) ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 388 (1924).
basalis Taylor. Ann. Rept. Com. Pub. Health Oueenslaiid, A])p. 6, ]>. 27
(1912I [Pseudokusea~\.
pseiidomediofasciata Ta.y]oi' (nec Theobald), Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 48,
p. 838 (1919).
\-ar. ornatus Theobald, Ann. Mus. Xat. Ilung. Vol. 3, 4). 79 (igoSi: Ldvvards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 388 (1924); Buxton and Hopkins, Res. in Polynesia,
p. loi (i927j; Edwards and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 807, 3i6
(1929).
lineata Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914, p. iqi (1914) \_Lepidotomyial\.
A. (/4.) hirsutiplenra Barraud, Tnd. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 370(1928).
A. (A.) incertus Edwards. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 264, 468 (1922);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 388 (1924).
taeniata Leicester (nec Wiedemann). Cui. Malaya, p. 190 (1908) \_Aioyetomvia\.
A. (A.) indicits Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 288 (1907) [N eotnacleaya]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 229(1918); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 16, p. 366 (1928).
mediofasciata Theobald. Mon. Cid. Vol. 4, p. 844 (1907) [SAnica].
A. (A.) leicesieri Edwards, Bidl. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 222 (1917).
A. (A.) lugubris Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 872 (1928).
A. (A.) tnacrodixoa Dyarand Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 66 (1925).
A. (A.) margarsen Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 66 (ig25).
A. (A.) nigrotarsis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 40, p. 52 (1908) \ Pseudoskusea]\
Dvar and Shanon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 80 (1928).
mediolineala Ludlow [error], Can. Ent. \’ol. 40, p. 332 (1908) [Pseudoskusea\
A. (A.) panayeusis Ludlow, Psyche, Vol. 21, p. iSp (1914); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 222 (1917).
A. (A.) perditus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 192 (1908) \_Aioreiomyia].
A. (A.) pseudodimnns Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 82 (1910) [S^/wa]; Barraud,
Ind. f. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 871 (1928).
A. (A.) pseudomediofascintiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 489 (1910)
; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 222 (1917); *Senior-
White, Spolia Ze3danica, Vol. 14, p. 76 (1927); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 16, p. 867 (1928).
A. [A.)raini Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Kes. \'ol. 16, p. 870 (1928).
A. (A.) sigmoides Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, pr. 878 (1928).
A. {A.) similis 'flieobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 189 (igro) \_Pseudoskusea]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, pi. 388 (1924).
.1 . (A.) singularis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p^. 188(1908) ^Aioretomyia'] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, pt. 228 (1917).
A. (A.?) tariiogvadshii *Martini, Flieg. Pal. Reg. Cui. p. 289 (1980) [larva only].
A. (A.) umbrosus Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, pi. 487 (1924); *Edw^ardsand
Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 845 (1928).
A. (A.) tinctis Theobald Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, pi. 53 (1901) [OE^v]; Edw^ards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 229 ( i9t3), Vol. 7, p. 228 (1917).
? malayi Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p). 198(1908) [VerralUnap
N. Japan, POrenburg.
Mala_v;i.
N. Australia, Papua,
Ainboina.
Papua. New Britain, New
Hebrides, Ceram.
A ssa in .
Malaya, Papua.
India.
Malaya.
Burma, Andaman Is.
Philippine Is.
Philipipine Is.
Philipptine Is.
Philippine Is.
Ma]a3a.
Ceylon, S. India.
Assam.
Andaman Is.
Oueensland, Amboina.
Malaya, Borneo.
Caucasus.
Malaya, Singapore.
Mala\a.
KAM. CULICI DA li
177
J. (J .) /tiii/l>ynu's Tlieobald, Rec. InJ. Mus. \’ol. 4, p. 33 (1910) ;
Banaud, Ind. J. Med. Res. \'()1. 16, p. 366 ( 1928) [? Leic.].
A. {A .) vallistris Banaud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Mol. 16, p. 369 (1928).
A. (d .) jn/aVMs Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 1 85 (190S) ; Edvvards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 7, p. 222 (1917).
R. (d.) i'iyilis Leicester, Cui. .Malaya, p. 197 (190S) [VeiKilliiiay, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 222 (1917).
A. (A .) yerbtiryi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 7, p. 222 (^1917).
India.
Assam.
Malaya.
Malaya.
Ce\’lon.
18. SuBGENUS CANCRAEDES Edwards
Cancraedes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 20, p. 342 (1929). — lyp^ cancricomes Edw.
Chanacters. — Brownish species without special ornamentation. Scales nf vei tex and
scutellum all broad and flat. Proboscis abcut as lonr^ as tront femora. Palpi in bolh sexes vei y short,
barelv one-sixth as long as proboscis. Plumes ot antennae r.ithcr evenly sjrread (retlucetl in
A. cancricomes). One or two strong lower mesepiineral bristles present. ,\11 claws simple in both
sexes. Cerei of 9 short. IT\'popygium : coxite short, with a subapical gnnip of se\'eral strong
spines and leafdike plates; st3fle verv short, simple, without spine; no claspettes ; phallosome divided,
each lobe with one ore two spines extermalh'.
Larva. — As in subgenus Aedes.
Habits, — l'he known larvae breed in crab-hcrles or other holes in mangrove swamps.
Distributiori. — Oriental Region.
A. {C.) cancricomes Edwards, Ind. [. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 272 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 362 (1928).
d. (C.) Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 283(1915); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 274(1928); *Edwards and Given, Bull.
Ent. Res. \M1. 18, p. 846 (1928).
d. {C.?) miachaetessa Dvar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 78(1925).
A. {C.) simplex Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 297 (1908) [Ficalbia]-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 224(1917) ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. iS, p. 274(1928)1.-4. Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 16, p. 862 (1928).
Andaman Is.
Borneo, Singapore.
Philippine Is.
Ce^don, Andaman Is.
19. Subgenus LEPTOSOMATOM YI A Theobald
Leptosomatomyia Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Ilung. Vol. 3, p. 110(1905). — 1'ype lateralis Theo.
Characters. — Dark species, without special ornamentation, except for r-ellou' scales on sides
of scutum. Vertex and scutellum with both broad and narrow scales. Eves touching. Palpi in both
sexes veiy short. Antennae in cf only slightl}' plumose. First segment of hind tarsus as long as tibia
or slightly longer. .All claws si mpl e in both sexes. Eighth segment of 9 abdomen small and retracted,
but sternite visible ; cerci short and roundetl. ITypopygium ; Coxite lather short, without apical
lobe, but with two strong spines arising from tubercles on inner ventral (anal) surface near base, and
with a haiiy dorso-basal lobe; no claspettes. Style simple with stout terminal spine. Phallosome
divided into lateral plates, each with one spine outwardl}^.
Apart from the divided mesosome this subgenus agrees rather closely with Rhinosknsea. It is not
quite certain that the 9 {anrimavgo) belongs to the some species as the cf [lateralis).
178
IJIPTERA
Larva. — Unknown.
Distributiori. — Onl}^ one species is known.
A. (L.) aurimargo Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 94 (1922), Vol. 14, N. Australia, Papua.
p 390(1924) [A. Skiisea)].
lateralis Theobald (nec Meigen), Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung-. Vol. 3, p. iio (igoS);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 98 (1922) and Vol. 14, p. 389 (1924).
25. Genus HAEMAGOGUS Williston
Haemagogus Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1896, p. 271 (1896). — "kype splendens Will.
Stegoconops Lutz, Imprensa Medica, 1905, p. 83 (rpoS). — Type capricorni Lutz.
Cacomyia Coquillett, U. S. Bur, Ent. Tech. Ser. ii, p. 16 (igo6). — Type albomaculatiis Theo.
Characters. — Densely scaly species of medium size and metallic blue and green colouring.
Eyes more or less separated, sometimes rather widely so. Scales of head nearly all broad and flat,
very fevv upright scales on nape. Palpi of slender, variable in length from about one-sixth to about
two-thirds os long as proboscis, of 9 always short. Proboscis rather long and slender. Antennae
of more oi' less plumose, the plume-hairs extending mostly dorsally and ventrally. Mesonotum
(Pl. I, fig. 19) rather densely covered with broad metallic greenish scales, bristles confined to lateral
and anterior margins, even the pre-scutellars being absent. Anterior prronotal lobes collarlike and
approximated. Pleurae rather densely scaly (scales flat and mostly white), bristles veiy much reduced;
a few posterior pronotals present, but no spiraculars, post-spiraculars. sternopleurals or lower
mesepimeral, and very few pre-alars or upper mesepimerals. Upper edge of meron in line with base of
hind coxa. Postnotum either bare or with a few very minute bristles at extreme tip. Hypoptygium
of (7f much as in Aedes, subgenus Finlaya, but in all sprecies a row of scales prresent on inner face of
distal half of coxite; another row of specialised scales on distal margin of eighth segment beneath.
Abdomen of 9 somewhat tapering, eighth segment partially retractile, cerci short. Hind tibia fullp'
as long as the others; first hind tarsal segment shorter than tibia. Wings with the squama distincti}"
fringed.
Larva as in Aedes. — Siphon short; pecten without detached teeth outwardly. Comb-teeth
either in a patch or in a regular row. Ventral brush well developed.
Habits. — Most of the known larvae feed in tree-holes, some in bamboos or rock cavities.
The adults are bloodsuckers, flying by day.
Classification and affinities. — Dyar has attempited to distinguish two subgenera :
Stegoconops, with female claws toothed and male pialpi long; and Haemaegogus, with female claws simprle
and palpi equally short in both sexes. These two characters however are not always correlated,
H. albomaculatiis having short gp palpri and toothed 9 claws; it would therefore seem better to define
the subgenera or groups solely on the palpal character, thus :
Group A {Stegoconops). Palpi of about two-thirds as long as proboscis.
Group B {Haemagogus). Palpi of gp about one-sixth as long as proboscis.
In spiite of the strikingly distinet appearance of the species of Haemagogus, and their superficial
resemblance to Sabethoides, it seems evident that this genus is closely related to Aedes, and represents a
development froni the subgenus Finlaya, through some such species as A. {F .) leucocelaenus.
Distributiori. — Tropical America. Three Oriental species have also been referred here, but
of these only the female sex is known and their afftnities are doubtful.
FAM. CULICI DAE
179
Group A (Stegoconops)
H. equinas Theobald, Entom. \^ol. 36, p. 2S2 (ipoS); *Dyar, 3Iosq. Amer. IMexico to Argentina, Ja-
p. 164 (1928). maica.
ufirntiitus Dyarand Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 164 (1906)
caf-yicornii Lutz, in Bonrroul, Alosq. do Brazil, p. 66 (1904).
philosophicus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 190 (1906)
? spegazzinii Brethes, Bol. Inst. Ent. Pat. Veg. Vol. i, p. ig (1912) ; Shannon and
Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Bnenos Aires, Vol. 5. p. 67 (192S).
H . panarchys Uyar, Insect. Inscit. \'ol. 9, p. 104 (1921); Dyar, l\Iosq. .Amer. Ecuaclor.
p. i35 (1928).
Group B (liaemagogus)
H. albomaculatus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 3o8 (igo3) [$]; D3^ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 141 (1928) [(^f ; perhaps rvrongly associated with 9]-
H. iinastasionis r)y2ir ,\nsec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. i55 (1921); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 137 (1928).
H. argyyomeyis D3'ai and Ludlow, Milit. Surg. Vol. 48, p. 679 (1921); *Dyar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 167 (1928).
gladiator Uyar, Insect. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. loS (1921).
H . chalcospilans D3"ar, Insect. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 1 10 (192 1 ) ; Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. iSg (1928).
H. iyidicolor D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. VAil. 9, p. 106 (1921); * Dyar, Mostj. Amer,
p. i36 (1928).
H . jantitiiiomys D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. ATI. 9,p. 112(1921); *D3ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 140 (1928).
H. lucifey Howard, D3'ar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Amer. Vol. 2, pl. 23,
fig. 164 (1912) *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. jt. 138(1928).
H. regalis D3’ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. 167 (1906);
*D3'ar. Mosq. Amer. p. 136(1928).
H. splendens Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1896. p. 271 (1896); Dyar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 189 (1928).
celeste Dyar and Nunez Tovar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 14, p. i52 (1927); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 141 (1928); Root MS. (igSo).
H. Shannon and Del Ponte, in D3'ar, Mosq. .Amer. p. i35 (1928);
Shannon and Del Ponte, Rev. Inst. Bact. Buenos Aires, Vol. 5, p. 68
[? = albomaculatus'].
Group C (Oriental species, perhaps belonging Heizmannia)
H. (?) achaetae Leicester, Cui. AIala3'a, p. 257 (1908) [Dendroniyia]-, Edvt^ards, i\Iala3'a.
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 450(1922).
H. (?) Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 291 (1922); Barraud, S. W. India.
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 269 (1929).
H . (?) tyipunctatus Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 288 (1908) \_Stegomyia']\ Assam.
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 269 (1929).
Brit. Guiana.
Costa Rica.
Panama.
Panama.
Costa Rica.
Trinidad.
Panama.
Salvador.
St. Vincent, Trinidad,
Venezuela,
N. Argentina.
26. Genus HEIZMANNIA Ludlow
Heizmannia Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 87, p. i3o (1904). — Type scintillans Ludi.
Bolbodeomyia Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 3i (1910). — Type complex Theo.
Characters. — Densely scaly species of medium size and sub-metallic colouring, much
resembling Haemagogus. Eyes rather widely separated. Palpi quite short in both sexes. Proboscis
i8o
DIPTERA
moderatel}’’ long (longer than abdomen in H. indica). Antennae of cf not strongly plumose, sometimes
hardly more so than in last two segments usually elongate. Thorax quite as in Haemagogus,
except that the postnotum bears a distinet group of moderately long bristles apically. Abdomen of 9
somewhat tapering, eighth segment partially retractile. Hypopygium ; Coxite without scale-tufts, but
with more or less developed apical and basal lobes, often bearing spines, and usually with tufts of
wavy hair; claspettes more or less developed; style broad and lobed, with somewhat leaf-like terminal
spine; paraprocts not toothed apically; phallosome divided into two, each half strongly crenulate
apically and more or less spiny. Legs and wings as in Haemagogus ; claws of 9 simple.
Larva as in Aedes. — Antenna almost smooth, with branched tuft. Frontal hair B in front
of C. Mouth-brushes normal, with iiumerous fine hairs. No definite plates at bases of thoracic
hair-tufts. Ventral brush of anal segment reduced, with only about six slightly branched hairs in a small
barred area. Siphon rather short; pecten without detached teeth ontwardly; no acus. Comb-teeth
in a pateh.
Habits. — So far as known the larvae live in tree-holes. Nothing is recorded as to the
feeding-habits of the adults.
Affinities. — Although, on account of the very distinet tuft of postiiotal bristles, the species
of Heizmannia have been thought to be related to the Sabethes group of genera, there seems little doubt
from the structure of the male hypopygium and the larval characters that they are nearly related to
Aedes. The form of the phallosome would suggest that they have been derived from Aedimorphus or
some related subgenus of the Oriental region; whereas the American Haemagogus which is very similar
to Heizmannia in its metallic scaling and reduction of thoracic bristles has the simple type of phallosome
and has probably been derived independently from a different branch of the Aedes stock.
□ istribution. — So far as known at present this genus is confined to the Oriental Region.
H. aureochaeta Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 255 (igo8) \_Dendromyia]-, Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 446 (1922).
H. chandi Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 291 (1922); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 268 (1929).
H. communis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 254 (1908) 'iDendromyia']-, Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 448 (1922).
H. complex Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 3i (1910) \_Bolbodeomyia\\
Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 447 (1922); Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 263 (1929).
H. covelli Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 265 (1929).
H . funerea Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 252 (1908) [Wyeoinyia~\-, Edwards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 448 (1922); * Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 18, p. 340 (1928); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 264
(1929).
H. gveeni Theobald, J. Bombay, Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. 16, p. 247 (igo5)
\yV yeomyia~\\ Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 449 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 268 (1929).
H. himalayensis Edwards, Ind. j. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 290 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 267 (1929).
H. indica Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. ii5 (1905) [Phonio-
myia)-, Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 253 (1908) [Phoniomyiaf-, Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 447 (1922); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 17, p. 265 (1929).
Malaya. *
S.-W. India.
Malaya.
Burma, Assam.
Andaman Is., Bengal.
Malaya, Bengal.
Ceylon.
Himalayas.
Singapore, Bengal,
E. Himalayas
FAM. CUFICIDAE
uSi
H. metallica Leicestei', Cui. Malaya, p. 25i (1908) \ Wyeomyiai]-, Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 448 (1922); Banaud, Ind. J. INled. Res.
\’ol. 17, p. 267 (1929).
H. scintillans Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. i3o (ipoa); Edwards, Notulae
Entom. \^ol. 9, p. 4 (1929).
H. viridis Banaud. Ind. J. Med. Kes. \’ol. 17, p. 266 (1929).
Alahwa, S. India.
Phili}>pine Is.
India.
27. Genus ERETMAPODITES Theobald
Eretmapodites Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 280 (1901). — Type qninquevittatus Theo. (9)-
Characters. — Chaetotaxy end almost all structural characters of aduU as in Aedes, the only
notewortly difterence being that the eyes (Pl. I , Fig. I 8), are rather widely separated (more so than
in any' species of except perhaps one or two species of the subgenus Stegomyia), the space belween
the eyes being clothed with large, flat, metallic silveiy scales, as in certain genera of the Sahethes group.
Proboscis slender and rather long, tending to be recurved at tip in repose (as in Armigeres). Pal])i of
Cf nearly as long as proboscis, slender, bare and upturned; palpi of 9 short. Antennae of cf plumose,
the hairs rather evenl_v spread. Postnotum usualE with a distinet tuft of bristles apically (these
however are often absent in the genot3'pe). Abdomen somewhat compressed laterally ; witli metallic
silveiy markings on tergites and golden-yellow scales on sternites. Tij) of abdomen of 9 biunt,
eighth segment not specialh' retractile; cerci short and inconspicuous. Hypopryium of complicated
structure; coxite veiy short, but with large basal lobe and well developeel claspette; style with terminal
spine and sometimes bearing scales; paraprocts without teeth apically; phallosome divided into two
more or less spin\’ plates. Hind tibia somewhat shorter than the middle pair. First hind tarsal
segment sometimes quite as long as the tibia. Anterior claws in 9 toothed. Wings normal ; scales
not very broad ; squama fringed. No hairs on base of radius.
Pupa. — Respirator^' trumpet short; with small opening. Apical lateral tufts of seventh and
eighth segments often large and branched. Dorsal tufts of first abdominal segment rudimentar}' or
absent. Paddles with long fringe, and one apical hair which is variously developed in the different
species, but situate distincti}' outside the midrib, instead of at the tip as usual in Aedes.
Larva. — Generally similar to that of Aedes, except that the siphonal pecten is reduced to two
or three spines or even absent, and the ventral brush of the anal segment is represented by only
four separate hairs on each side, without chitinous bars between their bases, ffead rather small.
Mouth-parts unmodified; mouth-brushes rather short but dense. Antennae short and smooth, with
simple shaft-hair. Frontal hairs usually single. Thorax with the prothoracic hairs little developed
(including the pleural group, which includes only one longish hair); mesopleural and metapleural
groups both well developed. Abdomen with the lateral hairs set on distinet plates, which are sometimes
conical. Anal segment with small dorsal piate. Gills usually large and rounded at tip.
Habits. — IMost frequently the species of Eretmapodites are found breeding in water in fallen
leaves in forest, in bamboos or in leaf-bases of Dracaeua; in the case of E. chrysogaster old tins,
cocoa-pods, calabashes, etc. are also used. Eggs are laid singly just above the water-level. Both
larva and pupa, according to Ingram, spend much time at the bottom.
Affinities and distributiori. — Eretmapodites was formerly included by me in the Sabctliini, on
account of its possession of postnotal bristles, and the absence of a distinet ventral brush on the anal
segment of the larva. Closer study of the adult and larval morphology has however shown that the
i82
DIPTERA
genus has no connection with the Sabethine group, but is on the other hand closely related to Aedes —
so closely, indeed, that no tangible characters can be pointed out for their differentiation, and it might
be better to unite them. Eretmapodites is confined to tropical Africa and Madagascar, where it seems to
take the place of the Oriental Armigeres.
E. chrysogaster Graham, Entom. Vol. 42, p. iSy (1909); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 47 (1912), Vol. 5, p. 75 (1914); * Macfie and Ingram,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 417 (1923); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 20, p. 329 (1929).
qiiinquevittatus Theobald (cf only), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 280 (igoi).
var. semisimplicipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 76 (1914), Vol. 20,
p. 329 (1929).
var. snbsiinplicipes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 76 (1914), Vol. 20,
p. 329 (1929).
E. dracaenae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 362 (1916); Bacot, Y. Eever
Comm. W. Afr. Ent. Rept. p. 148 (1916).
E. grahami Edwards, Ann. iVIag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 8, p. 71 (1911);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 47 (1912), *Vol. 20, p. 33o (1929).
E. inornatus Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 12 (1907); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 47 (1912), *Vol. 20, p. 33i (1929).
melanopous Graham, Entom. Vol. 42, p. i58 (1909).
E. leucopus Graham, Entom. Vol. 42, p. 88 (1909) [/«t/ro/otts] ; Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 48 (1912), *Vol. 20, p. 33i (1929).
E. oidipodeios Graham, Entom. Vol. 42, p. 86 (1909); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 3, p. 48 (1912) [oedipodiiis], *Vol. 20, p. 33o (1929).
E. quinquevittahis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 280 (1901) [9 only];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 47 (1912); *Macfie and Ingram,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 421 (tg23); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 20, p. 33i (1929).
austeni Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 672 (1910).
condei Ventrillon, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 9, p. 144 {igo5).
E. silvestris * Ingram and de Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 22, p. 63
(1927); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 33o (1929).
W. Africa, Congo, Dar-
es-Salaam.
W. Africa, Congo.
E. Africa.
Sierra Leone.
W. Africa, Congo.
W. Africa, Congo.
W. Africa, Congo.
W. Africa, Congo.
Africa, Madagascar.
Zululand.
28. Genus ARMIGERES Theobald
(For synonymy see under subgenera).
Armigeres Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 322 (1901).
Characters. — Medium-sized to rather large species, usually with little ornamentation ; scales
of head and scutellum ali broad and flat. Eyes rather narrowdy separated. Proboscis rather stout,
somewhat flattened laterally, its tip usually curved slightly backwards in repose, instead of forwards
(as is usually the case in Aedes). Palpi of (f as long as proboscis or somewhat longer, distinctly
3-segmented, last two segments both long, slender, upturned and practically bare. Palpi of 9 variable
in length, from about one-fifth to fully two-thirds as long as proboscis. Antennae of always plumose,
plume-hairs fairly evenly spread. Mesonotum with at least one or two pairs of pre-scutellar bristles.
Anterior pronotal lobes well separated. Posterior pronotal and sternopleural bristles well developed;
one or two lower mesepimerals and a few post-spiraculars present or absent ; no spiraculars.
Postnotum bare (except in A. flavus). Upper margin of meron distinctly above base of hind coxa.
Abdomen of 9 somewhat tapering ; eighth segment more or less retractile, but never completely so;
cerci short. Hypopygium : Coxite with a hairy basal lobe, which may bear a number of spines; style
usually with several teeth (5-2o), variously arranged according to the species; paraprocts without teeth
FAAI. CULICIDAE
1 83
at tip ; no line haiis on anal seginent; phallosoine more or less completely dividet! into two strongiy
crenulate plates. Legs with the hind tibia variable in length; first hind tarsal segment usnally shorter,
but sometimes as long as or slightly longer than tibia. Anterior claws of 9 'leaiiy alvvays toothed.
jMiddle clarvs of nsually small and equal in size. ^\'ings as in Aedes.
Pupa. — As in Aedes; paddles (except in Group B of subgenus Annigeres) oval, witli long fringe
and an apica! hair.
Larva. — As in Aedes, except that there is usuaily no trace of a pecten on the siphon. Ana!
gi!ls usua!iy very large, with rounded tips. Mouth-parts iinmodilied, except that the mandibular teeth
are ahvays very large and btackened. Antennae nsually short and smooth. Coinb-teeth in a patch or
rather irregular row. Both inner and outer dorsa! hairs of anal segment nsually branched ; ventral
brush never very large.
Habits. — Most of the knovvn species breed in bamboos, other in leaves of pitcher-plants,
fahen leaves, cocount shells, etc. One or two species are semi-domestic. The eggs are nsually laid
singly, but as noted below one species of the subgenus I.eicesteria has been recoided as attaching its
eggs in a mass to its hind leg. The larvae of man}' species, if not of all, are very cannibalistie, such
habits being rendered possible by the large mandibles.
Classification and affinities. — Two rather distinet subgenera are distinguishable on the
length of the female palpi and the presence or absence of post-spiracular bristles. The genus is
evidently closely related to Aedes (especially to the subgenera Slegomyia and Diinnitis), but is retained
chiefly on account of the stout, lecurved proboscis and the absence (in all the more typical species) of
a pecten on the larval siphon.
I. Subgenus ARMIGERES Theobald
Armigeres Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 322 (1901). — Type obturbans Walk.
Desvoidya Blanchard, C. R. Soc. Biol. Vol. 53, p. 1046 (igoi). — Type obturbans Walk.
Blanchardiomyia Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 440 (1912). — Type obturbans Walk.
Desvoidea Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. idq (igoS). — Type obtuihans Walk.
N eosquamomyia Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914, p. 186 (1914). — d ype breinli T'd.y\or .
Characters. — Palpi of 9 l^ss than one-third as long as proboscis. Area behind prothoracic
spiracle with severa! bristles, and some white scales posteriorly, but no black scales. Mesonotum not
distinctly produced over head.
Classification. — Three well-marked groups may be recognised; all three are similar as
regards ornamentation, (J and 9 palpi and form of proboscis, but the first two differ greath' in other
respects, and should perhaps be treated as separate genera or subgenera.
Group A. Front claws of 9 each with three teeth. Mesepimeron with two strong bristles
below towards anterior margin, and about a score of smaller and weaker bristles towards posterior
margin. (Middle and hind tibiae and tarsi missing in type, cf and larva unknown.)
Group B. Front claws of 9 normal, with only one tooth. Power mesepimeral bristles
absent. Hind tibiae markedly shorter than middle pair. Styles of with onh' one spine, terminal in
position; phallosoine not completely divided and not crenulate. Larva with vety large hair-tults on
dorsum of thorax and abdomen; siphon, short but slender, with well developed pecten extending far
184
DIPTERA
beyond middle ; tracheal tubes slender within siphon, but veiy much dilated in metathorax and in
each of the hrst six abdoniinal segments, the dilatations connected by narrow necks ; anal segment
without transverse bars ventrall3^ Pupa differing from other species of Annigeres (including Leicesteria)
in having the paddles pointed, without fringe, but with a subapical hair in addition (?) to the apical
hair. Both species breed in pitcher-plants.
Group C. Front claws of 9 uormal, with onl}’ one tooth. One lower mesepimeral bristle
usually present. Hind tibiae as long as middle pair, or not markedly shorter. Styles of cf with
several spines, usually 12 or more (only 4-6 in moiiltoni, denbesteni and conjungens). Larva with the
dorsal tufts of thorax and abdomen only slightly developed; siphon short and very stout, without
pecten; tracheal tubes greatly enlarged in siphon, but their diameter in thorax and abdomen uniform
and usually considerably less than in siphon; anal segment with at least some traces of transverse bars
ventrally. Only one of the numerous species is known to breed in pitcher-plants, the rest chiefly in
bamboos.
Distribution . — The species of this subgenus are mainly oriental, but a few extend into the
northern part of the Australasian region and one into Japan.
Group A
A. (A.) maximus Edwards, Ind. f. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 292 (1922).
Sumatra,
Group B
A. (A.) brevitibia Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. laS (1914), Vol. 7, Borneo.
p. 204 (1917).
A. {.4.)treiibi de Meijere, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg (2), Vol. 3, p. 918 Java.
{igio)[Scu.iomyia)] Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 404 (1922);
*Brug, MS. (1930).
Group C
A. {A.) apicalis Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 5 (1910) \_Desvoideai\\
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 640 (1927).
A. (A.) aureolineatiis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 79 (^igo'&)[Desvoidea] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 2o5 (1917); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 14, p. 541 (1927); *Senior-White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14,
p. 74 (1927).
A. (A.) confusus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 283 (igiS), Vol. 7,
p. 204 (1917).
A. (A.) conjungens Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 125 (1914).
A. (A.) denbesieni * Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 345 (1925).
A. (A .) giveni * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 118 (1926).
A. (A.) hybridas Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 126 (1914).
A. (A.) jugraensis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 77 (igo8) \_Desvoideaf\-, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 208 (1917).
A. (A.) huchingensis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 283 (igiS); Ban^aud,
Ind. J. Med. Res Vol. 14, p. 538 (1927).
var. dibrugharensis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 539 (1927).
var. durhami Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 206(1917); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 539 {1927).
var. nongpohensis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 539 (1927).
var. shillongensis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 539 (1927).
India.
Malaya, S. India, Ceylon.
Borneo.
Borneo, Malaya.
Ceram.
Singapore.
Borneo.
Malaya, Borneo.
Borneo, Malaya, India.
FAM. CULICIDAE
i85
A. (A.) laenam Edwards, Bull. Eat. Kes. \'ol. i3, p. 97 (1922); * Flill, Proc.
R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 70 (1925).
A. (A.) matae Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. V^ol. 7, p. 20S (1917).
A. (A.) malayi Theobald, Mon. Cui. \^ol. 2, p. 258 (1901) {UranoiaentaY,
Edwards, Bull. Eut. Res. \’ol. 7, p, 207 (1917).
/iisca Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. i35 {1903) [Desvoidea^
Jtignieitsis ■■"■Brug(nec Leicester), Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 14, p. 439 (1924).
var. brcinli Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1914, p. 186 (1914) [ATos(7;w«o»M'id] ; Taylor,
l’roc. Einn. Soc. N. S. \V. Vol. 43, p. 82S (igig); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 14, p. 368 (1924) ; Edwards and Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20,
p. 3i4 (1929).
A. (A.) mjobergi Edwards, Sarawak Mus. J. \'ol. 3, p. 24S (1926).
A. {A.) mouUoni Edwards, Bull. Eut. Res. Vol. 5. p. i25 (1914).
A. (.d.) Walker, Proc. Liuu. Soc. Loudon, Vol. 4, p. gr (i86o)
[Cnlex]-, Edwards, Bull. Eut. Res. Vol. 7, p. 2o5 (1917), Vol. 12,
p. 326(1921), V’ol. 14, p. 368 (1924); *Brug, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 439 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. 17, p. 119 (1927);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 537 (1927); *Seuior-\Vhite,
Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 74 (1927).
Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 36, p. 236 (1904) [Z). fusca var.]; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 283 (igiS).
panaUctoros Giles, Gnats2nd. Ed. p. 386 {1902).
? striocrura Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 469 (1904).
subalbatus Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Xat. Mus. \'ol. 21, p. 3o2 (1898) \Cidex~\.
? ventralis Walker, Proc. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. 5, p. 144 (1861) \Culex\.
New Guinea.
Malaya.
Malaya to Papua.
Borneo.
Borneo, Malaya.
ludia tind Ceylon to Ja-
pau and Queeuslaud.
2. SuBGENUs LEICESTERIA Theobald
Leicesteria Theobald, Entom. Vol. 37, p. 211 (1904). — Type longipalpis Leic.
Chaetomyia Leicester, Cui. of Mala3’a, p. 100 (1908). — Type flava Leic.
Brevirhynchus Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 293 (1908). — Type magnus Theo.
Leicesteriomyia Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 452 (1912). — T\"pe flava Leic.
Characters. — Palpi of 9 at least half as long as proboscis. Post-spiracular area with a pateh
of flat black scales anteriorly, but no bristles; some white scales posteriorlyx Mesonotuin in most
species more or less distinctly produced over head ; thorax often remarkably narrow, laterally
compressed. Styles of cf usually with 5-8 spines placed more or less transverselj'- ; rarelv with more
numerous and longitudinali}' placed spines. Otherwise as in subgenus Armigeres.
A. flavus differs from ali the other species in haviug a few scales and short hairs on postnotum ;
one or two strong lower mesepimeral bristles; and hind tibiae markedly shorter than the middle pair.
La rva. — In ali respects as in subgenus Armigeres (Group C).
Habits. — So far as known all species of this subgenus breed in water in bamboo stumps or in
in bamboos which have been bored by the larvae of a beetle, or more rarely in broken coconut shells or
pitcher-plants. A. (L.) flavus has several times been observed to have its eggs glued together in a mass
on its hind leg; the heads of the young larvae project from the eggs. A specimen kept b}^ Strickland
({ was introduced to a bottle in which was some water, when it immediately flew down to the watei' and
dipped its hind-leg methodically into it. Immediatety all the larvae came out of the ova-mass and
swam away as lively as a crowd of children coming out of school on a holiday ». Strickland suggests
that the mosquito oviposits on its own leg in order to be able to place the larvae in collections of water
which are inaccessible for ordinary oviposition. It is not known whether this method of oviposition is
followed by the other species. The females bite viciously by day'.
i86
DIPTERA
Distributiori. — ■ Exclusively Oriental.
A. (L.) annulipalpis 'rheobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 6 (1910) [Brevi-
rliynchiis]-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 74 (1921); Barraud,
Ind. [. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 544(1927).
A. (L.) antiulitaysis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 99(1908) [9 only] ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 260(1914), Vol. 14, p. 3 (1923); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 643 (1927).
A. (L.) cingiilatus Leicester, Cui. Mala3^a, p. 97 (1908); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 4, p. 260 (1914); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 540
(19271-
A. (L,) digitatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 262 (1914); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 646 (1927).
A. (L.) dentatus Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 647 (1927).
A. (L.) dolichocephalus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 96 (1908); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 209 (1914), Vol. 14, p. 3 (ig23).
.I . (L.) Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. loi (igo8) [Ckaetomyia^, Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 258 (1914); Strickland, J. Straits Branch
R. .^siatic Soc. No. 75 (1917); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 541 (1927); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 342
(1928); Edwards, Journ. F. M. S. Mus. Vol. 14, p. 55 (1928).
apicalis Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 291 (igo8).
apicalis Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 7 (igio) \_B>'evirliynchus~[.
A. (L.) inchoatus Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 544 (1927).
A. (L.) longipalpis Leicester in Theobald, Entom. Vol. 36, p. 211 (1904);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res, Vol. 4, p. 261 (1914) [figures of longipalpis
and cingiilatus reversed? — see Barraud, Ind. J. Med, Res. Vol. 14,
p. 546 (1927)].
A. (L.) magnus Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2,p. 293(1908) [^Byeviyhynchus]\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 269 (1914); Dyar and Shannon,
Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 74 (ig25); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
\^ol. 14, p. 542 (1927).
annulitaysis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. gg (1908) [o* only].
ytctirostris (Giles MS.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 214 (1910) \Toxorhynchites'\.
? styiocrura Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 7, p. 867 (1904) \Stegomyia\.
A. (L.) owR.ww * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 76 (1914); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 14, p. 547 (1927).
A. L. pectinatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 263 (1914).
A. (L.) pendulus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 261 (1914).
S. India, Sumatra.
Malaya,
Malaya. Assam.
Malaya, Philippine Is.,
India.
Assam.
Malaya.
Malaya, Sumatra, Java,
India.
E. Himalayas.
Mala^^a.
Malaya, Philippine Is.,
India.
Ceylon.
Malaya, Borneo.
Malaya.
29. Genus CULEX Linnaeus
(For synonymy see under subgenera).
Culex Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Ed. Vol. 10, p. 602 (1758).
Characters. — Adult : Eyes usually touching for a considerable space above antennae,
usually also on under surface below mouth-parts. A continuous row of orbital bristles bordering eyes.
Proboscis of more or less uniform thickness throughout (very slightly swollen at tip in subgenus
Melanoconion and in a few other cases), curved forwards in repose and rarely much longer than front
femur. Palpi of long or short; when longer than proboscis the last two segments are slender,
upturned, usually subequal in length and hairy (Pl. 3, Fig. 23). Palpi of 9 rarely more than one
fifth as long as proboscis, and usually without the small terminal segments which are often found in
FAM. CULICIDAE
187
other genera. Antennae of nsnally distincti v plumose, the last two segments elongate, hairs of
verticils evenly spread ronnd the segments. Antennae of 9 with all the llagellav segments (including
the first and last) subeqnal in length. Vertex ahvays with very numerous upright forked scales;
decumbent scales nsnally narrow, bnt sometimes broad and flat, especiallv aronnd er-es. 'hliorax
rarely with conspicnons ornamentation . Mesonotal bristles well developed ; scales usuallv all narrow.
Pronotal lobes widely separated. Posterior pronotal lobes (« pro-epimera ») with 4-6 or more bristles
in a posterior row. Spiracnlar bristles absent, as are the post-spiracnlar. Pre-alar, sternopleural and
npper mesepimeral bristles well developed; lower mesepimeral usualh' reduced to one, sometimes
absent (more numerons in subgenns Lutzia). Postnotum withont setae. Pleurae nsnally with small
patches of scales, sometimes bare, bnt never very denseh' scal}-. PTpper margin of meron above level
of base of hind coxa. Abdomen : hlypopvginm of cf with the coxites ( Pl . 3, Fig. 31) somewhat
conical, withont basal lobes or claspettes, bnt with a subapical lobe bearing a number of more or less
modified bristles; style nsnally sickle-shaped, working in a vertical plane; anal segment betler
preserved than in the other genera, the paraprocts with a tnft of hairs or spines or a transverse comb
of teeth at the tip; phallosome divided into a pair of plates with varionslv developed teeth and
processes. Eighth segment of 9 abdomen (Pl. 3, Fig. 22) short and broad, thongh never completelv
retracted : cerci always short. Legs slender; femoral and tibial bristles nsnally inconspicuons. Ilind
tibia withont close-set row of hairs on inner side at tip (except sometimes in snbgenns Neociilex). First
segment of hind tarsns as long as or somewhat longer than tibiae, rarely slightly shorter. Clan s of
front and middle legs of cf nneqnal, the larger and nsnally also the smaller with one tooth ; hind claws
of (7f and all claws of 9 always simple. Pulvilli (Pl. 3, Fig. 20) always present (well-developed
except in subgenns Lasiosipkoii, where they are qnite small and only detected with difftcnlty). W mgs
(Pl. 2, Fig. 16 ) with cell R- nsnalh’ longer, olten much longer than its stem. Sc usuali}’ extending
well bermnd end of Rs. Vein An ending well beyond level of base of cubital fork. Cross-vein ui-cii
well before r-m. Membrane with distinet microtrichia. No hairs present at base of radius, either
above or below. Alar squama usually with a complete fringe of hairs ; rarely (in a few of the smallest
species) the fringe is incomplete, but never absent.
Pupa. — W ithout special modifications. Respiratory trnmpet usually of moderate length and
with small opening. Dendritic tufts on first abdominal segment well developed. Paddles (Pl. 5,
Fig. 34) normal in shape, usually with two very short apical hairs placed side by side, or a subapical
hair in addition to the apical ; margin always smooth, withont fringe.
Larva. — Mouth-parts not specially modified, except in the predaceons snbgenns Lutzia.
Mouth-brushes usually very dense, composed of simple hairs. Antennal tuft usually beyond middle;
rvhen (as is usually the case) the antennae are long, the subapical bristles are often well removed from
the tip. Thoracic hairs usually long and branched; inner shoulder-hairs well developed and usually set
in distinet chitinised plates. Usually one long simple hair in the propleural gronp, the other three
shorter; plates of the large meso- and metapleural groups moderately large. No air-secs in thorax.
Abdomen withont dorsal chitinous plates except on the anal segment, which is rrsually ringed b}^ the
piate in the fourth stage. Sub-siphonal tnft of eighth segment nearly always large, better developed
than the dorso-lateral tuft. Siphon usually long or very long (thongh occasionally very short), almost
always with well developed pecten and several pairs, or a median row, of ventral tufts, often also with
scattered lateral and dorsal tufts. Outer pair of hairs at tip of anal segment long and usually simple,
inner shorter and branched, Comb usually forming a triangular pateh, but teeth sometimes forming a
single row. Ventral brush of anal segment (except in C. moucheti) well developed, with conspicnons
barred area at base.
i88
DIPTERA
Eggs. — Usually long, uarrowed at one end, without conspicuous markings on integument
or other inoditications.
Habits. — So far as knovvn the eggs are almost always fixed together into raft-like masses, and
deposited on the surface of water, the young larvae emerging by bursting off a cap at the lovver (larger)
end ; the onlv known exceptions are found in the subgenus Microculex, in which the eggs are each
enveloped separately in a gelatinous covering. The larvae are found chiefly in ground-pools of a more
or less permanent nature, well provided with vegetation, but also in almost ali other types of water,
including that which collects in tree-holes, bamboos and Bvomtliaceae. The females feed chiefl)^ at
dusk or during the night; many species suck mammalian blood, others (or sometimes the same species)
have been reported to attack biids, lizards and frogs.
Classification. — The genus Culex was formerly understood in a very wide sense, to include
all Cnlicidae with long palpi in the male and short in the female. Theobald restricted the extent of the
genus, but it was defined in a different way by Dyar and Knab, whose interpretation is now followed
in the main, although the genus has again been enlarged somewhat to include Liitzia, CarroUia and
Melanocoiiion .
As in the case of Aiides, fornis with either long or short palpi in the male are now included in
Culex, this feature having been shown to be of small importance. The species with short male palpi
are not all closel}^ related, and therefore cannot be segregated into a single genus or even subgenus. A
stud}^ of the hypopygium and other characters shows not only that the Oriental and Neotropical forms
belong to different sections of the genus, but even that among the Netropical forms with short palpi
there are several groups distinet in oiigin. It may be convenient to separate the species with palpi
alike in the two sexes, but in order to maintain a natural system it will be necessaiy (as in the case of
Aedes) to recognise several subgenera showing this feature.
The characters on which the subgenera oi Culex are defined are chiefiy found in the hypopygium;
in some cases the male palpi or antennae have been used. No satisfactory distinctions between the
subgenera have yet been found in the females, stili less in the larvae.
KEYS TO SUBGENERA
Males.
1 . Palpi longev tJian in ^ , usually as long as proboscis thoiigh
sometimes rediiced to about lialf this length 2.
Palpi not longer than in 9 > mosl one-third as long as pro-
boscis, usually less 12.
2. Four or more louiev mesepimeval bristles Subgen. Lutzia Theobald.
Not more than three lower mesepimeral bristles {^usually one or
none) 3.
3. Antennae with modified scales or hairs on segments 6-g, or at
least with a matted hair-pencil on segment g Subgen. Lophocer.atomyia Theobald.
Antennae without modified hairs or scales on segments 6-g 4.
4. Palpi with a roit) of long projecting scales on the oiiter half of
the long segment Subgen. Culiciomyia Theobald.
Palpi without snch scales
5.
FAAI. CUI ACIDAE
i Sq
6.
8.
9-
IO.
1 1 .
12.
i3.
H-
i5.
PiiniproLls zcHh a tuft of Iiairs or s/'iiies al iip; co.xi/e withoiit
senius
Tips of paraprocts forming neat transverse coml/s, or xvitJi a fexv
Iiairs not forming tnfts; coxite often bearing scates
Phallosome simple, ivith one pair of plates arising froni lower
briitge; pale markings of abdominal tergites usually apical,
or else male palpi shorter tlian proboscis
Phallosome more complicated (^Pl. 3, Fig. I 8), xcith proces-
ses from upper bridge, pale markings of abdominal tergites
nearly alivays basat ; mate palpi as long as proboscis or longer.
Old-ivorld species {cf. also C. apicalis and related species);
phallosome nnthout « basal hooks »
Xelropical species ; phallosome wilh a basal hooks » (Pl. 3,
Fig. I7a)
First hind tarsal segment abont as long as tibia as nsnal ;
pulvilli of hind legs loell-developed
First hind tarsal segment shorter than tibia
Pulvilli very small
Pulvilli ivell developed on hind legs
Abdomen compressed , xoith metallic markings
Abdomen not compressed, loithout metallic markings; small
species
Main plates o f phallosome xuith a long, backwardly-di) ected
hook; tarsal segments basally banded, or pleurae striped .
This hook absent ; tarsal segments not basally banded; pleurae
not striped
Paraprocts not combed at tip ; old-ivorld species
Paraprocts combed at tip', neiv-xvorld species
Scutellum with broad scales; coxite with a strong spine at base .
Scutellum ivith narroiv scales (as iisiial); coxite without basal
spine
Palpi one-third as long as proboscis
Palpi not a quarier as long as proboscis
Coxite with a long snb-basal arm, as in Canollia . . . .
Coxite with the nsnal sub-apical lobe
6.
7-
Subgen. NeoculiiX l>yai .
Subgen. Culex l.innaeus.
8.
IO.
Subgen. Neoculex Dyar ([)art.).
9-
Subgen. Lasiosiphon Kirkpatrick.
Subgen. 13arkaudius Edwards.
Subgen. Cakkoij.ia Eutz.
1 1 .
Subgen. Microculex 'riieobald.
Subgen. Mochlostyrax Dyar and Knab;
Subgen. Melanoconion 'l'heobald.
i3.
14-
Subgen. Acalleomyia Leicester.
Subgen. Mochthogenes Edwards.
Subgen. Micraedes Coquillett.
1 5 .
Subgen. Aedinus T.utz.
Subgen. Isosto.myia Coquillett.
Females.
igo
DIPTERA
6,
/ ■
8.
9
IO.
1 1 .
Pulvilli very small, hardly distiiignishable
Pulvilli luell developed (P\. 3, Fig. 20)
First hind tarsal segmcnt distinctly shorter than tibia
First hind tarsal segmenl iisually as loiig as tibia or loiiger .
Rather large to inediiiin-sized species, withoiit any broad scales
OH vertex adjacent to eyes
Snialler, usually dark-coloured species, or clse ivith small broad
scales 011 vertex roiiiid eye-inargins
Pale markings of ahdomiiial tergites basal
Pale markings of abdomiiial tergites npical
Wing-scales scanty, especially on vein An
IViiig-scales denser
Larger species; a singlc roiv of broad scales round eyes in froiit.
Smaller species ; scaling of head usually otlienvise . . . .
Hind tarsal seginents ivith white basal rings
Hind tarsi dark, or [rarely) with narroiv pale rings einhracing
both ends of the seginents
Subgen. Lasiosiphon Kirkpatrick.
Subgen. ]-3arraudius Edwards.
6.
7-
8.
9-
Subgen. Culex Linnaeus (part.).
Subgen. Neoculex D3'ar (part.).
Subgen. Lophoceratomyia Theobald.
IO.
Subgen. Culiciomyia Theobald.
1 1 .
Subgen. AIicroculex Theobald (part.).
Subgen. Neoculex Ds^ar (part.);
Subgen. Mochthogenes Edwards;
Subgen. jMochlostyrax Dyarand Knab ;
Subgen. Melanoconion Theobald;
Subgen. Micraedes Coquillett;
Subgen. Aedinus Lutz ;
Subgen. Isostomyia Coquillett;
Subgen. AIicroculex Theobald (part.).
I. SuBGENUS LUTZIA Theobald
Lutzia Theobald, Mon. Cui. \''ol. 3, p. i55 (igo3). — T_vpe bigoti Theo.
Jamesia Christophers, Sci. Alem. Aled. Ind. 20, p. 12 (1906). — Tyyye fitscaniis Wied.
Ch aracters. — Adult : Palpi of cf longer than proboscis, last two seginents upturned and
hairy; of 9 not more than a quarter as long as proboscis. Antennae of cf unmodified. Scales of
pronotal lobes and scutelluin narrow. Several (4-8) long lower mesepimeral bristles present. Eighth
tergi te of not deeply emarginate. M3"popygium : Coxite without scales; subapical lobe bearing
three spines but no leaf. St3de simple, sickle-shaped. Paraprocts with dense apical hair-tuft and
moderate basal arm. Phallosome of simple structure, formed ot one pair of plates onl3'. Ninth tergite
narrow. Legs with anterior surface of front and iniddle femora and tibiae motted with numerous
patches of light-coloured scales. Pulvilli large. Wings often with the cross-veins almost in one line,
or even with m-cu outside r-in. Large species, the largest of the genus.
Larva. — Head small, mouth-parts much modified for predacity. Mouth-brushes forming
matted prehensile tufts, containing only about 40 stout and strongl3^ pectinate hairs; mandibles with
large teeth. Apparently, no clypeal spines. Plead-hairs A, B and C all rather long but single. Siphon
short, with a postero-ventral row of of hair-tufts extending the whole length ; pecten also extending the
whole length. Anal segment pointed, the chitinous ring being very much broader above than below.
Habits. — Eggs are laid in rafts as usual in this genus. The larvae are pureh^ predaceous, and
feed voraciously on other mosquito larvae, usuall3^ those of other species of Culex, and especially
FAM. CULICIDAK
191
C. fiitigaiis. They occur either in small collections of water about houses, 01 in gi ound-ponls ; rarel}’ if
ever in tree-holes and such situations. The females attack man and dninestic animals, but are rarely
noublesome.
C lassification and distributiori. — Two distinet groups nf the subgenus occur; t)ne (Lniziu)
in tropical South .America, the other {Jamesia) in ali tropical countries from West Africa to Oueensland
and Japan. This sharp cleavage has led some writers to suppose that the two groujis have arisen
independently from different branches of the Culex stock, but there is nothing in either adult or larval
morphology to suggest that this has been the case, all essential structuies being (]uite similar in the
old-world and new-world forms.
Group .\ [Liitsia). Proboscis with a broad pale ring. Broad \'ellowish ringsover tarsal joints,
last hind tarsal segment usually entirely pale. Whngs with costa alternateh' marked with brovvn and
vellow. Larval siphon longer. The four described species are doubtfull}^ distinet.
Group B Pioboscis, tarsi and costa entireh’ dark. Larval siphon shorter. llere
also the fi ve described species are doubtfully distinet.
Group A
C. [L.) al/osligma Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mose]. N. and C. .Am. Vol. 3,
p. 471 (igio); *Dyar, .Mosq. .Amer. p. ^67 (1928).
C. (L.) bigoti Bellardi, Mem. Ac. Sci. Torino, \h)l. 21, p. 200 (1862); *L)yar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 266(1928); Pinto, Mem. Inst. Osw. Cruz. p. i55
(igSo).
C. (L.) hraziliae Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, ]). 67 (1923); *Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 267 (t928) [? = bigoti'].
C. (L.) pa f er soit i Slmnuon and Del Ponte in Dyar, Mosip .Amer. p. 26S (1928).
Group B
C. {L.) fuscunus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. \M1. i, p. 9 (1821); Edvvards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. VMl. 10, p. 270 (1922); Barraud, Ind. J. .Med. Res.
Vol. II, p. 973, *977 (1924); * Senior- White, Spolia Zeylanica,
Vol. 44, p. 73 (1927).
? concolor Robineau-Desvoidy, Alem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 4, p. 405 (i825);
'I heobald, Mon- Cui, Vol. 2, p. 107 (1901).
? luridus Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 14, ]>. 384 (1857).
setulosus Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind. Vol. 14, p. 384 (1857).
C. (L.) halifaxi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 23 1 (1903); Edwards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. \M1. 10, p. 270 (1922); *Cooling, Comm. .Austr. Dept.
Health, Service Pub. 8, p. 14 (1924); Barraud, Ind. J. A'ted. Res.
Vol. II, p. 970, *977 (1924); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14,
p. 391 (1924); Paine, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 807 (1929).
aureopunctis Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 42. p. igS (1910).
iniiltimaculosns Leicester, Cui. Malaya. p i55 (1908).
C. (L.) raptor Edvvards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 276 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 974, *977 (1924).
C. {L.) tigripes Grandpre and Charmoy, Les .Moustiques (1900); Theobald,
.Mon. Cui. (1901-10) [in part]; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 261
(1911); *Wesche, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i, p. 36 (1910).
maculicruni Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2. p. 34 (1901).
var. bimaculata Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 3g3 (1910).
var. fusca Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 894 (1910).
C. (L.) vorax Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 827 (1921); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 978, *977 (1924).
tigripes *Mochizuki, Mag. Fukuoka Med. Coli. Vol. 7, p. i5 (igiS).
Panama, Surinam.
Mexico, Guatemala.
Brazil, .Argentina.
.Argentina.
Oriental region.
.Assam and Alala}^ region
to Solomon Is. and
N. S. Wales.
India, Ceylon.
Tropical Africa, .Aden.
W. .yfrica.
Hong Kong, Japan, Bur-
ma. Hi mala vas.
192
DIPTERA
2. SuBGENUS LASIOSIPHON Kirkpatrick
Lasiosiphon Kirkpatrick, Bull. Soc. Roy. Ent. Egypte, p. 372 (1924). — Type pluvialis Kirkp.
Characters. — Palpi of somewhat shorter ihan proboscis, slender and bare, of 9 l^ss than
a quarter as long as proboscis. Antennae of unmodified. Scales of vertex, pronotal lobes and
scutelluin all narrow. Eighth tergite of not deeply emarginate. Hypopygium : Coxite without
scales; subapical lobe prominent but without leaf. Style simple. Paraprocts with very long basal
arm; hairs in apical tuft numerous but short and weak. Phallosome consisting of two pairs of slender
rods. First segment of hind tarsus somewhat shorter than tibia. Pulvilli rudimentarrq but empodia
well developed. Wing-scales linear. Small species without special ornamentation.
Larva. — Clypeal hairs B and C vestigial (this distinguishing the larva from most if not all
other species of the genus). Integument of thorax and abdomen densely covered with minute hairs
(as occasionally in other subgenera). Siphon of moderate length, with numerous hair-tufts in a single
scarcel}’ zig-zag ventral row running whole length of siphon.
Habits — C. adairih&s only been found in ciear rain-water pools with rocky bottom.
Distributiori. — Only one species kuown.
C. (L.) adairi Kirkpatrick, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypt, Vol. 19, p. 112 (1926). Eastern Egypt.
kirlipatriki Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 627 (1926).
kirkpatricki Stackelberg, Tabi. Analyt. Faune U. R. S. S. Cui. p. 148 (1927).
pluvialis Kirkpatrick. Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypt. p. SyS (Dec. 1924) [nec C. pluvialis
Barraud, April 1924]; *Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. 100 (1925).
3. SuBGENUS BARRAUDIUS Edwards
Barraudius Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 332 (1921). — T3'pe pusillus Macq.
Characters. — Palpi of somewhat longer than proboscis, slender and bare; of 9 quite
short. Antennae of cf unmodified. Scales of vertex, pronotal lobes and scutellum all narrow.
Eighth tergite of (pf not deeply emarginate. Plypopygium : Coxite rather long, with scales on outer
surface ; lobe very little beyond middle, bearing two or three strong spines but no leaf. Style simple.
Paraprocts without basal arm; hairs at tip numerous, forming a tuft. Phallosome consisting of one
pair of rods or plates. First segment of hind tarsus markedly shorter than tibia. Pulvilli well
developed as usual. Small species without conspicuous ornamentation.
Larva. — Mouth-parts normal, not modified for predacity. Clypeal hairs B and C well
developed as usual. Siphon rather short, with a single zig-zag ventral row of hair-tufts.
Distributiori. — Two species are known. (But compare C. martinii, Medjid).
C. (B.) modestus Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 21, p. 293 (1890), S. Europe, Kashmir, Pa-
Vol. 3i, p. 211 (1899); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 332 lestine, Asia minor.
(1921); Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 624 (1926); *Collado, Eos,
Madrid, Vol. 6, p. 342 (1930).
eadithae Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1004 (1924).
var. niidipalpis Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 5, p. 55o {1927).
tauaicus *Schelkanovtzev, Bull. Soc. Nat. Voroneje, Vol. i, p. i33 (1926).
C. [B.) pusillus Macquart (?), Dipt. Exot. Supp. 4, p. 9 (i85o); Storey,
Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypte 191S (1919); * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 12, p. 333 (1921); * Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. 97 (1925).
Egyqit, Mesopotamia.
FAM. CULICI DA E
193
4. SuBGENUS NEOCULEX Dyar
Neoculex Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. \"ol. 7, p. 45 (ipoa). — ^Type apicalis Adams (as ierri/aiis VValk.).
Maillotia rheobald, Mon. Cui. \k)l. 4, p, :>74 (1907). — lA-pe hortensis Fic. (as pilifera 'Flieo).
Eumelanomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 114 (1910). — T3'pe Edw'. {‘a?, iuconspiciiosa
Theo).
Ppotomelanoconion Theobald, Mon. Cui. \M1. 5, p. 462 (1910). — Tj^ie horridus Edw. (as fuscum
Theo).
Chanacters. — Palpi of usually as long as proboscis 01 longer, sometimes shortened. Palpi
ot' 9 riol more than a quarter as long as proboscis. .Antennae of pf uninodihed. Scutellar scales
narrow. Lower inesepimeral bristle present or absent. Eighth tergite of deepl}' emarginate.
Hvpop3'gium : Coxite without scales, with the usual subapical lobe bearing spines and a leaf. Style
usualh' simple. Parajuocts with more or less dense hair-tuft at tip, but usuallv without basal aim ;
sometimes the apical hair-tuft is more or less completely replaced by a transverse comb similar to that
of the subgenus Melanoconiou . Phallosome of rather simple structure, formed of one pair of plates
onlv, these arising from the ventral bridge. Ninth tergite very little developed. Tarsi always dark.
Wing-scales narrow and fairh' dense.
Classification . — I now include here three groups which were formerlv treated as distinet
genera, but which are similar in all essenlials, differing as follows ;
Group A {Neoculex, oc apicalis-grouy^). Palpi of not or scarcely shoi ter than proboscis and
usuallv' more or less hair}’. All decumbent scales of veitex narrow. Usually at least some trace of
apical pale markings on abdominal tergites.
Group B {Eumelanomyia, or albiventris-gxouy). Palpi of about as long as proboscis and bare.
Vertex with numerous broad scales in front. .Abdomen liark dorsally. white ventrally.
Group C {Protomelanoconiou, or ««//orwA-group). Palpi of pf from about three-fifths to
five-sixths as long as proboscis. Decumbent scales of vertex all narrow. Mesonotal bristles usually
strong and numerous. .Abdomen usually with basal lateral pale spots on tergites, but without apical
pale markings.
Group A
C. {N .) andreanus Edwards, Rev. Zool. .Afr. Vol. i5, p. Sap (1927).
C. {N f) apicalis Adams, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. Vol. 2, p. 26 (igo3);
*Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 336 (1921); *Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 392 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 162 (1929);
Christophers. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 17, p. 626 (1929).
frickii Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. i32 (19061.
pwenaicus Brolemann, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 87, p. 427 (igig); *Seguy,
Moust. Afr. Min. p. 42 (1924).
saxatilis Grossbeck, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 36o(i9o5).
sergenti Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 218 (July igo3).
territans Howard. Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. .-Vm. [nec Walker].
vAT. judaicus Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5. p. 63i (1926).
C. {N.) derivator Dyar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 216 (1906);
*Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 3g3 (1928).
C. {N .) deserticola Kirkpatrick, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypt, p. 378 (1924);
* Kirkpatrick, Morq. Egypt, p. 104 (1925); ^Edwards, Riv. Malar.
Vol. 5, p. 63i (1926).
Congo, Nigeria, Gold
Coast.
Europe, Algeria, Canaiy'
Is., N. America.
Palestine.
Mexico, Costa Rica.
Eg3q')t, Algeria, Tunis.
194
DIPTERA
C. [N .) fergusoni Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 3g, p. 459 (1914)
\CuUcada'\\ Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 3g8 (1924), Vol. 17,
p. 1 14 ( [926).
C. {N .) horUiisis Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 21, p. 27 (1889), Vol. 3i,
p. 217 (1S99); *Langeron, Bull. Soc. Path. Exot. Vol. 9, p. 438
(1916); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 336 (1921); ^Segu}',
Aloust. Afr. Min. p. 46 (1924); *Senevet and Prunelle, Bull. Soc.
Path. Exot. Vol. 20, p. 419 (1927); Chi istophers, Ind. J Med. Res.
Vol. 17, p. 525 (1929)
geniculatus Theobald (nec Olivier), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, ]>. 216 {igo3).
pilifera Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 274 (1907) \_Maillotia~\.
C. {N .) impudicus Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 22, p. 81 (iSgo), Vol. 3i,
p. 214 (iSgg); Senevet and Prunelle, Bull. .Soc. Ilist. Nat. Afr. Nord,
Vol. 28, p. 2or ([927); "''Galliard, Anu. Parasit. Vol. 6, p. 461 (1928).
C (N .) kingianus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 86 (1922); Edwards,
Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. i5, p. 355 (1927).
C. {N .) inaiiinii *Medjid, Arch. Schiffs- und Tropenhyg. Vol. 34, p. 364
( 1930).
C. {N. ?} nematoides Dvar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 84 (1925).
C. {N .) peringueyi Edwards, Ann. S. Afr. Mus. Vol. 19, p. 162 (1924).
C.{N.) psendomelanoconia ddaeobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 416 (1907);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 897 (1924)
C. (N .) piilchyithorax Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 78 (1914), Vol. i3,
p. 85 (1922).
lineata Theobald (nec v. Humboldt), Ent. Vol. 45, p. 92 (1912) [P seudohoivardi na\.
C. (N.) rima Theobald (9 type), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 827 (igoi); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 226 (1917), Vol. i3, p. 86 (1922).
insignis Carter, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 37 (1911); *In4ram and Mactie,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 10 (1916).
C. (V.) rubiufllus Theobald, Second Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 76 (1906); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 87 (1922).
C. (A^.) l'heobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. ii3 (igoi); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 88 (1922); *Bedford, 5th. and 6th. Rept.
Vet, Res. S. Afr. p. 742 (igi8).
Theobald, 2nd Rept. Vet. Res. S. Afr. p. 320 (igiS) [salisburiensis
var.].
bostocki Theobald, J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 29 (igoS).
C. (AI.) simpliciconiis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 3o6 (1980).
C. {N .) tricuspis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 21, p. 294 (1980).
trifidus Edwards (nec Dyar), Bull. Ent. Ites. Vol. 6, p. 108 (1926).
Group B
C. (AI.) albiventris Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 88 (1922).
inconspicuosa Theobald (nec Theobald 1908), Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 240 (1910);
* Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 12 (1916), Vol. 8, p. 88
(1917) YEmnelanom\'ia~\.
Group C
C. (AI.) brtvipalpis Giles, Handb. Gnats, 2nd Ed. p. 884 (1902) \Slegomyia\-,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 287 (1918) {Cyathomyia?^ ; Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1277 (1924); * Brug, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 14, p. 440 (1924); * Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 482
(1924); *Borel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 8-4, p. 117 (1926);
Senior-White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
N. S. Wales.
C. and S. Europe,
N. Africa, Canary Is
Madeira.
Sardinia, Corsica,
Algeria.
Sudan, Uganda.
Asia Minor.
Philippine Is.
S. Africa.
S. Queensland.
S. Africa.
Tropical xAfrica.
Sudan, Uganda.
S. Africa.
Borneo.
Sunda Is.
Tropical Africa.
Oriental Region.
F.AM. CULICIDAE
1 95
pihlis Dyar, lusec. Inscit. \\>1. s, p. 180 (,1920); Edwards, Not. Ent. Vol. 9,
p. 4 (1929).
longipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 68 1,1901).
ithicropus Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 027 (igoS).
unifonnis Leicester, Cui. iMalaya, p. 1.^6 (igoS) \_Melanoconion'\.
C. (N.) htiviishii *Vamada, Dobuts. Z. Tolvio, \'ol. 29, p. 61 (1917) [Japa- Japan.
nese]; Edwaids, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 12, p. 336 (1921); * Edwards,
Riv. Malar. \^ol. 5, p. 622, 632 (1926).
C. (.V.) horridus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. i3, p. 88 (1922). Tropical Africa.
fuscum Theobald, Mon. Cui. t'o]. 5, p. 463 (1910) \_ProluinelaHOCO)iioii\\
Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. V'ol, 8, p. 143 (1917) [Cyathomxiaf
C. (Ad) teuuipLilpis Barraud, Ind. |. .Med. .Res. A'ol. ii, p. 278, *\^ol. 12,
p. 433 (1924). E. Himalayas.
5. SuBGENUS MOCHTHOGENES Edwards
M ochthogenes Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Fol. 21, p. 3o.5 (1930). — Tvp® malayi Eeic.
Charactens. — Palpi alike in the two sexes and tpiite short. Antennae of soinetimes with
the plumes reduced. Scales of vertex variable, sometimes ali narrow, but more often some or all of
them are broad and flat, thoLigh small. Scutellar scales always narrow. Dorsocentral bristles usually
strong. H_\’popygium much as in Neocidex : eighth tergite deeply emarginate; coxite without basal
spine, subapical lobe with long rods and a leaf; style variable in shape, sometimes forked; paraprocts
with small apical tuft of weak hairs; phallosome with one pair of plates arising from ventral bridge,
these plates often studded with small tubercles. AVing-scales soinetimes rather broad; squamal fringe
sometimes incomplete.
This group does not differ essentially from Group C of the subgenus Neocidex-, it is onl}^ treated
as a distinet subgenus for the sake of consistency in using the character of short male palpi. The
included species are somewhat nearh’ related ; all are dark, without any obvious ornamentation.
Distributiori. — Tropies of the Ethiopian, Oriental and Australasian regions.
C. (il/.) castrensis Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 280 (1922); Bar-
raud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1280 (1924); *Senior-White,
Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
nigrescens Theobald (inpart.), Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. .140 (1907) \_Aedes'\.
C. {M .) cataractarum Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 7 (1923); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 398 (1924).
C. {M .) femineus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 107 (1926); *Buxton
and Hopkins, Res. in Polynesia, p 86 (1927).
C. (M.) hackeri Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 4 (,ig23).
C. (M.) inconspicuosus Theobald, Entom. Vol. 41, p. log (1908) [Aedesy,
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 64 (1912) \_Micraedes']-, *Ingram
and de Meillon, S. Afr. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 4, p. 74 (1927);
de Meillon, S. Afr. J. Sci. Vol. 2,5, p. 323 (1928).
C. (M.) iphis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1279 (1924)-
C. {M .) kliazani Edwards, Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. 10, p. 286 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1281 (1924).
C. {M .) malayi Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 184 (1908) \_Aedes}-, Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 228 (1917) '\_Micraedes']-, Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. II, p. 1282 (1924); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
Vol. 3-4, p. 117 (1926).
aedes Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 189 (1908) \_Aioretomyia'].
nigrescens TdeohalA (part.), Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 540 (1907) \_AedesP
C. (M.) pluvialis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1281 (1924).
India, Ceylon.
New Britain.
New Hebri des.
Malaya.
Tropical Africa.
S. India.
S. India.
India, Malaya, Timor.
S. India.
196
DIPTERA
6. SUBGENUS ACALLEOM Y1 A Leicester
Acalleomyia Leicester, Cui. of Mala5^a, p. 194 (igo8). — Type obscurus Leic.
Characters. — Palpi alike in the two sexes, less than one-fifth as long as proboscis. Antennae
of (f moderatel}^ plumose, without modified hair-tufts. Vertex inainly clothed with small flat scales.
Scutellar scales broad and flat (this character distinguishing Acalleomyia from all other subgenera of
Culex). Hypopygium : Coxite without scales, with a strong spine arising from base externally.
Paraprocts with only a few apical hairs. Small, dark species without ornamentation. Larva
u ndescribed.
Distributiori. — Onh’ one species known.
C. (A.) obscurus Leicester, Cirl. Malaya, p. 194 (igo8); Edwards, Ind. J. Malaya.
Med. Res. Vol. 10. p. 285 (1922).
7. SUBGENUS LOPHOCERATOM YIA Theobald
Lophoceratomyia Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Plung. Vol. 3, p. gS (igoS). — Tyye fraudalrix Theo
Philodend romyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 623 (1907). — Type barkeri Theo.
Cyathomyia de Meijere, Ann. Jard. Buitenzorg (2), Vol. 3, p. 921 (1910). ■ — Tr^pe jenseni de M.
Characters. — Palpi of variable in length; usually longer than proboscis, but often
shortened, sometimes reduced to about two-fifths the length of the proboscis. Antennae of (f with a
thin matted hair-tuft on the ninth segmenl, directed downwards and inwards ; usually also with tufts
of modifled scales on segments 6-8. Vertex usually with nuinerous small flat scales in front, towards
eve-margins. Scutellar scales narrow. Lower mesepimeral bristle present. Eighth tergite of cf
deeply emarginate. Hypopygium of of the t3^pe of the subgenus Neoculex. Pale markings of
abdominal tergites basal. Tarsi always dark. Wing-scales usuali}-' very scanty, except towards tip of
wing.
La rva. — Structure unusually diverse, even among closely allied species.
Cl assification . — Three slightly different t5'pes of structure may be recognised in the subgenus,
representing successive stages in specialisation from the primitive Neoculex type.
Group A {minutissimus-i^con^). Basal segment of cf antenna simple-, segments 6-8 without
scale-tufts. Palpi of cf simple. Thorax usually with reddish tint ; abdomen usually banded. Breed
in giound pools.
Group B [Lophoceratomyia or fraudatrix-gron^). Basal segment of antenna simple ; segments
6-8 with more or less conspicuous scale-tufts. Palpi of often with a pair of finger-like projections
at base. Thorax usually with reddish tint; abdomen banded or not. Breed usually in ground
pools.
Group C. [Cyathomyia or mammilifer-grovL\)). Basal segment of antenna with a blunt, often
pubescent prominence on the inner side; segments 6-8 with more or less distinet scale-tufts. Palpi of cf
often reduced in length. Thorax blackish; abdomen unbanded. Breed usually in bamboos, tree-holes
or pitcher-plants, only rarely in ground pools.
Distribution. — Oriental and Australasian regions.
FAM. CULICIDAE
19
CiROi^p A
C. {L.?) chjefoveiilralis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 461 (1910); Edwanls,
Hull. Ent. Kes. \'ol. 14, p. 397 (1924).
C. {L.) Lyliiidnciis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 3. p. 202 (1903); Edwards.
Bull. Ent. Kes. Vol. 14, p. 396 (1926).
C. (L.) iiifuiinltts Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. VAl. 10, p. 2S7 (1922).
C. (L.) miiutttssimits Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 233 (1907) [Ciiliciojiiyid];
Edwards, Ind. J. Ved. Res. Vol. 10, p. 2S0 (1922); Barraiul, Imi. J.
Med. Res. \"ol. 12, p. 41 (1924); * Senior- Adiite. Spolia Zevlanica,
Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
juxtiipiilhiiicfps Theobald, Mon. Cnl. ^M1. 5. ]>. 456 I1910I [Mdciuoco/iioit].
nigerrima Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 2ii (loio) [Ciiliciomyia].
Grovp B
C. (L.) cituielliis Edwiuds, j. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 2S1 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Kes. \M1. 12, p. 42 (1924); *Edwards and Civen, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 18. p. 353 (1928).
taeniata Leicester (nec W^iedemann), Cnl. Malaya, p. 127 (igo8).
C. (L.) fraudati ix Theobald, .Vnn. Mus. Nat. Mung. \hrl. 3, p. 94 (1905);
Edwards. Bull. Ent. Res \'ol. 14, p. 5gb (1924); '‘'''Edwards and
Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Wil. 18, p. 35i (1928).
cairnsensis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. \V. ^■ol. 4.1, p. Sdy (igiq).
fraudator Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, }>. 281 (1922) : Barraud, Ind. J.
Med. Res. \’ol. 12, p. 41 11924).
? molestus WiedemAnn (nec Wied. 1S211, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, j). 542
(1828).
variata Leicester. Cui. INIalaya. p. 121 {1908).
var. annulata Taylor. Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. W. Vol. 43, p. S.ty (1919).
var. solomonis Edwards, Bull. End. Res. Vol. 20, p. 3i6 (1929).
C. (L.) Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p. 97 ( igog)[OcuUnmyia] ; Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. io„ p. 2S7 (1922).
C. (L.) Iiilli Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. gS (1922); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. \'ol. 14, p. 896 (1924).
l australis Taylor (nec Erichson), Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. W ^'ol. 40, p. 178
ligi5) (iVeomaoleaya].
var. huxtoni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 106 (1926; ; *Buxton and ilopkins,
Ent. Res. in Polynesia, p. 90 (1927); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. iS,
p. 276 (1928).
C. (L.) niger Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 128 (1908); Edwards. Ind. j. Med.
Res. Vol. IO, p. 281 (1922).
atratulus Edwards, Ind. J. iNIed. Res. Vol. 10. p. 287 (1922).
C. (L.) quadripalpis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 80 (1914); Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 478 (1922); * Edwards and Given, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 352 (1928).
? barkeri Theobald, IMon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 62.3 (1907) [Philodendromyiad
roubaudi ^■'liorel, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, 3-4, p. 112 (1926).
svlvestris Leicester (nec Theobald), Cui. IMalaya, p. i25 (igo8).
C. (L.) rubithoracis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 119 (1908); Edwards, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 287 (1922).
Group C
C. (L.) bernardi * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 3-4, p. iii (1926).
C. (L.) coevnlesccus *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 277 (192S);
*Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 355 (1928).
Oueensland.
(dueensland.
Mong Kong.
India, Ceylon.
India, Malaya.
Assam and Andaman Is
to New Britain and N
S. Wales.
Australia.
Solomon Is.
Philippine Is.
Oueensland, N. Austra
lia.
Xew Hebrides.
Malaya.
IMalaya, Borneo, Indo
Chi na.
Malaya.
Indochina.
Borneo, Singapore.
DIPTERA
198
C. (L.) cmiipaUyis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 127 (1914); Edwaids,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 279 (192S); *Ed\vards and Given. Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 357 (1928).
C. (L.) eminentia Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. i3i (igo8); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 4, p. 236 (1913); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 278
(1928); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 355 (1928).
brtvipnlpus Theobald (nec Gilis), Ann. Mus. Xat. Huny. Vol. 3, p. 96 (igoS).
C. (L.) flavicomis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 45 (1924).
C. (L.) heiaitti Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 80 (1914); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 277 (1928): *Edwards and Given, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 355 (1928).
C. (L.) jenseni de Meijere, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg (2), Vol. 3, p. 922
(1910) \Cyathoniyia\-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 279(1928);
*Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 356 (1928).
C. (L.) niammilifer Leicester, Cui. Mala3^a, p. 128 (1908); Barraud, Ind. J.
Aled. Res. Vol. 12, p. 46 (1924); *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18,
p. 276 (1928).
hicornuta Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 25 (1907).
C. (L.) minor Leicester, Cui. Mala5^a, p. 126(1908); Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 12, p. 44 (1924); *Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 18, p. 352 (1928); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 8-4,
p. 109 (1926).
C. (L.) navalis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 118 (1926), Vol. 18,
p. 277(1928); * Edwards and Given, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 18, p. 353
(1928).
C. (L.) plantaginis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 46 (1924).
C. (L.) uniformis Theobald, J. Bombay Nat. Plist. .Soc. Vol. 16, p. 248
(1905); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 48 (1924); *Senior-
White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927); * Edwards, Ind.
|. Med. Res. Vol. 18, p. 276 (1928).
Borneo, Singapore.
Borneo, Singapore.
S. India.
Borneo, Singapore.
Java, Borneo, Singapore.
Malara, Burma, Anda-
mans.
Malaya, India, Ceylon,
Indochina.
Singapore.
W. Himalayas.
India, Ce^don.
8. SuBGENUS CULICIOMYIA Theobald
Culiciomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 227 (1907). — Type fragilis Ludi, (as inornata Theo.).
Trichorhynchus Theobald (nec Balbiani), J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. p. 240 (igoS). — T3'pe
fragilis Ludi, fls fuscus Theo.).
Neomelanoconion Theobald (nec Newstead), Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5t6 (1907). — Tv^pe nebulosus
Theo. (as rima Theo. (f).
Pectinopal pus Theobald, Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, p. 875 (1910). — T}Tie nebulosus Theo.
[as fuscus Theo ).
Trichorhynchomyia Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. \'ol. 4, p. 477 (1912). — Type fragilis Ludi, (as
fuscus 'rheo.).
Characters. — Palpi of (f longer thau proboscis, penultimate segment often noticeably
shorter than terminal ; long segment on about the apical half with a row of peculiar long outstanding
scales, directed downwards and somewhat inwards. Antennae of (f unmodified. Vertex with small
flat scales round eye-margins, usually in a single row, the remaining decumbent scales narrow.
Scutellar scales narrow. Lower mesepimeral bristle present. Hypopygium : Coxite without scales;
st3de usually expanded and crested before tip; paraprocts with a more or less dense tuft of hairs at
tip, but also with some blunt spines which tend to have a comb-like arrangement, basal ann variousK'
developed; phallosome usually simple, consisting of one pair of hooked plates. Tarsi dark.
FAM. CULICI D A P:
199
Classification . — Pwo slighth' different groups are incliuleil here,
tlroiip A (fyagilis-group : Cttliciomyia). No scales on pleurae; cc^lour usualU' lightei'; abdomen
often banded. Orientai and Anstralasian.
Group R {>ielnilosns-gvo\.\\'> : Pecti)iopalpus). Small patches of scales usualh’ present on pleurae;
general colour blackish-grey ; abdomen unbanded ; palpal scales more numerons. Fthiopian.
Group A
C. (C.) bahyi Edwards, Rull. Knt. Res. \’ol. 5, p. 79 (1914); Rarraud, Ind.
J. iMed. Res. \'ol. 12, p. 21 (1924); * ? .Renior-White, Spolia Zevla-
nica, \'ol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
C. (C.) fragilis Ludlow, j. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \hil. ii, p. 142 (ipoS); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5. p. 79 (1914); Rarraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. J2, p. 21 (1924); Edwards. Notulae Entom. \A1. 9, p. 4 (1929).
ci-ylonica Theobald, Mon. Ciil. Vol. 4, p. 236 (1907).
Theobald, J. Bombay. Xat. Hist. Soc. \'ol. 16, p. 242 (i9o5) \^Tric/io-
rliyiiclnis"^,
? g)ami>iis Leicester. Ciil. Mala3'a, p. i5S (190S1.
inornata Theobald, I\Ion. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 227 (1907I.
C. (C.) nigropnuctatiis *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. VAl. 17, p. 121 (1926).
annulata Theobald (nec Schrank). .Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 23o 1,1907).
pullus Edwards (nec Theobald). Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 279, 472 (1922);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12. p. 17 (1924).
C. (C.) pallidothorax Theobald, [. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 32 (ipoS); Barraud,
Ind. J. iMed. Res. Vol. 12, p. 20 (1924); *Borel, .Arch. Inst. Past.
Indochine, XAl. 3-4, p. 104 (1926).
albopleura Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 426 (1907).
annnloabdominalis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 236 (1910).
C.'(C.) papiiensis Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. London 1914, p. 201 (1914)
nocunion~\-, Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Wl. 14, p. 397 (1924); Paine,
Bull. Ent. Res. AAl. 20, p. 3o8 (1929).
C. (C.) pullus Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Ilung. Vol. 3, p. 87 (ipoS);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17. p. 121 (1926).
muticus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 6 (1923). Vol. 14, p. 397 (1924);
*Hill, Proc. R. Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 74 (1925).
C. (C.) shebbearei Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 19 (1924).
C. [C .) spaihifurca Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 284 (igiS); *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 120 (1926).
C. (C.) vit idiventer Giles, J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 609 (May
1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. VMl. 4, p. 235 (1913); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 12, p. 18 (1924); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past.
Indochine, Vol. 3-4, p. 106 (1926).
angulatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 324 (Nov. 1901).
longifurca/us Theobald. Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 19 (1910).
pseudolongifurcatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 366 (1910).
Group B
C. (C.) cinerelliis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 90 (1922) ; *Evans,
Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 23, p. 41 1 (1929).
C. [C.) cinereus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 58 (1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 8g (1922); *lIopkins, M.S (1930).
freetownensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 2, p. 69 (1901).
? mundulus Griinberg, Zool. Anz. Vol. 29, p. 388 (igoS).
uniformis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 23o (1910).
Cerlon.
Philippines, Malayan
region, .Assam, India,
Ce\lon.
India, Ceylon, Borneo.
India, Ce}'l()n, Siam,
Indochine, .8. China.
Papua, Solomon Is.,
Amboina.
Papua, New Britain,
.Amboina.
E. Himala3’as.
Borneo, Singapore.
N. India, Indochina.
W. Africa, Sudan, Ugan-
da.
AV. .Africa, Uganda.
200
DIPTERA
C. (C.) macfiei Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 3gg (1923); *Macfie and
Ingram, Bull, Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 439 (ig23).
C. (C.) nebulosus Theobald, Rept. Liverpool S. Trop. Med. Mem. Vol. 4,
.App, p. 10(1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 89 (ig23);
*Hopkins, AIS(ig3o).
fuscus Theobald, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, p. 3y5 {igio}[Pecti>wpdlpus].
? invenustus Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. A'Ied., Mem. 4, App. p. 9 (1901).
nigrochaetae 'bheobald (9), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 60 (1901).
pseutlocineirus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 62 (1901).
rima Theobald (cf). Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 514 (1907) \_N eomelanoconioii].
C. (C.) semibriinneus Edwards, Rev. Zool. Afr. Vol. i5, p. 353 (1927).
9. SUBGENUS CULEX Linnaeus
Culex Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Ed. Vol. 10, p. 602 (1758). — ^3410 pipiens L.
Lasioconops Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 235 (igo3). — T3'pe poicilipes Theo.
Heptaphlebomyia Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3. p. 336 (igo3). — Type univiltatus Theo. (as sim-
plex Theo.).
Pseudoheptaphlebomyia Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. ri, p. 427 (1905). — T3"pe poicilipes
Theo. (as madugascariensis Ventr.).
T richopronomyia Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 98 (1905). — Type squamosus Tardor
(as annulaia Theo.).
Leucomyia 'bheobald, Mon. Cui, Vol. 4, p. 372 (1907). — gelidus Theo.
Ap oroculex Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. i5o, 3i6 (1907). — Ts^pe poicilipes Theo. (as punctipes T.).
Pseudocjlex Theobald, Mon, Cui. Vol. 4, p. 3r8 (1907). — Type poicilipes Theo. (as punctipes T.).
Oculeomyia Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5r5 (1907). — dTpe liitaeuiorhynchus GWes (as saraioaki
Theo.).
Theobaldiomyia Brunetti, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 462 (1912). — ■ TyY>e gelidus Theo.
Phalangomyia Dyar and Knab, Insecutor Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 58 (1914). — T}4')e debilis D. and K.
Laiomyia Izquierdo, Inv. s. Pal pueblo Thesis Doct. Coi. dei Est. de Pueblo, p. 65 (igi6). — T3'’pe
(?) stigmatosoma D3'ar.
Transculicia Dyar, Insecutor Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 184 (1917). — Type hahamensis D. and K. (as eleuthera
D3'ar).
Cacoculex Dyar, Insecutor Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 100(1918). — Type habilitator D. and K.
Characters. — Palpi of (Pl. 3, Fig. 23 ) longer than proboscis (rarely of about the same
length or slightly shorter), last two segments about equal in length, upturned and usually hairy; long
segment without any modified scales. Palpi of 9 more than a quarter as long as proboscis.
Antennae of cf unmodified. Decumbent scales of vertex all narrow, no broad ones round e3'e-margins
in front. Scutellar scales always narrow. Lower mesepimeral bristle present or absent, rareh"
represented b\' two or three. Eighth tergite of cf not very deeply emarginate. Hypop3^gium : coxite
without scales; style usually simple, without subapical spiny crest ; paraprocts with dense tuft of hairs
or spines at tip and usually with strong basal arm; phallosome usually complicated, with vanous
processes and teeth; ninth tergites reduced to narrow transverse strips. Tarsi either dark or with
narrow pale rings, usually ernbracing both ends of the segments. Wing-scales nearly always dense,
more or less linear.
Gold Coast.
Tropi cal Africa.
Congo.
FA^I. CULICIDAE
20 I
Larva. — Structure variable in tlre different species, but inouth-parts never modilied for
predacity, and comb-teeth not in a regular tiansverse row.
Classification. — The large nuinber of species may be divided into two inain groups, possibh'
deserving the rank of separate subgenera.
Group A {Liisiocu)io/>s or si/ieiis-gionj^). Lower inesepimeral bristles absenL. Proboscis in both
sexes (but especially in 9 ) "'dh white or yellowish ring in iniddle, nearly always sharply rlelined.
Tarsi with at least soine trace of narrow pale rings at the joinls. This group is centred in the Oriental
region; some species extend into Australia and Africa, but none occur in the nevv world. Fuur
subsidiary groups or series may be recognised :
(a) the b!fae)iiGykj'i!cIiiis-series. consisting of rather large species, with the front half or the middle
third of the inesonotum usually covered mainly with whitish or yellowish scales ; pale inarkings of
abdominal tergites partly apical ; usually no leaf on lobe of coxite; larval siphon veiy? with
pecten reduced to a very few small teeth; comb-teeth few and large. C. albijicrvis and C. saiuoeiisis are
intermediate between this series and the next.
{l)) the gelidiis-seues, comprising rather smaller species, with the front two-thirds of the
mesonotum conspicuously white; pale markings of abdominal tergites mainl}^ or entirely basal ; lobe
of coxite with distinet leaf; larval siphon not so long, with well-developed pecten; comb-teeth usually
numerous.
(c) the s?VA«5-series ; similar to the last, but mesonotum not conspicuously ornamented,
sometimes obscurely mottled.
(d) the w/we/inis-series ; similar to the last two, but wings spotted, with three pale areas on
costa and other pale markings.
Group B [Cnlex s. str. or pipiens-gxowp). Low^er mesepimeral bristle present, usually singie
but occasionallv duplicated. Proboscis wdthout distinet pale ring (except in a few American species).
Tarsi usually entirely dark. This group includes the majority of the Ethiopian species as well as all
the new-world species of the subgenus. Several subsidiary groups may be recognised, but are not
very clearh' defined; for our present purpose the rather numerous species mav be grouped as follows ;
(fl) the /flrai/A-series, including all the American species with more or less distincti}' ringed hind
tarsi (in a few of these species specimens may occur in which the tarsi are dark; some also have the
proboscis more or less ringed in one or both sexes). The number of distinet species has probably
been exaggerated.
(i) the saliuat ius-apiciints-sexiea, including all the American species with completeh' dark tarsi
(except the widely-spread C. pipiens and C. faiigans), or (C. dolosus, C. mollis and perhaps one or two
others) wdth the hind tarsi sometimes very faintly ringed. This is hardly a natural group, but is
perhaps convenient. Some species (C. apiciniis, C. spJiinx, etc.) have an aberrant structure of the
hypopygium; C. sphinx is also abnormal in regard to abdominal ornamentation, the pale markings
forming a lateral stripe instead of basal segmental bards.
(r) the pipiens-sexxes, chiefly Ethiopian (especially East African). Proboscis and tarsi without
pale rings (except in C. duttoni and C. venii illoni ). Abdominal lergites nearly always wuth basal pale
bands. Palpi of cf with a white line on lower surface of last two segments. Lobe of coxite with a
well-marked leaf. Except for the aberrant C. dutloni, this is rather a homogeneous group.
{d) the decens series, exclusinely Ethiopian (chiefly West African). Proboscis and tarsi always
dark. Abdominal tergites with basal lateral pale spots only (except in the typical form of C. decens,
which has complete basal segmental bands). Palpi of wuthout trace of white line on low'er surface
202
DIPTERA
of last two segments (except in C. laurenti). Although the adults of tbis group are extiemely similar in
appearance, there is great variation in the structure ol the larvae, C. nionclieti being entirel}^ unlike any
other C«/r,r. C. and related species are peculiar in having the antennae of the 9 subplumose.
(<’) a few species of somewhat uncertain aiffnities, chiefl}' oriental and Australasian.
Group A
{a) bitaeniorhynchus series
C. (C.) * Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 338 (1929).
C. (C.) annalioris Theobald, Liverpool S. Trop. Aled. Mem. Vol. 5, App.
(1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 269 ( 191 1), * Vol. 3, p. 382
(1912); *Macfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. V^^ol. i3, p. 434 (1923).
var. congolensis Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 17, p. 91 (igzij.
var. consimilis Newstead, Aiin. Trop. Med. Vol. i, p. 23 (1907) [C. tigripes var.];
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 209 (1911); Macfie and Ingram, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 12 (1916).
pseudoiinnulioris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 333 {1910).
C. [C .) aurantapcx Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 74 (1914), Vol. 10,
p. 134(1920). [pProhahiY = bitaeniorhynchus
domesticus Leicester (nec Germar), Cui. Malaya, p. 169 (1908) \Tdeniorhvnchus'].
C. [C .) basicinctus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 78 (1921), Vol. i3,
p. 96 (1922), Vol. 14, p. 393 (1924); *Hill, Proc. R. Soc. Veit.
Vol. 37, p. 74 (1925).
C. (C.) bitaeniorhynchus Giles, J. Bombay, Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. r3 p. 607
(May 1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 23: ( igi 3) ; Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 282 (1922); *Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. 10, p. 936 (1923), Vol. II, p. 984 (1924); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 892 (1924); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
Vol. 3-4, p. 81 (1926).
abdominalis Ta.y\0T, Rept. Austr. Inst. Trop. Med. 1911, p. 7 (igi3) [Culice!sa~\.
ager Giles, Entom. Vol. 34, ]). 196 (July 1901) [TaeniorliyncliusJ.
ager var. ethiopicus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol . 3, p. 3o, *38o (1912) ; Ingram
and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, p. 65 {1919).
karatsiiensis Mochizuki, Mag. Fukuoka IMed. Coi. Vol. 7, p. 28 (igiS).
tenax var. ocellata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 4S8 (1907) [Taeniorhvnclius^.
var. aurantapex Edwards (see above).
va.T. ambiguus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3. p. 248 (1903) [Grahhamia^', Edwards,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 283 (1922); *Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. 10, p. 937 (1923) [as var. tenax'], Vol. ii, p. g85 (1924).
taeniarostris Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 299 (1907) [Grahhamia].
v^x. tenax Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 198 (Nov. 1901) \T aeniorhynchus]\
Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 283 (1922) ; Barraud, Ind. J. Med.
Res. Vol. II, p. 985 (1924).
infula Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 270 (Nov. 1901).
sarawaki Theobald, Mon Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5i5 (1907) \_Oculeomyia].
C. (C.) Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. V’’ol. 10, p. 283(1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Mied. Res. *Vol. 10, p. 987 (1928), Vol. ii, p. 988 (1924).
C. (C.) epidesmus Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 22 (1910) \T aeniorhyn-
chiis]-, Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 982 (1924).
Inteoabdominalis Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. 23 (1910) [Taeniorhvnchus].
ochracea TYiedbaXd (nec Theobald 1901), J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 35 (1905)
[Grahhamia].
C. (C.) giganteus Ventnllon, Bull, Mus. Paris, Vol. 12, p. 100 (1906);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. ii, p. i36 (1920).
neireti Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. 12, p. io3 (igo6).
Fiji.
Tropical .Africa (Chiefl}^
South).
Congo.
Uganda, W. Africa.
E. Africa, Uganda, Ma-
laya.
Oueensland.
Oriental Region, N. Aus-
tralia, Africa.
India.
India.
Madagascar.
FAM. CULICIDAE
203
C. (C.) poicilij^es Tlieobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Alem. \"ol. lo,
App. p. q (June iQoS); 'Pheobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 236 (July iqo3)
atuiUienia EnJerlein, A\'ien. Ent. Zeit. \'ol, 38, p. 41-) (iu’i); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 78 (1021).
nuidiigiiscarifusis Ventrillon. Bnll. Mus, Paris, Vol. ii, }>. 427 (ipoS)
heptaphUbomyia^
par Newstead, Ann. Trop. Med, Vol. i, p. 25 (1^107).
punctipis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 3i6 UO07) [/l/'0)(>r«/r,v].
quasigrlidus Theobald, Mon. Cnl. Vol. 3, p. 181 (July igod): Edwards, Bull.
Ent Res. Vol. 2, p. 258 (1911), Vol. 3, }>. 29 (1912I : Kirkpatrick, Mosq.
Egypt, p. n.>7 (19251.
taeniorhvnchoides Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. p. 069 (1904).
tena\ var. mactdipes Theobald, First. Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 79 (igoS) [Taenio-
rhvnchtif\.
C. (C.) samonensis Theqbald, Entem. \’ol. 47, p. 36 (1914) \_Pse11doiae11iorhy71-
chtis^; Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 14, p. 394 (1924).
C. (C.) shieiisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 3, p. iSo (ipod) [C. gelidus var.];
Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5, p. 3i3 (iqio) \_Lencomyid]\ Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4. p. 23i (1913); lud. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii,
p. 986 (1924).
sepositus Leieester, Cui. Malaya, p. i52 (1908).
t!)tax Leieester (nec Theobald), Ent. Malaya, p. 167 (1908).
? tripunctatus Mochizuki, May. Fuknoka Med. Coli. Vol. 7, p. 24 (igiS).
C. (C.) squamosus Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1913,9. 691 [Culicada^^\
Edwards, Bull. Ent. R’es. \'ol. 14, p. 3g3 (1924).
anmdata Theobald (nee Sehrank). .Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. g8 (igoS)
[ T richopronomyia^.
annulirostris Taylor (nee Skuse), Trans. Ent. Soc. igiS, p. 696 (1914) \Leucoviyia'].
taylori Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12. p. 78 (1921).
(h) gelidus series
C. (C.) bihamatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. 107 (1926).
C. (C.) gelidus Theobald, Mon. Cui. \’ol. 2, p. 20 (1901); Theobald, Mon.
Cui. Vol. 4. p. 372 (1907) \_Leucomyia']\ Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. II, p. 990 (1924), *Vol. 12, p. 428 (1924); *Borel, Arch. Inst.
Past. Indochine, ATI. 3-4, p. 88 (1926).
gelida var. cuneata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 22 (1901).
gelida var. bipunctata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 374 (1907).
C. (C.) vicinus Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 41, p. 56g (igi6)
\Leucomyia~\ \ Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 3g3 (1924).
annulata Taylor (nec Sehrank), Trans. Ent. Soc. London igi3, p. 695 (1914)
[Leticom\'ia'\.
C. (C.) whitmorei Giles, Journ. Trop. Med. A^ol. 7, p. 367 (1904) \T aeniorhyn-
c/rws]; Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. *Vol. 10, p. 941 (ig23), Vol. ii,
p. 988 (1924); * Senior-White, Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
albus Leieester. Cui. Malaya, p. 148 (1908).
argenteus Ludlow, Can. Ent. Vol. 37, p. 98 (igoS) \Taenior!ivnchus~\.
loricatus Leieester, Cui. Malaya, p. i5i (1908).
plegipennis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 375 (1907).
(r) sitiens series
C. (C.) alis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 167 (igo3); Edwards, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 277 (1922) [? = annulirostris, var.].
.Africa, Madagascar.
Sainoa.
Oiiental Region.
Oueensland, Papua.
Timor.
Oriental Region.
N. Australia, Oueens-
land.
Orientiil Region.
Christmas I (S. of Java).
204
DIPTERA
C. (C.) annuliyostyis Skase, Proc. Limi. Soc. N. S. W. (2) Vol. 3, p. 1737
(i88g); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 394 (1924); *Cooling,
Comm. Austr. Service Pub. (Tropical Div.) Vol. 8, p. 37 (1924);
*Baxton and Hopkins, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i5, p. 296(1925), Res. in
Polynesia, p. 79 (1927).
consimilis Taylor, Austr. Inst. Trop. Med. Rept. 1911, p. 8 (igiS) [Culicelsa].
jepsoni Bahr (necTheobald), J. London Sch. Trop. Med. Supp.\'ol. i, p. 18(1912).
pulpalis Taylor, Bull. Northern Terr. it?, p. 29 (1912).
simpley Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. igiS, p. 698 (1914) [Culicelsa'].
Taylor, Ann. Rept. Com. Pub Health, p. 28 (1912); Taylor, Proc.
Linn. Soc. N. S. W. Vol. 41, p. 071 (1916).
C. (C.) Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 284 (1922); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. *Vol. 10, p. pSg (192I), Vol. ii, p. 997 (1924);
* Senior-White, Spolia Ze3danica, Vol. 14, p. 71 (1927).
C. (C.) bifolialns Theobald, J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 3i (ipoS); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 261 (1911).
C. (C.) crinicaiida Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 77 (1921), Vol. 14,
p. 395 (1924).
parvus Taylor (nec Macquart), Bull. Northern Terr. lu, p. 27 (1912).
C. (C.) edwardsi Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. Soy (1923).
C. (C.) Wiedeinann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 043 (1828);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 282 (1913), Vol. 14, p. 394 (1924);
Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 11, p. 993 (1924); *Hill, Proc. R.
Soc. Viet. Vol. 37, p. 73 (ig25); *Cooling, Comm. Austr. Dept.
Health, Service Pub. Vol. 8, p. 36 (1924); Buxton and Hopkins,
Res. in Polynesia, p. 79 ([927); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
Vol. 3 4, p. gi (1926).
annuldta Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. igi3, p. 689 (1914) [Ctilicada].
annnlirostris Theobald (partim nec Skuse), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, ]). 365 (1901).
anmdirostris var. milni Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1914, p. 196 (1914) [Culicelsa].
gnophodes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. i63 (1903).
impellens Walker (nec Theobald), Proc. Linn. Soc. Vol. 4, p. 91 (1860).
jepsoni Theobald (type Q), Entom. Vol. 43, p. i58 (1910).
microamiulatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 353 (1901).
nigricephala Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 149 (1908).
paludis Taylor, Austr. Inst. Trop. Med. Rept. igii, p. 9(1913) [Culicelsa].
ronaldi d’Emmerez de Charmoy, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 2, p. 269 (1908).
saihaii Taylor, Ann. Rept. Com. Pub. Health Queensland, p. 28 {1912).
salus Theobald, Third Rept. Welle. Lab. p. 256 (1909) and Mon. Cui. Vol. 5,
p. 317 (1910) [5u/i!15].
somaliensis Theobald, Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 264 (1906).
C. (C.) thalassius Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Mem. Vol. 10,
.Vpp. p. 7 (1902), Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 168 (igo3); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 261 (1911); * Ingram and Macfie, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 8, p. 86, 147 (1917).
accraensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 320 (1910) [Culicelsa].
accraensis v3.t. fusca Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 3ig (1910) [Culicelsa].
neotaeniorhynchus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 320 (1910) [Culicelsa].
C. (C.) tyitaeniorhynchus Giles, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 606
(May 1901), Entom. Vol. 64, p. 192 (July 1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 4, p. 233 (ig 1 3), Vol. 7, p. 339 ( 1921 ) ; Ingram and Macfie,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 8, j). 86, 149 (1917); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
*Vol. 10, p. 940 (1923), Vol. ri, p. 995 (1924); * Ivirkpatrick, Mosq.
Egypt, p. 3 (1925); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine, Vol. 3-4,
p. 96 (1926).
annulus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 358 (Nov. 1901).
hiroi Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 82 {i9o5b
sitiens Theobald (nec Wiedemann), Mon. Cui. Vcd. i, p. 36o (1901).
vislinui Theobald (q* only), "Moir. Cui. Vol. i, p. 355 (igoi).
Australia, Papua, Mela-
nesia, Polynesia.
N.-VV. India.
Transvaal.
N. Australia.
Assam.
Allcoats from Somaliland
and Ceylon to Fiji and
S. Queensland.
W., S. and E. Africa
(coastal).
Oriental region, Egypt,
Palestine, W. Africa.
FA^[. CULICIDAE
2o5
C. {C.)viskii!ii Theobald (9 only), Mon. Cui. \'ol. i, p. 355 (igoi); Etlwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 4, p. 233 (1913); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
*\’ol. 10. p. 938 (1928), \'ol, II, p. 996 (1924); Borei, .-\rch. Inst.
Past. Iiidochine. \'ol. 3-4, p. 98 (1926).
impellens Theobald oiec Walker), Mon. Cui. Wd. i, p. 362 (1901).
? microtaeniata Theobald, Tijd. v. Ent. \'ol. 54, p. 236 (1911).
? pseudoinfuhi Theobald, Tijd. v. Ent. Wd. 54, p. 237 (1911).
stimmorosits Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. S, p. 180 (1920).
var. pLfple.Yus Leicester, Cui. IMalava, p. i5o {190S).
C. (C.) t'.’hitei Barraud, Ind. J.
p. 998 (1924).
Aled. Res. \’ol. ii, p. 508(1928), Vol. ii,
{d) mimeticus series
C. (C.) mimelictts Xoe, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. \'ol. 3t, p. 240(1899); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 887 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J. Aled. Res.
*\’ol. IO, p. 941 (1928), Vol. II, p 991 (1924); *Seguy, Encycl. Ent.
Dipt. \’ol. 2, p. 16 (1928); *Borel, .Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
\’ol. 3-4, p 83 (1926).
var. mimuloides Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 992 (1924).
var. pseiidomimeticns Sergent. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Vol. 78, p. 445 (1909).
C. (C.) minutius Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. 5. p. 284 (Alarch. I9i5),
\'ol. 14, p. 395 (1924); Barraud, Jnd. J. Aled. Res. *Vol. 10, p. 942
(1923), \‘ol. II, p. 993 (1924); * Borei, Arch. Inst. Past. Indochine,
A’ol. 3-4, p. 86 (1926).
mossmii/ini Taylor, Proc. Linn, Soc. N. S. \V. Vol. 40, p. 181 (June igi5).
C. (C.) orientalis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. A’ol. 12, p. 338 (1921).
Group B
(rt) tarsalis series
C. (C.) acliarislus Root, Am. J. H3’g. Vol. 7, p. 878 (1927); Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 879 (1928).
C. (C.) bahamensis Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 210 (1906);
* D3'ar, Alosq. Amer. p. 36o (1928).
eleuthera Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 1S4 (1917).
petersoni Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 27 (1920).
C.{C.) bidens Dy^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. igo (1922); Dyar, Alosq,
Amer. p. 876 (1928).
C. (C.) brevispinosus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 171
(1920); *Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 889 (1928).
C. [C.) corniger Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 178 (1908); *Dyar, Alosq.
Amer. p. 867 (1928).
basilicus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Vash. Vol. 19, p. i6g (igo6).
hassardii Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 167 (1906).
lactator Dyar and Knab, J. N Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14. p. 209 (1906).
leucotelus Mc Cormack, Pan. Health Rept. 1918, p. 29 (1919).
loquaculus D5'ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 264 (1909).
subfusciis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 403 (1907).
C. (C.) coronator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 2i5 (igo6);
* Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 887 (1928).
caniposi Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 28 (1925).
cingidatus Theobald (nec Fabricius), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 5 (1901).
ousqtia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 99 {1918).
usquatissimus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 19 11922).
usquatiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 122 (1918).
Oriental Region.
.Assam.
Alediterranean region,N.
India, Indochina, For-
mosa, tlong Kong.
S. India.
Algeria.
Iiulia, Alalayan region,
N. Queensland.
Ja[)an, N. China.
Brazil.
Bahamas.
Bolivia, Venezuela.
Suri nam.
S. Florida to Brazil, W.
Indies.
Texas to Argentina (not
AV. I.?).
2o6
DIPTEKA
C. (C.) declarator D3^ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 211 (1906);
*D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 375 (1928).
dictator Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coi. Vol. 52, p. 199 (1909).
inquisitor Dyar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 211 (1906).
jubilator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 201 (1907).
proclamator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 211 (1906).
vindicator Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 255 (1909).
C. (C.) duplicator Dy^ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52. p. 258 (1909);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 884 (1928).
C. (C.) habilatator Dy^ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 212 (1906);
* Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 36i (1928).
eremita Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 261 (1915).
C. (C.) interfor Dy^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 872 (1928).
C. (C.) interrogator Dyar and Knab, J.N.Y.Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 209 (1906);
*Dy'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 877 (1928).
reflector Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. 52, p. 256 (1909).
C. (C.) janitor Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. i83 (igo3); '^Dy^ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 872 (1928).
C. (C .) lepostenis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 70 (1928); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 366 (1928).
C. (C.) lygnis Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 879 (1927); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 375 (1928).
C. (C.) maracaycHsis Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 17, p. 102 (1923); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 862 (1928).
agUschrus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 121 (1924).
C. (C.) maxi Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 386 (1928).
C. (C.) pinarocampa Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 59
(1908); * Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 879 (1928).
C. (C.) saltanensis Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 386 (1928).
C. (C.) secutor Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 821 (1901); *Dymr, Mosq.
Amer. p. 878 (1928).
tamentatar Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 219 11906).
quasisecutor Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 398 (1907).
toweri Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. i3 {1907).
C. (C.) steuolepis Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 60
(1908); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 365 (1928).
C .{C .) stigmatosoma Dyar, Proc.U. S.Nat. Mus .Vol. 32, p. 1 23(1907) ;* Dyar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 368 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. .Am. p. 176 (1929).
eumimetes Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p. 61 (1908).
var. thriambus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 33 (1921).
C. (C.) siirinamensis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 121 (1928) ; *Dy’ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 383 (1928).
C. [C.) tarsalis Coquillett, Can. Ent. Vol. 28, p. 48 (1896); * Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 383 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 168 (1929).
affinis Adams, Kans. Univ. Bull. Vol. 20, p. 25 (1903).
kelloggi Theobald, Can. Ent. Vol. 25, p. 21 1 {igo3).
peus Speiser, Insektenb. Vol. 21, p. 148 (1904).
willistoni Giles, Handb. Gnats, p. 281 (1900).
[h) salinarius=apicinus series
C. (C.) apicinns Philippi, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. i5, p. 696 (i865);
Dyar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 36o (1928); Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia, Vol. 2,
p. 107 (1930).
debilis Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 58 (1914) [Phalangomyia']-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 359 (1928).
escomeli Brethes, Rev. Chii. Hist. Nat. Vol. 24, p. 41 (1920); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 359 (1928).
Texas to Brazil, Antilles.
Haiti.
S. Domingo, Virgin Is.
N.-\V. .Argentina.
Mexico, Panama.
Jamaica.
Panama.
Brazil.
Colombia, Venezuela.
N.-VV. Argentina.
Mexico.
N.-W. Argentina.
.Antilles.
Mexico.
Western U. S. .A. to Ve-
nezuela.
Texas.
Guianas.
N. America (except N.-
E.).
Chile, Peru.
FAM. CULICIDAE
Peru.
Chile, Patagonia.
207
C. {€.) tin'hfi;us Dyar, Amer. J. Myg. \’ol. 9, ]>. 5ii (u)2g).
C. (C ) arliculai is Philippi, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Vol. i5, p. 5q6 (iSo5);
Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 358 (1928); Edwanls. Dipt. Patagonia, \'ol. 2,
p. 108 (igSo).
C. {C.) hyeihesi Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 7. j). So (tqiq); Dwir, Mosi|. Amer,
p. 378 (1928) [? = dolosits\.
Ivnchi Brethes 1 only), Ann. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aircs, \'ol. 21, p. 214 1191O).
C. (C.) honneae Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7. p. 3 (1910); *Dvar,
Mosq. .Amer. p. 385 (1928).
C. (C.) ckidisteri Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 9, p. 117(1921); Dyar, Mos(|.
Amer. )>. 365 (1928).
C. (C.) diplophyllum Dyar, Amer. J. llyg. \’ol. g, p. 609 (1929).
C. (C.) dolosus Lvnch .Arribalzaga, Rev. Mus. La Piata, \^ol. 2, p. i56 (iSgi)
[^Heteronycha]'. Dyar. Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 9, p. 149 (1921); * Dyar
(partim), Alosq. Amer. p. 374 (1928); Edwards, Dipt. Patagonia,
A'ol. 2, p. 107 (1930).
bonatiensis Brethes, Ann. Mus. Xac. Buenos .Aires. Vol. 28, p. 2oy (1916).
C. (C.) evylhvoihoyax Dyar, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. \’ol. 32, p. 124 (1907);
*Dvar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 870 (192S).
bod^ei i D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12. }>. 127 > 1024).
fediralii D\-ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, ]>. 186 (1923); Uyar, Mosq. .Amer,
p. 371 (192S).
C. (C.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. AA)1. 2, p. ii5 (1901); * D}^»!-, Mor(].
Amer. p. 890 (1928).
(xtricator D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 211 (iyo6).
Theobald, Alon. Cui. AMl. 2. p. 120 dyt)!).
C. (C.) mollis Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. AVash. XArl. 14, p. 171 (igo6)
[C. cannodyae var.] ; * Dyar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 36g (1928).
dtlvs Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. K. and C. .Am. Vol. 3, ]>. 317 (iQiS).
/loctililis Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. A^ol. 52, p. 255 (1909).
equivocator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. A'ol. i5, p. 2o3 (1907).
lateropimctata Theobald. Mon. Cui. AMl. 4. ji. 458 (1907).
C. (C.) iligripalpus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 822 (1901); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 363 (1928).
caraiheus Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. .Am. Vol. 3, p. 287 (iqiS).
cannodyae D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. A^ol. 14, p. 210 (igo6).
factor Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 212 (1906).
micYoanmdata Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 481 figoy) \Trichoprouomyia^.
microsquamosus Grabham, Can. Ent. A'ol. 37, p. 407 (igo5).
mortificator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14. p. 210 (igo6).
palus Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 194 (iyo3).
prasinopleurus Alartini, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 68 (1914).
proximus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. ii, p. 38 ligng).
regulator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 2x3 (1906).
similis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 207 (igo3).
C. (C.) Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 142 (igot).
brehmei Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 29, p, 161 (1916).
territans (? nec Walker), Mosq. Amer. p. 377 (1928); *Matheson, Alosq.
Am. p. 166 (1929).
C. (C.) salinarius Coquillett, Ent. News, Vol. i5, p. 78 {1904); *Dyar. Mostp
Amer. p. 870 (1928); Matheson, Alosq. N. .Am. p. 168 (1929).
C. (C.) sphiux Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Amer. Vol. 3,
p. 3oi (igiS); *D\’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3go (1928).
C. {C .) spinosus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 44 (1904); *Dyar,
AIos<]. Amer. p. 386 (1928).
■A igenti n;i .
Surinam.
Panama, Venezuela,
Brazil.
1 Vru.
Algent i na, Uruguay,
S. Chile.
S. California, Mexico.
C. America, Venezuela,
Coiombia.
C. and .S. America,
and C. .Americ.
S. Florida, \V. Indies
to Brazil.
U. S. A., Alexico.
Eastern U. S. .A.
Bahamas.
Brazil.
208
DIPTERA
C. (C.) Walker (type), Ins. Saund. Dipt. Vol. i, p. 428 (i856)(i).
C. {C.) virgultus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 123 (igor); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 864 (1928).
hilineatus Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 196 (igoS).
(c) pipiens series
C. (C.) *Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 65 (1914).
C. (C.) diittoni Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Mem. Vol. 4, App.
p. 5(1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 259 ( 1 91 1) ; *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 383 (1912).
alhovirgatus Graham, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 5, j). 26.; (1910).
auarmostus Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Mem. Vol. 10, App. p. 6,
(1902) ; Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 170 (igoS).
? co/iiivlodesiuus Grtinberg, Zool. Anz. Vol. 29, p. 385 (igo5).
dissimilis Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 376 (1901); *Wesche, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. I , p. 40 ( 1910).
hirsutipalpis Theobald, l\Ion. Cui. Vol. i, p. 876 (1901).
? zeltneri Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 25i (1906).
C. [C.) fatigans Wiedemann (?), Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 10
(1828). Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. i5i (tgoi); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 4, p. 55 (1913), Vol. 14, p. 395 (1924), Vol. 17, p. i3i (1926);
Barratid, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1264(1924), *Vol. 12, p. 480
(1924) ;* Buxton and Hopkins, Res. in Pol3Miesia, p. 83 (1927).
arsrWalker (nec Theobald), List Dipt. Brit. Mus. Vol. i, p. 7 (1848).
albolineatus Giles, Handbook Gnats, Ed. 2, p. 480 (1902).
aikenii Dyar and Knab (nec Aiken), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 25. p. 61 ( 1908).
anxifer Bigot, Ann Soc. Ent. France (3), Vol. 7, p. 117 (1859).
aseyehae Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 3, p. 112 (igiS).
autumnalis Weyenbergh, Los Hab. dei Rio Prim. p. ii (1882).
barbarus Dyar and Knal', J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14. p. 210 (1906).
cartroni Ventrillon, Bull. Mus. Paris, Vol. ii, p. 429 (igoS).
dn istophersi Theobald, Mon. Cui. V^ol. 4, j>. 453 (1907).
1 cingulatus Doleschall, Nat. Tijd. Ned. Ind. Vol. 10, p. 405 (i856).
cnhensis Bigot, Hist. Fis. Ins. Cuba, Vol. 7, p. 289 (i856).
? didieri Neveu-Lemaire, .‘Vrch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 287 (1906).
dolesihalli (iiles, Handb. Gnats, p. 338 (1900).
fatigans var. luteoannulatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. A^ol. 2, p. iSg (igoi).
fatigans var. trilineatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. i5g (igoi).
fatigans var. nigrirostris Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 47 (1921).
foHchowensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 187 (igoi).
fuscus Taylor, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1918, p. 699 (1914) \Culicelsa\
goughi Theobald (o* only], U. S. Afr. Dept. Agrie., First Rept. Vet. Res.
p. 268 (1911).
hensemaeon Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 178 (1920).
lachrimans Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52. p. 289 (1909I.
macleayi Skuse, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2), Vol. 3, p. 1746 (1889).
minor Theobald, Fec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 2, p. 298 (1908).
penafieli Williston, La Nat. Vol. 7. p. 826 (1887).
pervigilans Theobald (partim, nec Bergroth), Mon. Cid. Vol. 3, p. 206 (igoS).
1 pungens Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i. p. 9 (1828) .
? ? pvgmaeus Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 256 (1906).
quasilinealis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 416 (1907).
quasipipiens Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. i36 (1901).
U. s. A.
Brazil, Uruguay.
E. Africa.
Tropical Africa.
Tropicaland subtropical,
domestic.
(i) WalkePs description of C. territans apparently indicates C. apicalis Adams, but the specimen in the British
Museum labelled as the type is a flavescent aberration (female) of some species of the salinarius-gvowp. It is possiMy
wrongly labelled, especially as it bears the label « Vvr » [? = Vancouver], while the type was said to be from the L^nited
States. The extant type has been supposed to be the same as C. restuans Theo., but this is doubtful ; it is perhaps more
likely salinarius as it lacks the pale mesonotal spots. It seems better, therefore, not to use the name territans for either
apicalis or restuans, but to quote it as a doubtful synonym.
FAM. CULICIDAE
209
^ qtti/tqiiefasciatus Siiy, J. AcaJ, Xat. Sci. PhilaJ. Vol. 3. p. 10 ii8231.
qiii/tqitehisciiilus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. \'ol. ii, p. .34 (1909);
*Cooling', Comm. Austr. Dept. Healt, Service Pub, 8, j). 34(1924); *Dyar,
Mosq Amer. p. 3So (192S); Matheson, Mosq. X. Am. }>. it)5 (1929).
qui/tquifasiialns var. diZ-seticns Dyar and Knab. Proc. Ent. St)c. \\'ash, Vol. ii,
p 35 1909).
ravmondii Tainaya, Mem. Mun. Lima, \’’ol. 07, ]>. 190 ‘10071.
reesi Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2. ]>. 140 (1901).
nvocdtor Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 5z. p. 256 (1909).
scotti Theobald only), Trans. Linn. Sot-. Vol. i5, j). 86 {1012).
iirrnvdi' Theobald, .Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 147 (1901 1.
} s,:rotiiiiis Philippi. Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, V’ol. i5, ]>. 595 (i865).
skusii Giles. Handb. C3nais, p. 292 11900).
stoehri Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 4. j). 410 (1907).
tinvnsvilUnsis Taylor, Proc. Linn. Soc. X. S. M'. \'ol 46, p. 836 (1919).
C. (C.) hancocki Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \b)l. 21, ]>. 294 (ig3o); *Hopkins,
M. S. (igdo).
C. (C.) laficincfics Edwards, J. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, \’ol. g, p. 49 (igiS);
Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 12, p. 342 ( 192 i ):* Ivit kpatrick, Mosq.
Egvpt, p. iig (igaS); *Seguy, .Moust. .Afr. Min. p. 37 (1924).
C. (C.) inii-ificits Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 5y (1913).
C. (C.) ttiiiagoiigoensis Edwards, Rev. Zool. .Air. Vol. 16, p. 324 (1928).
C. (C.) pacificus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \’ol. 6, p. 36() (igi6), *Bu.\ton and
Hopkins, Res. in Polynesia, p. 87 (1927).
C. (C ) pallidocephalus Theobald (9 only), First. Rept. Wellc-Lab. p. 73
(1904); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 4, p. 56 ([913), Vol. 17,
p. I 3 1 ( 1 926).
qtuisigituuli Theobald (q' only), Mon. Cui. \'ol. 5. p. 674 (1910).
C. (C.) pervigilans Bergroth. Wien. Ent. Zeit. \’ol. 8, p. 296 (1889); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 14, p. 896 (1924); *Graham, Trans. N. Z. Inst.
Vol. 40. p. 216 (1929).
C. (C.) pipietis Linnaeus [in part, 9]> Syst. Nat. Ed. \'ol. 10. p 602 ( lySS);
Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 182 (igor); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
VMl. 4, p. 53 (1918), Vol. 12, p. 845 (1921), Vol. 17, p. i3i (1926);
* Lang, Hand. Brit. Mosq. p. 104 (1920); * Wesenberg-Lund, Danske
Ahd. Selsk. Skr. (8), Vol. 7, p. 128 (1921); * Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Eg^qit,
p. i33 (1925); *Dyar. Mosq. Amer. p. 382 (1928); Matheson, Alosq.
N. Am. p. 164 (1929) ; Roubaud and Toumanotf, Bull. Soc, Path.
Exot. \'ol. 23, p. 196 (ig3o).
agilis Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6), Vol. 9, Bull. p. 112 (1889).
azorietisis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 210 figoS).
? bicolor Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. g (1818).
bifurcatus Linnaeus ((Tf), Syst. Nat. Ed. 10, p. 6o3 (1758); Alartini, Ent. Mitt.
Vol. II, p. 107 (1922).
1 calcitrans Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hi-^t. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 409
(1827).
ciliaris of some early authors (? nec Linn.).
? consobrinus Robineau-Desvoidy, loc. cit., p. 408.
? domesticus Germar, Reise Dalmatien, p. 290 (1817).
? fasciatus MiiUer, Fauna Ins. Friedrichsdelina, p. 87 (1764).
haematophagus Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. Vol. 25, p. 143 {iSgdi.
longifurcatus Becker, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, Vol. 2, p. 68 (1904).
? luteus Meigen, Klass. Vol. i, p. 6 (1804). ^
Stephens, Zool. Journ. Vol. i, p. 455 (i825).
melanorhinus Giles, Gnats, p. 842 (1900).
? meridionalis Leach, Zool. Journ. Vol. 2, p. 292 Ii825).
? molestus Forskal, Descr. Animalium, p. 85 (1775).
nigritulus Theobald (nec Zetterstedt), Mon. Cui. Vol. i, p. 140 (igoi);
? Wesenberg-Lund, Danske Vid. Selsk. Skr. Nat. Math. Afd. (8), Vol. 7,
p. i3i (1921).
Llgtinda.
Mediterranean region,
Canary Is., Arabia.
E. Africa.
Ivivu.
New Hebrides.
E .Africa.
New Zealand.
North Tamperate
regions; E. Africa;
Madagascar; Argen-
tina.
2 10
DIPTERA
? piillipes Waltl, Reise Tyrol, Vol. 2, p. iio (i835); JMeigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. 7,
p. I (i838).
pallipes Macquart, Dipt. Exot. i, Vol. i, p 33 (i838).
phxtophagus Ficalbi, Bull. Soc. Ent; Ital. Vol. 21, p. 126 (1890), Vol. 28, p. 286
(1896).
pipiens var. dolioniiii Edwards, Entom. Vol. 46, p. 263 (1912).
qnasiguLrrti Theobald (Q only), Mon. Cid. Vol. 5, p. 374 (1910).
quasimodestus Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung'. Vol. 3, p. 88 (igo5).
? rtifiims Bigot, Expl. Scient. Tunisie, Dipt. p. 7 (i888p
}ufus Meigen, Syst. Beschr. Vol. i, p. 7 (1818).
? thoracicus Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 409
(1827).
trifurcatus Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ^Ml. 4, p. 401 (1794).
varioanunlatus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 198 (1903).
? ? vulgaris Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Ed. 10, p. 602(1767) [This may heaSAfuduo);].
zombaeiiiis Theobald. Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 148 (1901).
var. palletis Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 21, p. 3o3 (1898) ; Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 12, p. 346 (1921); '•Aiochizuki, Mag. Fukuoka Med.
Coli. Vol. 7, p. 2 (igiS).
comitatus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. ii, p. 35 (1909).
osakensis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 489 (1907).
C. (C.) sinipsoni Theobald, J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 28 (igo5; Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 67 (1914); Mac Gregor, Anoph. Mauritius, p. 3i
(1924).
richteri * Ingram and de Meillon, S. Air. Inst. Med. Res. Vol. 22, p. 72 (1927).
C. [C .) sinaiticus Kirkpatrick, Bull. Soc. Ent. Eg3'pt, p. 383 (1924), *Mosq.
Egypt, p. 122 (1925); Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 642 (1926).
C. (C.) Iheileri Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 187 (1903); Barraud, Ind.
J. Med. Res. Vol. 1 1 , p. 1266 (1924), Vol. * 1 2, p. 429(1924) ; Edwards,
Riv. Malar. V'ol. 5, p. 637(1926); Bedford, U. S. Afr. i3th. and
i4th. Rept. Vet. Res. p. 971 (1928); *de Meillon, S. Afr. J. Sci.
Vol. 25, p. 321 (1928).
annulatd Theobald, U. S. Afr. and. Rept. Vet. Res. p. 32i (iqi.t) [theileri var.].
creticus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 189 (1903).
onderstepoortensis Theobald. U. S. Afr. F'irst Rept. Vet. Res. p, 262 (1911).
peitigreivi Theobald, Rec. Ind. Mus. Vol. 4, p. i5 (1910).
tipuliformis Edwards (nec Theobald), Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 3i (1912);
*Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 40 (1924); *Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. ii5
(1925).
C. (C.) torrentium *Martini, Internat. Rev. Hydrobrol. Vol. 12, p. 336 (1924);
Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 640 (1926) [? = pervigilans^.
? pavlovsky Schingarev, Russ. J. Trop. Med. Vol. 6, p. 52 (1928).
C. (C.) trifilatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 65 (1914), Vol. 17, p. i3i
(1926).
C. (C.) univiltatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 29 (1901); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 262 (1911), Vol. 3, p. 32 (1912), Vol. 5, p. 67
(1914), Vol. i3, p. 85 (1922); *Edwards, Riv. Malar. Vol. 5, p. 642
(1926); de Meillon, S. Afr. J. Sci. Vol. 25, p. 32i (1928).
goug/ii Theobald (g only), U. S. Afr. First Rept Vet. Res. p. 268 (1911).
montforti Ventrillon, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 9, p. 448 (iqoS) [Heptaphlebomyia'].
perexiguus lth.e6ha\d, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3. p. 199 (iqo3); -''Edwards. Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. r2, p. 842 (1921); Barraud, Ind. J, Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. i263
(1924), * Vol. 12, p. 481 (1924); Seguy, Moust. Afr. Min. p. 38 (1924);
*Kirkpatrick, Mosq. Egypt, p. i25 (1925); ''-'Galliard, Ann. Parasit. Vol. 5,
p. 99 (1927).
simplex Theobald (Q). Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 337 (1908) [Heptaphlebomyia'].
var. iieavei Theobald, Second Rept. Welk. Lab. p. 76 (1906); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 5, p. 67 (1914), Vol. i3, p. 85 (1922).
Japan, China, California.
E. and S. Africa; Rodri
guez I.
Sinai, Somaliland.
Mediterranean Region,
E. and S. Africa,
N.-W. India.
C. and S.-E. Europe.
E. Africa.
Tropical Africa, Mediter
ranean region, N.-\V
India, Madagascar.
FAM. CULICIDAE
2 I 1
C. {C.)vdg.vis Wiedemann, Aussereurop. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. i, p. 545 (1828);
Edwards, Ind. J. Med. Kes. \’ol. 10, p. 478 (1922); Edwards, Kiv.
Malar. 5, p, 640(1926).
e.iilis Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 127 (1924).
tifuUfonitis Theobald (nec Edwards), Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 325 (1901); Barravul,
Ind. J. Aled. Res. Vol. ii, p, 1269 (1924), * Vol. 12, ji. 430 (1924).
vtrgalipcis Edwdrds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 126 (1914); Edwards, Ind. J.
Med. Res. Vol. 10, p. 27S ^1922).
C. (C.) vansomereni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \^ol. 17, p. 129 (1926).
draconis *In4ram and de Aleillon, S. Afr, Inst. Aled. Res. Vol. 22, p. 67 (1927).
C . {C.) ventrilloni Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. \"ol. ri, p. i35 (Sept. 1920),
\'ol. 12, p. 78 (1921).
albigenu Enderlein, Wien. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 38, p. 5o (.Mov. 1920).
C. (C.) ivdtti Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10, i35 (1920) \1 = dutloni vav .].
} ataeniata Theobald, U. S. .Afr. Dept. Aj^r. First Rept. Vet. Res. p. 261 (1911).
{d) decens series
C. (C.) argenteopnnctatus Ventrillon, .Arch. Parasit. Vol. 9, p. 446(1905) \_Hep-
taphlebomyia] \ Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 3, p. 3[ (1912), Vol. 11,
p. 137 (1920).
kingi Theobald. .Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 7, p. 601 (igiS) \_Heptaphlehomyia'].
C. {C.) decens Theobald, Rep. Liverp. S. Trop. .Med. Mein. Vol. 4, App.
p. 7 (1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 263 (igii), Vol. *3,
p. 3Si (1912) ; * Alacfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. \'ol. ii, ]>. 104
(1920).
lividocostalis Graham, Ann Alag. Nat. Hist. (8), V'ol. 5, p. 269 (igio).
iihisculus 'rheobald, Alon. Ciil. \'ol. 2. p. i25 (1901).
minutus Theobald, J. Econ. Biol, Vol. i, p. 3o (igoS).
Theobald (o')- Alon. Cui. A^ol. 4, p. 533 (1907) \_Heptaphlehumyia'].
var. invidiosus Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 329 11901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res.
\'ol. 2, p. 264 (19111, * Vol. 3, p. 382 (1912), \'ol. 5, p. 70 {1914).
aquilus Graham. Ann. Ma^. Nat. Hist. (S), Vol. 5, p. 266 (1910).
cidoroventcr Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 370 (1910).
euclasttis Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop, Aled. Alem. Vol. 10, .App. p. 8
(1903).
C. (C.) Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, pr. 62S (1910); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 264 (1911), Vol. 5, 6g (1914) [C. guiarti siar
* Alacfie and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. i3, p. 436 (ig23).
pullatus Graham (nec Coquillett), Ann. Alag. Nat. Hist. (S), Vol. 5, p. 265
(1910).
C. (C.) Blanchard, Les Moust. p. 629 (igoS); Edwards, Bull. Ent.
Res. Vol. 5, p. 68 (1914); * Ingram and Alacfie, Bull. Ent. Res.
Vol. 8, p. 87, i5o (1917).
viridis Theobald (nec Robineau-Desvoidy), Alon. Cui. Vol. 3, p, 212 (1903).
C. (C.) ingrami Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 36o (igi6); * Alacfie and
Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. ii (igi6), Vol. i3, p. 435 (ig25).
C. (C.) lanventi Newstead, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. i, pi. 24 (1907); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 70 ( 1914), Vol. i r, p. i37 (1920); *Kirkpa-
trick, Alosq. Egypt, p. 129 (igaS); Edwards, Riv. Alalar. Vol. 5,
p. 645 (1926).
? Pygmaeus Neveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. Vol. 10, p. 256 (1906).
C. (C.) moucheti Evans, Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 17, p. 89 (1923); *Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, pt. 333 (1929).
C. (C.) oiniatothoracis Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 5, pt. 376 (igio); Edwards,
Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 263 (igii), Vol. 5, p. 70 (1914), Vol. i3,
p. 85 (1922).
China, E. .Siberia, Sik-
kim, N.-W. India.
E. and S. Africa.
Aladagascar.
E. Africa, Cold Coast.
Aladagascar, Trop'»ical
Africa.
Tropi cal Africa.
W. Africa.
W. .Africa, Uganda.
Gold Coast, Uganda.
Troprical Africa, Alada-
gascar, Egyprt, Pales-
tine.
Congo, Nigeria.
W. Africa.
212
DIPTERA
C. {C .) perfidiosus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. V^ol. 5, p. 72 (ig[4).
C. (C.) perfiisciis Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 71 (1914).
C. (C.) philipi Edvvai ds, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 327 (1929), Vol. 2 r , p. 293
(1930).
C. (C.) pniina Theobald, Rept. Liverp. S. Trop. Med. Mem. Vol. 4, App.
p. 8 (1901); Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 2, p. 263 (1911); *Macfie
and Ingram, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 7, p. 7(1916); Edwards, Bull.
Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 626 (1929).
pruinosus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 332 (1901).
pallidothoracis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 370 (1910).
C. (C.) schwetzi Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 20, p. 626 (1929).
C. (C ) scoHi Theobald (9)> Trans. Linn. .Soc. Vol. i5, p. 86 (1912).
C. (C.) trifoliatus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 5, p. 70 (1914), Vol. i3,
p. 86 (1922).
VV. Africa.
E. Africa, N. Nigeria.
Nigeria.
W. Africa.
Congo.
Seychelles.
Uganda, Sudan, Congo.
(e) various other species, undetermined or of uncertain position
C. (C.) atriceps Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 17, p. io5 (1926), Vol. 18,
p. 279 (1928).
C. (?) flavovireus Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, Vol. 3,
p. 410 (1827) [Probably a Chironomid].
C. {C .) fuscitarsis Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1272 (1924).
C. (CP) fiiscocephalus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 420(1907); Edwards,
Bull. Ent, Res. Vol. 4, p. 234(1913); Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res.
Vol. II, p. 1270 (1924), *Vol. 12, p. 432 (1924); Borei, Arch. Inst.
Past. indochine, Vol. 3-4, p. loi (1926).
inelegans Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 179 (1920).
luteola Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 5, p. 378 (1910).
? minimus Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. 160 (igo8).
taytayensis Banks, Phil. J. Sci. Vol. 4, p. 545 (1909).
uniformis Leicester, Cui. Malaya, p. i5g (1908).
C. (C.) kutcliinsoui Barraud, Ind. J. Med. Res. XI, p, 1261 (1924).
C. (C. ?) lavieri *Larrouse, Ann. Parasit. V'ol. 3, p. 68 (1926); *SegU39
Enc\ml. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 2, p. 18 (1925) [larva only described ; subge-
nus uncertain; ? = mimeticus var. or ? =■ martinii Medjid].
C. (C. ?) nilgiricus Edwards, Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 6, p. 358 (igi6); Barraud,
Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, p. 1272 (1924).
C. (?) ornatus Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. 100 (igoS) [Mela-
noconioii].
C. (?) pallidiceps Theobald, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. Vol. 3, p. loi (igo5) [_Mela-
noconionfi
C. (?) prosecutor * Seguy, Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 4, p. 27 (1927).
pseudomimeticus *Seguy (nec Sergent ?), Encycl. Ent. Dipt. Vol. 2, p. i5 (1925).
C. (C. ?) romeroi Surcouf and Gonzalez, Arch. Parasit. Vol. i5, p. 2g5 (1912).
nigritulus Romero Sierra (nec Zett.) Mosq. Caracas, p. 39 {1907).
C. (? ?) viridis Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Paris, Vol. 3, p. 410
(1927) [Doubtless a Chironomid].
Tahiti.
India.
Oriental region.
Assam.
S. France.
S. India.
New Guinea.
New Guinea.
S. France.
Venezuela.
France.
10. SuBGENUS M ELANOCON ION Theobald
Melanoconion 'Fheobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 238 (igo3). — Type atratus Theo.
Gnophodeomyia Theobald, Journ. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 21 (1905). — Type inornata Theo.
Asebeomyia Aiken, J. Roy. Agr. Soc. Brit. Guiana, Vol. i, p. 198 (igii). — Type epirus Aiken.
Tinolestes Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. VVash. Vol. 7, p. i85 (1906). — Type latisquama Coq.
FA^I. CULICIDAE
3
Choenoponpa Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 6, p. io3 (191S). — 1'ype ani/ts Dyar.
Helcoporpa D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 6, p. laS (191S). — lEpie menytes Dyar.
Dinoporpa Dyar, .Mosq. of .\iner. p. 2S6 (192S). — Type trifidus Dyar.
Characters. — Small darU species, usuall_v with little or no ornamenlation and vvith dark tarsi
(rarely the tarsi have pale rings embracing both ends of the seginents). Palpi of usuall\' longer
than proboscis, rareh’ shorter (in C. latisquama about half as long). Palpi of 9 '^“ss than a quarter as
long as proboscis. Proboscis usualh'' slightly swollen at tip. Antennae of uninodified, pUnnose as
usLial. \'ertex usually with numerous small flat scales towards e3’e-margins. Scutellar scales narrow.
Hvpop3’gium : coxite bearing scales (if onlv a few) ; snbapical lobe well developed, usuallN’ divided
and with distinet leaf. Style ver3’ variable in from. Paraprocts with a row of spines a tip, forniing a
more or less regular transverse comb; no basal arm ; lateral plates of anal segment large and sejiarate
from the paraprocts. Lobes of ninth tergite usualU’ at least as long as broad, often long and finger-like.
Phallosome with a pair of « basal hooks », of uncertain homologv, possibly developed from the parameres.
Whngs with ontstanding scales of forks often somewhat broad. .Squamal fringe somewhat reduced.
La pva. — .-kntennal tuft well be3'ond middle. Siphon long or rather long; hair-tufts not veiy^
numerous, rareh’ extending in a ventral row between the pectens. Comb teeth in a more or less
irregular pateh, never in a single row.
Habits. — Nearh’ all the species breed in ground-pools, temporary or permanent; one has
been recorded from bamboo and one from leaf bases ot Bromeliaceae . So far as known the egg-la3'ing
habits are similar to those of t3'pical Culex. VTry few of the species are known to attack man, but
C. atratus is said to be a troublesome pest in mangrove swamps, the female also invading houses and
biting at all times of the da3" and night.
Classif ication . — D3’ar has recognised several subgenera, based chiefly on the form of the
male stvle, but these seem to me to have at most a group value; the distinctioris for the most part are
not ver3’ sharp, and I have therefore not adopted D3’ar’s grouping. On external features the species
ma3’ be arranged in three groups :
Group .A. Tarsi (at least of hind legs) with pale rings over the joints. Vertex mainlv clothed
with narrow scales.
Group B. Tarsi dark. Vertex mainly clothed with narrow scales. Alesonotum with golden
scales covering most of anterior half.
Group C. Tarsi dark. Vertex (with very few exceptions) with broad flat scales forming at
least a narrow border in front. .Mesonotal scales dark, or at least not conspicuously golden, uniform.
This includes the large majority of the described species; the number of distinet species has no doubt
been much exaggerated.
Group A
C. (M.) chrysothorax Peryassu, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. 244 (1908) ; Dyar, Mosq. Brazil.
.Amer. p. 326 (1928) [? = taeniopus'].
C. (A/.) mychonde Komp in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. agS (1928) [? = taeniopus']. Panama.
C. {M .) opisthopiis Komp, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 14, p. 44 (1926); Dyar, Mosq. Honduras.
Amer. p. 294 (1928).
C. {M .) taeniopus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 100(1907);
Dyar (partim), Mosq. Amer. p. 293 (1928).
annuUpes Theobald (nec Meigen), Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p. 5x2 (1907).
Panama, Jamaica.
214
DIPTERA
Group B
C. (M .) bibulus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 74 (1920); * D3^ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 328 (1928) [? = educator^.
C. (M.) chrysonotiim Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 25, p. 57
(igo8); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 326 (1928).
C. [M .) commevyncusis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. V^ol. 7, p. 176
(1920); D\ar. Mosq. Amer. p. 840 (1928).
C. (M.) erraticus D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 26 (igo5);
* D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 299 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 172
(1929).
ahoiiiinator D3'ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. \'ol. 52, p. 287 (1909I.
C. {M .) s/yissipes Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 242 (1903); D3'ar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 842 (1928),
fur Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. i3 (1907).
C. (M.) theobaldi .Lutz, Imprensa Medica ( igoS) ; Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 827
(1928).
chrvsothorax Newstead and Carter ("nec Peryassii), Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 4,
p. 145 (1910) \_Neoynelanoconioii~\.
C. {M.) 1 hornas i 'Evan?,, .Ann. Trop. Aled. Vol. 18, p. 872 (1924); D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 298 (1928).
Group C
C. (M.) aikeui Aiken, Brit. Guiana Med. Ann. 1906, p. 60 (1907); D3'ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 887 (1928).
inornata Theobald (nec Williston), J. Econ. Biol. Vol. i, p. 21 (1900) [Gnoph-
odcomvia^
ocossa Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 6 (1919).
panocossa Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 120 (1923)
C. (M.) albiiiensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 178
(1920); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3ii (1928).
gordoni Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 369 (1924).
C. (M.) alcocci Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 171
(1920); D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 802 (1928).
C. {M .) andricns Root, Amer. J. Elyg. Vol. 7, p. 5g2 (1927); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer, p. 33o (1928).
C. {M .) anips D3^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 4, p. 48 (1916); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 299 (1928).
C. (M.) atratus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 55 (1901); *Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 338 (1928).
falsificato)' Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 02, p. 287 (1909).
C. (M.) automartus Root. Am. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 5gi (1927); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 298 (1928).
C. (M.) bastagarius D3’ar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. ig, p. 170
(1906); *Dyar, Mosc]. Amer. p. 821 (1928).
C. [M .) bequaerti D3^ar and Shannon, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. Vol. i5, p. 40
(ig25); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 298 (1928).
C. (M.) carciuophilus D3'ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 220
(1906); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3ig (1928).
C. {M .) comminutor Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 70(1920); D3'ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 822 (1928).
C. (M.) conspirator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 217 (1906);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3o6 (1928).
dysmathes Dyar and Ludlow, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 47 (1921),
merodaenwn Dyaa, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 100 (1921).
pasadaeinon Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 100 {1921J.
Surinam.
Panama, A^enezuela,
Surinam.
Surinam.
Southern U. S. A.
Panama, Colombia, Tri
nided, Surinam.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Panama, Colombia, Ve
nezuela, Guianas.
Surinam.
Surinam.
Brazil.
S. California.
W. Indies.
Brazil.
Trinidad .
Brazil.
Santo Domingo.
Surinam.
Mexico to Ecuador.
FAM. CULTCIDAE
2 I 5
C. {M.) coppeuamensis Boiiiie-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. \"ol. 7, ji. 173
(1920); *Dyar. Mosq. Amer. p. Siq (1928) [? = siunilafor].
C. (-V.) coreniynensis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 8. p. 65 (1920); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 3 1 5 (1928).
C. {JM.)crybda Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 184 (1924).
ttieniopus D}'ar (partini', Mosq. Amer. p. 200 (192S).
C. (-V.) ciiyyyi Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 14, p. 112 (1926); Dvar, Moscp
Amer. p. 324 (1928).
C. (3/.?) * Dyar and Knab, J. X. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 21S (1906);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 334 (1928).
C. (3/.) distinguendus D3’ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3o5 (1928).
C. {M .) doyiuiiuni D}ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. 3M1. 12, p. 46 (1924);
D^aV, Mosq. .Amer. p. 3o8 (1928) [? = elecuitoy].
C. (3/.) dunni Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 128 (191S); D\ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 340 (192S).
ensiformis Bonne- Wepster and Bonne, I\Iosq. Surinam, p. 267 (ig25).
C. (37.) eastuy D_var, Insec. Inscit. ^"ol. 8, p. 71 (1920); D\’ar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 323 (1928).
C. (3/.) educatoy D3'ar and Knab. J. X. V. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 217 (1906);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 325 (1928).
Lineles Dyar and Ludlow, Milit. Surjr. \'ol. i, p, 63 (1922).
apiiteticus Howard, Dyar and Knab ipartim), IMosq. N. and C. Am. \'ol. 3,
p. 414 (igiS).
Viixiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 8, p. 73 (1920).
C. (3/.) egcymon Dyar, Insec. Inscit. A’ol. ii, p. 67 (1923); "'Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 292 (1928).
C. (37.) elevator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 217 (1906);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 308(1928).
apateticits Howard, Dyar and Knab (partim), Mosq. N. and. C. Am. Vol. 3,
p. 321 (i9i5).
dyius Root, Amer. J. H}'g. Vol. 7, p. 587 (1927).
C. (37.) epanastasis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 191 (1922); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 296 (1928).
C. {M . ?) epirus Aiken, Brit. Guiana Med. Ann. p. 8 (1908).
C. (37’.) evansae Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 598 (1927); * Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 820 (1928).
C. (37. ?} fasciolatus Lutz, Imprensa Med. (1908); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 335
(1928).
C. {M .) fatuator Dyar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 47 (1924); Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 3o6 (1928) [? = conspirator'].
C. (37. 1) gravitator'*Idy3.T: Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 218(1906):
* Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 384 (1928).
C. (37.) holoiietis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 35 (1921); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 3oi (1928).
meroiieiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. 22 (1925).
C. (37.) homoeopas Dyar and Ludlow, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 46 (1921);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 844 (1928).
C. {'M .) humilis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 336(1901); D3^ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 335 (1928).
C. (37.) idoitus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 77 (1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer.
332 (1928).
C. (37.) inadmirabilis Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 297 (1928).
C. (37.) indecorabilis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 241 (1908); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 882 (1928).
C. (37.) inducens Root in Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 807 (1928).
Surinam.
Su rinam .
Colombia, \'enezuela.
Panama.
'hrinidad.
Pana ma.
Panama.
Panama, Colombia, Suri-
nam, Brazil.
Surinam, Colombia.
Costa Rica to Brazil.
Panama.
Costa Rica, Panama,
Brazil.
Panama.
Brit. Guiana.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Panama.
Mexico.
Costa Rica, Colombia.
Mississippi.
Brazil.
Surinam.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Venezuela.
DIP 'PERA
216
C. [M.) inliibitatov Dj^ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 216 (1906) ;
*D3?ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3i7 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 173
(1929).
horenquini Root. Amer. J. Hyg’. Vol. 2, p. 400 (1922).
degustator Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. 39 (1921;.
egberti Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 214 (1907).
investigator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 216 (igo6).
invocator Pazos, An. Ac. Caen Med. Habana, Vol. 14, }). 426 (1908).
leprincei Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Hnt. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 202 {1907).
moorei Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 108 (1918).
pcrihleptns D3^ar and Knab, Insec.' Inscit. Vol. 5, p. 181 (1917).
pose Dyar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 5. p. 182 (1917).
tovari Evans, .Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 867 (1924).
trachycampa Dyar and Knab, Can. Ent. Vol. 41, p. loi (1909).
C. (A/.) innominaiiLS Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 363 (1924); *Dyar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 3i8 (1928).
C. (M.) intrincatus Brethes, An. Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, Vol. 28, p. 214
(1916); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3i5 (1928).
cenus Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. Sgo (1927).
C. (A/.) iolanibdis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. io5 (1918); D^^ar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 32g (1928).
C. (A/.) jonisfes P)yar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 76 (1920); Dyar, Mosq. .Amer,
p. 33o (1928).
C. {M .) loturus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 214 (1925); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 842 (1928).
C. (A/. ?) lujpens Peiyassu, Os Cui. do Brazil, p. 207 (1908); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 336 ( 1928).
C. (A/.) liiteopleiinis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 289 ([go3); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 848 (1928).
C. {M .) macarotiensis Dyar and Nunez Tovar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 14, p. i53
(1927); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 809 (1928).
C. (A/.) manaosensis Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 870 (1924); *D3’ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 3i6 (1928).
C. (A/.) maroniensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 178
(1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3 10 (1928).
C. {M .) maxiuocca Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 71 (1920); *Dyar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 828 (1928).
tosimus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 72 (1920).
C. (Af.) mmyles Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. i25 (1918); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 286 (1928).
C. (Af.) mutator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 216 (1906);
D3'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 816(1928).
alfaroi Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. g, p. 84 {1921).
C. (M .) nicceriensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 174
(1920); *Dyar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 3o3 (1928).
C. {M .) nigrescens Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4. p. 248 (1907) \_Datiielsia'\ ■,
Mosq. Amer. p. 333 (1928); Edwards, MS (1980).
clarki Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 365 (1924).
C. (A'/.?) nigricorpiis Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 281 (igoi) [Aedes];
Dyar, Mosq. Amer, p. 335 {1928).
C. (M.) peccator Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 286 (igog);
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 3oo (1928); AAatheson, Mosq. N. Am. p. 178
(1929).
uicriminator Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. T.iq (igog).
C. {M .) phlabistus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 63 (1920); Dy^ar, Mosq.
.Amer. p. 3 13 ( 1928).
Southern U. S. A. to
Guianas, AV. Indies.
Venezuela, ? Brazil.
Argentina, Brazil.
Panama.
Suri nam.
Venezuela.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Venezuela.
Brazil.
Surinam.
Suri nam.
Panama.
Mexico, C. America.
Surinam, Venezuela.
Brazil.
Brazil.
Southern U. S. A.
Surinam.
FAM. CULICIDAE
217
C. (iV.) phlogistiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. S, p. 61 (1930); Dyar, Mosc].
Amer. p. 3og (192S) [? = ma> oHiensisl.
Oedipus Koot, Amer. J. Hyg'. \’ol. 7, p. 5S8 (1927).
C. {M .) pledoporpe Koot, Amer. J. Flyg. \'ol. 7, p. 58g (1027) ; J3yar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 3i2 (1928).
C. (3/.) psatharus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 8, p. 173 (1920); Dvar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 296 (192S).
C. (3/.) restrictor Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 20S (1906);
* Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 348(1928).
eonsternator Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. \’ol. 35, p. Sy (190S).
C. (3/.) ntffinis D\ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 12, p. 148 (1924);
Dyar. Mosq. Amer. p. 341 (192S).
e.xedrus Koot. Amer. J. H3'g. \'ol. 7, p. 58o (1927).
C. (3/.) sa> aiiiacceitsis BonneA\’epster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. \M1. 7, p. 172
(1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 304 (1928).
? terebor Dya.T. Insec. Inscit. \'ol. S, p. 56 1^1920); Dj'ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 304
(192S).
C. {M.) sen alimaygo Koot, Amer. J. H3'g. Vol. 7, p. 589 (1927); Dvar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 312(1928).
C. (3/.) simulator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. 14, p. 218 (1906);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 333 (192S).
C. {M .) sursumptor Dyar, Insec. Inscit. ^'ol. 12, p. i23 (1924); Dyar, Mostp
Amer. p. 329 (1928).
ligator Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. i23 {1924I.
C. (3f.) tecmarsis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \’ol. 6, p. 124 (1918); Ilyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 3i3 (1928).
C. (3/.) trifidus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 9, p. ii5 (192 t); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 286 (1928).
C. (3/.) vapulans D3’ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 69 (1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 323 ( 1 928).
C. (3/.) xivilis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 78 (1920); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 33 1 (1928).
cuclyx D}’ar and Shannon, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 12, p. 48 (1924J.
C. [M.) ybarmis D\'ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 8, p. 57 (1920); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 3o2 (1928).
C. (3/.) zeteci Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 122 (1918); Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 339 (1928).
Wnezuela, Siiiinam,
Brazil.
Brazd.
Panama.
Me.xico, Costa Rica.
Panama, Wnezuela,
Brazil .
Suri nam.
Brazil.
Ti inidad.
Colombia.
IMnama, Venezuela.
Costa Rica.
Surinam.
Panama, Surinam.
Surinam .
Panama.
I I SUBGENUS ISOSTOMYIA Coquillett
Isostomyia Coquillett, U. S. Dept. Agr. Bur. Ent. Tech. Ser. Vol. ii, p. 16, 24(1906). — Type
conservator D. and K. (as perturbans Will.).
Anoedioporpa Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. ii, p. 190 (ig23). — Type conservatur D. and K.
Characters. — ■ Palpi alike in the tvvo sexes, less than a quarter as long as proboscis.
Hypopygial and other characters (in C. conservator) as in subgenus Melanocouiuir, iir C. originator the
hypopygium is peculiar in having long hairs on the tenth tergites.
Larva. — Antennal tuft well beyoird middle. Siphoir long, with a fevv small scattered tults.
Comb-teeth in a patch.
Habits. — Larvae of two species have been found in tree-holes.
2i8
DIPTERA
Distributiori. — Tropical America.
C. (I.) conservator T3yar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 221 (igo6);
*Dyar. iNInsq. Amer. p. 343 (1928).
bifoliatiis Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. 94 (1922).
paganus Evans, Ann. Trop. l\[ed. Vol. 17, p. 104 (1923).
C. {!.) corrigani Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 2o3 (1907);
*D3'ar, Mose]. Amer. p. 347 (1928).
chalcocorystes Martini, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 2, p. 70(1914).
C. (/.) originator Gordon and Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 16, p. 323 (1922);
* Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 346 (1928).
W. Indies, Panama, Ve-
nezuela, Surinam.
Panama.
Brazil.
12. SuBGENUS MOCHLOSTYRAX Dyar and Knab
M ochlostyrax D3’ar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 223 (igo6). — Type caudelli D. and K.
Characters. — Small dark species quite similar to those of tbe subgenus Melanoconion, from
which no ciear distinction in the adult stage can at present be pointed out. Possibly some of the
species placed in the subgenus Melanoconion of which the larvae are unknown ma3^ belong here.
Larva. — Antennal tuft well beyond middle. Siphon rather short, with a ventral row of long
tufts extending almost its whole length ; hook of anterior valves unusually strong. Comb-teeth in a
single straight or curved row.
Habits. — As in Melanoconion the species breed in ground pools.
Distributiori. — Tropical America.
C. (M .) alogistns Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 6, p. 126 (1918); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 288 (1928).
iiugapiis Root, Amer. J. Hyv. Vol. 7, p. 5g5 (1927).
C. (M.) caudelli Dvar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 224 (1906);
*Dyar. Mosq. Amer.-p. 287 (1928).
vndtispiuosus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 177 {1920).
C. (3/.) hesitator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol, i5, p. 2o5 (1907);
Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 289 (1928).
colombiensis Dyar. Insec. Inscit. Vol. 12, p. 184 (1924).
C. {M .) innovator Evans, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 18, p. 873 (1924); *Root,
Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 594 (1927).
C. (M.) pilosus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 223 (1906) ; * Dy^ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 290 (1928); Matheson, Mosq. N, Am. p. 171 (1929).
agitator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. loo (1907).
cubensis Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 223 (1906).
curopinensis Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 177 (1920).
deceptor Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 257 (1909).
floridanus Dyar and Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. Vol. 19, p. 171 (1906).
ignobilis Dyar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. ii, p. 3g (1909).
jamaicencis Grabham, Can. Ent. Vol. 38, p. 3i8 (1906).
mastigia Howard, Dyar and Knab, Mosq. N. and C. Am. Vol. 3, p. 426 (igiS).
reductor Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 207 (1909}.
C. {M .) unicornis *Root, in Dy^ar, Mosq. Amer. p. 291 (1928),
Panama, Surinam, Bra-
zil.
Trinidad, Surinam.
Panama, Colombia,
Venezuela.
Brazil.
Southern, U. S. A. and
W. Indies to Vene-
zuela.
Venezuela.
13. Subgenus MICRAEDES Coquillett
Micraedes Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. Vol. 7, p. 18S (igo5). — Type bisiilcatus Coq.
Characters. — Palpi alike in the two sexes, about one-third as long as proboscis. Hypopygial
characters much as in subgenus Melanoconion, but vertex with narrow scales onlyr, as in Microculex, to
which this subgenus is perhaps more nearly related.
l'AM. Cri ACIDAE
219
Larva. — Antenna with a large tuft before inicUlle. Siphon long, with a few scatteied tufis.
Comb-scales in a patch.
Habits. — Larvae occur in leaf-bases oi Bromeliaciae.
Oistribution. - West Indies and Guianas.
C. (il/.) aineiicanus Xeveu-Lemaire, Arch. Parasit. \'ol. 6, p. 2 (1902) [Aaio
;« ihi] ; *l)yar, Mosq. Amer. p. SqS (1928)
iisttlciitus CtHpiillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. V\’ash. Vol. 7, p. i85 (U)o6).
C. {M.) LintiUum-inagiiO) am Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. Sqq (1928),
Lesser Anlilles, bhench
Ciuiana.
Creater Antilles.
14. SuBGENUS MICROCULEX Theobald
Mic roculex Theobald, Mon. Cui. \'ol. 4. p. 461 (1907). — Type imiintor Theo (as argeuleoiiiubi osus Theo).
C ha racters. — Palpi of cf as long as proboscis or longer, usualh’ more 01 less riuged vvilh white
and with few hairs. Palpi of 9 than a quarter as long as proboscis. Proboscis scarceh’ swollen
at tip. Antennae of normal. X ertexu ith narrow scales only; scutellar scales narrow. I l}4>op\’gium
much as in subgenus ISlelanoccnion, but coxite without scales; lunth tergite only slightl}' developed ; and
phallosome with a long backwardly directed hook from each main piate, its tip almost meeting the tip
of the (( basal hook ». Taisi often with pale rings, which are situate onlv at bases of segments; when
these are absent, the pleurae have tlark markings.
Larva. — Antennal tuft well beyond middle. Siphon long, often extremely long and slender,
with few tufts. Comb-scales in a patch.
Habits, — So far as known the species of this subgenus breed only in leaf-bases oi Bromeliaceae.
The eggs are peculiar in being enclosed separately in gelatinous envelopes.
Distributiori. — '1'ropical America.
C. (M.
C. (M.
C. (M.
C. (M.
C. (M.
C. (M.
C. [M.
C. {M.
C. {M.
,) albipes Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brazil, p. 6 (1904); D\’ar, Mosq, Brazil.
Amer, pu Spi (^iqzS); Shannon, MS. (iqSo).
) aphylactus Root, Amer. J. Hv-g. Vol. 7, pr. 684 (1927); Dyar, Mos(p Brazil.
Amer p. 352 (1928).
) Dp^ar and Knab, Proc. Ent. Soc. WMsh. Vol. 19, pu 169 (1906); Trinidad.
* Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 35o (1928).
) chryselatus Dp^ar and Knab, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, pi. 5 (1919); *Dvar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 352 (1928).
) consolator Dvar and Knab. Proc. Biol. Soc. W^ash. Vol.
(igo6); *Dvar, Mosq. Amer. p. 35i (1928).
trxcknus Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, j). 585 (1927).
) daiimastocanipa Dyar and Knab, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. Vol. 35, p). 58 Panama.
(igo8); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 355 (1928).
) gainis Root. Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, pu 583 ( 1927) ;* Dyar, Mosq. Brazil.
Amer. pv. 35o (1928).
) Jiedys Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p). 584 (1927); Dyar, Moscp. Amer. Brazil.
pr. 353 (1928).
) imitator Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, pr. 175 (igoS); *Dy
Amer, pu 357 (1928).
argeuleotimhrosus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 4, p). 401 (1907).
daumiisturus Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p). 207 (1906).
marajoensis Peryassu, A Zolha Med. Vol. 4, pr. 76 (1923).
vector D5’ar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \^ol. 14, pi. 207 (1906).
220
DIPTERA
C. (M.) inimitabilis Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 221 (1906);
*D3?ar, Mosq. Amer. p. SSq (192S).
microphylhis Root, Amer. J. Hyg. Vol. 7, p. 586 (1927).
C. (.1/.) jenningsi Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 204 (1907);
*Dyar, Alosq. Amer. p. 356 (1928).
var. gaudeator Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 204 (1907).
C. iM.) neglectus Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. Brazil, p. 21 (1904); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. SSq ( 1 928).
C. (.'/•) ocellatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 222 (1903); *Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 35 i (1928).
C. (3/.) pleuristciatus Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 3, p. 177 (1903); *D3'ar,
Mosq. Amer. p. 349 (1928).
C. (M.) rejector Dyar and Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. 14, p. 221 (1906);
*Dyar, Mosq. .Amer. p. 356 (1928).
15. SuBGENUS AEDINUS Lutz
Aedinus Lutz. Imprensa Med. igo5, p. io3 (1906). — Type amasonensis Lutz.
Eubonnea Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i5o (1919). — T3’pe amasonensis Lutz (as tapena D3’ar).
Charactens. — Palpi alike in the two sexes, less than a quarter as long proboscis. Hypopygial
and other characters much as in subgenus Melannconion , but coxite with a long sub-basal arm, somewhat
resembling that of the subgenus Carrollia.
Larva. — - Unknown.
Distributiori. — Tropical South America.
C. (d.) amasonensis Lutz in Bourroul, Alosq. Brazil, p. 46 (1904); Dyar, Colombia, Venezuela,
Mosq. Amer. p. 285 (1928). Surinam, Brazil.
hildebrandi JLva.vls, Ann. Trop. Med. Vol. 17, p. 38o (1923).
paeaplesia Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 10, p. i5o (1922).
tapena Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. i5o (1919).
C. (yA .) accelerans Root, Amer. J. H3’g. Vol. 7, p. 58: (1927); D3'ar, Mosq. Brazil.
Amer. p. 285 (1928).
16. Subgenus CARROLLIA Lutz
Carrollia Lutz, Imprensa Med. 1905, p. 81 (igo5). — Type iridescens Lutz.
Carrollella Lutz, A Folha Medica, Vol. 2, p. i6r (1921).
Characters. — Palpi of (5^ about as long as proboscis, slender and bare. Palpi of 9 scarcely
a quarter as long as proboscis. Proboscis slender, not swollen at tip). Antennae of cf normal. Vertex
with narrow scales only ; scutellar scales narrow. Dorsocentral bristles usually much reduced. Pleurae
pruinose or opalescent. Abdomen laterally compressed, especially in cf, with sub-metallic markings.
Ilypopygium : C.oxite with a long sub-basal or median arm, with few or no scales. Style simple.
Paraprocts with only a few apical teeih, torming aie indefinite comb. Phallosome much as in
subgenus Melanoconion. Ninth tergite with the lobes short. Eighth tergite of cf very deeply emarginate
in middle, almost divided. Tarsi either dark, or with a white ring at base of fourth segment on hind legs.
Larva. — Antenna with small tuft about middle. Sipihon moderately long, with a ventral row
of hair-tufts. Comb-teeth few, in a single row. Gills and ventral brush normal.
Trinidad to Brazil.
Panama.
Brazil.
Brazil, Surinam, Trini-
dad.
Trinidad to Brazil.
FAM. CULICIDAE
22 I
Hab its. — The larvae have been founJ iu ()[>en cut baiiiboos, tree-holes, oUl tins, and
dower-bracts of Helicoitin: apparently the inost usual breeding-place is in bambon.
Distri bution . — Tropical America.
C. (C.) Oikiiicoltis Dyar and Nunez Tovar. X. Dipt. flaem. Venez. p. 4(1927):
* Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 2S4 (192S).
C. (C.) iufoliatus Bonne-Wepster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 7, p. 170
(1920): *Dyar. Alosq. Amer. p. 283 (1928).
C. (C.) ividescens Lutz, Im[>rensa Medica, p. 81 (ipoS); *Dyar, Mosq. Amer,
p. 280 (1928).
honuei Dj^ar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. 9, p. i55 (1921).
C. (C.) metempsytus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. \"ol. 9, p. iSq (1921); Dyar, Mosq.
Amer. p. 282 (192S).
C. (C.) secundus Bonne-WTpster and Bonne, Insec. Inscit. \'ol. 7, p. 170
(1920); *Dyar, Most}. Amer. p. 281 (1928).
C. (C.) urichi Coquillett, Can. Ent. ATI. 38, p. 61 (1906) [JS^elauoconiou]-,
*Dyar, Mosq. Amer. p. 283 (192S).
30. Genus DEINOCERITES Theobald
Dei nocerites Theobald, Mon. Cid. \’ol. 2, p. 2i5 (1901). — lype cancer Theo.
Brachomyia Theobald, Mon. Cnl. \M1. 2, p. 343 (1901). — • dXqie cancer Theo.
Dinomimetes Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. \’ol. i5, p. 120 (1907). — Y5'pe epitedeus Knab.
Dinanamesus Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. \M1. 52, p. zSq (1909). — Type I). and K.
Chanacters. — Medinm-sized species without special ornamentation ; scales of verte.x and
sciitellum narrow. Chaetotaxy and most other characters as in Culex, from which this genus differs
chiefly in the antennae, which are non-plumose in the (Pb 3, Fig. 14), and have at least the
first flagellar segment elongate in both sexes, usually several of the following segments elongate in
the (^. Hypopygium of large and prominent; coxite very stout, with the inner apical angle (at
base of style) somewat produced, subapical lobe small, undivided, with a few stout, blunt spiues; style
rather short. denselv pubescent on outer side, with two terminal teeth, one formed by the tip of the
style itself, the other by a veiy strong subapical spine; ninth tergite forming two very long, bare,
finger-like lobes (wrongly referred to br' Dyar as parameres); paraprocts ending in a transverse comb
of strong, close-set teeth; phallosome without « basal hooks ». Abdomen of 9 nrore pointed than in
Culex, eighth segment rather compressed, cerci prominent.
Pupa. — \V ithout special modifreations ; paddles with smooth margin as iu Culex, but
apparently with only one apical hair.
Larva. — ■ Head large, rounded, ventro-lateral surface forming aprojecting lobe which covers a
large haiiy process at base of mandible (this process is apparently absent in ali other mosquito genera).
Mandibular teeth of unusual form and not very strong. Mentum of the usual form but membranous and
dif&cult to detect. Maxilla as in Culex. Mouth-brushes short but dense, hairs apparenti}’ simple.
Antenna with tuft about middle. Comb of eighth segment a large pateh of scales. Siphon moderately
long, with one long tuft near middle and two short ones near tip ; pecten well developed, its teeth
forked, the two prongs subequal in length. .Ynal segment with a dorsal piate and a smaller ventral
piate, the two widely disconnected laterally; outer dorsal hair single, inner many-branched ; ventral
brush large. Gills only two in number, short or rudimentary.
\’enezuela.
Surinam.
Brazil, Surinam.
Costa Kica.
1'anama.
Trinidad, Surinam.
222
DIPTERA
Habits. — ■ The species of Deinocerites are all associated vvith crab-holes, the lai vae living in the
salt water in the holes and feeding on organic matter in suspension. The adults rest in the upper pait
of the holes and do not as a rule fly far; the}^ suck blood, but not veiy readily. Mating and eggdaying
liabits liave not been recorded.
Classification. — Three (juite distinet groups, forinerh^ treated as distinet genera, may be
recognised. Each group contains only one or two species.
Group \ [Deinocerites). xAntennae of cf (Pl. 3, Fig. 14) with the first six flagellar segments
elongate, especially the first, which is 14-20 times as long as broad. xAntennae of 9 with onl}^ the first
flagellar segment elongate (less so than in rf), second and following segments subequal, about one-third
as long as first. Front femora withoiit spines beneath. Postnotum bare. Cerei of 9 with strong
terminal spines (except in D. />seiuies).
Group B [Dinomimetes). Antennae of (gf as in group A; fifth and sixth flagellar segments
slightly but distinctly lengthened. xAntennae ot 9 with the first four flagellar segments lengthened,
first almost or quite as long as in , but fifth and sixth not longer than seventh. Front femora in both
sexes with a long row of short spines beneath. Postnotum usually with one or two short bristles.
Cerei of 9 without spines.
Group C (Dinanamesas). .Antennae in both sexes with onl}^ the first flagellar segment elongate,
about 8-10 times as long as broad, second and following segments much shorter and subequal in
length. Front femora without spines beneath. Postnotum bare. Cerei of 9 without spines.
Distributiori. — Coasts of Mexico, Central America and West Indies.
Group A (Deinocerites)
D. cancer Theobald, Alon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 2i5 (igoi); *Dyar, Mosq. xAmer.
p. 262 (1928).
magna Theobald, Mon. Cui. Vol. 2, p. 344 (1901).
melanophyllum Dyar and Knab, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc Vol. i5, p. 200 (igoy).
tetraspathus Dyar and Knab, Siniths. Alisc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 260 (1909).
troglodytus Dyar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 260 (igog).
? ab. monospathus Dyar, Insec. Inscit. Vol. i3, p. i55 (1923).
D. psendes D3"ar and Knab, Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 260 (igog); *Dyar,
xMosq. Amer. p. 263 (1928).
Group B (Dinomimetes)
D. epitedeus Knab. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. Vol. i5, p. 120 (1907); *Dyar, Mosq
Amer. p. 264 (1928).
Group C (Dinamamesus)
D. spa/iius Dyar and Knab. Smiths. Misc. Coli. Vol. 52, p. 259 (1909); Dyar, Panama (.Atlantic).
Mosq. .Amer. p. 265 (1928).
Panama, Costa Rica
(.«Atlantic).
Florida, Antilles,
Alexico, C. America.
Mexico and C. America
(.Atlantic and Pacific
coasts).
FAM. CULICIDAE
223
INDEX
Subfamilies and tribes shown in large capitals; valid genera and subgenera in heav}'type: valid species in roman;
ali synonyms and varieties in italics. Fossil fornis are indicated by an asterisk. Where two ])age numbers are
given after a generic name, the flrst refers to the genus, the second to the tyjiical subgenus.
224
DIPTERA
Pages
albotaeniatus Leicester (Aedes) i52
albotaeniatus Theobald (Aedes) 169
albotaeniatus Theobald (Anophe-
les) 40
albothorax Theobald 172
alboventralis Theobald 169
albovirgatus Graham 208
albus Ventrillon (Anopheles) Sy
albus Leicester (Culex) 2o3
alcocci Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 214
aldrichaniis Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne Sg
aldrichi Dyar and Knab 144
Aldrichia Theobald 46
Aldrichinclla Theobald 4^
alexandrae-schingarevi Schingarevv Sg
alfaroi Dyar 216
algeriensis Theobald 37
aliciae Johannsen i3
alineata Schneider
alis Theobald 2o3
alieni Turner ( Furner in error) i52
allopha Peryassu 44
allostigma Floward, Dyar and
Knab iQt
Allotheobaldia Brolemann 104
alogistus Dyar 218
aloponotum Dyar i38
alpinus Linnaeus (Aedes) 148
alpinus Dyar (Aedes) 145
alpiuns Twinn (Aedes) 145
alternans Westwood i34
altiusculus Dyar i43
amaurus Martin! Sy
amazonensis Lutz (Culex) 220
amazonensis Theobald (Manso-
nia) iib
amazonicus Christophers (Ano-
pheles) 42
amazonicus Gordon and Evans
(Sabethes) 80
ambiguus Theobald (Culex) 202
ambiguus Dyar and Knab (Me-
garhinus) Sg
amboannulatus (amboaiinalaius in
error) Theobald i94
amboinensis Doleschall 60
americana Johannsen 20
americanus Johannsen (Chaobo-
rus) 25
americanus Neveu-Lemaire (Cu-
lex) 219
Pages
amesi Ludlow (Aedes) i58
ames i Edwards (Aedes) i58
amictus Edwards 48
amphibia De Geer i3
ampyx Dyar 94
anarmostus Theobald 20S
anastasionis Dyar 179
andamanensis Edwards lyS
andersoni Edwards (Aedes) 146
andersoni Edwards (Culex) 208
Andersonia Strickland i35
andreanus Edwards igS
andreivsi Edwards i65
andricus Root 214
andropus Dyar and Knab 87
aneles Dyar and Ludlow 2i5
angulatus Theobald 199
anguste-alatus Becker 162
angustivittatus Dyar and Knab 142
anhydor Dyar 98
Aniella Enderlein 160
anips Dyar 214
Anisocheleomyia Theobald 96
anisochloros Theobald 5i
Ankylorhynchus Lutz 58
annandalei Theobald (Aedes) i63
annandalei Baini Prashad (Ano-
pheles) 42
annandalei Edwards (Chaoborus) 26
annandalei 'BuT:raMd.{Uranotaenia) 98
annetti Theobald 117
annularis van der Wulp 53
anntilata Taylor (Culex) 197, 2o3, 204
annulata Theobald (Culex)
199, 2o3, 210
annulata Leicester (Mansonia) 120
annulata Schrank (Theobaldia) io3
annulata Theobald (Uranotaenia) 100
anmilatus Fabricius (Theobaldia) io3
annulatus de Fourcroy (Theobal-
dia) io3
aiinidifemuY Edwards 174
annullfera Theobald 120
annuliferus Blanchard (Aedes) 140
annuliferus Ludlow (Aedes) i38
annulimatius van der Wulp 39
annulioris Theobald 202
annulipalpis Lynch Arribalzaga
(Anopheles) 42
annulipalpis Theobald (Armige-
res) 186
annulipes Meigen {Aedes) i38
annulipes [Meigen] Martin! (Aedes) 189
Pages
annulipes Taylor (Aedes) 140
annulipes Walker (Anopheles) 49
annulipes Theobald (Culex) 2i3
a7inulipes Edwards [part.] (hlan-
sonia) 120
annulipes Walker [Waldker in
error] (M ansonia) 120
annulipes var. A. Bonne-Wepster
(Mansonia) 120
annulirostris Theobald (Aedes) 109
annulirostris Skuse (Culex) 204
atinulirostris Taylor (Culex) 2o3
annuliiostris Theobald [part.] nec
Skuse (Culex) 204
annulitarsis Macquart (Aedes) 162
annulitarsis Q Leicester (Anni-
geres) 186
annulitarsis Leicester (Anni-
geres) 186
annuliventris Blanchard 140
anmdoabdominalis Theobald 199
annulus Theobald 204
Anoedioporpa Dyar 217
anomalus Edwards 27
Anopheles Meigen 33, 35
ANOPHELINI 29
anopheloides Giles 108
antennalis Taylor 98
antennatus Becker 38
aniiguae Giles 127
antillum Knab 26
antillum-magnorum Dyar 219
antipodeus Edwards iSy
aiitisepticus Lichtenstein 2,5
antoinetta Dyar and Knab 85
anxifer Bigot 208
apateticus Ho ward , Dyar and Knab
[bis] 2i5
aphobema Dyar 84
aphyl actus Root 219
apicalis Theobald (Artnigeres) 184
apicalis Theobald [bis] (Armi-
geres) 186
apicalis Adams (Culex) igS
apicalis Theobald (Psorophora) 126
apicalis Theobald (Uranotaenia) 98
apicimacula Dyar and Knab 43
apicinus Philippi 206
apicoannulatus Edwards (Aedes) 167
apicoannulatus Bacot (Aedes) 167
apicoargenteus Theobald 162
apicotaeiiiata Theobald 100
Pages
^!p:colri,ingulaia Theobald 77
Aporoculex Theobald 200
ajwronoma Dyar and Knab S7
appendiculata Grabham 19
appendiculatus Henick 25
apriliitd Meigen i3
aquilonaris Bergroth i3
aquilus Graham 2 1 1
arabica Giles 141
urabicus Becker {Aedes) 141
arubicus Christophers and Khazan
Chand {Anopheles) 5i
arabiensis Patton (Aedes) 171
arabiensis Patton {Anopheles) 56
aranetana Banks 149
aranoides Theobald 76
araozi Shannon and Del Ponte
(Aedes) 13;
araozi Shannon and Del Ponte
(Mansonia) 117
arborealis Bonne Wepster and
Bonne (Aedes) i55
arborealis Shannon and Del
Ponte (Coretkrellu) 19
arborealis Shannon and Del
Ponte (M egarhinus) 60
arboricollis d’Emmerez de Char-
moy 108
arcanus Blanchard i3g
archegus Dyar 207
arctica Edwards io3
ardensis Theobald 49
arge Dyar and Shannon ii
argenteiventris Theobald 78
argenteolobatus Gough 56
argenteomaculata Theobald 164
argenteopemiis Peryassu 99
argenteopunctatus Theobald
(Aedes) 168
argenteopunctatus Ventrillon
(Culex) 21 1
argenteorostris Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 87
argenteoiarsis Ludlow 62
argenteoumbrosus Theobald 219
argenteoventralis Theobald
(Aedes) 174
argenteoventralis Leicester (Toj)o-
myia) gi
argentescens Dyar and Knab 142
argenteus Poiret (Aedes) 162
argenteus Ludlow (Culex) 2o3
FAM. CULICIDAE
Pages
argentina Alexander (Dixa) i3
argeniina Petrocchi (U ranotaenia) 99
argentinotus Banks 168
argentinus Brethes 39
argyritarsis Robineau-Desvoidy 44
argyrites Dyar and Nuhez To-
var i55
argyroineris Dyar and Ludlow 179
argyronotum Edwards 80
argyropalpis Leicester 91
argyropus Swellengrebel (Anophe-
les ) 4 1
argyropus Walker i^Tripteroides) -jS
argyrotarsis Leicester 98
argyrothorax Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 149
argyi ura Dyar and Knab 86
Armigeres Theobald 182, i83
arnoldi Stephens and Christo-
phers 57
arribalzagae Theobald (Manso-
nia) 117
arribalzagae Giles (Psorophora) i25
An ibahagia TYieohaXd 35
arthrostigma Peryassu 84
articularis Philippi 207
Rondani 171
ascidiicola de Meijere 100
Asebeomyia Aiken 212
ascyehae D3'ar and Knab 208
ashworthi Edwards j5S
asiaticus Edwards (Aedes) 141
asiaticus Leicester (Anopheles) 42
asiaticus Giles (Chaoborus) 26
assamensis Theobald i5o
astictopus Dyar and Shannon 26
asulleptus Theobald 89
ataeniata Theobald 21 1
* atavus Loew (nom. nud.) 6
ater Daniels 61
atlanticus Dyar and Knab 142
a.tra Tnylor (Tripteroides) 76
atra Theobald 98
atratipes Skuse 37
atraiulus Edwards 197
atratus Theobald 214
atriceps Edwards 212
atripes Skuse 77
airiiarsis Edwards 162
atrius Barraud 175
atropalpus Coquillett i53
atroparvHs van Thiel 39
atropathenica Lindtrop 54
225
Pages
atropos Dyar and Knab 37
atropotenae Lindtrop 54
atrovittata Edwards 11
aurantapex Edwards (Culex) 202
aurantius Theobald i35
auratus Grabham (Aedes) 143
auratus Leicester (Aedes) 170
aurea 'Leicester (Ficalbia) iii
aurea Edwards (KI ansonia) iiS
aureochaeta Leicester 180
aureolineatus Leicester 184
aureopunctis Ludlow 19 r
aureosquamata Ludlow 118
aureosquainiger Theobald 49
aureoslriata Grabham (Aedes) i55
aurcostriata Leicester (Aedes) i35
aureostriatus Doleschall i5i
aureoventer Theobald 91
aurescens Theobald 80
auridorsum Edwards i53
aurifer Coquillett 148
aurifluus Edwards 61
aurimargo Edwards 178
auripennis Edwards 118.
aurirostris Watson 49
auritaenia Enderlein 2o3
aurites Theobald (Aedes) i55
aurites Theobald (Mansonia) 118
auroides Felt i^S
auronitens Edwards i52
aurostriata Banks (nec Doleschall) i63
aurotaeniatus Edwards i63
austeni Theobald (Anopheles) 5o
austeni Theobald (Eretmapodites) 182
australiensis Theobald (Aedes) i53
australiensis Giles (Mansonia) 120
australiensis Ferguson (Pronioch-
lonyx) 22
australis Strickland (Aedes) 146
australis Taylor (Aedes) i56
australis Theobald (Aedes) 146
australis Shannon and Del Ponte
(Chaoborus) 26
australis Taylor (Culex) 197
australis Erichson (Tripteroides) 77
autocratica Dyar and Knab 87
automartus Root 214
aiitumnalis We}'enbergh (Culex) 208
autumnalis Meigen (Dixa) i3
azoriensis Theobald 209
azrilti Patton 55
azymus Dyar and Knab 219
226
DIPTERA
Pages
bachmanni Petrocchi 42
badgeri Dyar 207
bahama Dyar and Knab 84
bahamensis Dyar and Knab 2o5
bahri Edwards 199
haiUyi Edwards 38
bailyi Barraud 94
Theobald 118
balfouri Theobald 98
balteatus Dyar and Knab 143
bambusa Yamada 78
bambusicola Lutz and Neiva 5g
bancrofti Skuse (Aedes) 162
bancrofti Taylor (Aedes) iSy
bancrofti Giles (Anopheles) 40
Bancroftia Lutz 106
bancroftianus Edwards iSy
banksi Edwards i52
Banksinella Theobald 171
barbarus Dyar and Knab 208
barberi Coquillett 37
barbipes Edwards 61
barbirostris van der Wulp 40
barbumbrosus Strickland and
Chowdhury 40
baria Dyar and Knab 88
barianensis James 39
barberi Theobald 197
barnardi Edwards i5o
barraiidi Edwards 204
Barraudius Edwards 192
basalis Taylor (Aedes) 176
basalis Howard, Dyar and Knab
(Uranotaenia)' 98
basicinctus Edwards 202
basilicus Dyar and Knab 2o5
bastagarius Dyar and Knab 214
bathanus Dyar 32
Bathosomyia Theobald 166
behningi Martin! i38
belisarioi Neiva 80
bellator Dyar and Knab 46
bengalensis Puri 87
bentleyi Bentley 41
bequaerti Dyar and Shannon 214
berestnevi Schingarew Sy
bergrothi Edwards io3
herlandi Seguy 142
bernardi Borei 197
bevisi Edwards 169
biaiimilaia Theobald 168
bibulus Dyar 214
Incolor Meigen (Culex) 209
Pages
bicolor Leicester [Uranotaenia) 100
bicompressa Lutz 88
bicornis Root 84
bicornuta Theobald 198
bidens Dyar 2o3
bifasciata Brunetti ii
bifoliatus Theobald (Culex) 204
hifoliatus Dyar (Culex) 218
bifurcatus Meigen (Anopheles) 38
bifurcatus Linnaeus [0*] (Culex) 209
bigoti Theobald (Anopheles) 48
bigoti Bellardi (Culex) igi
bihaicolus Dyar and Nuhez
Tovar 221
bihamatus Edwards 2o3
bilineata Theobald 98
bilineatus Theobald 208
bimaculata Theobald (Culex) 191
bimaculata Leicester (Uranotae-
nia) 100
bimaculata Theobald (Uranotaenia) 100
bimaculatus Coquillett i^o
bimaculiala Leicester 98
bimaculipes Theobald 78
binotata Edwards ii
Binotia Blanchard 70
biocellatus Taylor i53
bi partipes Dyar and Knab So
bipunctata Theobald (Aedes) 168
bipunctata Theobald (Culex) 2o3
bipunctatus Robineau Desvoidy 189
biroi Theobald 204
Bironella Theobald 32, 33
bironelli Christophers 33
bisignatus Griinberg 5i
bistriata Brunetti ii
bistdcatus Coquillett 219
bitaeniorhynchus Giles 202
blachlocki Evans i63
Blanchardiomvia Brunetti i83
blanda Dyar 19
blax Dyar and Shannon 1 1
bodkini Edwards 84
Bolhodeomyia Theobald 179
boliviensis Theobald 46
bonariensis Brethes 207
bonneae Root (Chagasia) 32
bonneae Dyar and Knab (Culex) 207
bonneae Edwards (Mansonia) i2o
bonnei Dyar 221
borealis Ludlow (Aedes) 148
borealis Martin! (Dixa) i3
borealis Schingarew (Theobaldia) io3
Pages
borenquiiii Root 216
boscii Robineau-Desvoidy 124
bostocki Theobald 194
bourrouli Peryassii 87
Boycia Newstead iio
bozasi Neveu-Lemaire Sy
Brachomyia Theobald 221
brachypus Donitz 40
bracteatus Coquillett 148
brahmacharii Christophers 5o
brakeleyi Coquillett 19
brasiliensis Theobald 26
braziliae Dyar 191
braziliensis Gordon and Evans
(Aedes) i5o
braziliensis Chagas (Anopheles) 44
brehmei Knab 207
breinli Tdcylox i85
brethesi Dyar 207
brevicellulus TheohAld 118
brevipalpis Roper (Anopheles) 87
brevipalpis Giles (Culex) 194
brevipalpis Theobald (Megarhi-
nus) 61
brevipalpus Theobald {nec Giles) 198
Brevirhynchus Theobald i85
brevirostris Edwards 100
brevis Garrett ii
brevisector Edwards 27
brevispinosus Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 2o5
brevitibia Edwards 184
briseis Dyar 98
hrittoni Felt io5
brohieri Edwards 52
bromeliae Theobald i63
bromeliarum Dyar and Knab 84
bromelicola Dyar 46
broqnettii Theobald 141
broussesi Edwards 55
bruchi Petrocchi (Psorophora)
125, 126
Brugella Edwards 33
brugi Edwards (Aedes) 172
brugi Edwards (Tripteroides) 77
brmnpli Neveu-Lemaire i65
brunnipes Theobald 5o
burpengaryensis Theobald 146
buscki (in error buseki) Coquil-
lett i55
butleri Theobald 178
buxtoni Edwards (Culex) 197
buxtoni Edwards (Ma?isonia) _ 118
Pages
caballus Theobald 140
cacharanus Barraud i5o
Dyar 200
cucodda Dyar and Knab S8
C.icomyia Coqnillett 178
ca^ol’hrad^s Dyar and Knab 89
cacothius Dyar 143
caecus Theobald 170
CiUiiocephahis TclvIot i5y
caeruleocephala Theobald 9S
cairnsensis Taylor i5S
Ctiir?tse>tsis Taylor (Cide.v) 197
cairnsensis [cairinsensis in error]
Taylor (Hodgesia) 94
cairnsensis Taylor (Uranolaenia) gS
calathicola Edwards 19
calceatus Edwards 162
calcitrans Robineau-Desvoidy 209
caledonica Edwards 77
californica Johannsen i3
caliginosus Graham 169
Calladimyia Dyar 86
callithotrys Dj’ar 140
calocasiae Edwards 100
Calomyia Taylor 147
calopus Weigen 162
calosomata Dyar and Knab gS
Calvertia Ludlow (nec Warren) 46
Calvertina Ludlow 46
Calviana Strand 46
cameronensis Edwards 38
camerounensis Alexander 1 1
campbelli Alexander 11
campestris Dyar and Knab
{Aedes) 140
campestris Leicester (Uranotae-
niai 98
camposanus Dyar 142
camposi Dyar 2o5
camptocomma Dyar 85
camptorhynchus Thomson 140
canadensis Theobald 141
cancer Theobald [Deinocerites) 222
cancer Leicester {U ranotaenia) 98
Cancraedes Edwards 177
cancricomes Edwards 177
candidiensis [candidienses in error)
Koidzumi 5i
candidipes Edwards 100
canfieldi Dyar and Knab 88
cantans Meigen iSg
cantator Coquillett i38
capensis Edwards 167
FAM. CULICI DAE
Pages
capitis Shannon and Del Ponte gS
capricornii Lutz 179
cara Dyar and Knab 88
caracula Dyar and Nuiiez Tovar 85
Howard, Dyarand Knab 207
carcinophilus Dyar and Knab 214
cardamitisi Xewstead and Carter 54
carmenti Edwards 1 75
carmodyae Dyar and Knab 207
Carrollella Lutz 220
Carrollia Lutz 220
oir/ro»! Ventrillon {Aedes) i5S
cartroni Ventrillon {Culex) 20S
caspius Pallas 341
castrensis Edwards 195
Catageiomyia Theobald i65
cataphylla Dyar 143
cataractarum Edwards 195
catasticla Edwards (Acdoinyia) 122
catasticta Knab {Aedomyia) 122
Catatassomyia Dyar and Shan-
non 160
caudatula Sei^uy 12
caudelli Dyar and Knab 218
cautus Barraud 175
celaenocephala Dyar and Knab 85
Dyar and Nunez Tovar 379
celidopus Dyar and Shannon 43
Cellia Theobald 46
centrale Brethes 3 25
centralis Loew 34
ceiitropunctatus Theohadd 170
centrotns Howard, Dyar and Knab 144
cemts Root 236
cephasi Edwards 77
Ceratucystia Dyar and Knab 3 23
ceratopogones Theobald 27
ceylonensis Theobald 78
ceylonica Theobald (Aedes) 35i
ceylonica Newstead and Carter
{Anopheles) 5o
ceylonica Theobald (Culex) igg
ceylonica Theobald (U ranotaenia) g8
ceylonicus Edwards i-j5
*ceyx Heyden 7
chacquensis Paterson and Shannon 325
Chaetocruiomyia Theobald i56
Chaelomyia Leicester 3 85
chaetoventralis Theobald 397
Chagasia Cruz 3i
chalcocephala Dyar and Knab 87
chalcocorystes Martin! 238
chalcospilans Dyar 179
227
l’ag03
chamberlaini Ludlow 3is
champerico Dyar and Knab 3 25
chandi Edwards 180
CHAOBORINAE 16
Chaoborus Lichtenstein 23, 25
chaudoyei Theobald 55
chaussieri Edwards 3 63
chelli Edwards 340
chenuilpoeirsis Tamada 3 63
chidcsteri Dyar 207
chile33sis Alexander [Dixa] 33
chilensis Blanchard ^26
chloropterus llumboldt 83
chloroventer 'Yheohadd 231
chodukiiri Martin! 41
Chocroporpa Dyar 23 3
chresta Dyar and Knab 86
Christianus Dyar 364
christophersi Edwards (Aedes) i52
chrislophersi Theobald (Anopheles) 52
christophersi Theobald (Culex) 208
christophersi Barraud (Uranotae-
ni.i) 98
Christophersia James 46
Christophersiomyia Barraud 359
christophi Portchinsky 63
Christya Theobald 35
christyi Newstead and Carter 55
chroiopus Dyar and Knab 80
chryselatus Dyar arrd Khiab 239
chrysocephalus Theobald 60
Chrysoconops Goeldi 3 35
Chrysoconops Theobald (part.) 337
chrxsogaster Taylor (Aedes) 335
chrysogaster Graham (Eretmapo-
dites) 3 82
chrysogona Knab 339
chrysolineatus Theobald 353
chrvsomus Dyar arid Knalj 85
chrysonotum Dyar and Knab
(Culex) 234
chrysonotum Peryassii (Man-
sonia) 337
r/jryiosr;«/(3 Theobald 373
chrysosoma Edwards 3 38
chrysothorax Theobald (Aedes) 372
clu ysothorax Newstead and Carter
(Culex) 234
chrysothorax Peryassu (Culex) 233
Edwards 339
ciliaris Linnaeus (Aedes) 375
ciliaris of some early authors
(? nec Linn.) (Culex) 209
228
DIPTERA
Pages
ciliata Fabricius 124
*ciliatus Meunier 6
cilipes Fabricius 124
cincta Curtis 14
cinctellus Edwards 197
cinctipes Coquillett 22
cinctus Newstead and Carter 56
cinerellus Edwards 199
cinereoboreahs Felt and YGung 147
cinereus Meigen (Aedes) lyS
cinereus Theobald (Anopheles) 55
cinereus Theobald (Culex) 199
cingulata Fabricius 126
cingulatus Leicester (Armigeres) 186
cingulatus Doleschall (Culex) 208
cingidatus Theobald (Culex) 2o5
circumcincta Dyar and Knab 87
circumluteola Theobald 172
circLimtestacea Theobald ii3
clara Dyar and Shannon 99
clarki Evans 216
clasoleuca Dyar and Knab 87
classicus Dyar i39
clavata Loew i3
claviger Meigen (Anopheles) 38
claviger Fabricius (Anopheles) 3g
clavipalpus Theohald iii
clavulus Williston 12
clelandi Taylor 146
Cleobonnea Dyar 86
Cleopatrae Willcocks (nom. nud.) 55
Climacura Howard, Dyar and
Knab io5
coatzacoalcos Dyar and Knab 98
*cockerelli Edwards 7
codiocampa Dyar and Knab 85
Coelodiazesis Dyar and Knab 36
coenonus Howard, Dyar and
Knab 87
coerulea Theobald 99
coeruleocephala Leicester (Trip-
teroides) 78
coeruleocephala Theobald (Tripte-
roides) 78
coeruleovittata Ludlow 92
coerulescens Edwards 197
coffini Dyar and Knab i25
cogilli Edwards i5o
cohaesa Donitz 52
colombiensis Dyar 218
colonarius Dyar T40
Colonemyia Leicester 74
columbiae Dyar and Knab 126
Pages
comitatus Dyar and Knab 210
commevynensis Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 214
comminutor Dyar 214
commovens Walker 184
communis De Geer (Aedes) 148
communis Leicester (Heizmannia) 180
completiva Leicester 112
complex Theobald 180
com|)losa Dyar 87
compressum Lutz 70
conchita Dyar and Knab 86
Conchyliastes Howard i23
concinnus Stephens 145
concolor Taylor (Aedes) i58
concolor Robineau-Desvoidy
(Culex) igi
condei Ventrillon 182
condolescens Dyar and Knab 142
condylodesmus Griinberg 208
confinnis Lynch Arribalzaga 126
confirmatus Lynch Arribalzaga 142
confusa Lutz 87
confusus Theobald (Aedes) 169
confusus Edwards 184
confusus Theobald (Sabethoides) 81
congolensis Edwards (Aedes) 169
congolensis Evans (Culex) 202
conjungens Edwards 184
connali Edwards gS
conopas Frauenfeld (Mansonia) 120
conopas Theobald (Mansonia) 118
Conopomyia Leicester no
Conopostegus Dyar 147
conradti Griinberg 61
conservator Dyar and Knab 218
consimilis Newstead (Culex) 202
consimilis Taylor (Culex) 204
consobrinus Robineau-Desvoidy 209
consolator Dyar and Knab 219
conspirator Dyar and Knab 214
consternator Dyar and Knab 217
conterrens Walker 124
continenialis D3'ar and Knab 99
coppenamensis Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 2i5
coquilletti Theobald (Psorophora) 12,5
coquilletti Dyar and Knab (Urano-
taenia) 99
Coquillettidia Dyar 117
corentynensis Dyar 2i5
Corethra Meigen 23
Corethra auct. 21
Pages
Corethnella Coquillett 17
corethroides Theobald 40
cornfordi Theobald 25
corniger Theobald 2o5
cornuta Johannsen i3
cornutus Edwards 202
coronator Dyar and Knab 2o5
corrigani Dyar and Knab 218
Corsicanus Edwards 39
costalis Giles (Anopheles) 56
costalis Loew [nec Theobald]
(Anopheles) 55
coticula Dyar and Knab 117
coustani Laveran 41
covelli Barraud i8o
craggi Barraud i63
crassi forceps Edwards 172
crassi pes van der Wulp 118
creticus Theobald 210
cretinus Edwards 164
crinicauda Edwards 204
crinifer Theobald 142
cristata Theobald 118
crucians Walker (Aedes) i58
crucians Wiedemann (Anopheles) 38
cruzi Dyar and Knab 46
crybda Dyar 2i5
Cryophila Edwards 22
crj^stallinus De Geer 25
Ctenogoeldia Edwards 73
ctites Dyar 124
cubensis Agramonte (Anopheles) 46
cubensis Bigot (Culex) 208
cubensis Dyar and Knab (Culex) 218
cuclyx Dyar and Shannon 217
culebrae Dyar 85
Culex Linnaeus 186, 200
Culicada Felt i35
Culicella Felt io5
Culicelsa Felt i35
culicifacies Giles 5o
culiciformis Theobald (Aedes) i58
culiciformis Cogill (Anopheles) 38
culiciformis Theobald (Chaoborus) 25
culiciformis De Geer (Mochlonyx) 22
CULICINAE 28
CULICINI 62
culicinus Edwards 169
Culiciomyia Theobald 198
* Culicites Lieyder\ 23
culicivora Dyar and Knab 72
Culiseta Felt loi
cumminsi Theobald 169
23o
DIPTERA
Pages
dynindora Dyar and Knab 86
dysanor Dyar 144
dysmathcs Dyar and Ludlow 214
dytes Marti ni i38
eadithae Barraud 192
eastor Dyar 2i5
eatoni Edwards 164
Ecculex Felt i65
echinata Grabham laS
echinus Edwards 154
educator Dyar and Knab 2i5
edulis Edwards 27
edvvardsi Barraud (Aedes) 164
edvvardsi Yamada (Anop/ieles) 38
edwardsi Barraud (Culex) 204
edwardsi Barraud (Megarhinus) 61
edwardsi Ji&rxaMA (Tripteroides) 78
edwardsi Barraud (Uranotaenia) 98
effoetus Walker 22
egberti Dyar and Knab 216
egcyinon Dyar 2i5
eidsvoldensis Mackerras i38
eiseni Coquillett 38
Ekrinomyia Leicester i33
elchoensis Taylor 157
elegans Ficalbi (Aedes) 162
elegans James (Anopheles) 49
elegans Taylor 112
eleuthera Dyar 2o5
elevator D3mr and Knab 21 5
elnora Paterson and Shannon 99
elnorae Shannon and Del Ponte 26
elocutilis Dyzx and Knab 207
eloisa Howard, Dyar and Knab 87
elsiae Barraud i52
eluthera [elethera in error] Dyar
and Shannon 25
elutior Martini 40
elutus Edwards 40
embuensis Edwards i5o
eminentia Leicester 198
enethes Dyar and Knab 85
ensifera Edwards ii
ensiformis Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 2i5
epacthis Dyar and Knab i53
epanastasis Dyar 2i5
epidesmus Theobald 202
epinolus Dyar and Knab i38
epirus Aiken 2i5
epitedeus Knab 222
equinus Meigen (Aedes) 154
Pages
equinus Theobald (Haemagogus) 179
equivocator Dyar and Knab 207
eremita Floward, 'Dya.r and Knab 206
Eretmapodites Theobald iSi
*■ Eriopterites Meunier 9
errabunda Swellengrebel 54
erraticus Dyar and Knab 214
error Theobald 56
eruthrosops Theobald 171
erythrothorax Dyar 207
escomeli Brethes 206
esoensis Yamada 176
espavtana Dyar and Knab 84
espini Martini 73
ethiopicus Edwards ■ 202
Etorilepidomxia Alcock 112
Etorleptiomyia Theobald 112
Eubonnea Dyar 220
eucephalaeus Dyar 142
Theobald 21 1
eucleptes Dyar i5i
Eucorethra Underwood 19
eueJes Iloward. Dyar and Knab i38
euiris Dyar 142
Eumelanomyia Theobald 193
eumimetes Dyar and Knab 206
Eunicemyia Dyar and Shannon 87
euochrus Howard, Dyar and Knab 171
euplocamus Dyar and Knab 142
evansae Root 2i5
evansi Brethes (Anopheles) 45
evansi Dyar (Anopheles) 45
exagitans Walker 162
excitans Walker 162
excrucians Walker i38
exedriis Koot 217
exhihitor Shannon and Del Ponte 89
exilis Dyar 21 1
*exita Scudder 6
extricator Djmr and Knab 207
factor D}'ar and Knab 207
fajardoi Lutz 32
falcipes Banks 100
fallax Bonne-Wepster and Bonne 85
falsificator Dyar and Knab 214
farauti Laveran 49
farquharsoni Edwards 93
fasciatus Fabricius (Aedes) 162
fasciatus Meig‘en (Aedes) 143
fasciatus Mulier (Culex) 209
fasciolata Lynch Arribalzaga 117
fasciolatus Lutz 21 5
Pagea
fascipalpis Edwards 173
fascipes Coquillett 108
fatigans Wiedemann (?) 208
fatuator Dyar and Shannon 2i5
fauna Dyar and Knab 88
favor Dyar and Nuiiez Tovar 87
febrifera Banks 52
federalis Dyar 207
felicia Dyar and Nunez Tovar 88
Eeltianus Martini i35
Eeltidia Dyar i23
Eeltinella Theobald 46
femineus Edwards 195
fergusoni Taylor 194
ferox Humboldt (Psorophora) i25
ferox Wiedemann (Megarhinus) 60
ferrugiuata Martini io3
ferruginosus Wiedemann 40
festivus Dj-ar and Shannon 26
Ficalbia Theobald 108, ii3
Eicalbia Leicester 160
ficalhii Noe io5
fidelis Dyar 195
fiebrigi Edwards i25
filicis Ingram and De Meillon 168
filicornis Edwards 14
filipes Walker 76
filipinae Manalang 5o
fimbripes Edwards iSg
Finiaya Theobald 147
Einlavia Giles 147
fsheri Barraud (Aedes) 170
fisheri Dyar (Aedes) 146
fitchi Felt and Young i3g
flava Endlow (Anopheles) 49
flava Swellengrebel (Anopheles) 56
flaveolus Coquillett 116
flavescens Mulier (Aedes) i3g
flavesce7is Fabricius (Aedes) i3g
flavescens Theobald (Aedes) 189
flavescens Swellengrebel (Ano-
pheles) 56
flavicans Meigen 26
flaviceps Edwards 55
flavicollis Edwards (Aedes) 178
flavicollis Tonnoir (Dbva) ii
flavicomis Barraud 198
fiavicosta Walker (Aedes) 140
flavicosta Edwards (Anopheles) 5i
fiavicosta Barraud (Orthopodo-
inyia) 108
flavidulus Edwards 27
flavifacies Edwards 85
Fages
flavifrons Skuse 140
flavinervis Edwards (nom. nud.) 172
flavipennis Giles 149
Havipes Macquart 140
flavirostris Ludlow {Anoplteles) 5z
Havirostris Meigen [TheobalJta) io5
flavithorax Barraud loS
flavopictus Yamada 164
flavovirens Robineau-Desvoidy 212
fljints ^Motschiilsky {Aedis) i38
flavus Yamada (Aedes) 176
flavus Leicester (Ar»u'g^eresi 1S6
* flavus Gistl (Culex) 7
flavus Ventrillon {Mansonia , 118
flerowi Portschinsky 41
fletcheri Coqui llett iSg
flindersi Taylor 146
florestan Dyar 88
floridanus D)'ar and Knab 218
floridense Dyar and Knab 126
flui Bonne-Wepster and Bonne 87
fluminensis Root {Anopholes) 43
fluminensis Peryassu [Megarhinus] 29
fluviatilis Lutz (Aedes) i53
fluviatilis Leicester (Aedes) i5i
fluviatilis James (Anopheles) 5i
fluviatilis Theobald (Goeldia) 72
folquei de Mello 84
formosae Hatori 5o
formosainsis I T snzuky (Anopheles) 52
formosaensis Tsuzuky (Anophe-
les) 56
formosensis Yamada (Aedes) i5i
formosensis Koidzumi (Anopheles) 56
formosus Walker (Aedes) 162
formosus Ludlow (Anopheles) 38
*fossilis Brodie 6
fouchowensis Theobald 208
fowleri d’Emmerez de Charmoy
(Aedes) 170
fowleri Christophers (Anopheles) 53
fragilis Leicester (Aedes) 176
fragilis Theobald (Anopheles) 37
fragilis Ludlow (Culex) 199
fra7iciscanus McCracken 39
fraseri Edwards (Aedes) i63
fraseri Edwards (Harpagomyia) 93
fraseri Theobald (Mansonia) 118
fraseri Edwards (Theobaldia) 106
fraseri Edwards (JJranotaeiiia) 98
frater Robineau-Desvoidy 162
fratercida Dyar and Knab 86
fraterna Garrett 12
FAM. CULICIDAE
Pages
fraudator Edwards 197
fraudatrix Theobald 197
freerae Banks 54
freetownensis Evans (Anopheles) 5i
freetownensis Theobald (Culex) 199
frenchi Theobald 106
freyi Edwards i38
frickii Ludlow 193
frontosa Theobald 72
fryeri Theobald 137
fulgens Edwards i5o
fuliginosa Walker (Dixa) i3
fuliginosa Felt (Mochlonyx) 22
fuliginosus Giles (Anopheles) 53
f uliginosus Stanton (Anopheles) 54
fulleri Ludlow 197
fulvithorax Lutz i55
fulvus Wiedemann 140
fumidus Edwards i58
fumipennis Stephens io5
funerea Leicester 180
funereus Theobald 176
funestus Giles (Anopheles) 3i
funestus [in part.] Strickland.J/l/w-
pheles) 5i
funestus Leicester (Megarhinus) 61
funiculus Dyar 126
fur Dyar and Knab 214
furcifer Edwards 173
furfurea Enderlein 122
furvus Edwards i58
fusca Leicester [nec Osten-Sac-
ken] (Aedes) i58
fusca Theobald (Armigeres) i85
fusca Staeger (Chaoborus) 25
fusca Theobald (Culex) 191, 204
fusca Loew (Dixa) 12
fusca Smith (Dixa) 14
fusca Leicester (Ficalbia) ii3
flisca Theobald (Ficalbia) ii3
fusca 'Leictsier (Tripteroides) 78
fusca Theobald (Uranotaenia) 100
fusca Edwards (Uranotaenicf) 99
fusca Leicester (Uranotaenia) 100
fuscanus Wiedemann 191
fuscifrons Edwards 14
fuscinervis Edwards (Aedes) 172
fuscinervis Edwards (Chaoborus) 27
fuscinervis Tonnoir (Dixa) 14
fuscipes Edwards 84
fuscitarsis Barraud 212
fuscivenostts Leeson 5i
fuscocephalus Theobald 212
23i
Paerea
fuscopalpalts Theobald 169
fuscopennatus Theobald 118
Theobald 118
fuscum Theobald 195
fuscus Osten-Sacken (Aedes) ij5
fuscus Taylor (Culex) 208
fuscus Theobald (Ctdex) 199, 200
fuscus Hutton (Opifex) 128
gairus Root 219
gallii Martin! 148
galloisi Yamada i65
galoa Dyar and Knab 88
gambiae Giles 55
gambiensis Giles 56
gardineri Ludlow 164
garnhami Edwards 5i
gaudeator Dyar and Knab 220
gaudians Dyar and Nuiiez Tovar 85
gausapata Dyarand NunezTovar 85
gebeleinensis Theobald i65
Geitonomyia Leicester 166
gelidus Theobald 2o3
geniculata Tonnoir ii
geniculatus Obvier (Aedes) 184
geniculatus Theobald (Culex) 194
genumaculata Neiva 124
genurostris Leicester 93
geometrica Theobald 98
Geoskusea Edwards 159
giblini Taylor n8
giganteus Ventrillon 202
gigantulus Dyar and Shannon 61
gigas Giles 38
gilesi Peryassu (Anopheles) 38
gilesi Theobald (Megarhinus) 62
Gilesia Theobald i35
gilli Barraud i52
giveni Edwards 184
gladiator Dyar 179
glaphyroptera Schiner io3
glaucocephala Dyar and Knab 85
glaucodaemon Dyar and Shannon 81
Gnophodeoniyia Theobald 212
gnophodes Theobald 204
Goeldia Theobald 70, 72
goeldii Howard, Dyar and Knab 80
goetghebueri Seguy 14
gonimus Dyar and Knab 144
gordoni Evans 214
gorgasi Dyar and Knab 48
goughi Theobald (<^) 208
goughi Theobald (Q) 210
232
DIPTERA
Pages
grabhami Theohald 42
Grabhamia Theobald 126
gracilis Leicester (Aedes) 164
gracilis Donitz (Anoplieles) 56
gracilis Theobald (Bironella) 33
gracilis Hili (Bironella) 33
gracilis Leicester (Topomyia) 91
gracilis Leicester (Zeugnomyia) 96
grahami Theobald (Aedes) 134
grahami Ludlow (Aedes) 141
grahami Theobald (Culex) 21 1
grahami Edwards (EreUnapodites) 182
Grahamia Theobald 91
graminis Leicester 199
grandidieri Blanchard 118
grandiosus Williston Sg
granti Theobald i65
grata Banks 62
Grassia Theobald (nec Fisch) 46
gravelyi Edwards 61
gravitator Dyar and Knab 2i5
grayi Theobald 85
greeni Theobald (Aedes) 154
greeni Theobald (Heizmannia) 180
gregoryi Ludlow gi
greigi Barraud i5i
grenadensis Edwards 87
grisea Ludlow 187
grisescens Stephens 38
grossbecki D3'ar and Knab iSg
guadeloupensis Dyar and Knab Sg
Gualteria Lutz 147
guarani Shannon 48
guatemala Dyar and Knab 85
gubernatoris Giles i5o
guianensis Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 5g
guiarti Blanchard 21 1
guttatus Curtis (Aedes) 154
guttatus Meigen (Aedes) 154
guttipennis Thomson 12
guttulatus Harris 89
Gymnometopa Coquillett 147
gynaecopus Dyar and Knab 88
hahanicus Dyar and Knab 143
habilatator Dyar and Knab 206
hackeri Edwdxds (Anoplieles) 49
hackeri Edwards (Culex) ig5
Haemagogus Williston 178
haematophagus Ficalbi 209
haemorrhoidalis Fabricius 59
hajniensis Gmelin 25
Pages
hailiensis Dyar and Knab 60
halifaxi Theobald 191
/m/h' James 49
hamadryadris Cooling i53
hanabusai Yamada 53
hancocki Edwards (Anoplieles) 5z
hancocki Edwards (Culex) 209
hapla Dyar and Knab 86
liaplolineata Schneider 146
hargreavesi Edwards (Aedes) 141
hargreavesi Evans (Anoplieles) 5i
Harpagomyia de Meijere 91
harrisi Tonnoir 14
haruspiciis Dyar and Knab 126
harveyi Barraud • i5i
liassardii Grabham 2o5
hastatus Dyar 142
haiiensis Carter 175
hatorii Yamada (Aedes) iSz
liatorii Koidzumi (Anoplieles) 56
haworthi Edwards 167
hayashii Yamada iqS
hebes Donitz 5i
hehrideus Edwards i65
hedys Root 219
hegemonica Dyar and Shannon 12
Heizmannia Ludlow 179
Helcoporpa Dyar 2i3
Heliconiamyia [Hellconiamya in
error) Dyar 86
hemisagnosta Dyar and Knab 88
hemisiris Dyar and Shannon 88
liemisurus Dyar and Knab 142
liemitelus Dyar 175
liendersoni CockereW i55
hensemaeon Dyar • 208
Heptaphlebomyia Theobald 200
herrickii {herickii in error) Theo-
bald 60
hesitator Dyar and Knab 218
heteropus Dyar i5o
hewitti Hearle (Aedes) 189
hewitti Edwards (Culex) 198
hexadontus Dyar 144
hildebrandi Evans 220
hilli Taylor (Aedes) 160
hili i Edwards (Culex) 197
hilli Edwards (Theobaldia) 106
himalayana Giles 184
himalayensis Edwards 180
hirsuteron Theobald 146
hirsutipalpis Theobald 208
Pages
hirsutipleura Barraud 176
hirsutus Theobald 170
hispaniola (hispaniolia in error)
Theobald 55
hispida Theobald iii
Hispidiniyia TAxeobdld iio
hispidosus Skuse 184
Hodgesia Theobald 98
hoffmani Root 89
holmbergi Lynch Arribalzaga
(Psorophora) 124
holmbergi Theobald (Psorophora) 124
holoneus Dyar 21 5
homoeopas Dyar and Ludlow 21 5
honioeopus Dyar i5o
homothe Dyar and Knab 85
hornotina Dyar and Knab 78
horei Gordon and Evans 89
horishensis Yamada 164
horridus Edwards (Culex) igS
horridus Dyar and Knab (Psoro-
phora) 125
hortator Dyar and Knab 142
hortensis Ficalbi 194
hosautos Dyar and Knab 85
howardi Coquillett 124
Howardia Theobald (nec Dalla
Torre) 46
Howardina Theobald i55
htidsoni Felt 25
Hulecocteomyia Theobald 147
humeralis Edwards (Aedes) iSy
humeralis Tonnoir (Dixa) 14
humeralis Dyar and Knab (Man-
sonia) 116
humilis Theobald (Culex) 2i5
humilis Ruthe (Dixa) 14
hunteri Strickland 41
hutchinsoni Barraud 212
hybrida Taylor (Aedes) i53
hybrida Leicester (FiValJ/h) iii
hybrida Leicester (T ripteroides) 78
hybridus Edwards 184
hyemalis Fitch 3g
hylephilus Dyar and Knab 46
Hyloconops Theobald 70
Hyparctius Martin! i35
hyperborea Bergroth 14
hypocindyna Dyar 117
hypoptes Knab 5g
hyrcanus Pallas 41
Hystatomyia Dyar 86
hystera Dyar and Knab 98
Pa^es
idahoensis Theobald 144
identictis Dyar and Knab So
idottns Dyar 2i5
ignobilis Dyar and Knab 2iS
igu.izu Shannon and Del Ponte 142
imitator Leicester 164, 176
imitator Theobald [Citlex) 219
immacvlatus James 56
immisericors Theobald {Megarhintts) 62
immisericors Walker (Megaritiniis) 62
impatibilis Walker 162
impatiens Walker io3
impellens Theobald [Culex) 2o5
impellens Walker [Culex) 204
imperfectus Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 81
impiger Walker 144
implacabilis Walker 144
implexus Theobald 48
imprimetis Walker 170
impudicus Ficalbi 194
impunctus Donitz 55
inadmirabilis Dyar 2i5
inaequalis Grabham i55
incana Dyar 86
incaudata Root [Wyeomyia) 83
incaudata Dyar [IVyeomyia) 83
incertus Edwards 176
inchoatus Barraud 186
incidens Thomson 104
uiconspiciiosa Theobald {1910) 194
inconspicuosus Theobald (1908) 196
inconspicuus Grossbeck 148
increpitus Dyar 189
incriminator Dyar and Knab 216
indecorabilis Leicester (Aedes) 176
indecorabilis Theobald (Culex) 2i5
indefinita Liidlow 56
indefinitus [hidefinatus) Theobald 56
indiana Dyar (Dixa) 14
indiana Edwards [Manso7iia) 120
indica Theobald [Anopheles) 5o, 55
indica Theobald [Heizmannia) 180
indica Edwards (Theobaldia) 104
indica Barraud (Tripteroides) 79
indicus Theobald (Aedes) 176
indicus Giles (Chaohorus) 27
indiensis Theobald [Anopheles) 41, 54
indoctum Dyar and Knab 126
indolescens Dyar and Knab 142
indosinensis Borei 164
indubitans Dyar and Shannon 116
inducens Root 2i5
FAAI. CULICIDAE
Pajjes
inelegans Dyar 212
inepta Annandale 19
inexorabilis Walker 162
inextricata Dyar and Shannon 12
infantulus Edwards 197
infinis Dyar and Knab 126
infirmatus Dyar and Knab 142
inflictus Theobald 207
infoliatus Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 221
infula Theobald 202
ingrami Edwards [Aedes) i5o
ingrami Edwards (Anopheles) 52
ingrami Edwards (C;(/t;,v) 21 1
I ngramia Edwards u3
inhibitator Dyar and Knab 216
inimitabilis Dyar and Knab 220
innominatus Evans 216
innotata Dyar and Shannon 98
innovator Evans 218
innuitus Dt^ar and Knab 145
inornata Strickland (Aedes) 140
inornata Theobald (Culex) 199, 214
inornata Williston (Theobaldia) 104
inornata Theobald (Tripteroides) 78
inornata Theobald (Uranotaenia) 100
inornata (inorneta in error) Macfie
and Ingram (Uranotaenia) 100
inornatus Newstead (Eretmapo-
dites) 182
inornatus \\'alker (Megarhijiits) 6i
inquinatus Edwards i5o
inqxdsitor Dyar and Knab 206
insatiabilis Bigot 162
insignis Carter 194
insolita Coqui llett i5o
insulae-floram Swellengrebel and
Swellengrebel de Graaf 38
insularia Dyar and Knab 126
interfor Dyar 206
interxnedia Rothwell (Anopheles) 84
intermedia Barraud (Ficalbia) iii
intermedius Chagas [Anopheles) 48
intermedius Schingarew (Anopheles) 3g
intermedius Lutz (Sabethoides) . 81
interrogator Dyar and Knab 206
interruptus Puri 42
intonca Dyar and Knab 88
intrincatus Brethes 216
intrudens Dyar 144
invenustus Theobald 200
investigator Dyar and Knab 216
invidiosus TYieoh&ld 21 1
233
Page3
invocator Pazos 216
iolambdis Dyar 216
ioliota Dyar and Knab i55
iphis Barraud 195
iracunda Walker (Mansonia) ii8
iracunda Dyar and Knab (Psoro-
phora) 124
iridescens Lutz 221
iridicolor Dyar 179
iridipennis Dyar 148
iris Knab 60
irritans Theobald 169
Isogoeldia Edwards 78
Isostomyia Coquillett 217
Isostomyia Moward, Dyar and
Knab 73
italicus Raffaele 55
iyengari Edwards 178
jacobi Hili and Haydon 56
jacobsoni Edwards 93
Jainaicensis \_jamaicencis in error]
Grabham (Culex) 218
jamaicensis Theobald (Psoro-
phora) 126
jamesi Edwards (Aedes) 168
jamesi Theobald (Anopheles) 53
jamesi James and Liston (Ano-
pheles) 54
Jamesia Christophers igo
jamesii Liston 53
Janicemyia Dyar and Shannon 87
janitor Theobald 206
janthinomys Dyar 179
Janthinosoma Lynch-Arribal-
zaga 125
Japonicus Theobald (Aedes) i5i
Japonicus YamaAa [Anopheles) 38
javaensis Theobald 61
javanensis Swellengrebel 56
jehafi Patton 55
jenningsi Dyar and Knab 220
jenseni de Meijere 198
jepsoni Bahr (Culex) 204
Theobald [type Q](Culex) 204
jeyporiensis James 5i
jezoensis Tsuzuky 41
Johlotia Blanchard 70
jocosa Dyar and Knab 88
johannseni Garrett 12
johnstoni Grabham 128
joloensis Ludlow i85
jonistes Dyar 216
DIPTERA
234
Pages
jubilator Dyar and Knab 206
judaicus Edwards ig3
jugorum Villeneuve 146
jugraensis Leicester (Aedes) i5i
jugraensis Leicester (Armigeres) 184
jugraensis 'Bxug (Armigeres) i85
juxtamansonia Chagas 117
juxtiipallidiceps Theobald 197
kalabahensis Haga 100
kanarana Barraud 154
kappleri Bonne 80
karatstunsis Mochizuki 202
kar ner ensis Felt 22
karwari Barraud (Aedes) 154
karwari James (Anopheles) 53
katangae Alexander 12
kelloggi Theobald 206
kempi Edwards 61
kermorganti Laveran i34
Kerteszia Theobald 43
khasiana Barraud l5i
khazani Edwards (Aedes) i5o
khazani Edwards (Culex) igS
kingi Christophers (Anopheles) 49
hingi Theobald (Culex) 21 1
Kingia Theobald 160
kingianus Edwards 194
kingii Theobald (Aedes) 171
kinoshitai Koidzumi 5o
kirkpatricki Stackelberg (Culex) 192
kirkpatriki Edwards (Culex) 192
klossi Edwards 61
knabi Coquillett i52
kochi Donitz (Aedes) 149
kochi Donitz (Anopheles) 49
kogievnikovi Schingarew io3
kompi Edwards 35
koreicus Edwards (Aedes) i5i
koreicus Yamada and Watanabe
(Anopheles) 41
kounoupi Brulle 162
kuchingensis Edwards 184
kumasii Chalmers 5i
kummi Edwards 174
labeculosus Coquillett 140
labesca Howard, Dyar and Knab 86
lahradoriensis Dyar and Shannon 145
lahranchiae Falleroni 39
lachrinians Dyar and Knab 208
lactator Dyar and Knab 2o5
lacustris Freeborn 27
Pages
lacuum Edwards i85
laeta Loew 14
Laiomyia Izquierdo 200
lamberti Ventrillon 164
lamborni Edwards 169
lamellata Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 88
lamentator (lamentatar in error)
Dyar and Knab 206
lampropus Howard, Dyarand Knab 72
laniger Wiedemann 134
lapponica Martini 23
Lasioconops Theobald 200
Lasiosiphon Kirkpatrick 192
lassalli Bonne-Wepster and Bonne 84
lateralis Meigen (Aedes) 144
lateralis Meigen (Aedes) i5y
lateralis 'i 'heohcL\d (Aedes) 178
lateralis Meigen (Chaoborus) 25
lateralis Ludlow (Uranotaenia) 98
lateralis Petrocchi (Wyeomyia) 83
laternaria Coquillett i5o
lateropunctata Theobald 207
laticinctus Edwards 209
latisquama Edwards 76
lativittatus Coquillett 141
laurenti Newstead 21 1
lauriei Carter i5i
Laverania Theobald (nec Grassi
and Feletti) 43
lavieri Larrouse 212
/i7irn)'«;25L Felt and Young 143
leicester! Edwards (Aedes) 176
leicester! Theobald (Megarhinus) 61
leicesteri Edwards (Uranotaenia) 100
Leicesteria Theobald i85
Leicesteriomyia Brunetti i85
Lemmamyia Dyar 89
leonliniae Brethes 86
lepchana Barraud i52
lepidonotus Edwards 147
Lepidoplatys Coquillett i35
Lepidosia Coquillett i23
Lepidotomyia Theobald 147
Lepidotomyia Theobald [bis] 166
Lepiothauma Enderlein 121
lepostenis Dyar 206
leprincei Dyar and Knab 216
leptomeres Theobald 5i
Leptosomatomyia Theobald 177
Leslieomyia Christophers 166
lesnei Seguy (? part.) 146
Lcsticocampa Dyar an 1 Knab 70
Pages
leucacanthus Loew 141
leucarthriiis Speiser 169
leucoceleanus Dyar and Shannon 164
leucogrammus Loew 104
leucomelas Meigen [?] (Aedes) 144
leucomelas Lutz (Aedes) iSq
leucomeres Giles 154
Leucomyia Theobald 200
leuconotips Dyar 144
leucopisthepus Dyar and Knab 86
leucoptera Theobald 98
leucopus Donitz (Anopheles) 53
leucopus Graham (Eretmapodites) 182
leucopus Dyar and Knab (Goeldia) 72
leucopygus Eysell 175
leucosphyrus Donitz 49
leucostigma Lutz 86
leucotelus McCormack 2o5
Icwaldi Ludlow 60
lewisi Ludlow 39
ligator Dyar 217
lilii Theobald i63
Limatus Theobald 89
lindesayi Giles 38
lindtropi Schingarew 164
linealis Taylor (Aedes) 172
linealis Skuse (Mansonia) 118
lineata Taylor (Aedes) 176
lineata Ludlow (Anopheles) 53
li?ieata Lutz (Anopheles) 35
lineata Theobald (Culex) 194
lineata Macquart (Dixa) 14
lineata Humboldt (Psorophora) 124
lineatopennis Ludlow 172
lintneri Felt 22
lirio Dyar and Shannon i5
listoni Giles [Q] (Anopheles) 5o
listoni Liston (Anopheles'] 5i
litorea Shute io5
littlechildi Edwards 78
littleri Taylor 106
lutor alis Barraud 171
lividocostalis Gr&ham 21 1
lobata Garrett 12
locupes Robineau-Desvoidy 80
*loewii Giebel 7
longfieldae Edwards 80
longiareolata Macquart 104
longiforceps Edwards iSq
longifurcatus Becker (Culex) 209
longifurcatus Theobald (Culex) 199
longipalpis Griinberg (Aedes) i5i
longipalpis Theobald (Anopheles) 5i
Pages
longipalpis Leicester (Armigires) iS6
longipalpis Lutz (Goeldia) 72
longipalpis van der ^^■ulp {Mtt/i-
soniii) 120
longipalpis Xewstead and Thomas
{Orthopodomyia') 108
longipes Theobald (Culex) igS
longipes Fabricius (Goeldia) 72
longipes Theobald (Megarh iniis) 5g
longipes Macquart (Psorophora) 124
longirostris Leicester (Aedes) 160
longirostris Brug (Anopheles) 49
longirostris Leicester [Uranotae-
nia) 99
longirostris Theobald ( Wyeoniyia) 83
longirostris Dyar (IVyeomyia) S3
longisqiiamosus Theobald 141
Lophoceratomyla Theobald 196
Lophomyia Giles 36
Lophosceloniyia Theobald 36
lophoventralis Theobald i5o
loquaculus Dyar and Knab 2o5
loricatus Leicester 2o3
loturus Dyar 216
lowi Theobald 99
lowisi Theobald 16S
luciensis Theobald 162
lucifer Howard, Dyar and Knab 179
ludlowae Dyar and Shannon 99
ludloivi Blanchard (AMes) i38
ludlowi Theobald [?] (Anopheles) 56
ludlowi Brunetti (Ficalbia) iii
Ludlowia Theobald iio
lugens Peryassii 216
lugubris Barraud 176
luhisi Christophers 37
lunata Edwards (Dixa) 12
lunata Theobald (Goeldia) 72
luridus Doleschall 191
lutea Ludlow 149
luteifemur Edwards 146
luteoabdominalis Theobald 202
luteoannulatus Theobald 208
luteocephalus Newstead i63
luteola Theobald 212
luteolateralis Theobald (Aedes) 172
luteolateralis Theobald [part.]
(Aedes) 172
luteopleurus Theobald 216
luteoventralis Theobald [1901]
(Wyeoniyia) 88
luteoventralis Theobald [1908]
(Wyeoniyia) 84
FAM. CULICIDAE
Pages
luteovittatus Theobald 147
lutescens Edwards[in part ] (Aedes) 1 38
lutescens Fabricius (Aedes) 189
lutescens Theobald (Megarhinus) 6i
lutescens Leicester (Uranotaenia) 100
luteus Meigen 209
lutzi Cruz (Anopheles) 48
lut:i Cruz [Anopheles) 48
lutzi Theobald (Anopheles) 46
lutzi Theobald (Psorophora) i25
lutzi Theobald (Sabethes) 80
lutzi Costa Lima (Hyeomyiii) 85
Lutzia Theobald 190
luzonensis Ludlow 112
lygrus Root 206
Ivnchi Brethes (.drifirs) 142
lynchi Brethes [q’] [Culex) 207
lynchi Dyar and Knab (Mega-
rhinus) 5g
lynchi Brethes (Psorophora) 124
Lynchiaria Brethes 70
Lynchiella Lahille 58
macaronensis Dyar and Nunez
Tovar 216
maccrackenae D}’ar and Knab 104
macdougalli Edwards i52
macedoniensis Cot and Hovasse 54
macfarlanei Edwards (Aedes) i52
macfarlanei Edwards (Uranotae-
nia) 99
macfiei Edwards 200
mcgregori Banks 108
machardyi Edwards 49
mackerrasi Taylor i53
Macleaya Theobald i56
macleayanus Mackerras 146
madear i Skuse 208
macrodixoa Dyar and Shannon 176
viacropus Blanchard 195
macrotus Dyar and Knab 87
maculata Theobald [bis] (Aedes) 170
maculata Theobald (Anopheles) 38
maculata Peryassii (Chagasia) 32
maculata Meigen (Dixa) 12
maculata T\\e.oh3].d(Orthopodomyia) 108
maculatus Meigen (Aedes) i3g
maculatus Meigen (Aedes) 147
maculatus (J Theobald (A7wpheles) 53
maculicosta Becker 87
maculicrura Theobald 191
maculipalpis Giles (Anopheles) 53
235
Pag03
maculipalpis James and Liston
(Anopheles) 84
maculijiennis Meigen (Anopheles) 89
maculipennis Brunetti (Dixa) 12
maculipennis Theobald (Man-
sonia) 118
maculipes Theobald (Anopheles) 48
■maculipes auct. [Anopheles) 48
maculipes Theobald (Culex) 2o3
maculipes Theobald (Orthopodo-
rnvia) 108
maculipleura Leicester 100
maculiventris Macquart 141
maculoabdominalis Theobald i63
maculosa James and Liston 55
madagascariensis Ventrillon 2o3
magna Theobald (Aedes) i5o
magna Theobald (Deinocerites) 222
magna Theobald (Goeldia) 78
magnesiana Edwards 78
magnificus Leicester 61
magnipennis Felt 104
magnus Theobald 186
mahiiiuti Martin i 41
maiae Edwards i85
Maillotia Theobald 198
majidi Young and Maj id 5i
major Theobald 120
malariae Grassi 171
Malaya Leicester (nec Malaia
Heller) 91
malayensis Hacker 56
7nalayi Leicester (Aedes) 176
malayi Theobald (Arniigeres) i85
malayi Leicester (Cidex) 198
malayi Leicester (Hodgesia) 94
malefactor Dyar and Knab 48
OTrtl/evh' Newstead ii3
mammilifer Leicester 198
manaosensis Evans 216
Manguinhosia Cruz 36
mangyana Banks 52
manicatus Edwards 61
manilensis Schiner 27
manilensis Edwards (Chaoborus) 26
Mansonia Blanchard 114, 116
Theobald (part.) 119
Mansonioides Theobald 119
Maorigoeldia Edwards 78
maracayensis Evans 206
marajoensis Peryassii 219
margarsen Dj^ar and Shannon 176
marginalis Stephens 209
236
DIPTERA
Pages
FAU. CULICIDAE
Pages
midtispinosus Bonne-NVepster and
Bonne 218
miituliilus Grunbevg' 199
mus Dyar 78
musicus Leach [Aedes) 147
musicus Say {Psorophora) izS
musivus Skuse 49
mutator Dyar and Knab 216
mutilius Dyar iSg
muticii Enderlein i58
muticus Edwards 199
mychonde Komp 2i3
mr^stes Dyar 88
mystica Dyar and Shannon r2
Myxosquamus Theobald 166
myzomyfaciis Theobald 55
Myzomyia Blanchard 46
Myzorhynchella Theobald 48
Myzorhynchus Blanchard 35
/higpori James and Liston 53
liantis Coquillett 127
natalensis Edwards (Aedes) 174
natalensis Hili and Haydon
(Anopheles) 49
nataliae Lynch Arribalzaga 99
navalis Edwards 198
nearcticus Dyar 145
neavei Theobald 210
nebulosa Meigen 12
nebulosus Theobald 200
neglectus Lutz (Culex) 220
neglectus Lutz (Megarhinus) 60
negrensis Gordon and Evans 88
neireti Blanchard (Anopheles) 52
neireti Ventrillon (Culex) 202
neireti Edwards (Uranotaenia) 99
neivae Cruz 32
neivai Howard, Dyar and Knab
(Anopheles) 46
neivai Petrocchi (Sahethes) 80
nematoides Dyar and Shannon 194
nemorosus Lang (Aedes) 145
nemorosus Meigen (Aedes) 143
neoaliciae Garrett 14
neoapicalis Theobald 126
neobiannulata Theobald 168
Neocelha Theobald 46
Neochaoborus Edwards 27
NeoculexDyar 193
Neodixa Tonnoir i5
Neomacleaya Theobald 174
N eomelanoconion Newstead 171
237
Pagos
N eomelanoconion Theobald 198
Neomxzomvia Theobald 46
Neopecomyia Theobald 166
Neosquamomyia Taylor i83
N eostethopheles ]dimes 'iG
neotaeniorhynchus Theobald 204
ireozelandica Tonnoir 14
nepenthes Theobald loi
nepenthicola Banks 78
nepenthis Dyar and Shannon
(Megarhinus) 61
nepenthis Edwards (Tripteroides) 78
nero Doleschall 41
nicaensis Leach io3
nicceriensis Bonne- W^epster and
Bonne 216
nicholsoni Tonnoir 14
niger Giles (Aedes) i38
niger Theobald (Aedes) 17 1
niger Leicester (Culex) 197
/h Theobald 162
nigeriae Edwards 94
nigeriensis Theobald 170
nigerrima Theobald (Culex) 197
nigerrima Theobald (Mansonia) 120
nigerrima Taylor (Uranotaenia) loi
nigerrimus Theobald (Aedes) i35
nigerrimus Giles (Anopheles) 41
nigra Ludlow (Aedes) i55
nigra Taylor (Aedes) 140
w/grrt Theobald [nec Giles] 173
nigra Theobald (Anopheles) 45
nigra [Theobald M. S.] Christo-
phers (Anopheles) 49
nigra Staeger (Dixa) 14
nigra Theobald (Ficalbia) ii3
nigia Theobald (Mansonia) 119
nigra Leicester (Topomyia) 91
nigrans Stanton 53
nigrescens Paine and Edwards
(Aedes) i35
nigrescens Theobald (Culex) 216
nigrescens Theobald (Culex) [bis] 195
nigricans Coquillett 117
nigricephala Leicester 204
nigricephalus Theobald 169
nigricorpus Theobald 216
nigrifasciaius (nigrijasciatus in
error) Theobald 55
nigrina Eckstein 146
nigripalpus Theobald 207
nigripes Zetterstedt (Aedes) 145
nigripes Staeger (Anopheles) 3g
238
DIPTERA
Pages
nigTipes Theobald {JJvixnotaemix) loi
nigrirosivis Enderlein 2o8
nigritarsis Chagas (Anophdes) 4.5
nigritarsis Leicester [Orthopodo-
myia) 108
nigrithorax Macquart 146
nigrithonix Edwards (Aedes) 146
nigrithorax Theobald (Mansonia) 119
nigi-itia Ludlow 164
nigrituliis \^iiigritiiUts in error] Zet-
terstedt (Aedes)
nigritulus Romero Sierra (Culex) 212
uigritulus Theobald (Culex) 209
nigrocanus Martini 141
nigYochcietae Theobald [0](Ch/^a') 200
nigrochaetae Theobald [q’] (Man-
sonia) 119
nigromaculis Ludlow iSy
nigropunctatus Edwards 199
Edwards 118
nigrostriatus Barraud 171
nigrotarsis Ludlow lyb
nikolskii Schingarew 119
nilgiricus Christophers 38
nilgiricus Edwards (Culex) 212
nili Theobald 49
nimbus Theobald (Anopheles) 35
nimbus Bonne - Wepster and
Bonne (Anopheles) 35
ninagongoensis Edwards 209
niphadopsis Dyar and Knab 145
7iipponii Theobald 171
nitida Edwards n
nitidiventer Giles 79
nitidus Theobald (Sabethes) 80
nitidus Theobald (Sabethoides) 81
nivalis Edwards 146
nivea Leicester 99
niveitaeniata Theobald 104
niveocaputis Ludlow 94
niveopalpis Ludlow 38
niveoscutella Theobald 168
niveus Ludlow (Aedes) i54
niveus Eichwa.ld (Aedes) 162
nivipes Theobald (Anopheles) 54
nivipes Theobald (Thricoprosopon) 70
nivipes Theobald (Uranotaenia) 99
nivipleura Leicester loi
nivipous Theobald 100
nivitarsis Coquillett 14^
nocheles Dyar and Shannon 14
noctivaga Neiva and Pinto 99
nocturnus Theobald (Aedes) 171
Pages
nocturnus Theobald (Mansonia) 118
nongpohensis Barraud 1 84
normanensis Taylor 187
notata Loew 12
Nothodixa Edwards 10
notoscriptus Skuse i52
N ototricha Coquillett 36
nova Walker 14
novaezelandiae Tonnoir 19
novochraceus Barraud 1 19
novumbrosus Strickland 42
nubilipennis Curtis 12
nubilus Theobald 142
nudipalpis Schingarew 192
nummatus Edwards 167
Nunezia Dyar 84
nursei Theobald 84
nyasae Edwards i5i
nyblaei Zetterstedt 26
Nyssomyzomyia James 46
Nyssorhynchus Blanchard 48
oblita Theobald 85
oblitus Lynch Arribalzaga i25
obscura Loew (Dixa) 14
obscura Dyar and Shannon (Mo-
chlonyx) 22
obscura Edwards (Uranotaenia) loi
obscuripes van der Wiilp 26
obscurus Meigen (Aedes) 148
obscurus Griinberg (Anopheles) 42
obscurus Leicester (Culex) 196
obturbans Walker i85
obturbator Dyar and Knab 142
occidentalis Skuse (Aedes) i53
occidentalis Evans [nec Macquart]
(Aedes) 167
occidentalis Dyar and Knab (Ano-
pheles) 3g
occidentalis Garrett (Dixa) 14
occulta Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 88
occllata Theobald (Aedes) 170
ocellata Theobald (Culex) 202
ocellatus Theobald (Anopheles) 49
ocellatus Theobald (Culex) 220
Ochlerotatus Lynch Arribal-
zaga i35
ochracea Theobald (i9o5) 202
ochraceus Theobald [1901] (yp&i) 171
ochraceus Theobald (Mansonia) 119
ochrilineata Brunetti 12
ochripes Macquart 140
Pages
ochropus Dyar and Knab 119
ochrura Dyar and Knab 85
ocossa Dyar and Knab 214
Oculeomyia Theobald 200
ocumarensis Lutz 81
oedipodius Edwards 182
Oedipus Root 217
oidipodeios Graham 182
oligopistus Dyar 142
omissus Edwards 186
omurensis Yamada 168
onierstepoortensis Theobald 210
onidus Dyar and Knab 88
onondagensis Felt 141
Opifex Hutton 127
opisthopus Komp 2i3
orbitae Edwards 168
0’ Reillia Exxdlow 112
oreophilus Edwards 154
orientalis Swellengrebel and Swel-
lengrebel de Graaf (Anopheles) 5o
orientalis Edwards (Culex) 2o5
orientalis Barraud (Uranotaenia) 99
origi nator Gordon and Evans 210
ornata Taylor (Tripteroides) 78
ornata Theobald (Uranotaenia) loi
ornatothoracis Theobald 211
ornatus Meigen (Aedes) 154
ornatus Theobald (Aedes) 176
ornatas Theobald (Culex) 212
orthodoxa Dyar 99
Orthopodomyia Theobald 106
osakensis Theobald 210
ostentatio Leicester 171
oswaldoi Lutz (Aedes) i5o
oswaldoi Peryassii (Anopheles) 45
otagensis Alexander ii
ousqua Dyar 2o5
pacificensis Hearle 145
pacificus Edwards 209
paganus Evans 218
pagei Ludlow (Aedes) 171
/liZgc/ Ludlow (Mansonia) 118
pagetonotum Dyar and Knab 147
palaivanensis Ludlow i5o
palestinensis Theobald 84
pallens Coquillett 210
pallescens Edwards 124
palliatus Coquillett i55
pallida Theobald (Aedes) 172
pallida Ludlow (Anopheles) 3y
pallida Edwards iii
FAM. CULICIDAE
240
DIPTERA
Pages
pinarocampa Dyar and Knab 206
pincerna Graham 1 1 1
pinguis Walker io3
pintoi Costa Lima 85
pionips Dyar 145
pipersalatus Giles 170
pipiens Linnaeus 209
pitchfordi Giles 52
plantaginis Barraud 198
pleccau Koidzumi 38
plectoporpe Root 217
plegepennis (plegipennis in error)
Theobald 2o3
pleuristriatus Theobald 220
plexipus Garrett 12
plumbeus Stephens 39
pluinicornis Fabricius 25
plumiger Dbnitz (part.) 40
plumiger Donitz (bis) 41
plumosa Theobald iii
plutocraticus Dyar and Knab 143
pluvialis Barraud (Culex) 195
pluvialis Kirkpatrick (Culex) 192
Pneumaculex Dyar 106
podographicus Dyar and Knab i5o
poiciJia Theobald 149
poicilipes Theobald 2o3
poliochros Dyar 147
pollinctor Graham i5i
Polylepidomyia Theobald 74
Polyleptiomyia Theobald i65
Popea Ludlow 147
popovi Schingarew 41
portoricensis Ludlow (Aedes) i38
portoricensis von Roder (Mega-
rhinus) 60
pose Dyar and Knab 216
posticatus Lutz and Neiva (Mega-
rhinus) 60
posticatus V^iedemaim(P sorophora) 125
powelli Ludlow 79
poweri Theobald i63
praeteritus Seguy 142
prasinopleurus Martin! 207
pretans Grossbeck 146
pretoriensis Theobald (Anopheles) 54
pretoriensis Gough (Anopheles) Sy
pricei Dyar i3g
priestleyi Taylor i53
* priscula Cockerell 6
* proavitus Scudder 6
Proboscistoma Saccardo 23
procax Skuse 137
Pages
proclamator Dyar and Knab 206
prodotes Dyar 143
prolepidis Dyar and Knab 88
prolixus Dyar 144
prominens Barraud i5o
Promochlonyx Edwards 22
propria Taylor 98
prosecutor Seguy 212
Prosopolepis Lutz 86
Proterorliynchus Brethes 36
Protoculex Felt i35
* protolepis Cockerell 6
Protomacleaya Theobald 147
Protomelanoconion Theobald 193
* protorhinus Cockerell , 7
proviolans Dyar 88
provocans Walker 145
proxima Edwards 79
proximus Dyar and Knab 207
pruina Theobald 212
pruinosus Theobald 212
psatharus Dyar 217
psectropus Edwards 94
pseudalbopictus Borei i65
pseudes Dyar and Knab 222
pseudoannulioris Theobald 202
pseudobarhirostris Ludlow 40
Pseudocarrollia Theobald 147
pscudocinereus Theobald 200
pseudoconopas Theobald 117
pseudocostalis Theobald 52
Pseudoculex Dyar i35
Pseudoculex Theobald 200
pseudodiurnus Theobald 176
Pseudoficalbia Theobald 96
Pseudograbhamia Theobald i65
Pseudograhamia Theobald 89
Pseudoheptaphlebomyia Ventrillon 2110
Pseudohowardina Theobald i35
pseudoinfula Theobald 2o5
pseudojamesi Strickland and
Chowdhury 54
pseudolongifurcatus Theobald igg
pseudomaculipes Per5'assu 43
psendoniediofasciata Taylor 176
pseudomediofasciatus Theobald 176
pseudomelanoconia Theobald 194
pseudomethysticus Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 8g
pscudomimeticus Seguy (Culex) 212
pseudomimeticus Sergent (Culex) 2o5
Pseudomyzomyia Theobald 46
pseudonigeria Theobald i63
Pages
pseudonivea Theobald (o* ) 154
pseudoniveus Theobald (Q) 154
pseudopecten Dyar and Knab 88
pseudupictus Grassi 41
pseudopunctipennis Theobald 39
pseudoscutellaris Theobald i65
Pseudoskusea Theobald 157
pseudosquamosa Newstead and
Carter 56
Pseudostegomyia (Ludlow MS ?)
Theobald 160
pseudostenoetrus Theobald 170
pseudotaeniatus Giles i52
Psendotaeniorhynchus Theobald 116
Pseudotheobaldia Theobald 101
pseudotitillans Theobald 116
Pseudouranotaenia Theobald 96
pseudovigilax Theobald i38
pseudowillmori Theobald 53
Psorophora Robineau-Des-
voidy 123, 124
puberula Loew 12
pubescens Edwards 169
puella Shannon and Del Ponte 19
pulcherrima Lynch Arribalzaga 99
pulcherrimus Taylor (Aedes) 102
pulcherrimus Theobald (Ano-
pheles) 54
pulchripalpis Theobald (Aedes) 141
pulchripalpis [puchripalpis in
error] Rondani (Orthopodomyia) 108
pulchritarsis Rondani 141
pulchrithorax Edwards 194
pulchriventer Giles 154
pullatus Coquillett (Aedes) 145
pullatus Graham (Culex) 211
pullus Theobald (Culex) 199
pullus Edwards (Culex) 199
pulverulentus Edwards 171
punctatus Meigen 141
punctibasis Edwards 41
punctifemore Ludlow 168
punctimacula Dyar and Knab 43
puncti pennis Say (Anopheles) 3g
punctipennis Say (Chaoborus) 27
punctipes Edwards (Aedes) 174
punctipes Theobald (Culex) 2o3
punctissimus Barraud 173
punctithorax Theobald 168
punctocostalis Theobald 172
pnnctodes Dyar 145
punctolateralis Theobald 77
punctor Kirby 145
Pages
punctothoracis TheobalJ i6S
punctulatus Dbnitz (Aiiopheles) 49
punctiddtus TheobalJ [part.] {Ano-
pheles\ 5o
pungens Robineau-Desvoidy
i Aedes) 147
pungens Wiedeinann (Culex) 208
punjabensis James and Liston 5o
purpurascens YLAwaxAs 125
purpurata Edwards 79
purpureus Theobald (Aedes) i53
purpureus Theobald (M egarhinus) 60
purpureus Theobald (Sabethoides) 81
burpureus Xeiva (Sabethoides) Si
purpuri ventris Edwards 146
pursaii Laveran 41
pusillum Lutz 70
pusillus Macquart (?) 192
pygmaea Theobald (Psorophora) 127
pygmaea Theobald (Uranotaenia) 99
pvgmaeus Xeveu-Lemaire (Culex)
20S. 21 1
pvgmaeus Theobald {Mansonta) 118
pyrenaica Segny 14
Pyrenaicus Brolemann 193
pyretophoroides Theobald 49
Pvretophorus Blanchard 46
quadratimaculatus Macquart 147
quadr iannulatus Theobald 56
quadricincla Barraud i63
quadr imaculala 'Se\\'stea.d(Ficalbia) 1 12
quadrimaculata Paine and
Edwards (Uranotaenia) loi
quadrimaculatus Say 3g
quadripalpis Edwards 197
quadripunctis Ludlorv i35
quadrivittata Shannon and Del
Ponte 19
quadrivittatus Coquillett i55
quartus Martin! i38
quasicyaneus Peryassu 80
quasiferox Leicester 61
quasigelidus Theobald 2o3
quasiguiarti Theobald [(J] (Culex) 209
quasiguiarti Theobald \_Q_'\(Culex) 210
quasilinealis Theobald 208
quasilongirostris Dyar [larva]
(Wyeomyia) 83
quasilongirostris Theobald (Wye-
omyia) 83
quasiluteoventralis Theobald 85
quasimodestus Theobald 210
FA^l. CULICIDAE
fages
quasinigritia Ludlow 164
quasiornata Taylor 79
quasipipiens Theobald 208
quasirubithorax Theobald i53
quasisanguinea Leicester 94
quasisecutor Theobald 206
quasiserratus Theobald 142
Quasistegomyia Theobald 160
quasiunivittatLis Theobald 169
quavlei Dyar and Knab 14 1
queenslandensis Theobald L-lcdes) 162
queenslandensis Theobald (Chao-
borus) 27
queenslandis Strickland 1 53
quinquefasciatus Dyar and Knab
(Culex) 209
quinquefasciatus Say (Culex) 209
quinquelineatus Edwards i5i
quinquepunctalus Theobald 16S
quinquevittatus Theobald [Qj
(Eretmapodites) 1S2
quinquevittatus Theobald
niapodites) 182
Rachionotomyia Theobald 73
Rachisoura Theobald 76
Theobald 110
Ramcia Annandale 17
rami Barraud 176
ramsayi Covell 54
rangeli Surcouf and Gonzalez
Rincones 81
rapax Dyar and Knab 72
raptor Edwards 191
raris Leicester 61
raymondii Tamaya 209
recondita Edwards loi
rectirostris (Giles MS.) Theoliald 186
reductor Dyar and Knab 218
Reedoniyia Ludlow i65
reesi Theobald 209
refiki Medjid 147
reflector Dyar and Knab 206
refutans Alcock 38
regalis Dyar and Knab 179
reginae Edwards 174
regius Tennent 62
regulator Dyar and Knab 207
rejector Dyar and Knab 220
relictus Schingarew 40
remipes Wiedemann 80
remipusculus Dyar 81
reptans Meigen (nec Linnaeus) 189
241
Pagos
restrictor Dyar and Knab 217
restuans Theobald 207
reversus Theobald 120
revocator Dyar and Knab 209
rhathyme Dyar and Shannon 12
rhecter Dyar 169
Rhinoskusea Edwards 160
rhodesiensis Theobald 52
Rhynchotaenia Brethes 116
richiardii Ficalbi 119
richteri Ingram and De IMeillon 210
rima Theobald [Q] (Culex) 194
rima Theobald [q*] (Culex) 200
riparius Dyar and Knab i39
rizali Banks i5i
rockefelleri Peryassu 43
rolonca Dyar and Knab 85
roloncetta Dyar 86
romeroi Surcouf and Gonzalez 212
ronaldi d’Emmerez de Charmoy 204
rondoni Neiva and Pinto 45
rooti Brethes 44
r operi Edwards gg
rossi GWes (Aedes) 162
rossi Giles (Anopheles) 56
Rossia Theolrald 35
rostochiensis Martin! 143
rotumana Edwards 77
rotundijolia Felt 25
rouhaudi Borei 197
roucouyana Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 88
rowlandi Theobald gg
rubidus Robineau-Desvoidy 124
rubinotns Theobald 194
rubithoracis Leicester (Culex) 197
rubithoracis Leicester (Topomyia) 91
rubri thorax Macquart 187
rudis Garrett 12
rufa Zetterstedt 22
ruffinis Dyar and Shannon 217
rufinus Bigot 210
rufipes Gough 52
rufus Gimmerthal (Aedes) iy5
rufus Meigen (Culex) 210
Runchomyia Theobald 70
rusticus Rossi 147
rutherfordi Edwards 99
rutilus Coquillett 60
Sabethes Robineau-Desvoidy 79
Sabethinus Lutz 80
Sabethoides Theobald 80
242
DIPTERA
Pages
sacharovi Favr 40
saeva Dyar and Knab 124
sagax Skuse 146
saihaii Taylor 204
salinarius Coquillett 207
salinellns Edwards I44
salinus Ficalbi 144
salisburieiisis Theobald 194
saltanensis Dyar 206
salus Theobald 204
samarensis Ludlow 164
samoaensis Theobald 2o3
sainoana Griinberg 149
sanguinea Theobald 94
sanguinis Wigglesworth 94
sansoni Dyar and Knab i38
sapphirina Osten-Sacken 99
saramaccensis Bonne-Wepster
and Bonne 217
saraiuaki Theobald 202
saxatilis Grossbeck 198
saxicola Edwards i5i
itn’/' Dyar and Knah {Psorophora) 125
savi Theobald (Psorophora) 125
Sayomyia Coquillett 26
scapularis Rondani 142
scatophagoides Theobald i35
Schadonophasma Dyar and
Shannon 26
schausi Dyar and Knab 80
schedocyclia Dyar and Knab 72
schizopinax Dyar 145
scholasticus Theobald 207
schtakelbergi Schingarew 145
schliffneri Stanton 54
schwarzi Dyar and Knab i25
schwetzi Edwards {Aedes) i63
schwetzi Edwards [Culex) 212
scintillans Ludlow {Heizmannia) 181
scintillans Walker (Psorophora) 124
scotinomus Dyar and Kpab 86
scotti Theobald [Q] (Culex) 212
scotti Theobald [(iJ*] (Culex) 209
scutellaris Walker (Aedes) i65
scutellaris Theobald (Aedes) 164
scutipunctatus Lutz and Neiva 126
Scutomyia Theobald 160
secundus Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 22i
secutor Theobald 206
seguini Laveran 120
seguyi Apfelbeck 145
selengensis Ludlow 39
Paje3
semibrunneus Edwards 200
seinicantans Marti ni 139
seniisimplicipes Edwards 182
senegalensis Theobald 169
seoulensis Yamada i5o
separatus Leicester (Anopheles) 42
separatus Lynch Arribalzaga
(Megarhinus) 5g
sepositus Leicester 2o3
septemguttata Theobald 120
septempunctata Theobald 120
septemslriatus Dyar and Knab i55
septentrionalis Tonnoir (Dixa) 1 1
septentrionalis Dyar and Knab
(Megarhinus) 60
•'■sepultus Meunier 6
sergenti Theobald (Anopheles) 52
sergenti Theobald (Culex) igS
sericeus Theobald 209
serotina Wiedemann 14
serotinus Philippi 209
serrata Garrett (Dixa) 14
serrata Barraud (Tripteroides) 78
serrata Lutz (IVyeomvia) 86
serrata Theobald (IVyeoinyia) 85
serratimargo Root 217
serratipes Becker 104
serratoria Dyar and Nuhez Tovar 81
serratus Theobald 143
serrifera Edwards 12
serus Martini 144
setulosus Doleschall 191
sexlineatus Theobald i56
seychellensis Theobald 169
seydeli Edwards 52
shebbearei Barraud 199
shillongensis Barraud 184
shortti Barraud i5i
Shropshirea Dyar 86
shropshirei Ludlow 73
siberiensis Ludlow io3
siciilus Robineau-Desvoidy 141
sierrensis Ludlow 154
sigmoides Barraud 176
signifera Coquillett 108
signipennis Coquillett 127
silvestris Ingram and De Meillon
(Eretmapodites) 182
silvestris Schingarew io5
simici Baranoff 141
similis Theobald (Aedes) 176
similis Strickland (Aedes) i53
similis Strickland (Anopheles) 42
Pages
similis Theobald (Anopheles) 41
similis Theobald (Culex) 207
similis Johanssen (Dixa) 12
similis Leicester (Tripteroides) 79
similis Theobald (Uranotaenia) 99
similissimus Strickland and
Chowdhury 42
simlensis Edwards (Aedes) iSz
simlensis James and Liston (Ano-
pheles) 38
simmsi Dyar and Knab 86
Simondella Laveran 89
simplex Theobald (Aedes) 177
simplex Theobald (Aedes) lyS
simplex Taylor (Cidex) 204
simplex Theobald [Q] (Culex) 210
simplex Theobald [q*] (Culex) 21 1
simplex Garrett (Dixa) 14
simplicicornis Edwards 194
simpsoni Theobald (Aedes) i63
simpsoni Theobald (Culex) 210
simulans Newstead and Carter 167
simulator Dyar and Knab 217
sinaiticus Kirkpatrick 210
sinensis Wiedemann [6/i] (Ano-
pheles) 41
sinensis Theobald (Culex) 2o3
sineroides Yamada 42
singularis Leicester 176
sintoni Barraud (Aedes) i5i
sintoni Puri (Anopheles) 40
siphonalis Grossbeck i38
sitiens Wiedemann (Culex) 204
sitiens Theobald (Culex) 204
Skeiromyia Leicester 74
Skusea Theobald i58
skusii Giles 209
smithi Theobald (Anopheles) 5o
smithi Coquillett (Wyeomyia) 86
siiijdersi Swellengrebel 42
socialis Theobald 99
soleatus Edwards i63
sollicitans Walker 137
solomonis Edwards (Cidex) 197
solomonis 'Ed-wa.rd.s (Tripteroides) 77
solstitialis Lutz 60
somaliensis Neveu-Lemaire (Theo-
bald in error) 204
somerseti Taylor 204
somnolenta Dyar and Shannon 14
sororula Dyar and Knab 86
spanius Dyar and Knab 222
spathifurca Edwards 199
Pages
spatkipalpis Rondani 104
spatulirostris Edwards gi
speciosus Skuse 62
spigassinii Brethes 170
spenceri Theobald 145
sphiux Howard, Dyar and Knab 207
spinosipes Edwards iSy
spinosus Lutz 207
spiralis Garrett 14
spissipes Theobald 214
splendens Theobald \ Ficalhia) iii
splendens Williston 179
splendens de Meijere [Harpago-
myia) g3
splendens Wiedemann
hinus) 62
splendens Theobald [Megarhintis) 61
splendens Fniz (Trichoprosopon) 70
splendida Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne S3
splendidus Koidzumi 54
spoliata Edwards 94
squamiger Coquillett iSg
squamipennis Lynch Arribal-
zaga [Aedomyia) 122
squamipennis 'Leicestei (Aedomyia) 122
Squamomyia Theobald 74
squamosus Theobald (Anopheles) 57
squamosus Taylor (Culex) 2o3
stampari Apfelbeck 147
Slegoconops Lutz 178
Stegomyia Theobald 160
stegomyina Montschadsky 142
stenoetrus Theobald 170
stenolepis Dyar and Knab 206
Stenoscutus Theobald 166
stenoscutus Edwards 168
stephensi Liston 54
Stethomyia Theobald 35
stevensoni Barraud 102
sticticus Meigen 146
stigmatephora Dyar 124
stigmaticLis Edwards (Aedes) 140
stigmaticus Skuse (Anopheles) 40
stigmatosoma Dyar 206
stimulans Walker i39
stoehri Theobald 209
stokesi Evans 167
strachani Theobald 42
stricklandi Edwards (Aedes) 146
stricklandi BaTra.ud (Ura>ioiaenia) loi
strigimacula Dyar and Knab 48
striocriira Giles (Armigcres) i85, 186
FAM. CULICIDAE
Pagos
strodei Root 45
subalbaius Coquillett i85
subargenteus Edwards i63
siibcantans Felt i3g
subdiversus Martini 147
subfusnts Theobald 200
submaculata Edwards 12
sulnnediopunctatus Barraud i65
subnehulosa Strobl 12
subniveus ILdwards iSq
subnormalis Martini 99
subnudipennis Edwards 77
subochrea Edwards 104
subpictus Grassi 56
subsimilis Barraud i52
subsimplicipes Edwards 182
subulis Ed. and Et. Sergent
(Aedes) 141
subtilis Pressat (Anopheles) 41
subirichiDus Martini 147
subulifer Doleschall 62
subumbrosus Theobald 5i
subve.vans Martini 139
*succinea IMeunier 6
sudanensis Theobald (Aedes) 170
sudanensis Theobald (Aedes) i35, 168
sudanensis Theobald (Ficalbia) iii
suffusus Edwards i55
sugens Theobald (Aedes) i65
sugens Wiedemann (Aedes) 162
suknaensis Theobald 170
summorosus Dyar 2o5
sundaica Rodenwaldt 56
superbus Dyar and Knab 60
superpictus Grassi 54
surcoxifi Theobald i38
surinamensis Dyar 206
sursumptor Dyar 217
sylvae IMartini (Aedes) 145
sylvae Theobald [bis] (Aedes) 146
sylvaticus Meigen 144
sylvestris Theobald [1901] (Aedes) 171
sylvestris Theobald [1910] (Aedes) 167
sylvestris Leicester (Culex) 197
sylvestris Theobald (Tripteroides) 76
sylvicola Grossbeck i3g
symesi Edwards 42
Symmachus Dyar and Knab 85
syntheta Dyar and Shannon 100
S3mtheticus Barraud 170
taeniarostris Theobald (Aedes) 172
taeniarostris Theobald (Culex) 202
243
Pogos
taeniarostris Theobald (Flaipa-
gomyia) (j3
taeniata Leicester (Aedes) 168, 176
taeniata Leicester (Culex) 197
taeniatus Wiedemann 162
taeniopus Dyar and Knab (Culex) 2i3
Dyar [part.] (Culex) 2i5
taeniorhynchoides Christophers
(Aedes) 170
taeniorhynchoides Giles (Culex) 2o3
Tacniorhynchus Dyar i35
T aeniorhynchus Lynch Arribal-
zaga (not Weinland) 116
taeniorhynchus Wiedemann
(Aedes) i38
taeniorhynchus Lynch Arribalzaga
(Mansonia) 116
tahoensis D3'ar 144
tahaanensis Koidzumi 5o
tanaicus Schelkanovtzev 192
tananariviensis Ventrillon 57
tapena Dyar 220
tapinops Brethes 142
tarnogradskii Martini 176
tarsalis Newstead (Aedes) 168
tarsalis Coquillett (Culex) 206
tarsimacLilatus Goeldi 46
tarsopus Dyar and Knab 80
tasmaniensis Strickland [May 191 1]
(Aedes) i58
tasmaniensis Strickland [July 191 1]
(Aedes) 146
tasmaniensis Taylor (Aedes) 146
tasmaniensis Tonnoir (Dixa) 14
tasmaniensis Strickland (Tripte-
roides) 77
taylori Edwards 2o3
taytayensis Banks 212
Technicomyia Dyar 84
tecmarsis Dyar 217
telestica Dyar and Knab 85
tenax Leicester (Culex) 2o3
tenax Theobald (Culex) 202
tenax de Meijere (Tripteroides) 78
tenebrosus Donitz 41
tenuipalpis Barraud (Culex) ig5
tenuipalpis Edwards (Mansonia) iig
tenuis Edwards gi
terebor Dyar 217
terminalis Coquillett i25
terna Loew i3
Tcromyia Leicester 58
terrens Walker i5o
244
DIPTERA
Pages
terriei Martini [Aedes] 144
terriei Theobald (Aedes) 144
territans Walker [type] (Culex) 208
territans Dyar (Culex) 207
territans Howard, Dyar and Knab
(Culex) 193
* tertiaria Meunier 7
^tertiarius Heyden 7
tesselatus Theobald 5o
testacea Theobald 100
testaceus van der Wulp 119
tetraspathus Dyar and Knab 222
texanum Dyar and Knab 126
thalassius Theobald 204
thaxteri Dyar and Knab i55
theileri Edwards [Anopheles) 52
theileri Theobald [Culex) 210
thelcter Dyar 143
theobaldi Taylor (Aedes) i38
theobald! Giles [Anopheles) 55
theobaldi Lutz [Culexj 214
theobaldi Dyar and Knab (Mega-
rhinus) 60
theobaldi de Meijere (Theobaldia) io5
Theobaldia Neveu-Lemaire ioi,io3
Theohaldinella Blanchard loi
Theobaldiomyia Brunetti 200
Theomyia Edwards 106
thibaulti Dyar and Knab 146
thomasi Evans 214
Thoinasina Newstead and Carter 106
thomsoni Theobald i5g
thones Dyar and Shannon 14
thoracicus Robineau-Desvoidy 210
thorntoni Dyar and Knab (Aedes) i5o
thorntoni Ludlow (Anopheles) 5o
thriambus Dyar 206
tibani Patton 54
tibialis Robineau-Desvoidy (Pso-
rophora) 124
tibialis Taylor (Uranotaenia) 100
tibiamacidata Neiva 38
tig-ripes Grandpre and Charmoy
(Culex) 191
tigripes Mochizuki (Culex) 191
Tinolesies Coquillett 212
tipuliformis Edwards [Culex) 210
tipuliformis Theobald (Culex) 21 1
tipuliformis Leicester (Topomyia) 91
titillans Walker (Mansonia) 116
titillans Costa Lima [Mansonia) 116
togoensis Enderlein 162
togoi Theobald 154
Pages
tolteca Dyar and Knab 127
tongae Edwards i65
tonnoiri Edwards 106
tonsus Edwards 159
Topomyia Leicester 89
tormentor Dyar and Knab 148
torrentium Martini 210
tortilis Theobald 148
tosinius Dyar 216
tovari Evans (Culex) 216
tovari Evans (Psorophora) i25
towadensis Matsumura 62
toweri Dyar and Knab 206
townsvillensis Taylor 209
Toxorhynchites Theobald , 58
toxorhynchus Macquart 162
trachycampa Dyar and Knab 216
Transculicia Dyar 200
transvaalensis Theobald (Aedes) 170
transvaalensis Carter (Anopheles) 52
travestitus Brug 33
ireacherii Leicester 37
tremulus Theobald i56
treubi de Meijere 184
Triamyia Dyar 86
triangulata Ludlov/ 99
triangulatus Taylor 94
triannulatus Neiva and Pinto 48
Tricholeptomyia Dyar and Shan-
non 74
Trichopronomyia Theobald 200
Trichoprosopon 'Fheobald 70
trichopns Dyar 72
trichopygus Wiedemann 60
Trichorhynchomyia Brunetti 198
Trichorhynchus Theobald (nec
Balbiani) 198
trichorostris Theobald (Harpago-
mvia) 93
trichorostris Farquharson (Harpa-
go my i a) 9 3
trichorostris Ingram and De
Meillon (Harpagoinyia) 98
trichorryes (trichorrhyes in error)
Dyar and Knab 70
trichurus Dyar 147
tricuspis Edwards 194
trifida Edwards 91
trifidus Dyar (Culex) 217
trifidus Edwards (Culex) 194
trifilatus Edwards 210
trifoliatus Edwards 212
trifur catus Fabricius 210
Pages
trig07iop}iortis Lutz 126
trilineata Leicester (Aedes) i5i
trilineata Leicester (Ura?iotaenia) loo
trilineatus Theobald (Aedes) 17 1
trilineatus Theobald (Culex) 208
trimaculatus Theobald 17 1
trinidadensis Dyar and Knab
(Megarhinus) 60
trinidadensis Theobald ( Wycomyia) 84
tripartita Bonne-Wepster and
Bonne 84
Tripteroides Giles 73,77
tripunctata Theobald i53
tripunctatus Mochizuki (Culex) 2o3
tripunctatus Theobald (Haema-
gogus) 179
triseriatus Say . i55
tritaeniorhynchus Giles 204
trivittatus Coquillett (Aedes) 148
trivittatus Loew (Chaoborus) 26
troglodytus D5'ar and Knab 222
trychnus Roct 219
tucumanus Lahille (Anopheles) 3g
tucumanus Brethes (Megarhinus) 60
tulagiensis Edwards 164
tulliae Taylor 187
turkestani Schingarew 38
turkhudi Liston 55
typharum Shannon and Del Ponte 88
typhlosomata Dyar and Knab 98
ulocoma Theobald 88
ulopus Dyar and Knab 72
umbrosa Edwards (Anopheles) 49
umbrosa Theobald (Anopheles) 5i
umbrosus Brug (Aedes) 176
umbrosus Theobald (Anopheles) 42
umbrosus var., Swellengrebel
and Swellengrebel de Graaf
(Anopheles) 42
uncatus Grabham i52
uncus Theobald 176
underwoodi Underwood 20
undosus Coquillett 81
unguiculata Edwards 100
uniannulata Theobald 168
unicinctus Edwards i55
unicolor Griinberg 49
unicornis Root 218
uniformis Theobald (Aedes) 177
uniformis Strickland (Aedes) i38
uniformis Theobald (Culex) 198
uniformis Leicester (Culex) igS, 212
Pages
uitiformis Theobald igg
uniformis Theobald (Ficitlbia) n3
uniformis Theobald (Mansoitii:) 120
unilinenta Leicester 100
unilineatus Theobald i65
unimaculiala Leicester 100
unipunctata Tonnoir 14
universitatis Cockerell 14
univitlatiis Ingram and Macfie
\Aedes) 171
univittatus Theobald iCiile.v) 210
urania Shannon and Del Ponte 100
Uranotaenia Lynch Arribal-
zaga 96
uriartei Shannon and Del Ponte 179
urichi Coquillett 221
usquatissimus Dyar 2o5
usquatus Dyar 2o5
vatrans Wiedemann 211
vagus Donitz 56
vallistris Barraud 177
ihindema Strickland 140
vanduzeei Dyar and Knab 86
vanhalli Dyar and Knab i25
vanleeuvveni Edwards 77
vansomereni Edwards 211
vanus Walker 40
vapulans Dyar 217
variata Leicester 197
variegataiis Strickland 140
variegatus Doleschall t Aedes) i65
variegatus Schrank (Aedes) iSg
variegatus Blanchard {Psorophora) 126
variegatus [yareagatus in error]
Schrank (Theohaldia) io3
varietas Leicester 177
varinervis Edwards 127
varioannulatus Theobald 210
varipalpus Coquillett iSq
varipes Coquillett 126
varuna lyengar 52
vassilievi Portschinsky 04
vaxus Dyar 21 5
*vectensis Edwards 7
vector Dyar and Knab 219
velutina Ruthe 22
velutinus Martini 22
veiiezuelae Evans 43
venezuelensis Theobald 117
venosa Loew 14
FAM. CULICIDAE
Pages
ventralis Walker iS5
ventrilloni Edwards 211
ventrovittis Dyar 146
venustipes Skuse 122
Verraltina Theobald 174
versicolor Barraud (Aedes) 142
versicokir Edwards (Mansonia) 110
vestitipennis Dyar and Knab 43
vexans Meigen 170
vicinus Ta5’lor 2o3
victoriensis Taylor 140
vigilax Skuse i38
villosus Robineau-Desvoidy 38
vincenti Laveran 52
vindicator Dyar and Knab 206
vinnipegensis Dv^ar 146
violaceus Theobald (Mansonia) 119
violaceusWbedemann (Megarhinus) 60
violaceus Theobald (Megarhinus) 60
violescens Dyar and Knab 85
virescens Dyar and Knab 124
Edwards 21 1
virginensis Dyar 143
virgultus Theobald 208
viridifrons Walker 162
viridis Robi neau-Desvoidy(C!<L;i;) 212
viridis Theobald (Culex) 211
viridis Barraud (Heizmannia) 181
viridiventer Giles 199
virilis Leicester 177
vishnui Theobald [Qj (Culex) 2o5
vishnui Theobald [o*] (Culex) 204
vitripoinis Weigen i3
vittata Theobald i3g
vittatus Bigot (Aedes) i65
vittatus Philippi (Aedes) 140
vittiger Skuse 140
vonplesseni Dyar and Knab 72
vorax Edwards 191
vulgaris Linnaeus 210
w-alba Theobald 164
waldi Blanchard 60
walkeri Theobald (Aedes) i56
walkeri Theobald (Anopheles) 40
wallacei Edwards 149
walravensi Edwards 53
walsinghaini Theobald 126
wassilievi Schingarew 104
watasei Yamada i5o
246
DIPTERA
Fig. I.
— 2.
— 3.
— 4-
— 5.
— 6.
Fig. 7.
— 8.
— 9-
— 10.
Fi ST. II
— 12.
— 1 3.
— 14.
— i5.
— 16.
— 17-
— 18.
— '9-
— 20.
— 21.
Fig. I.
— 3.
Fig. 4.
— 5.
— 6.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I.
ADULTS OF CULICINAE
Anophelini.
Chagasia fajardoi Lutz. Head and thorax, side view, xi3.
Chagasia fajardoi Lutz. Scutellum, X28.
AnopheUs [Myzomyia) hochi Don. Side view of 9^ X20.
Chagasia fajardoi Lutz. Last two segments of front tarsus of (f , x52.
Anopheles maculipennis Mg. Last two segments of front tarsus of (^f, x52.
Bironella gracilis Theo. Last tvvo segments of front tarsus of , xSz.
Megarhinini.
Megarhinus aeneus Evans. Side \'iew of , x8.
Megarhiniis brevipalpis Theo. Clypeus and bases of antennae, X25.
M egarliinns brevipalpis Theo. Scutellum, X24.
Megarhinus aeneus Evans. Middle part of wing (x25) to show cross veins.
The right-angled r-in cross-vein (with a vein-like spur extending basally
from the angle) is enclosed in a red circle.
Culicini.
Trichoprosopon digitatum Rond. Clypens and base of antennae, x3o.
Uranotacnia geometrica Theo. .Side view of 9> xi5.
Harpagomyia farquliarsoni Edw. Side view of 9. xi8.
Psorophora [Janthinosoma) ferox tdumboldt. Side view of 9i X17.
Ficalbia {Mimomyia) splendens Theo. Thorax from above, X28.
Orlhopodomyia pulchripalpis Rond. Thorax from above, xi3.
Aedes {Stegomyia) hiteocephala Newst. Head and thorax from above, X2g.
Eretmapodites quinqneviltatns Theo. Head and thorax from above, X27.
Heamagogits chalcospilans Dyar. Head and thorax from above, x33.
Theobaldta annulata Schrank. Lateral view of thorax, with base of wing,
showing hairs on under surface of stem-vein, xi3.
Sabethes schausi D}'ar and Knab. Lateral view of thorax, X14.
(Original drawings by A. M. Evans.)
PLATE 2.
WINGS OF CULICIDAE
Dixinae.
Dixa clavata Lw. X2o.
Dixa [Dixapnella) marginata T_,w.
Dixella minuta Tonn.
Chaoborinae.
Eucorethra nnderwoodi Underwood. xg.
Corcthrella picticoUis Edw. x52.
Chaoborus ceratopogones Theo. X27.
FAM. CULICIDAE
247
Anophelini.
Fig. 7. BironcUa gracilis Theo. X22.
— S. Attohheles mactilipennis Meigen. X17.
— 9. Anopheles hvrcaiitis \Ax . sinensis WieA. X2i.
— 10. Anophelcs {Mysomyia) gainbiae Giles. X25.
Culicini.
Fig. II. Sabethes sckaiisi D. and K. xi5.
— 12. Aedes (Fiulaya) koclii Don. X2y.
— i3. Aedes (^Aliiciilus) alftriiaiis Wesiw. xii.
— 14. Aedomyia sejiiaiiiipeituis x3o.
— i5. Ficalhia imonivia) m i momyia ferinis Newst. X28.
— 16. Culex bitaeuiorhynchtis GWqs. X19.
— 17. Mansonia [Mansouioides) africana Theo. X20.
(Original diawings by M. Evans; fig. 2 after a sketeh
N. Banks; fig. 3 after Tonnoir).
PLATE 3.
DETAILS OF ADULT MORPHOLOQY.
Dixinae.
Fig. I. Dixa (s. str.) nebulosa Meigen, half side view of head, to show shape of eyes
and form of basal antennal segments.
— 2. Dixa (Paradixa) nigra Staeg. Basal antennal segments.
— 3. Dixa (s. str.) pubentia Lw, Half of cf forceps, showing small apical lobe
of coxite [a).
— 4. Dixa (Paradixa) aestivalis .Mg. Half of forceps showing long apical process
of coxite (a).
Chaoborinae.
Fig. 5. Corethrella hraheleyi Coq. Head of 9 from in front. Note small bare
clypeus.
— 6. Eucorethra underwoodi Underwood. Head of 9 fi'om in front. Note long
hairy clypeus.
Culicinae.
Fig. 7. Anopheles (Anopheles) mactilipennis Alg. Half of forceps.
— 8. Anopheles (Nyssorhynchus) argyritarsis Rond. Half of q’ forceps.
— 9. Anopheles (Myzonyia) macttla/us Theo. Half of (j' forceps, with aedeagus
(a) and its terminal leaflets (b).
— IO. Diagram to show position of buccopharyngeal armature in Anopheles.
a) base of proboscis ;
b) base of palp ; •
c) clypeus ;
d) tentorial rods lying within the head ;
e) pharynx ;
f) posterior and of buccal cavity (position of buccophaiymgeal armature).
248
DIPTERA
Fig. II. Anoplieles {Myzomyia) nili Theo. Buccopharyngeal armature of 9 (typical of
Nemnyzomyia group).
— 12. Anopheles [Myzomyia) pulcherrimus Theo. Bnccophaiyngeal armature of 9
(typical of Myzomyia and Neocellia groups).
— i3, Anopheles [Myzomyia) multicolor Camb. Buccopharyngeal armature of 9
(typical oi turkhudi group; Pyretophorus-gxoup is similar).
— 14. Deinot eriles cancer Theo. Headof(;f.
— i5. Opifex fuscus Edutton. Edead of in side vievv, showing antennal spines
and peculiar torm of palp.
— 16. Opifex fuscus Hutton. Front tarsus of (f .
— 17-18. Two types of phallosome in tlie genus Culex. Fig. 17, C. [Isostomyia)
originator Evans, dorsal and lateral views, latter showing (a)‘basal
hooks’, [Melanoconion type). Fig. 18, C. Culex [fatigans Wied., dorsal
view [Culex type).
— ig. Tip of tarsus of 9 Aedes, showing toothed claws and hairlike pulvilli.
— 20. Tip of tarsus of 9 showing simple claws and broad pad-like pulvilli.
— 21. Tip of abbomen of 9 Aedes [A . piinctor Kirby), to slow wide memembrane
between seventh and eighth segments, slender eighth segment and long cerci.
— 22. Tip of abdomen of 9 Culex [C. pipiens L.), showing non-retractile eighth
segment and short cerci.
— 23. Culex sitiens Wied. Head of pf in side view, showing long upturned palpi.
— 24-27. Heads of different subgenera of Aedes, showing various forms of (f
palpi and antennae. Fig. 24, A. [Aedes) cinereus Mg. Fig. 25,
A. [Aedimorphus) irritans Theo. Fig. 26, A. [Ochlerotatus) maculatus Mg.
Fig. 27, A. [Stegomyia) albopictus Skuse.
— 28. Lateral view of thorax of Joblotia,io show pleural sclerites and arrangement
of bristles (scales omitted).
a) anterior pronotal lobe, with bristles;
b) posterior pronotal lobe, with one bristle ;
c) propleura, with bristles;
d) spiracular row of bristles;
e) post-spiracular area, without bristles;
f) sternopleura, with short row of bristles;
g) pre-alar knob (upper part of anepisternite) with bristles;
h) sub-alar knob (upper part of mesepimeron) with bristles ;
k) mesepimeron, without bristles ;
l) postnotum, with tuft of bristles;
m) meron.
— 29. Lateral view of thorax of Aedes [A, punctor Kirby) to show pleural sclerites
and arrangement of bristles. Lettering as in fig. 28. Note especially
presence of numerous posterior pronotal [b), post spiracular [e) and lower
mesepimeral bristles [h), also absence of spiracular bristles and position
of meron [m) in relation to hind coxa.
— 3o. M egarhinus hrevipalpis Theo. Half of (f forceps, showing coxite [a), conical
basal lobe [b) and style [c).
FAM. CULICIDAE
249
31. Culex fatigans \\'ied. Half of forceps, showing' subapical lobe (a) with
bristles and leaf.
32. Aedes (Ochlerotatus) maculatus Alg. flalf of forceps, showing basal and
apical lobes on co.xite, and claspette with broad appendage,
33. Aedes {Aedimorf'hus) tat salis Theo. Half of cT forceps, showing simple coxite
and modified style.
34. Aedes t^Stegomyia) aegrpti Linn. Aedeagns showing divided phallosome.
35. Aedes (Ochlerotatus) maculatus Mg. Aedeagns showing simple phallosome.
[Figs. 1-4 alter Alartini; figs. ii-i3 after Barraud and Covell ; fig. 28
after Dyar and Shannon ; hgs. 5, 6 and 10 original (F. W. F.) ; figs. 7-9,
14-27 and 29-35 original (.A. AF Fvans)].
PLA'1'F 4.
LARVAE AND PUPAE OF DIXINAE AND CHAOBORINAE.
Dixinae.
1. Dixa [Payadi.xa) sp., larva. \'entral view to show chaetotaxy, etc. :
a) pseudopods of first two abdominal segments;
b) ambulator}- plates of abdominal segments 5-7 ;
c) the three hairs arising from lateral piate of last segment.
2. Dixa [Paradixa) sp., larva. Doisal view, showing short setae and absence
of abdominal rosettes :
a) antenna, with tuft of hairs ;
b) anterior flat of spiracular apparatus with spiracle at base ;
c) posterior flat of spiracular apparatus with sort spine at tip;
d) long tail-process.
3. Dixa (s. str.). sp. Larva in side view. (Chaetotaxy omitted except for
long ventral hairs of prothorax). (After Miall) :
a) pseudopods;
b) ambulatory plates;
c) dorsal abdominal rosettes.
4. Dixa (s. str.) sp. Spiracular apparatus of larva, showing short tail-process
and absence of apical spine on posterior flaps. (After Afartini.)
5. Dixa fuscifrons Fdw. Pupa in side view, with enlargement of respiratory
horn, showing spiracle at mid-length.
6. Dixa fuscifrons Fdw. Tip of abdomen of pupa, ventral view, showing fused
paddles.
Chaoborinae.
7. Corethrella calathicola Fdw. Larva, dorsal view, showing median attachment
of antennae, etc.
8. Corethrella calathicola Fdw. Pupa, dorsal view, with enlargement of respira-
tory horn.
g. Eucorethra undeiwoodi Underwood. Larva, dorsal view, showing lateral
attachment of antennae, etc.
25o
DIPTEEA
Fig. IO. Eucorethra underwoodi Underwood. Tip of abdomen of larva in half side
view, showing structure of spiracular apparatus and anal segment.
— II. Moclilonyx cidiciformis De G. Larva in dorsal view.
— 12. Mochlonyx culiciformis De G. Pupa in side view (abdomen twisted to show
paddles).
— i3. Cryophila lapponica Mart. Head of larva in dorsal view, sliowing large com-
pound eyes and submedian attachment of antennae.
— 14, Cryophila lapponica Mart. Head of larva in front view. showing raised
front.
— i5. Chaoboriis crystallinus De G. Larva in side view. (Segments 6-8 of the
abdomen are shown too short) ;
a) antenna;
b) pre-labral bristles ;
c) labrum ;
d) pleural hairs ;
e) air-vericles of thorax and seventh abdominal segment.
— 16. Chaohorus crystallinus De G. Head of larva in dorsal view.
— 17. Chaoborns pallidus ¥sih. Respiratory horn of pupa .
[Drawings by A. J. E. Terzi. Figs. 5^ 6, 8, 9, 10, 12, i3, 14 and 17
original, others modifled from various authors.]
PLATE 5.
LARVAE AND PUPAL CHARACTERS OF CULICINAE.
Figs
1-6. Whole larvae in dorsal view; tip of abdomen turned to one side to show
siphon, anal segment, etc.
1. Anopheles maciilipennis Mg.
2. Opifex fuscus Hutton.
3. Megarhinus speciosus Skuse.
4. Mansonia perturbans Walk. (with tip of siphon enlarged).
5. Orthopodoniyia pulchripalpis Rond.
6. Aedes canadensis Theo.
7-9. Respiratory plates of Anophelini, dorsal view.
7. Anopheles maciilipennis Mg.
8. Chagasia fajardoi Neiva.
g. Anopheles {Stethomyia) nimbus Theo.
10-16. Maxillae of larvae.
10. Anopheles.
1 1 . Culex.
12. Megarhinus.
13. Psorophora (s. str.).
14. Tripteroides (s. str.) solomonis Edw.
15. Tripteroides {Rachisoura) filipes Walk.
16. Topomyia argenteoventralis Leic.
FAI\I. CULICIDAE
25i
17-20. Antennae ot larvae.
17, Megh atiiiiis qiiasiferox Leic. (tip of antenna).
iS. Aedomvia veiiiistil^es Skuse.
ig. Orthopodomyia pulchripalpis Rond.
20. Ficalbia.
21. Ti ip/eioides solomoius Edw., Tip of abdomen of larva, side view, showing
large dorso-lateral tuft (d). comb on chitinous piate of eighth segment
(r), siphon with numerous hairs, and anal segment with chitinous
saddle and single pair of ventral hairs (i^).
22-24. Right side of thorax of larva, to show pleural haiis. p, prothoracic
pleural group; ms, mesothoracic pleural groip); )iit, metathoracic
pleural group.
22. Opifex fuscus Hutton, ventral view.
23. Topomyia argeiiteoveuiialis Leic., ventral view.
24. Tripteroides solonwnis Edw., dorsal view, shawing meso- and methatoracic
spines.
20, Aedes cineyetts Mg. Side view ofpupa.
26-29. Respiratory horns of pupae.
26. Auopheles .
27. Hodgesia >tigei iae F.<lw .
28. Ficalbia.
29. Culex moucheti Evans.
30-37. Paddles and tip of eighth abdominal segment of pupae (lett side).
30. Auopheles (s. str.).
31. Auopheles (Myzoiuiya).
32. Tripteroides caledouica Edw.
33. Uranotaeuia.
34. Culex.
35. Aedes {Aedimorphus) hirsttlus lAxeo.
36. Ficalbia fusca Leic.
37. Megarliinus sig).
[Drawings by A. J. E. Terzi. Figs. 2, 16, 17, 19, 22 and 23 original ;
remainder modifled from various authors.]
«
252
DIPTERA
SHORT BIBLIOGRAPHY
The literature dealing with the Culicidae is now so vast that it is impossible to give a full
bibliogiaphy, but the following selected list of a few of the more important or iisefui works published
during the last decade dealing with particular branches of the study may be of use to some. A few
papers which have appeared during igSi (since the completion of this Catalogue) have been added.
In the taxonomic section only comprehensive papers are noted.
I. TAXONOMY (adults and larvae).
(rt) Palaearctic Region.
Edwards, F. W. (1921). A revision of the mosquitos of tRe Palaearctic Region. Bulletin of Entomo-
gical Research, Vol. 12, pt. 3, p. 263-35 1.
Edwards, F. W. (1926). Una Revisione delle Zanzare delli Regioni Paleartiche. Revista di Malario-
logia, Vol. 5, fasc. 3, p. 253-285; fasc. 4, p. 392-466; fasc. 5-6, p. 6i3-652 [also reprinted and
separately paged].
Kirkpatrick, T. w. (1925). The Mosquitoes of Egypt. Govt. Press, Cairo.
Martin:, E. (1929-31) Culicidre in Erwin Lindner, Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region. Lief. 33,
35, 38, 40, 46, 48 and 53, p. 1-398, Stuttgart.
Seguy, e. (1924). Les Moustiques de hAfrique Mineure, de l’Egypte et de la Syrie. Encyclopedie
entomologique, Vol. i, Paris.
{b) Oriental Region.
Barraud, p. J. {1923-29). A revision of the Culicine Mosquitoes of India, Parts 1-26. Indian Journal
of Medical Research, Calcutta, Vol. 10-17.
Christophers, S. R., Sinton, J. A. and Covell, G. (1927). Synoptic table for the Identification of the
Anopheline Mosquitoes of India. Health Bulletin n. 10, Government of India, Calcutta.
Edwards, F. W. (1922). A synopsis of adult Oriental Culicine (including Megarhinine and Sabethine)
mosquitoes. Indian Journal of Medical Research, Vol. i, n. i and 2.
Puri, I. M. (1930). .S5’noptic tables for the Identification of the full-grown larvae of the Indian
.A.nopheline Mosquitoes. Health Bulletin n. 16, Government of India, Calcutta.
Puri, I. M. (1931). Larvae of Anopheline Mosquitoes, with full description of those of the Indian
species. Indian Medical Research Memoir, n. 21, p. 1-227.
Rodenwaldt, e. (1924). Kaart en determineertabel van de Anophelinen [adults] van Ned. Ost-Indie,
Burgerl. Geneesk. Dienst., Batavia.
Rodenwaldt, E. (1928). Kaart en determineertabel van de larven der Anophelinen van Ned. Ost-Indie.
Dienst. der Volksgezondheid, Batavia.
(r) Ethiopian Region.
Bedford, G. a. H. (1927). South African Mosquitoes, i3th. and 14 th. Reports of Director ot
Veterinary Research, S. Africa, p. 883-990.
Evans, A. M. (1927). A short illustrated guide to the Anophelines of Tropical and South Africa.
Liverpool School of Tropical Medecine, Memoir (New Series), n. 3.
De Meillon, B. (1931). Illustrated keys to the full-grown larvae and adults of South African
.'\nopheiine mosquitos. Pubi. South African Inst. for Medical Research, Vol. 4, p. 275*375.
FAM. CULICIDAK
253
((/) Australasian Region.
Edwards, F. \\’. (1924). A synopsis of the adult mosquitoes of the Australasian Region. Bulletin of
Entomological Research, Vol. T4, p. 351-401.
(e) America.
Bonne, C. and BoNNE-^\'EPSTEK, J. (1925). Mosquitoes of Suriuam : a stud}^ on Neotropical
Mosquitoes. Royal Colonial Institute of Amsterdam, Dept. of Tropical Ilygiene, n. i3.
Dvau, H. G. (1922). The Mosquitoes of the United States. Proc. U. S. National Museum, Vol. 62,
Alt. I.
Dyar, H. G. (1925). The Mosquitoes of Panama. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, Vol. i3, n. 7-9.
Dvar, H. g. (1921). The Mosquitoes of Canada. Trans. Royal Canadian Institute, Toronto,
Vol. i3, part. i .
Dyar, H. G. (192S). The Mosquitoes of the Americas. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Pubi. n. 387.
Freeborx, S. B. (1926). The Mosquitoes of California. Univ. of Calilornia, Technical Bulletin,
EntomologA', \’ol. 3, n. 5.
Matheson, R. (1929). A Handbook of the Mosquitoes of North America. London ; Bailliere, Tindall
and Cox.
Peryassu, a. g. (1921). Os Anophelineos do Brasil. Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Vol. 23, p. 9-104.
Root, F. M. (1926-27). Studies on Brazilian Mosquitoes, Vol. 1-4. American Journal of Hygiene,
\'ol. 6-7.
Shaxnon, R. C. and Del Ponte, E. (1928). Los Culicidos en la Argentina. Revista dei Instituto
Bacteriolbgico, Buenus Aires, Vol. 5, n. i.
Shannon, r. c. (1931). On the classification of Brazilian Culicidae, with special reference to those
capable of harbouring the yellow fever virus. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, Vol. 33, p. i25-i57.
2. MORPHOLOGY.
(a) Adult.
Barraud, p. J. and Covell, G. (1928). The Morphology of the buccal cavity in Anopheline and
Culicine mosquitoes. Indian Journal of Medical Research, Vol. i5, p. 671-680.
Barraud, p. j. and Covell, G. (1929). The Morphology of the buccal cavity of the mosquito. Trans.
Far Eastern Association of Tropical Medicine, seventh Congress, Calcutta. Vol. 3, p. 98-102.
Christophfrs, s. r. (1922). The development and structure of the terminal abdominal segments and
hypopygium of the mosquito. with observations on the homologics of the terminal segments of
the larva. Indian Journal of Medical Research, Vol. 10, n. 2, p. 53o-572.
Christophers, s. r. (1923). The structure and development of the female genital organs and hypopy-
gium of the mosquito. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, n. 3, p. 698-720.
Christophers, S. R. and Barraud, P. J. (1923). Descriptive terminology of male genitalic characters
of mosquitoes. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. 10, n. 3, p. 827-835.
Christophers, S. R. and Barraud, P. J. (1924). The tracheation and venation of the wing of the
mosquito. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. ii, n. 4, p. 1103-1117.
Freeborn, s. B. (1924). The « proepimera » of the Culicidae. Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus, Vol. 12
p. 37-38.
Ereeborn, s. b. (1924). The terminal abdominal structures of male mosquitoes. American Journal of
Hygiene, Vol. 4, n. 3, p. 188-212.
SiNTON, J. A. and Covell, G. (1927). The relationship of morphology of the buccal cavity to the
classification of Anopheline .Mosquitoes. Ind. J. Med. Res. Vol. i5, n. 2, p. 3oi-3io.
Macete, J. W. S. and Ingram, A. (1922). On the genital armature of the female mosquito. Ann. Trop,
Med. Parasit. Vol. 16, p. 157-188.
DIPTERA
264
(b) Pupa.
Macfie, J. W. S. (1920). The chaetotaxy of tlie pupa of Stegojnyia fasciata. Bull. Ent. Res. Vol. 10,
p. 161-169.
Senevet, G. (1930). Contribution a Tetude des nymphes de Culicides. Description de celles de
certains Anophelines et plus specialement des especes europeennes et mediterraneennes.
Aichives Inst. Pasteur d’Algerie, Vol. 8, p. 297-382.
Senevet, G. (1931). Contribution a Tetude des nymphes d’Anophelines (2^ memoire). Arch. Inst.
Pasteur d’Algerie, Vol. 9, p. 17-112.
(r) Larva.
Martini, e. (1923). Uber einige fiir das System bedeutungsvolle Merkmale der Stechmticken. Zool.
Jahrb. Abt. Syst. Vol. 46, p. 517-590.
Montschadsky, a. (1927). Morphologische Analyse eines bisher nicht beachteten systematischen
Merkmals der Culicidenlarven. Bull. Acad. Sci. U. R. S. S. p. 479-498.
Montschadsky, A. (1930). Die Stigmalplatten der Culiciden-Larven. Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., Vol. 58,
p. 541-636.
Puri, I. M. (1928). The relationship of certain morphological characters of Anopheline larvae to the
classification of Indian Anopheline mosquitoes. Indian Journal of Medical Research, Vol. 16,
n. 2, p. 5ig-528.
Puri, I. M. (1931). Larvae of Anopheline Mosquitoes, with full description of those of the Indian
Med. Res. Memoir, n. 21.
Root, F. m. (1924). The larval pilotaxy of Anopheles quadrimaculatus and Anopheles puncti pennis . Amer.
Journ. Hygiene, Vol. 4, p. 710-724.
[d) Egg.
Christophers, s. R. and Barraud, P. ]. (1931). The eggs of Indian Anopheles, with descriptions of the
hitherto undescribed eggs of a number of species. Records of Malaria Survey of India, Vol. 2,
n. I, p. 161-192.
3. VECTORS OF HUMAN DISEASE.
(a) Malaria.
The two papers by Covell fully summarise the data regarding malaria-transmission as known up
to the end of 1960. Approximately only about thirty species of Anopheles (and no mosquitoes of any
other genus) have been proved to be effective natural transmitters of human Malaria (i), though labo-
ratory transmission has been recorded in a number of others.
Covell, G. (1927). A critical review of the data recorded regarding the transmission of malaria by the
different species of Anopheles. Ind. Med. Res. Mem. n. 7.
Covell, G. (1931). The present state of our knowledge regarding the transmission of malaria by the
different species of Anopheline Mosquitoes. Records Malaria Survey of India, Vol. 2, p. 1-48.
Davis, n. C. and Kumm, H. W. (1932). Further incrimination of Anopheles darlingi Root as a trans-
mitter of Malaria. Amer. Journ. Trop. Med. Vol. 12, p. g3-g5.
(i) These include A. (A.) algeriensis, hyrcanus, maculipennis , pseudopunctipennis, qtiadrimaculatus, sachdrovi, umbrosus;
A. [N.) albimanus. albitarsis, darlingi, tarsimaculatus ; A. (M.) aconitus, cidicif acies, dthali, fu?iestus, gambiae, kochi, listoni, ludlowi,
maculatus, minimus, moucheti, multicolor , nili, philippinensis, puuctulatus, serginti, stephensi, superpictus.
FAM. CULICIDAE
255
{b) Yellow Fever.
The onlv species known to transmit yellow fever in nature is Aedes [Stegomyia) aegypti, but the
following have also been shown to be capable of transmitting the disease experimentally :
Aedes [Stegomyia) africaitits, albopictus, hiteocehhalus, simpsoni, vittaiiis, A. [Aedimorphns) siokesi,
A. (Ochleyotafus) scapularis, iaeniorhynchus, A. (Fiu/aya) fluviatilis, Erehnapodites clirysogaster , Mausonia
[Maitsonioides) africana
Barraud, P. G. (1928). The distribution of Stegomyia fasciata in India, with reinarks on dengue and
yellow fever. Indian Journ. Med. Kes. \’ol. 16, p. 377-388.
Bauer, J. II. (1928). The transmission of yellow fever by mosquitoes other than Aedes aegypti.
American Journ. Trop. Med. \’ol. 8, p. 261-282.
D.avis, N. C. and Shannon, R. C. (1929). Studies on yellow fever in .South America. Transmission
experiments with certain species of Culex and Aedes. Journ. Exper. Med. Vol. 5o, p. 8o3-8o8.
D.avis, N. C. and Shannon, R. C. (1931). Studies on yellow fever in South America. Attempts to
transmit the virus with certain .Aedine and Sabethine mosquitoes and with 'Friatomes. Amer.
Journ. Trop. Med. \M1. 11, p. 21-29.
D.aaus, N. c. and Shaxnon, R. C. (1931). Eurther attempts to transmit yellow fever with mosquitoes
of South America. Amer. Journ. Hyg. \'ol. 14, p. 715-722.
Dinger, J. e., ScHiiFFNER, W. A. P., Snijders, e. p. and Swei.lengrebel, N. II. (1929). Onderzoek
van gele koorts in Nedeiiand. Xederl. Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde, 73nd. 3-ear, p. 3255-3257
and 5982-599 I .
Kumm, H. \V. (1931). The geographical distribution of the yellow fever vectors. Amer. [ouin. Hyg.
Monogr. Ser. n. 12.
Philip, C. B. (1929). Preliminar}’ report of further tests with \’ellow fever transmission by mosquitoes
other than Aedes aegypti. .Amer. Journ. Trop. Med. Vo). 9, p. 267-269.
Philip, C. B. (1930). Studies on transmission of experimental x^ellow fever by mosquitoes other than
Aedes. Amer. Journ. Trop. Aled. Vol. 10, p. 1-16.
{c) Dengue.
The chief transmitters of dengue are Aedes [Stegomyia) aegypti and^. (S.) albopictus. Records of
transmission of the disease b\' species of Anopheles or Culex have not been confirmed.
Blanc, G. and Caminopetros, J. (1930). Recherches experimentales sur la dengue. Ann. Inst. Pasteur,
Vol. 44, p. 367-436.
ScHULE, P. A. (1922). Dengue Fever : Transmission by Aedes aegypti. Amer. Journ. Trop. Med.
Vol. 8, p. 2o3-2i3.
SiMMONS, J. S., St. John, J. H. and Reynolds, J. H. K. (1930). Transmission of Dengue Fever by
Aedes albopictus Skuse. Phil. Journ. Sci. Wl. 41, p. 2i5-23i.
Slier, j. F., Hall. M. . and Hitchens. A. P. (1925). Results obtained in the transmission of
Dengue Fever. Journ. Amer. Med. Assoc. Vol. 84, p. 1163-1172.
Slier, J. F., Hall, M. W. and Hitchens, A. P. (1925). Transmission of Dengue Fever by Mosquitoes.
Proc. Soc. Experim. Biol. and Med. Vol. 23, p. 197-201.
Snijders, E. P., Dinger, J. E. and Schuffner, W. (1931). On the transmission of Dengue in Sumatra.
Amer. Journ. Trop. Med. \"ol. ii, p. 171-197.
[d) Filariasis.
Transmission of filarial worms, or their complete development, has been observed in a number
of different mosquitoes, including the following.
Anopheles {Anopheles) algeriensis, hyrcanus, A. {N yssorhynchus) albitarsis, tarsimaculatus, A. {Myzomyia)
256
DIPTERA
funestus, gambiae, subpidiis, Mansonia [M ansonioides) annulaia, longipalpis, Aedes (Stegomyid) aegypti, scntellaris,
A. {Finlaya) koreicus, iogoi. Culex fatigans. The last-named is the most important carrier.
Brug, S. L. (igSi). Filariasis in the Dutch East Indies. Proc. R. Soc. Medicine, Vol. 24, p. 23-33.
Davis, N. C. (1928). A study of the transmission of Pilaria in Northern Argentina. Amer. Journ. H3^g.
Vol. 8, p. 457-466.
Edwards, F. W. (1922). The carriers of Filaria bancvofti. Journ. Trop. Med. and Hygiene, June i5.
Feng, Lau-Chou (1930). Experiments with Dirofilaria immitis and local species of mosquitoes in Peiping,
North China. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit. Vol. 24, p. 347-366.
FiiLLEBORN, F. (1929). Filariosen des Menschen. Handbuch d. Path. Mikroorganismen, Vol. 6,
p. 1043-1224.
Mansfield-Aders, W. (1927). Notes on Malaria and Filariasis in the Zanzibar Protectorate. Trans.
Roy. Soc. Trop. Med. and Hyg. Vol. 21, p. 207-214.
0’CoNNOR, F. W. (1922). Some results of medical researches in the Western Pacific. Trans. Roy. Soc.
Trop. Med. and Hyg. Vol. 16, p. 28-52.
Yamada, S. (1921). Descriptions of ten new species of Aedes found in Japan, with notes on the relation
between some of these mosquitoes and the larva of Filaria bancrofti Cobbold. Annot. Zool. Japon,
Vol. IO, p. 45-81.
FAM. CULICIDAE
257
ERRATA
25, last line. For elethera read eliithem.
36, line 4 from bottom. For member read number.
38. A.gigas\a.\\ simlensis. Distribntion : North India.
42. A. amasoiiicns is synonymous with A. maffogyossensis but distinet from A. z’estitipeintis.
45, tirst species. For albipes Wiedemann read albimatius Wiedemann.
50, line 10, ceylonica : authors (Newstead and Carter) omitted.
51. A. iVthali : Distribntion includes Egypt, eastern Sudan, S. Palestine, Mesopotamia and
X. \V. India. .4. rhodesiensis of Kirkpatrick is this species.
51. A. jeyporiensis : Koidzumi's candidiensis (quoted in error as (•((«((' /rfnv/.sY.s') is a distinet variety
occurring also in Indo-China.
52. A. rhodesiensis does not occur in Egypt.
55. A. [M .) iurkhtidi. .-\dd as synonym, citUcifacies Giles only), Ent. Mo. Mag. (2), Vol. 12,
p. 197 (1901).
55, sixth species. For kispaniolia read hispaniohi.
55, eighth species. For nigrijasciattts read uigrifascialiis.
56. A. {M .) ludloivi : more than one species has been confused under this name; the true
A. ludlowi is an inland species distinet from the Coastal form commonly so determined.
56. A. (3/.) subpictus : date of publication is 1899, not 1897.
56. .4. (3/.) cinctus has been found to have pharyngeal characters of the Neomyzumyia group.
60, line i3. For herickii read herrichii.
69. Omit caption i5 (vide page 122).
77, line 14 from bottom. For nepeuthicola read three species.
86, line 6 from bottom. For Hellconiamyia read Heliconiamyia, &Tt(\ ior gahoa re&d galoa.
92, line 3 from bottom. For off-short read off-shoot.
94, second species. For cairinseusis read cairnseusis .
gq. U . monilis Shannon and Del Ponte is a synon3un of U . lowi Theo.
100, line i3 from bottom. For inonieta read inornata.
io3, line i5 from bottom. Vov vareagatiis lead variegatus.
io5, line 2 from bottom. For malaniira read melanura.
105. Subgenus Climacura : authors are Howard, Dyar and Knab.
106. Mansonia flaveolus is a distinet species, not a s3monym of M . titillans.
108, tenth species. For puchripalpis read pidchripalpis.
120, line 25 from bottom. For Waldker read Walker.
i38, lines i3 and i5 from bottom. Bull. Ent. Res. reference should be Vol. 12 and not 21.
144. Add distribntion of A. lateralis : Europe, N. America.
145. Add distribntion of A . pacificensis : British Columbia.
147, line 7 from bottom, Lepidotomyia : the fascicle of Gen. Ins. is 26.
i5o, sixth species. For deccanna read deccana.
i52, first American species. For Furner read Turner.
i55, line 14 from bottom. For busehi read hiiscki.
i59, line 3 from bottom. For daliensiis read daliensis.
164, line 12 from bottom. For Vol. i3 read Vol. 42.
170. A. sudanensis is most probabl3'' a synonym of A. vexans Mg.; the so-called var. cenlropunctatus
is probably a distinet species, occurring in West Africa.
258
DIPTERA
Page 174, first species of Dminius. For alhomaginalus read albomargmatus.
)) 175, line IO from bottom. For nigritutus read nigritulus.
)) 176. A. pseudodiitrnus : author (Theobald) and distribution (N. Bengal) omitted.
» 194, syn. of C. salisbnriensis. For amboannalatns read amboannulatus.
)) 204, line 19 from bottom. Omit the name Theobald.
)) 206, syn. of C. secutor. For lamentatar read lamentator.
» 218, syn. of C. pilosus. ¥ov jamaicencis janiaicensis.
» 220. Add distribution of C. rejector : Mexico.
London, 5 th. April 193 1.
GENERA INSECTORUM
DIPTERA
FAM. CULICIDAE.
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORN IA
FAM. SCARAB/FID/E
Srni-'A.\i. EUCIlIKINMi - IM 1 IX.-lv
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA
FAM. SCARABv^IDAi
SUBFAM. EUCHIRIN.^:- PHaENOMERINaE:
\'on !)'■ I'. OIIAUS, Alainz
iMlT I COLOKIERTEN TAFEI. IND > THXTFIGUKEN
H istorisches. — Die iilteste bekannte Art der Unterfaniilie Eiichirinae wurde von Ljnne in
seinem Naturae eil. X, ijSS, ais Scarabaeus longimanus beschrieben. Die Jk^sclireibung wurde
von allen spateren Autoren in ihren Werken wiederholt und der Kafer mehr oder weniger riclitig von
Aubenton, Goeze, Voet, FIekbst, Oi.iviek, Stukm und Gkiffith abgebildet. Audi Kirhy citirt die
Art bei der Besprechung der secundaren ( jeschlechtsunterschiede in seiner « Itinfulirung in die
Entoinologie » zunachst ais gebraucht aber dann im Index zur fiinften Ausgabe,
\'ol. 4. 1828 fiir die Gattung zuerst den Xamen Euclieii us, ohne jedoch zu diesem neuen (iattungs-
namen auch eine Beschreibung zu geben. Auch die zweite xArt der Unterfamilie, himucronatns^ wurde
von Pallas 17S1 ais Scarabaeus beschrieben; 1887 beschrieb Newman dieselbe Art nochinals ais Arbaces
und begrrindete fur siedie Gattung Propomacrus. 1841 gab Burmeister in seinen Genera Insectorum
die erste Beschreibung der Gattung Euchirus uiul frigte zu den beiden bekannten Arten der Ibiter-
familie ais dritte den Euchirus Dupontianiis, den er auf Tafel 3i abbildete. Ebenfalls 1841' beschrieb
F. Hope ais vierte Art den Mac Leayi, fur welche er die Gattung Cheirotonus aufstellte ; er
erkannte die Gruppe ais eine besondere G"nterfamilie der Laniellicornier, die er Euchiridae nannte und
gab die Unterschiede der 3 zu ihr gehorenden Gattungen an. lin Gegensatz zu ihm stellte H. Burmeister
sie zu den Trichiiden (llandb. Ent, Vol. 3, 1842), Erichson und Lacoruaire zu den Melolonthiden,
der erstere an den Anfang, der letztere an das Ende dieser grossen Unterfamilie. Im Aliinchener
Katalog werden sie wieder ais eigne Unterfamilie zwischen die Melolonthiden und Ruteliden gestellt.
1874 bespricht H. Deyrolle ausfuhrlich in den Ann. France die Euchiriden und beschreibt
eine neue Art aus S. W. China. Im dritten Band, Meft 36, der Insecta, 1913, giebt I. Pouh.lai;de
eine durch viele Abbildungen illustrierte monographische Revision der Unterfamilie, in welcher er
die 3 Gattungen Euchirus, Cheirotonus und Propomacrus beibehalt und zu den bekannten .Arten noch
5 neue der Gattung Cheirotonus hinzufrigt. In dem grossen Werk : The Fauna of Briiish India, Coleoptera
2
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNLA
Lamelliconiia, \’ol. 2, 1917, behandelt G. L Arrow ilie Unleifamilie iind ihre Bezieluingen
zu den iibrigen Scarabaeideu ausfuhrlich, vereinigt aber Cheirotouiis wieder mit Propotnacrus.
Auch ich betrachte die Euchirimie ais eine selbstiindige Unterfamilie der Scarabaeidae ,
den Melolouthiiiae zunachst stehend, auf (biind der morphologischen Merkmale der Imago
und des eigentumlichen Baues der Larve (v<3n P. bimucyonatiis). Bei dieser ist die xAftermiindung
dreilappig, indem aut die quere Afterspalte eine tiefe Spalte senkrecht inundet, die jedoch nicht,
wie bei den Lucaniden dem letzteii Tergit angehort, sondern dem letzten Sternit und auf diesem
bei manchen Melolonthinen ais Ealte, bei den meisten pleurosticten Scarabaeideu ais glatter,
von Borsten und Chitinhockern freier M ittelstreifen erhalten ist.
Die eigentumliche Mischung, in welcher bei den Euchirinen Merkmale vereint sicli iinden,
die in den grossen Untertamilien der pleurosticten Scarabaeideu scbart getrennt und fiir die ein-
zelnen Untertamilien charakteristisch sind, legt die Vermutung nahe, dass die Unterfamilie sich
schon friih von dem grossen Stamm der pleurosticten Scarabaeideu abzweigte. Ueber die
Eebensweise der Imagines ist nur sehr wenig bekannt und nur von einer Art, dem Piopo-
macriis binnwioiiatiis finden sich, soweit mir bekannt, Larven und Puppen in den Museen
von Beilin und London. Die Unterfamilie ist nicht reich an Arten, die Arten scheinen nicht
reich an Individuen zu sein, und die Mehrzahl der Arten zeigt ein ausgepragt relictares Vor-
kommen. Sie zerfallt nach dem Bau der Mundteile und Beine in 2 Gruppen, von welchen die
eine, die Gattung EuPiinis, mit 2 Arten im lernen Osten vertreten ist — longimanus auf
Amboina und Ceram, eine nur wenig abvveichende Unterart auf Celebes, Dnpontianns auf
Euzon. Die audere Gi uppe habe ich zunachst noch nach der Eorm der Seitenrandes des Thorax
in 2 Gattungen, C/ieirofonns und Pvopomacrns getrennt, doch ist dieses Trennungsmerkmal nicht
erheblich und wird vielleicht durch weitere Eunde hinfallig. Die Arten dieser Gruppe leben auf
dem Festland von Asien, Ilimalaya, 1 1 interindien unil Siidchina ; nur eine Localform des
Ch. Macleayi findet sich auf hhirmosa. Weitab vom eigentlichen Yerbreitungsgebiet der Gruppe
findet sich Pr. bimucyonatiis bei Konstantinopel, Kleinasien, Cypern und Nord-Si-rien ; sein
sporadisches AMikommen spricht dafiir, dass er triiher weiter verbreitet war und dass die grosse
Klima-anderung im centralem und westlichen Asien nicht nur sein Yerbreitungsgebiet eingeengt,
sondern auch den Zusammenhang desselben mit dem AYrbreitungsgebiet der anderen Arten der
Gruppe geldst hat
Die Gattungen lassen sich nach Merkmalen, die beiden Geschlechtern zukominen, in
folgender Weise unterscheiden :
1. Ausseie Lade (lobus extei ioi) dee Maxillen mit 4 hydftigen Zdhnen ; inueie
Lade (lobus inteiioy) ohne Zahn an dei iunereu oheien Eche.
An den H iiiteitihieu ist aussey dey obeieii und dtisseien Kante auch die iiuteye
Kanle, die den Steyniten anliegt, init einey Reihe kidftigey Stacheln
besetzt (Taf. , Fig. 4) Euchirus Burm.
2. Ausseye Lade dey Maxillen mit S-g kleinen Zdhnchen ; innet e Lade mit eineni
sahnaytigen Vuispyiing an dey inneten oheyen Eche.
An den Hintentibien tidgt die unteie Kante iiiiy einen hydftigen Stachel
(Taf., Fig. 5) 3.
a. Dey Seitenyand des Pyothoyax snnschen Mitte und H inter ecken ist nicht
ausgerandet (Taf., F ig. 6 ) Cheirotonus IJope.
h. Det Seitenrand des Pyothorax zmischen Mitte und Hinterechen ist tief ausge-
randet, die Hinterechen spitz ausgezogen (Taf., Fig. 7) Propomacrus Nevvinan.
FAM. SCARAB.F:11).F.
I. Genus EUCHIRUS Burmeister
Burmeister in Germar. Zeitschr. Ent. Vol. 2, p. 372(1840); Geu. Ins. p. 3i c. tab. (1841); lAii ineisler,
Handb. Ent. \’ol. 3, p 699 (1842): Laconlaire, Gen. Coi. Vol. 3, p. 3i5 (i856); \\'estwood,
Cabin. Orient. bnit. p. 27 (1848); I.aconlaiie, Gen. Coi. \’ol. 3, p. 3i.3 (i856); II. 1 )e\ rolle,
Ann. Soc. Ent. Erane, ser. 5, \'ol. 4, [>. 448 (1S74); v. d. Poli, Tijdschr. Ent. \’ol. 33,
\'ersl. p. ii5 (18S9); Pcniillande, Insecta, \’ol. 3, j). 464 (1913).
Svn. Eucheirus, Kirby, Introd, Ent. ed. 5, \’ol. 4, Ind. Coi. [1S28] (noin. nnd.) ; 1'. Ilope,
Coi. Man. \’ol. 1, p. 24 (1837).
.^\n. Macrochirus, Peity, Obs. nonnull. Coi. Ind. Or. )>. i5 [i83i] (noin. luul.).
Syn. Porropus, l'. Laporte, Hist. Xat. Coi. \’ol. 2, p. ii3 [1840] (pars).
Merkmale. — Korperforin elliptisch, zieinlich gewiUbt. b'arbung entwedei reiii rbllirlibrann,
oder rotbraun mit griinein Erzglanz. Clberseite kahl, Unterseite kurz gelblidi behaart. Kopf
ziemlich klein. Kopfschild (Taf., Fig. 9) bei nnd ^ gleich gebildet, rechtwinklig, die .Seitenecken
nnd zwei \’oisprunge in der Mitte zahnartig ausgezogen, die Oberllache leicht vertieft, die Stirnnaht
nndeutlich, nur diirch eine etwas nach hinten gebogene (.hierreihe von Pnnkten angedentet.
.\ugenkiele gross. Stirn leicht vertieft, init je einein kleinen llocker neben den .\iigen bei luii^imaiius,
mit einein Langswnlst bei Dupontianus. .\ugen ziemlich gross. Eiihler lo-giiedrig, die 3-gliedrige
Keiile bei und 9 gEich lang. Miindteile ziemlich kraftig. I )ie ( >berlippe ist hornig, etvva
doppelt so breit wie lang, schief nach vorn nnd unten gerichtet, mit dem Kopfschild beweglich
verbunden, in der Mitte leicht vertiett nnd ausgerandet, die Seitenlapjien dicht mit langen roten
Borsten besetzt. .An den Mandibeln ist der gerade Aussenrand hornig, der ganze liornige Syiitzenteil
und die Schneide verschwunden, die hautige innere Parthie vergrossert und dicht behaart, der basale
Mahlzahn klein ohne Kauleisten. An den Maxillen ist die iiussere Lade langestreckt, init 4 kraftigen
Zahnen bewehrt, die Spitze lang pinselformig behaart; die innere Lade ohne Zahne oder Vorsptiinge,
dicht beborstet am freien Rand; das Endglied der 4-gliedrigen grossen 'faster ist keiilenfbrmig, mit
einer schmalen flachen Grube auf der Dorsalseite. .Am Unterlipyiengeriist ist das Kinn flach,
trapezformig, nach vorn verbreitert mit leicht gerundeten Ecken ; ihin sitzt ohne sichtbare Naht ein
kurzes, nur halb so breites Stiick auf (der Rest der Tasterschuppe), aus dem die 3-gliedrigpn kraftigen
Lippentaster entsyiringen ; ihm liegt vorn an mit deutlich sichtbarer Naht die schmale, halbmond-
formige Unterlippe, deren dicht und lang beborstete Seitenhorner die Entstehung aus den ausseren
Laden des zvveiten Ala.xillenpaares noch deutlich erkennen lassen.
Der Thorax ist etwa trapezformig, breiter ais lang, beim (7f starker gevvolbt ais beim 9; sein
Vorderrand gerade mit Randfurche und Haarsaum, die Vorderecken vorgezogen, sein Ilinterrand in
der Mitte nach hinten geschwungen, die basale Randfurche ziemlich verloschen, die Seiten liinter der
M itte leicht erweitert, von da bis zur Basis fast parallel, bis zu den Vorderecken stark convergirend,
die Hinterecken etwas nach hinten gezogen, die Seitenrandfurche verloschen, die Randkante gekerbt,
die Scheibe mit seichter Mittelfurche, die hinten etwas verbreitert und hier grober sculptirt ist;
beiderseits neben der Mittelfurche befindet sich ein flacher Eindruck und schief vor den Hinterecken
ein langerer Eindruck. Das Schildehen ist klein mit kaum gerundeter Spitze, vor der bei longimanus
2 kleine Eindriicke stehen, breiter ais lang, so breit ais der Kopf zwischen den Augen. Auf den
Deckfliigeln ist die primitive Sculptur verloschen, Punktreihen, Rippen und P^urchen fehlen, Schultern
und Spitzenbuckel springen etwas vor, das Abdomen ist an den Seiten und hinten vollig iiberdeckt,
die Epipleuren sind scharf ausgejiragt, lang und schmal, ohne Randsauin, die Nahtecken fein
4
COLEOPTEKA LAMELLICORNIA
zugespitzt. Das P3''gidiam ist breit dreiseitig, beiin senkrecht mit gerundeter Spitze, beiin
schiefer und spitzer. Das Abdomen ist beim etwas eingezogen, das letzte Sternit beiin
sehr schmal, beim 9 Mitte am langsten. iMesosternum olme Portsatz zwischen den
Mittelhiiften, die Epimeren niciit nach oben steigend. Im Prosternnm sind die Iluften horizontal
eingelagert, die Seitenstiicke dicht behaart, beim am Seitenrand langer ais beim 9-
^’orde^beine^ sind beim cf die Schenkel staik verlangert und gekrummt, wenn zui tickgebogen bis zur
Mitte der Deckfliigel reichend, am Hiiftgelenk mit einem Portsatz, der liber die Conchden reicht, in der
Mitte der oberen Kante mit einem langen Zahn, am Kniegelenk mit 2 kiirzeren Zahnen, die obere
Kante bei longimanus fein hcickerig; die Schienen sind noch etwas langer ais die Scheidcel, entsprechend
gekrummt, verhaltnismassig sehr diinn, die obere der beiden Aussenkanten bei longimanus ganz fein
hockerig mit einem \erloschenen Zahn vor dem Spitzenrand, am Spitzenrand selbst springt bei
longimanus die aussere Ecke wenig, die innere Ecke stiirker zahnartig vor, die untere tragt einen langen
Plaarbusch. der bei celebicus und Dupoulianus fehlt ; bei dem lelzteren ist auch der Spitzenrand zugerundet.
Beim 9 sind die Schenkel und Schienen nicht verlangert. die letzteren tragen 7 grosse spitze Zahne an
der Aussenkante. Die Mittel- und Hinterbeine sovvie die Tarsen und Klauen der Vorderbeine sind in
beiden Deschlechtern gleich gebildet, die letzteren die langsten, die der Hinterbeine die kilrzesten ;
die Scliienen der Hinterbeine tragen an der oberen und ausseren Kante je 4 (Dupontianus) Ihs 6
(longimanus) kraftige spitze Zahne und zwischen beiden Keihen gewohnlich noch 3, an der unteren
Kante eine ganze Reihe, 6-1 1, kleinere Zahne; ihr S[>itzenrand ist stark verbreitert und gezahnt, beide
Sporen vorhanden, lang, der untere spitz. Die 'Farsenglieder sind konisch, an der unteren Ecke des
Spitzenrandes ist nur das erste, nicht das vierte mit einem Zahn versehen, das letztere hier mit einigen
kurzen Borstenhaaren. Das Klauenglied ist ungeziihnt, die Klauen sind alie gleich lang, an der
unteren Kante mit einem grossen Zahn; das Oinmhium mit zwei Borstenhaaren.
Geographische Verbreitung. — Amboina, Ceram, N. Celebes und Luzon.
Biologie. — Yon E. longimanus erwahnen A. R. Wali.ace, Malay Archipelago, p. 232 (i8go), und
PMrbes nur, dass der Kafer von den Eingeborenen an den Bambusgefassen gefunden wird, die zum
.Auffangen des siissen Saltes (Palmwein) an Pahnen aufgehangt werden. Die Larve und ihre
PMtterpflanze sind unbekannt.
Gattungstype. — E. longimanus L.
EISTE DER AKTEN ;
E. Dupontianus, Burmeister, Germar. Zeitschr. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 227 Luzon, Marinduque.
(1840) (;f; Burmeister, Gen. Ins. t. 3i, f. 1-7 liHqi) ; Burmeister,
Handb. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 701 (1842) ; Westwood, Cabin. (Jrient. Ent.
t. t3. f. 1-2 (1848) ; Devrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, s. 5, \’ol. 4,
I"). 446 (1874) ; Lucas, Bull. Soc. Ent. h' rance, ser. 6, Vhd. 2, p. no
(1882); V. d. Poli, Tijdschr. Ent. \M1. 33, p. 116 (1890); Pouillaude,
Insecta, A’ol. 3. p. 466 (1913).
S}'!!. O E. quadrilineahts, ^'aterhouse, Ann. Mag. Xat. Ilist. Yol. 7, )>. 539 (1841]-
E. longimanus, Linne, S3’st. Nat. ed. X, \M1. i (2), p. 049 [1758] Amboina. Ceram.
(Scarabaeus) ■, Linne, Mus. Ludov, Ulric. p. iS (1764) ; Fabricius, ■
S3-st. Ent. p. 17 (1775) ; Fabricius, Spec. Ins. Vol. i, p. 18 (1781) ;
Fabricius, Mantiss, Ins. \'ol.i, p. 9 (1789); Fabricius, Ent. .S3"st.
Vol. I ( [ ), p. 3o (1792) ; F'abricius, Syst. Eleuth. Vol. i, p. 24 (1801) ;
Goeze, Ent. Beytr. Vol. i, p. 25 (1777) ; AMet, ed. Panzer, Vol. i.
FAM. scakah.-kid.f:
5
p. 64. t. II. f. 07 (1785); llerbst, Natursyst. Kiifer, 245,
t. 17, f. 1 (1789); Olivier, ICnt. \'ol. i (3), i>. 48, t. 4, f. 27 cf,
p. 182, t. 27, f. 27^ 9 (17^9) • Olivier, eil. Illiger, p. 187 (1800) ;
Olivier, ed. Sturm, \’ol. i, p 07, t. 26, f. i (^f, ]>. 114, t. 27, f. \b 9.
(1801); Schonherr, Syn. Ins. \’ol. 1 (i), p. 25 (1806) ; Oriffith,
Anim. Kingdom, \'ol. 14, p. 470, t. 33 (iS32); F. liope, Coi. Man.
\’ol. I, p. 24 [1887] (Ettcheinis) ; !■'. liope, Trans. Linn. Soc. \bil. 18,
p. 594 (1S40) ; F. Laporte, llist. Nat. C'ol. \'ol. 2. p. ii | 1840]
(Poyropiis) ; Burmeistei' in Ceiinar, Zeitschr. Fnt. A’ol. 2, j>. 877
(1S40); Biirmeister, Ilandb Ent. Wrl, 3, p. 700(1842); Bunneisler,
Cen. Ins. tab. 3i. f. 2 9 •. Fonillaude, Insecta,
\'’ol. 3, p. 465, f. 1-2 (1913).
Subspec. csUbiais. Ohaus, Ent. Ruialschaii, Vol. .m), nv. 24. p. 142 (igi.t) — Taf., Xonl Cclvbos.
Fig. 8.
2. Genus CHEIROTONUS F. Hope
F. Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, \’ol. 18, p. 594 (1841); Ann. Nat. llist. \’()l. 6, p. 3oo (1841);
Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 3, p. 702 (1842); Lacordaire, Cen. Coi. Vol. 3, p. 3i6 (i856);
Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, \’ol. 4, p. 448 (1874); ' • Ffdl, 'rijdschr. Ent.
\’ol. 33, p. iiq (1890); Pouillaude, Insecta, \'ol. 3, p. 467 (1918).
Propomacrus (pars), Arr. Faun. Brit. India. Coi. Lainell. \'ol 2, p. 867 (1917).
Merkmale. — Korperform kurz nnd breit elliptisch, zieinlich ge\\()lbt. b'arbung entweder
rein braun mit gelblichen 1 teckfliigeln, oder erzgriin, die Decklliigel init gelbbchen Makeln.
Oberseite kahl, Unterseite, zumal beim Mann am Prosternum lang und dicht behaart. KopI
inassig gross. Kopfschild fast cjuadratisch mit hoch aufgeworfenem Kand, die Vorderecken scliarf-
winklig, der \'orderrand geiade oder leicht nach vorn geschwungen, die Flache vertieft ; die
Stirnnaht undeutlich ; die Augenkiele gross ; .Stirn und Scheitel klein, llach ; Augen gross ; Fiihler
lo-gliedrig, die Keule bei cf und 9 gleich lang. Alundteile ziemlich schwach. Oberlijipe nahezu
horizontal, mehr ais doppelt so breit wie lang, ihr \'orderrand gerade oder ganz sclivvach in der
■Mitte ausgerandet, die Seitenlappen lang rot beborstet. Mandibeln wie bei EucJiinis. An den
Maxillen ist die iiussere Lade mit 4 kleineren Z;ihnchen versehen, die innere Lade mit einem Zahn
an der vorderen inneren Ecke. .Am Unterlippengeriist ist die Unterlippe schmaler, vorn wenig'
oder nicht ausgerandet. Der Thorax ist um die Flalfte bieiter ais lang, hoch gewolbt mit einer
tiefen verbreiterten Mittelfurche ; sein V^orderrand ist mit einem Haarsaum versehen, gerade, mit
mehr oder weniger deutlicher Kandfurche, die bei Parryi und 9 einen Hbcker in der Mitte
tragt ; sein Hinterrand ist gerade oder leicht nach hinten geschwungen mit deutlicher Kandfurche;
die Seiten sind hinter der Mitte ziemlich stark verbreitert, tief gekerbt oder gezahnt, nach vorn
stark convergirend, die Vorderecken rechtwinklig vorspringend, von der Mitte nach hinten nicht
ausgeschnitten oder nach innen geschwungen, die Hinterecken scharfwinklig, aber nicht ausgezogen,
parallel zum hinteren Teii der Seiten ein schiefer Eindruck. Schildchen mit gerundeter Spitze,
breiter ais lang, so breit oder breiter ais der Kopf zwischen den Augen, zuweilen mit seichter
Mittelfurche oder mit 2 punktformigen Eindriicken bei der .Spitze. Deckflligel, Abdomen und
Brust wie bei Eiicliiriis. Beim sind an den Voiderbeinen die Schenkel weniger verlangert, wenn
zuriickgebogen nur etwas iiber die Schultern reichend, bei den Huften mehr verbreitert und an der
inneren Kante mit einem langen Zahn, der innere Condylus am Kniegelenk gewohnlich zahnartig
vorspringend. Die Schienen sind etwas langer ais die Schenkel, entweder nicht (Parryi) oder nur
6
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA
in der vordereu Ilalfte gekrummt, auf der Innenseite mit 2 langen Zahnen, einem in der Mitte,
einem am Spitzenrand, bei Davidi ausserdem lang behaart, am Aussenrand mit 3 kurzen oder
7-8 starkeren Zahnen. Beim 9 sind die Schenkel und Schienen nicht verlangert, letztere etwas
verbreitert mit 6-g spitzen Zahnen am Aussenrand. Mittel- und Ilinterbeine bei und 9 gleich,
die Tarsen der Vorderbeine die langsten, die der Ilinterbeine die ktirzesten. Die Hinterschienen
haben an ihrer unteren Kante nur einen Zahn, der lang, spitz und kraftig ist (Taf., Fig. 5);
im iibrigeii ist der Dau der Schienen und Eiisse wie bei Enchiriis.
Geographische Verbreitung . — Formosa, S. W. China, ITinter- 1 ndien, Himalava.
Biologie. — Nach Elutton ist Ch . Parryi in Assam an bestimmten Localitaten haufig und
lindet sich in Gesellschaft von Lucaniden an ausfliessendem Baumsaft; er macht seine Entwicklung
in faulen Stiimmen von Quercus incana durch. Ch. Davidi wurde nach De3’rolle Ende September
ebenfalls an Eichen gefunden. Pouillaude bildet 2 Puppenwiegen von Cii. Mac Leayi ab, bestehend
aus langen Holzfasern, die die Larve zusammen geklebt und innen geglattet hat.
Gattungstype. — Ch. Mac Leayi.
LISTE DER ARTEN :
Battareli Pouillaude, Insecta, Vol. 3, p. 468 und 470, f. 5 und 6 (igi3). Tonkin.
Davidi H. Deyrolle, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, V'ol. 4, p. 109 (1874) 1 China. Kiangsi,
H. Deyrolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, A^ol. 4. p. 448, t. g, Futschou.
f. I (^ , f. 2 9 (1874); Pouillaude, Insecta, Vol. 3, p. 468 und 476,
f. g [igi3] {Propomacrus).
Gestroi Pouillaude, Insecta, Vol. 3, p. 468 und 471, f. 5 und 6 (igi3) ; Assam, Birma, Shan St.
Arr. Farm. Brit. India, Coi. Lamell. Vol. 2, p. 369 und 374, f. 77
(1917).
Henrici Pouillaude, Insecta, Vol. 3, p. 468 und 472, f. 5 und 6 (1913);
Arr. Farm. Brit. India, Coi. Lamell. Vol. 2, p. 36g und 375, f. 76
(1917)-
Thibet, Tsekou, Assam,
Birma.
M ac Leayi E. Hope, Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 6, p. 3oo (1840); F. Hope, Sikkim. Bhutan, Assam.
'1'rans. Linn. Soc. London, Vol. 18, p. Sgg, t. 40, f. 3 a-c, 9 (1841) ;
Parry, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Vol. 18, p. 3i5, t. 3, (5' (1846) ; Cray,
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Vol. 5, p. 5g (1848); Westwood, Cab. Or.
Ent. t. I, f. 1-2 [1848] (Euchirus) ■, Deyr, Ann. Soc. Ent. France,
ser. 5, Vol. 4, p. 446, t. 9, f. 7 und ii | 1874] (Propomacrus)-, v. d. Poli,
Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 120 (i8go); Pouillaude, Insecta, Vol. 3,
p. 468, f. 3-6 (igiS); Arr. Faun. Brit. India, Coi. Lamell. Vol. 2,
p. 369 und 373, f. 77, t. 4, f. 42 (1917).
J/ac Burmeister, ( jen. Ins. nr. 3i (1841); Burmeister, llandb. Ent.
Vol. 3, p. 702 ( 1842).
Subsp. formosanus Ohaiis, Ent. Rundschau, Vol. 3o, p. 142 (igi3). Formosa.
Parryi Gra}’, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, Vol. 5, p. 5g (1848) ; Hutton, loc. Sikkim.
cit., p. 86; Schaum. Arch. Naturg. Vol. i5 (2), p. i56 (1849); De}’-
rolle, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 5, Vol. 4, p. 447, pl. g, f. 4, 5, 6, 10
[1874] [Propomacrus)-, v. d. Poli, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 120(1890);
Pouillaude, Ins. Vol. 3, p. 468 und 473, f. 7 IT913] [Cheirotonus) ;
Arr. Faun. Brit. India, Coi. Lamell. Vol. 2, p. 369, f. 76, t. 4, f. 41
[Propomacrus) .
FA.M. SCARAIF-HID.I*:
7
3. Genus PROPOMACRUS Newman
Xewman, Ent. Mag. \"ol. 4. p. 255 (1837); 1'. llope, Coi. Man. \'ol. i, p. 24 (iSSy); I'. llope,
Trans. Linn. Soc. \"ol. 18, p. 5q4 (1S41) ; Eimneister in Cerinai , Zeitschr. Ent. \'ol. 2,
p. 353 (1840) ; Buimeister, Handb. Ent. \\)1. 3, p. 702 (1S42); Lacordaire, Cen. Coi. \'ol. 3,
p. 317 (i856) ; Jacq. du \'al, (.jen. Coi. d’Europe, \’ol. 3, p. 63 (i85o): Deyr, .\nn. Soc.
Ent. France, ser. 5, \’ol. 4, p. 445 (1S74) ; v. d. Poli, Tijdschr. Ent. \'^nl. 33, p. i 19 (1890) ;
Keitter, \'erh. Nat. Ver. Hriinn, \'ol. 87, p. 21 (1898); Pouillande, Insecta, \’ol. 3,
p. 475 (1913); Arrow, Faun. Hrit. Ind. Coi. Eainell. \’ol. 2, ]>. 367 (1917).
Syn. Porropus Lap. Hist. Nat. Coi. \’ol. 2, p. ii3 [1840] (pars).
Svn. Macropropus Agass. Index univ. Noinenclat. Zool. p. 809 (1846).
Menkmale. — Korperform gestreckt elliptisch, zieinlich gewolht. bdlrbung gleichmiissig
dunkelbraiin, oder erzgriin, die Deckfliigel init rotbrauner Zeichnung. ()berseite kahl, Unterseite
behaart. Kopf zieinlich klein. Kopfschild rechtwinklig, breiter ais lang, die \’oi derecken schai fwinkli
aber nicht vorspringend, der Vorderrand gerade odei leicht nach voin geschwungen, der Kan
zieinlich hoch aufgebogen; die Flache vertieft ; die Stirnnaht undeutlich ; Stirn und Sclieitel flach ;
Aiigenkiele hoch; Augen gross; Fiihler lo-gliedrig, die Keule bei cf und 9 gEicli lang. Die
Mundteile sind schwach ; die Oberlippe hat die b'orm eines kurzen Ovals, in der Mitte bei himncronatus
mit einem ganz kurzen Zahnchen ; die Mandibeln wie bei den \di hergelienden (3attungen ; die
Maxillen mit 3-4 feinen Zahnchen an der ilusseren Lade, die innere Lade an der oberen Ecke mit
kurzem Zahn; die Unteiiippe kiirz und schmal, voin nicht ausgerandet. Thorax nm melir ais die
Halfte breiter ais lang, zieinlich hoch gewolbt mit einer mittleren Langsfurche, sein Vorderrand
gerade mit einem schwachen Haarsaum (meist nur bei starken p^) und zumeist verloschenem
Randsaum, in der Mitte mit einem kleinen Hocker bei Jansoni und 9^ llinterrand in der Mitte
nach hinten geschwungen mit deutlicher Kandfurche; die Seiten sind weit hinter der Mitte stark
erweiteit, von der Stelle der starksten Erweiterung nach vorn zu geschwungen und starlc conver-
girend, der Rand dicht und kraftig gezahnt, nach hinten zu tief ausgerandet (Taf,, Fig. 7), die
.Ausrandung ungezahnt, die Hinterecken spitz ausgezogen, die Vorderecken rechtwinklig und weit
vorgezogen, der verbreiterte Seitenrand durch eine gebogene bTirche abgegrenzt. Schildchen klein
mit gerundeter Spitze, etwas breiter ais lang, so breit ais der Kopf zwischen den Augen. Deckfliigel,
Abdomen und Brust wie bei der vorhergehenden Gattung, die verbreiterten Seiten des Prosternums
beim dicht behaart. Die Vorderbeine sind beim cf von bimiicroiiatiis gebildet wie bei Davidi ,
bei Jansoni wie bei Pairyi cf, bei Jansoni (J die Vordertibien auch an der inneren und unteren
Kante mit zahlreichen spitzen kurzen Zahnen. Vorderfiisse, Mittel- und Hinterbeine wie in der
vorhergehenden Gattung, die Behaarung der Unterseite jedoch starker, beim (J von bimiicronatiis die
Hintertibien innen beim Knie, beim cf von Jansoni die. Schenkel am Hinterrand lang behaart.
Geographische Verbreitung. — Annam, S. VV. China, Kleinasien bis Konstantinopel.
Biologie. — Nach von Heyden lebt P. mucronatiis bei Konstantinopel in alten Eichen, in deren
Mulm auch die Larve lebt. Nach Heller in Syrien im Mulm von Cordia Myxa; der Kafer leckt den
zahfliissigen Saft der Beeren dieses Baumes.
Gattungstype. — Bitnucronaliis Pali.
D- 7Q
8
COLEOPTERA LAMEL LICORNIA
LISTE DER ARTEM :
Bimucronatus Pali. Icon. Ins. p. i3, t. A., f. i3 (Scarabaeus) ;
Schonherr, Syn. Ins. Vol. i (i), p. 29(1806); E. Hope, Coi. Man.
Vol. i,p. 2^ (iSiy) {Propot?iacrus) ; Klug, Verh. Akad. Berlin, p. 67
(1839): Er. Arch. Naturg. Vol. 6 (2), p. 244 (1840); l^ap. Hist.
Nal. Coi. Vol. 2, p. ii3 (iS^o) (Porropns) ■, 1 lurmeister, Handb. Ent.
\^ol. 3, p. 703 (1842) (Propomacrus); C. He3^den, Stettin. Ent. Zeit.
V^ol. 5, p. 14 (1841); C. He3'den, loc. cit. V^ol. 12, p. 240 (i85i);
Eacordaire, Gen. Coi. Vol. 3, p. 317 (i856); Jacq. du Val, Gen
Coi. d’Europe Vol. 3, p. 63, t. 17. f. 85, (i85g); De\'rolle, Ann.
Soc. Ent. France ser. 5, \"ol. 4, ]■>. 447 (1874); Plell. Ent. Nachr.
Vol. i5, p. g6 (1889) ; v. d. Poli, Tijdschr. Ent. Vol. 33, p. 120 (1890) ;
Reitter, Verh. Ver. Brtinn, Vol. 37, p. 22 (1898); Pouillaude, Insecta,
Vol. 3, p. 476, f. IO (igi3).
Syn. Arbaces, Newman, Ent. Mag. Vol. 4, p. 256, t. 14, f. i (iSSy).
Konstantinopel, Klein-
asien, Brussa, Akbes,
Eattakie, Tschenken-
koi b. Adalia, C3-pern.
Corompti. Pouillaude, Insecta Vol. 3, p. 478, f. ii-i3 (i9i3) (Cheirotoniis).
Anam.
Jansoni Jord. Novit. Zool. Vol. 5, p. 419 (1898); Pouillaude, Insecta, S. AV. China.
Vol. 3, p. 474, f. 8(1913) (Cheirotonus).
S}'!!. Parryi H. Bates (nec tiray) Entomologist, Wl. 23, p. 244. Q (1890).
FAM. SCAKAlFSIi:).^*:
9
SuBFAMiLiE PHAENOMERINAE
H istorisches. — Die Oattung Phaeiionuris wuide vou IF 11oi‘K in den 'Prans. Zool, Soc.
London, \\)1. i, p. 07 (i835), begriindet liii die eine Art magnifica aus ileni Sndan ; sie eiliielt ihien
Nainen nach den von oben sichtbaren, frei neben den Deckflugeln hervortretenden Schenl^eln (femora)
der llinterbeine und wurde vom \’erfasser wegen der an \'order- und Mittellieinen gleicli grossen nnd
in gleicher Weise gespaltenen kiatfenden Klauen zu den M elolonthiden (im Sinne Mac Li':AY’s) gestellt.
In den Hull. Soc. Moscou, p. 33 (i83S), beschrieb (iiaf Mannerheim, ohne die idopesclie ,\rt zu kennen,
eine nahe verwandte Art, Besckei von Mosambik, fin die er die (iattung Eupvga begriindete; den Namen
gab er ihr wegen des von den Deckflugeln wenig bedeckten, an den Seiten und an den zwei letzten
Seginenten frei vortretenden .Abdomens und stellte sie zu den Alelitophilen (Cetoniden). f'. 1,ai>orte
DE Casteenau in seiner liist. Xat. Coi. \'ol. 2, p. 121 (i8.jo), kennt nur die llopesche Art uiul stellt die
Gattung zu den Ruteliden zwischen Rnlela und Pelidnoia. Auch Bukmeisiek, der beide Arten kennt,
stellt in seinein Handb. Ent. \'ol. 4 (i), p. 333 (1844), tlie (iattung zu den echten Kuteliilen, liauptsach-
pch wegen der voi' dem Kopfschild frei vortretenden horizontalen Obeilippe (Taf., Fig. 2). Der
nachste. dersich mit der (iattung beschaftigt, ist Ekicuson, der in seiner Naturgeschiclite der Insekten
Deutschlands, Coleoptera, \'ol. 3, p. 655 (1848), sie wegen der gleichen gespaltenen Klauen und wegen
der verwachsenen ersten fiinf Baiichringe des I linleiieibs /u den Melolonthiden, ais besondere Abteilung
Phaenomerini zwischen die M acfodactylidae und So icoideae stellt. Lacokda[ke, in seinen Gen. Coi.
Vol. 3, p. 338 (i856i, zahlt noch einmal alie Hesondei heiten der (iattung atif und eriichtet fiii sie eine
besondere Subtribus Phenomaides. die er zu den Ruteliden zwischen Anomaliden und echte Ruteliden
stellt. Ihm schliesst sich. was die Stellung der Gattung betrifft, Peringuey, in seinei Bearbeitung der
afrikanischen Coleopteren, Trans. S. .Afric. Pliilos. .Soc. \'ol. 12, p. 619 (1902), an, wahiend Reiche,
der in Thomso.vs Alus. Scient, p. 24, t. 9, f. 2 (1S60), eine neue (dritte) Ai t aus dem ostlichen Sudan
beschreibt und abbildet, gegen Bukmeister polemisirt und die nahere Verwandschaft der (iattung mit
Popillia [Rufeliuae. Anomalini) betont.
In der Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. \'ol. 32, p. 174 ( 1888) beschrieb Oukdenfeldt aus Baluba Land (jetzt
Luluaburg, Belg. Kongo) die Gattung Oxycliirns mit der einen .Art semisericeiis, die er zu den Alelolon-
thiden (? Clavi balpidae) stellte. In der Soc. Ent. Ziirich, \’ol. 12 p. i85 (i8g8) beschrieb dann Bkenske
eine nahe verwandte .Art derselben Gattung, den (). cungoanus vom Kuilu, hranz, Kongo, und stellte die
nahe \'erwandtschaft von Oxychiriis mit Phaenumeris fest ; in einer .Auseinandersetzung tdrer die syste-
matische Stellung beider Gattungen weist er wohl auf ihre Ubereinstimmung in einzclnen Merkmalen
mit den Alelolonthinen und Cetoniinen hin, glaubt aber doch, sich der Ansicht Burmeisters anschliessen
zu sollen, da sie in der Melirxahl ihrer Alerkmale mit den Rutelinen ilbereinstimmten .
.Ais dritte Gattung in dieser Gruppe beschrieb ich in.der Deutsch. Ent. Zeit. p. 167 (ig23), Cym-
boptera mit der einen .Art Pevingiieyi aus Uganda. Sie hat mit den beiden anderen gemeinsam die fast
senkrecht nach unten gerichteten Vorderhiiften, eine horizontale, das Kopfschild nach vorn weit iiber-
ragende Obeilippe und Klauen, die an allen Fiissen gleich gebildef sind. VVie Phaenomerb hat sie an
allen Fiissen bei rf und 9 gleich gebildete Tarsenglieiler; wie Oxychirus hat sie g-gliedrige Fithler,
unterscheidet sich aber von beiden durch die dichte Behaarung von Ober- nnd Unterseite, das I''ehlen
von Furchen und Punktreihen auf den Deckfliigeln, die an allen Fiissen einfachen Klauen und einen
eigentiimlichen sexuellen Dimorphismus : beim (fi ist die Fiihlerkeule verlangert und verbreilert, die
Vorderschenkel sind flach verbreitert, auf den Deckfliigeln die Partie neben dem Schildchen napfartig
vertieft wie bei Peperouola.
IO
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNI A
Eine vierte Gattung, die wohl am besten ebenfalls in die Unteiiamilie Phaeuomerinat gestellt
wird, \st Isoplia Bunneister mit der einen Art lasiosuma Burmeistei aus .Siidafrika. Burmeister beschrieb
sie in seinem Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (2), p. 487 ([855), nach einem einzelnen cf, wiess auf ibre
grosse habituelle Aehnlichkeit mit den Hopliinen (Heierocheliis) liin, stellte sie aber zu den Rutelinen
an die Spitze der Anomalinen vor Anisoplia. Auch Peiinguer^ dein beide (jeschlechter vorlagen und
der die Art in den Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 622 (1902) ausfiihrlich bespricht, ervvahnt
die grosse habituelle Aehnlichkeit mit Heterochehis und Valgus, weist aber auch auf die trennenden
Merkmale, die 2 Sporen an den Hinterschienen und die weit vorspringende Oberlippe hin; er stellt
sie ais besondere Tribus zvvischen die Phaenoinerinen und Mopliinen.
Gemeinsam ist den vier Gattungen zunachstdie horizontal vorspringende hornige Oberlippe, die
kurzen nur bis zum Vorderrand des Propygidiuins reichenden Decktiiigel, die schief, nahezu senkrecht
nach unten 'gerichteten VTrderhiitten, die Zahl der Spoi en, i an den Vorderschienen, 2 an den Mittel-
und Hinterschienen und die Form der Klauen, die an allen Fiissen gleich lang sind. VVTnn Burmeister
in der Beschreibung der I. lasiosoma sagt : « mit 2 einlachen ungleichen Krallen bewehrt », so gilt dies
nur fur die ffinterfiisse des cf, bei welchen die aussere Klaue ein wenig dicker, aber nicht liinger ais
die innere ist; an Vorder- und Mittelfiissen sind beide Klauen an Langeund Dicke vollkommen gleich.
Alie diese Merkmale zusammen schliessen die vier Gattungen aus den grossen Unterfamilien der
Melolonthinen (einschliesslich der Hopliinen) und Rutelinen aus und rechtfertigen ihre Zusammenfas-
sung in der kleinen Unterfamilie der Phaenoinerinen. Sie sind offenbar relictare Formen, die — mit
Ausnahme dei' einen Art Pliaenoniei is Besckei — ein ganz beschi'anktes Verbreitungsgebiet haben, nur in
ganz wenigen Exemplaren in den Sammlungen verlreten sind und iiber deren Lebensweise gar nichts
bekannt ist.
Die vier Gattungen lassen sich in folgender AVeise unterscheiden :
I. Deckfliigel regelmassig und tief gefiircJit, alie Rippen und Inierstitien gleich hoch gewolbt.
a. Fiihley lo-gliedyig ; die ganze Oberseite glanzend glatt Phaenomeris.
b. Fiihler g-gliedi ig ; wenigsiens die Deckfliigel, ziiweilen auch der V ordeikQypey mati wie
hei Seiica . O.xychirus.
2. Deckfliigel ohne Fiiychen und Rippen, hdchsiens mit kiiyzen Resten von Piinktyeihen.
2l. Halsschild mit einer echahenen glanzend glatten Leiste. Deckfliigel dicht nadelrissig fein
seidenaytig schimmernd, mit anliegenden kurzen H&ychen ; beim (fl mit einer napfartigen
V eytiefnng nehen dem Schildchen
b. Halsschild ohne mittlere Ldngsleiste. Deckfliigel glanzend glatt, nuy mit kurzen Resten
von Punktreihen und vereinzelten aufrechten langen Haaren ; beim mit einem
dachen Eindruck nehen den Schnltern und hinter dem Schildchen
I. Genus PHAENOMERIS F. Hope
F. Hope, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. 1, p. 97 (i835); F. Laporte, Hist. Nat. Coi. Vol. 2,
p. 121 (1840); Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (i), p. 333 (1844); E. Blanchard, Hist. Ins.
Vol. I, p. 218 (1845); E. Blanchard, Cat. Coli. Ent. Coi. p. 2o3 (i85o); Erichson, Naturg. Ins.
Deutschl. Vol. 3, p. 655 (1848); Lacordaire, Gen. Coi. Vol. 3, p. 339 (i856); Peringue}', Trans.
S. Afric. Philos. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 619 (1902); Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschrift (1913),
Beiheft, p. 225.
Syn. : Eupyga Mannerheim, Bull. Soc. Nat Moscou, Vol. ii, p. 33 (i838).
Cyjiboptera.
Isoplia.
FAM. scAKAr>.i:ii).i-:
1 1
Charaktere. — Korper eitormig, nach hinten verschmiilert, oben abgellacht. Faibuiig uben
grasgrun, blau. schwarzgiiln, purpunot odev kupferrot, die Deckfliigel rol oder biaun oder gelb init
dunkleren Oueibinden, unten erzgrua oder kupterrot, violett bis blauscdiwarz. Oberseite gliin/end, kabl ;
k^nterseite and Beine spiirlich beliaai t. Kopt klein (Taf., Fig. 2), Kopfschild lialbbreisfiM mig,
ringsum fein gerandet, bei cf and 9 g'?bildet ; Stirnnaht voihanden, geraile. Oberlipjie hornig,
horizontal, das Koptschild weit nach vorn iiberragend, in lier Alilte inehr oder weniger ansgerandet.
Mundteile kraftig; Oberkiefer init z nach innen gerichteten Zahnen an der Spitze und einein giossen
basalen Alahlzahn, Aussenrand niclit gekerbt. Unterkieter mit 8 Zahnen an der iiusseren Lade und
I Zahii an der Spitze der inneren Lade ; Basalglied der Kietei taster sehr klein. Untei lippe ain
\'orderrand kaiiin ansgerandet; Lippentaster bei dicorata 3-gliediig, bei den andeien Arten 2-gliediig.
Filliler lo-gliedrig, die 3-blattrige Keule beiin (;f kauin grosser ais beiin 9- Halsschild zieinlich
lang, gut gewolbt, der Hinterrand nach hinten geschwungen, die Mitte vor dem Scliildclu-n geiade
abgestutzt oder ansgerandet (ditissima). Schildchen liinger ais breit, an der 13asis so breit ais der Kopf
zwischen den Angen. Deckflhgel tief gefnrcht, priinare Rippen nnd Interstitien gleich hoch gewolbt,
Epiplenren nnd hiintiger Kandsaiiin fehlend, der Hinterrand nnd ein Teii des Seitenrandes init ( iinb-
chen nnd Stachelborsten. Afterdecke trapeziorinig, beiin der Hinterrand breit abgestutzt, beiin 9
gernndet. Sternite 3-4 verwachsen, beiin in der Mitte abgellacht, beiin 9 gewolbt. Mittelbiust
mit einem die .Mittelhnften hberragenden, nach vorn nnd unten gerichteten kriiltigen l''ortsatz; ihre
Epimeren vergrossert, nach oben steigend nnd von oben zwischen Halsschild nnd Heckllugeln sichtbar.
Vorderbrnst ohne Fortsatz; \’orderschenkel init scharf abgesetztein Vorderrand ; Xhirderschienen ohne
Geschlechtsanszeichnnng, ohne Seitenzahne. nnr init i langen, nach vorn gerichteten Spitzenzahn; die
Tarsen nahezu rnnd. wenig beborstet, die Klanen gleich lang nnd beide ges[>alten. An den Mittelbeinen
sind die Schienen bis znr Spitze schinal, ohne Stachelkanten und Zahne, beiin cf ziuveilen leicht
gekruinmt, der Spitzenrand gerade. gleichinassig beborstet, die 'l'arsen rnnd, die Klanen gleich lang,
beide gespalten. An den Hinterbeinen sind die Schenkel bei (j' und 9 stark verbreitert, die Schienen
bei den cf Cf der einzelnen Arten verschieden geforint. so dass sie ein gntes Merkmal znr Lbiteischei-
dung der Arten liefern, verbreitert, gekruinmt oder anf der Innenseite dicht behaart, die Sporenecke
zuvveilen lang ausgezogen, der obere Sporn lang, spitz, dei nntere znweilen fehlend. Bei den 9 9 'sf
die Verbreiternng nnd die Behaarnng der Schienen anf der Innenseite geringer, der nntere Sporn ist
vorhanden, gross, meist mit gernndeter Spitze. Bei nnd 9 sind die H interschienen ohne Ouer-
kanten, der Spitzenrand ist gerade. ohne Zahne, gleichinassig mit Wiinpei borsten besetzt. Die Tarsen
sind seitlich znsamrnen gedihckt, besonders das eiste Glied, das anch mit langen Stacheln bewehrt ist;
das vorletzte Glied der Hinterfiisse ist an der nnteren inneren Ecke des Spitzenrandes in keinerlei
Spitze ausgezogen, sondern nnr mit z Paar Stachelborsten besetzt, das innere Paar dicker nnd langer
ais das aussere; die Klanen sind gleich lang, einfach.
Ain Forceps (Tegmen im Sinne Sharps oder aedea^its) sind die Parameren s}'mmetrisch, von rler
Basis bis znr Spitze frei ; die pars basalis (basal part im Sinne Sharps) ist einfach, nicht wie bei den
Ruteliden dnrch eine tiefe Ouerfnrche in ein eigentliches Basalstuk nnd in ein Mittelstiick geschieden.
Geographische Verbreitung. — Ostafrika von Obok im Norden bis Dnrban im Siiden, Sndan.
Lebensweise und friihere Stande unbekannt.
Gattungstype. — Ph. magnifica Hope.
COLEOPTEKA LAMELLICORNIA
I 2
LISTE DER ARTEN ;
Ph. Besckei Mannerheim, Bull. Soc. Moscou, \'ol. ii, ji. 35 [i838]
(Eiipyga) ; Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (i), p. 335 (1844) ;
Lacordaire. (deii. Coi. Atlas, t. 33, f. 4 (i856); J3oheman, Ins.
Caffrar. Vol. 2, p. 58 (1857) ; Ohaus, Stettin. Ent. Zeitscdir. p. 3
(i8g8) ; .Arrow, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. s. 7, \drl. 4, p. 120 (1899);
Peringuev, Trans. S. Afr. Philos. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 620 (1902) ;
Ohaus, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. p. 95 (1905).
Siibspec. bfunnipennis Ohaus, Deutsch. l£nt. Zeitschr. p. i38 (igio).
Subspec. cvanea. Blam hard, Cat. Coli. Eiit. p. 20,t (i85o). — Taf., Fig. 1 ; Burm.
Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (2). p. 5i6 (i855) ; Boheman, Ins. Caffrar. Vol. 2,
|). 58 (1857) ; Ohaus, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr. ji. 3 (1898) ; Deutsche Ent.
Zeitschr. p. y6 (iyo5).
Subspec. cyanicollis, Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. )i. 96 (igoa).
Subspec. nigrocyanea , Ohaus, Stettin. bhit. Zeitschr. ji. 4 {1898).
Subspec. opalina, Ohaus. Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 4 (1898).
Subspec. rufescens, Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. y6 (igoS).
Subspec. rufipennis, lirancsik, Jahresh. Nat. Ges. '1'rencsen. \h)]. 19, ]>. 117 (1897) ;
Arrow, Ann. iMa”'. Nat. Dist. s. 7, Vol. 9, p. 91 (iyo2); Peringuey, Trans.
S. .\fric. philos. Soc. Vol, 12, }>. 621 (1902) ; Peringuev, /ce. cit. Vol. i3,
}). 662 (iyo8) ; (.)haus, Detitsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. g5 (igo5).
Synon.: rufipennis, Ohaus, .Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 4 (iSg8).
Ph. decorata Reiche in Thoms. Mus. scient, p. 24, t. 9, f. 2 (1869) ;
Ohaus, .Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 4 (1898).
Ph. ditissima Peiinguey, Trans. .S. Afric. Philos. Soc. Vol. i3, p. 662
(1908).
Ph. magnifica F. llope, 'Frans. Zool. Soc. Lond. Vol. i, p. 98. t. i3, f. 6,
(i835); F. Laporte, Hist. Nat. Coi. Vol. 2, p. 121 (1840); Burmeister,
Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (i), p. 335 (1844) ; Peringue}^ Trans. S. .Afric.
Philos. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 621 (1902).
Ph. splendida Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. i25 (1901).
Mosambik, Ins. Sta.
Iohanna ; Natal,
Transvaal ;
D. O. .Afrika.
Brit, O. .Africa, Ins. Lamu.
Port Natal, Phodesia. Nyassa.
'1'anganika.
Khodesia ; Mashona Ld.
Usambara.
Tanganika.
Sambesi ; Boroma ; Beira ;
Alashona.
Sudan ; Obok,
Natal,
Sudan ,
Brit. O. Afrika ; Nandi.
2. Genus OXYCHIRUS G. Quedenfeldt
G. Quedenfeldt, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 32, p. 174 (1888); FSrenske, Soc. Ent. Ztirich, Vol. 12, p. i85
(1898); Ohaus, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. p. 225 (igiS), Beiheft.
Charaktere. — Korper gestreckt eifuimig, nach hinten verschmalert. F'arbung von Kopf.
Halsschild und Schildchen entweder glanzend erzgriin, oder matt dunkelgriin, die Deckfliigel immer
matt, rein rotbraun oder rotbraun init dunkler Zeichnung oder dunlcelgriin mit gelben Fdeckchen ;
Unterseite und Beine glanzend, rotbraun oder erzfaiben, haufig mit weissen oder gelben Schuppen-
haaren bekleidet. Kopfschild halbkreisformig ; die Stirnnaht deutlich vorhanden, gerade oder in der Mitte
leicht nach hinten geschrt ungen. Oberlippe mehr ais doppelt so breit wie lang, in der Alitte zuweilen bis
zur ]3asis ausgerandet, nach vorn vorspringend. Mainlibeln mit einem stumpfen .Spitzenzahn und 2 feinen
Ziihnchen an der Schneide, mitgrossem Mahizahn, .Au.ssenseite gerundet. Alaxillen mit 7-8 Zahnen an
der ausseren Lade. die Spitze der inneren Lade mit einigen schmalen diinnen borstenartigen Zahnen.
Unterlippe am Vorderran<l schwach ausgerandet. Fiihler 9-gliedrig, die Keule beim kaum langer ais
beim 9- Thorax langgestreckt, an den Seiten weit vor der Mitte leicht erweitert, der Vorderrand fast
gerade, mit Randfurche und einem Hautsaum, die Vorderecken nahezu rechtwinklig, die Hinterecken
FAM. scaka]ff:idA':
i3
zuweilen etwas voryezogen, der Hinterrand bald gerade, bald in der AJitte lappenartig nach hinteu
geschwangen, die basale Randturche vor dem Schildclien entweder gar niclu odei nur wenig unter-
brochen. die Seitenrandturche zuweilen mit Schupiienhaichen, ebenso die Mitte dei' Scheibe znweilen
mit einzelnen Ciriibchen, aus denen sich kurze Harchen erlieben. Schililchen kur/ dieieckig, breiter ais
lang. schmiller ais der Kopt' zwischen den Augen, die Vorderecken meist mit kleinen I laarbiisclieln.
Deckriiigel verschmiilert, gelureht, die Kippen und Interstitien gewdlbt, die NalUecken ein/eln gerniulet,
Epipleuren tchleiul, Schulcern und Spitzenbuckel stiirker vurspringend. l'ro}ngiditim zuweilen mit
zwei grossen b'lecken \'on Schuppenhaaren geschmiickt. P}’gidium beim gestieckt traiiezicirmig, llacli,
beim 9 kiiizer, gewolbter mit gerundeten Ecken, nabe tler Spitze zuweilen mit seichter Langsfurclu'.
Abdomen beim cf abgedacht in der Mitte, beim 9 stark gewolbt; die Sternite mit Fbi^^t^dien odei
Fleckchen von Schuppenhaaren, ilie an den Seiten, von oben sichtbar, stets zu liiischeln verdichtet simi.
Mesosternum zwischen den Mittelhiitten breit, zuweilen mit einem kurzen Hbcker, der jedoch die
iMittelhuften nicht iiberragt ; die Epimeren der Mittelbrust steigen nach oben und werden vor dci Itasis
der Deckdiigel von oben sichtbar, meist dicht behaai t oder bescluippt. .Schenkel abgetlacht und verbrei-
tert, die hinteren zuweilen beim mit einem Zahn an iler inneren Kaiite des 1 1 interrandes nahe dem
Knie. Schienen der \’order- uml Mittelbeine sehr diinn, fast cwlindrisch, die vorderen ohne .Seitenzahnc,
nur mit einem langen Spitzenzahn ; die mittleren ohne ([uere Stachelkanten und ohne Zahne an der
oberen Kante, ihr Spitzenrand gerade, gleichmassig gewimiiert. Die blinterschienen sind bei den cfcf
der einzelnen Arten verschieden gebildet; sie sind vom Knie zum Spitzenrand hin stark verbreitert,
haben zuweilen an der unteren Kante nahe dem Knie oder bei der Spitze einen \’orsprnng nnd (]uer
iiber die iMitte eine Kante mit Stachelborsten ; der unterc Sporn ist beim zuweilen vergrossert, der
obere ist weit nach oben geriickt. Die Tarsen sind beim cf an den \A)rder- nnd Mittelfiissen stark
verbreitert, unten dicht beborstet, an den Hintertussen kegelformig, nur an der unteren Kante
beborstet, an der unteren Ecke des Sjiitzenrandes des 4 (iliedes der llinterfiisse ohne Vorsjirung, mit
4-6 diinnen Borsten. Bei und 9 sind an allen Filssen beide Klauen gleich lang und gespalten ; an
den Vorder- und Mittelfiissen sind sie durch das zweiborstige Onychium klaftend erhalten, an den
Hintertussen koennen sie zusammengelegt weiden.
Geographische Verbneitung. — Westafrika : Kamerun, Kongo bis Centralafi ika.
Lebensweise und friihere Stande : unbekannt.
Gattungstype. — O. semiseiiceus.
LISTE DEK ARTEN ;
1. O. calcaratus Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 229(1913).
2. O. camerunus Ohaus, loc. cit. p. 23i.
3. O congoanus Brenske, Soc. Ent. Ziirich, \h)l. 12, p. 186 (1898) ;
Ohaus, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 4 (1898); Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent.
Zeitschr. Beiheft, p. 280 (igi3j.
_L. gabonensis Benderitter, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 216 (1923).
5. O recticollis Ohaus, Deutscli. Ent. Zeitschr. Beiheft, p. 228 (igi3).
6. O. semiseniceus G. Ouedenfeldt, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr. Vol. 32, p. lyS
(1888); Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. Beilieft, p. 227 (1913).
Central-Afrika.
Kamerun, Duala, Ebcr-
lowa, Lolodorf, Gabun.
Franz. Kongo, Kuilu.
Franz. Kongo, Ogowe.
Franz. Kongo, Baluba.
Belg. Kongo, Baluba
Land.. Franz. Kongo,
( iabun.
H
COLEOPTERA LAMELLICORNIA
3. Genus CYMBOPTERA Ohaus
Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 167 (1923).
Charaktere. — Korperform oval, hoch gewolbt. Faibung oben hell scherbengelb mit leichteni
Kupferschiller, unten dunkelbraun mit Erzschiller, Euhlerkeiile glanzend schwarz. Oberseite und
(Jnterseite dicht runzelig punktirt, wenig glanzend, dicht anliegend grauvveiss behaart. Oberlippe
horizontal weit vorspi ingend, etwa doppelt so breit ais lang, dei Voideirand nui schvvach ausge-
landet. Kopf klein, Kopfschild tiapeztoimig mit leicht geiundeten Ecken ; Stiinnaht undeutlich ;
Stiin und Scheitel flach. Oberkiefei neben dei Obeilippe fiei veitietend, mit deutlichei scliarfei Spiize,
die Paitie zwischen dei Spitze und dem kiilftigen basalen Mahlzalm
staik behaait. Unteikiefei mit 5 Zahnen an dei ausseien Lade, die
inneie Lade ungezahnt, des Endglied dei Kiefeitastei keiilenfoimig.
Unteilippengeiiist mit bieitem, leicht ausgeiandetem Kinn, die Lippen-
tastei 3-gliediig. Fuhlei 9-gliediig, die Iveule beim (j' veilangeit und
winklig veibieiteit. Augen gioss, voigequollen ; Augenkiele kiaftig,
staik behaait. Halsschild hochgewolbt, voi der Mitte veibieiteit, die
Seiten von da bis zu den lechtwinkligen, vorspringenden Voiderecken
gerade, dagegen nach ilen sehi stumpfwinkligen Hinteiecken staik nach
innen geschwungen, der flinterrand weit nach hinten geschwungen,
die Mitte voi dem Schildchen nicht ausgeiandet, die Mitte der
Sclieibe mit einem glatten glanzenden Liingskiel. Schildchen dreiseitig
mit leicht geiundeter Spitze, kaum langer ais breit. Deckflugel
ahnlich i\ie bei \’algus, nur bis zum \Mrderrand des Propygidiums
reichend ; von den Schultein zum Spitzenbuckel zieht sich ein hohei, wulstiger Kiel, ausserdem von
der Schulter zur Spitze des Schildchens ein Wulst, vor dem die Partie zum Schildchen und zur
Basis hin stark vertieft ist, ahnlich wie bei Pepei-oiwta ■, Seitenrand mit scharf abgesetzten Epipleuren.
Propygidium fast so lang wie Pvgidium, beide gleichmassig gewolbt ohne Besonderheiten. Abdomen
bei q’ und 9 leicht eingezogen. Metasternum breit und lang; Mesosternum ohne Eortsatz zwischen
den M ittelhiiften, die Epimeren staik gewolbt, neben dem hinteien Seitenrand des Halsschildes von
oben gut sichtbar. Die \Miderhutten senkrecht nach unten herabsteigend. Voideischenkel verbreitert,
der vordere Rand scharfrandig, winklig nach vorn gebogen. Schenkel der Mittelbeine U'enig, die der
Hinterbeine etwas mehr veidickt. \Mrderschienen flach, mit 3 spitzen Zahnen und spitzem Spoin.
Mittelschienen etwas verbreitert, mit kuizen schiefen Stachelkanten und 2 Spoien von ungleicher Lange.
11 interschienen staikei verbreitert und verdickt, mit 2 schiefen Stachelkanten, von denen die basale
kurz, die apikale sehi kraftig ist, und 2 kiiiftigen Sporen. Die 'harsen sind lein und schlank, zumal
an den Vorderbeinen, alie Klauen ziemlich kurz, gleich lang und gleich dick, einfach, nicht klaffend.
Gaographische Verbreitung. — Uganda, Muhange, Mabira h'oiest, 4.000 ft.
Lebensweise und frithere Stande : unbekannt.
Gattungstype. — C. Peiingueyi.
LISTE DER ARTEN :
C. Peningueyi Ohaus, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr. p. 167 (1923). Uganda.
Der Kafer hat das Aussehen eines kleinen Oxychirus (Taf., Fig. 3). und ist ausgezeichnet
duich die dichte giauweisse seidig schimmernde Behaarung und die eigenttimliche V^ertiefung auf
den Deckfliigeln beim 0^.
1' AM. SCAKAIJ.EID.-K
i5
4. Genus ISOPLIA Burmeister
Buiineister, llandb. Ent. \'ol. 4 (’), p. 4S7 (i855): Pennguey, Trans. S. AtVic. Philos. Soc. \'ol. 12,
p. 622 (1902).
Charaktere. — Korperlorm kiirzoval, giit gewolbt. ['aibung scliwarzbiaun, wenig glaiizentl,
die 1 deckfliigel scherbengelb, init oder ohne schwarze Zeichnung, Kopt, 1 )ecktlugel und Propygidium
spaiiich, Halsschild, Pygidium und Pnterseite dicht und lang grauwiMSs oder gelb absteliend behaait.
Kopt ziemlich klein; Kopfschild etwa doppelt so breit ais lang, ])arallelseitig init kauin gerundeten
Ecken und ganz feinein niedrigem Pand, flach wie die Stirn ; Stirnnalit verloschen. Oberlippe kaum
schinaler ais das Koptscliild, ganz tlach und horizontal nach voin vorsprmgend wie bei F’assalns, init
geradem \’orderrand. Oberkieter nnr vor, nicht neben der Oberlippe vortretend, der Seitenrand nahe
der Spitze etwas nach innen geschuungen, die bieite Sjiitze ungeziihnt. der basale Malilzahn init
groben Ouerleisten, ilie hautige Zone davor ziemlich klein. Unterkiefer mit
6 kraftigen Zahnen an iler ausseren Pade, die innere Pade mit einem spitzen
Zahnchen an iler vorderen iinsseren Ecke. Am lPiterlii<pengerust ist die
Unterlippe ziemlich lief ausgerandet, die Pippentaster kraftig dreigliedi ig, das
Kinn breiterals die Unterlippe, mit nach aussen gebogenen Seilen, nach nnten
gewolbt. Fiihler 9-gliedrig, die wenig verdickte Keule beim etwas kiirzer
ais die (leissel. Halsschild miissig gewolbt, die Seiten weit xor der Mitte
verbreitert, von da zn den rechtwinkligen, kaum vorspringemlen \^oi derecken
gerade verlaufend, nach den sehr stumjden llinlerecken zn stark nach innen
geschwungen, der Xorderrand gerade, der liiiiterrand staik nach hinten
geschwungen, vor dem Schildchen nicht abgestutzt. Schildclien schmal und
lang, mit flach ausgerandetem Vorderrand, wie das Halsschild dicht und lang
behaart. Die Fliigeldecken haben von der Schulter zum Spitzenbuckel einen
Pangsvvulst, von dem ein Seitcnast zur Sjiitze des Schildchens zieht ; dadurch
entsieht ein flacher Eindruck an der IPisis zwischen Schulter und Schildchen,
und ein weiterer hinter dem Schildchen neben der Naht; die primaren Pnnktreihen sind verloschen bis
auf Reste seichter einzelner Punkte, mu die Reihe neben der Naht ist scharf gefurcht, die Nahtvvinkel
nicht zugespitzt Der Hinterrand der Pteckfliigel kaum bis zum Vorderrand des Propygidiums
reichend, dieses tast so lang ais das P3^gidium, beide gut gewolbt mit einer Querbinde dickerer und
langerer Haare am Vorderrand. Hauch bei nnd 9 leicht eingezogen. Hinterbrust ohne Piesonder-
heiten. Die Mittelbrust schiebt sich mit einer scharfen geraden Ivante zwischen tiie auseinander
tretenden Mittelhiiften ; ihre Epimeren steigen nach oben und werden aussen neben den Hinterwinkeln
des Halsschildes sichtbar. Die \'"orderhuiten hangen nahezu senkrecht nach nnten, die Vorder-
schenkel sind nicht verbreitert. aber mit einer scharten Kante am \^orderrand, die \’orderschienen
abgeflacht, mit 3 kraftigen Zahnen und spitzem Sporn, die \P)rderfusse die kiirzesten, die hussglieder
kaum zusammen gedriickt, schwach beboistet, das Klauenglied lang, die langen Klauen einfach. gleich
an Pange und Dicke. An den Mittelbeinen sind die Schenkel nicht verbreitert oder verdickt ; die
Schienen etwas verbreitert mit 2 kurzen schiefen Stachelkanten und 2 kraftigen ungleich langen
Sporen ; die Fussglieder sind kaum zusammen gedriickt, die einfachen Klauen gleich an Pange und
Dicke. An den Hinterbeinen sind die Schenkel und Schienen nach der Spitze hin verdickt und
verbreitert, die letzteren mit 2 kraftigen ungleich langen Sporen, die Tarsen etwas verdickt und seitlich
zusammen gedriickt, von den gleichlangen Klauen ist die iiussere (ob beim allein ?) etwas dicker ais
die innere.
i6
COLEOPTERA LAAIELLICORNLA
Nach Peringuey ist die Behaarung beim cf grau, beim Q gelb imd bei letzterem das Pygidium
an der Spitze leicht hockerig.
Gaographische Verbreitung . — - Caffraria, Natal : Durban, Hei mannsburg, Weenen.
Lebensweise und friihere Stande. — Unbekannt.
Gattungstype. — I. lasiosoma Burmeister.
LISTE DER ARTEN ;
I. lasiosoma Burmeister, Handb. Ent. Vol. 4 (2), p. 487 (i855); Peringuer’, Trans. S. Afric.
Philos. Soc. Vol. 12, p. 623 (1902).
l'AM. SCAKAH.^:il)A':
17
Cheirotomi'; Hope
Eucheirus Kirbv
Eiurhirus Hiirm. .
Macrochirus Pertv
Arbaces Xewin.
Battareli Pouill. .
bimucronatus Pali,
celebicus Ohs. .
Coronn)ti l’oiiill. .
Davidi Deyr. .
Diipontianus Hurm
formosanus Ohs.
Gestroi Pouill.
Gymboptera Ohs,
Eu pyga Mann.
Isoplia Burm. .
Kesckei Mann.
brunnipennis Ohs
calcaratus Ohs . .
camerunus Ohs. .
conyfoanus Brs .
cyanea Blanch. .
cyanicollis Ohs. .
decorata Reiche .
ditissima Pering. .
gabonensis Bend. .
lasiosoma Burm. .
INDEX
Subfam. EUCHIRINAE
REGl.^TEl^ l)i:u (..VI rr.XGEK
Seite
IVI aero propus .\gass
.1 Porropus l.atr.
.•i Propomacrus Xowm.
REGISTER DER .ARTllN
s
6
S
5
s
6
4
o
6
l'.\D UX I EK.AETEN
Hernici Pouill
[ansoni Jord
longimanus 1
Macleayanus Burm. .
.Mac l.eayi llope . . . .
Parryi II. Bis. (Proponi.)
Panxi (iray i C heirnton.) .
quadrilineatus Wateih.
Subfam. P H A E N O M E R I N A E
KEGISTEK DER G.\ l 'l UXGli.X
14 O.wchirus (jiiedenf. .
IO Phaenomeris llope .
i5
REGISTER DER .\RTEX I^XD UX TER.VRTEX
12 magnifica llojie
12 nigrocyanea Ohs. .
i.^ opalina (Dhs. .
1,4 Peringueyi Ohs. .
i.l recticollis Ohs.
12 rufescens Ohs.
12 rufipennis Branes. .
12 rufipennis Ohs .
12 semiscriceus (Miedenf.
i3 splendida Ohs. .
16
Seilc
7
7
7
6
5
4
6
t)
8
6
12
IO
I 2
12
I 2
M
nl
12
12
12
1.3
i8
C O I . E O P 1' E R . \ L A M E f R R C O K N I A
ERKLARUNG DER TAFEL '
Eig. I . Phaenomeris Besckei Mannerh. var. cyanea Blanch.
— 2. Ivopf von Pliueit. Besckei Alaniierh.
— 3. Oxychirus caiiieinnus Ohs. cf.
— 4. Kechte Tlintertibie von Euchinis lonyiinanus L. (^ .
— 5. Rechte Hintertibie von Propoinacrns Jansoni Jord. .
— 6. Cheirotonns Parryi (bav, 9 •
— 7. Propuinacnis Jansoni Jord.
— 8. Euchinis lungiuianus L. snbsj). celebicns Ohaus, (^f.
— 9. Euchinis loiigiininiiis L. 9> Kopf schief von der Seite.
3o November ig33.
GENERA INSECTORUM
COLEOPTERA
£u<^iirus lori^ima/ms celebicua Ohaus.o
Fhaenomens Beskei Matm. '
Eui^rus lon^wuums 1, ^
PropoTuaenia Junsoni Jord .
()x\’clurus ccunc^rit/ws Ohaiis/
l
Fh(ieTU)Tn^7is cannea Bla7ich 6
Ch^itonus Ih/'ni (km' j
FAM SCARABA.IDA.
SUBFAM. PH/BNOMERINA. & EUCHIRINA.
«
■,y
X .
Vi 'i*?
,1 .,
■7'
' -1' •
'i'
■'•v
Vi
,V'
"‘T
• »•*«
*? ^V'
i?
•i'
'V
p /; >
‘M: '
QL Wytsmtin, Philogene (ed.)
468 Genera insectorum
W87
Fasc.lS53-195
Biologica!
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY